As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on July 1, 2022

 

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

YUKAI Health Group Limited

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

Cayman Islands   7350   Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification number)

 

Xinya Building 909, 910, and 911

121 Dongjie Road

Gulou District, Fuzhou

Fujian Province, China 350001

Tel: +86 13705018865

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Cogency Global Inc.

122 East 42nd Street, 18th Floor

New York, NY 10168

800-221-0102

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies of all communications, including communications

sent to agent for service, should be sent to:

 

Ying Li, Esq. David E. Danovitch, Esq.
Lisa Forcht, Esq. Aaron M. Schleicher, Esq.
Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC Sullivan & Worcester LLP
48 Wall Street, Suite 1100 1633 Broadway
New York, NY 10005 New York, NY 10019
Tel: 212-530-2206   Tel: 212-660-3000  

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. x

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Emerging growth company x

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ¨

 

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED      , 2022

 

 

4,000,000 Ordinary Shares

 

YUKAI Health Group Limited

 

This is the initial public offering of ordinary shares of YUKAI Health Group Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted holding company with no material operations of our own. We conduct a substantial majority of our operations through our subsidiaries established in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”). Throughout this prospectus, unless the context indicates otherwise, references to “YUKAI” refer to YUKAI Health Group Limited, a holding company and references to “we,” the “Company” or “our company” are to YUKAI and/or its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

We are offering 4,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.0005 per share. We expect the initial public offering price of the shares to be in the range of $4.00 to $6.00 per share. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. We have applied to have our ordinary shares listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market (or Nasdaq) under the symbol “     .” We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in listing our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq; however, we will not complete this offering unless we are so listed.

 

We are both an “emerging growth company” and a “foreign private issuer” as defined under the U.S. federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this and future filings. See “Prospectus Summary — Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company” and “Prospectus Summary — Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer.”

 

Investing in our ordinary shares involves significant risks. The risks could result in a material change in the value of the securities we are registering for sale or could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors. Our ordinary shares offered in this prospectus are shares of our Cayman Islands holding company, which has no material operations of its own and conducts substantially all of its operations through the subsidiaries established in the PRC. Fujian Yukai Health Technology Co., Ltd. is our wholly owned subsidiary and currently has no operations (“Fujian Yukai” or “WFOE”). Through our WFOE, we own 100% of the equity interests in Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd., (“Fuzhou Yukai”). As of the date of this prospectus, substantially all of our business is conducted through Fuzhou Yukai.

 

 

 

 

In addition, as substantially all of our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries in China, we are subject to legal and operational risks associated with China, including risks related to the legal, political and economic policies of the Chinese government, the relations between China and the United States, and any Chinese or United States regulations, which risks could result in a material change in our operations and/or cause the value of our ordinary shares to significantly decline or become worthless and affect our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors. For example, recently, the PRC government initiated a series of regulatory actions and made several public statements on the regulation of business operations in China with little advance notice, including cracking down on illegal activities in the securities market, enhancing supervision over China-based companies listed overseas, adopting new measures to extend the scope of cybersecurity reviews, and expanding efforts in anti-monopoly enforcement. On July 6, 2021, General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council jointly issued an announcement to crack down on illegal activities in the securities market and promote the high-quality development of the capital market, which, among other things, requires the relevant governmental authorities to strengthen cross-border oversight of law-enforcement and judicial cooperation, to enhance supervision over China-based companies listed overseas, and to establish and improve the system of extraterritorial application of the PRC securities laws. On December 28, 2021, the Cyberspace Administration of China, together with 12 other governmental departments of the PRC, jointly promulgated the Measures for Cybersecurity Review (2021 version), which became effective on February 15, 2022. The Measures for Cybersecurity Review (2021 version) requires that an online platform operator which possesses the personal information of at least one million users must apply for a cybersecurity review by the Cyberspace Administration of China if it intends to be listed in foreign countries. As advised by our PRC counsel, AllBright Law Offices (Fuzhou), as of the date of this prospectus, we are not directly subject to these regulatory actions or statements, as we have not implemented any monopolistic behavior and our business does not involve the collection of user data, implicate cybersecurity, or involve any other type of restricted industry. As further advised by our PRC counsel, as of the date of this prospectus, no effective laws or regulations in the PRC explicitly require us to seek approval from the China Securities Regulatory Commission (the “CSRC”) or any other PRC governmental authorities for our overseas listing plan, nor has our company or any of our subsidiaries received any inquiry, notice, warning or sanctions regarding our planned overseas listing from the CSRC or any other PRC governmental authorities. However, since these statements and regulatory actions by the PRC government are newly published and official guidance and related implementation rules have not been issued, the potential impact such modified or new laws and regulations will have on our daily business operation and our ability to accept foreign investments and list on a U.S. exchange is highly uncertain. The Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress (the “SCNPC”) or other PRC regulatory authorities may in the future promulgate laws, regulations or implement rules that require our company, or any of our subsidiaries to obtain regulatory approval from Chinese authorities before listing in the U.S. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16 for a discussion of these legal and operational risks and other information that should be considered before making a decision to purchase our ordinary shares.

 

Furthermore, as more stringent criteria have been imposed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”) recently, our securities may be prohibited from trading if our auditor cannot be fully inspected by the PCAOB. On December 16, 2021, the PCAOB issued its determination that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely PCAOB-registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and in Hong Kong, because of positions taken by PRC authorities in those jurisdictions, and the PCAOB included in the report of its determination a list of the accounting firms that are headquartered in the PRC or Hong Kong. This list does not include our auditor, TPS Thayer, LLC. While our auditor is based in the U.S. and is registered with PCAOB and subject to PCAOB inspection, in the event it is later determined that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely our auditor because of a position taken by an authority in a foreign jurisdiction, then such lack of inspection could cause our securities to be delisted from the stock exchange. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — Recent joint statement by the SEC and the PCAOB, rule changes by Nasdaq, and the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act all call for additional and more stringent criteria to be applied to emerging market companies upon assessing the qualification of their auditors, especially the non-U.S. auditors who are not inspected by the PCAOB. These developments could add uncertainties to our continued listing or future offerings of our securities in the U.S.” on page 30.

 

 

 

 

As a holding company, we may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries for our cash and financing requirements. If any of our PRC subsidiaries incurs debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing such debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends to us. Moreover, under the Cayman Islands law, a Cayman Islands company may pay a dividend on its shares out of either profit or share premium amount, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in the company being unable to pay its debts as they become due in the ordinary course of business. None of our subsidiaries has made any dividends or other distributions to our holding company as of the date of this prospectus. In the future, cash proceeds raised from overseas financing activities, including this offering, may be transferred by us to our PRC subsidiaries via capital contribution or shareholder loans, as the case may be. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not made any dividends or distributions to U.S. investors.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, there were no cash flows between our Cayman Islands holding company and our subsidiaries. Also, there have been no funds transferred among our PRC subsidiaries for working capital purposes, primarily between our WFOE, and Fuzhou Yukai, our WFOE’s wholly owned subsidiary and our main operating subsidiary. In case any funds transfer in the future, the transfer of funds among companies will subject us to the Provisions of the Supreme People’s Court on Several Issues Concerning the Application of Law in the Trial of Private Lending Cases (2020 Revision, the “Provisions on Private Lending Cases”), which was implemented on August 20, 2020 to regulate the financing activities between natural persons, legal persons and unincorporated organizations. As advised by our PRC counsel, AllBright Law Offices (Fuzhou), the Provisions on Private Lending Cases does not prohibit using cash generated from one subsidiary to fund another subsidiary’s operations. We have not been notified of any other restriction which could limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to transfer cash between subsidiaries.

 

   Per Share   Total 
Public offering price  $               $          
Underwriting fee and commissions(1)(2)(3)  $    $  
Proceeds to us, before expenses  $    $  

 

(1) Represents underwriting discount and commissions equal to 8.0% per share (or $        per share).
(2) In addition to the underwriting discounts listed above, we have agreed to issue, upon closing of this offering, warrants to Univest Securities, LLC, as representative of the several underwriters (the “Representative”), exercisable beginning from six months after the date of issuance and for a five-year period after the date of commencement of sales of ordinary shares in this offering, entitling the representative to purchase 5% of the total number of ordinary shares sold in this offering at a per share price equal to 110% of the public offering price (the “Representative’s Warrants”). The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part also covers the Representative’s Warrants and the ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise thereof.
(3)  Does not include a non-accountable expense allowance equal to 1.0% of the gross proceeds of this offering, payable to the underwriters, or the reimbursement of certain expenses of the underwriters. For a description of the other terms of compensation to be received by the underwriters, see “Underwriting.”

 

We have granted a 45-day option to the Representative to purchase up to an additional 600,000 ordinary shares, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. 

 

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the ordinary shares to purchasers against payment therefor on                , 2022.

 

 

The date of this prospectus is               , 2022.

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS   1
     
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY   3
     
RISK FACTORS   16
     
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS   49
     
USE OF PROCEEDS   51
     
DIVIDEND POLICY   52
     
CAPITALIZATION   53
     
DILUTION   54
     
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES   56
     
CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE   58
     
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS   60
     
BUSINESS   75
     
REGULATION   87
     
MANAGEMENT   102
     
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS   106
     
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS   108
     
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL   110
     
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE   119
     
TAXATION   121
     
UNDERWRITING   128
     
EXPENSES OF THIS OFFERING   135
     
LEGAL MATTERS   135
     
EXPERTS   135
     
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION   135
     
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS    

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus.

 

For investors outside of the United States of America (the “United States” or the “U.S.”): Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction, other than the United States, where action for that purpose is required. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of our Shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

 

 

 

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

 

We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses prepared by us or on our behalf or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the ordinary shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. We are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted or where the person making the offer or sale is not qualified to do so or to any person to whom it is not permitted to make such offer or sale. For the avoidance of doubt, no offer or invitation to subscribe for ordinary shares are made to the public in the Cayman Islands. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of the date on the front cover of the prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have taken any action to permit a public offering of the ordinary shares outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus or any filed free-writing prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus or any filed free writing prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the ordinary shares and the distribution of this prospectus or any filed free-writing prospectus outside the United States.

 

Conventions that Apply to this Prospectus

 

Unless otherwise indicated or the context requires otherwise, references, in this prospectus to:

 

“China” or the “PRC”   are to the People’s Republic of China, excluding Taiwan for the purposes of this prospectus only;  
“Code”   are to the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;  
“Companies Act”   are to the Companies Act (2022 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, as amended and revised;
“Exchange Act”   are to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;  
“Fujian Yukai” or “WFOE”  

are to Fujian Yukai Health Technology Co., Ltd., our wholly owned subsidiary, which is a limited liability company incorporated in China;  

Fuzhou Yukai”   are to Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd., Fujian Yukai’s wholly owned subsidiary, which is a company limited by shares incorporated in China;  
“Nasdaq”   are to Nasdaq Stock Market LLC;  
“ordinary shares,” “shares,” or “Shares”   are to our ordinary shares, par value $0.0005 per share;    
“our company,” “the Company,” “us” or “we”   are to YUKAI Health Group Limited and/or its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context suggests otherwise;  

1 

 

 

“PCAOB”   are to the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;  
“PRC subsidiaries”   are to YUKAI’s wholly owned subsidiary, Fujian Yukai, and Fujian Yukai’s wholly owned subsidiary, Fuzhou Yukai;  
“RMB” or “Renminbi”   are to the legal currency of China;  
“SEC”   are to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission;  
“Securities Act”   are to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;  
“U.S.”, “US” or “United States”   are to United States of America, its territories, its possessions and all areas subject to its jurisdiction;  
“US$,” “U.S. dollars,” “$,” and “dollars”   are to the legal currency of the United States; and  
“YUKAI,” “we,” the “Company” or “our company”   are to YUKAI Health Group Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company.

 

Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar and our functional currency is the Renminbi. Solely for the convenience of the reader, this prospectus contains translations of some RMB amounts into U.S. dollars, at specified rates. The results of operations and the statement of cash flows denominated in foreign currency are translated at the average rate of exchange during the reporting period, which are RMB6.4474 to US$1.00 and RMB6.8941 to US$1.00 for fiscal year 2021 and 2020, respectively. No representation is made that the RMB amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at such rate. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated at the applicable rates of exchange in effect at that date, which are RMB6.3757 to US$1.00 and RMB6.5249 to US$1.00, respectively, as published by the Federal Reserve Board on December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

 

Our fiscal year end is December 31. References to a particular “fiscal year” are to our fiscal year ended December 31 of that calendar year. Our audited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (the “U.S. GAAP”).

 

Except where indicated or where the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data in this prospectus from Haiqiao Zhiku (Xiamen) Cultural Development Co., Ltd. (the “Haiqiao Zhiku”). None of the independent industry publications used in this prospectus were prepared on our behalf. Industry publications, research, surveys, studies and forecasts generally state that the information they contain has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. Forecasts and other forward-looking information obtained from these sources are subject to the same qualifications and uncertainties as the other forward-looking statements in this prospectus, and to risks due to a variety of factors, including those described under “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these forecasts and other forward-looking information.

 

We have proprietary rights to trademarks used in this prospectus that are important to our business, many of which are registered under applicable intellectual property laws. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are without the ®, ™ and other similar symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

 

This prospectus contains additional trademarks, service marks and trade names of others. All trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are, to our knowledge, the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trademarks, service marks or trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other person.

 

2 

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

Investors are cautioned that you are buying shares of a Cayman Islands holding company with no operations of its own.

 

This summary highlights certain information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including our financial statements and related notes and the risks described under “Risk Factors.” Our actual results and future events may differ significantly based upon a number of factors. The reader should not put undue reliance on the forward-looking statements in this document, which speak only as of the date on the cover of this prospectus.

 

Overview

 

We are not a Chinese operating company, but rather an exempted company with limited liability incorporated in the Cayman Islands on October 19, 2021. We are a holding company that has no operations ourselves. We operate through our two subsidiaries in China, Fujian Yukai, our WFOE, and Fuzhou Yukai. Fujian Yukai, currently with no business operations, is our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary formed on December 29, 2021 in Fuzhou city, Fujian province. Our WFOE holds 100% of the equity interests in Fuzhou Yukai, which entity was formed on September 28, 2005 in Fuzhou city, Fujian province. As of the date of this prospectus, substantially all of our business is conducted by Fuzhou Yukai.

 

Fuzhou Yukai used to sell medical equipment and serve as distributors for many medical device manufacturers in Fujian province, such as Toshiba, RadioMeter, and GE Healthcare China. In 2016, Fuzhou Yukai’s management decided to adjust its development strategy, taking advantage of its medical equipment selling experience, and entered the outsourced medical equipment maintenance market.

 

We believe we are an expert in managing and maintaining mission-critical, regulated, reusable medical devices. Through Fuzhou Yukai, we offer healthcare providers comprehensive medical equipment services that are designed to reduce capital and operating expenses, optimize medical equipment utilization, reduce waste, enhance staff productivity and bolster patient safety. Our outsourcing services include maintenance and the provision of spare equipment during maintenance. We generally maintain all of our customers’ medical equipment, including life-supporting medical devices, diagnostic equipment, basic treatment equipment, and supporting equipment, in accordance with relevant contract terms.

 

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, our revenues were $9,650,305 and $8,094,290 respectively, and net income was $935,824 and $7,743, respectively.

 

Our Customers

 

Our customer base includes 1) hospital customers and 2) business partner customers. We obtain our hospital customers through the public bidding process. We enter into contracts directly with our hospital customers after winning the bids. In addition to bidding, we also win business by cooperating with our business partners. Such cooperation with our business partners includes two different models: a) a joint bidding model, and b) a subcontract model. In the joint bidding model, we submit bidding documents together with our business partner. After winning the bids, we, our business partner, and the hospital will enter into a tripartite agreement which, among other things, will stipulate that the hospital will pay the business partner directly. We and the business partner will also enter into a separate agreement which, among other things, will provide that we receive payment from our business partner. The subcontract model works in two steps: first, our business partners obtain hospital customers through the bidding process or their sales teams; and second, after business partners win contracts from hospital customers, they then subcontract the projects to us. In these cooperation models, we provide maintenance services to the hospitals and receive compensation from our business partners.

 

3 

 

 

As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, we had a total of 19 and 23 customers, respectively. Among the 19 customers, as of December 31, 2021, (i) 12 customers were hospitals with which Fuzhou Yukai directly entered into medical equipment maintenance service agreements, (ii) one of which was a hospital customer to which Fuzhou Yukai only sells Class II medical devices, and (iii) six of which were business partners. Through such six business partners, Fuzhou Yukai provides medical equipment maintenance services to eight hospitals. Among the 23 customers, as of December 31, 2020, (i) 20 customers were hospitals with which Fuzhou Yukai directly entered into medical equipment maintenance service agreements, and (ii) three of which were business partners. Through such three business partners, Fuzhou Yukai provided medical equipment maintenance services to six hospitals. Fuzhou Yukai also sold Class II medical devices to some of those business partners during such periods.

 

Development Trend

 

We believe that the following trends support the essential nature of our work:

 

Improved patient safety and outcomes. Hospitals across Fujian province and China focus on improving patient safety and outcomes. Fuzhou Yukai assists hospitals in maintaining their equipment, to ensure such equipment is available when and where it is needed for patient care, thereby improving patient safety and optimizing patient outcomes.

 

Increased capital and operating expense pressures. Hospitals are restricted by capital and operating budgets while facing the increasing costs and complexity of medical equipment. The increasing complexity of medical equipment necessitates more recordkeeping and more communications with third-party maintenance providers in the use of such equipment. Fuzhou Yukai provides outsourced maintenance services to hospitals, in order to save such hospital’s capital and operating expenses and improve their operational efficiencies.

 

Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that the following strengths contribute to our growth and differentiate us from our competitors:

 

24/7 Quick Response. Our 13 service centers provide 24/7, year-round services, which we believe enables us to compete effectively and grow our business regionally and locally. We plan to gradually expand our operations to surrounding areas and the whole PRC market.

 

Strong Management and Professional Team. Our senior management team, led by our chief executive officer and chairman, Mr. Zhenyu Zheng, is comprised of highly skilled and dedicated professionals with significant experience in the healthcare industry. We also employ a number of technical specialists. As of December 31, 2021, we had 68 technicians comprised of 60 field-based technicians and 8 technicians in our headquarters. We believe that our management and professional teams constitutes a unique competitive advantage.

 

Commitment to quality control.  Independent third-party service providers like us are not required to register with the National Medical Products Administration of China (the “NMPA”). However, we are committed to managing quality based on the internationally recognized quality standard for medical devices: ISO 13485:2016.
   
Superior customer service. We believe we have a long-standing reputation among our customers for outstanding services. This reputation is largely attributable to our focus on customer service and our investments in hiring and training employees. We believe that our focus on customer service helps us achieve high customer satisfaction ratings, as evidenced by the “Five Star” certificate certified by Yicheng Certification Ltd., according to the after-sales service management system GB/T 27922-2011 standard. The GB/T 27922-2011 standard was drafted by the Chinese Chamber of Commerce Business Standard Center, and was released on December 30, 2011, effective on February 1, 2012. GB/T 27922-2011 is a standard of evaluation that takes into consideration the following factors of a company: the company’s structure, numbers of employees providing after-sale services, resource allocation, specification requirements, supervision systems, improvements based on market feedback, and service culture.

 

4 

 

 

Key Elements of our Growth Strategy

 

We intend to grow our business using the following key strategies:

 

Growing our customer base among customers that presently outsource. We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our business by winning new contracts from customers that outsource medical equipment maintenance in Fujian province. We believe we are poised to grow our customer base among customers that outsource.

 

Growing our serviceable market by converting potential customers that presently insource. We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our customer base by converting potential customers that currently insource. As of December 31, 2021, we estimate that in Fujian province, approximately 1038 hospitals’ medical equipment maintenance is done in-house. We believe we can demonstrate the value of our services to potential customers that insource medical equipment maintenance and contract with them. As of the date of this prospectus, no customers that insource medical equipment maintenance have been converted to customers of Fuzhou Yukai.
   

Expanding beyond Fujian Province by investing in joint ventures or through acquisitions. We recognize a vast market for outsourced medical equipment maintenance services in the PRC and the demand for local technical personnel. We believe that we may be able to expand beyond Fujian province by investing in joint ventures or through acquiring targets that fit our strategic objectives, although we have not identified or engaged in any such discussions as of the date of this prospectus. In the event that we invest in or acquire such businesses, the local companies may hire and manage local technicians and we will provide training and technical support.

 

Our Corporate History and Structure

 

We are an exempted company with limited liability incorporated in the Cayman Islands on October 19, 2021. We are a holding company that has no operations ourselves.

 

On September 28, 2005, Fuzhou Yukai was formed as a limited liability company in Fuzhou, Fujian province, China.

 

On December 29, 2021, Fujian Yukai, our WFOE, was formed as a limited liability company in China.

 

On April 24, 2022, as a part of our re-organization, our WFOE acquired all of the shares of Fuzhou Yukai, and Fuzhou Yukai became a wholly-owned subsidiary of our WFOE.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, substantially all of our business is conducted by Fuzhou Yukai.

 

For more details regarding our corporate structure and related changes, see “Corporate History and Structure.

 

Our WFOE’s wholly owned subsidiary, Fuzhou Yukai, contributed 100% of our consolidated revenue and accounted for 100% of our consolidated total assets and liabilities for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, and there was no reconciliation performed among the financial position, cash flows and results of operations of Fuzhou Yukai, our WFOE and us. The following financial information of Fujian Yukai and Fuzhou Yukai was included in the consolidated financial statements. For more information, see our consolidated financial statements and related notes from page F-1 to page F-28 that appear in this prospectus.

 

5 

 

 

   As of
December 31,
 
   2021   2020 
Total Assets  $4,268,935   $7,712,155 
Total Liabilities  $2,191,281   $7,830,731 

 

 

   Fiscal Years Ended
December 31,
 
   2021   2020 
Revenue  $9,650,305   $8,094,290 
Net profit  $935,824   $7,743 

 

   Fiscal Years Ended
December 31,
 
   2021   2020 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities  $3,087,585   $(1,069,389)
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities   (327,748)   7,863 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities   (2,152,963)   1,058,914 
Effects of foreign currency translation   13,593    44,660 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents  $620,467   $42,048 

 

Our subsidiaries do not operate in an industry that prohibits or limits foreign investment. As a result, as advised by our PRC counsel, AllBright Law Offices (Fuzhou), other than those requisite for a domestic company in China to engage in businesses similar to ours, we are not required to obtain any permission from Chinese authorities, including the CSRC, the Cyberspace Administration of China, or any other governmental agency that is required to approve our operations. However, if we do not receive or maintain the approvals, when, as, or if required, or we inadvertently conclude that such approvals are not required, or applicable laws, regulations, or interpretations change such that we are required to obtain approval in the future, we may be subject to investigations by competent regulators, fines or penalties, ordered to suspend our relevant operations and rectify any non-compliance, prohibited from engaging in relevant business or conducting any offering, and any of these risks could result in a material adverse change in our operations, significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, or cause such securities to significantly decline in value or become worthless.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, we and our PRC subsidiaries have received from the PRC authorities all requisite licenses, permissions or approvals needed to engage in the businesses currently conducted in China, and no permission or approval has been denied. Such licenses and permissions include Business Licenses, and a Class II medical device selling record certificate.

 

The following table provides details on the licenses and permissions held by our PRC subsidiaries.

 

Company    License/Permission Issuing Authority Validity  
Fujian Yukai Health Technology Co., Ltd. Business License Fuzhou Gulou District Market Supervision Bureau Long-term
       
Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. Business License Fuzhou Gulou District Market Supervision Bureau Long-term
Class II medical device selling record certificate Fuzhou Gulou District Market Supervision Bureau Long-term

 

6 

 

 

As advised by our PRC counsel, AllBright Law Offices (Fuzhou), neither we nor any of our subsidiaries is currently required to obtain regulatory approval from Chinese authorities before listing in the U.S. under any existing PRC law, regulations or rules, including from the CSRC, the Cyberspace Administration of China, or any other relevant Chinese regulatory agencies that is required to approve Fuzhou Yukai and Fujian Yukai’s operations. However, the PRC government may take actions to exert more oversight and control over offerings by China-based issuers conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in such companies, which could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors outside China and cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or become worthless. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — Any requirement to obtain prior approval under the M&A Rules and/or any other regulations promulgated by relevant PRC regulatory agencies in the future could delay this offering and failure to obtain any such approvals, if required, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and reputation as well as the trading price of our ordinary shares, and could also create uncertainties for this offering and affect our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors outside China” on page 21.

 

As advised by our PRC counsel, AllBright Law Offices (Fuzhou), as of the date of this prospectus, we are not required to obtain any permission from any PRC governmental authorities to offer securities to foreign investors. We have been closely monitoring regulatory developments in China regarding any necessary approvals from the CSRC or other PRC governmental authorities required for overseas listings, including this offering. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not received any inquiry, notice, warning, sanction or regulatory objection to this offering from the CSRC or other PRC governmental authorities. However, there remains significant uncertainty as to the enactment, interpretation and implementation of regulatory requirements related to overseas securities offerings and other capital markets activities. If it is determined in the future that the approval of the CSRC, the Cyberspace Administration of China or any other regulatory authority is required for this offering, we may face sanctions by the CSRC, the Cyberspace Administration of China or other PRC regulatory agencies. These regulatory agencies may impose fines and penalties on our operations in China, limit our ability to pay dividends outside of China, limit our operations in China, delay or restrict the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into China or take other actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, as well as the trading price of our securities. The CSRC, the Cyberspace Administration of China or other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to halt this offering before settlement and delivery of our ordinary shares. Consequently, if you engage in market trading or other activities in anticipation of and prior to settlement and delivery, you do so at the risk that settlement and delivery may not occur. In addition, if the CSRC, the Cyberspace Administration of China or other regulatory PRC agencies later promulgate new rules requiring that we obtain their approvals for this offering, we may be unable to obtain a waiver of such approval requirements, if and when procedures are established to obtain such a waiver. Any uncertainties and/or negative publicity regarding such an approval requirement could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our securities. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — The PRC government exerts substantial influence over the manner in which we conduct our business activities. The PRC government may also intervene or influence our operations and this offering at any time, which could result in a material change in our operations and our ordinary shares could decline in value or become worthless” on page 19.

 

7 

 

 

The chart below summarizes our corporate structure as of the date of this prospectus:

 

Dividends and Other Distributions

 

We are a holding company with no material operations of our own and do not generate any revenue. We currently conduct substantially all of our operations through Fuzhou Yukai, our indirectly wholly owned subsidiary. We are permitted under PRC laws and regulations to provide funding to PRC subsidiaries only through loans or capital contributions, and only if we satisfy the applicable government registration and approval requirements. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business” on page 16.

 

Under our current corporate structure, we rely on dividend payments from our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders or to service any debt we may incur. Our subsidiaries in the PRC generate and retain cash generated from operating activities and re-invest it in our business. If any of our PRC subsidiaries incurs debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing such debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends to us. As of the date of this prospectus, there were no cash flows between the Company and our subsidiaries.

 

As of December 31, 2021, there were no funds transferred among our PRC subsidiaries and our Company.

 

8 

 

 

Our PRC subsidiaries are permitted to pay dividends only out of their retained earnings. However, each of our PRC subsidiaries is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, after making up for previous year’s accumulated losses, if any, to fund certain statutory reserves, until the aggregate amount of such funds reaches 50% of its registered capital. This portion of our PRC subsidiaries’ respective net assets are prohibited from being distributed to their shareholders as dividends. See “Regulation — Regulations on Dividend Distributions.” However, none of our subsidiaries has made any dividends or other distributions to our holding company or any U.S. investors as of the date of this prospectus. See also “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — We rely to a significant extent on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our subsidiaries to fund offshore cash and financing requirements and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make remittance to pay dividends to us could limit our ability to access cash generated by the operations of those entities” on page 27.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, none of our subsidiaries have ever issued any dividends or made other distributions to us or their respective holding companies nor have we or any of our subsidiaries ever paid dividends or made other distributions to U.S. investors. We intend to retain all of our available funds and any future earnings after this offering and cash proceeds from overseas financing activities, including this offering, to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, we do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

In addition, the PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of the Renminbi into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currencies to satisfy our foreign currency demands, we may not be able to transfer cash out of China, and pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders. There can be no assurance that the PRC government will not intervene or impose restrictions on our ability to transfer or distribute cash within our organization or to foreign investors, which could result in an inability or prohibition on making transfers or distributions outside of China and may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — Restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to utilize our revenues effectively” on page 29.

 

A 10% PRC withholding tax is applicable to dividends payable to investors that are non-resident enterprises. Any gain realized on the transfer of ordinary shares by such investors is also subject to PRC tax at a current rate of 10%, which, in the case of dividends, will be withheld at source if such gain is regarded as income derived from sources within the PRC. See also “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — Dividends payable to our foreign investors and gains on the sale of our ordinary shares by our foreign investors may be subject to PRC tax” on page 28.

 

Summary of Risks Affecting Our Company

 

Investing in our ordinary shares involves significant risks. You should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus before making an investment in our ordinary shares. Below please find a summary of the principal risks we face, organized under relevant headings. These risks are discussed more fully in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

 

Risks Related to Doing Business in China

 

We are subject to risks and uncertainties relating to doing business in China in general, including, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  Changes in the political and economic policies of the PRC government or in relations between China and the United States may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and may result in our inability to sustain our growth and expansion strategies (See page 16 of this prospectus);  
     
  There are uncertainties regarding the interpretation and enforcement of PRC laws, rules and regulations (See page 17 of this prospectus);
     
  The PRC government exerts substantial influence over the manner in which we conduct our business activities. The PRC government may also intervene or influence our operations and this offering at any time, which could result in a material change in our operations and our ordinary shares could decline in value or become worthless (See page 19 of this prospectus);  

 

9 

 

 

  The CSRC has released for public consultation the draft rules for China-based companies seeking to conduct initial public offerings in foreign markets. While such rules have not yet gone into effect, the Chinese government may exert more oversight and control over offerings that are conducted overseas and foreign investment in China-based issuers, which could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer our ordinary shares to investors and could cause the value of our ordinary shares to significantly decline or become worthless (See page 19 of this prospectus);
     
  You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing actions in China against us or our management named in the prospectus based on foreign laws (See page 20 of this prospectus);
     
  PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business (See page 26 of this prospectus);
     
  We rely to a significant extent on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our subsidiaries to fund offshore cash and financing requirements and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to transfer cash out of China and/or make remittance to pay dividends to us could limit our ability to access cash generated by the operations of those entities (See page 27 of this prospectus); and
     
  Recent joint statement by the SEC and the PCAOB, rule changes by Nasdaq, and the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act all call for additional and more stringent criteria to be applied to emerging market companies upon assessing the qualification of their auditors, especially the non-U.S. auditors who are not inspected by the PCAOB. These developments could add uncertainties to our continued listing or future offerings of our securities in the U.S. (See page 30 of this prospectus).

 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry:

 

Risks and uncertainties related to our business and industry include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  Fuzhou Yukai may be unable to maintain existing contracts or contract terms or enter into new contracts with its customers (See page 33 of this prospectus);  
     
  Although we do not manufacture any medical equipment, our business entails the risk of claims related to the medical equipment that we outsource and service. We may not have adequate insurance to cover a claim, and it may be more expensive or difficult for us to obtain adequate insurance in the future (See page 36 of this prospectus);  
     
  We are dependent on our top customers. If we fail to acquire new customers or retain existing customers in a cost-effective manner, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected (See page 38 of this prospectus);
     
  We have no business liability or disruption insurance, which could expose us to significant costs and business disruption and we may incur liabilities that are not covered by insurance (See page 40 of this prospectus); and
     
  If we fail to maintain an effective Class II medical device selling record certificate, it could adversely affect our reputation, financial conditions and results of operations (See page 42 of this prospectus).

 

10 

 

 

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Ordinary Shares

 

In addition to the risks and uncertainties described above, we are subject to risks relating to ordinary shares and this offering, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

  An active trading market for our ordinary shares or our ordinary shares may not develop and the trading price for our ordinary shares may fluctuate significantly(See page 43 of this prospectus);
     
  The trading price of our ordinary shares may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to investors (See page 43 of this prospectus); and  
     
  Because the initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution (See page 45 of this prospectus).  

 

Recent Regulatory Developments in China

 

Recently, the PRC government initiated a series of regulatory actions and made a number of public statements on the regulation of business operations in China with little advance notice, including cracking down on illegal activities in the securities market, enhancing supervision over China-based companies listed overseas, adopting new measures to extend the scope of cybersecurity reviews, and expanding efforts in anti-monopoly enforcement.

 

Among other things, the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors (the “M&A Rules”) and Anti-Monopoly Law of the People’s Republic of China promulgated by the SCNPC which took effect in 2008 (“Anti-Monopoly Law”), established additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time-consuming and complex. Such regulations require, among other things, that the State Administration for Market Regulation (“SAMR”) be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor acquires control of a PRC domestic enterprise or a foreign company with substantial PRC operations, if certain thresholds under the Provisions of the State Council on the Standard for Declaration of Concentration of Business Operators, issued by the State Council in 2008, are triggered. Moreover, the Anti-Monopoly Law requires that transactions which involve national security, the examination on the national security shall also be conducted according to the relevant provisions of the SAMR. In addition, the PRC Measures for the Security Review of Foreign Investment which took effect in January 2021 require acquisitions by foreign investors of PRC companies engaged in military-related or certain other industries that are crucial to national security be subject to security review before consummation of any such acquisition.

 

On July 6, 2021, the relevant PRC government authorities made public the Opinions on Strictly Cracking Down Illegal Securities Activities in Accordance with the Law (the “Illegal Securities Opinions”). The Illegal Securities Opinions emphasize the need to strengthen the administration over illegal securities activities and the supervision on overseas listings by China-based companies and proposed to take effective measures, such as promoting the construction of relevant regulatory systems to address the risks and incidents faced by China-based overseas-listed companies. Pursuant to the Illegal Securities Opinions, Chinese regulators are required to accelerate rulemaking related to the overseas issuance and listing of securities, and update the existing laws and regulations related to data security, cross-border data flow, and management of confidential information. Numerous regulations, guidelines and other measures are expected to be adopted under the umbrella of or in addition to the Cybersecurity Law and Data Security Law. As of the date of this prospectus, no official guidance or related implementation rules have been issued and the interpretation of the Illegal Securities Opinions remains unclear at this stage. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — Any requirement to obtain prior approval under the M&A Rules and/or any other regulations promulgated by relevant PRC regulatory agencies in the future could delay this offering and failure to obtain any such approvals, if required, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and reputation as well as the trading price of our ordinary shares, and could also create uncertainties for this offering and affect our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors outside China” on page 21.

 

11 

 

 

In addition, on July 10, 2021, the Cyberspace Administration of China issued the Measures for Cybersecurity Review (Revision Draft for Comments), or the Measures, for public comments, which propose to authorize the relevant government authorities to conduct cybersecurity review on a range of activities that affect or may affect national security, including listings in foreign countries by companies that possess the personal data of more than one million users. On December 28, 2021, the Measures for Cybersecurity Review (2021 version) was promulgated and took effect on February 15, 2022, which iterates that any “online platform operators” controlling personal information of more than one million users which seeks to list in a foreign stock exchange should also be subject to cybersecurity review. The Measures for Cybersecurity Review (2021 version), further elaborate on the factors to be considered when assessing the national security risks of the relevant activities, including, among others, (i) the risk of core data, important data or a large amount of personal information being stolen, leaked, destroyed, and illegally used or exited the country; and (ii) the risk of critical information infrastructure, core data, important data or a large amount of personal information being affected, controlled, or maliciously used by foreign governments after listing abroad. The Cyberspace Administration of China has said that under the proposed rules companies holding data on more than 1,000,000 users must now apply for cybersecurity approval when seeking listings in other nations because of the risk that such data and personal information could be “affected, controlled, and maliciously exploited by foreign governments.” The cybersecurity review will also review the potential national security risks from overseas IPOs.

 

On December 24, 2021, the CSRC, together with other relevant government authorities in China, released the Administrative Provisions of the State Council Regarding the Overseas Issuance and Listing of Securities by Domestic Enterprises (Draft for Comments) (the “Draft Administrative Provisions”) and the Measures for the Overseas Issuance of Securities and Listing Record-Filings by Domestic Enterprises (Draft for Comments) (the “Draft Filing Measures,” collectively with the Draft Administrative Provisions, the “Draft Rules Regarding Overseas Listing”), which had a comment period that expired on January 23, 2022. The Draft Rules Regarding Overseas Listing provide the filing regulation arrangements for both direct and indirect overseas listing, and clarify the determination criteria for indirect overseas listing in overseas markets. Among other things, if a domestic enterprise intends to indirectly offer and list securities in an overseas market, the record-filing obligation is with a major operating entity incorporated in the PRC and such filing obligation shall be completed within three working days after the overseas listing application is submitted. The required filing materials for an initial public offering and listing shall include but not limited to: regulatory opinions, record-filing, approval and other documents issued by competent regulatory authorities of relevant industries (if applicable); and security assessment opinion issued by relevant regulatory authorities (if applicable).

 

The Draft Rules Regarding Overseas Listing, if enacted, may subject us to additional compliance requirements in the future, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to get the clearance on filing procedures under the Draft Rules Regarding Overseas Listing on a timely basis, or at all. Any failure of us to fully comply with new regulatory requirements may significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer our ordinary shares, cause significant disruption to our business operations, and severely damage our reputation, which would materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and cause our ordinary shares to significantly decline in value or become worthless.

 

As advised by our PRC counsel, AllBright Law Offices (Fuzhou), as of the date of this prospectus, no effective laws or regulations in the PRC explicitly require us to seek approval from the CSRC or any other PRC governmental authorities for our overseas listing plan, nor has our company or any of our subsidiaries received any inquiry, notice, warning or sanctions regarding our planned overseas listing from the CSRC or any other PRC governmental authorities. However, since these statements and regulatory actions by the PRC government are newly published and official guidance and related implementation rules have not been issued, it is highly uncertain what the potential impact such modified or new laws and regulations will have on our daily business operation, the ability to accept foreign investments and list on a U.S. exchange. The SCNPC or other PRC regulatory authorities may in the future promulgate laws, regulations or implementing rules that may require our company, or any of our subsidiaries to obtain regulatory approval from Chinese authorities before listing in the U.S. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16 for a discussion of these legal and operational risks and other information that should be considered before making a decision to purchase our ordinary shares.

 

12 

 

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

 

We had less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year. As a result, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and we may take advantage of reduced public reporting requirements. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

  being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our filings with the SEC;
  not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;
  reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and
  exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

 

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our ordinary shares pursuant to this offering. However, if certain events occur before the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” if our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion or if we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company before the end of such five-year period.

 

Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to take advantage of this extended transition period and acknowledge such election is irrevocable pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act.

 

Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer

 

Upon consummation of this offering, we will report under the Exchange Act, as a non-U.S. company with “foreign private issuer” status. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, so long as we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we will be exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including:

 

  the rules under the Exchange Act that require U.S. domestic public companies to issue financial statements prepared under U.S. GAAP;
  the sections of the Exchange Act that regulate the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of any securities registered under the Exchange Act;
  the sections of the Exchange Act that require insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and that impose liability on insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and
  the rules under the Exchange Act that require the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, containing unaudited financial and other specified information, and current reports on Form 8-K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events.

 

We will file with the SEC, within four months after the end of each fiscal year (or such other reports required by the SEC), an annual report on Form 20-F containing financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm.

 

13 

 

 

We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time as we are no longer a foreign private issuer. We would cease to be a foreign private issuer at such time as more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are held by U.S. residents and any of the following three circumstances applies: (i) the majority of our executive officers or directors are U.S. citizens or residents, (ii) more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States or (iii) our business is administered principally in the United States.

 

Both foreign private issuers and emerging growth companies are also exempt from certain of the more extensive SEC executive compensation disclosure rules. Therefore, if we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company but remain a foreign private issuer, we will continue to be exempt from such rules and will continue to be permitted to follow our home country practice as to the disclosure of such matters.

 

Corporate Information

 

Our principal executive offices are located at Xinya Building, Room 909, 910, and 911, 121 Dongjie Road, Gulou District, Fuzhou, Fujian Province, China 350001, and our telephone number is + 86-13705018865. Our website is yukaigroup.cn. Information contained on, or available through, our website does not constitute part of, and is not deemed incorporated by reference into, this prospectus. Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at the offices of Tricor Services (Cayman Islands) Limited, Second Floor, Century Yard, Cricket Square, P.O. Box 902, Grand Cayman, KY1-1103, Cayman Islands. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Cogency Global Inc., which is located at 122 East 42nd Street, 18th Floor, New York, NY 10168.

 

14 

 

 

The Offering

 

Securities being offered:   4,000,000 ordinary shares on a firm commitment basis.
     
Initial offering price:  

We estimate the initial public offering price for the ordinary shares will be in the range of $4.00 to $6.00 per ordinary share.

 

Number of ordinary shares outstanding before the offering:   12,000,000 ordinary shares.
     
Number of ordinary shares outstanding after the offering:  

16,000,000 ordinary shares, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, and excluding the ordinary shares underlying the Representative’s Warrants.

16,600,000 ordinary shares, assuming full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and excluding the ordinary shares underlying the Representative’s Warrants.

 

Use of proceeds:  

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for (i) purchasing spare equipment, (ii) further developing our software system, (iii) purchasing properties for our offices and headquarters, and (iv) working capital and other general corporate purposes. For more information on the use of proceeds, see “Use of Proceeds” on page 51.

 

Lock-up agreements  

All of our directors and officers and shareholders holding 5% or more ordinary shares have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our ordinary shares for a period of six months from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting” for more information.

 

Proposed Nasdaq symbol:  

We have applied to have our ordinary shares listed on the Nasdaq under the symbol “        .”

 

Transfer agent and registrar   Transhare Corporation
     
Risk factors:   Investing in our ordinary shares involves significant risks. The risks could result in a material change in the value of the securities we are registering for sale or could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors. As an investor you should be able to bear a complete loss of your investment. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 16.

 

15 

 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. Before deciding whether to invest in our ordinary shares, you should consider carefully the risks described below, together with all of the other information set forth in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes. If any of these risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flow could be materially and adversely affected, which could cause the trading price of our ordinary shares to decline, resulting in a loss of all or part of your investment. The risks described below and discussed in other parts of this prospectus are not the only ones that we face. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also affect our business. You should only consider investing in our ordinary shares if you can bear the risk of loss of your entire investment.

 

Risks Related to Doing Business in China

 

Changes in the political and economic policies of the PRC government or in relations between China and the United States or other governments may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and may result in our inability to sustain our growth and expansion strategies.

 

Substantially all of our operations are conducted in Fujian province, PRC, and all of our revenue is generated from the PRC. Accordingly, our financial condition and results of operations are affected to a significant extent by economic, political and legal developments in the PRC or changes in government relations between China and the United States or other governments. There is significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States and China with respect to trade policies, treaties, government regulations and tariffs.

 

The PRC economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the extent of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. Although the PRC government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets, and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China are still owned by the government. In addition, the PRC government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The PRC government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth by allocating resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policies, regulating financial services and institutions, and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

 

While the PRC economy has experienced significant growth in the past four decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. The PRC government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures may benefit the overall PRC economy, but may also have a negative effect on us. Our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations that are applicable to us. In addition, the PRC government has implemented certain measures, including interest rate increases, to control the pace of economic growth. These measures may cause decreased economic activities.

 

In July 2021, the Chinese government provided new guidance on China-based companies raising capital outside of China, including through variable interest entity, or VIE, arrangements. In light of such developments, the SEC has imposed enhanced disclosure requirements on China-based companies seeking to register securities with the SEC. As all of our operations are based in China, any future Chinese, U.S. or other rules and regulations that place restrictions on capital raising or other activities by China-based companies could adversely affect our business and results of operations. If the business environment in China deteriorates from the perspective of domestic or international investment, or if relations between China and the United States or other governments deteriorate, the Chinese government may intervene with our operations, and the market price of our ordinary shares may also be adversely affected.

 

16 

 

 

There are uncertainties regarding the interpretation and enforcement of PRC laws, rules and regulations.

 

All of our operations are conducted in the PRC, and are governed by PRC laws, rules and regulations. Our PRC subsidiaries are subject to laws, rules and regulations applicable to foreign investment in China. The PRC legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike the common law system, prior court decisions may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value.

 

In 1979, the PRC government began to promulgate a comprehensive system of laws, rules and regulations governing economic matters in general. The overall effect of legislation over the past four decades has significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investment in China. However, China has not developed a fully integrated legal system, and recently enacted laws, rules and regulations may not sufficiently cover all aspects of economic activities in China or may be subject to significant degrees of interpretation by PRC regulatory agencies. In particular, because these laws, rules and regulations are relatively new, and because of the limited number of published decisions and the nonbinding nature of such decisions, and because the laws, rules and regulations often give the relevant regulator significant discretion in how to enforce them, the interpretation and enforcement of these laws, rules and regulations involve uncertainties and can be inconsistent and unpredictable. In addition, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules, some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all, and which may have a retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of these policies and rules until after the violation.

 

Any administrative and court proceedings in China may be protracted, resulting in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. Since PRC administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory and contractual terms, it may be more difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we enjoy than in more developed legal systems. These uncertainties may impede our ability to enforce the contracts we have entered into and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Recently, the General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council jointly issued the Illegal Securities Opinions, which were made available to the public on July 6, 2021. The Illegal Securities Opinions emphasized the need to strengthen the administration over illegal securities activities, and the need to strengthen the supervision over overseas listings by Chinese companies. Effective measures, such as promoting the construction of relevant regulatory systems, will be taken to address with the risks and incidents of China-concept overseas listed companies, and cybersecurity and data privacy protection requirements and similar matters. The Illegal Securities Opinions remain unclear on how the law will be interpreted, amended and implemented by the relevant PRC governmental authorities, but the Illegal Securities Opinions and any related implementing rules to be enacted may subject us to compliance requirements in the future.

 

On July 10, 2021, the Cyberspace Administration of China issued a revised draft of the Measures for Cybersecurity Review for public comments, which required that, among others, in addition to “operator of critical information infrastructure,” any “data processor” controlling personal information of no less than one million users which seeks to list in a foreign stock exchange should also be subject to cybersecurity review, and further elaborated the factors to be considered when assessing the national security risks of the relevant activities.

 

On November 14, 2021, the Cyberspace Administration of China released the Regulations on Network Data Security (draft for public comments) and accepted public comments until December 13, 2021. The draft Regulations on Network Data Security provide that data processors refer to individuals or organizations that autonomously determine the purpose and the manner of processing data. If a data processor that processes personal data of more than one million users intends to list overseas, it shall apply for a cybersecurity review. In addition, data processors that process important data or are listed overseas shall carry out an annual data security assessment on their own or by engaging a data security services institution, and the data security assessment report for the prior year should be submitted to the local cyberspace affairs administration department before January 31 of each year. On December 28, 2021, the Measures for Cybersecurity Review (2021 version) was promulgated and took effect on February 15, 2022, which iterates that any “online platform operators” controlling personal information of more than one million users which seeks to list in a foreign stock exchange should also be subject to cybersecurity review. As advised by our PRC counsel, AllBright Law Offices (Fuzhou), we are not the “operator of critical information infrastructure” or “data processor” as mentioned above.

 

17 

 

 

The Company, through our WFOE and its operating subsidiary, Fuzhou Yukai, is an outsourced medical equipment maintenance service provider, and neither the Company nor its subsidiaries engage in data activities as defined under the Personal Information Protection Law of the People’s Republic of China (the “Personal Information Protection Law”), which includes, without limitation, collection, storage, use, processing, transmission, provision, publication and deletion of data. In addition, neither the Company nor its subsidiaries are operators of any “critical information infrastructure” as defined under the PRC Cybersecurity Law and the Security Protection Measures on Critical Information Infrastructure. However, the Measures for Cybersecurity Review (2021 version) was recently adopted and the Network Internet Data Protection Draft Regulations (draft for comments) is in the process of being formulated and the Illegal Securities Opinions remain unclear on how such measures will be interpreted, amended and implemented by the relevant PRC governmental authorities.

 

There remain uncertainties as to when the final measures will be issued and take effect, how they will be enacted, interpreted or implemented, and whether they will affect us. If we inadvertently conclude that the Measures for Cybersecurity Review (2021 version) do not apply to us, or applicable laws, regulations, or interpretations change and it is determined in the future that the Measures for Cybersecurity Review (2021 version) become applicable to us, we may be subject to review when conducting data processing activities, and may face challenges in addressing its requirements and make necessary changes to our internal policies and practices. We may incur substantial costs in complying with the Measures for Cybersecurity Review (2021 version), which could result in material adverse changes in our business operations and financial position. If we are not able to fully comply with the Measures for Cybersecurity Review (2021 version), our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors may be significantly limited or completely hindered, and our securities may significantly decline in value or become worthless.

 

On December 24, 2021, the CSRC released the Administrative Provisions of the State Council Regarding the Overseas Issuance and Listing of Securities by Domestic Enterprises (Draft for Comments) and the Measures for the Overseas Issuance of Securities and Listing Record-Filings by Domestic Enterprises (Draft for Comments), both of which had a comment period that expired on January 23, 2022, and if enacted, may subject us to additional compliance requirement in the future. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in ChinaThe CSRC has released for public consultation the draft rules for China-based companies seeking to conduct initial public offerings in foreign markets. While such rules have not yet gone into effect, the Chinese government may exert more oversight and control over offerings that are conducted overseas and foreign investment in China-based issuers, which could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer our ordinary shares to investors and could cause the value of our ordinary shares to significantly decline or become worthless.”

 

Thus, it is still uncertain how PRC governmental authorities will regulate overseas listing in general and whether we are required to obtain any specific regulatory approvals. Furthermore, if the CSRC or other regulatory agencies later promulgate new rules or explanations requiring that we obtain their approvals for this offering and any follow-on offering, we may be unable to obtain such approvals which could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to our investors.

 

Furthermore, the PRC government authorities may strengthen oversight and control over offerings that are conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in China-based issuers like us. Such actions taken by the PRC government authorities may intervene or influence our operations at any time, which are beyond our control. Therefore, any such action may adversely affect our operations and significantly limit or hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to you and reduce the value of such securities.

 

18 

 

 

Uncertainties regarding the enforcement of laws and the fact that rules and regulations in China can change quickly with little advance notice, along with the risk that the Chinese government may intervene or influence our operations at any time, or may exert more control over offerings conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in China-based issuers could result in a material change in our operations, financial performance and/or the value of our ordinary shares or impair our ability to raise money.

 

The PRC government exerts substantial influence over the manner in which we conduct our business activities. The PRC government may also intervene or influence our operations and this offering at any time, which could result in a material change in our operations and our ordinary shares could decline in value or become worthless.

 

We are currently not required to obtain approval from Chinese authorities to list on U.S. exchanges, however, if our holding company or any of our PRC subsidiaries are required to obtain approval in the future and are denied permission from Chinese authorities to list on U.S. exchanges, we will not be able to continue listing on U.S. exchanges, or continue to offer securities to investors, and it may materially affect the interest of the investors and cause significantly depreciation of our price of ordinary shares.

 

The Chinese government has exercised and continues to exercise substantial control over virtually every sector of the Chinese economy through regulation and state ownership. Our ability to operate in China may be harmed by changes in its laws and regulations, including those relating to taxation, environmental regulations, land use rights, property and other matters. The central or local governments of these jurisdictions may impose new, stricter regulations or interpretations of existing regulations that would require additional expenditures and efforts on our part to ensure our compliance with such regulations or interpretations. Accordingly, government actions in the future, including any decision not to continue to support recent economic reforms and to return to a more centrally planned economy or regional or local variations in the implementation of economic policies, could have a significant effect on economic conditions in China or particular regions thereof, and could require us to divest ourselves of any interest we then hold in our operations in China.

 

For example, the Chinese cybersecurity regulator announced on July 2, 2021, that it had begun an investigation of Didi Global Inc. (NYSE: DIDI) and two days later ordered that the company’s app be removed from smartphone app stores. Similarly, our business segments may be subject to various government and regulatory interference in the regions in which we operate. We could be subject to regulation by various political and regulatory entities, including various local and municipal agencies and government sub-divisions. We may incur increased costs to comply with existing and newly adopted laws and regulations or penalties for any failure to comply.

 

Furthermore, it is uncertain when and whether we will be required to obtain permission from the PRC government to list on U.S. exchanges in the future, and even when such permission is obtained, whether it will be denied or rescinded. Although we believe we are currently not required to obtain permission from any of the PRC national or local government regulatory entities to obtain such permission and have not received any denial to list on the U.S. exchange, our operations could be adversely affected, directly or indirectly, by existing or future laws and regulations relating to our business or industry. Recent statements by the Chinese government indicate an intent, and the PRC government may take actions, to exert more oversight and control over offerings that are conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in China-based issuers, could, if implemented, significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or become worthless.

 

The CSRC has released for public consultation the draft rules for China-based companies seeking to conduct initial public offerings in foreign markets. While such rules have not yet gone into effect, the Chinese government may exert more oversight and control over offerings that are conducted overseas and foreign investment in China-based issuers, which could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer our ordinary shares to investors and could cause the value of our ordinary shares to significantly decline or become worthless.

 

19 

 

 

 

On December 24, 2021, the CSRC released the Draft Rules Regarding Overseas Listing, which had a comment period that expired on January 23, 2022. The Draft Rules Regarding Overseas Listing provide the filing regulation arrangement for both direct and indirect overseas listing, and clarify the determination criteria for indirect overseas listing in overseas markets.

 

The Draft Rules Regarding Overseas Listing stipulate that the Chinese-based companies, or the issuer, shall fulfill the filing procedures within three working days after the issuer makes an application for initial public offering and listing in an overseas market. The required filing materials for an initial public offering and listing should include at least the following: record-filing report and related undertakings; regulatory opinions, record-filing, approval and other documents issued by competent regulatory authorities of relevant industries (if applicable); and security assessment opinion issued by relevant regulatory authorities (if applicable); PRC legal opinion; and prospectus.

 

In addition, an overseas offering and listing is prohibited under any of the following circumstances: (1) if the intended securities offering and listing is specifically prohibited by national laws and regulations and relevant provisions; (2) if the intended securities offering and listing may constitute a threat to or endangers national security as reviewed and determined by competent authorities under the State Council in accordance with law; (3) if there are material ownership disputes over the equity, major assets, and core technology, etc. of the issuer; (4) if, in the past three years, the domestic enterprise or its controlling shareholders or actual controllers have committed corruption, bribery, embezzlement, misappropriation of property, or other criminal offenses disruptive to the order of the socialist market economy, or are currently under judicial investigation for suspicion of criminal offenses, or are under investigation for suspicion of major violations; (5) if, in past three years, directors, supervisors, or senior executives have been subject to administrative punishments for severe violations, or are currently under judicial investigation for suspicion of criminal offenses, or are under investigation for suspicion of major violations; (6) other circumstances as prescribed by the State Council. The Draft Administration Provisions defines the legal liabilities of breaches such as failure in fulfilling filing obligations or fraudulent filing conducts, imposing a fine between RMB 1 million and RMB 10 million, and in cases of severe violations, a parallel order to suspend business operations for rectification, revoke relevant business permits or operational license.

 

The Draft Rules Regarding Overseas Listing, if enacted, may subject us to additional compliance requirements in the future, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to get the clearance of filing procedures under the Draft Rules Regarding Overseas Listing on a timely basis, or at all. Any failure of us to fully comply with new regulatory requirements may significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer our ordinary shares, cause significant disruption to our business operations, and severely damage our reputation, which would materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and cause our ordinary shares to significantly decline in value or become worthless.

 

You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing actions in China against us or our management named in the prospectus based on foreign laws.

 

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, we conduct substantially all of our operations in China, and substantially all of our assets are located in China. In addition, the majority of our senior executive officers reside within China and are PRC nationals. As a result, it may be difficult for our shareholders to effect service of process upon us or those persons inside China. In addition, China does not have treaties providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts with the Cayman Islands and many other countries and regions. Therefore, recognition and enforcement in China of judgments of a court in any of these non-PRC jurisdictions in relation to any matter not subject to a binding arbitration provision may be difficult or impossible.

 

20 

 

 

Shareholder claims that are common in the United States, including securities law class actions and fraud claims, generally are difficult to pursue as a matter of law or practicality in China. For example, in China, there are significant legal and other obstacles to obtaining information needed for shareholder investigations or litigation outside China or otherwise with respect to foreign entities. Although the local authorities in China may establish a regulatory cooperation mechanism with the securities regulatory authorities of another country or region to implement cross-border supervision and administration, such regulatory cooperation with the securities regulatory authorities in the Unities States have not been efficient in the absence of mutual and practical cooperation mechanism. According to Article 177 of the PRC Securities Law which took effect in March 2020, no overseas securities regulator is allowed to directly conduct investigation or evidence collection activities within the territory of the PRC. Accordingly, without the consent of competent PRC securities regulators and relevant authorities, no organization or individual may provide the documents and materials relating to securities business activities to overseas parties. See also “Risk Factors —Risks Relating to Our Ordinary Shares and this Offering — You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law” for risks associated with investing in us as a Cayman Islands company.

 

Any requirement to obtain prior approval under the M&A Rules and/or any other regulations promulgated by relevant PRC regulatory agencies in the future could delay this offering and failure to obtain any such approvals, if required, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and reputation as well as the trading price of our ordinary shares, and could also create uncertainties for this offering and affect our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors outside China.

 

On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, including the Ministry of Commerce (the “MOFCOM”), the State-Owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission (the “SASAC”), the State Administration of Taxation (the “SAT”), the State Administration of Industry and Commerce (the “SAIC”), the CSRC, and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange (the “SAFE”), jointly adopted the M&A Rules, which came into effect on September 8, 2006 and were amended on June 22, 2009. The M&A Rules include, among other things, provisions that purport to require that an offshore special purpose vehicle formed for the purpose of an overseas listing of securities in a PRC company obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of such special purpose vehicle’s securities on an overseas stock exchange. On September 21, 2006, the CSRC published on its official website procedures regarding its approval of overseas listings by special purpose vehicles. However, substantial uncertainty remains regarding the scope and applicability of the M&A Rules to offshore special purpose vehicles.

 

While the application of the M&A Rules remains unclear, we believe, based on the advice of our PRC counsel, AllBright Law Offices (Fuzhou), that the CSRC approval is not required in the context of this offering because (i) the CSRC currently has not issued any definitive rule or interpretation concerning whether offerings under the prospectus are subject to the M&A Rules; and (ii) we established our PRC subsidiary, Fujian Yukai, by means of direct investment rather than by merger with or acquisition of PRC domestic companies. However, uncertainties still exist as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted and implemented, and the opinion of our PRC counsel is subject to any new laws, rules, and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A Rules. We cannot assure you that the relevant PRC government agencies, including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as our PRC counsel. If the CSRC or other PRC regulatory body subsequently determines that we need to obtain the CSRC’s approval for this offering or if the CSRC or any other PRC government authorities promulgates any interpretation or implements rules before our listing that would require us to obtain CSRC or other governmental approvals for this offering, we may face adverse actions or sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies. In any such event, these regulatory agencies may impose fines and penalties on our operations in China, limit our operating privileges in China, delay or restrict the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into the PRC or take other actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects, as well as our ability to complete this offering. The CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to halt this offering before settlement and delivery of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus. Consequently, if you engage in market trading or other activities in anticipation of and prior to settlement and delivery, you do so at the risk that such settlement and delivery may not occur. See “Regulation — Regulations Relating to Overseas Listing and M&A.”

 

21 

 

 

In addition, the security review rules issued by the MOFCOM that took effect in September 2011 specify that mergers and acquisitions by foreign investors that raise “national defense and security” concerns and mergers and acquisitions through which foreign investors may acquire de facto control over domestic enterprises that raise “national security” concerns are subject to strict review by the MOFCOM, and the rules prohibit any activities attempting to bypass a security review, including by structuring the transaction through a proxy or contractual control arrangement. Furthermore, according to the security review, foreign investments that would result in acquiring the actual control of assets in certain key sectors, such as critical agricultural products, energy and resources, equipment manufacturing, infrastructure, transport, cultural products and services, information technology, Internet products and services, financial services and technology sectors, are required to obtain approval from designated governmental authorities in advance.

 

We are not operating in an industry that prohibits or limits foreign investment. As a result, as advised by our PRC counsel, AllBright Law Offices (Fuzhou), other than those requisite for a domestic company in China to engage in the businesses similar to ours, we are not required to obtain any permission from Chinese authorities including the CSRC, Cyberspace Administration of China or any other governmental agency that is required to approve our operations. However, if we do not receive or maintain the approvals, or we inadvertently conclude that such approvals are not required, or applicable laws, regulations, or interpretations change such that we are required to obtain approval in the future, we may be subject to investigations by competent regulators, fines or penalties, ordered to suspend our relevant operations and rectify any non-compliance, prohibited from engaging in relevant business or conducting any offering, and these risks could result in a material adverse change in our operations, significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, or cause such securities to significantly decline in value or become worthless.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, we and our PRC subsidiaries have received from PRC authorities all requisite licenses, permissions or approvals needed to engage in the businesses currently conducted in China, and no permission or approval has been denied. Such licenses and permissions include Business License, and Class II medical device selling record certificate. As advised by our PRC counsel, AllBright Law Offices (Fuzhou), neither we nor any of our subsidiaries are required to obtain regulatory approval from Chinese authorities before listing in the U.S. under any existing PRC law, regulations or rules, including from the CSRC, the Cyberspace Administration of China, or any other relevant Chinese regulatory agencies that is required to approve our operations in China. However, the PRC government may take actions to exert more oversight and control over offerings by China-based issuers conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in such companies, which could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors outside China and cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or become worthless.

 

In the future, we may grow our business by acquiring businesses. Complying with the requirements of the above-mentioned regulations and other relevant rules to complete such transactions, if required, could be time-consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval from the MOFCOM or its local counterparts may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions. It is unclear whether our business would be deemed to be in an industry that raises “national defense and security” or “national security” concerns. However, the MOFCOM or other government agencies may publish explanations in the future determining that our business is in an industry subject to the security review, in which case our future acquisitions in the PRC, may be closely scrutinized or prohibited. Our ability to expand our business or maintain or expand our market share through future acquisitions would as such be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, according to the M&A Rules, if a PRC entity or individual plans to merge or acquire its related PRC entity through an overseas company legitimately incorporated or controlled by such entity or individual, such a merger and acquisition will be subject to examination and approval by the MOFCOM. There is a possibility that the PRC regulators may promulgate new rules or explanations requiring that we obtain the approval of the MOFCOM or other PRC governmental authorities for our completed or ongoing mergers and acquisitions. There is no assurance that, if we plan to make an acquisition, we can obtain such approval from the MOFCOM or any other relevant PRC governmental authorities for our mergers and acquisitions, and if we fail to obtain those approvals, we may be required to suspend our acquisition and be subject to penalties. Any uncertainties regarding such approval requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and corporate structure.

 

22 

 

 

In addition, on July 6, 2021, the relevant PRC government authorities made public the Illegal Securities Opinions. These opinions emphasized the need to strengthen the administration over illegal securities activities and the supervision on overseas listings by China-based companies and proposed to take effective measures, such as promoting the construction of relevant regulatory systems to address the risks and incidents faced by China-based overseas-listed companies. Pursuant to the Illegal Securities Opinions, Chinese regulators are required to accelerate rulemaking related to the overseas issuance and listing of securities, and update the existing laws and regulations related to data security, cross-border data flow, and management of confidential information. Numerous regulations, guidelines and other measures are expected to be adopted under the umbrella of or in addition to the Cybersecurity Law and Data Security Law. As of the date of this prospectus, no official guidance or related implementation rules have been issued yet and the interpretation of these opinions remains unclear at this stage.

 

On July 10, 2021, the Cyberspace Administration of China issued the Measures for Cybersecurity Review (Revision Draft for Comments) for public comments, which proposes to authorize the relevant government authorities to conduct cybersecurity review on a range of activities that affect or may affect national security, including listings in foreign countries by companies that possess the personal data of more than one million users.

 

On November 14, 2021, the Cyberspace Administration of China issued the Regulations on Network Data Security (draft for public comments) which set forth cyber data security compliance requirements in greater detail.

 

On December 28, 2021, the Measures for Cybersecurity Review (2021 version) was promulgated and took effect on February 15, 2022, which iterates that any “online platform operators” controlling personal information of more than one million users which seeks to list in a foreign stock exchange should also be subject to cybersecurity review. As advised by our PRC counsel, AllBright Law Offices (Fuzhou), we are not among the “operators of critical information infrastructure” or “online platform operators” as mentioned above. The Company, through our WFOE and its operating subsidiary, Fuzhou Yukai, is an outsourced medical equipment maintenance service provider, and neither the Company nor its subsidiaries is engaged in data activities as defined under the Personal Information Protection Law, which includes, without limitation, collection, storage, use, processing, transmission, provision, publication and deletion of data. In addition, neither the Company nor its subsidiaries is an operator of any “critical information infrastructure” as defined under the PRC Cybersecurity Law and the Security Protection Measures on Critical Information Infrastructure. However, the Measures for Cybersecurity Review were recently adopted and the Network Internet Data Protection Draft Regulations (draft for comments) are in the process of being formulated and the Illegal Securities Opinions remain unclear on how they will be interpreted, amended and implemented by the relevant PRC governmental authorities.

 

There remain uncertainties as to when the final measures will be issued and take effect, how they will be enacted, interpreted or implemented, and whether they will affect us. If we inadvertently conclude that the Measures for Cybersecurity Review do not apply to us, or applicable laws, regulations, or interpretations change and it is determined in the future that the Measures for Cybersecurity Review become applicable to us, we may be subject to review when conducting data processing activities, and may face challenges in addressing its requirements and make necessary changes to our internal policies and practices. We may incur substantial costs in complying with the Measures for Cybersecurity Review, which could result in material adverse changes in our business operations and financial position. If we are not able to fully comply with the Measures for Cybersecurity Review, our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors may be significantly limited or completely hindered, and our securities may significantly decline in value or become worthless.

 

23 

 

 

On December 24, 2021, the CSRC released the Administrative Provisions of the State Council Regarding the Overseas Issuance and Listing of Securities by Domestic Enterprises (Draft for Comments) and the Measures for the Overseas Issuance of Securities and Listing Record-Filings by Domestic Enterprises (Draft for Comments), both of which had a comment period that expired on January 23, 2022, and, if enacted, may subject us to additional compliance requirement in the future. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — The CSRC has released for public consultation the draft rules for China-based companies seeking to conduct initial public offerings in foreign markets. While such rules have not yet gone into effect, the Chinese government may exert more oversight and control over offerings that are conducted overseas and foreign investment in China-based issuers, which could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer our ordinary shares to investors and could cause the value of our ordinary shares to significantly decline or become worthless.” Thus, it is still uncertain how PRC governmental authorities will regulate overseas listing in general and whether we are required to obtain any specific regulatory approvals or to fulfill any record-filing requirements. Furthermore, if the CSRC or other regulatory agencies later promulgate new rules or explanations requiring that we obtain their prior approvals or ex-post record-filing for this offering and any follow-on offering, we may be unable to obtain such approvals or record-filing which could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to our investors.

 

As advised by our PRC counsel, AllBright Law Offices (Fuzhou), as of the date of this prospectus, we are not required to obtain any permission from any PRC governmental authorities to offer securities to foreign investors. We have been closely monitoring regulatory developments in China regarding any necessary approvals from the CSRC or other PRC governmental authorities required for overseas listings, including this offering and offering securities to foreign investors. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not received any inquiry, notice, warning, sanctions or regulatory objection to this offering from the CSRC or other PRC governmental authorities. However, there remains significant uncertainty as to the enactment, interpretation and implementation of regulatory requirements related to overseas securities offerings and other capital markets activities. If it is determined in the future that the approval of the CSRC, the Cyberspace Administration of China or any other regulatory authority is required for this offering, we may face sanctions by the CSRC, the Cyberspace Administration of China or other PRC regulatory agencies. These regulatory agencies may impose fines and penalties on our operations in China, limit our ability to pay dividends outside of China, limit our operations in China, delay or restrict the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into China or take other actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, as well as the trading price of our securities. The CSRC, the Cyberspace Administration of China or other PRC regulatory agencies also may take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to halt this offering before settlement and delivery of our ordinary shares. Consequently, if you engage in market trading or other activities in anticipation of and prior to settlement and delivery, you do so at the risk that settlement and delivery may not occur. In addition, if the CSRC, the Cyberspace Administration of China or other regulatory PRC agencies later promulgate new rules requiring that we obtain their approvals for this offering, we may be unable to obtain a waiver of such approval requirements, if and when procedures are established to obtain such a waiver. Any uncertainties and/or negative publicity regarding such an approval requirement could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our securities.

 

PRC regulations regarding acquisitions impose significant regulatory approval and review requirements, which could make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions.

 

Under the PRC Anti-Monopoly Law, companies undertaking acquisitions relating to businesses in China must notify the State Administration for Market Regulation, or the SAMR, in advance of any transaction where the parties’ revenues in the China market exceed certain thresholds and the buyer would obtain control of, or decisive influence over, the target, while under the M&A Rules, the approval of MOFCOM must be obtained in circumstances where overseas companies established or controlled by PRC enterprises or residents acquire domestic companies affiliated with such PRC enterprises or residents. Applicable PRC laws, rules and regulations also require certain merger and acquisition transactions to be subject to security review. As a result, the transactions, if any, we may undertake could be subject to SAMR merger review. Complying with the requirements of the relevant regulations to complete such transactions could be time-consuming, and any required approval processes, including approval from the SAMR, may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions, which could affect our ability to expand our business or maintain our market share. If the practice of SAMR and MOFCOM remains unchanged, our ability to carry out our acquisition strategy may be materially and adversely affected and there may be significant uncertainty as to whether we will be able to complete large acquisitions in the future in a timely manner or at all.

 

24 

 

 

PRC regulations relating to investments in offshore companies by PRC residents may subject our PRC-resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiaries to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiaries or limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to increase their registered capital or distribute profits.

 

The SAFE promulgated the Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Offshore Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or the SAFE Circular 37, on July 4, 2014, which replaced the former circular commonly known as the “SAFE Circular 75” promulgated by the SAFE on October 21, 2005. The SAFE Circular 37 requires PRC residents to register with local branches of the SAFE in connection with their direct establishment or indirect control of an offshore entity, for the purpose of overseas investment and financing, with such PRC residents’ legally owned assets or equity interests in domestic enterprises or offshore assets or interests, referred to in the SAFE Circular 37 as a “special purpose vehicle.” The SAFE Circular 37 further requires amendment to the registration in the event of any significant changes with respect to the special purpose vehicle, such as increase or decrease of capital contributed by PRC individuals, share transfer or exchange, merger, division or other material event. In the event that a PRC shareholder holding interests in a special purpose vehicle fails to fulfill the required the SAFE registration, the PRC subsidiaries of that special purpose vehicle may be prohibited from making profit distributions to the offshore parent and from carrying out subsequent cross-border foreign exchange activities, and the special purpose vehicle may be restricted in its ability to contribute additional capital into its PRC subsidiary. Moreover, failure to comply with the various registration requirements with the SAFE described above could result in liability under PRC law for evasion of foreign exchange controls.

 

We have notified substantial beneficial owners of ordinary shares who we know are PRC residents of their filing obligation, and all substantial beneficial owners have completed the necessary registration with the local SAFE branch or qualified banks as required by the SAFE Circular 37. However, we may not at all times be aware of the identities of all of our beneficial owners who are PRC residents. We do not have control over our beneficial owners and cannot assure you that all of our PRC-resident beneficial owners will comply with the SAFE Circular 37 and subsequent implementation rules. The failure of our beneficial owners who are PRC residents to register or amend their SAFE registrations in a timely manner pursuant to the SAFE Circular 37 and subsequent implementation rules, or the failure of future beneficial owners of our company who are PRC residents to comply with the registration procedures set forth in the SAFE Circular 37 and subsequent implementation rules, may subject such beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiaries to fines and legal sanctions. Furthermore, since it is unclear how the SAFE Circular 37, and any future regulation concerning offshore or cross-border transactions, will be interpreted, amended and implemented by the relevant PRC government authorities, we cannot predict how these regulations will affect our business operations or future strategies. Failure to register or comply with relevant requirements may also limit our ability to contribute additional capital to our PRC subsidiaries and limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends to our company. These risks may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Any failure to comply with PRC regulations regarding the registration requirements for employee share incentive plans may subject the PRC plan participants or us to fines and other legal or administrative sanctions.

 

In February 2012, the SAFE promulgated the Notices on Issues Concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Stock Incentive Plans of Overseas Publicly-Listed Companies, replacing earlier rules promulgated in March 2007. Pursuant to these rules, PRC citizens and non-PRC citizens who reside in China for a continuous period of not less than one year who participate in any share incentive plan of an overseas publicly listed company, subject to a few exceptions, are required to register with the SAFE through a domestic qualified agent, which could be the PRC subsidiary of such overseas listed company, and complete certain other procedures. In addition, an overseas entrusted institution must be retained to handle matters in connection with the exercise or sale of share options and the purchase or sale of shares and interests. In the event we adopt an equity incentive plan, our executive officers and other employees who are PRC citizens or who have resided in the PRC for a continuous period of not less than one year and who are granted options or other awards under the equity incentive plan will be subject to these regulations when our company becomes an overseas listed company upon the completion of this offering. Failure to complete the SAFE registrations may subject them to fines and legal sanctions and may also limit our ability to contribute additional capital into our PRC subsidiaries and limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends to us. We also face regulatory uncertainties that could restrict our ability to adopt additional incentive plans for our directors, executive officers and employees under PRC law.

 

25 

 

 

PRC regulations of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

 

We are an offshore holding company conducting our operations in China through our PRC subsidiaries. We may make loans to our PRC subsidiaries subject to the approval from governmental authorities and limitations on borrowed amounts, or we may make additional capital contributions to our subsidiaries in China.

 

Any loans to our WFOE in China, which is treated as a foreign-invested enterprise under PRC law, are subject to PRC regulations and foreign exchange loan registrations. For example, loans by us to our WFOE in China to finance its activities cannot exceed statutory limits and must be registered with the local counterparts of the SAFE. In addition, a foreign invested enterprise shall use its capital pursuant to the principle of authenticity and self-use within its business scope. The capital of a foreign invested enterprise shall not be used for the following purposes: (i) directly or indirectly used for payment beyond the business scope of the enterprise or the payment prohibited by relevant laws and regulations; (ii) directly or indirectly used for investment in securities investments other than banks’ principal-secured products unless otherwise provided by relevant laws and regulations; (iii) the granting of loans to non-affiliated enterprises, except where it is expressly permitted in the business license; and (iv) paying the expenses related to the purchase of real estate that is not for self-use (except for the foreign-invested real estate enterprises).

 

The SAFE promulgated the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Reforming the Administration of Foreign Exchange Settlement of Capital of Foreign-invested Enterprises, or the SAFE Circular 19, effective June 2015, in replacement of the Circular on the Relevant Operating Issues Concerning the Improvement of the Administration of the Payment and Settlement of Foreign Currency Capital of Foreign-Invested Enterprises, the Notice from the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Relevant Issues Concerning Strengthening the Administration of Foreign Exchange Businesses, and the Circular on Further Clarification and Regulation of the Issues Concerning the Administration of Certain Capital Account Foreign Exchange Businesses. Although the SAFE Circular 19 allows RMB capital converted from foreign currency-denominated registered capital of a foreign-invested enterprise to be used for equity investments within China, it also reiterates the principle that RMB converted from the foreign currency-denominated capital of a foreign-invested company may not be directly or indirectly used for purposes beyond its business scope. Thus, it is unclear whether the SAFE will permit such capital to be used for equity investments in China in actual practice. The SAFE promulgated the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Reforming and Standardizing the Foreign Exchange Settlement Management Policy of Capital Account, or the SAFE Circular 16, effective on June 9, 2016, which reiterates some of the rules set forth in the SAFE Circular 19, but changes the prohibition against using RMB capital converted from foreign currency-denominated registered capital of a foreign-invested company to issue RMB entrusted loans to a prohibition against using such capital to issue loans to non-associated enterprises. Violations of the SAFE Circular 19 and the SAFE Circular 16 could result in administrative penalties. The SAFE Circular 19 and the SAFE Circular 16 may significantly limit our ability to transfer any foreign currency we hold, including the net proceeds from this offering, to our WFOE, which may adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business in China.

 

On October 23, 2019, the SAFE issued the Circular on Further Promoting Cross-border Trade and Investment Facilitation, or the SAFE Circular 28, which took effect on the same day. The SAFE Circular 28, subject to certain conditions, allows foreign-invested enterprises whose business scope does not include investment, or non-investment foreign-invested enterprises, to use their capital funds to make equity investments in China. Since the SAFE Circular 28 was issued only recently, its interpretation and implementation in practice are still subject to substantial uncertainties.

 

26 

 

 

In light of the various requirements imposed by PRC regulations on loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies, and the fact that the PRC government may at its discretion restrict access to foreign currencies for current account transactions in the future, we cannot assure you that we will be able to complete the necessary government registrations or obtain the necessary government approvals on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to future loans to PRC subsidiaries in or future capital contributions by us to our WFOE in China. As a result, uncertainties exist as to our ability to provide prompt financial support to our PRC subsidiaries when needed. If we fail to complete such registrations or obtain such approvals, our ability to use the proceeds we expect to receive from this offering and to capitalize or otherwise fund our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

 

We rely to a significant extent on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our subsidiaries to fund offshore cash and financing requirements and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to transfer cash out of China and/or make remittance to pay dividends to us could limit our ability to access cash generated by the operations of those entities.

 

We are a holding company and rely to a significant extent on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our subsidiaries for our offshore cash and financing requirements, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders, fund inter-company loans, service any debt we may incur outside of China and pay our expenses. The laws, rules and regulations applicable to our PRC subsidiaries permit payments of dividends only out of their retained earnings, if any, determined in accordance with applicable accounting standards and regulations.

 

Under PRC laws, rules and regulations, each of our subsidiaries incorporated in China is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, after making up for previous years’ accumulated losses, if any, to fund certain statutory reserves, until the aggregate amount of such fund reaches 50% of its registered capital. As a result of these laws, rules and regulations, our subsidiaries incorporated in China are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their respective net assets to their shareholders as dividends. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, these restricted assets totaled $0 and $0, respectively, due to the accumulated losses from prior years. However, there can be no assurance that the PRC government will not intervene or impose restrictions on our ability to transfer or distribute cash within our organization or to foreign investors, which could result in an inability or prohibition on making transfers or distributions outside of China and may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Limitations on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make remittance to pay dividends to us could limit our ability to access cash generated by the operations of those entities, including to make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our businesses, pay dividends to our shareholders or otherwise fund and conduct our business.

 

We may be treated as a resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, and we may therefore be subject to PRC income tax on our global income.

 

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementing rules, both of which came into effect on January 1, 2008 and were last amended on December 29, 2018, enterprises established under the laws of jurisdictions outside of China with “de facto management bodies” located in China may be considered PRC tax resident enterprises for tax purposes and may be subject to the PRC enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on their global income. “De facto management body” refers to a managing body that exercises substantive and overall management and control over the production and business, personnel, accounting books and assets of an enterprise. The SAT issued the Notice Regarding the Determination of Chinese-Controlled Offshore-Incorporated Enterprises as PRC Tax Resident Enterprises on the Basis of De Facto Management Bodies, or the SAT Circular 82, on April 22, 2009. SAT Circular 82 provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a Chinese-controlled offshore-incorporated enterprise is located in China. Although SAT Circular 82 only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises, not those controlled by individuals or foreign enterprises, the determining criteria set forth in SAT Circular 82 may reflect the SAT’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of offshore enterprises, regardless of whether they are controlled by PRC enterprises. If we were to be considered a PRC resident enterprise, we would be subject to PRC enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on our global income, and our profitability and cash flow may be materially reduced as a result of our global income being taxed under the Enterprise Income Tax Law. We believe that none of our entities outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body”.

 

27 

 

 

Dividends payable to our foreign investors and gains on the sale of our ordinary shares by our foreign investors may be subject to PRC tax.

 

Under the Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation regulations issued by the State Council, a 10% PRC withholding tax is applicable to dividends payable to investors that are non-resident enterprises, which do not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC or which have such establishment or place of business but the dividends are not effectively connected with such establishment or place of business, to the extent such dividends are derived from sources within the PRC. Any gain realized on the transfer of ordinary shares by such investors is also subject to PRC tax at a current rate of 10% which in the case of dividends will be withheld at source if such gain is regarded as income derived from sources within the PRC. If we are deemed a PRC resident enterprise, dividends paid on our ordinary shares, and any gain realized from the transfer of our ordinary shares, may be treated as income derived from sources within the PRC and may as a result be subject to PRC taxation. See “Regulation—Regulations Relating to Taxation.” Furthermore, if we are deemed a PRC resident enterprise, dividends payable to individual investors who are non-PRC residents and any gain realized on the transfer of ordinary shares by such investors may be subject to PRC tax at a current rate of 20%. Any PRC tax liability may be reduced under applicable tax treaties. However, it is unclear whether holders of our ordinary shares would be able to claim the benefit of income tax treaties or agreements entered into between China and other countries or areas if we are considered a PRC resident enterprise. If dividends payable to our non-PRC investors, or gains from the transfer of our ordinary shares by such investors are subject to PRC tax, the value of your investment in our ordinary shares may decline significantly.

 

We and our shareholders face uncertainties with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises by their non-PRC holding companies.

 

On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued the Announcement on Several Issues Concerning the Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Transfer of Assets by Non-Resident Enterprises, or the SAT Circular 7. The SAT Circular 7 extends its tax jurisdiction to transactions involving the transfer of taxable assets through offshore transfer of a foreign intermediate holding company. In addition, the SAT Circular 7 has introduced safe harbors for internal group restructurings and the purchase and sale of equity through a public securities market. The SAT Circular 7 also brings challenges to both foreign transferor and transferee (or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer) of taxable assets. On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued the Announcement on Issues Relating to Withholding at Source of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises, or the SAT Circular 37, which came into effect on December 1, 2017. The SAT Circular 37 further clarifies the practice and procedure of the withholding of non-resident enterprise income tax.

 

Where a non-resident enterprise transfers taxable assets indirectly by disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, which is deemed an “Indirect Transfer” pursuant to SAT Circular 7 and SAT Circular 37, the non-resident enterprise as either transferor or transferee, or the PRC entity that directly owns the taxable assets, may report such Indirect Transfer to the relevant tax authority. Using a “substance over form” principle, the PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such Indirect Transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, and the transferee or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer is obligated to withhold the applicable taxes, currently at a rate of 10% for the transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise. Both the transferor and the transferee may be subject to penalties under PRC tax laws if the transferee fails to withhold the taxes and the transferor fails to pay the taxes.

 

28 

 

 

We face uncertainties as to the reporting and other implications of certain past and future transactions where PRC taxable assets are involved, such as offshore restructuring, sale of the shares in our offshore subsidiaries and investments. Our company may be subject to filing obligations or taxed if our company is transferor in such transactions, and may be subject to withholding obligations if our company is transferee in such transactions, under the SAT Circular 7 and/or the SAT Circular 37. For transfer of shares in our company that do not qualify for the public securities market safe harbor by investors who are non-PRC resident enterprises, our PRC subsidiaries may be requested to assist in the filing under the SAT Circular 7 and/or the SAT Circular 37. As a result, we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with the SAT Circular 7 and/or the SAT Circular 37 or to request the relevant transferors from whom we purchase taxable assets to comply with these circulars, or to establish that our company should not be taxed under these circulars, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to utilize our revenues effectively.

 

All of our revenues are denominated in Renminbi. The Renminbi is currently convertible under the “current account,” which includes dividends, trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, but not under the “capital account,” which includes foreign direct investment and loans, including loans we may secure from our onshore subsidiaries. Currently, our PRC subsidiaries may purchase foreign currency for settlement of “current account transactions,” including payment of dividends to us, without the SAFE’s approval by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, the relevant PRC governmental authorities may limit or eliminate our ability to purchase foreign currencies in the future for current account transactions. Since we expect a significant portion of our future revenue will be denominated in Renminbi, any existing and future restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to utilize revenue generated in Renminbi to fund our business activities outside of the PRC and/or transfer cash out of China to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders. Foreign exchange transactions under the capital account remain subject to limitations and require approvals from, or registration with, the SAFE and other relevant PRC governmental authorities. This could affect our ability to obtain foreign currency through debt or equity financing for our subsidiaries. In addition, there can be no assurance that the PRC government will not intervene or impose restrictions on our ability to transfer or distribute cash within our organization or to foreign investors, which could result in an inability or prohibition on making transfers or distributions outside of China and may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Fluctuations in exchange rates could result in foreign currency exchange losses to us and may reduce the value of, and amount in U.S. Dollars of dividends payable on, our shares in foreign currency terms.

 

The value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions and the foreign exchange policies adopted by the PRC government. In August 2015, the People’s Bank of China, or PBOC, changed the way it calculates the mid-point price of RMB against the U.S. dollar, requiring the market-makers who submit for reference rates to consider the previous day’s closing spot rate, foreign-exchange demand and supply as well as changes in major currency rates. In 2017, the value of the Renminbi appreciated by approximately 6.3% against the U.S. dollar; and in 2018, the Renminbi depreciated by approximately 5.7% against the U.S. dollar. From the end of 2018 through the end of December 2020, the value of the Renminbi appreciated by approximately 5.10% against the U.S. dollar. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policies, including any interest rate increases by the Federal Reserve, may impact the exchange rate between the RMB and the U.S. dollar in the future. There remains significant international pressure on the PRC government to adopt a more flexible currency policy, including from the U.S. government, which has threatened to label China as a “currency manipulator,” which could result in greater fluctuation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar. However, the PRC government may still at its discretion restrict access to foreign currencies for current account transactions in the future. Therefore, it is difficult to predict how market forces or government policies may impact the exchange rate between the RMB and the U.S. dollar or other currencies in the future. In addition, the PBOC regularly intervenes in the foreign exchange Company market to limit fluctuations in RMB exchange rates and achieve policy goals. If the exchange rate between RMB and U.S. dollar fluctuates in unanticipated manners, our results of operations and financial condition, and the value of, and dividends payable on, our shares in foreign currency terms may be adversely affected. We may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders. Appreciation of RMB to U.S dollar will result in exchange loss, while depreciation of RMB to U.S dollar will result in exchange gain.

 

29 

 

 

Failure to make adequate contributions to various employee benefit plans and withhold individual income tax on employees’ salaries as required by PRC regulations may subject us to penalties.

 

Companies operating in China are required to participate in various government-mandated employee benefit contribution plans, including certain social insurance, housing funds and other welfare-oriented payment obligations, and contribute to the plans in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of our employees up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time at locations where we operate our businesses. The requirement of employee benefit contribution plans has not been implemented consistently by the local governments in China given the different levels of economic development in different locations. Companies operating in China are also required to withhold individual income tax on employees’ salaries based on the actual salary of each employee upon payment. We may be subject to late fees and fines in relation to certain underpaid employee benefits and individual income tax withholding requirements, which fees and fines, if and when imposed, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

According to our PRC legal counsel, the PRC subsidiaries have signed labor contracts with all of their employees. However, our PRC subsidiaries did not pay social insurance contributions and housing provident fund contributions in full for all of the employees. As of the date of this prospectus, no administrative actions, fines or penalties have been imposed by the relevant PRC government authorities with respect to such non-compliance, nor has any order been received by our PRC subsidiaries to settle the outstanding amount of social insurance contributions and housing provident fund contributions.

 

The recent joint statement by the SEC and the PCAOB, rule changes by Nasdaq, and the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act all call for additional and more stringent criteria to be applied to emerging market companies upon assessing the qualification of their auditors, especially the non-U.S. auditors who are not inspected by the PCAOB. These developments could add uncertainties to our continued listing or future offerings of our securities in the U.S.

 

The Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, or the HFCA Act, was enacted on December 18, 2020. The HFCA Act states if the SEC determines that a company has filed audit reports issued by a registered public accounting firm that has not been subject to inspection by the PCAOB for three consecutive years beginning in 2021, the SEC shall prohibit such ordinary shares from being traded on a national securities exchange or in the over the counter trading market in the U.S.

 

On March 24, 2021, the SEC adopted interim final rules relating to the implementation of certain disclosure and documentation requirements of the HFCA Act. A company will be required to comply with these rules if the SEC identifies it as having a “non-inspection” year under a process to be subsequently established by the SEC. The SEC is assessing how to implement other requirements of the HFCA Act, including the listing and trading prohibition requirements described above. Furthermore, on June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, which, if enacted, would amend the HFCA Act and require the SEC to prohibit an issuer’s securities from trading on any U.S. stock exchanges if its auditor is not subject to PCAOB inspections for two consecutive years instead of three. On September 22, 2021, the PCAOB adopted a final rule implementing the HFCA Act, which provides a framework for the PCAOB to use when determining, as contemplated under the HFCA Act, whether the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms located in a foreign jurisdiction because of a position taken by one or more authorities in that jurisdiction. On December 2, 2021, the SEC issued amendments to finalize rules implementing the submission and disclosure requirements in the HFCA Act. The rules apply to registrants that the SEC identifies as having filed an annual report with an audit report issued by a registered public accounting firm that is located in a foreign jurisdiction and that PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely because of a position taken by an authority in foreign jurisdictions. On December 16, 2021, the PCAOB issued a Determination Report which found that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms headquartered in: (i) China, and (ii) Hong Kong. Our auditor, TPS Thayer, LLC, is not headquartered in China or Hong Kong and was not identified in this report as a firm subject to the PCAOB’s determination.

 

30 

 

 

Furthermore, various equity-based research organizations have recently published reports on China-based companies after examining their corporate governance practices, related party transactions, sales practices and financial statements, and these reports have led to special investigations and listing suspensions on U.S. national exchanges. Any similar scrutiny on us, regardless of its lack of merit, could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to fall, divert management resources and energy, cause us to incur expenses in defending ourselves against rumors, and increase the premiums we pay for director and officer insurance.

 

Our auditor, TPS Thayer, LLC, the independent registered public accounting firm that issues the audit report included elsewhere in this prospectus, as an auditor of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and a firm registered with the PCAOB, is subject to laws in the United States pursuant to which the PCAOB conducts regular inspections to assess its compliance with the applicable professional standards. Our auditor’s registration with the PCAOB took effect in September 2020, and it is currently subject to PCAOB inspections. The PCAOB currently has access to inspect the working papers of our auditor. However, the recent developments would add uncertainties to our offering and we cannot assure you whether Nasdaq or regulatory authorities would apply additional and more stringent criteria to us after considering the effectiveness of our auditor’s audit procedures and quality control procedures, adequacy of personnel and training, or sufficiency of resources, geographic reach or experience as it relates to the audit of our financial statements.

 

The SEC may propose additional rules or guidance that could impact us if our auditor is not subject to PCAOB inspections. For example, on August 6, 2020, the President’s Working Group on Financial Markets, or the PWG, issued the Report on Protecting United States Investors from Significant Risks from Chinese Companies to the then President of the United States. This report recommended the SEC implement five recommendations to address companies from jurisdictions that do not provide the PCAOB with sufficient access to fulfil its statutory mandate. Some of the concepts of these recommendations were implemented with the enactment of the HFCA Act. However, some of the recommendations were more stringent than the HFCA Act. For example, if a company’s auditor was not subject to PCAOB inspections, the report recommended that the transition period before a company would be delisted would end on January 1, 2022.

 

The SEC has announced that the SEC staff is preparing a consolidated proposal for the rules regarding the implementation of the HFCA Act and to address the recommendations in the PWG report. It is unclear when the SEC will complete its rulemaking and when such rules will become effective and what, if any, of the PWG recommendations will be adopted. The implications of this possible regulation in addition to the requirements of the HFCA Act are uncertain. While we understand that there has been dialogue among the CSRC, the SEC and the PCAOB regarding the inspection of PCAOB-registered accounting firms in China, there can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with requirements imposed by U.S. regulators. Such uncertainty could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to be materially and adversely affected, and our securities could be delisted and prohibited from being traded on the national securities exchange earlier than would be required by the HFCA Act. If our securities are unable to be listed on another securities exchange by then, such a delisting would substantially impair your ability to sell or purchase our ordinary shares when you wish to do so, and the risk and uncertainty associated with a potential delisting would have a negative impact on the price of our ordinary shares.

 

Furthermore, new laws and regulations or changes in laws and regulations in both the United States and China could affect our ability to list our ordinary shares on Nasdaq, which could materially impair the market for and market price of our ordinary shares.

 

31 

 

 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

 

Fuzhou Yukai’s operating history may not be indicative of its future growth or financial results and it may not be able to sustain its historical growth rates.

 

Fuzhou Yukai’s operating history may not be indicative of its future growth or financial results. There is no assurance that Fuzhou Yukai will be able to grow its revenue in the future. Fuzhou Yukai’s growth rate may decline for any number of possible reasons, and some of them are beyond Fuzhou Yukai’s control, including decreasing customer demand, increasing competition, declining growth of the healthcare industry in general, emergence of alternative business models, changes in government policies, or general economic conditions. Fuzhou Yukai will continue to expand its business scope to serve its customers and increase its customer base. However, the execution of Fuzhou Yukai’s expansion plan is subject to uncertainties and the customer base may not grow at the rate Fuzhou Yukai expects for the reasons stated above. If Fuzhou Yukai’s growth rates decline, investors’ perceptions of its business and prospects may be adversely affected and the market price of our ordinary shares could decline accordingly.

 

The COVID-19 pandemic could materially and adversely affect Fuzhou Yukai’s business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

 

We and our PRC subsidiaries are closely monitoring the COVID-19 pandemic (and any evolutions thereof or related or associated epidemics, pandemics or disease outbreaks, “COVID-19”). COVID-19 has spread to many countries and has been declared by the World Health Organization to be a pandemic, resulting in actions from national and local governments that have significantly affected virtually all facets of the PRC and global economies. The PRC government has implemented enhanced screenings, quarantine requirements and travel restrictions in connection with the COVID-19 outbreak.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, Fuzhou Yukai’s business has not been materially adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic but may be more adversely impacted in the future. Fuzhou Yukai sources equipment parts from China and other parts of the world. If COVID-19 adversely affects any of Fuzhou Yukai’s significant suppliers, it could disrupt Fuzhou Yukai’s supply chain. While the spread of COVID-19 was substantially controlled in 2021, due to the availability of vaccinations, several types of COVID-19 variants emerged in different parts of the world and restrictions were re-imposed from time to time in certain cities to combat sporadic outbreaks. For example, in early 2022, the Omicron variant of COVID-19 spread in China, especially in Jilin province, Shenzhen and Shanghai, where strict lockdowns were imposed. Given the significant economic uncertainty and volatility created by the COVID-19 pandemic, it is difficult to predict the nature and extent of impacts.

 

The extent of the impact of COVID-19 on Fuzhou Yukai’s operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, including, but not limited to, the duration and spread of the pandemic and related travel advisories and restrictions, all of which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. Government shutdown orders may result in a closure of operations for an uncertain duration impacting Fuzhou Yukai’s business results. Preventing the effects from and responding to this market disruption or any other public health threat, related or otherwise, may further increase Fuzhou Yukai’s costs of doing business and may have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

While Fuzhou Yukai has taken steps to minimize the COVID-19 exposure in the workplace, a COVID-19 outbreak within the workplace may occur and significantly disrupt operations. Any COVID-19 outbreak in Fujian province and other locations in which Fuzhou Yukai operates may disrupt Fuzhou Yukai’s operations at a greater rate than we currently experience.

 

32 

 

 

The spread of COVID-19 has caused Fuzhou Yukai to modify its business practices, including reducing travel and conducting virtual meetings, events and conferences, and adopting social distancing measures, and Fuzhou Yukai may take further actions as may be required by government authorities or that it determines are in the best interests of its employees, customers, and suppliers. Work-from-home and other measures, if taken by Fuzhou Yukai, will introduce additional operational risks, including cybersecurity risks, which could have an adverse effect on Fuzhou Yukai’s operations. In addition, even if such measures are undertaken by Fuzhou Yukai, there is no assurance that such measures will be sufficient to mitigate the risks posed by COVID-19, and illness and workforce disruptions could lead to unavailability of key personnel and harm Fuzhou Yukai’s ability to perform critical functions.

 

The severity, magnitude and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic is uncertain and depends on events beyond our knowledge or control. These and other impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic could heighten many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, such as those relating to Fuzhou Yukai’s reputation, sales, results of operations or financial condition. We and Fuzhou Yukai might not be able to predict or respond on a timely basis to prevent near- or long-term adverse impacts of COVID-19, which could have a material adverse effect on Fuzhou Yukai’s business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

Fuzhou Yukai may be unable to maintain existing contracts or contract terms or enter into new contracts with its customers.

 

Fuzhou Yukai’s revenue and growth depend, in part, on continuing contracts with customers. Fuzhou Yukai has been able to maintain and renew the majority of such contracts and expand the solutions it offers under such contracts. If Fuzhou Yukai is unable to maintain its contracts, or if the existing and potential customers seek to lower the contract prices or adjust other terms, Fuzhou Yukai may lose a portion or all of the existing or potential business with, or revenue from, such existing or potential customers. Some contracts include an annual review clause that entitles the hospital to terminate the contracts based on evaluation of Fuzhou Yukai’s work performance each year. Although Fuzhou Yukai has not experienced contract termination due to the evaluation, if such termination occurs, Fuzhou Yukai’s business, results of operations, and financial condition will be adversely impacted.

 

In addition, certain of Fuzhou Yukai’s customers account for a large portion of its revenue. From time to time, a single customer may account for 10% or more of Fuzhou Yukai’s total revenue. For example, Xiamen C&D Hitek Co., Ltd., Fuzhou No. 2 Hospital, and China Resources (Fuzhou) Medical Equipment Co., Ltd. accounted for 10% or more of revenue, as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. China Resources (Fuzhou) Medical Equipment Co., Ltd., Fuzhou No. 2 Hospital, and Xiamen C&D Hitek Co., Ltd. accounted for 10% or more of revenue as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. As a result, a single customer’s actions can expose Fuzhou Yukai’s business and operating results to great volatility.

 

Fuzhou Yukai has little bargaining power over the terms of the contracts with its hospital customers. If the hospitals lower their budgets, such actions could decrease the amount of revenue Fuzhou Yukai generates, thereby adversely impacting Fuzhou Yukai’s business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

Fuzhou Yukai obtains its hospital customers through the public bidding process. After winning the bid, Fuzhou Yukai will enter into contracts with such customers. In general, such contracts are based on a conventional government procurement contract template. Fuzhou Yukai has little bargaining power over the terms of the contracts with its hospital customers. Therefore, if the hospitals lower their overall budgets and their budgets for medical device maintenance also decreases, the hospitals will likely decrease the contract price with Fuzhou Yukai. Accordingly, this will decrease the amount of revenue Fuzhou Yukai generates, thereby adversely impacting Fuzhou Yukai’s business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

33 

 

 

If our PRC subsidiaries fail to maintain their reputation, including by adequately protecting their intellectual property, their sales and operating results may decline.

 

We believe the PRC subsidiaries’ continued success depends on their ability to maintain and grow the value of their brand. Brand value is based in large part on perceptions of subjective qualities. Even isolated incidents can erode the trust and confidence of the PRC subsidiaries’ customers and damage the strength of their brand, if such incidents result in adverse publicity or litigation. Challenges or reactions to action (or inaction) or perceived action (or inaction), by the PRC subsidiaries on issues such as social policies, compliance related to social, product, labor and environmental standards or other sensitive topics, and any perceived lack of transparency about such matters, could harm the PRC subsidiaries’ reputation. The increasing use of social media platforms and online forums may increase the chance that an adverse event could negatively affect the reputation of the PRC subsidiaries’ brands. The online dissemination of negative information about the PRC subsidiaries’ brand, including inaccurate information, could harm their reputation, business, competitive advantage and goodwill. Damage to the PRC subsidiaries’ reputation could result in declines in customer loyalty and sales, relationships with the PRC subsidiaries’ suppliers, business development opportunities, divert attention and resources from management, including by requiring responses to inquiries or additional regulatory scrutiny, and otherwise materially adversely affect the PRC subsidiaries’ results. Any failure to offer and maintain high-quality customer support, or a market perception that the PRC subsidiaries do not maintain high-quality customer support, could similarly adversely affect the PRC subsidiaries’ reputations, their ability to sell their services, and, in turn, their business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Furthermore, the PRC subsidiaries’ ability to protect their brand depends in part on their ability to protect their confidential information, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, maintaining, defending and enforcing their intellectual non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties, and their trademarks and copyrights to protect their intellectual property rights. However, any of these parties may breach such agreements and disclose the PRC subsidiaries’ proprietary information, and the PRC subsidiaries may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. In addition, third parties may allege that products and services, or the conduct of the PRC subsidiaries business, infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate such third party’s intellectual property rights. Moreover, although the PRC subsidiaries try to ensure that their employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for the PRC subsidiaries, the PRC subsidiaries may be subject to claims that they or these employees have used or disclosed intellectual property of any third parties, including such individual’s former employer. If the PRC subsidiaries fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, the PRC subsidiaries may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if the PRC subsidiaries are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management. Furthermore, any of the PRC subsidiaries’ trademarks may be challenged, opposed, infringed, cancelled, circumvented or declared generic, or determined to be infringing on other marks. The PRC subsidiaries may not be able to protect their rights to these trademarks, which they need in order to maintain name recognition by potential collaborators or clients in their markets of interest.

 

A global economic downturn could adversely affect Fuzhou Yukai’s customers and suppliers or have new, additional adverse effects on them, which could have further adverse effects on Fuzhou Yukai’s operating results and financial position.

 

Although a substantial amount of Fuzhou Yukai’s end customers are currently hospitals in Fuzhou Province, we believe that it is possible that Fuzhou Yukai’s customers could be adversely affected by a global economic downturn, which may result in, among other things, fewer patients at any time (which we refer to as “patient census”), less demand for non-essential patient services, more uncompensated care, more bad debt, increasing difficulty in obtaining financing on favorable terms, and tighter capital and operating budgets. If economic conditions worsen, the customers may seek to reduce their costs and may be unable to pay for the outsourced services, and Fuzhou Yukai may experience fewer orders, slower payment cycles, and more bad debt.

 

Fuzhou Yukai’s suppliers also may be negatively impacted by an economic downturn and tighter capital and credit markets. If Fuzhou Yukai’s key suppliers experience financial difficulty and are unable to deliver parts or technical support, Fuzhou Yukai may be forced to seek alternative sources of parts or technical support or to purchase parts or technical support on less favorable terms, or Fuzhou Yukai may be unable to fulfill its obligations. A delay in procuring parts or technical support or an increase in the costs to purchase parts or technical support could limit Fuzhou Yukai’s ability to provide maintenance to customers on a timely and cost-effective basis. Any of these occurrences are beyond our control and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

 

34 

 

 

Fuzhou Yukai’s competitors may engage in significant competitive practices, which could cause Fuzhou Yukai to lose market share, reduce prices or increase expenditures.

 

Fuzhou Yukai’s competitors may engage in competitive practices that could cause Fuzhou Yukai to lose market share, reduce its prices, or increase its expenditures. For example, competitors may offer prices at much lower gross margins to obtain customers. If Fuzhou Yukai is unable to offer a comparable price, it may experience reduced demand for its service. If Fuzhou Yukai is forced to lower the price, its ability to maintain its gross margins will be impacted. Any actions Fuzhou Yukai may be required to take as a result of increased competitive pressure, including decreasing prices, renegotiating contracts with customers on less favorable terms or increasing its sales and marketing expenses, could have a material adverse effect on Fuzhou Yukai’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Fuzhou Yukai has relationships with certain key repair parts and technical support suppliers, and adverse developments concerning these parts and technical support suppliers could delay Fuzhou Yukai’s ability to procure parts or provide certain services or increase its costs of purchasing parts and technical support.

 

Fuzhou Yukai purchases repair parts and technical support from its parts and technical support suppliers. Adverse developments concerning key suppliers or relationships with suppliers could force Fuzhou Yukai to seek alternative sources for its repair parts or technical support or purchase repair parts or technical support on less favorable terms. A delay in procuring repair parts or technical support or an increase in Fuzhou Yukai’s costs to purchase repair parts or technical support could limit Fuzhou Yukai’s ability to provide services to its customers on a timely and cost-effective basis. In addition, if Fuzhou Yukai does not have access to certain parts, or if manufacturers do not provide access to the appropriate equipment manuals or training, Fuzhou Yukai may not be able to provide certain maintenance services.

 

If Fuzhou Yukai is unable to change the manner in which hospitals traditionally procure medical equipment maintenance, Fuzhou Yukai may not be able to achieve significant revenue growth.

 

We believe the outsourced medical equipment maintenance services significantly increase the repair efficiency of hospital equipment. Many hospitals view medical equipment maintenance service primarily as a means of meeting short-term or supplemental needs, rather than as a long-term, effective and cost-efficient choice. Many hospitals may continue to maintain their medical equipment on their own in-house staff. If Fuzhou Yukai is unable to influence these hospitals to switch to outsourced medical equipment services, its ability to achieve significant revenue growth will be materially impaired.

 

We may be unable to make attractive acquisitions, successfully integrate acquired businesses or find local partners to establish new companies, and any inability to do so may disrupt our business and hinder our ability to grow.

 

As one of our growth strategies, we may expand our business beyond Fujian Province. Although as of the date of this prospectus, we have not identified, or engaged in any material discussions regarding any potential target, we may seek acquisition candidates, local partners or other strategic relationships within the healthcare industry that may fit our business strategies in the future. However, there is no guarantee we will be able to identify attractive acquisition opportunities or find a local partner to establish new companies. In the event we are able to identify attractive acquisition opportunities or find local partners, we may not be able to develop markets outside Fujian province or do so on commercially acceptable terms. Additionally, we may not be successful in acquiring businesses, and the businesses we do acquire may not ultimately produce returns that justify our related investment.

 

35 

 

 

Acquisitions may involve numerous risks, including:

 

   

difficulties assimilating personnel and integrating distinct business cultures;

    diversion of management’s time and resources from existing operations;
    potential loss of key employees or customers of acquired companies;
    exposure to unforeseen liabilities of acquired companies;
    liabilities that may exceed indemnification thresholds provided in acquisition agreements; and
    anticipated synergies may not be realized as a result of an acquisition.

 

Although we do not manufacture any medical equipment, our business entails the risk of claims related to the medical equipment that we maintain. We may not have adequate insurance to cover such claims, and it may be expensive or difficult for us to obtain adequate insurance in the future.

 

We may be liable for claims related to our maintenance or repair of medical equipment. Any such claims, if made and upheld, could make our business more expensive to operate and therefore less profitable. We and the PRC subsidiaries do not maintain any property insurance, business interruption insurance, or general third-party liability insurance. If we are found liable for any significant claims, our liquidity and operating results could be materially adversely affected. In addition, litigation relating to a claim could adversely affect our existing and potential customer relationships, create adverse public relations and divert management’s time and resources from the operation of the business.

 

Fuzhou Yukai may incur increased costs that it cannot pass through to the customers.

 

Fuzhou Yukai is fully responsible for maintaining its customers’ medical equipment as required by the contracts in which its services are engaged. Fuzhou Yukai relies on third parties, including repair parts and technical support suppliers, to provide some of the repair parts and technical support it requires, and Fuzhou Yukai does not have fixed pricing contracts with these suppliers. Therefore, Fuzhou Yukai may incur increasing costs that it is unable to pass through to its customers, and accordingly its revenue may decrease.

 

Any bidding misjudgment could harm our business and operating results.

 

We obtain our hospital customers through the public bidding process. Fuzhou Yukai is fully responsible for maintaining all of the medical equipment in an outsourced service. Although Fuzhou Yukai carefully evaluates tenders before submitting its bidding documents, it cannot avoid certain business risks. For example, the expenses of maintaining medical equipment may significantly exceed Fuzhou Yukai’s estimates proposed in its bids. Any such misjudgment could harm our business and results of operations.

 

There are inherent limitations in all internal control systems over financial reporting, and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

While we have taken actions designed to address compliance with the internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and other requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC implementing these requirements, there are inherent limitations in our ability to control all circumstances. We do not expect that our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. In addition, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the benefit of controls must be relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, in our Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple errors or mistakes. Further, controls can be circumvented by individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more persons, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, a control may be inadequate because of changes in conditions, such as our growth or increased transaction volume, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

We have not yet completed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

We will be required to comply with the internal control evaluation by the end of our 2023 fiscal year. We have not yet completed an evaluation as to whether our current internal control over financial reporting is broadly compliant with Section 404. We may not be compliant and may not be able to meet the Section 404 requirements in a timely manner. If it is determined that we are not in compliance with Section 404, we may be required to implement new internal control procedures and re-evaluate our financial reporting. We may also experience higher than anticipated operating expenses during the implementation of these changes, and we may need to hire additional qualified personnel to help us become compliant with Section 404. If we fail, for any reason, to implement these changes effectively or efficiently, or if we conclude that our internal controls are not effective due to the presence of a material weakness, such failure or conclusion could harm our reputation, operations, financial reporting or financial results.

 

36 

 

 

If Fuzhou Yukai does not respond to technological changes, its services could become obsolete, and it could lose customers.

 

To remain competitive, Fuzhou Yukai must continue to enhance and improve the functionality and features of the technology that forms part of its service. The healthcare industry is rapidly changing, and if competitors introduce new services using new technologies or if new industry standards and practices emerge, Fuzhou Yukai’s existing services may become obsolete. Fuzhou Yukai’s failure to respond to technological change or to adequately maintain, upgrade and develop its services could harm its business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Fuzhou Yukai currently maintains a limited number of customers. The loss of any of the customers could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our customer base includes hospital customers and business partner customers. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, we had a total of 19 and 23 customers, respectively. Among the 19 customers, as of December 31, 2021, (i) 12 customers were hospitals with which Fuzhou Yukai directly entered into medical equipment maintenance service agreements, (ii) one of which was a hospital customer to which Fuzhou Yukai only sells Class II medical devices, and (iii) six of which were business partners. Through such six business partners, Fuzhou Yukai provides medical equipment maintenance services to eight hospitals. Among the 23 customers, as of December 31, 2020, (i) 20 customers were hospitals with which Fuzhou Yukai directly entered into medical equipment maintenance service agreements, and (ii) three of which were business partners. The loss of all, or even a portion of the revenues from these customers, as a result of competition, market conditions or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

 

We and our PRC subsidiaries may from time to time be subject to litigation, which may be extremely costly to defend, could result in a substantial judgment or settlement costs or subject us to other remedies.

 

We are currently not a party to any material legal proceedings. From time to time, however, we may be involved in various legal proceedings, including, but not limited to, actions relating to breach of contract, employment proceedings, anti-competition matters and intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violations. Claims may be expensive to defend and may divert management’s time away from our operations, regardless of whether they are meritorious or ultimately lead to a judgment against us. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully defend or resolve any current or future litigation matters, in which case those litigation matters could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flows, and prospects.

 

Any failure to maintain effective quality control over our services could materially adversely affect our business.

 

We are committed to providing high quality service to our customers. The quality of our services is critical to the success of our business, and such quality to a large extent depends on the effectiveness of our quality control systems. However, despite our quality control systems, we cannot eliminate the risks of errors, defects or failures. We may fail to detect or cure defects as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside our control, including, but not limited to:

 

technical or mechanical malfunctions;

 

human error or malfeasance by our technicians;

 

tampering by third parties; and

 

defective raw materials or equipment.

 

37 

 

 

Any failure to maintain effective quality control over our services could result in customer dissatisfaction, or other problems that could seriously harm our reputation and business, expose us to liability, and adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

 

We do not have long-term contracts with our suppliers and they can reduce order quantities or terminate their sales to us at any time.

 

We do not have long-term contracts with our suppliers. At any time, our suppliers can reduce the quantities of repair parts they sell to us, or cease selling parts to us altogether. Such reductions or terminations could have a material adverse impact on our revenue, profits and financial condition.

 

Overall tightening of the labor market, increases in labor costs or any possible labor unrest may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

Our business requires a substantial number of personnel. Any failure to retain stable and dedicated labor by us may disrupt our business operations. Although we have not experienced any labor shortage to date, we have observed an overall tightening and increasingly competitive labor market. We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, increases in labor costs due to increases in salary, social benefits and employee headcount. We compete with other companies in our industry and other labor-intensive industries for labor, and we may not be able to offer competitive remuneration and benefits compared to them. If we are unable to manage and control our labor costs, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

We are dependent on our top customers. If we fail to acquire new customers or retain existing customers in a cost-effective manner, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

Maintaining existing customers and developing new customers are always essential to our success. Although we are not heavily dependent on one or two customers, we are still dependent on our top customers. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, our top three customers contributed approximately 66.8% and 49.5%, respectively, to our revenue.

 

Our ability to provide cost-effectively outsourced medical equipment maintenance services to attract new customers and retain existing customers, especially our top customers, is crucial to driving net revenue growth and achieving profitability. There can be no assurance that new customers will stay with us, or the net revenue from new customers we acquire will ultimately exceed the cost of acquiring those customers. In addition, if our existing customers, especially our existing top customers, no longer find our service appealing, or if our competitors offer more attractive prices or better customer services, our existing customers may lose interest in us and refuse to continue or extend our contracts. If we are unable to retain our existing customers, especially our top customers or to acquire new customers in a cost-effective manner, our revenues may decrease and our results of operations will be adversely affected.

 

Our industry is intensely competitive. We may face competition from, and we may be unable to compete successfully against, new entrants and established companies with greater resources.

 

The healthcare industry is intensely competitive. We will face increasing competitive pressures to grow our business in order to maintain our competitive position, and we may encounter competition from, and lose customers to, other companies with technological capabilities similar to ours. Some of our potential competitors may have greater name recognition, greater operating revenues, larger customer bases, longer customer relationships and greater financial, technical, personnel and marketing resources than we have. If we are unsuccessful competing with our competitors for our existing and prospective customers’ business, our financial conditions and results of operation may be adversely affected.

 

38 

 

 

Furthermore, increased competition may reduce our market share and profitability and require us to increase our capital commitment in the future, which could negatively affect our results of operations or force us to incur further losses. Although we have accumulated some and continuously growing our customer base, there is no assurance that we will be able to continue to do so in the future against current or future competitors, and such competitive pressures may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We rely on the skills, experience, and leadership of our senior management team and other key personnel, the loss of which could adversely affect us.

 

We believe that our future success depends significantly on the continued services of key members of our management. Our executives’ and senior engineers’ knowledge of the market, the technology, our business, and our Company represents a key strength of our business, which cannot be easily replicated. The success of our business strategy and our future growth also depend on our ability to attract, train, retain and motivate skilled managerial, engineers, sales, administration, development and operating personnel. We benefit from our senior management team, including Mr. Zhenyu Zheng, in successfully growing our operations in Fujian province.

 

There can be no assurance that our existing personnel will be adequate or qualified to carry out our strategy, or that we will be able to hire or retain experienced, qualified employees to carry out our strategy. The loss of one or more of our key management or technical personnel, or the failure to attract and retain additional key personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, if any of these individuals joins a competitor or undertakes a competing business, we may lose crucial business secrets, personal, and other valuable resources, notwithstanding our contractual arrangements designed to mitigate this loss.

 

If we are unable to collect accounts receivable from our customers, our results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, our customers include hospitals and business partners. All of our hospital customers and business partners have established reputations for reliability in making payments when due, therefore, generally, we believe the accounts receivable will be recovered within the contract period. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, we determined that all accounts receivable were collectible. However, we cannot assure you that we can collect our debts on time in the future. If we are unable to collect our accounts receivable on a timely and consistent basis, our cash flows and access to operating capital could be adversely affected.

 

Changes to our payment terms with both customers and suppliers may materially adversely affect our operating cash flows.

 

Although our accounts receivable are generally recovered within the contract period, we cannot assure you that we would not experience pressure from our customers to extend the number of days before paying accounts receivable. In addition, we may also experience pressure from our suppliers to reduce the number of days of our accounts payable. Any failure to manage our accounts payable and accounts receivable may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

39 

 

 

We may not be able to prevent others from unauthorized use of our intellectual property, which could harm our business and competitive position.

 

We rely on a combination of trademarks, fair trade practice, copyright and trade secret protection laws in China, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions, to protect our intellectual property rights. We regard our trademarks and similar intellectual property as critical to our success. We may become an attractive target to intellectual property attacks in the future with the increasing recognition of our brand. Any of our intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or misappropriated, or such intellectual property may not be sufficient to provide us with competitive advantages. In addition, there can be no assurance that (i) all of our intellectual property rights will be adequately protected, or (ii) our intellectual property rights will not be challenged by third parties or found by a judicial authority to be invalid or unenforceable. Intellectual property protection may not be sufficient in China. Confidentiality agreements may be breached by counterparties, and there may not be adequate remedies available to us for any such breach. Accordingly, we may not be able to effectively protect our intellectual property rights or to enforce our contractual rights in China. In addition, policing any unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult, time-consuming and costly and the steps we have taken may be inadequate to prevent the misappropriation of our intellectual property. In the event that we resort to litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, such litigation could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our managerial and financial resources. We can provide no assurance that we will prevail in any such litigation. In addition, our trade secrets may be leaked or otherwise become available to, or be independently discovered by, our competitors. Any failure in protecting or enforcing our intellectual property rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

A cybersecurity attack, or any other interruption in information technology and/or data security, could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

Fuzhou Yukai uses its MEMS Yukai Medical Hospital Asset Information Management System (the “MEMS System”) when analyzing the value and usage of the tendering hospital’s medical equipment. In June 2022, Fuzhou Yukai acquired several software systems to further update its current MEMS System, including an intelligent medical operation and maintenance system, medical equipment asset management system, medical information service file system, intelligent medical heavy asset operation and maintenance ERP system, medical device adverse event management system, and medical equipment maintenance management system (collectively, the “New Managing Systems,” together with the MEMS System, the “Yukai Systems”). Fuzhou Yukai is currently integrating and modifying the New Managing Systems and expects to operate the New Managing Systems by the end of September 2022.

 

Cybersecurity breaches of the Yukai System may result from circumvention of security systems, denial-of-service attacks or other cyber-attacks, hacking, “phishing” attacks, computer viruses, ransomware, malware, employee or insider error, malfeasance, social engineering, physical breaches or other actions, any of which could expose Fuzhou Yukai to data loss, and reputation and monetary damages. An interruption of Fuzhou Yukai’s access to, or an inability to access, the Yukai System, could impair Fuzhou Yukai’s ability to perform an evaluation or management of its medical equipment maintenance services on a timely basis. Fuzhou Yukai has from time-to-time experienced cybersecurity breaches, such as computer viruses and similar incidents, which, as of the date of this prospectus, have not had a material impact on Fuzhou Yukai’s business. In the future, any material cybersecurity breach could cause Fuzhou Yukai to experience loss of proprietary data and loss of revenue.

 

We have no business liability or disruption insurance, which could expose us to significant costs and business disruption and we may incur liabilities that are not covered by insurance.

 

While we seek to maintain appropriate levels of insurance, not all claims are insurable and we may experience major incidents of a nature that are not covered by insurance. We provide social security insurance, including pension, medical insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, on-the-job injury insurance and housing fund plans through a PRC government-mandated benefit contribution plan for our employees. The insurance industry in China is still at an early stage of development, and insurance companies in China currently offer limited business-related insurance products. We do not carry any key-man life insurance, product liability, professional liability or business liability insurance. Even if we purchase these kinds of insurance, the insurance may not fully protect us from the financial impact of defending against professional liability claims. We have not purchased any property insurance or business interruption insurance. We have determined that the costs of insuring for related risks and the difficulties associated with acquiring such insurance on commercially reasonable terms make it impractical. We consider our insurance coverage to be sufficient for our business operations in China. If we were to incur substantial losses or liabilities due to fire, explosions, floods, other natural disasters or accidents or business interruption, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. We could, for example, be subject to substantial claims for damages upon the occurrence of several events within one calendar year. Any uninsured risks may result in substantial costs and the diversion of resources, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, our insurance costs may increase over time in response to any negative development in our claims history or due to material price increases in the insurance market in general.

 

40 

 

 

Pandemics and epidemics, natural disasters, terrorist activities, political unrest, and other outbreaks could disrupt our operations, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Global pandemics, epidemics in China or elsewhere in the world, or fear of spread of contagious diseases, such as Ebola virus disease (EVD), coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19), Middle East respiratory syndrome (MERS), severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS), H1N1 flu, H7N9 flu, and avian flu, as well as hurricanes, earthquakes, tsunamis, or other natural disasters could disrupt our business operations, reduce or restrict our supply of products and services, incur significant costs to protect our employees and facilities, or result in regional or global economic distress, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Actual or threatened war, terrorist activities, political unrest, civil strife, and other geopolitical uncertainty could have a similar adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Any one or more of these events may impede our production and delivery efforts and adversely affect our sales results, or even for a prolonged period of time, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

We are also vulnerable to natural disasters and other calamities. We cannot assure you that we are adequately protected from the effects of fire, floods, typhoons, earthquakes, power loss, telecommunications failures, break-ins, war, riots, terrorist attacks, or similar events. Any of the foregoing events could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Failure to keep up with the changes in domestic industry policies or standards could have a material and adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition and results of operations.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, our customers include hospitals and business partners. As a participator in the heathy industry, we provide our outsourced medical equipment maintenance service to our customers. The related national government authorities have issued a series of regulatory guidelines and industry policies to ensure the healthy development of the industry. In recent years, as China further deepens the reform of its medical and health system, relevant government departments have successively implemented a series of regulations and policies regarding industry standards, bidding, price formation mechanisms, circulation systems and other related fields.

 

The deepening of the reform of the domestic pharmaceutical industry and the strengthening of supervision may affect our layout and profitability in the domestic market. If we fail to timely adapt to the profound changes in industry policies, it could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

We depend on our professional technology talents and we cannot assure their retention.

 

Our success partly depends upon the retention of our professional technology talents including our engineers and technicians. As of December 31, 2021, we maintain a professional team comprised of 68 engineers and technicians, who have expertise in medical equipment maintenance and profound industry experience. Among those talents, 54 of them received college and bachelor degree. There can be no assurance that our existing engineers and technicians will be adequate or qualified to carry out our strategy, or that we will be able to hire or retain new engineers and technicians to carry out our strategy. The loss of one or more of our engineers and technicians, or the failure to attract and retain additional engineers and technicians, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

41 

 

 

In addition, if we fail to establish a competitive incentive mechanism in terms of career prospects, salary, benefits and working environment, we may face the risk of instability in our engineers and technicians team, which could adversely affect our long-term development.

 

Loss of certain procurement bids could have a material and adverse effect on our reputation, financial conditions and results of operations.

 

One way we obtain our hospital customers is through the public bidding process. The winning bid price of the outsourced service will be made public by the bidding website. If we lose a bid to our competitors due to a disadvantageous price quote contained in a bid or other reason, we will lose hospital customers. If the local procurement platforms do not solicit supplementary bids for a long time or reopen bids, we may not prevail over our competitors, which could have a material and adverse effect on our reputation, financial conditions and results of operations.

 

If we fail to maintain an effective Class II medical device selling record certificate, it could adversely affect our reputation, financial conditions and results of operations.

 

Pursuant to the Administrative Measures on the Operation Supervision of Medical Devices, promulgated on July 30, 2014 and came into effect on October 1, 2014, amended on March 10, 2022, and which amendment came into effect on May 1, 2022, filing and licensing are not required for the operation of Class I medical devices. Operators engaged in the operation of Class II medical devices are subject to filing administration and will receive a Class II medical device selling record certificate upon satisfaction of the filing requirement. While operators engaged in the operation of Class III medical devices are subject to pre-approval licensing administration and will receive a medical device operation license upon receipt of approval for licensing. A medical device operation license for Class III is valid for five years and may be renewed six months prior to its expiration date.

 

Fuzhou Yukai used to sell Class III medical equipment. Since 2016, it has adjusted its business operations to provide outsourcing services to hospitals. Fuzhou Yukai obtained a medical device business license for selling Class III medical devices, and such license expired on June 1, 2021. Although Fuzhou Yukai no longer sells medical equipment, it remains in good relationships with some Class III medical equipment manufacturers. In January 2021, prior to the expiration of the medical device business license, Fuzhou Yukai sold two Class III medical equipment to its customers.

 

Since June 1, 2021, Fuzhou Yukai has not sold Class III medical equipment. We have no intention of selling Class III medical equipment in the future. Fuzhou Yukai obtained a Class II medical device selling record certificate on December 18, 2017. Such selling record certificate will remain effective for the long term, i.e., until Fuzhou Yukai is inspected by the local medical administration department and has been determined by such department to have failed to ensure the safety and effective of the medical devices it sells. Although as of the date of this prospectus, no event which could cause this selling record certificate to be revoked or cancelled has occurred, we cannot assure you that such Class II medical device selling record certificate will not be revoked or cancelled in the future. If we fail to maintain an effective Class II medical device selling record certificate, it could adversely affect our reputation, financial conditions and results of operations.

 

42 

 

 

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Ordinary Shares

 

An active trading market for our ordinary shares may not develop and the trading price for our ordinary shares may fluctuate significantly.

 

We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq. Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares, and we cannot assure you that a liquid public market for our ordinary shares will develop. If an active public market for our ordinary shares does not develop following the completion of this offering, the market price and liquidity of our ordinary shares may be materially and adversely affected. The initial public offering price for our ordinary shares was determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters based upon several factors, and we can provide no assurance that the trading price of our ordinary shares after this offering will not decline below the initial public offering price. As a result, investors in our securities may experience a significant decrease in the value of their ordinary shares.

 

The trading price of our ordinary shares may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to investors.

 

The trading price of our ordinary shares may be volatile and could fluctuate widely due to factors beyond our control. This may happen because of the broad market and industry factors, like the performance and fluctuation of the market prices of other companies with business operations located mainly in China that have listed their securities in the United States. A number of Chinese companies have listed or are in the process of listing their securities on U.S. stock markets. The securities of some of these companies have experienced significant volatility, including price declines in connection with their initial public offerings. The trading performance of these Chinese companies’ securities after their offerings may affect the attitudes of investors toward Chinese companies listed in the United States in general and consequently may impact the trading performance of our ordinary shares, regardless of our actual operating performance.

 

In addition to market and industry factors, the price and trading volume for our ordinary shares may be highly volatile for factors specific to our own operations, including the following:

 

· regulatory developments affecting us or our industry;
   
· actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations and changes or revisions of our expected results;
   
· changes in financial estimates by securities research analysts;
   
· conditions in the market for healthcare industry;
   
· announcements by us or our competitors of new service offerings, acquisitions, strategic relationships, joint ventures, capital raisings or capital commitments;
   
· additions to or departures of our senior management;
   
· fluctuations of exchange rates between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar;
   
· release or expiry of lock-up or other transfer restrictions on our outstanding shares;
   
· negative publicity regarding Chinese listed companies; and
   
· sales or perceived potential sales of additional ordinary shares.

 

Any of these factors may result in large and sudden changes in the volume and price at which our ordinary shares will trade.

 

43 

 

 

In the past, shareholders of public companies have often brought securities class action suits against those companies following periods of instability in the market price of their securities. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert a significant amount of our management’s attention and other resources from our business and operations and require us to incur significant expenses to defend the suit, which could harm our results of operations. Any such class action suit, whether or not successful, could harm our reputation and restrict our ability to raise capital in the future. In addition, if a claim is successfully made against us, we may be required to pay significant damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our ordinary shares, the market price for our ordinary shares and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our ordinary shares will be influenced by research or reports that industry or securities analysts publish about our business. If one or more analysts who cover us downgrade our ordinary shares, the market price for our ordinary shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the market price or trading volume for our ordinary shares to decline.

 

The sale or availability for sale of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares could adversely affect their market price.

 

Sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market after the completion of this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares and could materially impair our ability to raise capital through equity offerings in the future. The ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, and shares held by our existing shareholders may also be sold in the public market in the future subject to the restrictions in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and the applicable lock-up agreements. Following the consummation of our initial public offering, there will be 16,000,000 ordinary shares outstanding immediately after this offering or 16,600,000 ordinary shares assuming the full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. In connection with this offering, each of our directors and officers named in the section “Management,” and shareholders of 5% or more ordinary shares of the Company have agreed not to sell any ordinary shares for six months from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part without the prior written consent of the underwriter, subject to certain exceptions. However, the underwriters may release these securities from these restrictions at any time, subject to applicable regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). We cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of securities held by our significant shareholders or any other shareholder or the availability of these securities for future sale will have on the market price of our ordinary shares. See “Underwriting” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling our securities after this offering.

 

Because we do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future after this offering, you must rely on price appreciation of our ordinary shares for return on your investment.

 

We currently intend to retain all of our available funds and any future earnings after this offering to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, we do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, you should not rely on an investment in our ordinary shares as a source for any future dividend income.

 

Our board of directors has complete discretion as to whether to distribute dividends. Even if our board of directors decides to declare and pay dividends, the timing, amount and form of future dividends, if any, will depend on, among other things, our future results of operations and cash flow, our capital requirements and surplus, the amount of distributions, if any, received by us from our subsidiaries, our financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Accordingly, the return on your investment in our ordinary shares will likely depend entirely upon any future price appreciation of our ordinary shares. There is no guarantee that our ordinary shares will appreciate in value after this offering or even maintain the price at which you purchased our ordinary shares. You may not realize a return on your investment in our ordinary shares and you may even lose your entire investment.

 

44 

 

 

Because the initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

 

If you purchase ordinary shares in this offering, you will pay more for each share than the corresponding amount paid by existing shareholders for their ordinary shares. As a result, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $3.74 per share, representing the difference between our net tangible book value per share of $1.26 as of December 31, 2021, after giving effect to this offering and an assumed initial public offering price of $5.00 per share. See “Dilution” for a more complete description of how the value of your investment in our ordinary shares will be diluted upon the completion of this offering.

 

You must rely on the judgment of our management as to the use of the net proceeds from this offering, and such use may not produce income or increase our share price.

 

We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering primarily for expanding our operations, purchasing spare equipment and properties for our offices and headquarters, and working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.” However, our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds received by us. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether proceeds are being used appropriately. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not improve our efforts to achieve or maintain profitability or increase our share price. The net proceeds from this offering may be placed in investments that do not produce income or that lose value.

 

If we are classified as a passive foreign investment company, United States taxpayers who own our ordinary shares may have adverse United States federal income tax consequences.

 

A non-U.S. corporation such as ourselves will be classified as a passive foreign investment company, which is known as a PFIC, for any taxable year if, for such year, either

 

  · At least 75% of our gross income for the year is passive income; or
     
  · The average percentage of our assets (determined at the end of each quarter) during the taxable year which produces passive income or which are held for the production of passive income is at least 50%.

 

Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents, royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of passive assets.

 

If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. taxpayer who holds our ordinary shares, the U.S. taxpayer may be subject to increased U.S. federal income tax liability and may be subject to additional reporting requirements.

 

Depending on the amount of cash we raise in this offering, together with any other assets held for the production of passive income, it is possible that, for our current taxable year or for any subsequent year, more than 50% of our assets may be assets which produce passive income. We will make this determination following the end of any particular tax year. Although the law in this regard is unclear, we treat our consolidated affiliated entities as being owned by us for United States federal income tax purposes, because we consolidate their operating results in our consolidated financial statements. For purposes of the PFIC analysis, in general, a non-U.S. corporation is deemed to own its pro rata share of the gross income and assets of any entity in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the equity by value.

 

For a more detailed discussion of the application of the PFIC rules to us and the consequences to U.S. taxpayers if we were determined to be a PFIC, see “Taxation — Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations — Passive Foreign Investment Company.”

 

45 

 

 

The amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that we intend to adopt contain anti-takeover provisions that could have a material adverse effect on the rights of holders of our ordinary shares.

 

Some provisions of our articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including provisions that authorize our board of directors to issue shares at such times and on such terms and conditions as the board of directors may decide without any further vote or action by our shareholders to the extent authorized but unissued. Under Cayman Islands law, our directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our articles of association for what they believe in good faith to be in the best interests of our company and for a proper purpose.

 

You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law.

 

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands with limited liability. Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from the common law of England, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding, on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States. Some U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the Cayman Islands. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have the standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States.

 

Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies like us have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records or to obtain copies of the register of members of these companies. Our directors have discretion under our articles of association to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.

 

Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands, which is our home country, differ significantly from requirements for companies incorporated in other jurisdictions such as the U.S. Currently, we do not plan to rely on home country practice with respect to any corporate governance matter. However, if we choose to follow our home country practice in the future, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would under rules and regulations applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.

 

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by our management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a company incorporated in the United States. For a discussion of significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Act of the Cayman Islands and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders, see “Description of Share Capital — Comparison of Cayman Islands Corporate Law and U.S. Corporate Law.”

 

46 

 

 

You may be unable to present proposals before annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings not called by shareholders.

 

Cayman Islands law provides shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting, and does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting. These rights, however, may be provided in a company’s articles of association. Our articles of association allow one or more of our shareholders who together hold not less than 10% of the rights to vote to requisition a general meeting of our shareholders, in which case our directors are obliged to call such meeting. Advance notice of at least twenty-one clear days is required for the convening of an annual general meeting and at least fourteen clear days is required for the convening of any other general meeting. A quorum required for a general meeting is one or more holders holding shares that represent not less than one-third of the outstanding shares of the Company carrying the right to vote at such general meeting. For these purposes, “clear days” means that period excluding (a) the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and (b) the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect.

 

Newly enacted Economic Substance Legislation in the Cayman Islands may have an impact on the Company.

 

The Cayman Islands, together with several other non-European Union jurisdictions, have recently introduced legislation aimed at addressing concerns raised by the Council of the European Union as to offshore structures engaged in certain activities which attract profits without real economic activity. With effect from January 1, 2019, the International Tax Co-operation (Economic Substance) Act, 2018 (the “Substance Act”) came into force in the Cayman Islands introducing certain economic substance requirements for in-scope Cayman Islands entities which are engaged in certain “relevant activities,” which in the case of exempted companies incorporated before January 1, 2019 will apply in respect of financial years commencing July 1, 2019 onwards. However, it is anticipated that the Company itself may remain out of scope of the legislation or else be subject to more limited substance requirements. Although it is presently anticipated that the Substance Act will have little material impact on the Company or its operations, as the legislation is new and remains subject to further clarification and interpretation it is not currently possible to ascertain the precise impact of these legislative changes on the Company.

 

Certain judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.

 

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. Substantially all of our current operations are conducted in the PRC. In addition, most of our current directors and officers are nationals and residents of countries other than the United States. Substantially all of the assets of these persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under the U.S. federal securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Cayman Islands and of the PRC may render you unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers. For more information regarding the relevant laws of the Cayman Islands and the PRC, see “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.”

 

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act and may take advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements.

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, most significantly, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 for so long as we are an emerging growth company.

 

The JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company does not need to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standards until such date that a private company is otherwise required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period. As a result of this election, our future financial statements may not be comparable to other public companies that comply with the public company effective dates for these new or revised accounting standards.

 

47 

 

 

We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Exchange Act, and as such we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to United States domestic public companies.

 

Because we are a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the securities rules and regulations in the United States that are applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, including:

 

·

the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K with the SEC;
   
· the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents, or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;
   
· the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and
   
· the selective disclosure rules by issuers of material non-public information under Regulation FD.

 

We will be required to file an annual report on Form 20-F within four months of the end of each fiscal year. In addition, we intend to publish our results on a semi-annual basis through press releases, distributed pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Nasdaq Capital Market. Press releases relating to financial results and material events will also be furnished to the SEC on Form 6-K. However, the information we are required to file with or furnish to the SEC will be less extensive and less timely compared to that required to be filed with the SEC by U.S. domestic issuers. As a result, you may not be afforded the same protections or information, which would be made available to you, were you investing in a U.S. domestic issuer.

 

We will incur significantly increased costs and devote substantial management time as a result of the listing of our ordinary shares.

 

We will incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses as a public reporting company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company. For example, we will be required to comply with the additional requirements of the rules and regulations of the SEC and the Nasdaq rules, including applicable corporate governance practices. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. We cannot predict or estimate the number of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.

 

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidelines are provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may also initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected.

 

48 

 

 

If a limited number of participants in this offering purchase a significant percentage of the offering, the effective public float may be smaller than anticipated and the price of our ordinary shares may be volatile which could subject us to securities litigation and make it more difficult for you to sell your shares.

 

As a company conducting a relatively small public offering, we are subject to the risk that a small number of investors will purchase a high percentage of the offering. While the underwriters are required to sell shares in this offering to at least 300 round lot shareholders (a round lot shareholder is a shareholder who purchases at least 100 shares), in order to ensure that we meet the Nasdaq initial listing standards, we have not otherwise imposed any obligations on the underwriters as to the maximum number of shares they may place with individual investors. If, in the course of marketing the offering, the underwriters were to determine that demand for our shares was concentrated in a limited number of investors and such investors determined to hold their shares after the offering rather than trade them in the market, other shareholders could find the trading and price of our shares affected (positively or negatively) by the limited availability of our shares. If this were to happen, investors could find our shares to be more volatile than they might otherwise anticipate. Companies that experience such volatility in their share price may be more likely to be the subject of securities litigation. In addition, if a large portion of our public float were to be held by a few investors, smaller investors may find it more difficult to sell their shares.

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that reflect our current expectations and views of future events. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Our Business” and “Regulation.” Known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those listed under “Risk Factors,” may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

 

You can identify some of these forward-looking statements by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “is/are likely to,” “potential,” “continue” or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements include statements relating to:

 

  · the expected or potential impact of the novel coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, and the related responses of the government, consumers, the Company, and our PRC subsidiaries on our business, financial condition and results of operations;
  · our dependence on introducing new services on a timely basis;
  · our dependence on growth in the demand for our services;
  · our ability to effectively improve our technology;
  · our ability to compete effectively;
  · our dependence on a small number of customers for a substantial portion of our net revenue;
  · our ability to successfully manage our capacity expansion and allocation in response to changing industry and market conditions;
  · implementation of our expansion plans and our ability to obtain capital resources for our planned growth;
  · our ability to acquire repair parts and technical support services from our suppliers in suitable quantity and quality;
  · our dependence on key personnel;
  · our ability to undertake mergers, acquisitions, investments or divestments;
  · changes in technology and services;
  · general economic and political conditions, including those related to the medical equipment maintenance industry;
  · possible disruptions in commercial activities caused by events such as natural disasters, terrorist activity
  · fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and
  · other factors in the “Risk Factors” section in this prospectus.

 

49 

 

 

These forward-looking statements are subject to various and significant risks and uncertainties, including those which are beyond our control. Although we believe that our expectations expressed in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, our expectations may later be found to be incorrect. The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this prospectus. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should thoroughly read this prospectus and the documents that we refer to herein with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from and worse than what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements. We disclaim any obligation to update our forward-looking statements, except as required by law.

 

This prospectus contains certain data and information that we obtained from Haiqiao Zhiku. Statistical data in these publications also include projections based on a number of assumptions.

 

In addition, the new and rapidly changing nature of the medical equipment industry results in significant uncertainties for any projections or estimates relating to the growth prospects or future condition of our industry. Furthermore, if any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data are later found to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

 

50 

 

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $16,954,837, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us, and based upon an assumed initial offering price of $5.00 per ordinary share (excluding any exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option). A $1 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $2,394,837, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated aggregate offering expenses payable by us and assuming no change to the number of ordinary shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

We plan to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

 

  · approximately 10% of the net proceeds from this offering for purchasing spare equipment;
  · approximately 10% of the net proceeds from this offering for further developing the Yukai Systems;
  · approximately 30% of the net proceeds from this offering for purchasing properties for our offices and headquarters;
  · approximately 50% of the net proceeds from this offering for working capital, operating expenses and other general corporate purposes.

 

The foregoing represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions to use and allocate the net proceeds of this offering. Our management, however, will have significant flexibility and discretion to apply the net proceeds of this offering. If an unforeseen event occurs or business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this offering differently than as described in this prospectus.

 

In utilizing the proceeds from this offering, we are permitted under PRC laws and regulations to provide funding to PRC subsidiaries only through loans or capital contributions, and only if we satisfy the applicable government registration and approval requirements. The relevant filing and registration processes for capital contributions typically take approximately eight weeks to complete. The filing and registration processes for loans typically take approximately four weeks or longer to complete. While we currently see no material obstacles to completing the filing and registration procedures with respect to future capital contributions and loans to PRC subsidiaries, we cannot assure you that we will be able to complete these filings and registrations on a timely basis, or at all. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet these requirements on a timely basis, if at all. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.” Pending use of the net proceeds, we intend to hold our net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, financial instruments or demand deposits.

 

51 

 

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

Our board of directors has discretion regarding whether to declare or pay dividends. All dividends are subject to certain restrictions under Cayman Islands law, namely that our company may only pay dividends out of profits or share premium, and provided always that we are able to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. Even if our board of directors decides to pay dividends, the form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant.

 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our shares. We currently do not have any plans to pay cash dividends. Rather, we currently intend to retain all of our available funds and any future earnings to operate and grow our business.

 

Cash dividends on our ordinary shares, if any, will be paid in U.S. dollars.

 

52 

 

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our total capitalization as of December 31, 2021:

 

·on an actual basis; and

 

· on an as adjusted basis, to give effect to the sale of the 4,000,000 shares (or 4,600,000 shares assuming the exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option) in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $5.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses payable by us, and after giving effect to the use of proceeds described herein.

  

You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements, the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

    Actual     Pro
Forma
Minimum
    Pro
Forma
Maximum
 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,213,989     $ 18,168,826     $ 20,898,826  
                         
Short-term bank loans     423,483       423,483       423,483  
Long-term bank loans     256,642       256,642       256,642  
                         
Shareholders’ equity                        
Ordinary shares, $0.0005 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 12,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 on a actual basis, and 16,000,000 shares (or 16,600,000 assuming the exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option) shares issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis   $ 6,000     $ 8,000     $ 8,300  
Additional paid-in capital   $ 3,012,120     $ 19,968,957     $ 22,698,957  
Accumulated deficit   $ (1,090,736 )   $ (1,090,736 )   $ (1,090,736 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss   $ 150,270     $ 150,270     $ 150,270  
Total shareholders’ equity   $ 2,077,654     $ 19,034,491     $ 21,764,791  
Total capitalization   $ 2,757,779     $ 19,714,616     $ 22,444,916  

  

53 

 

 

DILUTION

 

If you invest in our ordinary shares, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ordinary shares and the pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share after the offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per ordinary share offering price is substantially in excess of the book value per ordinary share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding ordinary shares. Our net tangible book value attributable to shareholders at December 31, 2021 was $1,763,791 or approximately $0.15 per ordinary share. Net tangible book value per ordinary share as of December 31, 2021 represents the amount of total assets less intangible assets and total liabilities, divided by the number of ordinary shares outstanding.

 

We will have 16,000,000 ordinary shares outstanding upon completion of the offering, or 16,600,000 ordinary shares, assuming the full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Our post offering pro forma net tangible book value, which gives effect to receipt of the net proceeds from the offering and issuance of additional shares in the offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $5.00 per share, but does not take into consideration any other changes in our net tangible book value after December 31, 2021, will be approximately $1.17 per ordinary share. This would result in dilution to investors in this offering of approximately $3.83 per ordinary share, or approximately 76.6% from the assumed offering price of $5.00 per ordinary share. Net tangible book value per ordinary share would increase to the benefit of present shareholders by $1.02 per share attributable to the purchase of the ordinary shares by investors in this offering.

 

The following table sets forth the estimated net tangible book value per ordinary share after the offering and the dilution to investors purchasing ordinary shares in the offering.

  

   Offering
Without
Over-
Allotment
   Offering With
Over-
Allotment
 
Assumed offering price per ordinary share  $5.00   $5.00 
Net tangible book value per ordinary share before the offering  $0.15   $0.15 
Increase per ordinary share attributable to payments by new investors  $4.24   $4.28 
Pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share after the offering  $1.17   $1.29 
Increase in net tangible book value per share to existing shareholders  $1.02   $1.15 
Dilution per ordinary share to new investors  $3.83   $3.71 

 

Assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised, each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $5.00 per ordinary share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of total capitalization by $2,394,837, assuming, that the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

The following tables summarize the differences between our existing shareholders and the new investors with respect to the number of ordinary shares purchased from us in this offering, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid at an assumed initial public offering price of $5.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

54 

 

 

Minimum offering

 

   Share purchased   Total consideration   Average price 
   Number   %   amount   %   per share 
Existing shareholders   12,000,000    75.00   $50,000    0.25   $0.0042 
New investors   4,000,000    25.00   $20,000,000    99.75   $5.0000 
Total   16,000,000    100.00   $20,050,000    100.00   $- 

 

Maximum offering

 

   Share purchased   Total consideration   Average price 
   Number   %   amount   %   per share 
Existing shareholders   12,000,000    72.29   $50,000    0.22   $0.0042 
New investors   4,600,000    27.71   $23,000,000    99.78   $5.0000 
Total   16,600,000    100.00   $23,050,000    100.00   $  

 

The discussion and the tables above exclude ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of warrants to be issued to the underwriter in this offering.

 

55 

 

 

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

 

We were incorporated in the Cayman Islands in order to enjoy the following benefits:

 

  · political and economic stability;
  · an effective judicial system;
  · a favorable tax system;
  · the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions; and
  · the availability of professional and support services.

 

However, certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the Cayman Islands. These disadvantages include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  · the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and these securities laws provide significantly less protection to investors; and
  · Cayman Islands companies may not have the standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

 

Our constitutional documents do not contain provisions requiring that disputes, including those arising under the securities laws of the United States, between us, our officers, directors and shareholders, be arbitrated. Currently, all of our operations are conducted outside the United States, and all of our assets are located outside the United States. All of our officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for a shareholder to effect service of process within the United States upon these persons, or to enforce against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

 

We have appointed Cogency Global Inc., as our agent upon whom process may be served in any action brought against us under the securities laws of the United States.

 

Ogier, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, and AllBright Law Offices (Fuzhou), our counsel as to PRC law, have advised us, respectively, that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands and China, respectively, would:

 

  · recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States; or
  · entertain original actions brought in each respective jurisdiction against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

 

56 

 

 

Enforcement of Judgments/Enforcement of Civil Liabilities

 

We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel, Ogier, that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands would (i) recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any State; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any State, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign judgment or order, without re-examination or re-litigation of the matters adjudicated upon, if the judgment:

 

(a)is given by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction;

(b)imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum for which the judgment has been given;

(c)is final;

(d)is not in respect of a tax, fine or a penalty;

(e)was not obtained by fraud; and

(f)is not of a kind, the enforcement of which is contrary to public policy in the Cayman Islands.

 

We have been advised by our PRC counsel, AllBright Law Offices (Fuzhou), that the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedure Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedure Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on reciprocity between different jurisdictions, and PRC courts will not recognize or enforce these foreign judgments if PRC courts believe the foreign judgments violate the basic principles of PRC laws or national sovereignty, security or public interest after review. However, currently, China does not have treaties or reciprocity arrangement providing for recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments ruled by courts in the United States or the Cayman Islands. Thus, it is uncertain whether a PRC court would enforce a judgment ruled by a court in the United States or the Cayman Islands.

 

57 

 

 

CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

 

Corporate History

 

We are an exempted company with limited liability incorporated in the Cayman Islands on October 19, 2021. We are a holding company that has no operations ourselves.

 

We operate business through our two subsidiaries in China: Fujian Yukai and Fuzhou Yukai. Fujian Yukai, currently has no business operations, is our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary formed on December 29, 2021 in Fuzhou city, Fujian province. Fujian Yukai holds 100% of the equity interests in Fuzhou Yukai, which was formed on September 28, 2005 in Fuzhou city, Fujian province.

 

Fuzhou Yukai used to sell medical equipment and serve many medical device manufacturers in Fujian province, such as Toshiba, RadioMeter, and GE Healthcare China. In 2016, Fuzhou Yukai’s management decided to adjust its development strategy, take advantage of its medical equipment selling experience, and enter the outsourced medical equipment maintenance market.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, substantially all of our business is conducted by Fuzhou Yukai. We intend to use Fujian Yukai as our holding WFOE.

 

Corporate Structure

 

The chart below summarizes our corporate structure as of the date of this prospectus:

 

 

 

58 

 

 

We are not operating in an industry that prohibits or limits foreign investment. As a result, as advised by our PRC counsel, AllBright Law Offices (Fuzhou), other than those requisite for a domestic company in China to engage in the businesses similar to ours, we are not required to obtain any permission from Chinese authorities, including the CSRC, Cyberspace Administration of China or any other governmental agency that is required to approve our operations. However, if we do not receive or maintain the approvals, or we inadvertently conclude that such approvals are not required, or applicable laws, regulations, or interpretations change such that we are required to obtain approval in the future, we may be subject to investigations by competent regulators, fines or penalties, ordered to suspend our relevant operations and rectify any non-compliance, prohibited from engaging in relevant business or conducting any offering, and these risks could result in a material adverse change in our operations, significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, or cause such securities to significantly decline in value or become worthless.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, we and our PRC subsidiaries have received from PRC authorities all requisite licenses, permissions or approvals needed to engage in the businesses currently conducted in China, and no permission or approval has been denied. Such licenses and permissions include Business License, and Class II medical device selling record certificate.

 

The following table provides details on the licenses and permissions held by our PRC subsidiaries.

 

Company    License/Permission Issuing Authority Validity  
Fujian Yukai Health Technology Co., Ltd. Business License Fuzhou Gulou District Market Supervision Bureau Long-term
       
Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. Business License Fuzhou Gulou District Market Supervision Bureau Long-term
Class II medical device selling record certificate Fuzhou Gulou District Market Supervision Bureau Long-term

 

As advised by our PRC counsel, AllBright Law Offices (Fuzhou), neither we nor any of our subsidiaries is currently required to obtain regulatory approval from Chinese authorities before listing in the U.S. under any existing PRC law, regulations or rules, including from the CSRC, the Cyberspace Administration of China, or any other relevant Chinese regulatory agencies that is required to approve Fuzhou Yukai and our WFOE’s operations. However, the PRC government may take actions to exert more oversight and control over offerings by China-based issuers conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in such companies, which could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors outside China and cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or become worthless.

 

Fujian Yukai’s wholly owned subsidiary, Fuzhou Yukai contributed 100% of our consolidated revenue and accounted for 100% of our consolidated total assets and liabilities for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and there was no reconciliation performed between the financial position, cash flows and results of operations of Fuzhou Yukai, our WFOE and us. The following financial information of our WFOE and Fuzhou Yukai was included in the consolidated financial statements. For more information, see our consolidated financial statements and related notes from page F-1 to page F- 28 that appear in this prospectus.

 

   As of
December 31,
 
   2021   2020 
Total Assets  $4,268,935   $7,712,155 
Total Liabilities  $2,191,281   $7,830,731 

 

    Fiscal Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2021     2020  
Revenue   $ 9,650,305     $ 8,094,290  
Net profit   $ 935,824     $ 7,743  

 

    Fiscal Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2021     2020  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   $ 3,087,585     $ (1,069,389 )
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities     (327,748 )     7,863  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (2,152,963 )     1,058,914  
Effects of foreign currency translation     13,593       44,660  
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents   $ 620,467     $ 42,048  

 

59 

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, the notes to those financial statements and other financial data that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current expectations, estimates and projections about our business and operations. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements.”

 

Overview

 

We are an exempted company with limited liability incorporated in the Cayman Islands on October 19, 2021. We are a holding company that has no operations ourselves. We operate business through our two subsidiaries in China: Fujian Yukai and Fuzhou Yukai. Fujian Yukai, currently with no business operations, is our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary formed on December 29, 2021 in Fuzhou city, Fujian province. Fujian Yukai holds 100% of the equity interests in Fuzhou Yukai, which was formed on September 28, 2005 in Fuzhou city, Fujian province. As of the date of this prospectus, substantially all of our business is conducted by Fuzhou Yukai.

 

We believe we provide expertise in managing and maintaining mission-critical, regulated, reusable medical devices. Through Fuzhou Yukai, we offer healthcare providers comprehensive medical equipment services that reduce capital and operating expenses, optimize medical equipment utilization, reduce waste, enhance staff productivity and bolster patient safety.

 

We obtain our hospital customers through the public bidding process and obtain our business partners through our contacts and resources in the industry. Revenue is recognized when the promised services or goods are delivered to customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration allocated to the respective performance obligation. We recorded and recognized revenues from both products and services in one account, which we present as revenues in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

 

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we derived revenue from the following factors:

 

Outsourced Medical Equipment Management Service

 

Our outsourcing services include maintenance and the provision of spare equipment during maintenance. We generally maintain all of our customers’ medical equipment, including life-supporting medical devices, diagnostic equipment, basic treatment equipment, and supporting equipment, in accordance with relevant contract terms.  We provide spare equipment to our customers while their equipment is under repair.

 

Outsourced medical equipment maintenance service is our major service. Revenue attributable to such service for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $9,549,767 and $8,032,639, respectively, representing 99.0% and 99.2% of the total revenue, respectively.

 

Sales of Medical Equipment

 

Fuzhou Yukai used to sell Class III medical devices (defined below), but has adjusted its business operations to provide outsourcing services to hospitals since 2016. Although Fuzhou Yukai has shifted its business focus, it remains in good relationships with some Class III medical device manufactures. Fuzhou Yukai sold a very limited number of Class III medical devices to its customers during fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Our subsidiary, Fuzhou Yukai obtained a medical device business license for selling Class III medical devices, and such license expired on June 1, 2021. Since June 1, 2021, Fuzhou Yukai has not engaged in selling Class III medical equipment. We have no intention of selling Class III medical equipment in the future.

 

60 

 

 

Fuzhou Yukai obtained a Class II medical device selling record certificate on December 18, 2017. Such selling record certificate will remain effective for the long term, i.e., until Fuzhou Yukai is inspected by the local medical administration department and has been determined by such department to have failed to ensure the safety and effective of the medical devices it sells. Fuzhou Yukai has only sold Class II medical devices since June 1, 2021.

 

Revenue attributable to the sales of the medical equipment for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $100,538 and $61,651, respectively, representing 1.0% and 0.8% of the total revenue, respectively.

 

Principal Factors Affecting Our Financial Performance

 

We believe that our operating results are primarily affected by the following factors:

 

growth in the Chinese economy;
industry growth;
competition in the medical equipment maintenance service industry;
changes to government policies;
market conditions and our market position; and
our ability to develop competitive services.

 

61 

 

 

Result of Operations

 

   For the Years Ended
December, 31
 
   2021   2020 
Revenues        
-Outsourced Medical Equipment Management Service  $9,549,767   $8,032,639 
-Sales of Medical Equipment   100,538    61,651 
Total revenues   9,650,305    8,094,290 
Cost of revenues          
-Outsourced Medical Equipment Management Service   7,282,361    6,847,488 
-Sales of Medical Equipment   67,888    38,509 
Total cost of revenues   7,350,249    6,885,997 
Gross profit   2,300,056    1,208,293 
Operating expenses          
Sales and marketing expenses   63,330    31,099 
General and administrative expenses   914,515    911,453 
Total operating expenses   977,845    942,552 
Income from operations   1,322,211    265,741 
           
Other income/ (expense)          
Interest income   4,825    6,734 
Interest expense   (90,957)   (259,943)
Foreign currency exchange (loss) gain   (534)     
Others, net   2,817    - 
Total other expense   (83,849)   (253,209)
Income before income taxes   1,238,362    12,532 
           
Income tax expense   (302,538)   (4,789)
           
Net income  $935,824   $7,743 

 

Revenues

 

We recognize revenue evenly by month according to the signed contracts. Our total revenue grew from approximately $8.09 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, to approximately $9.65 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of 19.22%. The Company obtained and entered into certain new contracts, such as outsourced medical equipment maintenance service contracts with a hospital in Fuzhou, during the year end of December 31, 2021, causing an increase of revenue by approximately $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. Some of such contracts expired and terminated in the end of December 31, 2021, leading to the decrease of revenue by approximately $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.

 

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

 

Cost of revenues increased by $0.46 million from $6.89 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, to $7.35 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of 6.74%, and correspondingly, gross profit margin increased to approximately 24% for the year ended December 31, 2021 from approximately 15% for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase of gross profit margin in such period is primarily attributed to employee turnover. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we hired some new technicians, including apprentices. During the year ended December 31, 2021, some of the apprentices and technicians voluntarily left our company and we did not hire new technicians to replace them.

 

Sales and marketing expenses

 

Sales and marketing expenses are primarily comprised of certain salaries of employees in the marketing department, transportation fees, fees associated with trade shows and similar exhibitions and other marketing expenses. Sales and marketing expenses were $0.06 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $0.03 million as compared to the same period in 2020.

 

62 

 

 

General and administrative expenses

 

General and administrative expenses are incurred in the day-to-day operations of a business and may not be directly tied to a specific function or department within the company, such as manufacturing, production, or sales. General and administrative expenses are primarily comprised of rental fees, utilities, insurance, legal fees, certain salaries and operational overhead expenses that impact the entire business. We record equipment, vehicles and appliances at cost and calculate depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of our assets, which generally range from three to five years. General and administrative expenses were $0.91 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, remaining almost the same as that for the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

Income from operations

 

Income from operations increased from approximately $0.27 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 to approximately $1.32 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of approximately $1.06 million.

 

Total other income (expenses), net

 

For the year ended December 31, 2021, total other expense (net of other income) was $83,849, compared to total other expense (net of other income) of $253,209 for the year ended December 31, 2020, with a decrease of $169,360. The decrease of other expenses was primarily attributable to the decrease of interest expense incurred from short term loans.

 

Net income attributable to company shareholders

 

As a result of the factors described above, our net income for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $0.94 million, compared to net income of $7,743 for the year ended December, 2020, an increase in net income of $0.93 million.

 

Foreign currency translation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented in the United States dollars. The functional currency of YUKAI established pursuant to the laws of the Cayman Islands are the United States dollar. The functional currency of Fujian Yukai and Fuzhou Yukai are established pursuant to the laws of China, are RMB. For the subsidiaries whose functional currencies are RMB, results of operations and cash flows are translated at average exchange rates during the period, assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate at the end of the period, and equity is translated at historical exchange rates.

 

The Consolidated Balance Sheet balances, with the exception of equity at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, were translated at RMB6.3757 and RMB 6.5249 to $1.00, respectively. The equity accounts were stated at their historical rate. The average translation rates applied to the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income and the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were RMB 6.4474 and RMB 6.8941 to $1.00, respectively.

 

Net gains and losses resulting from foreign exchange translations are included in the comprehensive income and the consolidated statements of operations. As a result of foreign currency translations, which are a non-cash adjustment, we reported a foreign currency translation income of $13,478 for the year ended December 31, 2021. We reported a foreign currency translation loss of $7,326 for the year ended December 31, 2020. This non-cash income/loss had the effect of decreasing/increasing our reported comprehensive income or loss.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Liquidity

 

As of December 31, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $1.21 million. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through net cash flow from operations, proceeds from short-term bank loans and proceeds of funds borrowed from related parties. We expect to finance our operations and working capital needs in the near future from part of our net proceeds of this offering and cash generated through operations.

 

63 

 

 

We believe that our current levels of cash and cash flows from operations, combined with the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for our operations and expansion plans for at least the next 12 months.

 

We may, however, in the future require additional cash resources, due to changing business conditions, implementation of our strategy to expand our business, or other investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If our own financial resources are insufficient to satisfy our capital requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain additional credit facilities. The sale of additional equity securities could result in dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could require us to agree to operating and financial covenants that would restrict our operations. Financing may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Any failure by us to raise additional funds on terms favorable to us, or at all, could limit our ability to expand our business operations and could harm our overall business prospects.

 

   

December 31,

2021

   

December 31,

2020

    Change    

Percentage

Change

 
Working capital:                                
Total current assets   3,344,216     6,540,895     (3,196,679 )     -48.87 %
Total current liabilities     2,145,050       7,660,628       (5,515,578 )     -72.00 %
Working capital   $ 1,199,166     $ (1,119,733 )   $ 2,318,899       >100 %

  

Because the exchange rate conversion is different for the consolidated balance sheets and the consolidated statements of cash flows, the changes in assets and liabilities reflected on the consolidated statements of cash flows are not necessarily identical with the comparable changes reflected on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Cash Flow Summary

 

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2021     2020  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   $ 3,087,585     $ (1,069,389 )
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities     (327,748 )     7,863  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (2,152,963 )     1,058,914  
Effects of currency translation     13,593       44,660  
Net change in cash and cash equivalents     620,467       42,048  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year     593,522       551,474  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year   $ 1,213,989     $ 593,522  

 

64 

 

 

Operating Activities:

 

Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations was approximately $3.09 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to a net income of approximately $0.94 million adjusted by non-cash working capital. The adjustments for changes in assets and liabilities primarily included (i) a decrease of approximately $2.11 million of accounts receivable, (ii) a decrease of approximately $1.36 million of advances to suppliers, deposits and other current assets, and (iii) a decrease of accounts payable by approximately $2.13 million.

 

Net cash used in operating activities of continuing operations was approximately $1.07 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to a net income of approximately $7,743 adjusted by non-cash working capital. The adjustments for changes in assets and liabilities primarily included (i) a decrease of $1.36 million of advances to suppliers, deposits and other current assets, (ii) a decrease of approximately $1.02 million of account payable, and (iii) a decrease of advances from customers by approximately $1.15 million.

 

Investing Activities:

 

Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations was $0.33 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, which is due to an amount spent on the purchase of a piece of software copyright and a net advance provided to related parties.

 

Net cash provided in investing activities of continuing operations was $7,863 for the year ended December 31, 2020, which is due to net a repayment received from related parties.

 

Financing Activities:

 

Net cash used in financing activities of continuing operations was $2.15 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. It was mainly attributable to (i) a net repayment of $1.53 million to the related parties, and (ii) a net repayment of $1.87 million short-term loans. Net cash provided by financing activities was for continuing operations of $1.06 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. It was primarily attributable to net proceeds of $1.53 million from short-term loans.

 

We expect to incur additional costs associated with becoming a public company in the United States, primarily due to increased expenses related to accounting and tax services, legal expenses and investor and stockholder-related expenses. These additional long-term expenses may require us to seek other sources of financing, such as additional borrowings or public or private equity or debt capital. The availability of these other sources of financing will depend upon our financial condition and results of operations as well as prevailing market conditions and may not be available on terms reasonably acceptable to us or at all.

 

65 

 

 

Capital Resources

 

   

December 31,

2021

   

December 31,

2020

    Change    

Percentage

Change

 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,213,989     $ 593,522     $ 620,467       104.54 %
Accounts receivables, net     1,934,150       3,975,604       (2,041,454 )     -51.35 %
Amounts due from related parties     44,309       42,269       2,040       4.83 %
Inventory     54,257       484,572       (430,315 )     -88.80 %
Advances to suppliers, deposits and other current assets     97,511       1,444,928       (1,347,417 )     -93.25 %
Total current assets   3,344,216     $   6,540,895      $  (3,196,679 )     -48.87 %
Equipment, vehicles, and appliances, net     436,822       651,739       (214,917 )     -32.98 %
Intangible assets, net     313,863       -       313,863       >100.00%  
Operating Lease Right-of-use assets, net     59,037       108,211       (49,174 )     -45.44 %
Deferred tax assets     114,997       411,310       (296,313 )     -72.04 %
Total non-current assets    $  924,719     $   1,171,260      $  (246,541 )     -21.05 %
Short-term loans     423,483       2,260,696       (1,837,213 )     -81.27 %
Account payable     482,787       2,573,789       (2,091,002 )     -81.24 %
Advances from customer     131,929       116,049       15,880       13.68 %
Taxes payable     134,169       41,939       92,230       219.91 %
Amounts due to related parties     356,072       1,859,067       (1,502,995 )     -80.85 %
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities     349,448       622,562       (273,114 )     -43.87 %
Current maturities of lease liabilities     49,790       48,948       842       1.72 %
Current maturities of long-term bank loans     217,372       137,578       79,794       58.00 %
Total current liabilities    $  2,145,050      $  7,660,628      $  (5,515,578 )     -72.00 %
Long-term portion of long-term loans     39,270       114,649       (75,379 )     -65.75 %
Long-term portion of lease liabilities     6,961       55,454       (48,493 )     -87.45 %
Total non-current liabilities    $  46,231      $  170,103      $  (123,872 )     -72.82 %

  

Cash

 

As of December 31, 2021, we had a total of $1.21 million in cash and cash equivalents, wholly held inside the PRC and as of December 31, 2020, we had a total of $0.60 million in cash and cash equivalents, which amount was wholly held inside the PRC. Cash balances in bank accounts in PRC are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or other programs.

 

   As of December 31, 
   2021   2020 
Cash on hand  $2,404   $2,965 
Deposit on bank   1,211,585    590,557 
Total cash and cash equivalent  $1,213,989   $593,522 

 

66 

 

 

Advances to suppliers, deposits and other current assets

 

As of December 31, 2021, balances of advances to suppliers, deposits and other current assets were $97,511, a decrease of $1.35 million, compared to $1.44 million as of December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in advances to suppliers.

 

   As of December 31, 
   2021   2020 
Advances to suppliers  $39,408   $1,246,929 
Other receivables   57,497    197,999 
Short-term deferred expenses   606    - 
Total advances to suppliers, deposits and other current assets  $97,511   $1,444,928 

 

Current assets

 

Current assets as of December 31, 2021 totaled $3.34 million, a decrease of $3.20 million from our December 31, 2020 balance. The decrease primarily resulted from (i) a $0.6 million increase in cash and cash equivalents, (ii) a $2.0 million decrease in accounts receivables, and (iii) a $1.35 million decrease in advances to suppliers, deposits and other current assets.

 

Current liabilities

 

Current liabilities as of December 31, 2021 were $2.15 million, a decrease of $5.51 million, compared to $7.66 million as of December 31, 2020.

 

Credit Facility

 

During the year ended December 31, 2021, we entered into a mortgage loan agreement with CIB China's Industrial Bank for a short-term bank loan in the principal amount of $418,776. The term of the loan was for one-year with a fixed annual interest rate of 4.85%. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we entered into credit facility agreements with multiple banks in the PRC for a total of short-term bank loans in the aggregate principal amount of $2,857,516. The terms of loans were of one-year term with fixed annual interest rates that ranged from 5% to 10%.

 

We also partially finance our operations through loan borrowed from shareholders. During the year ended December 31, 2021, we obtained a loan in the principal amount of $913,552 for daily operations from our shareholder, Mr. Zhenyu Zheng, free of interest. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had a $256,067 outstanding loan payable to Mr. Zhenyu Zheng considering the exchange rate fluctuation $122,821. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company obtained loans in the principal amounts of $437,330 and $446,759 for daily operations from our shareholders, Mr. Zhenyu Zheng and Fujian Yukai Medical Technology Group Co., Ltd., Fuzhou Yukai’s then shareholder before the re-organization (“Yukai Medical”), respectively, free of interest. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had a $1,859,067 outstanding loan payable to Mr. Zhenyu Zheng considering the exchange rate fluctuation of $25,205.

  

67 

 

  

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our audited consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these audited consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to revenue recognition and income taxes. We base our estimates on our historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making the judgments we make about the carrying values of our assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Because these estimates can vary depending on the situation, actual results may differ from the estimates.

 

The critical accounting policies summarized in this section are discussed in further detail in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this annual report. We believe that the application of these policies on a consistent basis enables us to provide useful and reliable financial information about our operating results and financial condition.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”) for all years presented. The core principle of this new revenue standard is that a company should recognize revenue when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to the customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The following five steps are applied to achieve that core principle by us in determination of revenue recognition:

 

Step 1: Identify the contract(s) with the customer;

 

Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract;

 

Step 3: Determine the transaction price;

 

Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

 

Step 5: Recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

 

Our main business is to provide outsourced medical equipment maintenance services for hospitals; specifically, the Company provides comprehensive machine maintenance services for the medical equipment in hospitals, which services and related details are usually listed in the revenue contract or bidding document of each hospital.

 

The performance obligation was to provide medical equipment maintenance services over the contracted period. The performance obligation was distinct, as (i) the customer can benefit from the service on its own; and (ii) no other performance obligation was identified in the agreement, that is, the performance obligation was separately identifiable.

 

The transaction price in the contract was usually reflected as a flat fee for the whole contract period, and after signing the contract, we did not expect the contract to be cancelled, renewed or modified. Furthermore, the Company did not identify any other types of consideration, other than the flat fee per the contract, in exchange for providing the repair and maintenance services.

 

68 

 

 

Fuzhou Yukai was a principal for this performance obligation. There was only one performance obligation in each of the contracts and there was no need for allocation. The performance obligation is fulfilled once the Company has provided repair and maintenance services over the agreed upon contract period.

 

Fuzhou Yukai agrees in each contract to provide medical equipment maintenance services during a certain period. As the work may be delivered on a recurring basis, the customers (usually hospitals) can simultaneously receive and consume the benefits when Fuzhou Yukai provides relevant services. No asset that the customer controls is created or enhanced during the performance. Fuzhou Yukai has enforceable rights to payment for performance obligations completed as identified in the contracts. If the contracts are terminated by the customer or another party for reasons other than the Company’s failure to perform as promised. Based on the above analysis, the works are substantially the same and that have the same pattern of transfer to the customer over a time period and the medical equipment repair and maintenance services should be recognized over time. The Company recognizes revenue evenly each month according to the terms of each contract for services.

 

In addition, Fuzhou Yukai also sells Class II medical devices or medical materials, although, the revenue received for such sales accounted for a small proportion, only 1.0% and 0.8% for the year ended December 31, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020, respectively. For this kind of revenue, the revenue should be recognized upon fulfillment of the performance obligation, after the customer has checked and accepted the goods, which is at a point in time.

 

Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities on the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other assumptions and information that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Estimates and assumptions of future events and their effects cannot be perceived with certainty and, accordingly, these estimates may change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as our operating environment changes. Significant estimates and assumptions by management include, among others, the valuation of accounts receivable, advances to suppliers, and other receivables, useful lives and impairment of long-lived assets, allowance for doubtful accounts, income taxes including the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. While we believe that the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the financial statements are appropriate, actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates and assumptions are periodically reviewed and the effects of revisions are reflected in the financial statements in the period they are determined to be necessary.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

We follow the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”). It clarifies the definition of fair value, prescribes methods for measuring fair value, and establishes a fair value hierarchy to classify the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

Level 1-Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities available at the measurement date.

 

Level 2-Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable, and inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market data.

 

Level 3-Inputs are unobservable inputs which reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions on what assumptions the market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best available information.

 

69 

 

 

The carrying amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, advances to suppliers, deposits and other current assets, short-term loans, accounts payable, other current liabilities, amounts due to related parties and income tax payable approximate their fair value based on the short-term maturity of these instruments.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board(FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”. This amends guidelines on reporting credit losses for assets held at amortized cost basis and available-for-sale debt securities. For assets held at amortized cost basis, Topic 326 eliminates the probable initial recognition threshold in current U.S. GAAP and, instead, requires an entity to reflect its current estimate of all expected credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial assets to present the net amount expected to be collected. For available-for-sale debt securities, credit losses should be measured in a manner similar to current U.S. GAAP, however Topic 326 will require that credit losses be presented as an allowance rather than as a write-down. ASU 2016-13 affects entities holding financial assets and net investment in leases that are not accounted for at fair value through net income. The amendments affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases, off balance sheet credit exposures, reinsurance receivables, and any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual right to receive cash. The amendments in this ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-10, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842): Effective Dates, which amended the effective date of ASU 2016-13. Early adoption is permitted. Although the Company adopted the guidance, there was no impact on the consolidated financial statements for the Company’s two fiscal years ended on December 31, 2021 and 2020, since the Company did not have any assets held at amortized cost basis or available-for-sale debt securities as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

In August 2017, the FASB amended the existing accounting guidance for hedge accounting. The amendments require expanded hedge accounting for both non-financial and financial risk components and refine the measurement of hedge results to better reflect an entity’s hedging strategies. The new guidance also amends the presentation and disclosure requirements and changes how entities assess hedge effectiveness. The new guidance is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2018 with early adoption permitted. The new guidance must be adopted using a modified retrospective transition with a cumulative effect adjustment recorded to opening retained earnings as of the initial adoption date. We adopted the amendment on January 1, 2020 by using the modified retrospective method. The adoption had no impact on the Company’s financial position, the results of operations and statement of cash flows for the years ended December31, 2021 and 2020.

 

In March 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-05, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118,” which amends the FASB ASC and XBRL Taxonomy based on the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the Act, that was signed into law on December 22, 2017 and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 that was released by the SEC. The Act changes numerous provisions that impact U.S. corporate tax rates, business-related exclusions, and deductions and credits and may additionally have international tax consequences for many companies that operate internationally. We adopted the amendment on January 1, 2020 by using the modified retrospective method. The adoption had no impact on the Company’s financial position, the results of operations and statement of cash flows for the years ended December31, 2021 and 2020.

 

Recently issued ASUs by the FASB, except for the ones mentioned above, are not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial position. Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by FASB that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements upon adoption. We do not discuss recent pronouncements that are not anticipated to have an impact on or are unrelated to our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, or disclosures.

 

70 

 

 

INDUSTRY

 

All the information and data presented in this section have been derived from the industry report of Haiqiao Zhiku (Xiamen) Cultural Development Co., Ltd. (the “Haiqiao Zhiku”), commissioned by us in April 2022 entitled “Analysis of After-sales Service Market of Medical Devices in China” (the “Haiqiao Zhiku Report”), unless otherwise noted. Haiqiao Zhiku has advised us that the statistical and graphical information contained herein is drawn from its database and other sources. The following discussion contains projections for future growth, which may not occur at the rates that are projected or at all.

 

Overview of Medical Equipment Repair and Maintenance Industry

 

Growing Demands Boost Industry Expansion

 

According to the National Health Commission of China, China's medical equipment sector witnessed robust growth in the past five years, with the market size reaching 840 billion RMB (about $131.81 billion) in 2020.

 

Prospects of the Medical Equipment Maintenance Industry

 

Healthcare investment continues to increase: According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, China’s total health expenditure (the “THE”) increased from approximately 2 trillion RMB in 2011 to 7.2 trillion RMB in 2020, with a compound annual growth rate of 13.67%. China’s government health expenditure (the “GHE”) also increased from 746.4 billion RMB in 2011 to 2,194.1 billion RMB in 2020, with a compound annual growth rate of 11.39%.

 

 

71 

 

 

 

* Data source: National Bureau of Statistics, interpreted by Haiqiao Zhiku (Xiamen)

 

Year-on-year increase in medical institutions: As a result of China’s increasing investment in the healthcare sector, the total number of hospitals in China has increased significantly over the last decade from roughly 21,000 in 2011 to about 37,000 hospitals in 2021.

 

2011-2021 Number of hospitals in China's mainland

 

 

 

* Data source: National Bureau of Statistics, interpreted by Haiqiao zhiku (Xiamen)

 

Industry overview for Fujian province: According to Haiqiao Zhiku’s report, the total number of healthcare institutions in Fujian province was 28,105 in 2021, of which 1,072 were hospitals, as compared with 789 healthcare institutions in 2011, of which 789 were hospitals.

 

72 

 

 

* Data source: National Bureau of Statistics, interpreted by Haiqiao zhiku (Xiamen)   * Data source: National Bureau of Statistics, interpreted by Haiqiao zhiku (Xiamen)  

 

New opportunities arising from new medical infrastructure: On March 22, 2022, the General Office of the People’s Government of Fujian province released the “Implementation Plan for Promoting the High-Quality Development of Public Hospitals in Fujian” (the “Fujian Implementation Plan”). According to the requirements of the Fujian Implementation Plan, the average number of beds in medical institutions per 1,000 people in Fujian province will reach 6.10 by 2025; and the number of beds in public hospitals per 1,000 people will be 3.6 by 2025. There will be at least one tertiary hospital in each district and each county with a population of more than 300,000 should have at least one secondary hospital.

 

Hospital equipment maintenance market size in Fujian province: According to official data from the Fujian Provincial Health Commission, Fujian province had 87 tertiary hospitals in 2020, representing an increase of 23 tertiary hospitals as compared with the number in 2016, with new beds growing by more than 25%.

 

 

 

* Data source: Fujian Provincial Health Commission, interpreted by Haiqiao Zhiku (Xiamen)

 

73 

 

 

Analysis of Competition Pattern and Market Share of Fujian Province

 

The most significant medical device equipment maintenance service companies in Fujian province currently include Shanghai Kedu Healthcare Technology Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai Kedu”), Shanghai Kunya Medical Apparatus Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai Kunya”) and Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. (“Fuzhou Yukai”). According to Fujian Province government procurement website http://www.ccgp-fujian.gov.cn/, from January 2018 to March 2022, a total of 49 hospital service tenders were made in Fujian province. Shanghai Ked, Shanghai Kunya and Fuzhou Yukai represented the three top providers of medical equipment maintenance services in market share for this period, based on the amounts and percentages of their respective winning bids.

 

Service Providers  Number of Bids
Won
   Percentage of
Bids Won
   Amount of the
Winning Bids (by
million RMB)
   Percentage of
Amount of the
Winning Bids
 
Fuzhou Yukai   32    63.5%   238    62.9%
Shanghai Kedu   7    14.2%   51.17    13.5%
Shanghai Kunya   1    2%   7.95    2.1%
Others   9    20.3%   80.88    21.5%
Total   49    100%   378    100%

 

74 

 

 

BUSINESS

 

Our Mission

 

Through our PRC subsidiaries, mainly Fuzhou Yukai, we provide solutions to the PRC healthcare industry to support efficient, safe and sustainable medical equipment maintenance systems. We endeavor to ensure that healthcare providers, especially hospitals, have the critical medical equipment to care for patients, and we offer them services that lower costs, reduce waste, and maintain a high standard of medical device management in the healthcare industry.

 

Our mission is to maintain the medical equipment that protects the health of the Chinese and to make a difference for the customers, patients and communities we serve.

 

Overview

 

We are an exempted company with limited liability incorporated in the Cayman Islands on October 19, 2021. We are a holding company that has no operations ourselves. We operate business through our two subsidiaries in China: Fujian Yukai and Fuzhou Yukai. Fujian Yukai, currently with no business operations, is our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary formed on December 29, 2021 in Fuzhou city, Fujian province. Fujian Yukai holds 100% of the equity interests in Fuzhou Yukai, which was formed on September 28, 2005 in Fuzhou city, Fujian province. As of the date of this prospectus, substantially all of our business is conducted by Fuzhou Yukai.

 

Fuzhou Yukai used to sell medical equipment and serve many medical device manufacturers in Fujian province, such as Toshiba, RadioMeter, and GE Healthcare China. In 2016, Fuzhou Yukai’s management decided to adjust its development strategy, take advantage of its medical equipment selling experience, and enter the outsourced medical equipment maintenance market.

 

We believe we are an expert in managing and maintaining mission-critical, regulated, reusable medical devices. Through Fuzhou Yukai, we offer healthcare providers comprehensive medical equipment services that reduce capital and operating expenses, optimize medical equipment utilization, reduce waste, enhance staff productivity and bolster patient safety.

 

Our professional services enable healthcare providers to have high-quality, expertly maintained equipment to serve their patients. Our strong connections in Fujian province enable us to reach customers across the healthcare system in Fujian province. Our ability to rapidly repair equipment during peak times and emergencies makes us a service provider of choice for many county, city, and provincial hospitals in Fujian province.

 

Our customer base includes 1) hospital customers and 2) business partner customers. We obtain our hospital customers through the public bidding process. We enter into contracts directly with our hospital customers after winning the bids. In addition to bidding, we also win business by cooperating with our business partners. Such cooperation with our business partners includes two different models: a) a joint bidding model, and b) a subcontract model. In the joint bidding model, we submit bidding documents together with our business partner. After winning the bids, we, our business partner, and the hospital will enter into a tripartite agreement which, among other things, will stipulate that the hospital will pay the business partner directly. We and the business partner will also enter into a separate agreement which, among other things, will provide that we receive payment from our business partner. The subcontract model works in two steps: first, our business partners obtain hospital customers through the bidding process or their sales teams; and second, after business partners win contracts from hospital customers, they then subcontract the projects to us. In these cooperation models, we provide maintenance services to the hospitals and receive compensation from our business partners.

 

Through Fuzhou Yukai, we provide medical device remediation and repair services to hospitals. We have 13 service centers and deliver 24/7 services through these service centers to our hospital customers.

 

75 

 

 

As of December 31, 2021, we employ a team of more than 68 specialized repair technicians and engineers, and among them, (i) approximately 60 are field-based technicians who work onsite within customers’ hospital facilities, and (ii) approximately 8 technicians work in the Company headquarters and can be dispatched to different hospitals as required. Approximately 24 employees are management personnel, including bidding managers and account managers. Our fees are paid directly by our customers according to the payment terms in the contracts. As of the date of this prospectus, we estimate all of our debts are receivable.

 

Development Trends

 

We believe that the following trends characterize the essential nature of our work:

 

Improved patient safety and outcomes. Hospitals across Fujian province and China focus on improving patient safety and outcomes. Fuzhou Yukai assists the hospitals in maintaining their equipment to ensure such equipment is available when and where it is needed for patient care, thereby improving patient safety and optimizing patient outcomes.

 

Increased capital and operating expense pressures. Hospitals are restricted by capital and operating budgets while facing the increasing costs and complexity of medical equipment. The increasing complexity of medical equipment necessitates more recordkeeping and more communications with third-party maintenance providers in the use of such equipment. Fuzhou Yukai provides outsourced maintenance services to hospitals to save their capital and operating expenses and improve their operational efficiencies.

 

Our Services

 

Through Fuzhou Yukai, we provide comprehensive outsourced maintenance services to our hospital customers to optimize the usage of reusable medical equipment. The integrated nature of our services maximizes value to our customers as we address various aspects of the equipment lifecycle continuum.

 

Outsourced Medical Equipment Management Service

 

Our outsourcing services include maintenance and the provision of spare equipment during maintenance. We generally maintain all of our customers’ medical equipment, including life-supporting medical devices, diagnostic equipment, basic treatment equipment, and supporting equipment, in accordance with relevant contract terms.

 

Maintenance Service

 

Equipment maintenance involves ensuring adequate service and limiting down time of medical devices in the hospitals. We divide our maintenance services into two parts: 1) preventive maintenance and 2) corrective maintenance.

 

Preventive maintenance (“PM”) is a scheduled event. PMs are scheduled according to the risk ranking of a particular medical equipment. Risk ranking is a unitless number derived from a formula that mainly incorporates two factors: (1) the relative maintenance frequency and (2) the effect on patient care if the device fails.

 

Our engineers, who are well versed in PMs, have developed a work log system for PMs based on the aforementioned two factors. The work log system requires onsite engineers to inspect medical devices according to regular schedules and fill out work logs during or after such inspections. Daily inspections are conducted on life-supporting medical devices, including ventilators, anesthesia machines, heart-lung machines, defibrillators and paddles, and breathing frequency monitors. Weekly inspections are conducted on diagnostic equipment, including computed tomography scanner (CT scanner), X-ray diagnostic equipment, and ultrasonic diagnostic equipment. Monthly inspections are conducted on basic treatment equipment and supporting equipment, including beds, carts, and blood pressure monitors. During such inspections, onsite engineers conduct performance and safety tests. They also stand by and provide 24/7 support when any issue arises.

76 

 

 

 

Corrective Maintenance (“CM”) involve all of the medical equipment repair services, including repairs performed by a hospital’s in-house personnel, by equipment manufacturers, and by third parties, such as Fuzhou Yukai. A hospital’s in-house personnel may handle basic issues on their own. They may also notify our onsite engineers about reported issues. When a medical device exceeds its warranty period, we will repair such device. When a medical device is within its warranty period, a hospital’s in-house personnel will directly contact the device manufacturer to repair such device.

 

We bear all of the repairing expenses, including repair expenses incurred from hazard notifications and user errors, as required by the outsourced medical maintenance service agreements.

 

Equipment Solutions

 

We provide spare equipment to our customers while their equipment is under repair. We are able to provide some common medical equipment, such as mobile C-arm X-ray machines, ultrasound imaging diagnostic equipment, ECG monitors, defibrillators. Some of our contracts require us to provide certain spare equipment, as needed. As of December 31, 2021, through Fuzhou Yukai, we own in total eight types of spare equipment, which include: ECG monitors, portable DRs, defibrillators, anesthesia machines, mobile C-arm X-ray machines, portable color ultrasound machines transdermal detectors, and medical blue light lamps.

 

This provision of spare equipment is included in our outsourcing services. Accordingly, our customers do not need to pay separate fees.

 

Outsourced medical equipment maintenance service is our major service. Revenue attributable to such service for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 represented 99.0% and 99.2% of the total revenue, respectively.

 

Sales of Medical Equipment

 

Fuzhou Yukai formerly sold Class III medical equipment (defined below), however, it has adjusted its business operations to primarily provide outsourcing services to hospitals since 2016. Although Fuzhou Yukai has shifted its business focus, it has retained relationships with some Class III medical equipment manufactures. Fuzhou Yukai sold a very limited number of Class III medical equipment to its customers during fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

Class I, II, and III medical devices are defined by the National Medical Products Administration of China according to their risk levels under the Regulation on the Supervision and Administration of Medical Devices (2021 Revision), Article 6 of which sets out as follows:

 

“Medical Devices of Class I” means the medical devices with low risks, whose safety and effectiveness can be ensured through routine administration.
   
“Medical Devices of Class II” means the medical devices with moderate risks, which shall be strictly controlled and administered to ensure their safety and effectiveness.
   
“Medical Devices of Class III” means the medical devices with relatively high risks, which shall be strictly controlled and administered through special measures to ensure their safety and effectiveness.

 

Pursuant to the Administrative Measures on the Operation Supervision of Medical Devices, filing and licensing are not required for the operation of Class I medical devices. Operators engaged in the operation of Class II medical devices are subject to filing administration and will receive a Class II medical device selling record certificate upon satisfaction of filing requirement. Operators engaged in the operation of Class III medical devices are subject to pre-approval licensing administration and will a receive medical device operation license upon receipt of approval for licensing. A medical device operation license for Class III is valid for five years and may be renewed six months prior to its expiration date. Fuzhou Yukai has only sold Class II medical devices since June 1, 2021.

 

77 

 

 

Our subsidiary, Fuzhou Yukai, obtained a medical device business license for selling Class III medical devices, and such license expired on June 1, 2021. Since June 1, 2021, Fuzhou Yukai has not engaged in selling Class III medical equipment. We have no intention of selling Class III medical equipment in the future. Fuzhou Yukai obtained a Class II medical device selling record certificate on December 18, 2017. Such selling record certificate will remain effective for the long term, i.e., until Fuzhou Yukai is inspected by the local medical administration department and has been determined by such department to have failed to ensure the safety and effective of the medical devices it sells. Although as of the date of this prospectus, no event which could cause this selling record certificate to be revoked has occurred, we cannot assure you that such Class II medical device selling record certificate will not be revoked in the future. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — If we fail to maintain an effective Class II medical device selling record certificate, it could adversely affect our reputation, financial conditions and results of operations.”

 

Revenue attributable to the sales of medical equipment for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $100,538 and $61,651, respectively, representing 1.0% and 0.8% of the total revenue, respectively.

 

Quality Control Systems

 

We are committed to providing high-quality services to our customers. We implement comprehensive quality control systems based on the internationally recognized quality standard for medical devices: ISO 13485:2016. Our quality control systems consist of an equipment maintenance system, an onsite engineer management system, a medical equipment inspection system, a measurement management system, an adverse event monitoring system, a maintenance management system, an all-level position responsibility system, a quality assessment, and contingency plan for emergency events. We also provide trainings regarding these quality control systems from time to time to our employees. We are committed to ensuring our customers have access to equipment which has been maintained and repaired up to a high industry standard. We provide technical support and educational in-servicing for equipment in clinical departments, including emergency rooms, operating rooms, intensive care, rehabilitation and general patient care areas, and we believe we have consistently achieved high customer satisfaction. On April 25, 2021, Fuzhou Yukai received a “Five Star” certificate issued by Yicheng Certification Ltd., certifying that Fuzhou Yukai provides Five Stars service in medical device repair and maintenance according to the after-sales service management system GB/T 27922-2011 standard. This GB/T 27922-2011 is a Chinese standard issued by the Ministry of Commerce of PRC. This standard specifies the basic elements that constitute the evaluation system of after-sales service of goods/services, including the principles, indicators and methods.

 

Customers

 

Our customer base includes hospital customers and business partner customers. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, we had a total of 19 and 23 customers, respectively. Among the 19 customers, as of December 31, 2021, (i) 12 customers were hospitals with which Fuzhou Yukai directly entered into medical equipment maintenance service agreements, (ii) one of which was a hospital customer to which Fuzhou Yukai only sells Class II medical devices, and (iii) six of which were business partners. Through such six business partners, Fuzhou Yukai provides medical equipment maintenance services to eight hospitals. Among the 23 customers, as of December 31, 2020, (i) 20 customers were hospitals with which Fuzhou Yukai directly entered into medical equipment maintenance service agreements, and (ii) three of which were business partners. Through such three business partners, Fuzhou Yukai provided medical equipment maintenance services to six hospitals. Fuzhou Yukai also sold Class II medical devices to some of those business partners during such periods.

 

78 

 

 

Public Hospital Bidding

 

We obtain our public hospital customers through the public bidding process. Fuzhou Yukai has one staff member dedicated to searching for bidding opportunities and preparing related documents. Fuzhou Yukai’s sales personnel and senior engineers are also involved in the bidding process, which is illustrated below:

 

Step 1 Find Tender Information: The bidding team searches for hospital tenders. Fuzhou Yukai’s sales team will inform the bidding team when they receive tender information from other channels.  
   
Step 2 Evaluate Tender: We evaluate the tender before submitting our bidding documents. We evaluate whether we can meet the maintenance requirements of the tendering hospital and what the outcome and revenue likely will be if we win the tender. Fuzhou Yukai’s MEMS System facilitates such evaluation. The MEMS System analyzes the value and usage of the tendering hospital’s medical equipment. Our senior engineers also provide their opinions to the bidding team. The evaluation is based on the following factors:
   
  1) the total value of the hospital’s medical equipment;
   
  2) the list of the medical equipment to be outsourced;
   
 

3) the medical equipment usage, including age, frequency of use, etc.;

 

4) the specific requirements of the hospital, and

   
  5) the bidding prices.
   
Step 3 Submit Bidding Documents: Once deciding to participate in the bid, the bidding team will prepare and submit bidding documents according to the bidding requirements. In general, such bidding documents include a quoted price, Fuzhou Yukai’s business licenses, requested ISO certificates, spare medical device list, and a commitment letter.
   
Step 4 Win the Bid and Step 5 Award Contract: The hospitals will notify Fuzhou Yukai about the bidding result. If Fuzhou Yukai wins the bid, it will enter into service contracts with the tendering hospitals.

 

Contracts with Hospitals

 

Fuzhou Yukai enters into contracts directly with its hospital customers after winning the bids. In general, such contracts are based on the Government Procurement Contract template and include standard provisions, such as the parties’ information, the project information, payment details, term, service scope, service requirements, force majeure provisions, and choice of law/venue. Fuzhou Yukai has little bargaining power over the contract provisions.

 

Contracts with Business Partners

 

In addition to bidding, we also win business by cooperating with our business partners. Such cooperation with our business partners includes two different models: a) joint bidding model and b) subcontract model. In the joint bidding model, we submit bidding documents together with our business partner. After winning the bids, we, our business partner, and the hospital will enter into a tripartite agreement which, among other things, will stipulate that the hospital will pay directly to the business partner. We and the business partner will also enter into a separate agreement which, among other things, will provide that we receive payment from our business partner. The subcontract model works in two steps: first, our business partners obtain hospital customers through the bidding process or their sales teams; and second, after business partners win contracts from hospital customers, they then subcontract the projects to us. In these cooperation models, we provide maintenance services to the hospitals and receive compensation from our business partners.

 

79 

 

 

Through Fuzhou Yukai, we normally do not maintain long-term contractual relationships with our customers. Our contractual terms are usually three years. Some contracts include an annual review clause that give the hospital customers a right to terminate the contracts based on annual evaluation of our work performance. As of the date of this prospectus, no such evaluation has resulted in any contract termination.

 

The top three customers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 included Xiamen C&D Hitek Co., Ltd., Fuzhou No. 2 Hospital, and China Resources (Fuzhou) Medical Equipment Co., Ltd., which collectively accounted for 66.8% of our total revenue for that period. Xiamen C&D Hitek Co., Ltd. accounted for 28.8% of our total revenue for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. Our top four customers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 included China Resources (Fuzhou) Medical Equipment Co., Ltd, Fuzhou No. 2 Hospital, Xiamen C&D Hitek Co., Ltd. and Xiamen No. 5 Hospital, which collectively accounted for 58.2% of our total revenue for that period. China Resources (Fuzhou) Medical Equipment Co., Ltd accounted for 25.6% of our total revenue for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.

 

Our Suppliers

 

We have two types of suppliers: 1) medical equipment repair parts suppliers and 2) technical support service suppliers. We purchase medical equipment repair parts based on specific maintenance requirements on an as-needed basis. We also store some basic parts at our service centers as backup. We contact our technical support service suppliers when we encounter issues that are beyond our ability to solve. We promise 24/7 quick response to our customers; accordingly, we also request our suppliers to respond within 24 hours. If a supplier fails to do so, we will switch to other suppliers where feasible.

 

When choosing our suppliers, we consider their qualification and reputation, their response speed in general, and the proposed pricing. We believe our supply has been very stable and easily sourced for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and 2021. We do not have long-term written purchase agreements with our suppliers. We do not consider any of our suppliers to be material to our business. As of December 31, 2021, we have a total number of 136 suppliers, and among them, 130 medical equipment repair parts suppliers and six technical support suppliers. We can select any supplier at our sole discretion, and we believe that we have established stable relationships with our significant suppliers through years of cooperation.

 

These significant suppliers, in the aggregate, accounted for over 68.7% and 53.3% of our purchases for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, the top three suppliers were Guangzhou Zhiheng Medical Devices Repairing Service Co., Ltd., Shanghai Yingtai Medical Equipment Co., Ltd., and Fuzhou Tengjian Medical Instrument Co., Ltd., representing 42.4%, 26.3%, and 4.7% of our total purchase, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the top three suppliers were Fuzhou Tengjian Medical Instrument Co., Ltd., Shanghai Bangyuan Medical Technology Service Center, and Shanghai Yingtai Medical Equipment Co., Ltd., representing 36.7%, 16.6%, and 9.7% of our total purchase, respectively. There are no minimum purchase requirements with any of the suppliers. Each supplier order is typically governed by a brief purchase-order-based purchase agreement. The key terms of the medical equipment parts supplier purchase-order-based purchase agreement (including those agreements with our significant suppliers) include 1) the product’s name, type, quantity, and price; 2) quality terms with reference to national or industry standards; 3) the delivery method and payment terms; 4) the warranty period; and 5) breach of contract terms, including refund and return of products provisions and compensatory damages. The key terms of the technical support service agreement (including those agreements with our significant suppliers) include 1) the service scope; 2) both parties’ respective rights and obligations, including the supplier’s responsibility to provide 24 hours quick response and technical support and maintenance solutions; 3) the warranty period; and 4) the payment terms.

 

80 

 

 

Our Engineers

 

We believe our strength and sustainability depend on our engaged and empowered team. We are committed to investing in our team’s training and development, encouraging open communications, and promoting equity and inclusion in our workplace. As of December 31, 2021, we had in total 68 technicians, and among them, 54 received college and bachelor’s degree, representing 79% of the total technicians.

 

Training

 

To remain competitive, we endeavor to improve our services. Accordingly, we provide training to our technicians. Such training consists of external and internal training. External training is mainly provided by medical equipment manufacturers, such as Toshiba, to the personnel who use and maintain their medical equipment. External training is also provided by healthcare industry associations to their practitioners. We support our technicians to participate in external training by paying for their training, travel and accommodation expenses.

 

We believe that medical equipment maintenance requires field practice. We arrange skilled engineers to conduct onsite teaching for our new employees. In addition, senior engineers at our headquarters also respond to the questions from our onsite technicians.

 

Internal Assessment and Promotion

 

We offer job promotion opportunities to our technicians. In our service centers, we offer positions, including engineers, team leaders, deputy supervisors, and supervisors. We assess, evaluate and review work performance from time to time. Our evaluation focuses on the following factors:

 

· hospital satisfaction with maintenance;
   
· equipment maintenance technology, including the complexity and type of equipment;
   
· ability to train and teach trainees;
   
· organization, coordination and leadership skills;
   
· attendance;
   
· work conduct;
   
· working years;
   
· skills and qualification certificates;
   
· cost control; and
   
· major contributions or disciplinary violations.

 

Based on the evaluation, we promote excellent employees to better positions and increase their salary to match their new roles.

 

Localized Service Teams

 

We provide 24/7, year-round services to our hospital customers through our local service teams. We recruit and train local technicians to ensure prompt services to be provided to our customers.

 

81 

 

 

Competitive Strengths

 

We believe our high-quality maintenance service differentiates us in the marketplace. We believe our industry experience, well trained technician teams, and reputation will enable us to main our position as a market leader in Fujian province. Compared with our competitors, we believe that we have the following advantages:

 

24/7 Quick Response. Our 13 service centers provide 24/7, year-round services, which we believe enables us to compete effectively and grow our business regionally and locally. We plan to gradually expand our operations to surrounding areas and the whole PRC market.

 

Strong Management and Professional Team. Our senior management team, led by our chief executive officer and chairman Mr. Zhenyu Zheng, is comprised of highly skilled and dedicated professionals with significant experience in the healthcare industry. We also employ a number of technical specialists. As of December 31, 2021, we had 68 technicians comprised of 60 field-based technicians and 8 technicians in company headquarters. We believe that our management and professional teams provide a unique competitive advantage.

 

Commitment to quality control.  Independent third-party service providers like us are not required to register with the NMPA. However, we are committed to managing quality based on the internationally recognized quality standard for medical devices: ISO 13485:2016. Central China International Certification and Inspection Group, a third-party certification agency approved and recognized by the Citification and Accreditation Administration of the PRC (“Central China International”) has certified Fuzhou Yukai to have met the standards of ISO 13485:2016, environmental management system certification ISO 14001:2015, occupational health and safety management system certification ISO 45001:2018, and Quality Management System Certification ISO 9001:2015. We believe that our commitment to quality control sets us apart from those who may use less stringent quality practices.

 

Superior customer service. We believe we have a long-standing reputation among our customers for outstanding services. This reputation is largely attributable to our focus on customer service and our investments in hiring and training employees. We believe that our focus on customer service helps us achieve high customer satisfaction ratings, as evidenced by the “Five Star” certificate certified by Yicheng Certification Ltd. according to the after-sales service management system GB/T 27922-2011 standard.

 

Growth Strategies

 

Growing our customer base among customers that presently outsource. We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our business by winning new contracts from customers that outsource medical equipment maintenance in Fujian province. We believe we are poised to grow our customer base among customers that outsource.

 

Growing our serviceable market by contracting with those that presently insource. We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our customer base by converting potential customers that currently insource. As of December 31, 2021, we estimate that in Fujian province, there are approximately 1038 hospitals in which medical equipment maintenance is done in-house. We believe we can demonstrate the value of our services to potential customers that insource medical equipment maintenance and contract with them. As of the date of this prospectus, no customers that insource medical equipment maintenance have been converted to customers of Fuzhou Yukai.

 

Expanding beyond Fujian province by investing in joint ventures or through acquisitions. We recognize a vast market for outsourced medical equipment maintenance services in the PRC and the demand for local technical personnel. We believe that we could expand beyond Fujian province by investing in joint ventures or through acquiring targets that fit our strategic objectives, although we have not identified or engaged in any such discussions as of the date of this prospectus. In the event that we invest in or acquire such business, the local company may hire and manage local technicians and we expect to provide the training and technical support.

 

The COVID-19 Update

 

Since late December 2019, the outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus, later named COVID-19, first emerged in the PRC and has spread globally. On January 30, 2020, the International Health Regulations Emergency Committee of the World Health Organization declared the outbreak a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC),” and later on March 11, 2020 a global pandemic. The COVID-19 outbreak has led governments across the globe to impose measures intended to contain its spread, including border closures, travel bans, quarantine measures, social distancing, and restrictions on business operations and large gatherings. From 2020 to the middle of 2021, COVID-19 vaccinations were promoted around the globe.

 

82 

 

 

The COVID-19 pandemic has placed us in uncharted waters. We have evaluated the impact of the pandemic on our business operations, revenue, publicity and the need for our solutions and expect that more customers may be preparing for potential surges in demand for equipment necessary for patient care. We have concluded that, as of the date of this prospectus, the pandemic has not materially adversely affected our business based on the following factors:

 

· our customers are hospitals in Fujian province; hospitals in Fujian province are currently operating normally despite some lockdown measures taken by certain local governments;
   
· we receive fixed payments from hospitals for our outsourced medical equipment maintenance services;
   
· the logistics in Fujian province are smooth; we have not yet experienced parts shortage or logistical issues;
   
· the repair parts we may need are not difficult to source;
   
· we generally do not require our technical support suppliers to provide onsite support; most technical problems can be solved by telephone or video communications; and
   
· our local technicians are in close proximity to our hospital customers; accordingly, the travel restrictions imposed by the local governments have not seriously impacted our operations.

 

However, if our technicians become infected or there are logistical issues that may prevent us from obtaining the parts we need, our operations could be affected and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our business in the future will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others. If the disruptions posed by COVID-19 or other matters of global concern continue for an extended period of time, our ability to pursue our business objectives may be materially adversely affected. In addition, our ability to raise equity and debt financing may be adversely impacted by COVID-19 and other events, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all.

 

Any future impact on the results of operations will depend on, to a large extent, future developments and new information that may emerge regarding the duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic and the actions taken by government authorities and other entities to contain the spread or treat its impact, almost all of which are beyond our control. Given the general slowdown in economic conditions globally and the volatility in the capital markets, we cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain the growth rate we have experienced or projected. We will continue to closely monitor the situation throughout 2022 and beyond.

 

Business Operations

 

Service Centers in Hospital Facilities

 

As of December 31, 2021, we collectively operated 13 service centers in each of the hospital facilities we serve. Such service centers are staffed by one to five local technicians, depending on the size of the hospital and the amount of medical equipment. Depending on the needs of our customers, we may establish more service centers in the future.

 

Some service centers maintain equipment and parts to accommodate the needs of the hospitals. We maintain some common medical equipment, such as mobile C-arm X-ray machines, ultrasound imaging diagnostic equipment, ECG monitors, defibrillators, etc. Should additional parts be required by one of our customers, a service center can draw upon the resources of other service centers.  As of December 31, 2021, Fuzhou Yukai owned spare equipment totaling 233 items, comprised of eight types, which include: ECG monitors, portable DRs, defibrillators, anesthesia machines, mobile C-arm X-ray machines, portable color ultrasound machines transdermal detectors, and medical blue light lamps.

 

83 

 

 

Centralized Functions

 

To maximize operational efficiencies and service consistency, we standardize key elements of our services, including internal technical support, contract administration, bidding, marketing, purchasing, pricing, accounting, and information technology.

 

Working Process

 

Our technicians do not work directly with doctors and nurses. Typically, the hospitals’ in-house personnel report issues to our technicians at the service centers. When these technicians are unable to solve the issues, they will report the issues to the senior technicians at our headquarters. When the senior technicians are unable to solve the issues, they will seek assistance from technical support suppliers. When the technology suppliers are unable to solve the issues, our technicians will report to the hospital and recommend replacing the equipment.

 

The following diagram shows our working process:

 

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, we had 92, 155, and 150 employees, respectively. The following table sets forth the number of our employees by each function as of December 31, 2021:

 

   Number of
Employees
   % of Total 
Management   3    3%
Finance   5    5%
Technical support   68    75%
Human resource   1    1%
Marketing (bidding team) and Sales   4    4%
IT   1    1%
Purchasing   2    2%
Operations   8    9%
Total   92    100%

 

Generally, we enter into standard employment contracts with our officers, managers, technician, and other employees. According to these contracts, all of our employees are prohibited from engaging in any other employment during their employment with us. The employment contracts with officers, managers and employees are subject to renewal in three years and, if renewed, will last another three years before becoming at-will employment contracts.

 

We believe our PRC subsidiaries maintain good relationships with their employees. None of their employees are represented by labor unions.

 

Intellectual Property

 

Our business is dependent on a combination of trademarks, copyrights, domain names, trade names, trade secrets, and other proprietary rights in order to protect our intellectual property rights. As of the date of this prospectus, we have two (2) registered trademarks, one (1) domain name, and seven (7) copyrights in the PRC. We do not own any patents. Our PRC subsidiaries do not have any applications pending with the China National Intellectual Property Administration (the “CNIPA”).

 

Fuzhou Yukai has registrations with the CNIPA for the following two trademarks:

 

Country  Trademark  Trademark
Registration
No.
   Trademark
Name
  Trademark
Classes
   Trademark
Owner
  Trademark
Term
  Trademark
Status
China     26811950   Yukai   37   Fuzhou Yukai  12/ 28/ 2018 to 12/27/2028  Registered
China     47562546   Yukai   42   Fuzhou Yukai  04/14/ 2021 to 04/01/2031  Registered

 

Our PRC subsidiaries have a domain name registration for yukaigroup.cn, which serves as our main website. We have developed a software program, MEMS System, and acquired six systems, including an intelligent medical operation and maintenance system, medical equipment asset management system, medical information service file system, intelligent medical heavy asset operation and maintenance ERP system, medical device adverse event management system, and medical equipment maintenance management system, to support our operations. Fuzhou Yukai is currently integrating and modifying these systems and expects to operate the New Managing Systems by the end of September 2022.

 

Marketing

 

We obtain our hospital customers through the public bidding process. Fuzhou Yukai maintains an in-house bidding team consisting of one employee, who is mainly responsible for searching for bidding information, preparing bidding documents, and contract administration. We did not and do not intend to solicit customers by advertising our services. Our sales team is staffed with three employees who are mainly responsible for performance feedback and quality control.

 

84 

 

 

We believe that our bidding and sales personnel are hard-working, passionate, and responsive, and we offer them training in bidding, marketing and management.

 

Seasonality

 

Our business is not subject to seasonality.

 

Insurance

 

As required by regulations in China, our PRC subsidiaries participate in various employee social security plans that are organized by municipal and provincial governments for their full-time employees, including pension, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, work-related injury insurance, medical insurance, and housing fund. The PRC subsidiaries are required under the PRC law to make contributions from time to time to employee benefit plans for their full-time employees at specified percentages of the salaries, bonuses, and certain allowances of such employees, up to a maximum amount specified by the local governments in China. We and the PRC subsidiaries do not maintain other property insurance, business interruption insurance, or general third-party liability insurance. We believe the insurance coverage the PRC subsidiaries maintain is in line with the industry practice.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time, our PRC subsidiaries may become a party to various legal or administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of their business, including actions with respect to intellectual property infringement, violation of third-party licenses or other rights, breach of contract, and labor and employment claims. In addition, although our PRC subsidiaries do not manufacture any medical equipment, their business entails the risk of claims related to the outsourcing, sale and service of medical equipment.

 

We and our PRC subsidiaries are currently not a party to, and we are not aware of any threat of, any legal or administrative proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have any material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flow, or results of operations.

 

Facilities

 

Our principal executive offices are located in Fuzhou city, Fujian province, China, one of which is leased by Fuzhou Yukai from an independent third party with an area of approximately 2,107 square feet. The lease term commenced from May 1, 2021 to May 31, 2023 and the monthly rent is RMB9,000 (approximately $1,395.91). The lease requires Fuzhou Yukai to provide at least two months’ notice to renew the lease.

 

Fuzhou Yukai leases another office in Fuzhou from an independent third party with an area of approximately 3,799.66 square feet. The lease term extends from August 17, 2021 to August 16, 2022, and the monthly rent is RMB 29,000 (approximately $4,498). Fuzhou Yukai is required to provide at least one month’ notice to renew the lease. Fuzhou Yukai currently intends to renew this lease and will notify the landlord in July 2022. Fujian Yukai, our WFOE, currently has no operations and it shares this office space with Fuzhou Yukai. Fuzhou Yukai allows Fujian Yukai to use the offices rent-free.

 

Fuzhou Yukai also leases a storehouse in Fuzhou from an independent third party with an area of approximately 12,916.69 square feet. The lease term goes from December 1, 2020 to November 30, 2022 and the annual rent is RMB240,000 (approximately $37,224.31). Fuzhou Yukai is required to provide at least three months’ notice to renew the lease.

 

85 

 

 

The service centers are located in the hospital facilities and the hospitals allow our technicians to use them for free.

 

We lease all of our facilities. We believe that the offices our PRC subsidiaries currently leased facilities are adequate to meet our current and foreseeable needs.

 

Fuzhou Yukai leases real properties from third parties primarily for its offices in China, and such lease agreements for these properties have not been registered with the PRC governmental authorities as required by PRC law. Although the failure to do so does not in itself invalidate the leases, the PRC subsidiaries may be ordered by the PRC government authorities to rectify such noncompliance and, if such noncompliance is not rectified within a given period of time, Fuzhou Yukai may be subject to fines imposed by PRC government authorities ranging from RMB1,000 and RMB10,000 for each lease agreement that has not been registered with the relevant PRC governmental authorities. See “Regulation — Regulations Relating to Leasing.”

 

86 

 

 

REGULATION

 

This section sets forth a summary of the most significant rules and regulations that affect our business activities in China.

 

Regulations Related to Foreign Investment

 

The establishment, operation and management of companies in China are mainly governed by the PRC Company Law, as most recently amended in 2018, which applies to both PRC domestic companies and foreign-invested companies. On March 15, 2019, the National People’s Congress approved the Foreign Investment Law, and on December 26, 2019, the State Council promulgated the Implementing Rules of the PRC Foreign Investment Law, or the Implementing Rules, to further clarify and elaborate the relevant provisions of the Foreign Investment Law. The Foreign Investment Law and the Implementing Rules both took effect on January 1, 2020 and replaced three major previous laws on foreign investments in China, namely, the Sino-foreign Equity Joint Venture Law, the Sino-foreign Cooperative Joint Venture Law and the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise Law, together with their respective implementing rules. Pursuant to the Foreign Investment Law, “foreign investments” refer to investment activities conducted by foreign investors (including foreign natural persons, foreign enterprises or other foreign organizations) directly or indirectly in the PRC, which include any of the following circumstances: (i) foreign investors setting up foreign-invested enterprises in the PRC solely or jointly with other investors, (ii) foreign investors obtaining shares, equity interests, property portions or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the PRC, (iii) foreign investors investing in new projects in the PRC solely or jointly with other investors, and (iv) investment in other methods as specified in laws, administrative regulations, or as stipulated by the State Council. The Implementing Rules introduce a see-through principle and further provide that foreign-invested enterprises that invest in the PRC shall also be governed by the Foreign Investment Law and the Implementing Rules.

 

The Foreign Investment Law and the Implementing Rules provide that a system of pre-entry national treatment and negative list shall be applied for the administration of foreign investment, where “pre-entry national treatment” means that the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at market access stage is no less favorable than that given to domestic investors and their investments, and “negative list” means the special administrative measures for foreign investment’s access to specific fields or industries, which will be proposed by the competent investment department of the State Council in conjunction with the competent commerce department of the State Council and other relevant departments, and be reported to the State Council for promulgation, or be promulgated by the competent investment department or competent commerce department of the State Council after being reported to the State Council for approval. Foreign investment beyond the negative list will be granted national treatment. Foreign investors shall not invest in the prohibited fields as specified in the negative list, and foreign investors who invest in the restricted fields shall comply with the special requirements on the shareholding, senior management personnel, etc. In the meantime, relevant competent government departments will formulate a catalogue of industries for which foreign investments are encouraged according to the needs for national economic and social development, to list the specific industries, fields and regions in which foreign investors are encouraged and guided to invest. The current industry entry clearance requirements governing investment activities in the PRC by foreign investors are set out in two categories, namely the Special Entry Management Measures (Negative List) for the Access of Foreign Investment (2021 version), or the 2021 Negative List, promulgated by the National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Commerce, or the MOFCOM, on December 27, 2021 and took effect on January 1, 2022, and the Encouraged Industry Catalogue for Foreign Investment (2020 version), or the 2020 Encouraged Industry Catalogue, promulgated by the MOFCOM on December 27, 2020 and took effect on January 27, 2021. Industries not listed in these two categories are generally deemed “permitted” for foreign investment unless specifically restricted by other PRC laws. The medical equipment repair and maintenance industry is not on the Negative List and therefore we are not subject to any restriction or limitation on foreign ownership.

 

87 

 

 

According to the Implementing Rules, the registration of foreign-invested enterprises shall be handled by the SAMR or its authorized local counterparts. Where a foreign investor invests in an industry or field subject to licensing in accordance with laws, the relevant competent government department responsible for granting such license shall review the license application of the foreign investor in accordance with the same conditions and procedures applicable to PRC domestic investors unless it is stipulated otherwise by the laws and administrative regulations, and the competent government department shall not impose discriminatory requirements on the foreign investor in terms of licensing conditions, application materials, reviewing steps and deadlines, etc. However, the relevant competent government departments shall not grant the license or permit enterprise registration if the foreign investor intends to invest in the industries or fields as specified in the negative list without satisfying the relevant requirements. In the event that a foreign investor invests in a prohibited field or industry as specified in the negative list, the relevant competent government department shall order the foreign investor to stop the investment activities, dispose of the shares or assets or take other necessary measures within a specified time limit, and restore to the status prior to the occurrence of the aforesaid investment, and the illegal gains, if any, shall be confiscated. If the investment activities of a foreign investor violate the special administration measures for access restrictions on foreign investments as stipulated in the negative list, the relevant competent government department shall order the investor to make corrections within the specified time limit and take necessary measures to meet the relevant requirements. If the foreign investor fails to make corrections within the specified time limit, the aforesaid provisions regarding the circumstance that a foreign investor invests in the prohibited field or industry shall apply.

 

Pursuant to the Foreign Investment Law and the Implementing Rules, and the Information Reporting Measures for Foreign Investment jointly promulgated by the MOFCOM and the SAMR, which took effect on January 1, 2020, a foreign investment information reporting system shall be established and foreign investors or foreign-invested enterprises shall report investment information to competent commerce departments of the government through the enterprise registration system and the national enterprise credit information publicity system, and the administration for market regulation shall forward the above investment information to the competent commerce departments in a timely manner. In addition, the MOFCOM shall set up a foreign investment information reporting system to receive and handle the investment information forwarded by the administration for market regulation and inter-departmentally shared information in a timely manner. The foreign investors or foreign-invested enterprises shall report the investment information by submitting reports including initial reports, change reports, deregistration reports and annual reports.

 

Furthermore, the Foreign Investment Law provides that foreign-invested enterprises established according to the previous laws regulating foreign investment prior to the implementation of the Foreign Investment Law may maintain their structure and corporate governance within five years after the implementation of the Foreign Investment Law. The Implementing Rules further clarify that such foreign-invested enterprises established prior to the implementation of the Foreign Investment Law may either adjust their organizational forms or organizational structures pursuant to the Company Law or the Partnership Law, or maintain their current structure and corporate governance within five years upon the implementation of the Foreign Investment Law. Since January 1, 2025, if a foreign-invested enterprise fails to adjust its organizational form or organizational structure in accordance with the laws and go through the applicable registrations for changes, the relevant administration for market regulation shall not handle other registrations for such foreign-invested enterprise and shall publicize the relevant circumstances. However, after the organizational forms or organizational structures of a foreign-invested enterprise have been adjusted, the original parties to the Sino-foreign equity or cooperative joint ventures may continue to process such matters as the equity interest transfer, the distribution of income or surplus assets as agreed by the parties in the relevant contracts.

 

In addition, the Foreign Investment Law and the Implementing Rules also specify other protective rules and principles for foreign investors and their investments in the PRC, including, among others, that local governments shall abide by their commitments to the foreign investors; except for special circumstances, in which case statutory procedures shall be followed and fair and reasonable compensation shall be made in a timely manner, expropriation or requisition of the investment of foreign investors is prohibited; mandatory technology transfer is prohibited, etc.

 

88 

 

 

As confirmed by our PRC counsel, both Fujian Yukai, our WFOE, and Fuzhou Yukai are required to comply with the information reporting requirements under the Foreign Investment Law the Implementing Rules and the Information Reporting Measures for Foreign Investment and are in full compliance.

 

In addition, according to our PRC legal counsel, as of the date of this prospectus, neither we nor any of our PRC subsidiaries has been subject to any investigation, or receive any notice, warning, or sanction from relevant government authorities related to non-compliance with the PRC Company Law or foreign investment laws.

 

Regulations on Dividend Distributions

 

The principal laws, rule and regulations governing dividends distribution by companies in the PRC are the PRC Company Law, which applies to both PRC domestic companies and foreign-invested companies, and the Foreign Investment Law and its implementing rules, which apply to foreign-invested companies. Under these laws, regulations and rules, both domestic companies and foreign-invested companies in the PRC are required to set aside as statutory reserves at least 10% of their after-tax profit, until the cumulative amount of their reserves reach 50% of their registered capital. PRC companies are not permitted to distribute any profits until any losses from prior fiscal years have been offset. Profits retained from prior fiscal years may be distributed together with distributable profits from the current fiscal year.

 

Medical Equipment Tendering and Procurement

 

According to the Government Procurement Law of the People’s Republic of China (the “Government Procurement Law”) promulgated by SCNPC on June 29, 2002 and last amended on August 31, 2014 and the Regulations for Implementation of the Government Procurement Law of the People’s Republic of China (the “Implementation Regulations”) promulgated by State Council on January 30, 2015 and came into effect on March 1, 2015, the term “government procurement” means the use of fiscal funds by all levels of State authorities, institutions and social organizations to procure goods, projects and services that fall within the catalogue for centralized procurement formulated in accordance with the law or that are above the procurement limits. Government procurement shall combine centralized and decentralized procurement. The scope of centralized procurement shall be defined by the catalogue for centralized procurement promulgated by the people’s governments at provincial level and above. The catalogue for centralized procurement for government procurement items that fall within the central government budget shall be determined and promulgated by the State Council. The catalogue for centralized procurement for government procurement items that fall within the local government budget shall be determined and promulgated by the people's government or its authorized institution of provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities directly under the central government. Government procurement items that are included in the catalogue for centralized procurement shall be subject to centralized procurement. The limits for government procurement for government procurement items that fall within the central government budget shall be determined and promulgated by the State Council. The limits for government procurement for government procurement items that fall within local government budgets shall be determined and promulgated by the people's government or its authorized institution of provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities directly under the central government. Government procurement contracts shall be in writing. A supplier may sub-contract certain parts of its obligations under the government procurement contract but is prohibited from sub-contracting the obligations in their entirety. Any supplier acting in violation of the prohibition shall be prosecuted for legal liability.

 

In the event that buyers procure goods or services items whose budget amount more than the standard of public bidding amount, the public bidding must be adopted. The standard for the amount of public bidding at the provincial level is 3 million RMB, and that at the city and county level is 2 million RMB.

 

According to our PRC legal counsel, our outsourced medical equipment maintenance service is governed by the Government Procurement Law. As of the date of this prospectus, we believe we have been in full compliance with such law when we have participated the bidding procedures and have not received any notifications of any non-incompliance of the related rules.

 

89 

 

 

Regulations on Outsourced Medical Equipment Maintenance Service

 

Pursuant to the Administrative Measures for Quality Supervision on the Use of Medical Devices promulgated on October 21, 2015, effective on February 1, 2016, a medical device user may entrust qualified and competent maintenance service providers to provide medical equipment maintenance and repair services. Where a piece of medical equipment is maintained and repaired by a maintenance service provider, the contract shall clarify quality requirements, maintenance requirements and other relevant matters. The food and drug administration department shall conduct supervision inspections on the establishment and implementation of the quality management systems of medical device use by medical device users. During a supervision inspection of a medical device user, the food and drug administration department may conduct extended inspections on relevant medical device maintenance service providers. Medical device maintenance service providers shall cooperate with food and drug administration departments in supervision inspections, and provide true information and documents, and shall not refuse cooperation or conceal information. For medical device maintenance service providers that refuse to cooperate with food and drug administration departments in supervision inspection, or conceal or refuse to provide, or fail to truthfully provide relevant information and documents, the food and drug administration departments at or above the county level shall order them to make rectification, and give them a warning, and may impose a fine of not more than 20,000 RMB.

 

According to our PRC legal counsel, our outsourced medical equipment maintenance service is supervised by the local food and drug administration departments. As of the date of this prospectus, we are in full compliance and have not received any notifications of any non-compliance from the local food and drug administration departments.

 

Regulation and Classification of Medical Devices

 

Pursuant to the Regulations on the Supervision and Administration of Medical Devices promulgated on January 4, 2000 and came into effect on April 1, 2000 (the “Supervision and Administration of Medical Devices”), which was latest amended on February 9, 2021 and came into effect on June 1, 2021, the National Medical Products Administration shall be responsible for the national administration and supervision of medical devices and its local counterparts are responsible for the local administration and supervision of medical devices.

 

Under this regulation, medical devices have been classified into three categories based on the degree of risk. Class I medical devices shall refer to those devices with low level of risks and whose safety and effectiveness can be ensured through routine administration. Class II medical devices shall refer to those devices with moderate risks that must be strictly controlled and regulated to ensure their safety and effectiveness. Class III medical devices shall refer to those devices with relatively high risks that must be strictly controlled and regulated through special measures to ensure their safety and effectiveness.

 

Operation of Medical Devices

 

Pursuant to the Supervision and Administration of Medical Devices, and the Administrative Measures on the Operation Supervision of Medical Devices, promulgated on July 30, 2014, and came into effect on October 1, 2014, then amended on March 10, 2022, and came into effect on May 1, 2022, filing and licensing are not required for the operation of Class I medical devices. Operators engaged in the operation of Class II medical devices are subject to filing administration and will receive a Class II medical device selling record certificate upon satisfaction of filing requirement and operators are required to guarantee the safety and effectiveness of Class II medical devices, or the record-filing shall be cancelled, and an announcement shall be made. While operators engaged in the operation of Class III medical devices are subject to pre-approval licensing administration and will receive medical device operation license upon receipt of approval for licensing. A medical device operation license for Class III is valid for five years and may be renewed six months prior to its expiration date.

 

90 

 

 

To engage in business operations of medical devices, the following requirements shall be met (a qualifying enterprise must have):

 

· A quality control institution or staff corresponding to the business scope and scale, and the staff shall have relevant education or professional titles certified by the state.
   
· An operation and storage premise corresponding to the business scope and scale.
   
· Storage conditions corresponding to the business scope and scale; warehouses are not required if all storage is commissioned to other operators of medical devices.
   
· A quality control system corresponding to the medical devices concerned.
   
· Capability for professional guidance, technical training and after-sale service corresponding to the medical devices it operates; or it has come into an agreement on technical support with a relevant institution.

 

An enterprise to be engaged in business operations of Class III medical devices shall also have a computerized information management system compliant with quality standards to ensure traceability of products. An enterprise to be engaged in business operations of Class I or Class II medical devices is encouraged to set up such a system.

 

As confirmed by our PRC counsel, our subsidiary, Fuzhou Yukai obtained its Class II medical device selling record certificate on December 18, 2017, which certificate will remain in effect unless and until Fuzhou Yukai is inspected by the local medical administration department and determined by such department to have failed to ensure the safety and effective of the medical devices it sells. In addition, Fuzhou Yukai obtained a medical device business license for selling Class III medical devices, and such license expired on June 1, 2021. Since June 1, 2021, we have not been engaged in Class III medical equipment selling and we have no intention of selling Class III medical equipment in the future. In addition, through Fuzhou Yukai, we provide very limited sales service to our customers. We sell certain Class II medical devices, as may be needed, by conducting our outsourced medical equipment service and selling certain Class II medical devices to some third-party medical device dealers. Although as of the date of this prospectus, no event which could cause the Class II medical device selling record certificate to be revoked has occurred, we cannot assure you that such Class II medical device selling record certificate will not be revoked in the future See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — If we fail to maintain an effective Class II medical device selling record certificate , it could adversely affect our reputation, financial conditions and results of operations.”

 

Advertisements of Medical Devices

 

Pursuant to the Regulations on Tentative Measures for the Censorship of Advertisement for Drugs, Medical Devices, Dietary Supplements, Food Formula for Special Medical Purpose promulgated by SAMR on December 24, 2019 and came into effect on March 1, 2020, the State Administration for Market Regulation is responsible for organizing and guiding the review of advertisements for drugs, medical devices, health foods and formula foods for special medical purposes. The administrations for market regulation and drug administrations of all provinces, autonomous regions and centrally administered municipalities shall be responsible for the review of advertisements for drugs, medical devices, health food and formula food for special medical purposes, and may entrust other administrative authorities to implement review of advertisements pursuant to the law.

 

The validity period of the advertisement approval number for drugs, medical devices, health food and formula food for special medical purposes shall be consistent with the shortest validity period of the product registration certificate, filing certificate or production license. If no valid period is prescribed in the product registration certificate, filing certificate or production license, the valid period of the advertisement approval number shall be two years.

 

Advertisements for drugs, medical devices, health food and formula food for special medical purposes shall be true and legitimate and shall not contain any false or misleading contents. Advertisers shall be responsible for the veracity and legitimacy of the contents of advertisements for drugs, medical devices, health food and formula food for special medical purposes.

 

91 

 

 

As of the date of this prospectus, neither we nor our PRC subsidiaries have engaged in any advertising. We have no intention of engaging in any advertising in the future.

 

Regulations Relating to Leasing

 

Pursuant to the Law on Administration of Urban Real Estate which took effect in January 1995 with the latest amendment in August 2019, lessors and lessees are required to enter into a written lease contract, containing such provisions as the term of the lease, the use of the premises, liability for rent and repair, and other rights and obligations of both parties.

 

According to the Civil Code of the PRC, which was enacted by the NPC in May 2020 and took effect on January 1, 2021, the lessee may sublease the leased premises to a third party, subject to the consent of the lessor. Where the lessee subleases the premises, the lease contract between the lessee and the lessor remains valid. Where the third party causes any damage to the premises, the lessee should be liable for such damage. The lessor is entitled to terminate the lease contract if the lessee subleases the premises without the consent of the lessor. In addition, if the lessor transfers the premises within the period when the lessee is entitled to possess in accordance with the lease contract, the lease contract between the lessee and the lessor will still remain valid. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any claim or challenge brought by any third parties concerning the use of the PRC subsidiaries leased properties without obtaining proper ownership proof.

 

Pursuant to the Administrative Measures for Commodity Housing Tenancy issued by the Ministry of Housing and Urban-Rural Development on December 1, 2010 and in effect as of February 1, 2011, the parties to a housing tenancy shall go through the housing tenancy registration formalities with the competent construction (real estate) departments of the municipalities directly under the central government, cities and counties where the housing is located within 30 days after the housing tenancy contract is signed. Our PRC subsidiaries lease real properties from third parties primarily for their offices in China, and such lease agreements for these properties have not been registered with the PRC governmental authorities as required by PRC law. Although the failure to do so does not in and of itself invalidate the leases, the PRC subsidiaries may be ordered by the PRC government authorities to rectify such noncompliance and, if such noncompliance is not rectified within a given period of time, our PRC subsidiaries may be subject to fines imposed by PRC government authorities ranging from RMB1,000 and RMB10,000 for each lease agreement that has not been registered with the relevant PRC governmental authorities.

 

Regulations Relating to Intellectual Property

 

China has adopted comprehensive legislation governing intellectual property rights, including copyrights, trademarks, patents and domain names. China is a signatory to the primary international conventions on intellectual property rights and has been a member of the Agreement on Trade Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights since its accession to the World Trade Organization in December 2001.

 

Copyright

 

On September 7, 1990, the SCNPC promulgated the Copyright Law of the People’s Republic of China, or the Copyright Law, effective on June 1, 1991 and amended on October 27, 2001 and February 26, 2010, respectively. The amended Copyright Law extends copyright protection to internet activities, products disseminated over the Internet and software products. In addition, there is a voluntary registration system administered by the Copyright Protection Center of China.

 

92 

 

 

Under the Regulations on the Protection of the Right to Network Dissemination of Information that took effect on July 1, 2006 and was amended on January 30, 2013, it is further provided that an Internet information service provider may be held liable under various situations, including that if it knows or should reasonably have known a copyright infringement through the Internet and the service provider fails to take measures to remove or block or disconnect links to the relevant content, or, although not aware of the infringement, the Internet information service provider fails to take such measures upon receipt of the copyright holder’s notice of such infringement.

 

In order to further implement the Regulations on Computer Software Protection, promulgated by the State Council on December 20, 2001 and amended on January 8, 2011 and January 30, 2013, respectively, the National Copyright Administration issued the Measures for the Registration of Computer Software Copyright on February 20, 2002, which specify detailed procedures and requirements with respect to the registration of software copyrights.

 

Trademark

 

According to the Trademark Law of the People’s Republic of China promulgated by the SCNPC on August 23, 1982, and amended on February 22, 1993, October 27, 2001, August 30, 2013 and April 23, 2019, respectively, the Trademark Office of the SAIC is responsible for the registration and administration of trademarks in China. The SAIC under the State Council has established a Trademark Review and Adjudication Board for resolving trademark disputes. Registered trademarks are valid for ten years from the date the registration is approved. A registrant may apply to renew a registration within twelve months before the expiration date of the registration. If the registrant fails to apply in a timely manner, a grace period of six additional months may be granted. If the registrant fails to apply before the grace period expires, the registered trademark shall be deregistered. Renewed registrations are valid for ten years. On April 29, 2014, the State Council issued the revised the Implementing Regulations of the Trademark Law of the People’s Republic of China, which specified the requirements of applying for trademark registration and renewal.

 

Patent

 

According to the Patent Law of the People’s Republic of China, or the Patent Law, promulgated by the SCNPC on March 12, 1984, latest amended on October 17, 2020 and came into effect on June 1, 2021, and the Implementation Rules of the Patent Law of the People’s Republic of China, or the Implementation Rules of the Patent Law, promulgated by the State Council on June 15, 2001, as revised on December 28, 2002 and January 9, 2010, the patent administrative department under the State Council is responsible for the administration of patent-related work nationwide and the patent administration departments of provincial or autonomous regions or municipal governments are responsible for administering patents within their respective administrative areas. The Patent Law and Implementation Rules of the Patent Law provide for three types of patents, namely “inventions”, “utility models” and “designs”. Invention patents are valid for twenty years, utility model patents are valid for ten years, and design patents are valid for fifteen years, in each category measured from the date of application. The Chinese patent system adopts a “first come, first file” principle, which means that where more than one person files a patent application for the same invention, a patent will be granted to the person who files the application first. An invention or a utility model must possess novelty, inventiveness and practical applicability to be patentable. Consent or a proper license from the patent owner must be obtained by a non-patent holder to use patented material. Otherwise, the unauthorized use constitutes an infringement on the patent rights.

 

Domain Names

 

On August 24, 2017, the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology promulgated the Administrative Measures for Internet Domain Names, or the Domain Name Measures, which took effect on November 1, 2017. The Domain Name Measures regulate the registration of domain names, such as the China’s national top-level domain name “.CN”. The China Internet Network Information Center, or the CNNIC, issued the Implementation Rules for Country Code Top-Level Domain Name Registration, which sets forth detailed rules for registration of domain names, and Country Code Top-Level Dispute Resolutions Rules on June 18, 2019, pursuant to which domain name disputes shall be accepted and resolved by the dispute resolution service providers as accredited by the CNNIC.

 

93 

 

 

Our business is dependent on a combination of trademarks, copy rights, domain names, trade names, trade secrets and other proprietary rights in order to protect our intellectual property rights. As of the date of this prospectus, we have two (2) registered trademarks, one (1) domain name and seven (7) copyrights in the PRC. We do not own any patents. Our PRC subsidiaries do not have any applications pending with the CNIPA.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, to the best of our knowledge, we have legally obtained adequate copyrights, trademarks and domains names to support our operations and, as our business develops, we may need to apply for or obtain more intellectual rights. To the best of our knowledge, neither we, nor any of our PRC subsidiaries have infringed, nor have we received any notice of infringement or been subject to any disputes regarding the intellectual property of others since our inception. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — If our PRC subsidiaries fail to maintain their reputation, including by adequately protecting their intellectual property, their sales and operating results may decline.” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — We and our PRC subsidiaries may from time to time be subject to litigation, which may be extremely costly to defend, could result in a substantial judgment or settlement costs or subject us to other remedies.”

 

Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange

 

The principal regulations governing foreign currency exchange in China are the Administrative Regulations on Foreign Exchange of the People’s Republic of China, or the Foreign Exchange Administrative Regulation, which was promulgated by the State Council on January 29, 1996, which took effect on April 1, 1996 and was subsequently amended on January 14, 1997 and August 5, 2008 and the Administrative Regulations on Foreign Exchange Settlement, Sales and Payment which was promulgated by the People’s Bank of China, or the PBOC, on June 20, 1996 and took effect on July 1, 1996. Under these regulations, payments of current account items, such as profit distributions and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from State Foreign Exchange Administration of the People’s Republic of China, or the SAFE, by complying with certain procedural requirements. By contrast, approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required where RMB is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital account items such as the repayment of foreign currency-denominated loans, direct investment overseas and investments in securities or derivative products outside of the PRC. Foreign-invested enterprises, or the FIEs, are permitted to convert their after-tax dividends into foreign exchange and to remit such foreign exchange out of their foreign exchange bank accounts in the PRC.

 

On March 30, 2015, SAFE promulgated the Notice on Reforming the Administration of Foreign Exchange Settlement of Capital of Foreign-invested Enterprises, or the SAFE Circular 19, which took effect on June 1, 2015. According to SAFE Circular 19, the foreign currency capital contribution to a FIE in its capital account may be converted into RMB on a discretional basis.

 

On June 9, 2016, the SAFE promulgated the Circular on Reforming and Regulating Policies on the Management of the Settlement of Foreign Exchange of Capital Accounts, or the SAFE Circular 16. The SAFE Circular 16 unifies the discretional foreign exchange settlement for all the domestic institutions. The Discretional Foreign Exchange Settlement refers to the foreign exchange capital in the capital account which has been confirmed by the relevant policies subject to the discretional foreign exchange settlement (including foreign exchange capital, foreign loans and funds remitted from the proceeds from the overseas listing) can be settled at the banks based on the actual operational needs of the domestic institutions. The proportion of Discretional Foreign Exchange Settlement of the foreign exchange capital is temporarily determined as 100%. Violations of SAFE Circular 19 or SAFE Circular 16 could result in administrative penalties in accordance with the Foreign Exchange Administrative Regulation and relevant provisions.

 

94 

 

 

Furthermore, SAFE Circular 16 stipulates that the use of foreign exchange incomes of capital accounts by FIEs shall follow the principles of authenticity and self-use within the business scope of the enterprises. The foreign exchange incomes of capital accounts and capital in RMB obtained by the FIE from foreign exchange settlement shall not be used for the following purposes: (i) directly or indirectly used for the payment beyond the business scope of the enterprises or the payment prohibited by relevant laws and regulations; (ii) directly or indirectly used for investment in securities or financial schemes other than bank’s principal-secured products unless otherwise provided by relevant laws and regulations; (iii) used for granting loans to non-affiliated enterprises, unless otherwise permitted by its business scope; and (iv) used for the construction or purchase of real estate that is not for self-use (except for the real estate enterprises).

 

Regulations Relating to Offshore Special Purpose Companies Held by PRC Residents

 

SAFE promulgated the Circular on Printing and Distributing the Provisions on Foreign Exchange Administration over Domestic Direct Investment by Foreign Investors and the Supporting Documents, or Circular 21, on May 10, 2013, which took effect on May 13, 2013 and was partially revised on December 30, 2019. Circular 21 specifies that the administration by SAFE or its local branches over direct investment by foreign investors in the PRC shall be conducted by way of registration and banks shall process foreign exchange business relating to the direct investment in the PRC based on the registration information provided by SAFE and its branches.

 

SAFE promulgated Notice on Issues Relating to Foreign Exchange Administration over the Overseas Investment and Financing and Round-trip Investment by Domestic Residents via Special Purpose Vehicles, or the SAFE Circular 37, on July 4, 2014 that requires PRC residents or entities to register with SAFE or its local branch in connection with their establishment or control of an offshore entity established for the purpose of overseas investment or financing. In addition, such PRC residents or entities must update their SAFE registrations when the offshore special purpose vehicle undergoes material events relating to any change of basic information (including change of such PRC citizens or residents, name and term of operation), capital increase or capital reduction, transfers or exchanges of shares, or mergers or divisions. SAFE Circular 37 was issued to replace the Notice on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration for PRC Residents Engaging in Financing and Roundtrip Investments via Overseas Special Purposes Vehicles.

 

SAFE further enacted the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Further Simplifying and Improving the Foreign Exchange Management Policies for Direct Investment, or the SAFE Circular 13, which allows PRC residents or entities to register with qualified banks in connection with their establishment or control of an offshore entity established for the purpose of overseas investment or financing. However, remedial registration applications made by PRC residents that previously failed to comply with the SAFE Circular 37 continue to fall under the jurisdiction of the relevant local branch of SAFE. In the event that a PRC shareholder holding interests in a special purpose vehicle fails to fulfil the required SAFE registration, the PRC subsidiaries of that special purpose vehicle may be prohibited from distributing profits to the offshore parent and from carrying out subsequent cross-border foreign exchange activities, and the special purpose vehicle may be restricted in its ability to contribute additional capital into its PRC subsidiary.

 

On January 26, 2017, SAFE issued the Notice on Improving the Check of Authenticity and Compliance to Further Promote Foreign Exchange Control, or the SAFE Circular 3, which stipulates several capital control measures with respect to the outbound remittance of profit from domestic entities to offshore entities, including (i) under the principle of genuine transaction, banks shall check board resolutions regarding profit distribution, the original version of tax filing records and audited financial statements; and (ii) domestic entities shall hold income to account for previous years’ losses before remitting the profits. Moreover, pursuant to SAFE Circular 3, domestic entities shall make detailed explanations of the sources of capital and utilization arrangements, and provide board resolutions, contracts and other proof when completing the registration procedures in connection with an outbound investment.

 

95 

 

 

 

Regulations Relating to Private Lending

 

The transfer of funds among companies are subject to the Provisions of the Supreme People’s Court on Several Issues Concerning the Application of Law in the Trial of Private Lending Cases, or the Provisions on Private Lending Cases, which was issued by the Supreme People’s Court of the People’s Republic of China, or the People’s Court, on August 25, 2015 and amended on August 19, 2020 and December 29, 2020, respectively, to regulate the private lending activities between natural persons, legal persons and unincorporated organizations. The Provisions on Private Lending Cases do not apply to the disputes arising from relevant financial services such as loan disbursement by financial institutions and their branches established upon approval by the financial regulatory authorities to engage in lending business.

 

The Provisions on Private Lending Cases set forth that private lending contracts will be upheld as invalid under the circumstance that (i) the lender swindles loans from financial institutions for relending; (ii) the lender relends the funds obtained by means of a loan from another profit-making legal person, raising funds from its employees, illegally taking deposits from the public; (iii) the lender who has not obtained the lending qualification according to the law lends money to any unspecified object of the society for the purpose of making profits; (iv) the lender lends funds to a borrower when the lender knows or should have known that the borrower intended to use the borrowed funds for illegal or criminal activities; (v) the lending is in violations of public orders or good morals; or (vi) the lending is in violations of mandatory provisions of laws or administrative regulations.

 

In addition, the Provisions on Private Lending Cases set forth that the People's Court shall support the interest rates not exceeding four times of the market interest rate quoted for one-year loan at the time the private lending contracts were entered into.

 

Regulations Relating to Taxation

 

Income Tax

 

According to the Enterprise Income Tax Law of the People’s Republic of China, or the EIT Law, which was promulgated on March 16, 2007, took effect as from January 1, 2008 and amended on February 24, 2017 and December 29, 2018, an enterprise established outside the PRC with de facto management bodies within the PRC is considered as a resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes and is generally subject to a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate on its worldwide income. The Implementing Rules of the Enterprise Income Law of the People’s Republic of China, or the Implementing Rules of the EIT Law, defines a de facto management body as a managing body that in practice exercises “substantial and overall management and control over the production and operations, personnel, accounting, and properties” of the enterprise. Non-PRC resident enterprises without any branches in the PRC pay an enterprise income tax in connection with their income originating from the PRC at the tax rate of 10%.

 

On February 3, 2015, the PRC State Administration of Taxation, or the SAT, issued the Announcement on Several Issues Concerning the Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Transfer of Assets by Non-Resident Enterprises, or the SAT Circular 7. The SAT Circular 7 repeals certain provisions in the Notice of the State Administration of Taxation on Strengthening the Administration of Enterprise Income Tax on Income from Equity Transfer by Non-Resident Enterprises, or the SAT Circular 698, issued by SAT on December 10, 2009 and the Announcement on Several Issues Relating to the Administration of Income Tax on Non-resident Enterprises issued by SAT on March 28, 2011 and clarifies certain provisions in the SAT Circular 698. The SAT Circular 7 provides comprehensive guidelines relating to, and heightening the Chinese tax authorities’ scrutiny on, indirect transfers by a non-resident enterprise of assets (including assets of organizations and premises in PRC, immovable property in the PRC, equity investments in PRC resident enterprises), or the PRC Taxable Assets. For instance, when a non-resident enterprise transfers equity interests in an overseas holding company that directly or indirectly holds certain PRC Taxable Assets and if the transfer is believed by the Chinese tax authorities to have no reasonable commercial purpose other than to evade enterprise income tax, the SAT Circular 7 allows the Chinese tax authorities to reclassify the indirect transfer of PRC Taxable Assets into a direct transfer and therefore impose a 10% rate of PRC enterprise income tax on the non-resident enterprise. The SAT Circular 7 lists several factors to be taken into consideration by tax authorities in determining if an indirect transfer has a reasonable commercial purpose. However, regardless of these factors, the overall arrangements in relation to an indirect transfer satisfying all the following criteria will be deemed to lack a reasonable commercial purpose: (i) 75% or more of the equity value of the intermediary enterprise being transferred is derived directly or indirectly from PRC Taxable Assets; (ii) at any time during the one year period before the indirect transfer, 90% or more of the asset value of the intermediary enterprise (excluding cash) is comprised directly or indirectly of investments in the PRC, or during the one year period before the indirect transfer, 90% or more of its income is derived directly or indirectly from the PRC; (iii) the functions performed and risks assumed by the intermediary enterprise and any of its subsidiaries and branches that directly or indirectly hold the PRC Taxable Assets are limited and are insufficient to prove their economic substance; and (iv) the foreign tax payable on the gain derived from the indirect transfer of the PRC Taxable Assets is lower than the potential PRC tax on the direct transfer of those assets. On the other hand, indirect transfers falling into the scope of the safe harbors under the SAT Circular 7 will not be subject to PRC tax under the SAT Circular 7. The safe harbors include qualified group restructurings, public market trades and exemptions under tax treaties or arrangements.

 

96 

 

 

On October 17, 2017, SAT issued the Announcement on Issues Relating to Withholding at Source of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises, or the SAT Circular 37, which took effect on December 1, 2017. According to the SAT Circular 37, the balance after deducting the equity net value from the equity transfer income shall be the taxable income amount for equity transfer income. Equity transfer income shall mean the consideration collected by the equity transferor from the equity transfer, including various income in monetary form and non-monetary form. Equity net value shall mean the tax computation basis for obtaining the said equity. The tax computation basis for equity shall be: (i) the capital contribution costs actually paid by the equity transferor to a Chinese resident enterprise at the time of investment and equity participation, or (ii) the equity transfer costs actually paid at the time of acquisition of such equity to the original transferor of the said equity. Where there is reduction or appreciation of value during the equity holding period, and the gains or losses may be confirmed pursuant to the rules of the finance and tax authorities of the State Council, the equity net value shall be adjusted accordingly. When an enterprise computes equity transfer income, it shall not deduct the amount in the shareholders’ retained earnings such as undistributed profits etc. of the investee enterprise, which may be distributed in accordance with the said equity. In the event of partial transfer of equity under multiple investments or acquisitions, the enterprise shall determine the costs corresponding to the transferred equity in accordance with the transfer ratio, out of all costs of the equity.

 

Under the SAT Circular 7 and the Law of the People’s Republic of China on the Administration of Tax Collection promulgated by the SCNPC on September 4, 1992 and newly amended on April 24, 2015, in the case of an indirect transfer, entities or individuals obligated to pay the transfer price to the transferor shall act as withholding agents. If they fail to make withholding or withhold the full amount of tax payable, the transferor of equity shall declare and pay tax to the relevant tax authorities within seven days from the occurrence of tax payment obligation. Where the withholding agent does not make the withholding, and the transferor of the equity does not pay the tax payable amount, the tax authority may impose late payment interest on the transferor. In addition, the tax authority may also hold the withholding agents liable and impose a penalty of ranging from 50% to 300% of the unpaid tax on them. The penalty imposed on the withholding agents may be reduced or waived if the withholding agents have submitted the relevant materials in connection with the indirect transfer to the PRC tax authorities in accordance with the SAT Circular 7.

 

According to our PRC counsel, the applicable EIT rate of our PRC subsidiaries is 25%. As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that we fully comply with the EIT Law in China, and we have not received any notifications of any non-compliance from the tax authorities.

 

Withholding Tax on Dividend Distribution

 

The EIT Law prescribes a standard withholding tax rate of 20% on dividends and other China-sourced income of non-PRC resident enterprises which have no establishment or place of business in the PRC, or if established, the relevant dividends or other China-sourced income are in fact not associated with such establishment or place of business in the PRC. However, the Implementing Rules of the EIT Law which reduced the rate from 20% to 10%, took effect from January 1, 2008. However, a lower withholding tax rate might be applied if there is a tax treaty between China and the jurisdiction of the foreign holding companies, for example, pursuant to the Arrangement Between the Mainland of China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation on Income, or the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement, and other applicable PRC laws, if a Hong Kong resident enterprise is determined by the competent PRC tax authority to have satisfied the relevant conditions and requirements under the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement and other applicable laws, the 10% withholding tax on the dividends that the Hong Kong resident enterprise receives from a PRC resident enterprise may be reduced to 5% upon receiving approval from the tax authority in charge.

 

97 

 

 

Based on the Notice on Relevant Issues Relating to the Enforcement of Dividend Provisions in Tax Treaties issued on February 20, 2009 by the SAT, if the relevant PRC tax authorities determine, at their discretion, that a company benefits from such reduced income tax rate due to a structure or an arrangement that is primarily tax-driven, such PRC tax authorities may adjust the preferential tax treatment; and based on the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Concerning “Beneficial Owners” in Tax Treaties, which was promulgated on February 3, 2018 and came into effect on April 1, 2018. If the company’s activities do not constitute substantive business activities, it will be analyzed according to the actual situation of the specific case, which may not be conducive to the determination of its “beneficiary owner” capacity, and thus may not enjoy the concessions under the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement.

 

Value-Added Tax

 

Pursuant to the Interim Regulations on Value-Added Tax of the People’s Republic of China, which was promulgated by the State Council on December 13, 1993 and amended on November 10, 2008, February 6, 2016 and November 19, 2017, and the Implementation Rules for the Interim Regulations on Value-Added Tax of the People’s Republic of China, which was promulgated by the MOF on December 25, 1993 and amended on December 15, 2008 and October 28, 2011, entities or individuals engaging in sale of goods, provision of processing services, repairs and replacement services or import of goods within the territory of the PRC shall pay value-added tax, or the VAT. Unless provided otherwise, the rate of VAT is 17% on sales and 6% on the services. On April 4, 2018, MOF and SAT jointly promulgated the Circular of the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation on Adjustment of Value-Added Tax Rates, or the Circular 32, according to which (i) for VAT taxable sales acts or import of goods originally subject to VAT rates of 17% and 11% respectively, such tax rates shall be adjusted to 16% and 10%, respectively; (ii) for purchase of agricultural products originally subject to tax rate of 11%, such tax rate shall be adjusted to 10%; (iii) for purchase of agricultural products for the purpose of production and sales or consigned processing of goods subject to tax rate of 16%, such tax shall be calculated at the tax rate of 12%; (iv) for exported goods originally subject to tax rate of 17% and export tax refund rate of 17%, the export tax refund rate shall be adjusted to 16%; and (v) for exported goods and cross-border taxable acts originally subject to tax rate of 11% and export tax refund rate of 11%, the export tax refund rate shall be adjusted to 10%. Circular 32 took effect on May 1, 2018 and shall supersede existing provisions which are inconsistent with Circular 32.

 

Since January 1, 2012, the MOF and the SAT have implemented the Pilot Plan for Imposition of Value-Added Tax to Replace Business Tax, or the VAT Pilot Plan, which imposes VAT in lieu of business tax for certain “modern service industries” in certain regions and eventually expanded to nation-wide application in 2013. According to the Implementation Rules for the Pilot Plan for Imposition of Value-Added Tax to Replace Business Tax released by the MOF and the SAT on the VAT Pilot Program, the “modern service industries” include research, development and technology services, information technology services, cultural innovation services, logistics support, lease of corporeal properties, attestation and consulting services. The Notice on Comprehensively Promoting the Pilot Plan of the Conversion of Business Tax to Value-Added Tax, which was promulgated on March 23, 2016, took effect on May 1, 2016 and amended on July 11, 2017, sets out that VAT in lieu of business tax be collected in all regions and industries.

 

98 

 

 

On March 20, 2019, MOF, SAT and GAC jointly promulgated the Announcement on Relevant Policies for Deepening Value-Added Tax Reform, which took effect on April 1, 2019 and provides that (i) with respect to VAT taxable sales acts or import of goods originally subject to VAT rates of 16% and 10% respectively, such tax rates shall be adjusted to 13% and 9%, respectively; (ii) with respect to purchase of agricultural products originally subject to tax rate of 10%, such tax rate shall be adjusted to 9%; (iii) with respect to purchase of agricultural products for the purpose of production or consigned processing of goods subject to tax rate of 13%, such tax shall be calculated at the tax rate of 10%; (iv) with respect to export of goods and services originally subject to tax rate of 16% and export tax refund rate of 16%, the export tax refund rate shall be adjusted to 13%; and (v) with respect to export of goods and cross-border taxable acts originally subject to tax rate of 10% and export tax refund rate of 10%, the export tax refund rate shall be adjusted to 9%.

 

According to our PRC counsel, the applicable VAT rate of our PRC subsidiaries are 6% for our outsourced medical equipment maintenance service and 13% for our sales of medical devices. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not received any notifications of any non-compliance from the tax authorities.

 

Regulations Relating to Employment

 

The Labor Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China, or the Labor Contract Law, and its implementation rules provide requirements concerning employment contracts between an employer and its employees. If an employer fails to enter into a written employment contract with an employee within one year from the date on which the employment relationship is established, the employer must rectify the situation by entering into a written employment contract with the employee and pay the employee twice the employee’s salary for the period from the day following the lapse of one month from the date of establishment of the employment relationship to the day prior to the execution of the written employment contract. The Labor Contract Law and its implementation rules also require compensation to be paid upon certain terminations. In addition, if an employer intends to enforce a non-compete provision in an employment contract or non-competition agreement with an employee, it has to compensate the employee on a monthly basis during the term of the restriction period after the termination or expiry of the labor contract. Employers in most cases are also required to provide severance payment to their employees after their employment relationships are terminated.

 

Enterprises in China are required by PRC laws and regulations to participate in certain employee benefit plans, including social insurance funds, namely a pension plan, a medical insurance plan, an unemployment insurance plan, a work-related injury insurance plan and a maternity insurance plan, and a housing provident fund, and contribute to the plans or funds in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of the employees as specified by the local government from time to time at locations where they operate their businesses or where they are located. According to the Social Insurance Law and Interim Regulation on the Collection and Payment of Social Insurance Premiums, an employer that fails to make social insurance contributions may be ordered to rectify the non-compliance and pay the required contributions within a stipulated deadline and relevant management in charge or other directly responsible personnel may be fined from RMB1,000 to RMB10,000 for the non-compliance. According to the Regulations on Management of Housing Fund, an enterprise that fails to make housing fund contributions may be ordered to rectify the noncompliance and pay the required contributions within a stipulated deadline; if the enterprise fails to rectify the non-compliance with the stipulated deadline, it be may be subject to a fine ranging from RMB10,000 or RMB50,000 and an application may be made to a local court for compulsory enforcement.

 

According to our PRC legal counsel, the PRC subsidiaries have signed labor contracts with all of their employees. However, our PRC subsidiaries did not pay social insurance contributions and housing provident fund contributions in full for all of the employees. As of the date of this prospectus, no administrative actions, fines or penalties have been imposed by the relevant PRC government authorities with respect to such non-compliance, nor has any order been received by our PRC subsidiaries to settle the outstanding amount of social insurance contributions and housing provident fund contributions.

 

99 

 

 

On December 28, 2012, the Labor Contract Law was amended to impose more stringent requirements on labor dispatch which took effect on July 1, 2013. Pursuant to the amended Labor Contract Law, the outsourced contract workers shall be entitled to equal pay for equal work as a fulltime employee of an employer, and they shall only be engaged to perform temporary, ancillary or substitute works, and an employer shall strictly control the number of outsourced contract workers so that they do not exceed certain percentage of total number of employees. “Temporary work” means a position with a term of less than six months; “auxiliary work” means a non-core business position that provides services for the core business of the employer; and “substitute worker” means a position that can be temporarily replaced with an outsourced contract worker for the period that a regular employee is away from work for vacation, study or for other reasons. According to the Interim Provisions on Labor Dispatch, promulgated by the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security on January 24, 2014, which took effect on March 1, 2014, outsourced workers are entitled to equal pay with full-time employees for equal work. Employers are allowed to use outsourced workers for temporary, auxiliary or substitutive positions, and the number of outsourced workers may not exceed 10% of the total number of employees. Any labor dispatching entity or employer in violation of the Labor Dispatch Provisions shall be ordered by the labor administrative authorities to rectify the noncompliance within a prescribed time limit; and if such entity or employer fails to do so within the prescribed time limit, it may be subject to a fine from RMB5,000 to RMB10,000 for each noncompliance outsourced worker, and the labor dispatching entity is subject to revocation of its license for engaging in the labor dispatch business. Where the employer causes any damage to the outsourced worker, the labor dispatch entity and the employer shall assume joint and several liabilities.

 

Pursuant to the PRC Civil Code, which was promulgated by the National People’s Congress on May 28, 2020 and took effect on January 1, 2021, employers shall bear tortious liability for any injury or damage caused to other people by their employees in the course of their work. Parties that use outsourced labor shall bear tortious liability for any injury or damage caused to other people by outsourced personnel during the course of their work during the labor dispatch period; the labor dispatching party shall bear corresponding supplementary liability where it is at fault.

 

Regulations Relating to Ownership of Companies Limited by Shares

 

Pursuant to the Company Law of the PRC, directors, supervisors and senior management members of a company limited by shares are required to report their shareholding in the company and changes in such shareholding to the company; and shall not transfer more than 25% of their shareholding in the company during their term of service or transfer their shares within one year from the date on which the shares of the company are listed on a stock exchange. The directors, supervisors and senior management members are also prohibited from transferring their shares of the company within half a year after termination of their services.

 

Regulations Relating to Overseas Listing and M&A

 

On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, including the CSRC, promulgated the Rules on the Merger and Acquisition of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, which took effect on September 8, 2006 and were amended on June 22, 2009. The M&A Rules, among other things, require offshore special purpose vehicles formed for overseas listing purposes through acquisitions of PRC domestic companies and controlled by PRC domestic enterprises or individuals to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of such special purpose vehicle’s securities on an overseas stock exchange. In September 2006, the CSRC published on its official website procedures regarding its approval of overseas listings by special purpose vehicles. The CSRC approval procedures require the filing of a number of documents with the CSRC. Although the CSRC currently has not issued any definitive rule or interpretation concerning whether offerings like ours under this prospectus are subject to the M&A Rules, the interpretation and application of the regulations remain unclear, and this offering may ultimately require approval from the CSRC. If CSRC approval is required, it is uncertain whether it would be possible for us to obtain the approval and any failure to obtain or delay in obtaining CSRC approval for this offering would subject us to sanctions imposed by the CSRC and other PRC regulatory agencies.

 

The M&A Rules, and other regulations and rules concerning mergers and acquisitions established additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time consuming and complex. For example, the M&A Rules require that MOFCOM be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor takes control of a PRC domestic enterprise, if (i) any important industry is concerned, (ii) such transaction involves factors that impact or may impact national economic security, or (iii) such transaction will lead to a change in control of a domestic enterprise which holds a famous trademark or PRC time-honored brand. According to our PRC legal counsel, as of the date of this prospectus, we have not received any notifications of any non-compliance of the M&A Rules.

 

100 

 

 

In addition, according to the Notice on Establishing the Security Review System for Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors issued by the General Office of the State Council on February 3, 2011 and which took effect 30 days thereafter, the Rules on Implementation of Security Review System for the Merger and Acquisition of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors issued by the MOFCOM on August 25, 2011 and which took effect on September 1, 2011, mergers and acquisitions by foreign investors that raise “national defense and security” concerns and mergers and acquisitions through which foreign investors may acquire de facto control over domestic enterprises that raise “national security” concerns are subject to strict review by the MOFCOM, and the regulations prohibit any activities attempting to bypass such security review, including by structuring the transaction through a proxy or contractual control arrangement.

 

On July 6, 2021, the State Council and General Office of the CPC Central Committee issued the Illegal Securities Opinions. The Illegal Securities Opinions emphasized the need to strengthen the administration over illegal securities activities and the supervision on overseas listings by China-based companies and proposed to take effective measures, such as promoting the construction of relevant regulatory systems to address the risks and incidents faced by China-based overseas-listed companies. See “Risk Factors —Risks Relating to Doing Business in China Any requirement to obtain prior approval under the M&A Rules and/or any other regulations promulgated by relevant PRC regulatory agencies in the future could delay this offering and failure to obtain any such approvals, if required, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and reputation as well as the trading price of our ordinary shares, and could also create uncertainties for this offering and affect our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors outside China.”

 

On December 24, 2021, the CSRC released the Draft Rules Regarding Overseas Listing, which had a comment period that expired on January 23, 2022. The Draft Rules Regarding Overseas Listing provide the filing regulation arrangements for both direct and indirect overseas listing, and clarify the determination criteria for indirect overseas listing in overseas markets.

 

The Draft Rules Regarding Overseas Listing stipulate that the Chinese-based companies, or the issuer, shall fulfill the filing procedures within three business days after the issuer makes an application for initial public offering and listing in an overseas market. The required filing materials for an initial public offering and listing shall include but are not limited to, record-filing report and related undertakings; regulatory opinions, record-filing, approval and other documents issued by competent regulatory authorities of relevant industries (if applicable); and security assessment opinion issued by relevant regulatory authorities (if applicable); PRC legal opinion; and prospectus. In addition, an overseas offering and listing is prohibited under any of the following circumstances: (1) if the intended securities offering and listing is specifically prohibited by national laws and regulations and relevant provisions; (2) if the intended securities offering and listing may constitute a threat to or endangers national security as reviewed and determined by competent authorities under the State Council in accordance with law; (3) if there are material ownership disputes over the equity, major assets, and core technology, etc. of the issuer; (4) if, in the past three years, the domestic enterprise or its controlling shareholders or actual controllers have committed corruption, bribery, embezzlement, misappropriation of property, or other criminal offenses disruptive to the order of the socialist market economy, or are currently under judicial investigation for suspicion of criminal offenses, or are under investigation for suspicion of major violations; (5) if, in past three years, directors, supervisors, or senior executives have been subject to administrative punishments for severe violations, or are currently under judicial investigation for suspected criminal offenses, or are under investigation for suspected major violations; and (6) other circumstances as prescribed by the State Council. The Draft Administration Provisions defines the legal liabilities of breaches such as failure in fulfilling filing obligations or fraudulent filing conducts, imposing a fine between RMB 1 million and RMB 10 million, and in cases of severe violations, a parallel order to suspend relevant business or halt operation for rectification, revoke relevant business permits or operational license.

 

101 

 

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers, directors and director nominees as of the date of this prospectus. Unless otherwise stated, the business address for our directors and executive officers is that of our principal executive offices at Xinya Building 909, 910, and 911, 121 Dongjie Road, Gulou District, Fuzhou, Fujian Province, China 350001.

 

Name  Age   Position with our Company
Zhenyu Zheng   47   Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer
Liping Ni   45   Chief Financial Officer and Director
Shenghao Zeng   52   Independent Director nominee
George Xu   57   Independent Director nominee
Yuan Yuan   46   Independent Director nominee

 

Zhenyu Zheng, has served as our director since inception, our chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer since May 30, 2022 and the general manager of Fuzhou Yukai since September 2005. Relying on his medical background, Mr. Zheng has extensive experience in the medical equipment industry. Mr. Zheng founded Fuzhou Yukai in 2005. Under Mr. Zheng’s leadership, Fuzhou Yukai has grown to be a leading provider of medical equipment outsourcing in Fujian province. Mr. Zheng started his career working as a doctor from July 1999 to April 2000 at Fujian Medical University Affiliated Union Hospital. From May 2000 to May 2002, Mr. Zheng worked for Fujian Minwei Medical Equipment Company. Mr. Zheng also has served as the executive vice president of Fujian Medical Equipment Chamber of Commerce since October 2020 and was a vice president from October 2014 to September 2020. Mr. Zheng received his Bachelor’s degree in medicine from Fujian Medical University in July 1999.

 

Liping Ni, has served as our director and Chief Financial Officer since May 30, 2022, and the chief financial officer of Fuzhou Yukai since December 2010. Ms. Ni has extensive experience of more than twenty years in financial accounting, financial reporting and audit. Since December 2010, Ms. Ni has served as the chief financial officer of Fuzhou Yukai. From July 2008 to December 2010, Ms. Ni served as the financial manager of Fuzhou Wangbo Telecommunications Co., Ltd. From July 2001 to July 2008, Ms. Ni served as a financial manager of Fuzhou Huifeng Lighting Co., Ltd. Ms. Ni received her vocational degree in financial accounting and audit from Wuyi College (previous name: Nanping Teacher’s College) in June 2001.

 

Shenghao Zeng, will serve as our director upon effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part. Mr. Zeng has extensive experience of more than twenty years in the legal area. Mr. Zeng has worked at Fujian Minrong Law Firm since April 2006 and has served as a director at FMM Brothers Pty. Ltd., an Australian company, since June 2022. From November 1998 to May 2003, Mr. Zeng worked at Fujian Minrong Law Firm. Mr. Zeng received his Bachelor’s degree in Economics from Xiamen University in 1991.In 2005, Mr. Zeng received his MBA degree in accounting from the University of Technology Sydney, Australia.

 

George Xu, will serve as our director upon the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part. Mr. Xu has over 25 year of experience in the accounting and financial industry in the U.S. Mr. Xu started his public accounting practice in 1994 and has served as the principal officer of George Xu, C.P.A., P.C. since 2016. Mr. Xu leads a team of ten professionals providing services in taxation, accounting, auditing, financial planning, and business consulting for various U.S. and international individuals and companies. Mr. Xu earned a Bachelor's degree in 1986 from Shanghai University of Engineering Science and a Master's degree in taxation from the State University of New York at Albany in 1991. Mr. Xu is a board-certified public accountant licensed in the State of New York.

 

102 

 

 

Yuan Yuan, will serve as our director upon effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part. From August 2002 to October 2007, Ms. Yuan served as a staff accountant of Department of Interior Bureau of Land Management of the federal government. From September 2001 to July 2002, Ms. Yuan served as an auditor of PricewaterhouseCoopers. From June 2000 to May 2001, Ms. Yuan served as a staff finance accountant of Quest Company. Ms. Yuan received her Bachelor’s degree in accounting and finance from the University of Colorado Denver in May 2001.

 

Board of Directors and Committees

 

Upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part, our board of directors will consist of five directors, including two executive directors and three independent directors. We will also establish an Audit Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and a Compensation Committee upon the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part. We will adopt a charter for each of the three committees. Each of the committees of our board of directors shall have the composition and responsibilities described below.

 

Audit Committee

 

Shenghao Zeng and Yuan Yuan will serve as members of our Audit Committee with George Xu serving as the chairman of the Audit Committee. Each of our Audit Committee members will satisfy the “independence” requirements of the Nasdaq listing rules and meet the independence standards under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors have determined that George Xu possesses accounting or related financial management experience that qualifies him as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the rules and regulations of the SEC. Our Audit Committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. Our Audit Committee will perform several functions, including:

 

  evaluating the independence and performance of, and assessing the qualifications of, our independent auditor, and engaging such independent auditor;
  approving the plan and fees for the annual audit, quarterly reviews, tax and other audit-related services, and approves in advance any non-audit service to be provided by the independent auditor;
  monitoring the independence of the independent auditor and the rotation of partners of the independent auditor on our engagement team as required by law;
  reviewing the financial statements to be included in our Annual Report on Form 20-F and Current Reports on Form 6-K and reviews with management and the independent auditors the results of the annual audit and reviews of our quarterly financial statements;
  overseeing all aspects of our systems of internal accounting control and corporate governance functions on behalf of the board;
  reviewing and approving in advance any proposed related-party transactions and report to the full board of directors on any approved transactions; and
  providing oversight assistance in connection with legal, ethical and risk management compliance programs established by management and our board of directors, including Sarbanes-Oxley Act implementation, and makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance issues and policy decisions.

 

Compensation Committee

 

Shenghao Zeng and George Xu will serve as members of our Compensation Committee with Yuan Yuan serving as the chairman of the Compensation Committee. All of our Compensation Committee members satisfy the “independence” requirements of the Nasdaq listing rules. Our Compensation Committee will be responsible for overseeing and making recommendations to our board of our directors regarding the salaries and other compensation of our executive officers and general employees and providing assistance and recommendations with respect to our compensation policies and practices.

 

103 

 

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

Yuan Yuan and George Xu will serve as members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, with Shenghao Zeng serving as the chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. All of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee members will satisfy the “independence” requirements of the Nasdaq listing rules. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be responsible for identifying and proposing new potential director nominees to the board of directors for consideration and reviewing our corporate governance policies.

 

Code of Ethics

 

Effective upon consummation of this offering, we will adopt a code of ethics that applies to all of our executive officers, directors and employees in accordance with the rules of the Nasdaq and the SEC. The code of ethics codifies the business and ethical principles that govern all aspects of our business. We will file a copy of our Code of Ethics as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. You will be able to review these documents by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

Family Relationships

 

There are no family relationships, or other arrangements or understandings between or among any of the directors, director nominees, executive officers or other person pursuant to which such person was selected to serve as a director or officer

 

Duties of Directors

 

Under Cayman Islands law, directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties:

 

  (i) duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole;
  (ii) duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;
  (iii) directors should not properly fetter the exercise of future discretion;
  (iv) duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders;
  (v) duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and
  (vi) duty to exercise independent judgment.

 

In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and the general knowledge skill and experience which that director has.

 

As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

 

104 

 

 

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. In addition, conflicts of interest may arise when our board of directors evaluates a particular business opportunity with respect to the above-listed criteria. We cannot assure you that any of the afore-mentioned conflicts will be resolved in our favor. Furthermore, each of our officers and directors has pre-existing fiduciary obligations to other businesses of which they are officers or directors.

 

Our company has the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached. A shareholder may in certain limited exceptional circumstances have the right to seek damages in our name if a duty owed by our directors is breached. You should refer to “Description of Share Capital — Comparison of Cayman Islands Corporate Law and U.S. Corporate Law” for additional information on our standard of corporate governance under Cayman Islands law.

 

Terms of Directors and Officers

 

Our officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of our board of directors and the shareholders voting by ordinary resolution. Our directors are not subject to a set term of office and hold office until the next general meeting called for the appointment of directors and until their successor is duly appointed or such time as they die, resign or are removed from office by a shareholders’ ordinary resolution. The office of a director will be vacated automatically if, among other things, the directors resigns in writing, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his/her creditors generally or is found to be or becomes of unsound mind.

 

Employment Agreements

 

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers. Under these agreements, each of our executive officers is employed for an initial term of three years and is subject to successive, automatic three-years extensions unless either party gives notice of non-extension to the other party at least 30 days prior to the end of the applicable term.

 

The executive officers are entitled to a fixed salary and to participate in our equity incentive plans, if any, and other company benefits, each as determined by the board of directors from time to time.

 

We may terminate the executive officer’s employment for cause, at any time, without notice or remuneration, for certain acts, such as conviction or plea of guilty to a felony or grossly negligent or dishonest acts to our detriment, or misconduct or a failure to perform agreed duties. In such case, the executive officer will not be entitled to receive payment of any severance benefits or other amounts by reason of the termination, and his/her right to all other benefits will terminate, except as required by any applicable law. We may also terminate the executive officer’s employment without cause immediately and without prior written notice upon the removal of the executive officer pursuant to the exercise of any power contained in the memorandum and articles of association of the Company or upon 30 days’ advance written notice. In such case of termination by us, we are required to provide the following severance payments and benefits to the executive officer: a payment of one month of base salary as of the date of such termination.

 

The executive officer may terminate his or her employment at any time with 30 days’ advance written notice if there is any significant change in his or her duties and responsibilities or a material reduction in his or annual salary.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2021, we paid an aggregate of RMB83,150 (US$12,897) to our executive officers and directors. We have not set aside or accrued any amount to provide pension, retirement or other similar benefits to our executive officers and directors. Our PRC subsidiaries are required by law to make contributions equal to certain percentages of each employee’s salary for his or her pension insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance and other statutory benefits and a housing provident fund.

 

105 

 

 

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus by our officers, directors, director nominees and 5% or greater beneficial owners of ordinary shares.

 

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. The person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any security of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Unless otherwise indicated, the person identified in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by him, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, we had no ordinary shares outstanding that were held by record holders in the United States. Other than disclosed above, none of our shareholders has informed us that it is affiliated with a registered broker-dealer or is in the business of underwriting securities. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.

 

   Prior to Offering   After Offering 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)  Amount
and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
   Percentage
of
Outstanding
Shares (2)
   Amount
and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
   Percentage
of
Outstanding
Shares (3)
 
5% or Greater Shareholders                    
ZhenYu Investment Holdings Limited (4)   6,360,000    53.00%   6,360,000    39.75%
ZWY Investment Ltd (5)   780,000    6.50%   780,000    4.88%
ChenJi Investment Group Limited (6)   780,000    6.50%   780,000    4.88%
CMX Investment Group Limited (7)   780,000    6.50%   780,000    4.88%
ZTCHEN Investment Limited (8)   780,000    6.50%   780,000    4.88%
Super Wise International Holdings Limited (9)   780,000    6.50%   780,000    4.88%
QiuRan Medical Investment Co., Ltd (10)   660,000    5.50%   660,000    4.13%
CXYI Medical Investment Co., Ltd (11)   600,000    5.00%   600,000    3.75%
Executive Officers, Directors and Director Nominees                    
Zhenyu Zheng (4)   6,360,000    53.00%   6,360,000    39.75%
Liping Ni   -    -%   -    -%
Shenghao Zeng   -    -%   -    -%
George Xu   -    -%   -    -%
Yuan Yuan   -    -%   -    -%
All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (five individuals)   6,360,000    53.00%   6,360,000    39.75%

  

(1) Except as otherwise indicated below, the business address of our directors and executive officers is Xinya Building 909, 910, and 911, 121 Dongjie Road, Gulou District, Fuzhou, Fujian Province, China 350001.
(2) Based on 12,000,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of the date of this prospectus.
(3) Based on 16,000,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding immediately after the offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
(4) The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned prior to this offering represents 6,360,000 ordinary shares held by, ZhenYu Investment Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, which is 100% owned by Mr. Zhenyu Zheng, our chairman of board of directors. The registered address of ZhenYu Investment Holdings Limited is 2/F, Palm Grove House, P.O. Box 3340 Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.  

 

106 

 

 

(5) The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned prior to this offering represents 780,000 ordinary shares held by ZWY Investment Ltd, a British Virgin Islands company, which is 100% owned by Wuyuan Zhang. The registered address of ZWY Investment Ltd is 2/F, Palm Grove House, P.O. Box 3340 Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.   
(6) The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned prior to this offering represents 780,000 ordinary shares held by ChenJi Investment Group Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, which is 100% owned by Ji Chen. The registered address of ChenJi Investment Group Limited is 2/F, Palm Grove House, P.O. Box 3340 Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.    
(7) The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned prior to this offering represents 780,000 ordinary shares held by CMX Investment Group Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, which is 100% owned by Mingxin Chen. The registered address of CMX Investment Group Limited is 2/F, Palm Grove House, P.O. Box 3340 Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.     
(8) The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned prior to this offering represents 780,000 ordinary shares held by ZTCHEN Investment Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, which is 100% owned by Zhangtao Cheng. The registered address of ZTCHEN Investment Limited is 2/F, Palm Grove House, P.O. Box 3340 Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.       
(9) The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned prior to this offering represents 780,000 ordinary shares held by Super Wise International Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, which is 100% owned by Benzheng Liu. The registered address of Super Wise International Holdings Limited is P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.        
(10) The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned prior to this offering represents 660,000 ordinary shares held by QiuRan Medical Investment Co., Ltd, a British Virgin Islands company, which is 100% owned by Qiuran Song. The registered address of QiuRan Medical Investment Co., Ltd is 2/F, Palm Grove House, P.O. Box 3340 Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.          
(11) The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned prior to this offering represents 660,000 ordinary shares held by CXYI Medical Investment Co., Ltd, a British Virgin Islands company, which is 100% owned by Chenxiang Yi. The registered address of CXYI Medical Investment Co., Ltd is 2/F, Palm Grove House, P.O. Box 3340 Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.          

 

107 

 

 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Before the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt an audit committee charter, which will require the committee to review all related-party transactions on an ongoing basis and all such transactions be approved by the committee.

 

Set forth below are the related party transactions of our company that occurred during the past three fiscal years up to the date of this prospectus.

 

Mr. Zhenyu Zheng, our Chief Executive Officer, chairman of the board of directors and shareholder, made unsecured, interest-free and due-on-demand loans to us for working capital purposes during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and, 2019, and Fuzhou Yukai made repayments to Mr. Zhenyu Zheng periodically. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, we borrowed an aggregate of $913,552, $437,330, and $207,850 from Mr. Zheng, respectively. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, we repaid an aggregate of $2,541,757, $ 654,468, and $1,568,200 to Mr. Zheng, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, we had outstanding loans of $256,067, $1,859,067, and $1,953,384, after considering the exchange rate fluctuation of $25,205, $122,821 and $ (38,347), respectively, payable to Mr. Zheng. As of May 31, 2022, we had an outstanding loan of $572 payable to Mr. Zheng.

 

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, Fuzhou Yukai provided an unsecured, interest-free and due-on-demand advance of $21,513 to Yukai Medical, a former shareholder of Fuzhou Yukai before the reorganization, and Fuzhou Yukai received repayment of $776 from Yukai Medical. As of December 31, 2021, Fuzhou Yukai had outstanding amounts of $20,970 due from Yukai Medical after considering the exchange rate fluctuation of $233. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, Fuzhou Yukai obtained an unsecured, interest-free and due-on-demand loan of $446,759 from Yukai Medical for daily operation purposes and made repayment of $446,759 to Yukai Medical. As of December 31, 2020, Fuzhou Yukai had no outstanding amount due to Yukai Medical. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, Fuzhou Yukai did not provide loans to or obtain loans from Yukai Medical and had no outstanding amount due to or due from Yukai Medical as of year ended December 31, 2019.

 

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, Fuzhou Yukai provided an unsecured, interest-free and due-on-demand advance of $23,079 to Yukai Medical Equipment Co., Ltd, a company subject to common control or significant influence with Fujian Yukai before the reorganization (“Yukai Medical Equipment”). During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, Fuzhou Yukai did not enter into any current transactions with Yukai Medical Equipment. As of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, Fuzhou Yukai had outstanding amounts of $23,339, $0 and $0 due from Yukai Medical Equipment after considering the exchange rate fluctuation of $260, $0 and $0, respectively.

 

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, Fuzhou Yukai provided unsecured, interest-free and due-on-demand advances of $103,003 and $ 41,920 to Fujian Yukai Medical Equipment Co., Ltd., a company subject to common control or significant influence with Fuzhou Yukai before the reorganization (“Fujian Yukai Medical Equipment”), respectively. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, Fuzhou Yukai received repayment of $145,781 and $1,915 from Fujian Yukai Medical Equipment. As of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 Fuzhou Yukai had $0 and $42,269 outstanding amounts due from Fujian Yukai Medical Equipment, after considering the exchange rate fluctuation of $509 and $2,264, respectively. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021, Fuzhou Yukai borrowed an unsecured, interest-free and due-on-demand advance of $98,893 from Fujian Yukai Medical Equipment for daily operation purpose. As of December 31, 2021, Fuzhou Yukai had outstanding amounts of $100,005, due to Fujian Yukai Medical Equipment after considering the exchange rate fluctuation of $1,112. As of December 31, 2019, Fuzhou Yukai had no outstanding amounts due from or to Fujian Yukai Medical Equipment.

 

As of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, Fuzhou Yukai had $47,305 due from Fujian Yukai Medical Investment Management Co., Ltd., a company subject to common control or significant influence with Fujian Yukai before the reorganization (“Fujian Yukai Medical Investment”). During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, Fuzhou Yukai provided an unsecured, interest-free and due-on-demand advance of $42,649 to Fujian Yukai Medical Investment and received repayment of $90,517 from Fujian Yukai Medical Investment. As of December 31, 2020, Fuzhou Yukai had no outstanding amounts due from Fujian Yukai Medical Investment after considering the exchange rate fluctuation of $563. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, Fujian Yukai did not enter into any current transactions with Fujian Yukai Medical Investment and as of December 31, 2021, Fujian Yukai had no outstanding amounts due from Fujian Yukai Medical Investment.

 

108 

 

 

Share Issuances

 

See “Description of Share Capital—History of Share Issuances.”

 

Employment Agreements

 

See “Management — Employment Agreements.”

 

109 

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company and our affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, which we refer to as the Companies Act below.

 

We intend to adopt an amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (which we refer to as the Articles below) immediately prior to the completion of this offering and will replace our current memorandum and articles of association in its entirety.

 

Upon adoption of the Articles, our authorized share capital consists of 100,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.0005 per share. As of the date of this prospectus, 12,000,000 ordinary shares were issued and outstanding.

 

We were incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Act on October 19, 2021. A Cayman Islands exempted company:

 

  is a company that conducts its business mainly outside the Cayman Islands;
  is prohibited from trading in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the exempted company carried on outside the Cayman Islands (and for this purpose can effect and conclude contracts in the Cayman Islands and exercise in the Cayman Islands all of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands);
  does not have to hold an annual general meeting;
  does not have to make its register of members open to inspection by shareholders of that company;
  may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation;
  may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;
  may register as a limited duration company; and
  may register as a segregated portfolio company.

 

The following are summaries of material provisions of our proposed post-offering memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Act insofar as they relate to the material terms of our ordinary shares that we expect will become effective upon the completion of this offering.

 

Ordinary Shares

 

Dividends. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and any rights attaching to any class or classes of shares under and in accordance with the Articles:

 

  the directors may declare dividends or distributions out of our funds which are lawfully available for that purpose; and
  our shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, declare dividends but no such dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the directors.

 

Subject to the requirements of the Companies Act regarding the application of a company’s share premium account and with the sanction of an ordinary resolution, dividends may also be declared and paid out of any share premium account. The directors when paying dividends to shareholders may make such payment either in cash or in specie.

 

Unless provided by the rights attached to a share, no dividend shall bear interest.

 

110 

 

 

Voting Rights. Holders of our ordinary shares vote as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, except as may otherwise be required by law. On a show of hands, every shareholder shall have one vote. On a poll a shareholder shall have one vote for each share he holds, unless any share carries special voting rights. A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless before, or on, the declaration of the result of the show of hands, a poll is duly demanded.

 

An ordinary resolution requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company; and a special resolution requires the affirmative vote of a majority of at least two-thirds of the shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company. Actions that may be taken at a general meeting also may be taken by a resolution in writing by simple majority of the shareholders in writing entitled to vote in respect of an ordinary resolution, or a unanimous resolution of all the shareholders in writing in respect of a special resolution.

 

Under Cayman Islands law, some matters, such as amending the memorandum and articles of association or changing the name, require the approval of shareholders by a special resolution.

 

There are no limitations on non-residents or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on the ordinary shares imposed by foreign law or by the charter or other constituent documents of our company. However, no person will be entitled to vote at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of the ordinary shares unless the person is registered as of the record date for such meeting and unless all calls or other sums presently payable by the person in respect of our ordinary shares have been paid.

 

Winding Up; Liquidation. Upon the winding up of our company, after the full amount that holders of any issued shares ranking senior to the ordinary shares as to distribution on liquidation or winding up are entitled to receive has been paid or set aside for payment, the holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to receive any remaining assets of our company available for distribution as determined by the liquidator. The assets received by the holders of our ordinary shares in a liquidation may consist in whole or in part of a property, which is not required to be of the same kind for all shareholders.

 

Calls on Ordinary Shares and Forfeiture of Ordinary Shares. Subject to the terms of allotment, our board of directors may from time to time make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid on their ordinary shares in a notice served to such shareholders at least 14 clear days prior to the specified time and place of payment. Any ordinary shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture.

 

Redemption of Ordinary Shares. We may issue shares that are, or at our option or at the option of the holders are, subject to redemption on such terms and in such manner as our directors may, before the issue of the shares, determine. Under the Companies Act, shares of a Cayman Islands company may be redeemed or repurchased out of profits of the company, out of the share premium account, out of the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares made for that purpose or out of capital, provided the memorandum and articles of association authorize this and, immediately following the date on which the payment out of capital is proposed to be made, it has the ability to pay its debts as they come due in the ordinary course of business.

 

No Preemptive Rights. Holders of ordinary shares will have no preemptive or preferential right to purchase any securities of our company.

 

Variation of Rights Attaching to Shares. If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attaching to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, subject to the memorandum and articles of association, be varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two-thirds of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

 

111 

 

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions. Some provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including provisions that authorize our board of directors to issue preference shares in one or more series and to designate the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of such preference shares without any further vote or action by our shareholders to the extent authorized but unissued.

 

Special Considerations for Exempted Companies. We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Act. The Companies Act distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:

 

  an exempted company does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;
  an exempted company’s register of members is not open to inspection;
  an exempted company does not have to hold an annual general meeting;
  an exempted company may issue shares with no par value;
  an exempted company may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);
  an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;
  an exempted company may register as a limited duration company; and
  an exempted company may register as a segregated portfolio company.

 

“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).

 

Preference Shares

 

The board of directors is empowered to designate and issue from time to time to the extent authorized but unissued one or more classes or series of preference shares and to fix and determine the relative rights, preferences, designations, qualifications, privileges, options, conversion rights, limitations and other special or relative rights of each such class or series so authorized. Such action could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of our ordinary shares or could have the effect of discouraging any attempt by a person or group to obtain control of us.

 

Comparison of Cayman Islands Corporate Law and U.S. Corporate Law

 

Cayman Islands companies are governed by the Companies Act. The Companies Act is modeled on English Law but does not follow recent English Law statutory enactments, and differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the material differences between the provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

 

Mergers and Similar Arrangements

 

The Companies Act permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies. For these purposes, (a) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company and (b) a “consolidation’’ means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated company.

 

112 

 

 

In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must then be authorized by a special resolution of the shareholders of each constituent company, and such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. A merger between a Cayman Islands parent company and its Cayman Islands subsidiary or subsidiaries does not require authorization by a resolution of shareholders of that Cayman Islands subsidiary if a copy of the plan of merger is given to every member of that Cayman Islands subsidiary to be merged unless that member agrees otherwise. For this purpose, a subsidiary is a company of which at least ninety percent (90%) of the issued shares entitled to vote are owned by the parent company.

 

The written plan of merger or consolidation must be filed with the Registrar of Companies together with a declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, a list of the assets and liabilities of each constituent company and an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the members and creditors of each constituent company and that notification of the merger or consolidation will be published in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Dissenting shareholders have the right to be paid the fair value of their shares (which, if not agreed between the parties, will be determined by a Cayman Islands court) if they follow the required procedures, subject to certain exceptions. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

 

In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, provided that the arrangement in question is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must, in addition, represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting or meetings convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder would have the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

 

  the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;
  the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question;
  the arrangement is such as an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest would reasonably approve; and
  the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Act.

 

Squeeze-out Provisions

 

When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares within four months of the offer, the offeror may, within a two-month period, give notice to require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection may be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands by a dissenting shareholder within one month from the date on which the notice was given but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

 

If the arrangement and reconstruction are thus approved, the dissenting shareholders would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of United States corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

 

113 

 

 

Shareholders’ Suits

 

In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff and as a general rule a derivative action may not be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, there are exceptions to the foregoing principle, including when:

 

  a company acts or proposes to act illegally or ultra vires and is therefore incapable of ratification by the shareholders;
  the act complained of, although not ultra vires, could only be effected duly if authorized by more than a simple majority vote that has not been obtained; and
  those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

 

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability

 

The Companies Act does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime.

 

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association permit, in the absence of fraud or willful default, indemnification of officers and directors for costs, losses, damages and expenses, which such director or officers in any way in or about the execution of his duties incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings incurred in their capacities as such.

 

This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation. In addition, our offer letters to our independent directors and our employment agreements with our executive officers provide such persons with additional indemnification beyond that provided in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

Directors’ Fiduciary Duties

 

Under Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director acts in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, the director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

 

114 

 

 

 

As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company and therefore it is considered that he or she owes the following duties to the company: a duty to act bona fide in the best interests of the company, a duty not to make a profit based on his or her position as director (unless the company permits him or her to do so), and a duty not to put himself or herself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his or her personal interest or his or her duty to a third party. A director of a Cayman Islands company owes to the company a duty to act with skill and care. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his or her duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his or her knowledge and experience. However, English and Commonwealth courts have moved towards an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care and these authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands.

 

Shareholder Action by Written Consent

 

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent in its certificate of incorporation. Cayman Islands law and our amended and restated articles of association provide that shareholders may approve corporate matters by way of a unanimous written resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who would have been entitled to vote on such matter at a general meeting without a meeting being held.

 

Shareholder Proposals

 

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual general meeting, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. An extraordinary general meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.

 

Cayman Islands law does not provide shareholders any right to put proposals before a general meeting or requisition a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in articles of association. Our amended and restated articles of association allow our shareholders holding not less than 10% of all voting power of our share capital in issue to requisition a general meeting. Other than this right to requisition a general meeting, our amended and restated articles of association do not provide our shareholders other rights to put a proposal before a meeting. As an exempted Cayman Islands company, we are not obliged by law to call annual general meetings.

 

Cumulative Voting

 

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. There are no prohibitions in relation to cumulative voting under the laws of the Cayman Islands but our amended and restated articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any fewer protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

 

Removal of Directors

 

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our amended and restated articles of association, directors may be removed with or without cause, by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders.

 

115 

 

 

Transactions with Interested Shareholders

 

The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute in its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting share within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.

 

The Cayman Islands has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and for a proper corporate purpose and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

 

Dissolution; Winding up

 

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board.

 

Under the Companies Act, a company may be wound up by either an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands or by a special resolution of its members or, if the company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, by an ordinary resolution of its members. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so.

 

Variation of Rights of Shares

 

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under the Companies Act and our amended and restated articles of association, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class with the written consent of the holders of two-thirds of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

 

Amendment of Governing Documents

 

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. As permitted by the Companies Act, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended with a special resolution of our shareholders.

 

Anti-Money Laundering—Cayman Islands

 

In order to comply with legislation or regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering, we are required to adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures. Pursuant to those procedures, we reserve the right to refuse to make any payment to a shareholder if our directors or officers suspect or are advised that the payment to such shareholder might result in a breach of applicable anti-money laundering or other laws or regulations by any person in any relevant jurisdiction, or if such refusal is considered necessary or appropriate to ensure our compliance with any such laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

116 

 

 

If any person in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects or has reasonable grounds for knowing or suspecting that another person is engaged in criminal conduct or money laundering or is involved with terrorism or terrorist financing and property and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of business in the regulated sector, or other trade, profession, business or employment, the person will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to (i) the Financial Reporting Authority of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct or money laundering, or (ii) a police officer of the rank of constable or higher, or the Financial Reporting Authority, pursuant to the Terrorism Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands, if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and property. Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

 

Data Protection – Cayman Islands

 

This privacy notice explains the manner in which the company collects, processes and maintains personal data about investors of the company pursuant to the Data Protection Act, 2017 of the Cayman Islands, as amended from time to time and any regulations, codes of practice or orders promulgated pursuant thereto (“DPA”).

 

The company is committed to processing personal data in accordance with the DPA. In its use of personal data, the company will be characterized under the DPA as a ‘data controller’, whilst certain of the company’s service providers, affiliates and delegates may act as ‘data processors’ under the DPA. These service providers may process personal information for their own lawful purposes in connection with services provided to the company.

 

This privacy notice puts our shareholders on notice that, by virtue of making an investment in the company, the company and certain of the company’s service providers may collect, record, store, transfer and otherwise process personal data by which individuals may be directly or indirectly identified. Your personal data will be processed fairly and for lawful purposes, including (a) where the processing is necessary for the company to perform a contract to which you are a party or for taking pre-contractual steps at your request (b) where the processing is necessary for compliance with any legal, tax or regulatory obligation to which the company is subject or (c) where the processing is for the purposes of legitimate interests pursued by the company or by a service provider to whom the data are disclosed. As a data controller, we will only use your personal data for the purposes for which we collected it. If we need to use your personal data for an unrelated purpose, we will contact you.

 

We anticipate that we will share your personal data with the company’s service providers for the purposes set out in this privacy notice. We may also share relevant personal data where it is lawful to do so and necessary to comply with our contractual obligations or your instructions or where it is necessary or desirable to do so in connection with any regulatory reporting obligations. In exceptional circumstances, we will share your personal data with regulatory, prosecuting and other governmental agencies or departments, and parties to litigation (whether pending or threatened), in any country or territory including to any other person where we have a public or legal duty to do so (e.g. to assist with detecting and preventing fraud, tax evasion and financial crime or compliance with a court order).

 

Your personal data shall not be held by the company for longer than necessary with regard to the purposes of the data processing.

 

We will not sell your personal data. Any transfer of personal data outside of the Cayman Islands shall be in accordance with the requirements of the DPA. Where necessary, we will ensure that separate and appropriate legal agreements are put in place with the recipient of that data.

 

The company will only transfer personal data in accordance with the requirements of the DPA, and will apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of the personal data and against the accidental loss, destruction or damage to the personal data.

 

117 

 

 

If you are a natural person, this will affect you directly. If you are a corporate investor (including, for these purposes, legal arrangements such as trusts or exempted limited partnerships) that provides us with personal data on individuals connected to you for any reason in relation to your investment into the company, this will be relevant for those individuals and you should inform such individuals of the content.

 

You have certain rights under the DPA, including (a) the right to be informed as to how we collect and use your personal data (and this privacy notice fulfils the Company’s obligation in this respect); (b) the right to obtain a copy of your personal data; (c) the right to require us to stop direct marketing; (d) the right to have inaccurate or incomplete personal data corrected; (e) the right to withdraw your consent and require us to stop processing or restrict the processing, or not begin the processing of your personal data; (f) the right to be notified of a data breach (unless the breach is unlikely to be prejudicial); (g) the right to obtain information as to any countries or territories outside the Cayman Islands to which we, whether directly or indirectly, transfer, intend to transfer or wish to transfer your personal data, general measures we take to ensure the security of personal data and any information available to us as to the source of your personal data; (h) the right to complain to the Office of the Ombudsman of the Cayman Islands; and (i) the right to require us to delete your personal data in some limited circumstances.

 

If you consider that your personal data has not been handled correctly, or you are not satisfied with the company’s responses to any requests you have made regarding the use of your personal data, you have the right to complain to the Cayman Islands’ Ombudsman. The Ombudsman can be contacted by calling +1 (345) 946-6283 or by email at info@ombudsman.ky.

 

History of Securities Issuances

 

In October 2021, we issued an aggregate of 50,000 ordinary shares of par value $1 each at $1 per share to nine investors.

 

In May 2022, each of our authorized and issued ordinary shares of par value $1 each was subdivided into 2,000 ordinary shares of par value $0.0005 each (the “Subdivision”), and following the Subdivision, we had an aggregate of 100,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0005 authorized and outstanding. Following the Subdivision, the shareholders surrendered a total of 88,000,000 ordinary shares for no consideration (the “Surrender”), with the shareholding ratio among the shareholders remaining unchanged. After the Surrender, and as of the date of this prospectus, we have an aggregate of 12,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0005 issued and outstanding.

 

Listing

 

We have applied to have our ordinary shares listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “     .” We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in listing our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market; however, we will not complete this offering unless we are so listed.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our ordinary shares is Transhare Corporation. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is Bayside Center 1, 17755 North US Highway 19, Suite # 140 Clearwater FL 33764.

 

118 

 

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will have 16,000,000 ordinary shares outstanding, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional ordinary shares. All of the ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than by our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our ordinary shares. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market, but we cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in listing our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market; however, we will not complete this offering unless we are so listed.

 

Lock-up Agreements

 

We have agreed not to, for a period of six months from the commencement of the Company’s first day of trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale, lend or otherwise dispose of, except in this offering, any of our ordinary shares or securities that are substantially similar to our ordinary shares, including but not limited to any options to purchase our ordinary shares, or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, our ordinary shares or any such substantially similar securities (other than pursuant to employee share option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date such lock-up agreement was executed), without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Furthermore, each of our directors, executive officers and shareholders of 5% or more of our ordinary shares has also entered into a similar lock-up agreement for a period of six months from the effective date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, with respect to our ordinary shares and securities that are substantially similar to our ordinary shares. These parties collectively own all of our outstanding ordinary shares, without giving effect to this offering.

 

Rule 144

 

All of our ordinary shares that will be outstanding upon the completion of this offering, other than those ordinary shares sold in this offering, are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be sold publicly in the United States only if they are subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirement such as those provided by Rule 144 and Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. In general, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who at the time of a sale is not, and has not been during the three months preceding the sale, an affiliate of ours and has beneficially owned our restricted securities for at least six months will be entitled to sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act, subject only to the availability of current public information about us, and will be entitled to sell restricted securities beneficially owned for at least one year without restriction. Persons who are our affiliates and have beneficially owned our restricted securities for at least six months may sell a number of restricted securities within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of the following:

 

  1% of the then outstanding ordinary shares which will equal 160,000 ordinary shares, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option; or
  the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

 

119 

 

 

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to certain requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us.

 

Rule 701

 

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our ordinary shares from us in connection with a compensatory share plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this offering is eligible to resell those ordinary shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

 

120 

 

 

TAXATION

 

The following discussion of material Cayman Islands, PRC and United States federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This discussion does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of Cayman Islands tax law, it represents the opinion of Ogier, our Cayman Islands counsel. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of PRC tax law, it represents the opinion of AllBright Law Offices (Fuzhou), our PRC counsel. To the extent the discussion relates to the matters of U.S. tax law, it represents the opinion of Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC.

 

The following summary contains a description of certain Cayman Islands and U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares, but it does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase ordinary shares. The summary is based upon the tax laws of the Cayman Islands and regulations thereunder and on the tax laws of the United States and regulations thereunder as of the date hereof, which are subject to change.

 

Prospective investors should consult their professional advisers on the possible tax consequences of buying, holding or selling any ordinary shares under the laws of their country of citizenship, residence or domicile.

 

Cayman Islands Taxation

 

The following is a discussion on certain Cayman Islands income tax consequences of an investment in the ordinary shares, or Shares. The discussion is a general summary of the present law, which is subject to prospective and retroactive change. It is not intended as tax advice, does not consider any investor’s particular circumstances, and does not consider tax consequences other than those arising under Cayman Islands law.

 

Under Existing Cayman Islands Laws:

 

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of the Shares will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of interest and principal or a dividend or capital to any holder of the Shares, as the case may be, nor will gains derived from the disposal of the Shares be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax.

 

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or brought within, the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. No stamp duty is payable in respect of the issue of our securities or on an instrument of transfer in respect of our securities. Pursuant to Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands, we intend to apply for, and expect to obtain, an undertaking from the Financial Secretary of the Cayman Islands:

 

  (a) that no law which is hereafter enacted in the Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations shall apply to us or our operations; and
  (b) in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable:

 

  (i) on or in respect of the shares, debentures or other obligations of our company; or
  (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or part, of any relevant payment as defined the Tax Concessions Act (As Revised).

 

121 

 

 

These concessions shall be for a period of 20 years from the date of the undertaking.

 

People’s Republic of China Taxation

 

Under the Enterprise Income Tax Law, an enterprise established outside the PRC with a “de facto management body” within the PRC is considered a PRC resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes and is generally subject to a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate on its worldwide income as well as tax reporting obligations. Under the Implementation Rules, a “de facto management body” is defined as a body that has material and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel and human resources, finances and properties of an enterprise.

 

In addition, State Administration of Taxation (SAT) Circular 82 issued in April 2009 specifies that certain offshore-incorporated enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups will be classified as PRC resident enterprises if all of the following conditions are met: (a) senior management personnel and core management departments in charge of the daily operations of the enterprises perform their duties mainly in the PRC; (b) their financial and human resources decisions are subject to determination or approval by persons or bodies in the PRC; (c) major assets, accounting books and company seals of the enterprises, and minutes and files of their board’s and shareholders’ meetings are located or kept in the PRC; and (d) half or more of the enterprises’ directors or senior management personnel with voting rights habitually reside in the PRC. Further to SAT Circular 82, the SAT issued Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Printing and Distributing the Administrative Measures for Income Tax on Chinese-controlled Resident Enterprises Incorporated Overseas (Trial Implementation) (the “SAT Bulletin 45”) on July 27, 2011, which took effect on September 1, 2011, to provide more guidance on the implementation of SAT Circular 82. SAT Bulletin 45 provides for procedures and administration details of determination on PRC resident enterprise status and administration on post-determination matters. If the PRC tax authorities determine that YUKAI Health Group Limited is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, a number of unfavorable PRC tax consequences could follow. For example, YUKAI Health Group Limited may be subject to enterprise income tax at a rate of 25% with respect to its worldwide taxable income. Also, a 10% withholding tax would be imposed on dividends we pay to our non-PRC enterprise shareholders and with respect to gains derived by our non-PRC enterprise shareholders from transferring our shares or ordinary shares and potentially a 20% of withholding tax would be imposed on dividends we pay to our non-PRC individual shareholders and with respect to gains derived by our non-PRC individual shareholders from transferring our shares or ordinary shares.

 

It is unclear whether, if we are considered a PRC resident enterprise, holders of our shares or ordinary shares would be able to claim the benefit of income tax treaties or agreements entered into between China and other countries or areas. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders.”

 

The SAT and the Ministry of Finance issued the Notice of Ministry of Finance and State Administration of Taxation on Several Issues relating to Treatment of Corporate Income Tax Pertaining to Restructured Business Operations of Enterprises (the “SAT Circular 59”) in April 2009, which took effect on January 1, 2008. On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Relating to Withholding at Source of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises, which took effect on December 1, 2017 and was amended on June 15, 2018 (the “SAT Circular 37”). By promulgating and implementing the SAT Circular 59 and the SAT Circular 37, the PRC tax authorities have enhanced their scrutiny over the direct or indirect transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise by a non-PRC resident enterprise.

 

122 

 

 

Pursuant to the Arrangement between the Mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, or the Tax Arrangement, where a Hong Kong resident enterprise which is considered a non-PRC tax resident enterprise directly holds at least 25% of a PRC enterprise, the withholding tax rate in respect of the payment of dividends by such PRC enterprise to such Hong Kong resident enterprise is reduced to 5% from a standard rate of 10%, subject to approval of the PRC local tax authority.

 

Pursuant to the Circular of the State Administration of Taxation on the Issues concerning the Application of the Dividend Clauses of Tax Agreements (“Circular 81”), a resident enterprise of the counter-party to such Tax Arrangement should meet all of the following conditions, among others, in order to enjoy the reduced withholding tax under the Tax Arrangement: (i) it must take the form of a company; (ii) it must directly own the required percentage of equity interests and voting rights in such PRC resident enterprise; and (iii) it should directly own such percentage of capital in the PRC resident enterprise anytime in the 12 consecutive months prior to receiving the dividends. Furthermore, the Administrative Measures for Non-Resident Enterprises to Enjoy Treatments under Tax Treaties, or the Administrative Measures, which took effect in November 2015, requires that the non-resident taxpayer shall determine whether it may enjoy the treatments under relevant tax treaties and file the tax return or withholding declaration subject to further monitoring and oversight by the tax authorities. Accordingly, YUKAI Health Group Limited may be able to enjoy the 5% withholding tax rate for the dividends it receives from WFOE, if it satisfies the conditions prescribed under Circular 81 and other relevant tax rules and regulations. However, according to Circular 81, if the relevant tax authorities consider the transactions or arrangements we have are for the primary purpose of enjoying a favorable tax treatment, the relevant tax authorities may adjust the favorable withholding tax in the future.

 

Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

The following is a discussion of certain material United States federal income tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our ordinary shares by a U.S. Holder, as defined below, that acquires our ordinary shares in this offering and holds our ordinary shares as “capital assets” (generally, property held for investment) under the Code. This discussion is based on existing United States federal income tax law, which is subject to differing interpretations or change, possibly with retroactive effect. No ruling has been sought from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) with respect to any of the United States federal income tax consequences described below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position. This discussion does not address all aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be important to particular investors in light of their individual circumstances, including investors subject to special tax rules (such as, for example, certain financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, broker-dealers, traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment, partnerships (or other entities treated as partnerships for United States federal income tax purposes) and their partners, tax-exempt organizations (including private foundations)), investors who are not U.S. Holders, investors that own (directly, indirectly, or constructively) 5% or more of our voting shares, investors that hold their ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale or other integrated transaction), or investors that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized below. In addition, this discussion does not address any tax laws other than the United States federal income tax laws, including any state, local, alternative minimum tax or non-United States tax considerations, or the Medicare tax on unearned income. Each potential investor is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding the United States federal, state, local and non-United States income and other tax considerations of an investment in our ordinary shares.

 

General

 

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares that is, for United States federal income tax purposes, (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created in, or organized under the laws of, the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust (A) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a United States court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) that has otherwise elected to be treated as a United States person under the Code.

 

123 

 

 

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships and partners of a partnership holding our ordinary shares are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding an investment in our ordinary shares.

 

The discussion set forth below is addressed only to U.S. Holders that purchase ordinary shares in this offering. Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their own tax advisors about the application of U.S. federal income tax law to their particular circumstances as well as the state, local, foreign and other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

 

Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Ordinary Shares

 

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, distributions of cash or other property made by us to you with respect to the ordinary shares (including the amount of any taxes withheld therefrom) will generally be includable in your gross income as dividend income on the date of receipt by you, but only to the extent that the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). With respect to corporate U.S. Holders, the dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

 

With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individual U.S. Holders, dividends will be taxed at the lower capital gains rate applicable to qualified dividend income, provided that (1) the ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or we are eligible for the benefits of an approved qualifying income tax treaty with the United States that includes an exchange of information program, (2) we are not a passive foreign investment company (as discussed below) for either our taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year, and (3) certain holding period requirements are met. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to our ordinary shares, including the effects of any change in law after the date of this prospectus.

 

To the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), it will be treated first as a tax-free return of your tax basis in your ordinary shares, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain. We do not intend to calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, a U.S. Holder should expect that a distribution will be treated as a dividend even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above.

 

Taxation of Dispositions of Ordinary Shares

 

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of a share equal to the difference between the amount realized (in U.S. dollars) for the share and your tax basis (in U.S. dollars) in the ordinary shares. The gain or loss will be capital gain or loss. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, including an individual U.S. Holder, who has held the ordinary shares for more than one year, you may be eligible for reduced tax rates on any such capital gains. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company

 

A non-U.S. corporation is considered a PFIC for any taxable year if either:

 

  at least 75% of its gross income for such taxable year is passive income; or
  at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”).

 

124 

 

 

Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of passive assets. We will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the shares. In determining the value and composition of our assets for purposes of the PFIC asset test, (1) the cash we raise in this offering will generally be considered to be held for the production of passive income and (2) the value of our assets must be determined based on the market value of our ordinary shares from time to time, which could cause the value of our non-passive assets to be less than 50% of the value of all of our assets (including the cash raised in this offering) on any particular quarterly testing date for purposes of the asset test.

 

We must make a separate determination each year as to whether we are a PFIC. Depending on the amount of cash we raise in this offering, together with any other assets held for the production of passive income, it is possible that, for our current taxable year or for any subsequent taxable year, more than 50% of our assets may be assets held for the production of passive income. We will make this determination following the end of any particular tax year. Although the law in this regard is unclear, we treat our consolidated affiliated entities as being owned by us for United States federal income tax purposes, not only because we exercise effective control over the operation of such entities but also because we are entitled to substantially all of their economic benefits, and, as a result, we consolidate their operating results in our consolidated financial statements. In particular, because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test will generally be determined based on the market price of our ordinary shares and because cash is generally considered to be an asset held for the production of passive income, our PFIC status will depend in large part on the market price of our ordinary shares and the amount of cash we raise in this offering. Accordingly, fluctuations in the market price of the ordinary shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, the application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects and the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash we raise in this offering. We are under no obligation to take steps to reduce the risk of our being classified as a PFIC, and as stated above, the determination of the value of our assets will depend upon material facts (including the market price of our ordinary shares from time to time and the amount of cash we raise in this offering) that may not be within our control. If we are a PFIC for any year during which you hold ordinary shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which you hold ordinary shares. However, if we cease to be a PFIC and you did not previously make a timely “mark-to-market” election as described below, you may avoid some of the adverse effects of the PFIC regime by making a “purging election” (as described below) with respect to the ordinary shares.

 

If we are a PFIC for your taxable year(s) during which you hold ordinary shares, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” that you receive and any gain you realize from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the ordinary shares, unless you make a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below. Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the ordinary shares will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:

 

  the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the ordinary shares;
  the amount allocated to your current taxable year, and any amount allocated to any of your taxable year(s) prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income, and
  the amount allocated to each of your other taxable year(s) will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

 

125 

 

 

The tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition or “excess distribution” cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of the ordinary shares cannot be treated as capital, even if you hold the ordinary shares as capital assets.

 

A U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election for such stock to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. If you make a mark-to-market election for the first taxable year during which you hold (or are deemed to hold) ordinary shares and for which we are determined to be a PFIC, you will include in your income each year an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the ordinary shares as of the close of such taxable year over your adjusted basis in such ordinary shares, which excess will be treated as ordinary income and not capital gain. You are allowed an ordinary loss for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the ordinary shares over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. However, such ordinary loss is allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the ordinary shares included in your income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in your income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares, are treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment also applies to any loss realized on the actual sale or disposition of the ordinary shares, to the extent that the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for such ordinary shares. Your basis in the ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. If you make a valid mark-to-market election, the tax rules that apply to distributions by corporations which are not PFICs would apply to distributions by us, except that the lower applicable capital gains rate for qualified dividend income discussed above under “— Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our ordinary shares” generally would not apply.

 

The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock”, which is stock that is traded in other than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (“regularly traded”) on a qualified exchange or other market (as defined in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations), including Nasdaq. If the ordinary shares are regularly traded on Nasdaq and if you are a holder of ordinary shares, the mark-to-market election would be available to you were we to be or become a PFIC.

 

Alternatively, a U.S. Holder of stock in a PFIC may make a “qualified electing fund” election with respect to such PFIC to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. A U.S. Holder who makes a valid qualified electing fund election with respect to a PFIC will generally include in gross income for a taxable year such holder’s pro rata share of the corporation’s earnings and profits for the taxable year. However, the qualified electing fund election is available only if such PFIC provides such U.S. Holder with certain information regarding its earnings and profits as required under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. We do not currently intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable you to make a qualified electing fund election. If you hold ordinary shares in any taxable year in which we are a PFIC, you will be required to file IRS Form 8621 in each such year and provide certain annual information regarding such ordinary shares, including regarding distributions received on the ordinary shares and any gain realized on the disposition of the ordinary shares.

 

If you do not make a timely “mark-to-market” election (as described above), and if we were a PFIC at any time during the period you hold our ordinary shares, then such ordinary shares will continue to be treated as stock of a PFIC with respect to you even if we cease to be a PFIC in a future year, unless you make a “purging election” for the year we cease to be a PFIC. A “purging election” creates a deemed sale of such ordinary shares at their fair market value on the last day of the last year in which we are treated as a PFIC. The gain recognized by the purging election will be subject to the special tax and interest charge rules treating the gain as an excess distribution, as described above. As a result of the purging election, you will have a new basis (equal to the fair market value of the ordinary shares on the last day of the last year in which we are treated as a PFIC) and holding period (which new holding period will begin the day after such last day) in your ordinary shares for tax purposes.

 

You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to your investment in our ordinary shares and the elections discussed above.

 

126 

 

 

Tax on Net Investment Income

 

U.S. Holders who are individuals, estates or trusts will generally be required to pay a 3.8% Medicare tax on their net investment income (including dividends on and gains from the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares), or in the case of estates and trusts, on their net investment income that is not distributed. In each case, the 3.8% Medicare tax applies only to the extent the U.S. Holder’s total adjusted income exceeds applicable thresholds.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

Dividend payments with respect to our ordinary shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our ordinary shares may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and possible U.S. backup withholding at a rate of 24%. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification on IRS Form W-9 or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on IRS Form W-9. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information. We do not intend to withhold taxes for individual shareholders. However, transactions effected through certain brokers or other intermediaries may be subject to withholding taxes (including backup withholding), and such brokers or intermediaries may be required by law to withhold such taxes.

 

Certain U.S. Holders are required to report information relating to our ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for ordinary shares held in accounts maintained by certain financial institutions), by attaching a complete IRS Form 8938, Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets, with their tax return for each year in which they hold ordinary shares.

 

127 

 

 

UNDERWRITING

 

We intend to enter into an underwriting agreement with Univest Securities, LLC, as representative of the several underwriters in this offering (the “Representative”), with respect to the ordinary shares to be sold in this offering. Subject to certain conditions, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and the underwriters have severally agreed to purchase, the number of ordinary shares provided below opposite their respective names.

 

Underwriters  Number of
ordinary
shares
 
Univest Securities, LLC    
      
Total     

 

A copy of the underwriting agreement will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part.

 

The underwriters are offering the ordinary shares subject to their acceptance of the ordinary shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the ordinary shares if any such ordinary shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the ordinary shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

 

Over-Allotment Option

 

We have granted the Representative an over-allotment option. This option, which is exercisable for up to 45 days after the date of this prospectus, permits the underwriters to purchase a maximum of 600,000 ordinary shares (15% of the number of ordinary shares sold in this offering) from us to cover over-allotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise all or part of this option, they will purchase ordinary shares covered by the option at the public offering price per ordinary share that appears on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discount. If this option is exercised in full, the total offering price to the public will be $            and the total net proceeds, before expenses, to us will be $            .

 

Underwriting Discounts and Expenses

 

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the ordinary shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $      per ordinary share. The underwriters may allow, and certain dealers may reallow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $      per ordinary share to certain brokers and dealers. After this offering, the public offering price, concession, and reallowance to dealers may be changed by the Representative. No such change shall change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The ordinary shares are offered by the underwriters as stated herein, subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to reject any order in whole or in part. The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

 

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount, and proceeds, before expenses, to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option.

 

128 

 

 

   Per Ordinary Shares  

Total
Without

Over-Allotment
Option

   Total
With Full
Over-Allotment
Option
 
Initial public offering price  $   $                        $                         
Underwriting discounts (1)  $                  $   $ 
Proceeds, before expenses, to us  $   $   $ 

 

(1)  Represents an underwriting discount equal to (i) 8% per ordinary share, which is the underwriting discount we have agreed to pay for sales to investors in this offering introduced by the underwriters and (ii) 4% per ordinary share, which is the underwriting discount we have agreed to pay for sales to investors in this offering introduced by us. The fees do not include the Representative’s Warrants or expense reimbursement provisions described below.

 

We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them up to an aggregate of $250,000 (including the Advance), including fees and disbursements of their counsel, with respect to this offering. We have paid an expense deposit of $80,000 (the “Advance”) to the underwriters, which will be applied against the out-of-pocket accountable expenses that will be reimbursed by us in connection with this offering. Any portion of the Advance will be returned to us in the event it is not actually incurred.

 

We estimate that expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts referred to above and underwriter expense reimbursement, will be approximately $1,195,163.

 

Representative’s Warrants

 

We have also agreed to issue to the Representative warrants to purchase a number of ordinary shares equal to 5% of the total number of ordinary shares sold in this offering.

 

The Representative’s Warrants will have an exercise price per ordinary share equal to 110% of the public offering price per ordinary share in this offering and may be exercised on a cashless basis. The Representative’s Warrants are exercisable beginning from six months after the date of issuance and for a period of five years after the date of commencement of sales of the offering. During such time as the Representative’s Warrants are outstanding, the Company will agree not to merge, reorganize, or take any action which would terminate the Representative’s Warrants without first making adequate provisions for the Representative’s Warrant. The Representative’s Warrants and the ordinary shares underlying the warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1). The Representative (or permitted assignees under FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1)) may not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate the Representative’s Warrants or the ordinary shares underlying the Representative’s Warrants, nor will they engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the Representative’s Warrants or the underlying ordinary shares for a period of 180 days beginning on the commencement of sales in the offering, except as permitted by FINRA Rule 5110(e)(2).

 

Right of First Refusal

 

We have agreed to grant to the Representative, provided that this offering is completed, for a period of 18 months, the right, on at least the same terms and conditions offered to us by other investment banking service providers, to provide investment banking services in all matters for which investment banking services are sought (such right, the “Right of First Refusal”), which right is exercisable in the Representative’s sole discretion. For these purposes, investment banking services shall include, without limitation, (a) acting as lead manager for any underwritten public offering; (b) acting as a placement agent, initial purchaser or financial advisor in connection with any private offering of our securities; and (c) acting as financial advisor in connection with any sale or other transfer by us, directly or indirectly, of a majority or controlling portion of its capital stock or assets to another entity, any purchase or other transfer by another entity, directly or indirectly, of a majority or controlling portion of our capital stock or assets, and any merger or consolidation of our Company with another entity. The Representative intends to agree to notify us of its intention to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 15 business days following notice in writing by us. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(6)(A)(i), such right of first refusal shall not have a duration of more than three years from the commencement of sales of this offering or the termination date of the engagement between us and the Representative.

 

129 

 

 

Observer Rights

 

For a period of one year from the effective date of this prospectus, the Representative shall have the right to send a representative to observe each meeting of our board of directors; provided, that (i) such representative shall sign a Regulation FD compliant confidentiality agreement which is reasonably acceptable to the Representative and its counsel; and (ii) we may exclude such representative from meetings where, in the reasonable opinion of our counsel, such representative’s presence would compromise an attorney-client privilege.

 

Indemnification

 

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

All of our senior management, directors, and certain of our shareholders owning more than 5% of the outstanding ordinary shares (or securities convertible into our ordinary shares) have agreed, for a period of six months from the date of this prospectus, or the lock-up period, subject to certain limited exceptions described below, they will not, directly or indirectly, sell, offer for sale, transfer, distribute, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of the ordinary shares, and securities that are substantially similar to our ordinary shares, without the prior written consent of the Representative. Certain limited transfers are permitted during the lock-up period if the transferee agrees to the lock-up restrictions. The Representative has no present intention to waive or shorten the lock-up period; however, the terms of the lock-up agreements may be waived at its discretion. In determining whether to waive the terms of the lock-up agreements, the Representative may base its decision on its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and companies similar to ours in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in general.

 

Listing

 

We have applied to list the ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “     .”

 

Price Stabilization, Short Positions, and Penalty Bids

 

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act:

 

  Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying ordinary shares so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the ordinary shares while the offering is in progress.

 

  Over-allotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of ordinary shares in excess of the number of ordinary shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of ordinary shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of ordinary shares that it may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of ordinary shares involved is greater than the number of ordinary shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising an over-allotment option and/or purchasing ordinary shares in the open market.      

 

  Syndicates covering transactions involve purchases of ordinary shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of ordinary shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of ordinary shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase ordinary shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more ordinary shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying ordinary shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the ordinary shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.      

 

  Penalty bids permit the Representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the ordinary shares originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

 

130 

 

 

These stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the ordinary shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the ordinary shares. As a result, the price of the ordinary shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the ordinary shares. In addition, neither we nor the underwriters make any representations that the underwriters will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

 

Electronic Distribution

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters of this offering, or by their affiliates. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of ordinary shares for sale to its online brokerage account holders.

 

Determination of the Public Offering Price

 

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for the ordinary shares. The public offering price of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus has been determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the public offering price of the ordinary shares were:

 

  Our history and our prospects;

 

  Our financial information and historical performance;

 

  The industry in which we operate;

 

  The status and development prospects for our services;

 

  The experience and skills of our senior management; and

 

  The general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering.

 

We offer no assurances that the public offering price will correspond to the price at which the ordinary shares will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active trading market for the ordinary shares will develop and continue after this offering.

 

Selling Restrictions Outside the United States

 

No action may be taken in any jurisdiction other than the United States that would permit a public offering of the ordinary shares or the possession, circulation, or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the ordinary shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither the prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the ordinary shares may be distributed or published in or from any country or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with any applicable laws, rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

 

131 

 

 

Notice to Investors

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

 

The ordinary shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the ordinary shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ordinary shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

 

132 

 

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

 

The ordinary shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the ordinary shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

 

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

 

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in the PRC

 

This prospectus has not been and will not be circulated or distributed in the PRC, and our ordinary shares may not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, to any residents of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. For the purposes of this paragraph, the PRC does not include Taiwan, Hong Kong or Macau.

 

133 

 

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Taiwan

 

The ordinary shares have not been and will not be registered or filed with, or approved by, the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be offered or sold in Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitute an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan or relevant laws and regulations that require a registration, filing or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer or sell the ordinary shares in Taiwan.

 

134 

 

 

EXPENSES OF THIS OFFERING

 

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, that we expect to incur in connection with this offering. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, Nasdaq listing fee and the FINRA filing fee, all amounts are estimates.

 

SEC Registration Fee   $ 2,681  
Nasdaq Listing Fee     24,000  
FINRA Filing Fee     3,425  
Legal Fees and Expenses     591,057  
Accounting Fees and Expenses     300,000  
Printing and Engraving Expenses     21,000  
Transfer Agent Fee     3,000  
Non-Accountable Expense Allowance     200,000  
Underwriter expense reimbursement     250,000  
Miscellaneous Expenses     50,000  
Total   $ 1,445,163  

  

LEGAL MATTERS

 

We are being represented by Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC with respect to certain legal matters as to United States federal securities and New York State law. The underwriters are being represented by Sullivan & Worcester LLP with respect to certain legal matters as to United States federal securities and New York State law. The validity of the ordinary shares offered in this offering will be passed upon for us by Ogier. Certain legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by AllBright Law Offices (Fuzhou). Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC may rely upon Ogier with respect to matters governed by Cayman Islands law and AllBright Law Offices (Fuzhou) with respect to matters governed by PRC law. Sullivan & Worcester LLP may rely upon Jingtian & Gongcheng with respect to matters governed by PRC law.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of our company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and for each of the fiscal years in the period then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of TPS Thayer, LLC, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

The offices of TPS Thayer, LLC are located at the offices of TPS Thayer, LLC are located at 1600 Hwy. 6, Suite 100, Sugar Land, TX 77478.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

We have filed a registration statement, including relevant exhibits, with the SEC on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to underlying ordinary shares to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement on Form F-1, does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should read our registration statements and their exhibits and schedules for further information with respect to us and our ordinary shares.

 

Immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form F-1 to which this prospectus is a part, we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities. You may also request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing to us at Xinya Building 909, 910, and 911, 121 Dongjie Road, Gulou District, Fuzhou, Fujian Province, China 350001, or call us at + +86 137-05018-865. We also maintain a website at yukaigroup.cn at which, following the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, and that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated into and is not part of this prospectus.

 

135 

 

 

 YUKAI HEALTH GROUP LIMITED

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Consolidated Financial Statements  
   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 F-1
   
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 F-2
   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 F-3
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 F-4
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-5

 

 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders

YUKAI Health Group Limited

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of YUKAI Health Group Limited and subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of operations and other comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the two year period then ended and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the two year period ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 in conformity with U.S generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatements of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provided a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

TPS Thayer, LLC

 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2022

Sugar Land, Texas

July 1, 2022

 

 

 

 

YUKAI HEALTH GROUP LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 AND 2020

 

YUKAI Health Group Limited

Consolidated Balance Sheets

As of December 31, 2021, and 2020

(Amounts in US$, except for number of shares)

 

   2021   2020 
ASSETS          
Current assets          
Cash and cash equivalents  $1,213,989   $593,522 
Accounts receivable, net   1,934,150    3,975,604 
Amounts due from related parties   44,309    42,269 
Inventories   54,257    484,572 
Advances to suppliers, deposits and other current assets   97,511    1,444,928 
Total current assets   3,344,216    6,540,895 
Non-current assets          
Equipment, vehicles and appliances, net   436,822    651,739 
Intangible assets, net   313,863    - 
Operating Lease Right-of-use assets, net   59,037    108,211 
Deferred tax assets   114,997    411,310 
Total non-current assets   924,719    1,171,260 
TOTAL ASSETS  $4,268,935   $7,712,155 
           
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY          
Current liabilities          
Short-term bank loans  $423,483   $2,260,696 
Accounts payable   482,787    2,573,789 
Advances from customers   131,929    116,049 
Taxes payable   134,169    41,939 
Amounts due to related parties   356,072    1,859,067 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities   349,448    622,562 
Current maturities of lease liabilities   49,790    48,948 
Current maturities of long-term bank loans   217,372    137,578 
Total current liabilities   2,145,050    7,660,628 
Long-term portion of long-term bank loans   39,270    114,649 
Long-term portion of lease liabilities   6,961    55,454 
TOTAL LIABILITIES   2,191,281    7,830,731 
           
Commitments and contingencies   -    - 
           
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY          
Ordinary shares, $ 0.0005 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 12,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020   6,000    6,000 
Additional paid-in capital   3,012,120    1,765,192 
Accumulated deficit   (1,090,736)   (2,026,560)
Accumulated other comprehensive income   150,270    136,792 
Total equity attributable to YUKAI shareholders   2,077,654    (118,576)
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   2,077,654    (118,576)
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  $4,268,935   $7,712,155 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-1

 

 

YUKAI Health Group Limited

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive Income

For the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

(Amounts in US$, except for number of shares)

 

   2021   2020  
Revenues           
Outsourced Medical Equipment Management Service  $9,549,767   $8,032,639  
Medical Equipment Selling   100,538    61,651  
Total revenues   9,650,305    8,094,290  
Cost of revenues           
Outsourced Medical Equipment Management Service   7,282,361    6,847,488  
Medical Equipment Selling   67,888    38,509  
Total cost of revenues   7,350,249    6,885,997  
Gross profit   2,300,056    1,208,293  
Operating expenses           
Sales and marketing expenses   63,330    31,099  
General and administrative expenses   914,515    911,453  
Total operating expenses   977,845    942,552  
Income from operations   1,322,211    265,741  
Other (expense) income           
Interest income   4,825    6,734  
Interest expense   (90,957)   (259,943 )
Foreign currency exchange (loss) gain   (534)      
Others, net   2,817    -
Total other (expense) income   (83,849)   (253,209 )
Income before income taxes   1,238,362    12,532  
Income tax expense   (302,538)   (4,789 )
Net income  $935,824   $7,743  
Net income attributable to shareholders   935,824    7,743  
Net income  $935,824   $7,743  
Other comprehensive income (loss)           
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of nil tax   13,478    (7,326 )
Total comprehensive income  $949,302   $417  
            
Net income per ordinary share - basic and diluted  $0.0780   $0.0006  
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding—basic and diluted   12,000,000    12,000,000  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2

 

 

YUKAI HEALTH GROUP LIMITED

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

For the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

(Amounts in US$, except for number of shares)

 

    Number
of
Shares
    Paid-in
capital
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
    Equity
attributable
to the
Company’s
shareholders
    Total 
equity
 
Balance as of December 31, 2019     12,000,000       6,000       1,547,518       (2,034,303 )     144,118       (336,667 )     (336,667 )
Net income                             7,743               7,743       7,743  
Additional contributions in capital                     217,674                       217,674       217,674  
Foreign currency translation adjustment     -       -       -       -       (7,326 )     (7,326 )     (7,326 )
Balance as of December 31, 2020     12,000,000       6,000       1,765,192       (2,026,560 )     136,792       (118,576 )     (118,576 )
Net income                             935,824               935,824       935,824  
Additional contributions in capital                     1,246,928       -       -       1,246,928       1,246,928  
Foreign currency translation adjustment     -       -       -       -       13,478       13,478       13,478  
Balance as of December 31, 2021     12,000,000       6,000       3,012,120       (1,090,736 )     150,270       2,077,654       2,077,654  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3

 

 

YUKAI Health Group Limited

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

(Amounts in US$, except for number of shares)

 

   2021   2020 
Cash flows from operating activities:          
Net income  $935,824   $7,743 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) activities:          
Deferred tax benefit   302,538    4,789 
Foreign currency exchange loss   534      
Depreciation of equipment, vehicles and appliances   227,610    342,450 
Amortization of intangible asset   16,335    - 
Lease expenses of right-of-use assets   55,571    107,235 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities          
Accounts receivable   2,110,765    (757,450)
Advances to suppliers, deposits and other current assets   1,364,193    1,357,677 
Inventories   436,746    (145,850)
Accounts payable   (2,127,322)   (1,024,108)
Advances from customer   13,018    (1,145,482)
Taxes payable   90,234    6,378 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities   (284,485)   283,407 
Operating lease liability   (53,976)   (106,178)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   3,087,585    (1,069,389)
Cash flows from investing activities:          
Amounts provided to related party   (147,595)   (84,569)
Repayment from related party   146,557    92,432 
Purchase of intangible assets   (326,710)   - 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities   (327,748)   7,863 
Cash flows from financing activities:          
Increase in paid-in-capital   1,246,928    217,674 
Proceeds from related party   1,012,445    884,089 
Repayment to related party   (2,541,757)   (1,101,227)
Proceeds from short-term bank loans   418,776    2,857,516 
Proceeds from long-term bank loans   197,858    260,421 
Payment of short-term bank loans   (2,287,885)   (1,327,104)
Payment of long-term bank loans   (199,328)   (21,702)
Payment of long-term loans due to supplies        (710,753)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities   (2,152,963)   1,058,914 
Effects of foreign currency translation   13,593    44,660 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents   620,467    42,048 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year   593,522    551,474 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year  $1,213,989   $593,522 
           
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES          
Interest paid  $(90,956)  $(259,942)
           
NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS          
Addition of right-of-use assets   -    66,064 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4

 

 

YUKAI Health Group Limited

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS

 

YUKAI Health Group Limited (the “YUKAI”) was incorporated as an exempted holding company under the laws of the Cayman Islands on October 19, 2021. YUKAI does not conduct any substantive operations on its own, but instead conducts its business operations through its a wholly-owned subsidiary in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) and the subsidiary of such entity. YUKAI and its subsidiaries are hereinafter collectively referred to as “the Company.” The Company is primarily engaged in offering comprehensive medical equipment management services to healthcare providers, mainly hospitals in the PRC, through its indirectly wholly owned subsidiary, Fuzhou Yukai. As described below, YUKAI, through a series of transactions which is accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control (the “Reorganization”), became the ultimate parent entity of its subsidiaries. Accordingly, these consolidated financial statements reflect the historical operations of the Company as if the current organization structure had been in existence throughout the periods presented.

 

Reorganization

 

The Reorganization of the Company’s legal structure was completed on April 24, 2022. The Reorganization involved (i) the incorporation of YUKAI in the Cayman Islands as a holding company; (ii) the establishment of Fujian Yukai Health Technology Co., Ltd. (“Fujian Yukai”) as a wholly-owned subsidiary of YUKAI in the PRC; (iii) the establishment of Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. (“Fuzhou Yukai”), as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Fujian Yukai in the PRC.

 

YUKAI is a holding company and had not commenced operations until the Reorganization was complete.

 

During the years presented in these consolidated financial statements, the control of the entities has never changed (always under the control of the PRC Shareholders). Accordingly, the combination has been treated as a corporate restructuring (reorganization) of entities under common control and thus the current capital structure has been retroactively presented in prior periods as if such structure existed at that time and in accordance with ASC 805-50-45-5, the entities under common control are presented on a combined basis for all periods to which such entities were under common control. The consolidation of the Company and its subsidiaries has been accounted for at historical cost and prepared on the basis as if the aforementioned transactions had become effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

 

YUKAI’s consolidated subsidiaries:

 

Name  Date of
Organization
   Place of
Organization
   % of 
Ownership
 
Fujian Yukai Health Technology Co., Ltd.   December 29, 2021    PRC    100%
Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.   September 28, 2005    PRC    100%

 

Fujian Yukai, currently with no business operations, was incorporated as a limited company under the laws of the PRC on December 29, 2021 and is a holding company of 100% of the equity interests in Fuzhou Yukai.

 

Fuzhou Yukai was incorporated as a limited company under the law of the PRC on September 28, 2005. Fuzhou Yukai is principally engaged in offering comprehensive medical equipment management services to healthcare providers; mainly hospitals in the PRC.

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of YUKAI and its subsidiaries.

 

The Company’s business has been directly operated by Fuzhou Yukai. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, Fuzhou Yukai contributed 100% and 100% of the Company’s consolidated revenues, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, Fuzhou Yukai accounted for an aggregate of 100% and 100%, respectively, of the consolidated total assets, and 100% and 100%, respectively, of the consolidated total liabilities. The following financial statement balances and amounts of YUKAI’s subsidiaries were included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements:

 

F-5

 

 

   2021   2020 
ASSETS          
Current assets          
Cash and cash equivalents  $1,213,989   $593,522 
Accounts receivable, net   1,934,150    3,975,604 
Amounts due from related parties   44,309    42,269 
Inventories   54,257    484,572 
Advances to suppliers, deposits and other current assets   97,511    1,444,928 
Total current assets   3,344,216    6,540,895 
Non-current assets          
Equipment, vehicles and appliances, net   436,822    651,739 
Intangible assets, net   313,863    - 
Operating Lease Right-of-use assets, net   59,037    108,211 
Deferred tax assets   114,997    411,310 
Total non-current assets   924,719    1,171,260 
TOTAL ASSETS  $4,268,935   $7,712,155 
           
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY          
Current liabilities          
Short-term bank loans  $423,483   $2,260,696 
Accounts payable   482,787    2,573,789 
Advances from customers   131,929    116,049 
Taxes payable   134,169    41,939 
Amounts due to related parties   356,072    1,859,067 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities   349,448    622,562 
Current maturities of lease liabilities   49,790    48,948 
Current maturities of long-term bank loans   217,372    137,578 
Total current liabilities   2,145,050    7,660,628 
Long-term portion of long-term bank loans   39,270    114,649 
Long-term portion of lease liabilities   6,961    55,454 
TOTAL LIABILITIES   2,191,281    7,830,731 
           
Commitments and contingencies   -    - 
           
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY          
Ordinary shares, $ 0.0005 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 12,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020   6,000    6,000 
Additional paid-in capital   3,012,120    1,765,192 
Accumulated deficit   (1,090,736)   (2,026,560)
Accumulated other comprehensive income   150,270    136,792 
Total equity attributable to YUKAI shareholders   2,077,654    (118,576)
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   2,077,654    (118,576)
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  $4,268,935   $7,712,155 

 

   2021   2020 
Total revenues   9,650,305    8,094,290 
Net income  $935,824   $7,743 

 

F-6

 

 

   2021   2020 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   3,087,585    (1,069,389)
Net cash used in investing activities   (327,748)   7,863 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities   (2,152,963)   1,058,914 
Effects of foreign currency translation   13,593    44,660 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   620,467    42,048 

 

NOTE 2 – SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of accounting

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of YUKAI and its subsidiaries, for which YUKAI is the ultimate primary beneficiary.

 

Subsidiaries are those entities in which YUKAI, directly or indirectly, controls more than one half of the voting power; or has the power to govern the financial and operating policies, to appoint or remove the majority of the members of the board of directors, or to cast a majority of votes at the meetings of directors.

 

All significant transactions and balances among YUKAI and its subsidiaries have been eliminated upon consolidation.

 

Use of estimates

 

In preparing the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, management makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates are based on information as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. Significant estimates required to be made by management include, but are not limited to, the valuation of accounts receivable, advances to suppliers, and other receivables, useful lives of property and equipment and intangible assets, the recoverability of long-lived assets and provision necessary for contingent liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, cash accounts, interest bearing savings accounts. The Company considers all highly liquid investment instruments with an original maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains most of the bank accounts in the PRC. Cash balances in bank accounts in the PRC are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or other programs.

 

Accounts receivable

 

Accounts receivable are recognized and carried at original invoiced amount less an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts.

 

The Company usually determines the adequacy of reserves for doubtful accounts based on individual account analysis and historical collection trends. The Company establishes a provision for doubtful receivables when there is objective evidence that the Company may not be able to collect amounts due. The allowance is based on management’s best estimates of specific losses on individual exposures, as well as a provision on historical trends of collections. Based on management of customers’ credit and ongoing relationship, management makes conclusions whether any balances outstanding at the end of the period will be deemed uncollectible on an individual basis and on an aging analysis basis. The provision is recorded against accounts receivables balances, with a corresponding charge recorded in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

 

The accounts receivable balances for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were from long-term recurring customers, and, thus the Company did not record an allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the aging of the accounts receivable balance was less than one year, and, thus, the Company expected to collect back most of the accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2021, while the Company collected all accounts of the receivable balance as of December 31, 2020 during the year of 2021.

 

F-7

 

 

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company determined that all accounts receivable were collectible and thus the allowance for doubtful accounts were $0 and $0, respectively.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are primarily spare parts of medical equipment and maintenance tools. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The cost value of inventories primarily depends on the purchase price. The net realizable value represents the anticipated selling price, net of distribution cost, less estimated costs to completion for work in progress. The Company uses the weighted average cost method.

 

Equipment, vehicles and appliances, net

 

Equipment, vehicles and appliances are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation is provided on the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

 

   Useful
Lives
Electronic Equipment  3 Years
Appliances  5 Years
Medical Equipment  5 Years
Motor Vehicles  5 Years

 

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs, which do not materially extend the useful lives of the assets, are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterment which substantially extend the useful life of assets are capitalized. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets retired or sold are removed from the respective accounts, and any gain or loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income and other comprehensive income in other income or expenses.

 

Intangible assets, net

 

The Company has purchased a software copyright used for operation management during the year ended December 31, 2021. This software copyright was initially recorded at cost and amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated economic useful life of ten years.

 

   Useful
Lives
Software copyright  10 Years

 

Leases

 

Leases are classified at lease commencement date as either a finance lease or an operating lease. A lease is a finance lease if it meets any of the following criteria: (a) the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the lessee by the end of the lease term. (b) the lease grants the lessee an option to purchase the underlying asset that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise, (c) the lease term is for the major part of the remaining economic life of the underlying asset, (d) the present value of the sum of the lease payments and any residual value guaranteed by the lessee that is not already reflected in the lease payments equals or exceeds substantially all of the fair value of the underlying asset or (e) the underlying asset is of such a specialized nature that it is expected to have no alternative use to the lessor at the end of the lease term. When none of the foregoing criteria is met, the lease shall be classified as an operating lease.

 

For a lessee, a lease is recognized as a right-of-use asset with a corresponding liability at lease commencement date. The lease liability is calculated at the present value of the lease payments not yet paid by using the lease term and discount rate determined at lease commencement. The right-of-use asset is calculated as the lease liability, increased by any initial direct costs and prepaid lease payments, reduced by any lease incentives received before lease commencement. The right-of-use asset itself is amortized on a straight-line basis unless another systematic method better reflects how the underlying asset will be used by and benefits the lessee over the lease term.

 

F-8

 

 

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The amendments in this ASU require an entity to recognize a right-of-use asset and lease liability for all leases with terms of more than 12 months. Recognition, measurement and presentation of expenses will depend on classification as a finance or operating lease. The amendments also require certain quantitative and qualitative disclosures about leasing arrangements. The Company adopted ASC 842, effective as of the beginning of the first period presented, by using a modified retrospective transition approach in the accompanying financial statements of the Company. The adoption of this standard had an immaterial impact on the Company’s financial position, with no material impact on the results of operations and cash flows.

 

The Company’s accounting policy is to recognize lease payments as rental expense for short-term leases less than 12 months. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company’s recognized rental expenses amounted $53,976 and $30,606, respectively, pertaining to short-term leases.

 

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

 

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable. Long-lived assets with carrying values that are not expected to be recovered through future cash flows are written down to their estimated fair values. The carrying value of a long-lived asset is deemed not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. If the asset’s carrying value exceeds the sum of its undiscounted cash flows, a non-cash asset impairment charges equal to the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its estimated fair value is recorded. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at a specified measurement date. We measure fair value using market price indicators or, in the absence of such data, appropriate valuation technique.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The fair value of a financial instrument is defined as the exchange price that would be received from an asset or paid to transfer a liability (as exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities, such as cash and cash equivalents, time deposits, accounts receivable, other current assets, accounts payable, and other current liabilities, approximate their fair values because of the short maturity of these instruments and market rates of interest.

 

ASC 820 requires certain disclosures regarding the fair value of financial instruments. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

 

  Level 1 –  Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

 

  Level 2 –  Quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities, or other inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

 

  Level 3 – 

Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

 

F-9

 

 

The Company considers the carrying amount of its financial assets and liabilities, which consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, amounts due from related parties, accounts payable, short-term bank loans, advances from customers, long-term bank loans and amounts due to related parties to approximate the fair value of the respective assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 owing to their short-term or immediate nature.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification No. 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606), beginning January 1, 2018, and elected to adopt ASC 606 under the modified retrospective method. This guidance was applied retrospectively to the most current period presented in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The adoption of ASC 606 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

 

The Company has two revenue streams. The first revenue stream is to provide medical equipment repair and maintenance services for hospitals, and it was approximately 99% of the total revenue for both the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. The second revenue stream is from the sale of medical devices, and it was approximately 1% of the total revenue for both the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. The revenue recognition is disclosed as following for the two revenue streams.

 

Medical equipment repair and maintenance services

 

The Company's main business is to provide medical equipment repair and maintenance services for hospitals. Specifically, the Company provides complete machine maintenance services for medical equipment in the hospital which are usually listed in the revenue contract or bidding document of the hospital.

 

The performance obligation is to provide medical equipment repair and maintenance services or other services over the contracted period. The performance obligation was distinct as (i) the customer can benefit from the sales of service on its own; and (ii) no other performance obligation was identified in the agreement, that is, the performance obligation separately identifiable.

 

The transaction price in the contract is usually reflected as a flat fee for the whole contract period, and after signing the contract, the Company did not expect the contract to be cancelled, re-newed or modified. The Company did not identify any other types of consideration other than the flat fee per the contract, in exchange for providing the repair and maintenance services.

 

The Company is a principal for this performance obligation. There is only one performance obligation in the contract and there is no need for allocation. The performance obligation is fulfilled once the Company has provided repair and maintenance services over the contracted period as agreed.

 

The Company promises to provide medical equipment repair and maintenance or other services over an agreed upon contractual period. As the work delivered is on a recurring basis, the customers (usually hospitals) can simultaneously receive and consume the benefits when the Company provides relevant services. No asset that the customer controls is created or enhanced during the Company's performance. The Company has enforceable rights to payment for performance completed to date is identified in the contracts. It is determined that work performed is substantially the same and has the same pattern of transfer to the customer over a contract period and should be recognized over time. The Company recognizes revenue evenly each month over the agreed upon period per signed revenue contract.

 

Medical Equipment Selling

 

In addition, the Company also sells medical equipment and this part of revenue accounts for a small portion, only 1% for both the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. The Company is a principal for this performance obligation. For this revenue stream, the revenue was recognized upon fulfillment of the performance obligation, after the customer has control of the goods, which is at a point of time.

 

F-10

 

 

The Company’s revenues are subject to value added tax (“VAT”). To record VAT payable, the Company uses the gross presentation method, which presents the taxable services and the available input VAT amount (at the rate applicable to the supplier). Revenues are recorded net of VAT in accordance with the ASC 606.

 

Cost of revenues

 

Cost of revenues primarily consists of direct material and supplies consumed in the providing services, as well as labor, depreciation expense and direct overhead expenses necessary to complete the service. Corresponding cost is uncertain, and there will be different demand for materials of different methods regarding to the service life and failure probability etc. of the medical machines.

 

Sales and marketing expenses

 

Sales and marketing expenses are primarily comprised of certain salaries of employees in the marketing department, transportation fees, fees associated with trade shows and similar exhibitions and other marketing expenses. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recognized sales and marketing expenses of $63,330 and $31,099, respectively, in which periods no advertisement expenses were recognized.

 

General and administrative expenses

 

General and administrative expenses are incurred in the day-to-day operations of a business and may not be directly tied to a specific function or department within the company such as manufacturing, production, or sales. General and administrative expenses are primarily comprised of rental fees, utilities, insurance, legal fees, certain salaries and operational overhead expenses that impact the entire business. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recognized general and administrative expenses of $914,515 and $911,453, respectively.

 

Income taxes

 

Income taxes are provided on an asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Any PRC tax paid by subsidiaries during the year is recorded. Deferred income taxes are recognized for all significant temporary differences at enacted rates and classified as current or non-current based upon the classification of the related asset or liability in the financial statements. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the amount of deferred tax assets if it is considered more likely than not that some portion of, or all, the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 

Ordinary shares

 

The Company accounts for repurchased ordinary shares under the cost method and includes such treasury stock as a component of the common shareholders’ equity. Cancellation of treasury stock is recorded as a reduction of ordinary shares, additional paid-in capital and retained earnings, as applicable. An excess of purchase price over par value is allocated to additional paid-in capital first with any remaining excess recorded entirely to retained earnings.

 

Related parties

 

Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operating decisions. Parties are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control or significant influence, such as a family member or relative, shareholder, or a related corporation.

 

Earnings per share

 

The Company computes earnings per share (“EPS”) in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings per Share”. ASC 260 requires companies with complex capital structures to present basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is measured as net income divided by the weighted average ordinary shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is similar to basic EPS but presents the dilutive effect on a per share basis of potential ordinary shares (e.g., convertible securities, options and warrants) as if they had been converted at the beginning of the periods presented, or issuance date, if later. Potential ordinary shares that have an anti-dilutive effect (i.e., those that increase income per share or decrease loss per share) are excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS. There were no potentially dilutive ordinary shares during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

F-11

 

 

Comprehensive income/ (loss)

 

ASC Topic 220 establishes standards for reporting comprehensive income and its components. Comprehensive income or loss is defined as the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events from non-owner sources. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, foreign currency translation gain (loss) adjustments of $13,478 and $(7,326), respectively, were recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), respectively.

 

Foreign currency translation

 

The Company’s principal country of operations is the PRC. The financial position and results of its operations are determined using the RMB, the local currency, as the functional currency. The consolidated financial statements are reported using the U.S. Dollar. The results of operations and the statement of cash flows denominated in foreign currency are translated at the average rate of exchange during the reporting period. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated at the applicable rates of exchange in effect at that date. The equity denominated in the functional currency is translated at the historical rate of exchange at the time of capital contribution. Because cash flows are translated based on the average translation rate, amounts related to assets and liabilities reported on the consolidated statements of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the consolidated balance sheets. Translation adjustments are included as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

 

The value of the RMB against the U.S. Dollar may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in the PRC’s political and economic conditions. Any significant revaluation of the RMB may materially affect the Company’s consolidated financial condition in terms of U.S. Dollar reporting. The following table outlines the currency exchange rates that were used in the consolidated financial statements:

 

    December 31,
2021
 December 31,
2020
 
Year-end spot rate   US$1= 6.3757 RMB  US$1=6.5249 RMB 
Average rate   US$1= 6.4474 RMB  US$1=6.8941 RMB 

 

Segment reporting

 

Operating segments, and the amounts of each segment item reported in the consolidated financial statements, are identified from the financial information provided regularly to the Company’s most senior executive management for the purposes of allocating resources to, and assessing the performance of, the Company’s various lines of business and geographical locations.

 

Individually material operating segments are not aggregated for financial reporting purposes unless the segments have similar economic characteristics and are similar in respect of the nature of products and services, the nature of production processes, the type or class of customers, the methods used to distribute the products or provide the services, and the nature of the regulatory environment. Operating segments which are not individually material may be aggregated if they share a majority of these criteria. The Company established only one segment for providing medical equipment repair and maintenance services for hospitals, as well as selling medical equipment or medical materials.

 

F-12

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

The Company follows subtopic 450-20 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification to report accounting for contingencies. Certain conditions may exist as of the date the consolidated financial statements are issued, which may result in a loss to the Company, but which will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The Company assesses such contingent liabilities, and such assessment inherently involves an exercise of judgment. There are no known commitments or contingencies as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

Concentration of risks

 

Exchange rate risks

 

The Company’s Chinese subsidiaries may be exposed to significant foreign currency risks from exchange rate fluctuations and the degree of volatility of foreign exchange rates between the U.S. Dollar and the RMB. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the RMB denominated cash and cash equivalents amounted to $1,213,989 and $593,522 respectively.

 

Currency convertibility risks

 

Substantially all of the Company’s operating activities are transacted in RMB, which is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. All foreign exchange transactions take place either through the People’s Bank of China or other banks authorized to buy and sell foreign currencies at the exchange rates quoted by the People’s Bank of China. Approval of foreign currency payments by the People’s Bank of China or other regulatory institutions requires submitting a payment application form together with other information such as suppliers’ invoices, shipping documents and signed contracts.

 

Concentration of credit risks

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risks consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable, the balances of which stated on the consolidated balance sheets represented the Company’s maximum exposure. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents in good credit quality financial institutions in the PRC.

 

Risks and uncertainties

 

The operations of the Company are located in the PRC. Accordingly, the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations may be influenced by political, economic, and legal environments in the PRC, as well as by the general state of the PRC economy. The Company’s results may be adversely affected by changes in the political, regulatory and social conditions in the PRC. Although the Company has not experienced losses from these situations and believes that it is in compliance with existing laws and regulations, including its organization and structure disclosed in Note 1, this may not be indicative of future results.

 

The outbreak of COVID-19

 

On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of the corona-virus disease (COVID-19) a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern,” and on March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization characterized the outbreak as a “pandemic”. COVID-19 has had a severe and negative impact on the Chinese and the global economy and such impact persists as of the date of this prospectus.

 

In fiscal year 2020, COVID-19 had limited impact on the Company’s business and results of operations since the Company’s main revenue stream is focusing on providing the repair and maintenance service for medical equipment that was relatively at stable demand from its customers. In fiscal year 2021, the full lockdown implemented by the government to control COVID-19 did not extend to Fujian province, where the Company’s major operations are located.

 

F-13

 

 

Whether the ongoing influence of COVID-19 will lead to a continued downturn in the economy is still unknown. With a high degree of uncertainty surrounding the future severity of COVID-19 and actions taken by governments, private companies and hospitals to contain it, the extent to which COVID-19 will continue to impact the Company’s businesses, sales and operating results will depend on future developments.

 

Recent accounting pronouncements

 

The Company considers the applicability and impact of all ASUs. Management periodically reviews new accounting standards that are issued.

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”. This amends guidelines on reporting credit losses for assets held at amortized cost basis and available-for-sale debt securities. For assets held at amortized cost basis, Topic 326 eliminates the probable initial recognition threshold in current U.S. GAAP and, instead, requires an entity to reflect its current estimate of all expected credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial assets to present the net amount expected to be collected. For available-for-sale debt securities, credit losses should be measured in a manner similar to current U.S. GAAP, however Topic 326 will require that credit losses be presented as an allowance rather than as a write-down. ASU 2016-13 affects entities holding financial assets and net investment in leases that are not accounted for at fair value through net income. The amendments affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases, off balance sheet credit exposures, reinsurance receivables, and any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual right to receive cash. The amendments in this ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-10, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842): Effective Dates, which amended the effective date of ASU 2016-13. Early adoption is permitted. Although the Company adopted the guidance, there were no impacts on the consolidated financial statements for the Company’s two fiscal years ended on December 31, 2021 and 2020, since the Company did not have any assets held at amortized cost basis or available-for-sale debt securities, and the Company did not identify any past events, current economic conditions and reasonable forecasts of future economic conditions that would impair the collectability of accounts receivable, as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

In August 2017, the FASB amended the existing accounting guidance for hedge accounting. The amendments require expanded hedge accounting for both non-financial and financial risk components and refine the measurement of hedge results to better reflect an entity’s hedging strategies. The new guidance also amends the presentation and disclosure requirements and changes how entities assess hedge effectiveness. The new guidance is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2018 with early adoption permitted. The new guidance must be adopted using a modified retrospective transition with a cumulative effect adjustment recorded to opening retained earnings as of the initial adoption date. The Company adopted the amendment on January 1, 2020 by using the modified retrospective method. The adoption had no impact on the Company’s financial position, the results of operations and statement of cash flows for the year ended December31, 2021 and 2020.

 

In March 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-05, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118,” which amends the FASB ASC and XBRL Taxonomy based on the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the Act, that was signed into law on December 22, 2017 and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 that was released by the SEC. The Act changes numerous provisions that impact U.S. corporate tax rates, business-related exclusions, and deductions and credits and may additionally have international tax consequences for many companies that operate internationally. The Company adopted the amendment on January 1, 2020 by using the modified retrospective method. The adoption had no impact on the Company’s financial position, the results of operations and statement of cash flows for the year ended December31, 2021 and 2020.

 

The Company does not believe other recently issued but not yet effective accounting statements, if adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, statements of comprehensive income (loss) and statements of cash flows.

 

F-14

 

 

NOTE 3 – CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

   2021   2020 
Cash on hand  $2,404   $2,965 
Deposits with banks   1,211,585    590,557 
Total cash and cash equivalents  $1,213,989   $593,522 

 

As of December 31, 2021, we have a total of $1.21million in cash and cash equivalents, wholly held inside the PRC and as of December 31, 2020, we have a total of $0.60 million in cash and cash equivalents, which is wholly held inside China (Mainland). Cash balances in bank accounts in the PRC are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or other programs.

 

NOTE 4 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

 

Accounts receivable consisted of the following as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

   2021   2020 
Accounts receivable, gross  $1,934,150   $3,975,604 
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts   -    - 
Accounts receivable, net  $1,934,150   $3,975,604 

 

The aging of the account receivables balance of year ended December 31, 2021 is within one year. Since the balance that is within one year arose from the customers with long-term customers, management believes the balances of accounts receivable will be collected in full and the Company recorded no allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

The revenue contracts of the Company have been signed for a long time (generally 1-3 years), and the cooperative customers are basically hospitals and other institutions with good reputations for timely payment. Therefore, generally, the accounts receivable will be recovered within the contract period, and there have been no historical bad debts, so the Company has no bad debt allowance. As of December 31 2021, and 2020, the Company determined that all accounts receivable were collectible.

 

NOTE 5 – INVENTORIES

 

Inventories are primarily spare parts of the medical equipment and maintenance tools. Cost of inventories is based on purchase costs. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Net realizable value represents the anticipated selling price, net of distribution cost, less estimated costs to completion for work in progress.

 

Inventories as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 consisted of the following:

 

   2021   2020 
Finished goods  $54,257   $484,572 
Less: Provision for diminution in value of inventories   -    - 
Total inventories, net  $54,257   $484,572 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded no impairment provision of inventories for lower of cost or net realizable value, respectively.

 

F-15

 

 

 

NOTE 6 – ADVANCES TO SUPPLIERS, DEPOSITS AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

Advances to suppliers, deposits and other current assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 consisted of the following:

 

   2021   2020 
Advances to suppliers  $39,408   $1,246,929 
Other receivables   57,497    197,999 
Short-term deferred expenses   606    - 
Total advances to suppliers, deposits and other current assets  $97,511   $1,444,928 

 

NOTE 7 – EQUIPMENT, VEHICLES AND APPLIANCES, NET

 

Equipment, vehicles and appliances consisted of the following as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

   2021   2020 
Total Equipment, vehicles and appliances, at cost  $2,731,889   $2,669,421 
Less: accumulated depreciation   (2,295,067)   (2,017,682)
Equipment, vehicles and appliances, net  $436,822   $651,739 

 

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there was not any pledged equipment, vehicles or appliances. The Company recorded depreciation expense of $227,610 and $342,450 during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded no impairment losses for equipment, vehicles or appliances. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded no disposal of equipment, vehicles or appliances.

 

NOTE 8 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

 

Intangible assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

   2021   2020 
Software copyright  $330,382   $- 
Less: accumulated amortization   (16,519)   - 
Intangible assets, net  $313,863   $- 

 

The Company purchased a software copyright used for operation management during the year ended December 31, 2021. The software copyright was initially recorded at cost and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic useful life of ten years.

 

As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, there were no any pledged intangible assets to secure bank loans. The Company recorded amortization expense against intangible assets of $16,519 during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded no impairment losses for intangible assets. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded no disposal of intangible assets.

 

Estimated future Intangible amortization expense is as follows as of December 31, 2021:

 

    As of December 31, 2021  
2022   $ 32,671  
2023     32,671  
2024     32,671  
2025     32,671  
2026     32,671  
Beyond 2026     150,508  

 

F-16

 

 

NOTE 9 – OPERATING LEASE RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS, NET

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets, net was as follows as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

   As of
December
31,
2020
   Increase   (Decrease)   Exchange Rate
Translation
   As of
December
31,
2021
 
Office  $74,998   $-   $-   $1,755   $76,753 
Warehouse   69,802    -    -    1,634    71,436 
Total right-of-use assets, at cost   144,800    -    -    3,389    148,189 
Less: accumulated amortization   (36,589)   (51,132)   -    (1,431)   (89,152)
Right-of-use assets, net  $108,211   $(51,132)  $-   $1,958   $59,037 

 

   As of
December
31,
2019
   Increase   (Decrease)   Exchange Rate
Translation
   As of
December
31,
2020
 
Office  $181,133   $-   $(110,987)  $4,852   $74,998 
Warehouse   107,723    66,064    (107,723)   3,738    69,802 
Total right-of-use assets, at cost   288,856    66,064    (218,710)   8,590    144,800 
Less: accumulated amortization   (151,232)   (102,911)   221,315    (3,761)   (36,589)
Right-of-use assets, net  $137,624   $(36,847)  $2,605   $4,829   $108,211 

 

The Company recognized amortization for the Office Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets of $16,629 and $48,842 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. The Company recognized amortization for the Warehouse Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets of $34,503 and $54,069 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

NOTE 10 – SHORT-TERM BANK LOANS

 

   2021   2020 
Short-term bank loans  $423,483   $2,260,696 
Total  $423,483   $2,260,696 

 

Short-term loans represent the principal to be collected on loans provided by banks in the PRC to the company.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company fully repaid the outstanding bank loans in the principal of $609,217 of the year ended December 31, 2019 and entered into credit facility agreements with multiple banks in PRC and a mortgage loan agreement with China's Industrial Bank, for a total of short-term bank loans in the aggregate principal amount of $2,857,516. The terms of loans were for one-year and with fixed annual interest rates ranging from 5% to 10%. Among the bank loans that arose during the year ended December 31, 2020, the principal amount of $717,887 was repaid and the principal amount of $2,260,696 was outstanding.

 

F-17

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company partly repaid the outstanding bank loans in the principal amount of $2,287,885 of the year ended December 31, 2020, and entered into a mortgage loan agreement with China's Industrial Bank for a short-term bank loan in the principal amount of $418,776. The term of the loan is of one-year with an annual interest rate of 4.85%. Among the bank loans that arose during the year ended December 31, 2021, principal amount of $423,483 was outstanding.

 

The mortgage loans with China's Industrial Bank arose during the years ending December 31, 2021 and 2020 were both secured by property owned by Mr. Zhenyu Zheng, which property is located in Taijiang District, Fuzhou Fujian and the property is valued at RMB6.6 million (approximately $1.03million) as of December 31, 2021.

 

NOTE 11 – LONG-TERM BANK LOANS

 

During the year ended December 31, 2020, Fuzhou Yukai entered into an agreement with Webank for a credit facility of up to RMB1.9 million (approximately $298,006) for daily operation purposes with a floating interest rate determined based on the latest one-year loan prime rate (LPR) published by the National Interbank Funding Centre one working day before the signing of such agreement ranging approximately between 7%-11%. During the year ended December 31, 2020, $260,421 was drawn down from this facility and as of December 31, 2020, an aggregated principal of $252,227 was outstanding, among which, $137,578 matured in the year end December 31, 2021.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2021, Fuzhou Yukai increased its credit limit of the Webank credit facility agreement from RMB1.9 million to RMB2.16 million (approximately $338,786). During the year ended December 31, 2021, and $197,858 was drawn down from such facility and as of December 31, 2021, an aggregate in principal of $256,642 was outstanding, among which $217,372 will mature in the year end December 31, 2022

 

   2021   2020 
Current maturities of long-term bank loans  $217,372   $137,578 
Long-term portion of long-term bank loans   39,270    114,649 
Total long-term bank loans  $256,642   $252,227 

 

NOTE 12 – ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

 

Accounts payable were as follows as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

    December
31, 2021
    December
31,
2020
 
Account payable to the suppliers   $ 482,787     $ 2,573,789  
Total accounts payable   $ 482,787     $ 2,573,789  

 

NOTE 13 – ADVANCES FROM CUSTOMERS

 

Advances from customers were as follows as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

    December
31, 2021
    December
31,
2020
 
Advances from customers   $ 131,929     $ 116,049  
Total Advances from customers   $ 131,929     $ 116,049  

 

F-18

 

 

NOTE 14 – ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

The following is a summary of accrued expenses and other current liabilities as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

   2021   2020 
Salary and welfare payables  $103,891   $146,824 
Other payables   245,285    475,207 
Other current liabilities   272    531 
Total  $349,448   $622,562 

 

Other payables are primarily comprised of outstanding amounts arising from operating funds support from suppliers with whom the Company has a good relationship.

 

NOTE 15 – OPERATING LEASE LIABILITIES

 

Operating lease liabilities as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 consisted of the following:

 

   December
31, 2021
   December
31, 2020
 
Operating lease liabilities - Office  $23,028   $37,356 
Operating lease liabilities - Warehouse   33,723    67,046 
Total operating lease liabilities  $56,751   $104,402 

 

Analyzed for reporting purposes as:

 

   December 
31, 2021
   December
31, 2020
 
Long-term portion of operating lease liabilities  $6,961   $55,454 
Current maturities of operating lease liabilities   49,790    48,948 
Total operating lease liabilities  $56,751   $104,402 

 

The operating lease liabilities are the net present value of the remaining lease payments as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

The incremental borrowing rate used for operating leases - Office and operating leases - Warehouse were both 5.54%. The weighted average remaining lease terms for operating leases was 1.13 years and 2.11 years as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the lease expenses for the Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets were $55,571 and $107,235, respectively.

 

i.The Office contains Office-1 and Office-2. The lease agreement for Office-1 was entered into on October 1, 2018, and will expire on May 31, 2023. The lease installments were paid monthly and the remaining lease payments were discounted using the incremental borrowing rate of 5.54%. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has paid $62,581 to the lessor.

  

ii.The lease agreement of Office-2 was entered into on Aug 17, 2018 and expired on Aug 17, 2020.

 

iii.The Warehouse contains Warehouse -1 and Warehouse -2. The lease agreement for Warehouse-1 was entered on December 1, 2020, and will expire on November 30, 2022. The lease installments were paid monthly and the remaining lease payments were discounted using the incremental borrowing rate of 5.54%. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has paid $40,780 to the lessor.

  

F-19

 

 

iv.The lease agreement of Factory -2 was entered into on December 1, 2018, and expired on November 30, 2020.

 

Maturity analysis of operating lease liabilities as of December 31, 2021 is as follows:

 

As of December 31, 2021  Office-1   Factory-1   Total
undiscounted
cash flows
 
Rent term   1/10/2018-31/5/2023    1/12/2020-30/11/2022      
remaining lease terms (years)   1.41    0.92      
Discounting Rate(%)   5.54    5.54      
One year  $16,939   $34,506   $51,445 
Two years   7,058         7,058 
Three years             - 
Four years               
Five years        -    - 
Beyond five years             - 
Total undiscounted cash flows  $23,997   $34,506   $58,503 
Total financing lease liabilities   23,028    33,723    56,751 
Difference between undiscounted cash flows and discounted cash flows   969    783    1,752 

 

NOTE 16 – TAXES

 

YUKAI is registered in the Cayman Islands. YUKAI generated substantially all of its income/ (loss) from its PRC operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

Cayman Islands

 

Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands, the Company is not subject to tax on income or capital gains. Additionally, upon payments of dividends to the shareholders, no Cayman Islands withholding tax will be imposed.

 

PRC

 

Income Tax

 

On March 16, 2007, the National People’s Congress of PRC enacted an Enterprise Income Tax Law (“EIT Law”), under which Foreign Investment Enterprises (“FIEs”) and domestic companies would be subject to enterprise income tax (“EIT”) at a uniform rate of 25%. The EIT Law became effective on January 1, 2008. 25% tax rates apply to all the PRC operation subsidiaries in the Company.

 

The provision for income tax for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, consisted of the following:

 

   2021   2020 
Current income tax provision  $-   $- 
Deferred income tax provision   302,538    4,789 
Total  $302,538   $4,789 

 

F-20

 

 

The following table sets forth reconciliation between the statutory EIT rate and the effective tax for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively:

 

   2021   2020 
Provision for income taxes at statutory tax rate in the PRC  $300,978   $3,397 
Effect of income for which no income tax is chargeable   -    - 
Effect of expense for which no income tax is deductible   1,560    1,392 
Reversal of deficit          
Effective tax  $302,538   $4,789 

 

The significant components of deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows:

 

   December
31,
2021
   December
31,
2020
 
Deferred tax assets  $114,997   $411,310 
Total  $114,997   $411,310 

 

Value Added Tax (“VAT”)

 

Business tax changed to VAT in China since May 1, 2016. The Company’s service revenue is subject to a VAT rate of 6% and revenue of selling or importing goods is subject to a VAT 13% and 9% since April 1, 2019 respectively.

 

When the Company recognizes revenue every month, the output tax will be estimated and accrued at the same time and credited to the output tax account to be transferred. When the Company issues an actual invoice, the output tax to be transferred will be transferred to the credit of output tax.

 

Taxes payable

 

The Company’s taxes payable as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 consisted of the following:

 

   2021   2020 
Income tax payable  $-   $- 
VAT payable   117,533    37,577 
Other tax payables   16,636    4,362 
Total  $134,169   $41,939 

 

NOTE 17 - EQUITY

 

Ordinary Shares and Additional Paid In Capital

 

Upon the Reorganization event described in Note 1, YUKAI issued 50,000 ordinary shares with par value of $1 to exchange for the ownership in Fuzhou Yukai from the former shareholders to Fujian Yukai.

  

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, Fuzhou Yukai received capital contributions of $1,246,928 and $217,674, respectively, from its shareholders, which were recorded as additional paid in capital as a result of business combination under common control, and thus, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company's additional paid-in capital increased by $1,246,928 and $217,674, respectively, at consolidated level.

 

In May 2022, YUKAI subdivided its 50,000 ordinary shares into 100,000,000 ordinary shares. The authorized ordinary shares became 100,000,000 shares and the par value changed from US$1 to US$0.0005. On the same day, the shareholders surrendered a total of 88,000,000 shares to YUKAI for no consideration after completion of the share subdivision. As a result of the foregoing, YUKAI has 12,000,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of the date of the prospectus.

 

F-21

 

 

The Reorganization has been accounted for at historical cost and prepared on the basis as if the Reorganization had become effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying financial statements of the Company.

 

Statutory Reserve

 

The Company is required to make appropriations to certain reserve funds, comprising the statutory surplus reserve and the discretionary surplus reserve, based on after-tax net income determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles of the PRC (“PRC GAAP”). Net income after taxation can be made up for the cumulative prior years’ losses, if any before allocated to the “Statutory reserve”. Appropriations to the statutory surplus reserve are required to be at least 10% of the after-tax net income determined in accordance with PRC GAAP until the reserve is equal to 50% of the entity’s registered capital. Appropriations to the discretionary surplus reserve are made at the discretion of the board of directors of the Company. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, no net income after taxation was allocated to the Statutory reserve, due to the cumulative prior years’ losses.

 

Dividends

 

Dividends declared by the Company are based on the distributable profits as reported in its statutory financial statements reported in accordance with PRC GAAP, which may differ from the results of operations reflected in the consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Company’s ability to pay dividends is primarily from cash received from its operating activities in the PRC. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, there was no Company dividend declared.

 

NOTE 18 – OPERATING EXPENSES

 

Operating expenses consisted of the following:

 

   December
31,
2021
   December
31,
2021
 
Sales and marketing expenses          
Employee benefit expenses  $45,072   $29,062 
Transportation fees   13,561    2,037 
Business promotion fees   4,697    - 
   $63,330   $31,099 
General and administrative expenses          
Employee benefit expenses  $170,325   $156,984 
Employee welfare expenses   3,337    4,245 
Staff training expenses   2,856    2,651 
Labor union expenditure   149    139 
Security Fund for the disabled   7,338    6,770 
Housing Provident Fund   25,049    30,243 
Rental expenses of short-term operating leases   53,976    30,606 
Lease expenses of the operating lease right-of-use assets   55,571    107,235 
Depreciation expenses   227,610    342,450 
Property management fee and energy charge   13,899    13,847 
Business tax expense   77,479    58,285 
Insurance fees   113,955    56,921 
Amortization expenses of intangible assets   16,335    - 
Business trips expense   24,361    35,595 
Vehicle fees   26,608    18,908 
Daily expenses   17,191    6,009 
Entertainment expense   15,598    13,922 
Consulting fees   58,933    - 
Other   3,945    26,643 
   $914,515   $911,453 

 

F-22

 

 

NOTE 19 – SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

ASC 280, “Segment Reporting”, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments on a basis consistent with the Company’s internal organizational structure as well as information about geographical areas, business segments and major customers in financial statements for details on the Company’s business segments. The Company uses the “management approach” in determining reportable operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source for determining the Company’s reportable segments. Because the Company’s operating facilities and long-lived assets are all substantially located in the PRC, and the Company’s two streams of revenue are all substantially generated in the PRC, although the Company sells its products across different geographic regions, based on management’s assessment, the Company has determined that it has only one operating segment as defined by ASC 280.

 

NOTE 20 – CUSTOMER AND SUPPLIER CONCENTRATION

 

Significant customers and suppliers are those that account for greater than 10% of the Company’s revenues and purchase.

 

The Company’s sales are made to customers that are located primarily in China. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, individual customer or supplier accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total revenues or purchases were as follows:

 

Significant customers  As for December 31, 2021 
   Amount   % 
Xiamen C&D Hitek Co., Ltd.  $2,776,762    28.8 
Fuzhou No. 2 Hospital   1,898,979    19.7 
China Resources (Fuzhou) Medical Equipment Co., Ltd.   1,763,958    18.3 

 

         
Significant suppliers  As for December 31, 2021 
   Amount   % 
Guangzhou Zhiheng Medical Devices Repairing Service Co., Ltd.  $2,386,323    42.4 
Shanghai Yingtai Medical Equipment Co., Ltd.   1,481,672    26.3 

 

         
Significant customers  As for December 31, 2020 
   Amount   % 
China Resources (Fuzhou) Medical Equipment Co., Ltd.  $2,070,558    25.6 
Fuzhou No. 2 Hospital   1,128,401    13.9 
Xiamen C&D Hitek Co., Ltd.   805,717    10.0 

 

F-23

 

 

Significant suppliers  As for December 31, 2020 
   Amount   % 
Fuzhou Tengjian Medical Instrument Co., Ltd.  $2,014,349    36.7 
Shanghai Bangyuan Medical Technology Service Center.   913,825    16.6 

 

As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, individual customers or suppliers accounted for more than 10% of the total outstanding accounts receivable or accounts payable balances were as follows:

 

Significant outstanding accounts receivables  As for December 31, 2021 
   Amount   % 
Customer A  $1,105,049    57.1 
Customer B   301,949    15.6 

 

Significant outstanding accounts payables  As for December 31, 2021 
   Amount   % 
Supplier A  $144,285    29.9 
Supplier B   67,412    14.0 
Supplier C   62,346    12.9 

 

Significant outstanding accounts receivables  As for December 31, 2020 
   Amount   % 
Customer C  $1,020,149    25.7 
Customer D   488,017    12.3 
Customer E   476,253    12.0 
Customer A   416,692    10.5 

 

Significant outstanding accounts payables  As for December 31, 2020 
   Amount   % 
Supplier D  $1,337,109    52.0 
Supplier E   505,218    19.6 

 

NOTE 21 – RELATED PARTY BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS

 

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company obtained loans from its shareholders and entered into daily current transactions with related parties, providing working capital to or receiving working capital from them.

 

Details of related party transactions and balances during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:

 

   December
31, 2020
   Provided   Received Repayment   Exchange
Rate
Translation
   December
31, 2021
 
Amounts due from related parties                         
Yukai Medical  $-   $21,513   $(776)  $233   $20,970 
Yukai Medical Equipment   -    23,079    -    260    23,339 
Fujian Yukai Medical Equipment   42,269    103,003    (145,781)   509    - 
Total amounts due from related parties  $42,269   $147,595   $(146,557)  $1,002   $44,309 

 

   December
31, 2019
   Provided   Received Repayment   Exchange
Rate
Translation
   December
31, 2020
 
Amounts due from related parties                         
Fujian Yukai Medical Equipment  $-   $41,920   $(1,915)  $2,264   $42,269 
Fujian Yukai Medica lnvestment   47,305    42,649    (90,517)   563    - 
Total amounts due from related parties  $47,305   $84,569   $(92,432)  $2,827   $42,269 

 

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, Fuzhou Yukai provided an unsecured, interest-free and due-on-demand advance of $ 21,513 to Yukai Medical, a former shareholder of Fuzhou Yukai before the reorganization and Fuzhou Yukai received repayment of $776 from Yukai Medical. As of December 31, 2021, Fuzhou Yukai had outstanding amounts of $20,970 due from Yukai Medical after considering the exchange rate fluctuation of $233.

 

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, Fuzhou Yukai provided an unsecured, interest-free and due-on-demand advance of $23,079 to Yukai Medical Equipment. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, Fuzhou Yukai did not enter into any current transactions with Yukai Medical Equipment. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, Fuzhou Yukai had outstanding amounts of $23,339 and $0 due from Yukai Medical Equipment after considering the exchange rate fluctuation of $260 and $0, respectively.

 

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, Fuzhou Yukai provided unsecured, interest-free and due-on-demand advances of $103,003 and $41,920, respectively, to Fujian Yukai Medical Equipment. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, Fuzhou Yukai received repayment of $145,781 and $1,915, respectively, from Fujian Yukai Medical Equipment. As of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 Fuzhou Yukai had $0 and $42,269 outstanding amounts due from Fujian Yukai Medical Equipment, after considering the exchange rate fluctuation of $509 and $2,264, respectively.

 

As of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, Fuzhou Yukai had $47,305 due from Fujian Yukai Medical Investment. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, Fuzhou Yukai provided a unsecured, interest-free and due-on-demand advance of $42,649 to Fujian Yukai Medical Investment and received repayment of $90,517 from Fujian Yukai Medical Investment. As of December 31, 2020, Fuzhou Yukai had no outstanding amounts due from Fujian Yukai Medical Investment after considering the exchange rate fluctuation of $563. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, Fujian Yukai did not enter into any current transactions with Fujian Yukai Medical Investment and as of December 31, 2021, Fujian Yukai had no outstanding amounts due from Fujian Yukai Medical Investment.

 

   December
31, 2020
   Borrowed   Repaid   Exchange
Rate
Translation
   December
31, 2021
 
Amounts due to related parties                         
Zhenyu Zheng  $1,859,067   $913,552   $(2,541,757)  $25,205   $256,067 
Fujian Yukai Medical Equipment   -    98,893         1,112    100,005 
Total amounts due to related parties  $1,859,067   $1,012,445   $(2,541,757)  $26,317   $356,072 

 

   December
31, 2019
   Borrowed   Repaid   Exchange
Rate
Translation
   December
31, 2020
 
Amounts due to related parties                         
Zhenyu Zheng  $1,953,384   $437,330   $(654,468)  $122,821   $1,859,067 
Yukai Medical   -    446,759    (446,759)   -    - 
Total amounts due to related parties  $1,953,384   $884,089   $(1,101,227)  $122,821   $1,859,067 

 

Mr. Zhenyu Zheng, YUKAI’s Chief Executive Officer, chairman of the board of directors and shareholder, made unsecured, interest-free and due-on-demand loans to the Company for working capital purposes during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and the Company made repayments to Mr. Zhenyu Zheng periodically. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company borrowed an aggregate of $913,552 and $437,330, from Mr. Zheng, respectively. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company repaid an aggregate of $2,541,757 and $654,468 to Mr. Zheng, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company had $256,067 and $1,859,067 outstanding loans payable to Mr. Zheng after considering the exchange rate fluctuation of $25,205 and $122,821, respectively.

 

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, Fuzhou Yukai obtained unsecured, interest-free and due-on-demand loan of $446,759 from Yukai Medical for daily operation purpose and made repayment of $446,759 to Yukai Medical. As of December 31, 2020, Fuzhou Yukai had no outstanding amount due to Yukai Medical.

 

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021, Fuzhou Yukai borrowed a unsecured, interest-free and due-on-demand advance of $98,893 from Fujian Yukai Medical Equipment for daily operation purpose. As of December 31, 2021, Fuzhou Yukai had outstanding amounts of $100,005, due to Fujian Yukai Medical Equipment after considering the exchange rate fluctuation of $1,112.

 

F-24

 

 

 

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, Yukai Medical, a former shareholder of Fuzhou Yukai before the reorganization, provided unsecured, interest-free and due-on-demand loans to us for working capital purposes and Fuzhou Yukai made repayments to Yukai Medical periodically. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company borrowed an aggregate of $0 and $446,759 from Yukai Medical. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, Fuzhou Yukai had no outstanding loans payable to Yukai Medical.

 

   December
31, 2020
   Borrowed   Repaid   Exchange
Rate
Translation
   December
31, 2021
 
Outstanding loans payable to shareholders - Zhenyu Zheng  $1,859,067   $913,552   $(2,541,757)  $25,205   $256,067 
                          
Outstanding loans payable to related party - Yukai Medical   -   $141,670   $(40,005)  $(1,660)  $100,005 
Amount due to related parties  $1,859,067   $1,055,222   $2,581,762   $23,545   $356,072 

 

    December
31, 2019
    Borrowed     Repaid     Exchange
Rate
Translation
    December
31, 2020
 
Outstanding loans payable to shareholders                                        
- Zhenyu Zheng   1,953,384     437,330     (654,468 )   122,821     1,859,067  
-Yukai Medical     -       446,759       (446,759 )     -       -  
Total outstanding loans payable shareholders   $ 1,953,384     $ 884,089     $ (1,101,227 )   $ 122,821     $ 1,859,067  

  

Current transactions with related parties

 

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, Fuzhou Yukai provided working capital to or received working capital from Yukai Medical, Yukai Medical Equipment, Fujian Yukai Medical Equipment and Fujian Yukai Medical Investment as needed. These advances were unsecured, interest free and due upon demand.

 

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, Fuzhou Yukai provided a net amount of $20,737 to Yukai Medical. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, Fuzhou Yukai did not enter into any current transactions with Yukai Medical. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, Fuzhou Yukai had outstanding amounts of $20,970 and $0 due from Yukai Medical, respectively.

 

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, Fuzhou Yukai provided a net amount of $23,079 to Yukai Medical Equipment. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, Fuzhou Yukai did not enter into any current transactions with Yukai Medical Equipment. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, Fuzhou Yukai had outstanding amounts of $23,339 and $0 due from Yukai Medical Equipment, respectively.

 

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021, Fuzhou Yukai borrowed a net amount of $141,670 from, and provided a net amount of $40,005 to Fujian Yukai Medical Equipment. As of December 31, 2021, Fuzhou Yukai had outstanding amounts of $100,005, due to, and $42,269 due from, Fujian Yukai Medical Equipment.

 

As of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, Fuzhou Yukai had $47,305 due from Fujian Yukai Medical Investment. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, Fuzhou Yukai received repayment of the outstanding amount of $47,305 due from Fujian Yukai Medical Investment, and, as of December 31, 2020, Fuzhou Yukai had no outstanding amounts due from Fujian Yukai Medical Investment. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, Fujian Yukai did not enter into any current transactions with Fujian Yukai Medical Investment and as of December 31, 2021, Fujian Yukai had no outstanding amounts due from or to Fujian Yukai Medical Investment.

 

F-25

 

 

Amounts due from related parties

 

December 31, 2021 and 2020, amounts due from related parties amounted to $44,309 and $42,269, respectively.

 

   December 
31,
2021
   December 
31,
2020
 
Amounts due from related parties          
Yukai Medical  $20,970   $- 
Yukai Medical Equipment   23,339    - 
Fujian Yukai Medical Equipment   -    42,269 
Total amounts due from related parties  $44,309   $42,269 

 

Amounts due to related parties

 

As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, amounts due to related parties amounted to $356,072 and $1,859,067, respectively.

 

   December
31,
2021
   December
31,
2020
 
Amounts due to related parties           
- Zhenyu Zheng  $256,067   $1,859,067 
-Fujian Yukai Medical Equipment   100,005    - 
Total amounts due to related parties  $356,072   $1,859,067 

 

NOTE 22 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

In May 2022, the Company subdivided its 50,000 ordinary shares into 100,000,000 ordinary shares. The authorized ordinary shares became 100,000,000 shares and the par value changed from US$1 to US$0.0005. On the same day, the existing shareholders surrendered a total of 88,000,000 ordinary shares to the Company for no consideration and the Company cancelled those 88,000,000 ordinary shares after completion of the share subdivision. As a result, YUKAI has 12,000,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of the date of the prospectus. Accordingly, all share and per share information has been restated to retroactively show the effect of this recapitalization.

 

NOTE 23 – CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY

 

The following is the condensed financial information of YUKAI on a parent company only basis.

 

F-26

 

 

YUKAI Health Group Limited

Condensed Balance Sheets

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

   As of December 31, 
   2021   2020 
ASSETS        
Prepayments, deposits and other current assets  $86,458   $50,000 
Investment in subsidiaries   2,028,188    (168,576)
Total assets  $2,114,646   $(118,576)
           
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY          
           
Amounts due to related parties   36,992    - 
Total liabilities  $36,992   $- 
           
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY          
Ordinary shares, $ 0.0005 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 12,000,000 shares issued as of December 31, 2021   6,000    6,000 
Additional paid-in capital   3,012,120    1,765,192 
Retained earnings   (1,090,736)   (2,026,560)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss   150,270    136,792 
Total equity of the Company’s shareholders   2,077,654    (118,576)
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  $2,114,646   $(118,576)

 

F-27

 

 

YUKAI Health Group Limited

Condensed Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive Income

For the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

   As of December 31 
   2021   2020 
Share of net income of subsidiaries  $936,358   $7,743 
           
Net income  $935,824   $7,743 
Other comprehensive income (loss):          
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of nil tax  $13,478   $(7,326)
           
Total comprehensive income  $949,302   $417 

 

(a) Basis of Presentation

 

Condensed financial information is used for the presentation of YUKAI, or the parent company. The condensed financial information of the parent company has been prepared using the same accounting policies as set out in the Company’s consolidated financial statements except that the parent company used the equity method to account for investment in its subsidiaries.

 

The parent company records its investment in its subsidiaries under the equity method of accounting as prescribed in ASC 323, Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures. Such investments are presented on the condensed balance sheets as “Investment in subsidiaries” and their respective profit or loss as “Share of profit in subsidiaries” on the condensed statements of income. Equity method accounting ceases when the carrying amount of the investment, including any additional financial support, in a subsidiary is reduced to zero unless the parent company has guaranteed obligations of the subsidiary or is otherwise committed to provide further financial support. If the subsidiary subsequently reports net income, the parent company shall resume applying the equity method only after its share of that net income equals the share of net losses not recognized during the period the equity method was suspended.

 

The parent company’s condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-28

 

 

4,000,000 Ordinary Shares

 

 

YUKAI Health Group Limited

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

   , 2022

 

Until     , 2022 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our ordinary shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to its unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 6. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

 

The Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our articles of association, which will become effective upon or before completion of this offering, provide that, to the extent permitted by law, we shall indemnify each existing or former secretary, director (including alternate director), and any of our other officers (including an investment adviser or an administrator or liquidator) and their personal representatives against:

 

(a) all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages, or liabilities incurred or sustained by the existing or former director (including alternate director), secretary, or officer in or about the conduct of our business or affairs or in the execution or discharge of the existing or former director (including alternate director)’s, secretary’s, or officer’s duties, powers, authorities or discretions; and

 

(b) without limitation to paragraph (a) above, all costs, expenses, losses, or liabilities incurred by the existing or former director (including alternate director), secretary, or officer in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings (whether threatened, pending or completed) concerning us or our affairs in any court or tribunal, whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

 

No such existing or former director (including alternate director), secretary, or officer, however, shall be indemnified in respect of any matter arising out of his own actual fraud, willful default, or willful neglect.

 

To the extent permitted by law, we may make a payment, or agree to make a payment, whether by way of advance, loan or otherwise, for any legal costs incurred by an existing secretary, or any of our officers in respect of any matter identified in above on condition that the secretary, or officer must repay the amount paid by us to the extent that it is ultimately found not liable to indemnify the secretary or that officer for those legal costs.

 

Pursuant to indemnification agreements, the form of which is filed as Exhibit 10.2 to this registration statement, we have agreed to indemnify our directors and officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being such a director or officer.

 

The Underwriting Agreement, the form of which will be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, will also provide for indemnification of us and our officers and directors.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

ITEM 7. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

 

During the past three years, we have issued the following securities which were not registered under the Securities Act. We believe that each of the following issuance was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation D under the Securities Act or pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering or in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore transactions. No underwriters were involved in these issuances of securities.

 

 

 

 

Securities/Purchaser Ordinary Shares  Date of Issuance  Number of
Securities
   Consideration 
ZhenYu Investment Holdings Limited  October 19, 2021   26,500   $26,500 
ZWY Investment Ltd  October 19, 2021   3,250   $3,250 
ChenJi Investment Group Limited  October 19, 2021   3,250   $3,250 
CMX Investment Group Limited  October 19, 2021   3,250   $3,250 
ZTCHEN Investment Limited  October 19, 2021   3,250   $3,250 
Super Wise International Holdings Limited  October 19, 2021   3,250   $3,250 
QiuRan Medical Investment Co., Ltd  October 19, 2021   2,750   $2,750 
CXYI Medical Investment Co., Ltd  October 19, 2021   2,500   $2,500 
XLING Investment Holdings Limited  October 19, 2021   2,000   $2,000 

 

In May 2022, each of our authorized and issued ordinary shares of par value $1 each was subdivided into 2,000 ordinary shares of par value $0.0005 each (the “Subdivision”), and following the Subdivision, we had an aggregate of 100,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0005 authorized and outstanding. Following the Subdivision, the shareholders surrendered a total of 88,000,000 ordinary shares for no consideration (the “Surrender”), with the shareholding ratio among the shareholders remaining unchanged. After the Surrender, we have an aggregate of 12,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0005 issued and outstanding as of the date of this prospectus.

 

ITEM 8. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a) Exhibits

 

See Exhibit Index of this registration statement.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

 

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

 

ITEM 9. UNDERTAKINGS.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

 

 

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(3) For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

(4) For the purpose of determining any liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Fuzhou, Fujian Province, PRC, on July 1, 2022.

 

  YUKAI Health Group Limited
   
  By: /s/ Zhenyu Zheng
    Name:  Zhenyu Zheng
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature   Title   Date
         
/s/ Zhenyu Zheng   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman   July 1, 2022
Zhenyu Zheng   (principal executive officer)    
         
/s/ Liping Ni   Chief Financial Officer   July 1, 2022
Liping Ni   (principal financial and accounting officer)    
         

 

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

 

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of YUKAI Health Group Limited, has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in New York, NY on July 1, 2022.

 

  Cogency Global Inc.
  Authorized U.S. Representative  
   
  By: /s/ Colleen A. De Vries
    Name:   Colleen A. De Vries
    Title: Senior Vice President on behalf of Cogency Global Inc.

 

 

 

 

YUKAI Health Group Limited

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document
1.1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1*   Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant
3.2*   Articles of Association of the Registrant
3.3*   Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant
3.4*   Amended and Restated Articles of Association of the Registrant
4.1*   Registrant’s Specimen Certificate for Ordinary Shares
5.1*   Opinion of Ogier regarding the validity of the ordinary shares being registered
8.1*   Opinion of Ogier regarding certain Cayman Islands tax matters (included in Exhibit 5.1)
10.1*   English translation of the Office Leasing Contract, dated May 1, 2021, by and between Fuzhou Yukai and certain individuals.
10.2*   English translation of the Warehouse Leasing Contract, dated November 27, 2020 by and between Fuzhou Yukai and an individual
10.3*   English translation of the Office Leasing Contract, dated July 18, by and between Fuzhou Yukai and an individual owner.
10.4*   English Translation of Loan Contract between Fuzhou Yukai and WeBank Co., Ltd., dated March 1, 2021
10.5*   English Translation of Loan Contract between Fuzhou Yukai and WeBank Co., Ltd., dated April 8, 2021
10.6*   English Translation of Loan Contract between Fuzhou Yukai and WeBank Co., Ltd., dated May 27, 2021
10.7*   English Translation of Loan Contract between Fuzhou Yukai and WeBank Co., Ltd., dated June 30, 2021
10.8 *   English Translation of Loan Contract between Fuzhou Yukai and WeBank Co., Ltd., dated July 30, 2021
10.9*   English Translation of Loan Contract between Fuzhou Yukai and WeBank Co., Ltd., dated August 30, 2021
10.10*   English Translation of Contract for Operating Fast Loans between Fuzhou Yukai and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited (Fuzhou Branch), dated April 14, 2022
10.11*   English Translation of Contract for Operating Fast Loans between Fuzhou Yukai and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited (Fuzhou Branch), dated April 14, 2022
10.12*   English Translation of Working Capital Loan Contract between Fuzhou Yukai and Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. dated March 22, 2022
10.13*   English Translation of Factoring Contract for Government Purchase between Fuzhou Yukai and Lvjin (Shenzhen) Commercial Factoring Co., Ltd. dated April 1, 2022
10.14*   English Translation of Contract between Fuzhou Yukai and Xiamen C&D Hitek Co., Ltd. for providing outsourced maintenance service to Mengchao Hepatobiliary Hospital of Fujian Medical University, dated September 1, 2020
10.15*   English Translation of Contract between Fuzhou Yukai and Xiamen C&D Hitek Co., Ltd. for providing outsourced maintenance service to Fuding Hospital, dated October 19, 2020

 

 

 

 

10.16*   English Translation of Contract between Fuzhou Yukai and Xiamen C&D Hitek Co., Ltd. for providing outsourced maintenance service to the Third Hospital of Xiamen, dated September 17, 2020
10.17*   English Translation of Contract between Fuzhou Yukai and Fuzhou No. 2 Hospital, dated May 13, 2021
10.18*   English Translation of Contract between Fuzhou Yukai and Fuzhou No. 2 Hospital, dated May, 2022
10.19*   English Translation of Contract between Fuzhou Yukai and China Resources (Fuzhou) Medical Equipment Co., Ltd. for providing outsourced maintenance service to Fuqing No.1 Hospital, dated November 13, 2019
10.20*   English Translation of Contract between Fuzhou Yukai and China Resources (Fuzhou) Medical Equipment Co., Ltd. for providing outsourced maintenance service to Longyan No.2 Hospital, dated March 13, 2019
10.21*   English Translation of Contract between Fuzhou Yukai and Xiamen No.5 Hospital, dated February 21, 2020
10.22*   Employment Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Zhenyu Zhang, dated June 29, 2022
10.23*   Employment Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Liping Ni, dated June 29, 2022
21.1*   List of Subsidiaries
23.1*   Consent of TPS Thayer, LLC
23.2*   Consent of Ogier (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3*   Consent of AllBright Law Offices (Fuzhou) (included in Exhibit 99.2)
23.4*   Consent of Haiqiao Zhiku (Xiamen) Cultural Development Co., Ltd.
24.1*   Powers of Attorney (included on signature page to Registration Statement on Form F-1)
99.1*   Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
99.2*   Opinion of AllBright Law Offices (Fuzhou) regarding certain PRC law matters
99.3*   Consent of George Xu
99.4*   Consent of Yuan Yuan
99.5*   Consent of Shenghao Zeng
99.6*   Form of Audit Committee Charter
99.7*   Form of Compensation Committee Charter
99.8*   Form of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter
107*   Filling Fee Table

 

* Filed herewith
** To be filed by amendments

 

 

 


Exhibit 3.1

 

 

 

THE COMPANIES ACT (AS REVISED) OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

 

EXEMPTED COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

 

 

 

 

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

YUKAI HEALTH GROUP LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

Auth Code: C74214982796

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

THE COMPANIES ACT (AS REVISED) OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

 

EXEMPTED COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

YUKAI HEALTH GROUP LIMITED

 

1.The name of the Company is YUKAI Health Group Limited.

 

2.The registered office of the Company shall be at the offices of Tricor Services (Cayman Islands) Limited, Second Floor, Century Yard, Cricket Square, P.O. Box 902, Grand Cayman, KY1-1103, Cayman Islands, or at such other place as the Directors may from time to time decide.

 

3.The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to exercise all the functions of a natural person of full capacity.

 

4.The liability of each Member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such Members Shares.

 

5.The share capital of the Company is US$ 50,000.00 divided into 50,000 Shares of a par value of US$1.00 each.

 

6.The Company has the power to register by way of continuation outside of the Cayman Islands in accordance with the Companies Act and to de-register as an exempted company in the Cayman Islands.

 

7.Capitalised terms that are not defined in this Memorandum of Association have the same meaning as those given in the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

8.The nature of the Company business is Equity Holding Company.

 

9.The date of the Companys financial year end is 31 December.

 

Auth Code: C74214982796

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

We, the subscriber to this Memorandum of Association, wish to be formed into a company pursuant to this Memorandum of Association, and we agree to take the number of Shares shown opposite our name.

 

DATED: 19 October 2021

 

Name and address of Subscriber Number of Shares taken by Subscriber
     
/s/ Ian Comins   One Share

for and on behalf of

Tricor Services (Cayman Islands) Limited

Second Floor,

Century Yard,

Cricket Square,

P.O. Box 902,

Grand Cayman, KY1-1103,

Cayman Islands

 

acting by:

 

Name: Ian Comins

Title: Authorised Signatory

 

/s/ Sustjie Kirkman  
Sustjie Kirkman  
Witness to the above signature  

 

Auth Code: C74214982796

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 


Exhibit 3.2 

 

  

 

THE COMPANIES ACT (AS REVISED) OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

 

EXEMPTED COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

YUKAI HEALTH GROUP LIMITED

 

1.PRELIMINARY

 

1.1Table A not to apply

 

The regulations contained or incorporated in Table A in the First Schedule to the Companies Act (as revised) shall not apply to the Company and these Articles shall apply in place thereof.

 

1.2Definitions

 

“Articles”  means these articles of association of the Company, as amended from time to time;
    
“Auditor”  means the person (if any) for the time being performing the duties of auditor of the Company;
    
“Clear Days”  in relation to the period of a notice means that period excluding the day when the notice is served or deemed to be served and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;
    
“Companies Act”  means the Companies Act (as revised) of the Cayman Islands, as amended or revised from time to time;
    
“Company”  means the above-named company;
    
“Directors”  means the directors for the time being of the Company;
    
“Dividend”  shall mean an interim dividend unless such dividend is expressly stated to be a final dividend by the Directors at any time before the date of payment of such dividend;
    
“Dollar” or “US$”  means the lawful currency of the United States of America;
    
“Electronic Record”  has the same meaning as in the Electronic Transactions Act;
    
“Electronic Transactions Act”  means the Electronic Transactions Act (as revised) of the Cayman Islands;

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

“Member”  means any person from time to time entered in the Register of Members as a holder of one or more Shares and includes the Subscriber pending its entry therein;
    
“Memorandum”  means the memorandum of association of the Company, as amended from time to time;
    
“Ordinary Resolution”  means a resolution passed by a simple majority of the Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting, and includes a unanimous written resolution;
    
“Register of Members”  means the register of members of the Company maintained in accordance with the Companies Act and includes (except where otherwise stated) any duplicate or branch register;
    
“Registered Office”  means the registered office for the time being of the Company in the Cayman Islands;
    
“Seal”  means the common seal of the Company and includes every duplicate seal;
    
“Share”  means a share in the capital of the Company and includes a fraction of a share;
    
“Special Resolution”  has the same meaning as in the Companies Act, and includes a unanimous written resolution;
    
“Subscriber”  means the subscriber to the Memorandum; and
    
“Subscriber Share”  means any Share which the Subscriber has agreed to take pursuant to the Memorandum.

 

1.3Interpretation

 

Unless the contrary intention appears, in these Articles:

 

(a)singular words include the plural and vice versa;

 

(b)a word of any gender includes the corresponding words of any other gender;

 

(c)references to “persons” include natural persons, companies, partnerships, firms, joint ventures, associations or other bodies of persons (whether or not incorporated);

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

(d)a reference to a person includes that person’s successors and legal personal representatives;

 

(e)“writing” and “written” includes any method of representing or reproducing words in a visible form, including in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

(f)a reference to “shall” shall be construed as imperative and a reference to “may” shall be construed as permissive;

 

(g)in relation to determinations to be made by the Directors and all powers, authorities and discretions exercisable by the Directors under these Articles, the Directors may make those determinations and exercise those powers, authorities and discretions in their sole and absolute discretion, either generally or in a particular case, subject to any qualifications or limitations expressed in these Articles or imposed by law;

 

(h)any reference to the powers of the Directors shall include, when the context admits, the service providers or any other person to whom the Directors may, from time to time, delegate their powers;

 

(i)the term “and/or” is used in these Articles to mean both “and” as well as “or”. The use of “and/or” in certain contexts in no respects qualifies or modifies the use of the terms “and” or “or” in others. “Or” shall not be interpreted to be exclusive, and “and” shall not be interpreted to require the conjunctive, in each case unless the context requires otherwise;

 

(j)any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “includes”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms;

 

(k)headings are inserted for reference only and shall not affect construction;

 

(l)a reference to an Act includes regulations and instruments made under that Act;

 

(m)a reference to an Act or a provision of an Act includes amendments, re-enactments, consolidations or replacements of that Act or the provision;

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

(n)“fully paid” means paid up as to the par value in respect of the issue of any Shares and includes credited as fully paid;

 

(o)where an Ordinary Resolution is expressed to be required for any purpose, a Special Resolution is also effective for that purpose; and

 

(p)sections 8 and 19(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act are hereby excluded.

 

2.COMMENCEMENT OF BUSINESS

 

(a)The business of the Company may be commenced as soon after incorporation as the Directors shall see fit.

 

(b)The Directors may pay, out of the capital or any other monies of the Company, all expenses incurred in connection with the formation and operation of the Company, including the expenses of registration and any expenses relating to the offer of, subscription for, or issuance of Shares.

 

(c)Expenses may be amortised over such period as the Directors may determine.

 

3.REGISTERED OFFICE AND OTHER OFFICES

 

(a)Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, the Company may by resolution of the Directors change the location of its Registered Office.

 

(b)The Directors, in addition to the Registered Office, may in their discretion establish and maintain such other offices, places of business and agencies whether within or outside of the Cayman Islands.

 

4.SERVICE PROVIDERS

 

The Directors may appoint any person to act as a service provider to the Company and may delegate to any such service provider any of the functions, duties, powers and discretions available to them as Directors, upon such terms and conditions (including as to the remuneration payable by the Company) and with such powers of sub-delegation, but subject to such restrictions, as they think fit.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

5.ISSUE OF SHARES

 

5.1Issue of Shares

 

(a)Subject to the applicable provisions, if any, in the Companies Act, these Articles, the Memorandum, any resolution that may be passed by the Company in general meeting and subject to any rights attached to any existing Shares, the Directors may allot, issue, grant options over or otherwise deal with or dispose of Shares with or without preferred, deferred, or other rights or restrictions, whether as regards to Dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, at such times and on such other terms as they think fit. The Directors shall, in their sole discretion, determine the issue price of any Shares to be allotted and issued.

 

(b)The Directors may issue Shares in different classes and may establish internal accounts within the Company to permit the assets and liabilities of a class of Shares to be segregated from the assets and liabilities of any other class of Shares as an internal accounting matter. In addition, if there are multiple classes of Shares in issue at any time, the Directors may (without obtaining the consent of any Members affected but subject to the Companies Act and any variation of class rights provisions in these Articles), re-designate or re-classify any class of Shares as belonging to another class of Shares.

 

5.2Power of Subscriber to issue and transfer or repurchase Subscriber Shares

 

Notwithstanding the preceding Article, the Subscriber shall have the power to:

 

(a)issue any Subscriber Share to itself at par following the incorporation of the Company;

 

(b)transfer such Subscriber Share to any person by execution of a share transfer instrument or provide for the repurchase at par value of such Subscriber Share upon the first issue of additional Shares by the Company; and

 

(c)update the Register of Members in respect of the issue and transfer or repurchase of the Subscriber Share.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

5.3Payment for Shares

 

The Directors may, in their sole discretion, agree the terms on which any subscriber may subscribe for Shares, including the currency, manner, time and place of payment and may designate that such payment be to such person acting on behalf of the Company as the Directors may from time to time determine. If the Directors so consent, the subscription price may be satisfied wholly or partly by the transfer of in-kind consideration to the Company. The value of any in-kind consideration shall be determined by the Directors in their sole discretion, and, in the absence of bad faith or manifest error, such determination shall be binding upon the Company and its Members.

 

5.4Payment of commission or brokerage

 

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, the Company may pay a commission or brokerage in connection with any issue of Shares. The Company may pay the commission or brokerage in cash or by issuing Shares credited as fully paid or by a combination of both.

 

5.5No Shares to bearer

 

The Company shall not issue Shares to bearer.

 

5.6Fractional Shares

 

Fractional Shares may be issued.

 

5.7No rights of pre-emption etc.

 

No rights of pre-emption, first or last refusal, drag-along or tag-along shall attach to any Shares.

 

5.8Shares issued fully paid

 

Shares shall only be issued as fully paid.

 

6.REGISTER OF MEMBERS

 

(a)The Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained a Register of Members.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

(b)Upon request, the Directors shall confirm to any Member the entry of the name of such Member in the Register of Members and the number of Shares held by such Member. No Member (not being a Director) shall have any right to inspect the Register of Members except as conferred by the Companies Act or as authorised by the Directors.

 

7.CLOSURE OF THE REGISTER OF MEMBERS AND FIXING A RECORD DATE

 

7.1Power of Directors to close the Register of Members

 

For the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment of a meeting, or Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other proper purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not in any case exceed 40 days.

 

7.2Power of Directors to fix a record date

 

In lieu of, or apart from, closing the Register of Members, the Directors may fix in advance or arrear a date as the record date for any such determination of Members entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Members, and for the purpose of determining the Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose.

 

7.3Circumstances where Register of Members is not closed and no fixed record date

 

If the Register of Members is not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of Members or Members entitled to receive payment of a Dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is sent or the date on which the resolution of the Directors declaring such Dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of Members entitled to vote at any meeting of Members has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment of that meeting.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

8.SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

8.1Issue of share certificates

 

A Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued.

 

8.2Form of share certificates

 

Share certificates, if any, shall be in such form as the Directors may determine and shall be signed by one or more Directors or any other person so authorised by the Directors. The Directors may authorise share certificates to be issued with the authorised signature(s) affixed by mechanical process. All share certificates shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified and shall specify the number and class of Shares to which they relate. All share certificates surrendered to the Company for transfer shall be cancelled and subject to these Articles no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate evidencing a like number of relevant Shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled. Where only some of the Shares evidenced by a share certificate are transferred, the old certificate shall be surrendered and cancelled and a new certificate for the balance of the Shares shall be issued in lieu without charge.

 

8.3Certificates for jointly-held Shares

 

If the Company issues a share certificate in respect of Shares held jointly by more than one person, delivery of a single share certificate to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

8.4Replacement of share certificates

 

If a share certificate is defaced, worn-out or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, a new share certificate shall be issued on the payment of such expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and the person requiring the new share certificate shall first surrender the defaced or worn-out share certificate or give such evidence of the loss, theft or destruction of the share certificate and such indemnity to the Company as the Directors may require.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

9.TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

9.1Written instrument of transfer

 

Subject to these Articles, a Share is transferable by means of a written instrument of transfer in any usual or common form for use in the Cayman Islands or any other form approved by the Directors and which:

 

(a)has been executed by or on behalf of the transferor; and

 

(b)is accompanied by such documentation that the Directors may request.

 

9.2Refusal to register transfers

 

(a)The Directors may resolve to refuse to register any transfer of Shares (other than a transfer of the Subscriber Shares by the Subscriber) and are not obliged to give any reason for that refusal, provided that the Directors may (with or without conditions) irrevocably waive or modify this right in connection with the listing of Shares on a stock exchange or where the free transferability of Shares is otherwise desirable.

 

(b)If the Directors refuse to register a transfer of Shares they must, within two months of such refusal (i) give notice of the refusal to the registered holder of the Shares and the proposed transferee named on the transfer and (ii) at their election, either destroy any instrument of transfer provided to them in respect of such proposed transfer, or return such instrument to the person who provided it to them. Failure to provide such notice or to destroy or return such instrument does not invalidate the decision of the Directors to refuse to register that transfer.

 

9.3Effect of registration

 

The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the Share transferred until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members in respect of that Share.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

10.TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

10.1Transmission of Shares

 

If a Member dies, becomes bankrupt, commences liquidation or is dissolved, the only person that the Company will recognise as having any title to, or interest in, that Member’s Share (other than the Member) are:

 

(a)if the deceased Member was a joint holder, the survivor;

 

(b)if the deceased Member was a sole or the only surviving holder, the personal representative of that Member; or

 

(c)any trustee in bankruptcy or other person succeeding to the Member’s interest by operation of law,

 

but nothing in these Articles releases the estate of a deceased Member, or any other successor by operation of law, from any liability in respect of any Share held by that Member solely or jointly.

 

10.2Election by persons entitled on transmission

 

Any person becoming entitled to a Share as a result of the death, bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other way than by transfer) may, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Directors, elect either to become registered as the holder of the Share or nominate another person to be registered as the holder of that Share.

 

10.3Manner of election

 

A person who makes an election under the preceding Article shall give written notice to the Company to that effect, but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to refuse registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by that Member before his death, bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution, as the case may be.

 

10.4Rights of persons entitled by transmission

 

A person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death, bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other case than by transfer) shall be entitled to the same Dividends and other rights to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the Share. However, the person shall not, before being registered as a Member in respect of the Share, be entitled in respect of it to attend or vote at any meeting of the Company and the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to have some person nominated by him registered as the holder (and the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to refuse registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by that Member before his death, bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution, as the case may be). If the notice is not complied with within 90 days the Directors may withhold payment of all Dividends, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the Share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

11.SURRENDER, REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE OF SHARES

 

11.1Surrender of Shares

 

Shares may be surrendered in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Companies Act and may accept the surrender for no consideration of any fully paid Share.

 

11.2Shares can be redeemable

 

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act the Company may issue Shares that are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Member or the Company. The redemption of such Shares shall be effected in such manner and upon such other terms as the Company may, by Special Resolution, determine before the issue of the Shares.

 

11.3Power of the Company to purchase its Shares

 

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and to any rights conferred on the holders of any class of Shares, the Company shall have the power to purchase all or any of its Shares on such terms as the Directors may agree with the holders of such Shares. The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner permitted by the Companies Act, including out of capital. Redemption or purchase proceeds may be paid in cash and/or in-kind.

 

11.4Holding Shares in treasury

 

The Directors may hold and dispose of any repurchased, redeemed or surrendered Shares in treasury in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Companies Act.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

12.FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

 

The Company may give financial assistance directly or indirectly for the purpose of, or in connection with, the acquisition made or to be made by any person of any Shares or of shares in any Member.

 

13.CLASS RIGHTS AND CLASS MEETINGS

 

13.1Variation of class rights

 

Subject to the Companies Act, whether or not Shares are divided into more than one class, all or any of the rights attached to a class of Shares may be varied in such manner as those rights may provide or, if no such provision is made, either:

 

(a)by the Directors, provided that such variation is not materially adverse to the rights of the holders of such Shares (as determined by the Directors);

 

(b)with the consent in writing of holders of two-thirds of the issued Shares of that class; or

 

(c)with the sanction of a resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the Shares of that class by a two-thirds majority of the holders of the Shares of that class present and voting at such meeting (whether in person or by proxy).

 

13.2Treatment of classes of Shares by Directors

 

The Directors may for the purposes of this Article, treat two or more, or all, of the classes of Shares as forming one class of Shares if the Directors consider that such classes of Shares would be affected by the proposed variation in the same way.

 

13.3Class rights not deemed to be varied

 

Except where expressly provided by the terms of the issue of the Shares of that class, the rights attached to any class of Shares are not taken to be varied by:

 

(a)the creation or issue of further Shares ranking equally with or subordinate to them; or

 

(b)the repurchase, redemption or surrender of any Shares.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

13.4Class meetings

 

The provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings of the Company shall apply mutatis mutandis to any class meeting, except that the quorum shall be one or more Members that together hold at least one third of the Shares of that class.

 

14.NO RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS OR THIRD PARTY INTERESTS

 

Except as required by these Articles or the Companies Act, the Company:

 

(a)is not required to recognise a person as holding any Share on any trust, even if the Company has notice of the trust; and

 

(b)is not required to recognise, and is not bound by, any interest in or claim to any Share, except for the registered holder’s absolute legal ownership of the Share, even if the Company has notice of that interest or claim.

 

15.LIEN ON SHARES

 

15.1Lien on Shares generally

 

The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on all Shares registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others) for all debts, liabilities or amounts payable to or with the Company (whether presently payable or not) by such Member or his estate, either alone or jointly with any other person, whether a Member or not, but the Directors may at any time determine any Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The Company’s lien on a Share is released if a transfer of that Share is registered.

 

15.2Enforcement of lien

 

The Company may sell, on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit, any Share on which the Company has a lien, if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, and is not paid within 14 Clear Days after notice has been given by the Company to the holder of the Share (or to any other person entitled to the Share by reason of the death, bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution of the holder of the Shares) demanding payment of that amount and giving notice of intention to sell the Share if such payment is not made.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

15.3Completion of sale under lien

 

To give effect to a sale of Shares under a lien the Directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer in respect of the Shares to be sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the relevant purchaser. The purchaser or his nominee shall be registered as the holder of the Shares comprised in any such transfer, and he shall not be bound to see to the application of any consideration provided for the Shares, nor will the purchaser’s title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in connection with the sale or the exercise of the Company’s power of sale under these Articles.

 

15.4Application of proceeds of sale

 

The net proceeds of a sale made under a lien after payment of costs, shall be applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable and any balance shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the Shares before the sale) be paid to the person who was entitled to the Shares immediately prior to the sale.

 

16.ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

(a)increase its share capital by the creation of new Shares of such amount as the resolution prescribes;

 

(b)consolidate, or consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of a larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

(c)subdivide its Shares, or any of them, into Shares of a smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum; and

 

(d)cancel any Shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken, or agreed to be taken, by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled.

 

All new Shares created in accordance with the provisions of this Article shall be subject to the same provisions of these Articles with reference to liens, transfer, transmission and otherwise as the Shares in the original share capital.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

17.SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS

 

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and the provisions of these Articles as regards the matters to be dealt with by Ordinary Resolution, the Company may by Special Resolution:

 

(a)change its name;

 

(b)alter or add to these Articles;

 

(c)alter or add to the Memorandum with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein;

 

(d)reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve;

 

(e)commence a voluntary winding up; and

 

(f)merge or consolidate with any one or more constituent companies (as defined in the Companies Act).

 

18.CONVENING GENERAL MEETINGS

 

18.1Convening a general meeting

 

(a)The Directors may convene a general meeting of the Company whenever the Directors think fit and must do so if required to do so pursuant to a valid Members’ requisition.

 

(b)If at any time, there are no Directors then any one Member shall be entitled to convene a general meeting of the Company in the same manner as if such Member were the Directors.

 

(c)The Directors may, in their absolute discretion (save for general meetings convened at the requisition of one or more Members), postpone or cancel a general meeting before the date on which it is to be held, with or without reason.

 

18.2Members’ requisition

 

A Members’ requisition is a requisition of Members holding at the date of deposit of the requisition at the Registered Office not less than 10% of the issued Shares which as at that date carry the right to vote at general meetings of the Company.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

18.3Requirements of Members’ requisition

 

(a)The requisition must state the objects of the general meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the Registered Office and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists.

 

(b)If the Directors do not within 21 days from the date of the deposit of a valid requisition (the “Convening Deadline”) duly proceed to convene a general meeting to be held within a further 21 days, the requisitionists, or any of them representing a majority of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene a general meeting of the Company, but any meeting so convened shall not be held after the expiration of three months after the Convening Deadline.

 

(c)A general meeting convened in accordance with this Article by requisitionists shall be convened (insofar as is possible) in the same manner as that in which general meetings are to be convened by Directors and the Directors shall, upon demand, provide the names and addresses of each Member to the requisitionists for the purpose of convening such meeting.

 

19.NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

19.1Length and form of notice

 

(a)At least five Clear Days’ notice shall be given of any general meeting of the Company.

 

(b)Every notice shall specify the place, the day and the time of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be conducted and shall be given in a manner set out in these Articles or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this Article has been given and whether or not the provisions of these Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed by all the Members (or their proxies) entitled to attend and vote at that meeting.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

19.2Omission or non-receipt of notice

 

The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of notice of a general meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice of a general meeting shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

 

20.PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

20.1Requirement and number for a quorum

 

No item of business may be transacted at a general meeting unless a quorum is present. A quorum is two Members present in person or by proxy or by a duly authorised representative and entitled to vote unless the Company has only one Member in which case that Member alone constitutes a quorum.

 

20.2General meetings by telephone or other communications device

 

A meeting of the Members may be held by means of any telephone, electronic or other communications facilities that permit all persons in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. Unless otherwise determined by resolution of the Members present, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the place where the chairman is physically present.

 

20.3Adjournment if quorum not present

 

If within 30 minutes after the time appointed for a general meeting a quorum is not present (or if during such a meeting a quorum ceases to be present), the meeting:

 

(a)if convened upon the requisition of Members, is dissolved; and

 

(b)in any other case, stands adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such other day, time and place as the Directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within 30 minutes from the time appointed for the meeting the Members present shall be a quorum.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

20.4Appointment of chairman of general meeting

 

(a)If the Directors have elected one of their number as chairman of their meetings that person shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the Company. If there is no such chairman, or if the elected chairman is not present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting, or is unable or unwilling to act, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

(b)If no Director is willing to act as chairman or if no Director is present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Members present shall elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

20.5Adjournment of general meeting

 

The chairman may, with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. The chairman may, without the consent of the meeting, adjourn the meeting if it is necessary to ensure that all Members are able to participate in the meeting in an orderly fashion. When a general meeting is adjourned for 30 days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Otherwise, it shall not be necessary to give any such notice.

 

20.6Voting on a show of hands

 

(a)At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting must be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is demanded.

 

(b)Unless a poll is so demanded, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has, on a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in the Company’s book containing the minutes of proceedings of the Company, is conclusive evidence of the fact. Neither the chairman nor the minutes need state, and it is not necessary to prove, the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

20.7No casting vote for chairman

 

If there is an equality of votes either on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman is not entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

20.8When a poll may be demanded

 

A poll may only be demanded:

 

(a)before the show of hands on that resolution is taken;

 

(b)before the result of the show of hands on that resolution is declared; or

 

(c)immediately after the result of the show of hands on that resolution is declared.

 

20.9Demand for poll

 

A poll may be demanded by the chairman, or one or more Members entitled to vote on the resolution. A demand for a poll does not prevent the continuance of the meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll has been demanded.

 

20.10Voting on a poll

 

If a poll is properly demanded:

 

(a)it must be taken in the manner and at the date and time directed by the chairman;

 

(b)on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment, it must be taken immediately;

 

(c)the result of the poll is a resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded; and

 

(d)the demand may be withdrawn.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

21.VOTES OF MEMBERS

 

21.1Written resolutions of Members

 

A resolution (including a Special Resolution) in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by or on behalf of all Members for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to speak, attend and vote at general meetings of the Company shall be as valid and effective as if the resolution had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held. A resolution in writing is adopted when all Members entitled to do so have signed it.

 

21.2Registered Members to vote

 

No person shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless he is registered as a Member in the Register of Members on the record date for such meeting.

 

21.3Voting rights

 

Subject to these Articles and to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of Shares:

 

(a)on a show of hands, each Member present in person and each other person present as a proxy or duly authorised representative of a Member has one vote; and

 

(b)on a poll, each Member present in person has one vote for each Share held by the Member and each person present as a proxy or duly authorised representative of a Member has one vote for each Share held by the Member that the person represents. Each fractional Share shall carry the applicable fraction of one vote.

 

21.4Voting rights of joint holders

 

If a Share is held jointly and more than one of the joint holders votes in respect of that Share, only the vote of the joint holder whose name appears first in the Register of Members in respect of that Share counts.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

21.5Voting rights of Members incapable of managing their affairs

 

A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction in matters concerning mental disorder, may vote whether on a show of hands or on a poll by his receiver, curator bonis, or other person on such Member’s behalf appointed by that court, and any such receiver, curator bonis or other person may vote by proxy.

 

21.6Objection to voting qualification

 

An objection to the right of a person to attend or vote at a general meeting or adjourned general meeting:

 

(a)may not be raised except at that meeting or adjourned meeting; and

 

(b)must be referred to the chairman of the meeting whose decision is final.

 

If any objection is raised to the right of a person to vote and the chairman disallows the objection, then the vote cast by that person is valid for all purposes.

 

22.REPRESENTATION OF MEMBERS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

22.1How Members may attend and vote

 

(a)Subject to these Articles, each Member entitled to vote at a general meeting may attend and vote at the general meeting:

 

(i)in person, or where a Member is a company or non-natural person, by a duly authorised representative; or

 

(ii)by one or more proxies.

 

(b)A proxy or a duly authorised representative may, but not need be, a Member of the Company.

 

22.2Appointment of proxies

 

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing and be executed by or on behalf of the Member appointing the proxy.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

22.3Form of instrument of proxy

 

The instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form (or in any other form approved by the Directors) and may be expressed to be for a particular general meeting (or any adjournment of a general meeting) or generally until revoked.

 

22.4Receipt of proxy appointment

 

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited at the Registered Office or at such other place as is specified in the notice convening the meeting (or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company) prior to the time set out in such notice or instrument (or if no such time is specified, no later than the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chairman may, in any event, at his discretion, direct that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited.

 

22.5Validity of votes cast by proxy

 

Votes given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the instrument of proxy or of the authority under which the instrument of proxy was executed, or the transfer of the Share in respect of which the proxy is appointed unless notice in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer was received by the Company at the Registered Office before the commencement of the general meeting, or adjourned meeting at which the proxy voted.

 

22.6Corporate representatives

 

Any non-natural person who is a Member may authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any general meeting, and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the non-natural person which he represents as the non-natural person could exercise if it were itself a natural person.

 

22.7Shares that may not be voted

 

Shares that are beneficially owned by the Company shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any general meeting or class meeting (as applicable) and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding Shares at any given time.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

23.APPOINTMENT, REMOVAL AND RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS

 

23.1Number of Directors

 

The Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution establish a maximum and/or minimum number of Directors. The Company in general meeting may fix a minimum shareholding required to be held by a Director, but unless and until such a shareholding qualification is fixed a Director is not required to hold Shares. Directors shall be entitled to receive notice of any general meeting.

 

23.2Corporate Directors

 

The Company may appoint any non-natural person as a Director. Any such non-natural person may exercise any of its powers and authorities as a Director through any duly authorised representative.

 

23.3Appointment and removal of Directors

 

(a)The Company may by Ordinary Resolution appoint any person to be a Director. The first Director(s) shall be determined in writing by, or appointed by a resolution of, the Subscriber. Subject to the terms of these Articles, the Directors may appoint any person to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director.

 

(b)The Company may by Ordinary Resolution remove any Director from office. A Director may be removed from office if all the other Directors (being not less than two in number) resolve that he should be removed as a Director.

 

23.4Other circumstances in which a Director ceases to hold office

 

A Director ceases to hold office as a Director if the Director:

 

(a)resigns as Director by giving notice in writing to the Company;

 

(b)is not present personally or by proxy or represented by an alternate Director at three consecutive meetings of the Directors without special leave of absence from the Directors, and the Directors pass a resolution that he has by reason of such absence vacated office;

 

(c)dies, becomes bankrupt, commences liquidation, dissolves or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

(d)is found to be or becomes of unsound mind.

 

24.POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

24.1General powers to manage the Company’s business

 

(a)Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, the Memorandum and these Articles and to any directions given by Special Resolution, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may exercise all the powers of the Company. No alteration of the Memorandum or Articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given.

 

(b)The powers given by this Article shall not be limited by any special power given to the Directors by these Articles and a duly convened meeting of Directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the Directors.

 

24.2Signing of cheques

 

All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for monies paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed, or otherwise executed as the case may be in such manner as the Directors shall determine.

 

24.3Retirement payments and other benefits

 

The Directors on behalf of the Company may pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any Director who has held any other salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to his widow or dependants and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance.

 

24.4Borrowing powers of Directors

 

The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of its undertaking and property and to issue debentures, debenture stock, mortgages, bonds and other such securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

25.PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

25.1Directors to regulate proceedings

 

(a)Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit.

 

(b)Questions arising at any Directors’ meeting shall be decided by a simple majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall not have a second or casting vote. A Director, who is also an alternate Director, shall be entitled in the absence of his appointor to a separate vote on behalf of his appointor in addition to his own vote.

 

25.2Convening a Directors’ meeting

 

A Director or alternate Director may, or any other officer of the Company on the requisition of a Director or alternate Director shall, call a meeting of the Directors by at least two days’ notice in writing to every Director and alternate Director. Notice of a meeting of the Directors must specify the time and place of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be considered unless notice is waived by all the Directors (or their alternates) either at, before or after the meeting is held.

 

25.3Quorum

 

The quorum for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors, and unless so fixed shall be two if there are two or more Directors and shall be one if there is only one Director. A person who holds office only as an alternate Director shall, if his appointor is not present, be counted in the quorum. A Director, who is also an alternate Director, shall, if his appointor is not present, be counted as two Directors for the purpose of the quorum.

 

25.4Power to act notwithstanding vacancies

 

The continuing Directors or sole continuing Director may act notwithstanding any vacancies in their number, but if the number of Directors is less than the number fixed as the quorum, the continuing Directors or Director may act only for the purpose of filling vacancies in that number, or for calling a general meeting of the Company.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

25.5Chairman to preside

 

The Directors may elect a chairman of their board and determine the period for which he is to hold office, but if no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the Directors present may appoint one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

25.6Validity of acts of Directors in spite of a formal defect

 

All acts done by a meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors (including any person acting as an alternate Director) shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was a defect in the appointment of any Director or alternate Director, or that they or any of them were disqualified from holding office (or had vacated office) or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and qualified to be a Director or alternate Director as the case may be and had been entitled to vote.

 

25.7Directors’ meetings by telephone or other communication device

 

A meeting of the Directors (or committee of Directors) may be held by means of any telephone, electronic or such other communications facilities that permit all persons in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. Unless otherwise determined by the Directors the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the place where the chairman is physically present.

 

25.8Written resolutions of Directors

 

A resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of Directors (an alternate Director or a proxy being entitled to sign such a resolution on behalf of his appointor) shall be as valid and effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors, or committee of Directors as the case may be, duly convened and held. A resolution in writing is adopted when all the Directors (whether personally, by an alternate Director or by a proxy) have signed it.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

25.9Appointment of a proxy

 

A Director but not an alternate Director may be represented at any meeting of the Directors by a proxy appointed in writing by him. The proxy shall count towards the quorum and the vote of the proxy shall for all purposes be deemed to be that of the appointing Director. The authority of any such proxy shall be deemed unlimited unless expressly limited in the written instrument appointing him.

 

25.10Presumption of assent

 

A Director (or alternate Director) present at a meeting of Directors is taken to have cast a vote in favour of a resolution of the Directors unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the chairman or secretary of the meeting before the adjournment of the meeting or shall forward such dissent by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of a resolution of the Directors.

 

25.11Directors’ interests

 

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and provided that he has declared to the Directors the nature and extent of any personal interest of his in a matter, transaction or arrangement, a Director or alternate Director notwithstanding his office may:

 

(a)hold any office or place of profit in the Company, except that of Auditor;

 

(b)hold any office or place of profit in any other company or entity promoted by the Company or in which it has an interest of any kind;

 

(c)enter into any contract, transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested;

 

(d)act in a professional capacity (or be a member of a firm which acts in a professional capacity) for the Company, except as Auditor;

 

(e)sign or participate in the execution of any document in connection with matters related to that interest;

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

(f)participate in, vote on and be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the Directors that considers matters relating to that interest; and

 

(g)do any of the above despite the fiduciary relationship of the Director’s office:

 

(i)without any liability to account to the Company for any direct or indirect benefit accruing to the Director; and

 

(ii)without affecting the validity of any contract, transaction or arrangement.

 

For the purposes of this Article, a general notice given to the Directors that a Director is to be regarded as having an interest of the nature and extent specified in the notice in any matter, transaction or arrangement for which a specified person or class of persons is interested shall be deemed to be a disclosure that the Director has an interest in any such matter, transaction or arrangement of the nature and extent so specified.

 

25.12Minutes of meetings to be kept

 

The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose of all appointments of officers made by the Directors, all proceedings at general and class meetings of the Company and meetings of the Directors or committees of the Directors, including the names of the Directors or alternate Directors present at each meeting.

 

26.DELEGATION OF DIRECTORS’ POWERS

 

26.1Power of Directors to delegate

 

The Directors may:

 

(a)delegate any of their powers, authorities and discretions to any committee of the Directors consisting of one or more Directors and any other person the Directors think fit to any Director or to any other person in each case to such extent, by such means (including by power of attorney) and on such terms and conditions as the Directors think fit;

 

(b)authorise any person to whom powers, authorities and discretions are delegated under this Article by the Directors to further delegate some or all of those powers, authorities and discretions;

 

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

(c)delegate their powers, authorities and discretions under this Article either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers, authorities and discretions; and

 

(b)at any time revoke any delegation made under this Article by the Directors in whole or in part or vary its terms and conditions.

 

26.2Committees

 

A committee to which any powers, authorities and discretions have been delegated under the preceding Article must exercise those powers, authorities and discretions in accordance with the terms of delegation and any other regulations that may be imposed by the Directors on that committee. The proceedings of a committee of the Directors must be conducted in accordance with any regulations imposed by the Directors, and, subject to any such regulations, to the provisions of these Articles dealing with proceedings of Directors insofar as they are capable of applying.

 

26.3Appointing an attorney, agent or authorised signatory of the Company

 

(a)The Directors may, by power of attorney or otherwise, appoint any person, to be the attorney, agent or authorised signatory of the Company for such purpose and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they think fit.

 

(b)Any such power of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney, agent or authorised signatory as the Directors think fit and may also authorise any such attorney, agent or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in such person.

 

26.4Officers

 

(a)The Directors may appoint such officers as they consider necessary on such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors think fit. Unless otherwise specified in the terms of his appointment, an officer may be removed from that office by resolution of the Directors or by Ordinary Resolution.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

(b)An officer ceases to hold office if such officer:

 

(i)is removed from office in accordance with paragraph (a) above;

 

(ii)resigns its office by giving notice in writing to the Company;

 

(iii)dies, becomes bankrupt, commences liquidation, dissolves or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

(iv)is found to be or becomes of unsound mind.

 

26.5Alternate Directors

 

(a)Any Director (other than an alternate Director) may at any time appoint another Director, or any other person willing to act, to be an alternate Director and may at any time remove from office an alternate Director so appointed by him.

 

(b)An alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of Directors and of all meetings of committees of Directors of which his appointor is a member, to attend and vote at every such meeting at which his appointor is not personally present, and generally to perform all the functions of his appointor as a Director in his absence.

 

(c)An alternate Director shall cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases for any reason to be a Director.

 

(d)All appointments and removals of alternate Directors shall be by notice in writing to the Company signed by the Director making or revoking the appointment or in any other manner approved by the Directors.

 

(e)An alternate Director shall be deemed for all purposes to be a Director and shall alone be responsible for his own acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of the Director appointing him.

 

(f)An alternate Director ceases to hold office as an alternate Director at the time specified in his appointment (if applicable) or if the alternate Director:

 

(i)is removed from office in accordance with paragraph (a) above;

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)resigns as alternate Director by giving notice in writing to the Company;

 

(iii)dies, becomes bankrupt, commences liquidation, dissolves or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

(iv)is found to be or becomes of unsound mind.

 

27.REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS

 

27.1Directors’ Remuneration

 

The Company may pay to each Director for his services as a Director such remuneration (if any) as the Directors shall determine.

 

27.2Expenses

 

A Director is entitled to be reimbursed out of the funds of the Company for such reasonable travelling, accommodation and other expenses as the Director may properly incur in travelling to, attending and returning from meetings of Directors or committees of Directors and general meetings of the Company or otherwise in attending to the business of the Company.

 

27.3Additional or special duties

 

If a Director at the request of the Directors performs additional or special duties for the Company, the Company may pay or provide to that Director such remuneration or other benefits as the Directors may determine.

 

28.SEAL

 

28.1Directors to determine use of Seal

 

The Company may, if the Directors so determine, have a Seal. The Seal shall only be used with the authority of the Directors, or a committee of the Directors established for such purpose. Every document to which the Seal is affixed shall be signed by at least one person who shall be either a Director or some officer or other person appointed by the Directors for that purpose.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

28.2Duplicate Seal

 

The Company may have for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands a duplicate Seal or Seals each of which shall be a facsimile of the common Seal of the Company and, if the Directors so determine, with the addition on its face of the name of every place where it is to be used.

 

29.DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND RESERVES

 

29.1Payment of Dividends

 

Subject to the Companies Act and these Articles, the Directors may declare and/or pay Dividends and distributions on Shares in issue and authorise payment of the Dividends or distributions out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor. No Dividend or distribution shall be paid except out of the realised or unrealised profits of the Company, or out of the share premium account, or as otherwise permitted by the Companies Act. Unless the Directors resolve that a Dividend shall be a final dividend, any Dividend shall be deemed an interim Dividend and consequently may be cancelled by the Directors at any time before the date of payment of such Dividend.

 

29.2Calculation of Dividends

 

Except as otherwise provided by these Articles or the rights attached to any Shares or the terms of any Shares, all Dividends shall be declared and/or paid according to the par value of the Shares that a Member holds. If any class of Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for Dividend as from a particular date, that class of Share shall rank for Dividend accordingly.

 

29.3Deduction from Dividends

 

The Directors may deduct from any Dividend or distribution payable to any Member all sums of money (if any) then payable by that Member to the Company.

 

29.4Dividend satisfied by distribution of specific assets

 

The Directors may resolve or declare that any Dividend or distribution be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular of shares, debentures, or securities of any other company or in any one or more of such ways and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may issue fractional Shares and fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all Members and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Directors.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

30.PAYMENTS

 

(a)Where the Company is required to make any payment to any applicant or to any Member or former Member (each, a “payee”) for any reason whatsoever (including payment of any Dividend, redemption proceeds or other distribution):

 

(i)it may be made in such manner as the Directors may deem appropriate and no payee shall be entitled to require payment by cheque or in any other particular manner;

 

(ii)such payment shall be at the risk and expense of the payee and the Company shall not be liable for any delay in, or loss arising from, any such payment for any reason whatsoever;

 

(iii)where made by any electronic payment method, the due making of a payment instruction and consequent deduction from the bank account (or other financial institution account) of the Company shall be a good discharge by the Company of its payment obligations;

 

(iv)where paid by a cheque sent through the post, it shall be sent (at the risk of the person entitled to the money represented thereby) to the registered address of, and made payable to, the order of the payee or to such other address and/or person as the payee may in writing direct, and the Company shall not be responsible for any loss in transmission;

 

(v)the Company shall be entitled to recover any overpayment of monies;

 

(vi)the Company may set-off and apply any sums due by the payee (or by any one or more of joint payees) on any account whatsoever (whether or not presently payable) in reducing the amount of such payment by the Company;

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

(vii)no unpaid amount shall bear interest against the Company;

 

(viii)where the payment is unclaimed after 6 months from the date it first became payable (or any cheque in respect thereof remaining uncashed or unpresented after 6 months from the date of posting or in the case of a Dividend from the proposed date of payment thereof), it shall, if the Directors so resolve, be forfeited for the benefit of, and shall cease to remain owing by, the Company and shall thereafter belong to the Company absolutely; and

 

(ix)in the case of any joint payees (including any joint applicants or current or former joint Members), payment may be made by the Company to any one or more of the joint payees, any payment instruction or direction from any one joint payee to the Company shall bind all joint payees (and in the case of conflicting instructions or directions the Company may act on any of them) and any notice in respect of any payment given by the Company to any one of the joint payees shall be deemed to be given to all of them.

 

(b)Subject to the foregoing, all unclaimed amounts (including Dividends) may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Directors, in their absolute discretion, for the benefit of the Company until claimed.

 

(c)Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, the Company shall not be obliged to make any payment to a Member in respect of a Dividend, repurchase, redemption or other distribution if the Directors suspect that such payment may result in the breach or violation of any applicable acts or regulations (including, without limitation, any anti-money laundering acts or regulations) or such refusal is required by the acts and regulations governing the Company and/or its service providers.

 

31.CAPITALISATION OF RESERVES AND PROFITS

 

(a)Subject to the Companies Act and to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class of Shares, the Directors may resolve to capitalise all or any part of any amount standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts (including share premium account and capital redemption reserve fund) or the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution to Members and:

 

(i)apply the amount so capitalised for the benefit of Members in the proportions to which those Members would have been entitled in a distribution of that sum by way of Dividend in paying up any amounts unpaid on Shares held by Members or in paying up in full unissued Shares to be issued to Members as fully paid; or

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)apply the amount so capitalised in paying up Shares for the benefit of any person in satisfaction of any obligation of the Company to issue paid up Shares to such person.

 

In such event the Directors shall take any action required to give effect to such capitalisation and may make such provisions as they think fit in the event that Shares become distributable in fractions (including providing for fractional entitlements to accrue to the Company rather than to the Members concerned).

 

(b)The Directors may authorise any person to enter into an agreement with the Company on behalf of all of the Members interested providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental to the capitalisation and any such agreement shall be effective and binding on all the Members concerned.

 

32.BOOKS OF ACCOUNT

 

32.1Books of account to be kept

 

The Directors shall cause proper books of account to be kept with respect to all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt or expenditure takes place, all sales and purchases of goods by the Company and the assets and liabilities of the Company. Proper books shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the affairs of the Company and to explain its transactions.

 

32.2Inspection by Members

 

The Directors shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them will be open to the inspection of Members (not being Directors). No Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by the Companies Act or authorised by the Directors or by Ordinary Resolution.

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

32.3Accounts required by law

 

The Directors may from time-to-time cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law.

 

32.4Retention of records

 

All books of account maintained by the Company shall be retained for a period of at least five years, or such longer period required by any applicable law or regulation from time to time.

 

33.AUDITOR

 

33.1Appointment of Auditor

 

The Directors may appoint an Auditor who shall hold office until removed from office by a resolution of the Directors and may fix the Auditor’s remuneration.

 

33.2Rights of Auditor

 

The Auditor shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the Auditor.

 

33.3Reporting requirements of Auditor

 

The Auditor shall, if so, required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during the Auditor’s tenure of office at the next general meeting following their appointment, and at any other time during the Auditor’s term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Company.

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

34.NOTICES

 

34.1Form and method of giving notices

 

(a)Notices shall be in writing and may be given by:

 

(i)any Member to the Company by delivering such notice at the Registered Office. Notices may be delivered in person, by post, email or facsimile but shall only be validly served on the Company if such notice is actually received by the Registered Office on behalf of the Company; and

 

(ii)the Company to any Member either personally or by sending it by post, email or facsimile to his address as shown in the Register of Members, and where such a notice is:

 

(A)sent by post, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre-paying and posting a letter containing the notice, and shall be deemed to have been received on the fifth day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays) following the day on which the notice was posted;

 

(B)sent by facsimile, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by transmitting the facsimile to the number provided by the intended recipient and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was sent; and

 

(C)given by email, service shall be deemed to be effected by transmitting the email to the email address provided by the intended recipient and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was sent, and it shall not be necessary for the receipt of the e-mail to be acknowledged by the recipient.

 

(b)Any notice, if posted from one country to another, is to be sent by airmail.

 

34.2Persons entitled to Shares by transmission

 

A notice may be given by the Company to any person the Company has been advised is entitled to any Share in consequence of the death, bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution of a Member in the same manner as other notices which are required to be given under these Articles and shall be addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description at the address supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled, or at the option of the Company by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death, bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution had not occurred.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

35.WINDING UP

 

35.1Method of winding up

 

(a)If the Company shall be wound up, and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them.

 

(b)If in a winding up the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them at the commencement of the winding up (subject to a deduction from those Shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to the Company).

 

(c)This Article is without prejudice to the rights of the holders of Shares issued upon special terms and conditions.

 

35.2Distribution of assets in a winding up

 

Subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any class of Shares, on a winding up of the Company the liquidator may, with the sanction of a Special Resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by the Companies Act, distribute among the Members the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose:

 

(a)decide how the assets are to be distributed as between the Members or different classes of Members;

 

(b)value the assets to be distributed in such manner as the liquidator thinks fit; and

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

(c)vest the whole or any part of any assets in such trustees and on such trusts for the benefit of the Members entitled to the distribution of those assets as the liquidator sees fit, but so that no Member shall be obliged to accept any assets in respect of which there is any liability.

 

36.INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

 

36.1Indemnity and limitation of liability of Directors and officers

 

(a)To the maximum extent permitted by law, every current and former Director and officer of the Company (excluding an Auditor but including an alternate Director and the proxy of a Director) (each an “Indemnified Person”), shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability, action, proceeding, claim, demand, costs, damages or expenses, including legal expenses (each a “Liability”), which such Indemnified Person may incur in that capacity unless such Liability arose as a result of the actual fraud or wilful default of such person.

 

(b)No Indemnified Person shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage resulting (directly or indirectly) from such Indemnified Person carrying out his or her duties unless that liability arises through the actual fraud or wilful default of such Indemnified Person.

 

(c)For the purpose of these Articles, no Indemnified Person shall be deemed to have committed “actual fraud” or “wilful default” until a court of competent jurisdiction has made a final, non-appealable finding to that effect.

 

36.2Advance of legal fees

 

The Company shall advance to each Indemnified Person reasonable legal fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defence of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnified Person for which indemnity will or could be sought. In connection with any such advance of expenses, the Indemnified Person shall execute an undertaking to repay the advanced amount to the Company if it is determined that the Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification under these Articles.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

36.3Indemnification to form part of contract

 

The indemnification and exculpation provisions of these Articles are deemed to form part of the employment contract or terms of appointment entered into by each Indemnified Person with the Company and accordingly are enforceable by such persons against the Company.

 

36.4Insurance

 

The Directors may purchase and maintain insurance for or for the benefit of any Indemnified Person including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) insurance against any Liability incurred by such persons in respect of any act or omission in the actual or purported execution or discharge of their duties or the exercise or purported exercise of their powers or otherwise in relation to or in connection with their duties, powers or offices in relation to the Company.

 

37.REQUIRED DISCLOSURE

 

If required to do so under the laws of any jurisdiction to which the Company (or any of its service providers) is subject, or in compliance with the rules of any stock exchange upon which any Shares are listed, or to ensure the compliance by any person with any anti-money laundering legislation in any relevant jurisdiction, any Director, officer or service provider (acting on behalf of the Company) shall be entitled to release or disclose any information in its possession regarding the affairs of the Company or a Member, including, without limitation, any information contained in the Register of Members or subscription documentation of the Company relating to any Member.

 

38.FINANCIAL YEAR

 

Unless the Directors resolve otherwise, the financial year of the Company shall end on 31 December in each year and, following the year of incorporation, shall begin on 1 January in each year.

 

39.TRANSFER BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

 

The Company shall, with the approval of a Special Resolution, have the power to register by way of continuation to a jurisdiction outside of the Cayman Islands in accordance with the Companies Act.

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

40.WITHHOLDING TAXES ETC.

 

(a)Each Member shall provide the Company on a timely basis with any documents, tax certifications, financial and other information (collectively “Tax Reporting Information”) as the Company may request in connection with the Company’s compliance with any legal and tax information reporting and exchange obligations applicable to it under the acts of the Cayman Islands or any other applicable jurisdiction (collectively, “Tax Reporting Obligations”), including, without limitation, any Tax Reporting Obligations under any Cayman Islands Acts, regulations or guidance notes that give effect to: (i) the inter-governmental agreement between the Cayman Islands and the United States to implement those provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, known as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act; (ii) the inter-governmental agreement between the Cayman Islands and the United Kingdom to implement the automatic exchange of tax information with respect to persons taxable in the United Kingdom; and (iii) any additional inter-governmental agreement or treaty entered into by, or otherwise binding upon the Cayman Islands that provides for the exchange of tax information with another jurisdiction.

 

(b)The Company shall have the power to release, report or otherwise disclose to the Tax Information Authority in the Cayman Islands (or any other authority as may be required under the Tax Reporting Obligations) any Tax Reporting Information provided by a Member to the Company and any other information held by the Company in respect of the Member’s investment in the Company, in connection with the Tax Reporting Obligations, including, without limitation, in relation to the identity, address, tax identification number, tax status and interest in the Company of the Member (and any of its direct or indirect owners or affiliates).

 

(c)If a Member fails to provide the Company with any requested Tax Reporting Information on a timely basis and such failure results, or may result, in the Company’s inability to comply with its Tax Reporting Obligations or if the Company is otherwise unable to comply with its Tax Reporting Obligations as a result of the direct or indirect action (or inaction) of a Member, the Company may:

 

(i)compulsorily repurchase some or all of such Member’s Shares without notice at a price per Share equal to the fair value of such Shares (as determined by the Directors) and may deduct or withhold from such redemption proceeds any penalty, debt, withholding or back up tax, costs, expenses, obligations, liabilities or other adverse consequences (collectively, “Tax Reporting Liabilities”) imposed on the Company, its Members and/or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, managers, shareholders and/or partners as a result of such failure, action or inaction by such Member; and/or

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)re-designate, immediately and without consent, such Member’s Shares as belonging to a separate class and create a separate internal account in respect of such Shares so that any Tax Reporting Liabilities may be allocated solely to that class and debited from such class.

 

DATED: 19 October 2021

 

   
/s/ Ian Comins  

for and on behalf of

Tricor Services (Cayman Islands) Limited

Second Floor,

Century Yard,

Cricket Square,

P.O. Box 902,

Grand Cayman,

KY1-1103,

Cayman Islands

 

acting by:

 

Name: Ian Comins

Title: Authorised signatory

 

/s/ Sustjie Kirkman  
Sustjie Kirkman  
Witness to the above signature

 

Auth Code: D79557977848

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 


Exhibit 3.3

 

THE COMPANIES ACT (AS REVISED) OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

 

EXEMPTED COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

YUKAI HEALTH GROUP LIMITED

 

(Adopted by special resolution passed on 30 May 2022)

 

Auth Code: C74214982796

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 

 

THE COMPANIES ACT (AS REVISED) OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

 

EXEMPTED COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

YUKAI HEALTH GROUP LIMITED

 

(Adopted by special resolution passed on 30 May 2022)

 

1.The name of the Company is YUKAI Health Group Limited.

 

2.The registered office of the Company shall be at the offices of Tricor Services (Cayman Islands) Limited, Second Floor, Century Yard, Cricket Square, P.O. Box 902, Grand Cayman, KY1-1103, Cayman Islands, or at such other place as the Directors may from time to time decide.

 

3.The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to exercise all the functions of a natural person of full capacity.

 

4.The liability of each Member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such Member's Shares.

 

5.The share capital of the Company is US$ 50,000.00 divided into 100,000,000 Shares of a par value of US$0.0005 each.

 

6.The Company has the power to register by way of continuation outside of the Cayman Islands in accordance with the Companies Act and to de-register as an exempted company in the Cayman Islands.

 

7.Capitalised terms that are not defined in this Memorandum of Association have the same meaning as those given in the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

8.The nature of the Company business is Equity Holding Company.

 

9.The date of the Company’s financial year end is 31 December.

 

 

Auth Code: C74214982796

www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

 


8

Exhibit 3.4

 

THE COMPANIES ACT (AS REVISED) OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

 

EXEMPTED COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

YUKAI HEALTH GROUP LIMITED

 

(Adopted by special resolution passed on 30 May 2022)

 

 

PRELIMINARY

 

1.1Table A not to apply

 

The regulations contained or incorporated in Table A in the First Schedule to the Companies Act (as revised) shall not apply to the Company and these Articles shall apply in place thereof.

 

1.2Definitions

 

Articles means these articles of association of the Company, as amended from time to time;
   
Auditor means the person (if any) for the time being performing the duties of auditor of the Company;
   
Clear Days

in relation to the period of a notice means that period excluding the day when the notice is served or deemed to be served and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;

   
Companies Act means the Companies Act (as revised) of the Cayman Islands, as amended or revised from time to time;
   
Company means the above-named company;
   
Directors means the directors for the time being of the Company;
   
Dividend shall mean an interim dividend unless such dividend is expressly stated to be a final dividend by the Directors at any time before the date of payment of such dividend;
   
Dollar” or “US$ means the lawful currency of the United States of America;
   
Electronic Record has the same meaning as in the Electronic Transactions Act;
   
Electronic Transactions Act means the Electronic Transactions Act (as revised) of the Cayman Islands;

 

 

 

“Member” means any person from time to time entered in the Register of Members as a holder of one or more Shares and includes the Subscriber pending its entry therein;
   
“Memorandum” means the memorandum of association of the Company, as amended from time to time;
   
“Ordinary Resolution” means a resolution passed by a simple majority of the Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting, and includes a unanimous written resolution;
   
“Register of Members” means the register of members of the Company maintained in accordance with the Companies Act and includes (except where otherwise stated) any duplicate or branch register;
   
“Registered Office” means the registered office for the time being of the Company in the Cayman Islands;
   
“Seal” means the common seal of the Company and includes every duplicate seal;
   
“Share” means a share in the capital of the Company and includes a fraction of a share;
   
“Special Resolution” has the same meaning as in the Companies Act, and includes a unanimous written resolution;
   
“Subscriber” means the subscriber to the Memorandum; and
   
“Subscriber Share“ means any Share which the Subscriber has agreed to take pursuant to the Memorandum.

 

1.3Interpretation

 

Unless the contrary intention appears, in these Articles:

 

singular words include the plural and vice versa;

 

a word of any gender includes the corresponding words of any other gender;

 

references to “persons” include natural persons, companies, partnerships, firms, joint ventures, associations or other bodies of persons (whether or not incorporated);

 

 

 

a reference to a person includes that person’s successors and legal personal representatives;

 

“writing” and “written” includes any method of representing or reproducing words in a visible form, including in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

a reference to “shall” shall be construed as imperative and a reference to “may” shall be construed as permissive;

 

in relation to determinations to be made by the Directors and all powers, authorities and discretions exercisable by the Directors under these Articles, the Directors may make those determinations and exercise those powers, authorities and discretions in their sole and absolute discretion, either generally or in a particular case, subject to any qualifications or limitations expressed in these Articles or imposed by law;

 

any reference to the powers of the Directors shall include, when the context admits, the service providers or any other person to whom the Directors may, from time to time, delegate their powers;

 

the term “and/ or” is used in these Articles to mean both “and” as well as “or”. The use of “and/ or” in certain contexts in no respects qualifies or modifies the use of the terms “and” or “or” in others. “Or” shall not be interpreted to be exclusive, and “and” shall not be interpreted to require the conjunctive, in each case unless the context requires otherwise;

 

any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “includes”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms;

 

headings are inserted for reference only and shall not affect construction;

 

a reference to an Act includes regulations and instruments made under that Act;

 

a reference to an Act or a provision of an Act includes amendments, re-enactments, consolidations or replacements of that Act or the provision;

 

 

 

 

“fully paid” means paid up as to the par value in respect of the issue of any Shares and includes credited as fully paid;

 

where an Ordinary Resolution is expressed to be required for any purpose, a Special Resolution is also effective for that purpose; and

 

sections 8 and 19(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act are hereby excluded.

 

COMMENCEMENT OF BUSINESS

 

The business of the Company may be commenced as soon after incorporation as the Directors shall see fit.

 

The Directors may pay, out of the capital or any other monies of the Company, all expenses incurred in connection with the formation and operation of the Company, including the expenses of registration and any expenses relating to the offer of, subscription for, or issuance of Shares.

 

Expenses may be amortised over such period as the Directors may determine.

 

REGISTERED OFFICE AND OTHER OFFICES

 

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, the Company may by resolution of the Directors change the location of its Registered Office.

 

The Directors, in addition to the Registered Office, may in their discretion establish and maintain such other offices, places of business and agencies whether within or outside of the Cayman Islands.

 

SERVICE PROVIDERS

 

The Directors may appoint any person to act as a service provider to the Company and may delegate to any such service provider any of the functions, duties, powers and discretions available to them as Directors, upon such terms and conditions (including as to the remuneration payable by the Company) and with such powers of sub-delegation, but subject to such restrictions, as they think fit.

 

 

 

ISSUE OF SHARES

 

5.1Issue of Shares

 

Subject to the applicable provisions, if any, in the Companies Act, these Articles, the Memorandum, any resolution that may be passed by the Company in general meeting and subject to any rights attached to any existing Shares, the Directors may allot, issue, grant options over or otherwise deal with or dispose of Shares with or without preferred, deferred, or other rights or restrictions, whether as regards to Dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, at such times and on such other terms as they think fit. The Directors shall, in their sole discretion, determine the issue price of any Shares to be allotted and issued.

 

The Directors may issue Shares in different classes and may establish internal accounts within the Company to permit the assets and liabilities of a class of Shares to be segregated from the assets and liabilities of any other class of Shares as an internal accounting matter. In addition, if there are multiple classes of Shares in issue at any time, the Directors may (without obtaining the consent of any Members affected but subject to the Companies Act and any variation of class rights provisions in these Articles), re-designate or re-classify any class of Shares as belonging to another class of Shares.

 

5.2Power of Subscriber to issue and transfer or repurchase Subscriber Shares

 

Notwithstanding the preceding Article, the Subscriber shall have the power to:

 

issue any Subscriber Share to itself at par following the incorporation of the Company;

 

transfer such Subscriber Share to any person by execution of a share transfer instrument or provide for the repurchase at par value of such Subscriber Share upon the first issue of additional Shares by the Company; and

 

update the Register of Members in respect of the issue and transfer or repurchase of the Subscriber Share.

 

 

 

5.3Payment for Shares

 

The Directors may, in their sole discretion, agree the terms on which any subscriber may subscribe for Shares, including the currency, manner, time and place of payment and may designate that such payment be to such person acting on behalf of the Company as the Directors may from time to time determine. If the Directors so consent, the subscription price may be satisfied wholly or partly by the transfer of in-kind consideration to the Company. The value of any in-kind consideration shall be determined by the Directors in their sole discretion, and, in the absence of bad faith or manifest error, such determination shall be binding upon the Company and its Members.

 

5.4Payment of commission or brokerage

 

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, the Company may pay a commission or brokerage in connection with any issue of Shares. The Company may pay the commission or brokerage in cash or by issuing Shares credited as fully paid or by a combination of both.

 

5.5No Shares to bearer

 

The Company shall not issue Shares to bearer.

 

5.6Fractional Shares

 

Fractional Shares may be issued.

 

5.7No rights of pre-emption etc.

 

No rights of pre-emption, first or last refusal, drag-along or tag-along shall attach to any Shares.

 

5.8Shares issued fully paid

 

Shares shall only be issued as fully paid.

 

REGISTER OF MEMBERS

 

The Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained a Register of Members.

 

 

 

Upon request, the Directors shall confirm to any Member the entry of the name of such Member in the Register of Members and the number of Shares held by such Member. No Member (not being a Director) shall have any right to inspect the Register of Members except as conferred by the Companies Act or as authorised by the Directors.

 

CLOSURE OF THE REGISTER OF MEMBERS AND FIXING A RECORD DATE

 

7.1Power of Directors to close the Register of Members

 

For the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment of a meeting, or Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other proper purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not in any case exceed 40 days.

 

7.2Power of Directors to fix a record date

 

In lieu of, or apart from, closing the Register of Members, the Directors may fix in advance or arrear a date as the record date for any such determination of Members entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Members, and for the purpose of determining the Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose.

 

7.3Circumstances where Register of Members is not closed and no fixed record date

 

If the Register of Members is not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of Members or Members entitled to receive payment of a Dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is sent or the date on which the resolution of the Directors declaring such Dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of Members entitled to vote at any meeting of Members has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment of that meeting.

 

 

 

SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

8.1Issue of share certificates

 

A Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued.

 

8.2Form of share certificates

 

Share certificates, if any, shall be in such form as the Directors may determine and shall be signed by one or more Directors or any other person so authorised by the Directors. The Directors may authorise share certificates to be issued with the authorised signature(s) affixed by mechanical process. All share certificates shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified and shall specify the number and class of Shares to which they relate. All share certificates surrendered to the Company for transfer shall be cancelled and subject to these Articles no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate evidencing a like number of relevant Shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled. Where only some of the Shares evidenced by a share certificate are transferred, the old certificate shall be surrendered and cancelled and a new certificate for the balance of the Shares shall be issued in lieu without charge.

 

8.3Certificates for jointly-held Shares

 

If the Company issues a share certificate in respect of Shares held jointly by more than one person, delivery of a single share certificate to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

8.4Replacement of share certificates

 

If a share certificate is defaced, worn-out or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, a new share certificate shall be issued on the payment of such expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and the person requiring the new share certificate shall first surrender the defaced or worn-out share certificate or give such evidence of the loss, theft or destruction of the share certificate and such indemnity to the Company as the Directors may require.

 

 

 

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

9.1Written instrument of transfer

 

Subject to these Articles, a Share is transferable by means of a written instrument of transfer in any usual or common form for use in the Cayman Islands or any other form approved by the Directors and which:

 

has been executed by or on behalf of the transferor; and

 

is accompanied by such documentation that the Directors may request.

 

9.2Refusal to register transfers

 

The Directors may resolve to refuse to register any transfer of Shares (other than a transfer of the Subscriber Shares by the Subscriber) and are not obliged to give any reason for that refusal, provided that the Directors may (with or without conditions) irrevocably waive or modify this right in connection with the listing of Shares on a stock exchange or where the free transferability of Shares is otherwise desirable.

 

If the Directors refuse to register a transfer of Shares they must, within two months of such refusal (i) give notice of the refusal to the registered holder of the Shares and the proposed transferee named on the transfer and (ii) at their election, either destroy any instrument of transfer provided to them in respect of such proposed transfer, or return such instrument to the person who provided it to them. Failure to provide such notice or to destroy or return such instrument does not invalidate the decision of the Directors to refuse to register that transfer.

 

9.3Effect of registration

 

The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the Share transferred until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members in respect of that Share.

 

 

 

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

10.1Transmission of Shares

 

If a Member dies, becomes bankrupt, commences liquidation or is dissolved, the only person that the Company will recognise as having any title to, or interest in, that Member’s Share (other than the Member) are:

 

if the deceased Member was a joint holder, the survivor;

 

if the deceased Member was a sole or the only surviving holder, the personal representative of that Member; or

 

any trustee in bankruptcy or other person succeeding to the Member’s interest by operation of law,

 

but nothing in these Articles releases the estate of a deceased Member, or any other successor by operation of law, from any liability in respect of any Share held by that Member solely or jointly.

 

10.2Election by persons entitled on transmission

 

Any person becoming entitled to a Share as a result of the death, bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other way than by transfer) may, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Directors, elect either to become registered as the holder of the Share or nominate another person to be registered as the holder of that Share.

 

10.3Manner of election

 

A person who makes an election under the preceding Article shall give written notice to the Company to that effect, but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to refuse registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by that Member before his death, bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution, as the case may be.

 

 

 

10.4Rights of persons entitled by transmission

 

A person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death, bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other case than by transfer) shall be entitled to the same Dividends and other rights to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the Share. However, the person shall not, before being registered as a Member in respect of the Share, be entitled in respect of it to attend or vote at any meeting of the Company and the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to have some person nominated by him registered as the holder (and the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to refuse registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by that Member before his death, bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution, as the case may be). If the notice is not complied with within 90 days the Directors may withhold payment of all Dividends, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the Share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

SURRENDER, REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE OF SHARES

 

11.1Surrender of Shares

 

Shares may be surrendered in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Companies Act and may accept the surrender for no consideration of any fully paid Share.

 

11.2Shares can be redeemable

 

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act the Company may issue Shares that are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Member or the Company. The redemption of such Shares shall be effected in such manner and upon such other terms as the Company may, by Special Resolution, determine before the issue of the Shares.

 

11.3Power of the Company to purchase its Shares

 

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and to any rights conferred on the holders of any class of Shares, the Company shall have the power to purchase all or any of its Shares on such terms as the Directors may agree with the holders of such Shares. The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner permitted by the Companies Act, including out of capital. Redemption or purchase proceeds may be paid in cash and/ or in-kind.

 

11.4Holding Shares in treasury

 

The Directors may hold and dispose of any repurchased, redeemed or surrendered Shares in treasury in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Companies Act.

 

 

 

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

 

The Company may give financial assistance directly or indirectly for the purpose of, or in connection with, the acquisition made or to be made by any person of any Shares or of shares in any Member.

 

CLASS RIGHTS AND CLASS MEETINGS

 

13.1Variation of class rights

 

Subject to the Companies Act, whether or not Shares are divided into more than one class, all or any of the rights attached to a class of Shares may be varied in such manner as those rights may provide or, if no such provision is made, either:

 

by the Directors, provided that such variation is not materially adverse to the rights of the holders of such Shares (as determined by the Directors);

 

with the consent in writing of holders of two-thirds of the issued Shares of that class; or

 

with the sanction of a resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the Shares of that class by a two-thirds majority of the holders of the Shares of that class present and voting at such meeting (whether in person or by proxy).

 

13.2Treatment of classes of Shares by Directors

 

The Directors may for the purposes of this Article, treat two or more, or all, of the classes of Shares as forming one class of Shares if the Directors consider that such classes of Shares would be affected by the proposed variation in the same way.

 

13.3Class rights not deemed to be varied

 

Except where expressly provided by the terms of the issue of the Shares of that class, the rights attached to any class of Shares are not taken to be varied by:

 

the creation or issue of further Shares ranking equally with or subordinate to them; or

 

the repurchase, redemption or surrender of any Shares.

 

 

 

13.4

Class meetings

 

The provisions of these Arti cles relating to general meetings of the Company shall apply mutatis mutandis to any class meeting, except that the quorum shall be one or more Members that together hold at least one third of the Shares of that class.

 

NO RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS OR THIRD PARTY INTERESTS

 

Except as required by these Articles or the Companies Act, the Company:

 

is not required to recognise a person as holding any Share on any trust, even if the Company has notice of the trust; and

 

is not required to recognise, and is not bound by, any interest in or claim to any Share, except for the registered holder’s absolute legal ownership of the Share, even if the Company has notice of that interest or claim.

 

LIEN ON SHARES

 

15.1Lien on Shares generally

 

The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on all Shares registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others) for all debts, liabilities or amounts payable to or with the Company (whether presently payable or not) by such Member or his estate, either alone or jointly with any other person, whether a Member or not, but the Directors may at any time determine any Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The Company’s lien on a Share is released if a transfer of that Share is registered.

 

15.2Enforcement of lien

 

The Company may sell, on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit, any Share on which the Company has a lien, if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, and is not paid within 14 Clear Days after notice has been given by the Company to the holder of the Share (or to any other person entitled to the Share by reason of the death, bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution of the holder of the Shares) demanding payment of that amount and giving notice of intention to sell the Share if such payment is not made.

 

 

15.3Completion of sale under lien

 

To give effect to a sale of Shares under a lien the Directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer in respect of the Shares to be sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the relevant purchaser. The purchaser or his nominee shall be registered as the holder of the Shares comprised in any such transfer, and he shall not be bound to see to the application of any consideration provided for the Shares, nor will the purchaser’s title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in connection with the sale or the exercise of the Company’s power of sale under these Articles.

 

15.4Application of proceeds of sale

 

The net proceeds of a sale made under a lien after payment of costs, shall be applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable and any balance shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the Shares before the sale) be paid to the person who was entitled to the Shares immediately prior to the sale.

 

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

increase its share capital by the creation of new Shares of such amount as the resolution prescribes;

 

consolidate, or consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of a larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

subdivide its Shares, or any of them, into Shares of a smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum; and

 

cancel any Shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken, or agreed to be taken, by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled.

 

All new Shares created in accordance with the provisions of this Article shall be subject to the same provisions of these Articles with reference to liens, transfer, transmission and otherwise as the Shares in the original share capital.

 

 

 

SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS

 

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and the provisions of these Articles as regards the matters to be dealt with by Ordinary Resolution, the Company may by Special Resolution:

 

change its name;

 

alter or add to these Articles;

 

alter or add to the Memorandum with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein;

 

reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve;

 

commence a voluntary winding up; and

 

merge or consolidate with any one or more constituent companies (as defined in the Companies Act).

 

CONVENING GENERAL MEETINGS

 

18.1Convening a general meeting

 

The Directors may convene a general meeting of the Company whenever the Directors think fit and must do so if required to do so pursuant to a valid Members’ requisition.

 

If at any time, there are no Directors then any one Member shall be entitled to convene a general meeting of the Company in the same manner as if such Member were the Directors.

 

The Directors may, in their absolute discretion (save for general meetings convened at the requisition of one or more Members), postpone or cancel a general meeting before the date on which it is to be held, with or without reason.

 

18.2Members’ requisition

 

A Members’ requisition is a requisition of Members holding at the date of deposit of the requisition at the Registered Office not less than 10% of the issued Shares which as at that date carry the right to vote at general meetings of the Company.

 

 

 

18.3Requirements of Members’ requisition

 

The requisition must state the objects of the general meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the Registered Office and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists.

 

If the Directors do not within 21 days from the date of the deposit of a valid requisition (the “Convening Deadline”) duly proceed to convene a general meeting to be held within a further 21 days, the requisitionists, or any of them representing a majority of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene a general meeting of the Company, but any meeting so convened shall not be held after the expiration of three months after the Convening Deadline.

 

A general meeting convened in accordance with this Article by requisitionists shall be convened (insofar as is possible) in the same manner as that in which general meetings are to be convened by Directors and the Directors shall, upon demand, provide the names and addresses of each Member to the requisitionists for the purpose of convening such meeting.

 

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

19.1Length and form of notice

 

At least five Clear Days’ notice shall be given of any general meeting of the Company.

 

Every notice shall specify the place, the day and the time of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be conducted and shall be given in a manner set out in these Articles or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this Article has been given and whether or not the provisions of these Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed by all the Members (or their proxies) entitled to attend and vote at that meeting.

 

 

 

19.2Omission or non-receipt of notice

 

The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of notice of a general meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice of a general meeting shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

 

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

20.1Requirement and number for a quorum

 

No item of business may be transacted at a general meeting unless a quorum is present. A quorum is two Members present in person or by proxy or by a duly authorised representative and entitled to vote unless the Company has only one Member in which case that Member alone constitutes a quorum.

 

20.2General meetings by telephone or other communications device

 

A meeting of the Members may be held by means of any telephone, electronic or other communications facilities that permit all persons in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. Unless otherwise determined by resolution of the Members present, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the place where the chairman is physically present.

 

20.3Adjournment if quorum not present

 

If within 30 minutes after the time appointed for a general meeting a quorum is not present (or if during such a meeting a quorum ceases to be present), the meeting:

 

if convened upon the requisition of Members, is dissolved; and

 

in any other case, stands adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such other day, time and place as the Directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within 30 minutes from the time appointed for the meeting the Members present shall be a quorum.

 

 

 

20.4Appointment of chairman of general meeting

 

If the Directors have elected one of their number as chairman of their meetings that person shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the Company. If there is no such chairman, or if the elected chairman is not present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting, or is unable or unwilling to act, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

If no Director is willing to act as chairman or if no Director is present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Members present shall elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

20.5Adjournment of general meeting

 

The chairman may, with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. The chairman may, without the consent of the meeting, adjourn the meeting if it is necessary to ensure that all Members are able to participate in the meeting in an orderly fashion. When a general meeting is adjourned for 30 days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Otherwise, it shall not be necessary to give any such notice.

 

20.6Voting on a show of hands

 

At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting must be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is demanded.

 

Unless a poll is so demanded, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has, on a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in the Company’s book containing the minutes of proceedings of the Company, is conclusive evidence of the fact. Neither the chairman nor the minutes need state, and it is not necessary to prove, the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution.

 

 

 

20.7No casting vote for chairman

 

If there is an equality of votes either on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman is not entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

20.8When a poll may be demanded

 

A poll may only be demanded:

 

before the show of hands on that resolution is taken;

 

before the result of the show of hands on that resolution is declared; or

 

immediately after the result of the show of hands on that resolution is declared.

 

20.9Demand for poll

 

A poll may be demanded by the chairman, or one or more Members entitled to vote on the resolution. A demand for a poll does not prevent the continuance of the meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll has been demanded.

 

20.10Voting on a poll

 

If a poll is properly demanded:

 

it must be taken in the manner and at the date and time directed by the chairman;

 

on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment, it must be taken immediately;

 

the result of the poll is a resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded; and

 

the demand may be withdrawn.

 

 

 

VOTES OF MEMBERS

 

21.1Written resolutions of Members

 

A resolution (including a Special Resolution) in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by or on behalf of all Members for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to speak, attend and vote at general meetings of the Company shall be as valid and effective as if the resolution had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held. A resolution in writing is adopted when all Members entitled to do so have signed it.

 

21.2Registered Members to vote

 

No person shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless he is registered as a Member in the Register of Members on the record date for such meeting.

 

21.3Voting rights

 

Subject to these Articles and to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of Shares:

 

on a show of hands, each Member present in person and each other person present as a proxy or duly authorised representative of a Member has one vote; and

 

on a poll, each Member present in person has one vote for each Share held by the Member and each person present as a proxy or duly authorised representative of a Member has one vote for each Share held by the Member that the person represents. Each fractional Share shall carry the applicable fraction of one vote.

 

21.4Voting rights of joint holders

 

If a Share is held jointly and more than one of the joint holders votes in respect of that Share, only the vote of the joint holder whose name appears first in the Register of Members in respect of that Share counts.

 

 

 

21.5Voting rights of Members incapable of managing their affairs

 

A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction in matters concerning mental disorder, may vote whether on a show of hands or on a poll by his receiver, curator bonis, or other person on such Member’s behalf appointed by that court, and any such receiver, curator bonis or other person may vote by proxy.

 

21.6Objection to voting qualification

 

An objection to the right of a person to attend or vote at a general meeting or adjourned general meeting:

 

(a)may not be raised except at that meeting or adjourned meeting; and

 

(b)must be referred to the chairman of the meeting whose decision is final.

 

If any objection is raised to the right of a person to vote and the chairman disallows the objection, then the vote cast by that person is valid for all purposes.

 

REPRESENTATION OF MEMBERS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

22.1How Members may attend and vote

 

Subject to these Articles, each Member entitled to vote at a general meeting may attend and vote at the general meeting:

 

(i)in person, or where a Member is a company or non-natural person, by a duly authorised representative; or

 

(ii)by one or more proxies.

 

A proxy or a duly authorised representative may, but not need be, a Member of the Company.

 

22.2Appointment of proxies

 

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing and be executed by or on behalf of the Member appointing the proxy.

 

 

 

22.3Form of instrument of proxy

 

The instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form (or in any other form approved by the Directors) and may be expressed to be for a particular general meeting (or any adjournment of a general meeting) or generally until revoked.

 

22.4Receipt of proxy appointment

 

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited at the Registered Office or at such other place as is specified in the notice convening the meeting (or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company) prior to the time set out in such notice or instrument (or if no such time is specified, no later than the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chairman may, in any event, at his discretion, direct that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited.

 

22.5Validity of votes cast by proxy

 

Votes given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the instrument of proxy or of the authority under which the instrument of proxy was executed, or the transfer of the Share in respect of which the proxy is appointed unless notice in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer was received by the Company at the Registered Office before the commencement of the general meeting, or adjourned meeting at which the proxy voted.

 

22.6Corporate representatives

 

Any non-natural person who is a Member may authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any general meeting, and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the non-natural person which he represents as the non-natural person could exercise if it were itself a natural person.

 

22.7Shares that may not be voted

 

Shares that are beneficially owned by the Company shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any general meeting or class meeting (as applicable) and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding Shares at any given time.

 

 

 

APPOINTMENT, REMOVAL AND RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS

 

23.1Number of Directors

 

The Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution establish a maximum and/ or minimum number of Directors. The Company in general meeting may fix a minimum shareholding required to be held by a Director, but unless and until such a shareholding qualification is fixed a Director is not required to hold Shares. Directors shall be entitled to receive notice of any general meeting.

 

23.2Corporate Directors

 

The Company may appoint any non-natural person as a Director. Any such non-natural person may exercise any of its powers and authorities as a Director through any duly authorised representative.

 

23.3Appointment and removal of Directors

 

The Company may by Ordinary Resolution appoint any person to be a Director. The first Director(s) shall be determined in writing by, or appointed by a resolution of, the Subscriber. Subject to the terms of these Articles, the Directors may appoint any person to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director.

 

The Company may by Ordinary Resolution remove any Director from office. A Director may be removed from office if all the other Directors (being not less than two in number) resolve that he should be removed as a Director.

 

23.4Other circumstances in which a Director ceases to hold office

 

A Director ceases to hold office as a Director if the Director:

 

resigns as Director by giving notice in writing to the Company;

 

is not present personally or by proxy or represented by an alternate Director at three consecutive meetings of the Directors without special leave of absence from the Directors, and the Directors pass a resolution that he has by reason of such absence vacated office;

 

dies, becomes bankrupt, commences liquidation, dissolves or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or is found to be or becomes of unsound mind.

 

 

 

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

24.1General powers to manage the Company’s business

 

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, the Memorandum and these Articles and to any directions given by Special Resolution, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may exercise all the powers of the Company. No alteration of the Memorandum or Articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given.

 

The powers given by this Article shall not be limited by any special power given to the Directors by these Articles and a duly convened meeting of Directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the Directors.

 

24.2Signing of cheques

 

All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for monies paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed, or otherwise executed as the case may be in such manner as the Directors shall determine.

 

24.3Retirement payments and other benefits

 

The Directors on behalf of the Company may pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any Director who has held any other salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to his widow or dependants and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance.

 

24.4Borrowing powers of Directors

 

The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of its undertaking and property and to issue debentures, debenture stock, mortgages, bonds and other such securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

 

 

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

25.1Directors to regulate proceedings

 

Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit.

 

Questions arising at any Directors’ meeting shall be decided by a simple majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall not have a second or casting vote. A Director, who is also an alternate Director, shall be entitled in the absence of his appointor to a separate vote on behalf of his appointor in addition to his own vote.

 

25.2Convening a Directors’ meeting

 

A Director or alternate Director may, or any other officer of the Company on the requisition of a Director or alternate Director shall, call a meeting of the Directors by at least two days’ notice in writing to every Director and alternate Director. Notice of a meeting of the Directors must specify the time and place of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be considered unless notice is waived by all the Directors (or their alternates) either at, before or after the meeting is held.

 

25.3Quorum

 

The quorum for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors, and unless so fixed shall be two if there are two or more Directors and shall be one if there is only one Director. A person who holds office only as an alternate Director shall, if his appointor is not present, be counted in the quorum. A Director, who is also an alternate Director, shall, if his appointor is not present, be counted as two Directors for the purpose of the quorum.

 

25.4Power to act notwithstanding vacancies

 

The continuing Directors or sole continuing Director may act notwithstanding any vacancies in their number, but if the number of Directors is less than the number fixed as the quorum, the continuing Directors or Director may act only for the purpose of filling vacancies in that number, or for calling a general meeting of the Company.

 

 

 

25.5Chairman to preside

 

The Directors may elect a chairman of their board and determine the period for which he is to hold office, but if no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the Directors present may appoint one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

25.6Validity of acts of Directors in spite of a formal defect

 

All acts done by a meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors (including any person acting as an alternate Director) shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was a defect in the appointment of any Director or alternate Director, or that they or any of them were disqualified from holding office (or had vacated office) or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and qualified to be a Director or alternate Director as the case may be and had been entitled to vote.

 

25.7Directors’ meetings by telephone or other communication device

 

A meeting of the Directors (or committee of Directors) may be held by means of any telephone, electronic or such other communications facilities that permit all persons in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. Unless otherwise determined by the Directors the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the place where the chairman is physically present.

 

25.8Written resolutions of Directors

 

A resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of Directors (an alternate Director or a proxy being entitled to sign such a resolution on behalf of his appointor) shall be as valid and effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors, or committee of Directors as the case may be, duly convened and held. A resolution in writing is adopted when all the Directors (whether personally, by an alternate Director or by a proxy) have signed it.

 

 

 

25.9Appointment of a proxy

 

A Director but not an alternate Director may be represented at any meeting of the Directors by a proxy appointed in writing by him. The proxy shall count towards the quorum and the vote of the proxy shall for all purposes be deemed to be that of the appointing Director. The authority of any such proxy shall be deemed unlimited unless expressly limited in the written instrument appointing him.

 

25.10Presumption of assent

 

A Director (or alternate Director) present at a meeting of Directors is taken to have cast a vote in favour of a resolution of the Directors unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the chairman or secretary of the meeting before the adjournment of the meeting or shall forward such dissent by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of a resolution of the Directors.

 

25.11Directors’ interests

 

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and provided that he has declared to the Directors the nature and extent of any personal interest of his in a matter, transaction or arrangement, a Director or alternate Director notwithstanding his office may:

 

hold any office or place of profit in the Company, except that of Auditor;

 

hold any office or place of profit in any other company or entity promoted by the Company or in which it has an interest of any kind;

 

enter into any contract, transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested;

 

act in a professional capacity (or be a member of a firm which acts in a professional capacity) for the Company, except as Auditor;

 

sign or participate in the execution of any document in connection with matters related to that interest;

 

 

 

participate in, vote on and be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the Directors that considers matters relating to that interest; and

 

do any of the above despite the fiduciary relationship of the Director’s office:

 

(i)without any liability to account to the Company for any direct or indirect benefit accruing to the Director; and

 

(ii)without affecting the validity of any contract, transaction or arrangement.

 

For the purposes of this Article, a general notice given to the Directors that a Director is to be regarded as having an interest of the nature and extent specified in the notice in any matter, transaction or arrangement for which a specified person or class of persons is interested shall be deemed to be a disclosure that the Director has an interest in any such matter, transaction or arrangement of the nature and extent so specified.

 

25.12Minutes of meetings to be kept

 

The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose of all appointments of officers made by the Directors, all proceedings at general and class meetings of the Company and meetings of the Directors or committees of the Directors, including the names of the Directors or alternate Directors present at each meeting.

 

DELEGATION OF DIRECTORS’ POWERS

 

26.1Power of Directors to delegate

 

The Directors may:

 

delegate any of their powers, authorities and discretions to any committee of the Directors consisting of one or more Directors and any other person the Directors think fit to any Director or to any other person in each case to such extent, by such means (including by power of attorney) and on such terms and conditions as the Directors think fit;

 

authorise any person to whom powers, authorities and discretions are delegated under this Article by the Directors to further delegate some or all of those powers, authorities and discretions;

 

 

 

delegate their powers, authorities and discretions under this Article either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers, authorities and discretions; and

 

at any time revoke any delegation made under this Article by the Directors in whole or in part or vary its terms and conditions.

 

26.2Committees

 

A committee to which any powers, authorities and discretions have been delegated under the preceding Article must exercise those powers, authorities and discretions in accordance with the terms of delegation and any other regulations that may be imposed by the Directors on that committee. The proceedings of a committee of the Directors must be conducted in accordance with any regulations imposed by the Directors, and, subject to any such regulations, to the provisions of these Articles dealing with proceedings of Directors insofar as they are capable of applying.

 

26.3Appointing an attorney, agent or authorised signatory of the Company

 

The Directors may, by power of attorney or otherwise, appoint any person, to be the attorney, agent or authorised signatory of the Company for such purpose and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they think fit.

 

Any such power of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney, agent or authorised signatory as the Directors think fit and may also authorise any such attorney, agent or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in such person.

 

26.4Officers

 

The Directors may appoint such officers as they consider necessary on such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors think fit. Unless otherwise specified in the terms of his appointment, an officer may be removed from that office by resolution of the Directors or by Ordinary Resolution.

 

 

 

An officer ceases to hold office if such officer:

 

(i)is removed from office in accordance with paragraph (a) above;

 

(ii)resigns its office by giving notice in writing to the Company;

 

(iii)dies, becomes bankrupt, commences liquidation, dissolves or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

(iv)is found to be or becomes of unsound mind.

 

26.5Alternate Directors

 

Any Director (other than an alternate Director) may at any time appoint another Director, or any other person willing to act, to be an alternate Director and may at any time remove from office an alternate Director so appointed by him.

 

An alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of Directors and of all meetings of committees of Directors of which his appointor is a member, to attend and vote at every such meeting at which his appointor is not personally present, and generally to perform all the functions of his appointor as a Director in his absence.

 

An alternate Director shall cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases for any reason to be a Director.

 

All appointments and removals of alternate Directors shall be by notice in writing to the Company signed by the Director making or revoking the appointment or in any other manner approved by the Directors.

 

An alternate Director shall be deemed for all purposes to be a Director and shall alone be responsible for his own acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of the Director appointing him.

 

An alternate Director ceases to hold office as an alternate Director at the time specified in his appointment (if applicable) or if the alternate Director:

 

(i)is removed from office in accordance with paragraph (a) above;

 

 

 

(ii)resigns as alternate Director by giving notice in writing to the Company;

 

(iii)dies, becomes bankrupt, commences liquidation, dissolves or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

(iv)is found to be or becomes of unsound mind.

 

REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS

 

27.1Directors’ Remuneration

 

The Company may pay to each Director for his services as a Director such remuneration (if any) as the Directors shall determine.

 

27.2Expenses

 

A Director is entitled to be reimbursed out of the funds of the Company for such reasonable travelling, accommodation and other expenses as the Director may properly incur in travelling to, attending and returning from meetings of Directors or committees of Directors and general meetings of the Company or otherwise in attending to the business of the Company.

 

27.3Additional or special duties

 

If a Director at the request of the Directors performs additional or special duties for the Company, the Company may pay or provide to that Director such remuneration or other benefits as the Directors may determine.

 

SEAL

 

28.1Directors to determine use of Seal

 

The Company may, if the Directors so determine, have a Seal. The Seal shall only be used with the authority of the Directors, or a committee of the Directors established for such purpose. Every document to which the Seal is affixed shall be signed by at least one person who shall be either a Director or some officer or other person appointed by the Directors for that purpose.

 

 

 

28.2Duplicate Seal

 

The Company may have for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands a duplicate Seal or Seals each of which shall be a facsimile of the common Seal of the Company and, if the Directors so determine, with the addition on its face of the name of every place where it is to be used.

 

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND RESERVES

 

29.1Payment of Dividends

 

Subject to the Companies Act and these Articles, the Directors may declare and/ or pay Dividends and distributions on Shares in issue and authorise payment of the Dividends or distributions out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor. No Dividend or distribution shall be paid except out of the realised or unrealised profits of the Company, or out of the share premium account, or as otherwise permitted by the Companies Act. Unless the Directors resolve that a Dividend shall be a final dividend, any Dividend shall be deemed an interim Dividend and consequently may be cancelled by the Directors at any time before the date of payment of such Dividend.

 

29.2Calculation of Dividends

 

Except as otherwise provided by these Articles or the rights attached to any Shares or the terms of any Shares, all Dividends shall be declared and/ or paid according to the par value of the Shares that a Member holds. If any class of Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for Dividend as from a particular date, that class of Share shall rank for Dividend accordingly.

 

29.3Deduction from Dividends

 

The Directors may deduct from any Dividend or distribution payable to any Member all sums of money (if any) then payable by that Member to the Company.

 

29.4Dividend satisfied by distribution of specific assets

 

The Directors may resolve or declare that any Dividend or distribution be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular of shares, debentures, or securities of any other company or in any one or more of such ways and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may issue fractional Shares and fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all Members and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Directors.

 

 

 

PAYMENTS

 

Where the Company is required to make any payment to any applicant or to any Member or former Member (each, a “payee”) for any reason whatsoever (including payment of any Dividend, redemption proceeds or other distribution):

 

(i)it may be made in such manner as the Directors may deem appropriate and no payee shall be entitled to require payment by cheque or in any other particular manner;

 

(ii)such payment shall be at the risk and expense of the payee and the Company shall not be liable for any delay in, or loss arising from, any such payment for any reason whatsoever;

 

(iii)where made by any electronic payment method, the due making of a payment instruction and consequent deduction from the bank account (or other financial institution account) of the Company shall be a good discharge by the Company of its payment obligations;

 

(iv)where paid by a cheque sent through the post, it shall be sent (at the risk of the person entitled to the money represented thereby) to the registered address of, and made payable to, the order of the payee or to such other address and/ or person as the payee may in writing direct, and the Company shall not be responsible for any loss in transmission;

 

(v)the Company shall be entitled to recover any overpayment of monies;

 

(vi)the Company may set-off and apply any sums due by the payee (or by any one or more of joint payees) on any account whatsoever (whether or not presently payable) in reducing the amount of such payment by the Company;

 

 

 

(vii)no unpaid amount shall bear interest against the Company;

 

(viii)where the payment is unclaimed after 6 months from the date it first became payable (or any cheque in respect thereof remaining uncashed or unpresented after 6 months from the date of posting or in the case of a Dividend from the proposed date of payment thereof), it shall, if the Directors so resolve, be forfeited for the benefit of, and shall cease to remain owing by, the Company and shall thereafter belong to the Company absolutely; and

 

(ix)in the case of any joint payees (including any joint applicants or current or former joint Members), payment may be made by the Company to any one or more of the joint payees, any payment instruction or direction from any one joint payee to the Company shall bind all joint payees (and in the case of conflicting instructions or directions the Company may act on any of them) and any notice in respect of any payment given by the Company to any one of the joint payees shall be deemed to be given to all of them.

 

Subject to the foregoing, all unclaimed amounts (including Dividends) may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Directors, in their absolute discretion, for the benefit of the Company until claimed.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, the Company shall not be obliged to make any payment to a Member in respect of a Dividend, repurchase, redemption or other distribution if the Directors suspect that such payment may result in the breach or violation of any applicable acts or regulations (including, without limitation, any anti- money laundering acts or regulations) or such refusal is required by the acts and regulations governing the Company and/ or its service providers.

 

CAPITALISATION OF RESERVES AND PROFITS

 

Subject to the Companies Act and to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class of Shares, the Directors may resolve to capitalise all or any part of any amount standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts (including share premium account and capital redemption reserve fund) or the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution to Members and:

 

(i)apply the amount so capitalised for the benefit of Members in the proportions to which those Members would have been entitled in a distribution of that sum by way of Dividend in paying up any amounts unpaid on Shares held by Members or in paying up in full unissued Shares to be issued to Members as fully paid; or

 

 

 

(ii)apply the amount so capitalised in paying up Shares for the benefit of any person in satisfaction of any obligation of the Company to issue paid up Shares to such person.

 

In such event the Directors shall take any action required to give effect to such capitalisation and may make such provisions as they think fit in the event that Shares become distributable in fractions (including providing for fractional entitlements to accrue to the Company rather than to the Members concerned).

 

The Directors may authorise any person to enter into an agreement with the Company on behalf of all of the Members interested providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental to the capitalisation and any such agreement shall be effective and binding on all the Members concerned.

 

BOOKS OF ACCOUNT

 

32.1Books of account to be kept

 

The Directors shall cause proper books of account to be kept with respect to all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt or expenditure takes place, all sales and purchases of goods by the Company and the assets and liabilities of the Company. Proper books shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the affairs of the Company and to explain its transactions.

 

32.2Inspection by Members

 

The Directors shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them will be open to the inspection of Members (not being Directors). No Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by the Companies Act or authorised by the Directors or by Ordinary Resolution.

 

 

 

32.3Accounts required by law

 

The Directors may from time-to-time cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law.

 

32.4Retention of records

 

All books of account maintained by the Company shall be retained for a period of at least five years, or such longer period required by any applicable law or regulation from time to time.

 

AUDITOR

 

33.1Appointment of Auditor

 

The Directors may appoint an Auditor who shall hold office until removed from office by a resolution of the Directors and may fix the Auditor’s remuneration.

 

33.2Rights of Auditor

 

The Auditor shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the Auditor.

 

33.3Reporting requirements of Auditor

 

The Auditor shall, if so, required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during the Auditor’s tenure of office at the next general meeting following their appointment, and at any other time during the Auditor’s term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Company.

 

 

 

NOTICES

 

34.1Form and method of giving notices

 

Notices shall be in writing and may be given by:

 

(i)any Member to the Company by delivering such notice at the Registered Office. Notices may be delivered in person, by post, email or facsimile but shall only be validly served on the Company if such notice is actually received by the Registered Office on behalf of the Company; and

 

(ii)the Company to any Member either personally or by sending it by post, email or facsimile to his address as shown in the Register of Members, and where such a notice is:

 

(A)sent by post, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre-paying and posting a letter containing the notice, and shall be deemed to have been received on the fifth day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays) following the day on which the notice was posted;

 

(B)sent by facsimile, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by transmitting the facsimile to the number provided by the intended recipient and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was sent; and

 

(C)given by email, service shall be deemed to be effected by transmitting the email to the email address provided by the intended recipient and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was sent, and it shall not be necessary for the receipt of the e-mail to be acknowledged by the recipient.

 

Any notice, if posted from one country to another, is to be sent by airmail.

 

34.2Persons entitled to Shares by transmission

 

A notice may be given by the Company to any person the Company has been advised is entitled to any Share in consequence of the death, bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution of a Member in the same manner as other notices which are required to be given under these Articles and shall be addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description at the address supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled, or at the option of the Company by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death, bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution had not occurred.

 

 

 

WINDING UP

 

35.1Method of winding up

 

If the Company shall be wound up, and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them.

 

If in a winding up the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them at the commencement of the winding up (subject to a deduction from those Shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to the Company).

 

This Article is without prejudice to the rights of the holders of Shares issued upon special terms and conditions.

 

35.2Distribution of assets in a winding up

 

Subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any class of Shares, on a winding up of the Company the liquidator may, with the sanction of a Special Resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by the Companies Act, distribute among the Members the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose:

 

decide how the assets are to be distributed as between the Members or different classes of Members;

 

value the assets to be distributed in such manner as the liquidator thinks fit; and vest the whole or any part of any assets in such trustees and on such trusts for the benefit of the Members entitled to the distribution of those assets as the liquidator sees fit, but so that no Member shall be obliged to accept any assets in respect of which there is any liability.

 

 

 

INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

 

36.1Indemnity and limitation of liability of Directors and officers

 

To the maximum extent permitted by law, every current and former Director and officer of the Company (excluding an Auditor but including an alternate Director and the proxy of a Director) (each an “Indemnified Person”), shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability, action, proceeding, claim, demand, costs, damages or expenses, including legal expenses (each a ”Liability”), which such Indemnified Person may incur in that capacity unless such Liability arose as a result of the actual fraud or wilful default of such person.

 

No Indemnified Person shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage resulting (directly or indirectly) from such Indemnified Person carrying out his or her duties unless that liability arises through the actual fraud or wilful default of such Indemnified Person.

 

For the purpose of these Articles, no Indemnified Person shall be deemed to have committed “actual fraud” or “wilful default” until a court of competent jurisdiction has made a final, non-appealable finding to that effect.

 

36.2Advance of legal fees

 

The Company shall advance to each Indemnified Person reasonable legal fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defence of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnified Person for which indemnity will or could be sought. In connection with any such advance of expenses, the Indemnified Person shall execute an undertaking to repay the advanced amount to the Company if it is determined that the Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification under these Articles.

 

 

 

36.3Indemnification to form part of contract

 

The indemnification and exculpation provisions of these Articles are deemed to form part of the employment contract or terms of appointment entered into by each Indemnified Person with the Company and accordingly are enforceable by such persons against the Company.

 

36.4Insurance

 

The Directors may purchase and maintain insurance for or for the benefit of any Indemnified Person including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) insurance against any Liability incurred by such persons in respect of any act or omission in the actual or purported execution or discharge of their duties or the exercise or purported exercise of their powers or otherwise in relation to or in connection with their duties, powers or offices in relation to the Company.

 

REQUIRED DISCLOSURE

 

If required to do so under the laws of any jurisdiction to which the Company (or any of its service providers) is subject, or in compliance with the rules of any stock exchange upon which any Shares are listed, or to ensure the compliance by any person with any anti-money laundering legislation in any relevant jurisdiction, any Director, officer or service provider (acting on behalf of the Company) shall be entitled to release or disclose any information in its possession regarding the affairs of the Company or a Member, including, without limitation, any information contained in the Register of Members or subscription documentation of the Company relating to any Member.

 

FINANCIAL YEAR

 

Unless the Directors resolve otherwise, the financial year of the Company shall end on 31 December in each year and, following the year of incorporation, shall begin on 1 January in each year.

 

TRANSFER BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

 

The Company shall, with the approval of a Special Resolution, have the power to register by way of continuation to a jurisdiction outside of the Cayman Islands in accordance with the Companies Act.

 

 

 

WITHHOLDING TAXES ETC.

 

Each Member shall provide the Company on a timely basis with any documents, tax certifications, financial and other information (collectively “Tax Reporting Information”) as the Company may request in connection with the Company’s compliance with any legal and tax information reporting and exchange obligations applicable to it under the acts of the Cayman Islands or any other applicable jurisdiction (collectively, “Tax Reporting Obligations”), including, without limitation, any Tax Reporting Obligations under any Cayman Islands Acts, regulations or guidance notes that give effect to: (i) the inter- governmental agreement between the Cayman Islands and the United States to implement those provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, known as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act; (ii) the inter-governmental agreement between the Cayman Islands and the United Kingdom to implement the automatic exchange of tax information with respect to persons taxable in the United Kingdom; and (iii) any additional inter-governmental agreement or treaty entered into by, or otherwise binding upon the Cayman Islands that provides for the exchange of tax information with another jurisdiction.

 

The Company shall have the power to release, report or otherwise disclose to the Tax Information Authority in the Cayman Islands (or any other authority as may be required under the Tax Reporting Obligations) any Tax Reporting Information provided by a Member to the Company and any other information held by the Company in respect of the Member’s investment in the Company, in connection with the Tax Reporting Obligations, including, without limitation, in relation to the identity, address, tax identification number, tax status and interest in the Company of the Member (and any of its direct or indirect owners or affiliates).

 

If a Member fails to provide the Company with any requested Tax Reporting Information on a timely basis and such failure results, or may result, in the Company’s inability to comply with its Tax Reporting Obligations or if the Company is otherwise unable to comply with its Tax Reporting Obligations as a result of the direct or indirect action (or inaction) of a Member, the Company may:

 

(i)compulsorily repurchase some or all of such Member’s Shares without notice at a price per Share equal to the fair value of such Shares (as determined by the Directors) and may deduct or withhold from such redemption proceeds any penalty, debt, withholding or back up tax, costs, expenses, obligations, liabilities or other adverse consequences (collectively, “Tax Reporting Liabilities”) imposed on the Company, its Members and/ or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, managers, shareholders and/ or partners as a result of such failure, action or inaction by such Member; and/ or

 

(ii)re-designate, immediately and without consent, such Member’s Shares as belonging to a separate class and create a separate internal account in respect of such Shares so that any Tax Reporting Liabilities may be allocated solely to that class and debited from such class.

 

 


 

Exhibit 4.1

 

Share Certificate

 

Certificate Number          Number of Shares

 

       

 

YUKAI Health Group Limited

 

Incorporated in the Cayman Islands under the Companies Law (as Revised)

 

Authorized Share Capital is US$50,000.00 divided into 100,000,000 Shares of a par value of US$0.0005 each.

 

This certifies that [Name] of [Address] is the registered holder of [Number] Ordinary Shares fully paid and non-assessable, subject to the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company.

 

GIVEN under the Common Seal of the said Company this [date].

The Common Seal of the Company was hereunto affixed.

 

 

  Director

 

 

 

 


 

Exhibit 5.1

 

YUKAI Health Group Limited   D  +852 3656 6054
  E  nathan.powell@ogier.com
   
  Reference: NMP/RYH/502699.00001

 

1 July 2022

 

YUKAI Health Group Limited (the Company)

 

We have acted as Cayman Islands counsel to the Company in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments and supplements thereto (the Registration Statement), as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended to date (the Act). The Registration Statement relates to the offering by the Company (the Offering) of 4,000,000 ordinary shares of US$0.0005 par value each of the Company (the Ordinary Shares), plus an option to issue up to an additional 600,000 Ordinary Shares to be offered by the Company pursuant to the Offering to cover the over-allotment option to be granted to the representative of the underwriters (collectively, the IPO Shares). The Company will also be issuing warrants to the representative of the underwriters to purchase such number of Ordinary Shares in the Company equal to an aggregate of five (5%) percent of the total number of Ordinary Shares sold in the Offering (excluding any Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of any underwriter's over-allotment option) (the Representative's Warrants).

 

We are furnishing this opinion as Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1 to the Registration Statement.

 

1Documents examined

 

For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined originals, copies, or drafts of the following documents (the Documents):

 

(a)the certificate of incorporation of the Company dated 19 October 2021 issued by the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands (the Registrar);

 

(b)the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company adopted by special resolutions dated 30 May 2022 (the Memorandum and Articles);

 

(c)a certificate of good standing dated 17 June 2022 (the Good Standing Certificate) issued by the Registrar in respect of the Company;

 

(d)the register of directors and officers of the Company filed with the Registrar on 7 June 2022 (the ROD);

 

{HTFL00132741; 8} Ogier

British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, Guernsey,

Jersey and Luxembourg practitioners

 

Floor 11 Central Tower

28 Queen's Road Central

Central

Hong Kong

 

T +852 3656 6000

F +852 3656 6001

ogier.com

Partners

Nicholas Plowman

Nathan Powell

Anthony Oakes

Oliver Payne

Kate Hodson

David Nelson

Michael Snape

Justin Davis

Florence Chan

Lin Jacobsen

Cecilia Li

James Bergstrom

Marcus Leese

 

 

 

 

Page 2 of 5

 

(e)the register of members of the Company dated 1 June 2022 (the ROM, and together with the ROD, the Registers);

 

(f)a certificate from a director of the Company dated July 1 2022 as to certain matters of facts (the Director's Certificate);

 

(g)a copy of the written resolutions of the sole director of the Company dated 30 March 2022 and a copy of the written resolutions of all the directors of the Company dated 30 June 2022 approving, among other things, the Company's filing of the Registration Statement and issuance of the Ordinary Shares (together, the Board Resolutions); and

 

(h)the Registration Statement.

 

2Assumptions

 

In giving this opinion we have relied upon the assumptions set forth in this paragraph 2 without having carried out any independent investigation or verification in respect of those assumptions:

 

(a)all original documents examined by us are authentic and complete;

 

(b)all copies of documents examined by us (whether in facsimile, electronic or other form) conform to the originals and those originals are authentic and complete;

 

(c)all signatures, seals, dates, stamps and markings (whether on original or copy documents) are genuine;

 

(d)each of the Good Standing Certificate, the Registers and the Director’s Certificate is accurate and complete as at the date of this opinion;

 

(e)all copies of the Registration Statement are true and correct copies and the Registration Statement conform in every material respect to the latest drafts of the same produced to us and, where the Registration Statement has been provided to us in successive drafts marked-up to indicate changes to such documents, all such changes have been so indicated;

 

(f)the Board Resolutions remain in full force and effect and each of the directors of the Company has acted in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and has exercised the standard of care, diligence and skill that is required of him or her in approving the Offering and no director has a financial interest in or other relationship to a party of the transactions contemplated by the Documents which has not been properly disclosed in the Board Resolutions;

 

(g)neither the directors nor the shareholders of the Company have taken any steps to appoint a liquidator of the Company and no receiver has been appointed over any of the Company’s property or assets;

 

(h)the maximum number of IPO Shares and the Warrant Shares (as defined below) to be issued by the Company would not exceed the Company's authorised share capital and the consideration payable for each IPO Share and Warrant Share shall be no less than its par value; and

 

 

Page 3 of 5

 

(i)there is no provision of the law of any jurisdiction, other than the Cayman Islands, which would have any implication in relation to the opinions expressed herein.

 

3Opinions

 

On the basis of the examinations and assumptions referred to above and subject to the limitations and qualifications set forth in paragraph 4 below, we are of the opinion that:

 

Corporate status

 

(a)The Company has been duly incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability and is validly existing and in good standing with the Registrar under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

Authorised Share Capital

 

(b)The authorised share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided 100,000,000 Ordinary Shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.0005 each.

 

Valid Issuance of Shares

 

(c)The issuance and allotment of the IPO Shares have been duly authorised and, when issued and allotted in accordance with the Registration Statement and the duly passed Board Resolutions and once consideration is paid for in accordance with the Registration Statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Once the register of members of the Company has been updated to reflect the issuance, the shareholders recorded in the register of members will be deemed to have legal title to the IPO Shares set against their respective names.

 

(d)The Ordinary Shares to be issued under the Representative's Warrants (the Warrant Shares) have been duly authorised and, when issued and allotted in accordance with the Registration Statement and the duly passed Board Resolutions and once consideration is paid for in accordance with the Registration Statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Once the register of members of the Company has been updated to reflect the issuance, the shareholders recorded in the register of members will be deemed to have legal title to the Warrant Shares set against their respective names.

 

Registration Statement - Taxation

 

(e)The statements contained in the Registration Statement in the section headed “Cayman Islands Taxation”, insofar as they purport to summarise the laws or regulations of the Cayman Islands, are accurate in all material respects and that such statements constitute our opinion.

 

4Limitations and Qualifications

 

4.1We offer no opinion:

 

(a)as to any laws other than the laws of the Cayman Islands, and we have not, for the purposes of this opinion, made any investigation of the laws of any other jurisdiction, and we express no opinion as to the meaning, validity, or effect of references in the Documents to statutes, rules, regulations, codes or judicial authority of any jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands; or

 

 

Page 4 of 5

 

(b)except to the extent that this opinion expressly provides otherwise, as to the commercial terms of, or the validity, enforceability or effect of the Registration Statement, the accuracy of representations, the fulfilment of warranties or conditions, the occurrence of events of default or terminating events or the existence of any conflicts or inconsistencies among the Registration Statement and any other agreements into which the Company may have entered or any other documents.

 

4.2Under the Companies Act (Revised) (Companies Act) of the Cayman Islands, annual returns in respect of the Company must be filed with the Registrar, together with payment of annual filing fees. A failure to file annual returns and pay annual filing fees may result in the Company being struck off the Register of Companies, following which its assets will vest in the Financial Secretary of the Cayman Islands and will be subject to disposition or retention for the benefit of the public of the Cayman Islands.

 

4.3In good standing means only that as of the date of this opinion the Company is up-to-date with the filing of its annual returns and payment of annual fees with the Registrar. We have made no enquiries into the Company's good standing with respect to any filings or payment of fees, or both, that it may be required to make under the laws of the Cayman Islands other than the Companies Act.

 

5Governing law of this opinion

 

5.1This opinion is:

 

(a)governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of the Cayman Islands;

 

(b)limited to the matters expressly stated in it; and

 

(c)confined to, and given on the basis of, the laws and practice in the Cayman Islands at the date of this opinion.

 

5.2Unless otherwise indicated, a reference to any specific Cayman Islands legislation is a reference to that legislation as amended to, and as in force at, the date of this opinion.

 

6Reliance

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the headings "Enforceability of Civil Liabilities" and “Legal Matters” of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

This opinion may be used only in connection with the offer and sale of the IPO Shares while the Registration Statement is effective.

 

 

Page 5 of 5

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

/S/    Ogier  
   
Ogier  

 

 


Exhibit 10.1

 

Commercial House Leasing Contract

 

Party A (Lessor): Wang Chenggang, Xu Fang, Bao Zongfa, Xie Qingshou
 
Party B (Lessee): Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.            Tel.: 87533121

 

Clause 1 House leased: Room 909, 910 and 911, Xinya Building, No. 121, Dongjie Sub-district, Gulou District, Fuzhou; total area: 195.82 square meters.
   
Clause 2 Lease term: from May 1, 2021 to May 31, 2023.
   
Clause 3 The rent is 9,000 yuan/month, which shall be remitted by Party B into Party A's account (China Construction Bank, account name: Wang Chenggang,) on the 5th day of each month
   
Clause 4 Party B shall pay water and electricity charges, television fees, sanitation fees, property management fees and all taxes and charges incurred by the House leased (all taxes and fees payable by Party A according to laws and regulations shall be borne by Party B).
   
Clause 5 The House leased is used for office space.
   
Clause 6 Party B shall pay a lump sum of CNY SEVEN THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED ONLY (¥ 7,800.00) as the guarantee deposit on the date of signature, and Party A shall issue a receipt to Party B; in case Party B violates the provisions of this contract, Party A shall be entitled to terminate this contract and take back the House leased, without refunding the guarantee deposit. Party B shall take good care of the House and its equipment. Upon expiration of the lease term, Party B shall return the House in its status after decoration. In case of any damage, Party B shall repair it or make compensation according to the cost before Party A refunds the deposit.
   
Clause 7 Party B shall not sublet or lend the House to others without the written consent of Party A.

 

Clause 8 Where Party B intends to renew the lease of the House, Party B shall renew the written leasing contract with Party A within 60 days before the lease term is expired, otherwise it shall be deemed that Party B will not renew the lease.
   
Clause 9 This contract is made in duplicate, one for each party, both of which shall come into force after being signed.

 

 

 

 
  Party B: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.
Party A:

Contact information: Wang Chenggang
Bao Zongfa

Contact information: Xiong Cuihua
Signed on May 1, 2021 Signed on May 1, 2021

 

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.2

 

House Leasing Contract

 

Lessor (Party A): Zhang Minwei CONTRACT NO. MG2021-0168
    Place of Signing: Fuzhou
Lessee (Party B): Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. Date of Signing: November 27, 2020

 

In accordance with the Contract Law of the People's Republic of China and relevant regulations, in order to clarify the rights and obligations of both parties, based on the principles of voluntariness and equality, both parties have concluded the following contract terms and conditions through full negotiation on the matter that Party A leases the house owned by it according to law to Party B.

 

Clause 1 Leasing Content

 

1. Party A intends to lease the house facing northeast on the fourth floor of the main building next to National Highway 324, Yangleishan, No. 362, Junbian Village, Chengmen Town, Cangshan District, Fuzhou City (hereinafter referred to as "the House") to Party B.

 

2. The House covers the workshop, office area and dormitory area, and Party A agrees that Party B will use such house for warehouse and office uses.

 

3. Main decoration equipment and facilities of the House and their status:

 

(1) Office area and big workshop, dormitory area, etc., (including decorations), among which the big workshop includes toilets for men and women.

 

(2) Three main pipes, one distribution box, lighting equipment, etc.

 

Clause 2 Lease Term

 

The lease term is two years in total. Party A will deliver the House to Party B on November 27, 2020, and the lease term will be counted from December 1, 2020 to November 30, 2022.

 

Clause 3 Rent, Guarantee Deposit and Payment

 

1. The lease term will last from December 1, 2020 to November 30, 2022 (on the Gregorian calendar basis). In the two years from December 1, 2020 to November 30, 2022, the rent for each year is CNY TWO HUNDRED AND FORTY THOUSAND ONLY (¥240,000), which is tax excluded.

 

2. The rent shall be paid by month before use. Party B shall pay Party A the rent of ¥20,000 (CNY TWENTY THOUSAND ONLY in words) for the first period lasting from December 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 in 3 days after the execution of this contract, and from that on the rent for the following month shall be paid in 10 days before each period is expired.

 

3. After this contract is signed and executed, Party B shall pay Party A the guarantee deposit of ¥40,000 (CNY FORTY THOUSAND ONLY in words) for the House in 3 days. If Party B has no breach of contract at the expiration of the lease term, Party A will refund the deposit without interest to Party B in 15 working days.

 

4. If Party B needs an invoice, Party A shall cooperate with Party B in providing necessary documents in the first quarter. The invoicing fee shall be borne by Party B.

 

5. The payment may be made in cash or by T/T into the following account:

 

Account Name: Zhang Minwei

 

Bank of Deposit: Bank of China Fuzhou Cangshan District Chengmen Town Sanjiaocheng Sub-branch

 

Account No.:

 

Clause 4 Rights and Obligations of Both Parties

 

1. Party A shall guarantee that the House and its facilities are intact and can be put into normal use.

 

2. Party A has the obligation to provide water and electricity meeting the normal use requirements of Party B. Once any problem is found, Party A shall report to Party B in time.

 

3. Party B shall use the House according to this contract, and shall not undertake the liability of compensation for natural losses suffered by the House.

 

4. Party B shall have the right to decorate the House based on its own use needs on the premise of not damaging the original major structure of the House but obtaining the consent of Party A. After the lease term is expired, Party B shall not remove the decoration (including civil engineering, furred ceiling, door, wire, lamp, additional layer, etc.), except for connecting wires between main circuit and equipment. If Party B removes any part that can not be removed according to the contract, Party A shall have the right to retain the deposit.

 

5. Party B shall not use the House to engage in any illegal businesses or criminal and illegal activities.

 

6. Party B shall be entitled to set up signboards at the top, external wall and front of the House or around the House, and Party A shall give full cooperation free of charge, but how to select the location of advertisement shall be negotiated with Party A.

 

7. The side against the wall of the main building is zoned or public cargoes handling. Party A is obliged to ensure smooth mobility of the main channel, and Party B is also obliged to cooperate with Party A in doing that.

 

 

 

8. Party A allocates two fixed parking lots in the workshop area to Party B free of charge, and Party B needs to report its own fixed license plate numbers to Party A in order to facilitate Party A's management. If Party B owns extra fixed vehicles, it shall consult with Party A about the parking fees. The other vehicles for cargoes transportation can enter or leave the workshop area freely. In case exit admission slips are needed, Party B shall cooperate with Party A in order to facilitate Party A's management.

 

9. During the lease term, if any of Party B's business projects fail to meet the production standards of national departments (such as national tax, local tax, environmental protection, industry and commerce, fire protection, health, public security, etc.), Party B shall solve the problem on its own, and Party A may assist Party B in solving the problem in the context of its own capacity. All incidents and disputes arising from Party B's production and operation during the lease term and all resulting damage to others shall be handled and liable by Party B, with nothing to do with Party A. If any of Party B's production and operation projects (such as dust, pollution, etc.) affects other lessees of the same building, Party B may take the initiative to solve the problem. If the problem can not be solved anyway, the contract will be automatically terminated, and at the same time Party A shall be entitled to take the House back without refunding the guarantee deposit.

 

10. During the lease term, in case the major structure of the House is damaged because of Party B's improper management, Party B shall compensate for corresponding losses suffered by Party A or restore the House to its original status.

 

11. Where Party B fails to renew the lease at the expiration of the lease term after 10 days, Party A shall be entitled to disposal the articles left by Party B in the House without bearing any responsibility, and any garbage disposal fee incurred therefor can be deducted from the guarantee deposit.

 

Clause 5 Other Expenses

 

1. The calculation method of water and electricity charges during the lease term: the electricity charge consumed by Party B shall be calculated at 1.20 yuan/kW.h, and the water charge shall be calculated based on the tiers established by the Water Supply Authority and the reasonable loss burdened with reference to the primary water meter. In addition, if the electricity unit price fluctuates by more than 3%, the electricity fee shall also be adjusted correspondingly.

 

Clause 6 Renovation of the House during the Lease Term

 

1. When the main structure of the House needs to be renovated, Party A shall take charge of maintenance.

 

2. The daily maintenance and repairs of Party B's decoration shall be undertaken by Party B.

 

Clause 7 Force Majeure

 

After the lease term is over, Party B shall enjoy the priority of renewal of the lease under the same conditions, but it shall propose the renewal to Party A in 3 months before the end of the lease term. If Party B terminates the lease midway, Party A may not refund the guarantee deposit, and this contract shall be deemed void at the same time.

 

Clause 8 Changes of Both Parties

 

1. Where Party A transfers the ownership of the House to a third party according to legal procedures, under no other arrangements, Party A shall guarantee that this contract will remain valid to the new owner of the House.

 

2. Party B shall not transfer or mortgage the House without authorization during the lease term.

 

Clause 9 Alternation and Rescission of the Contract

 

1. Under any of the following circumstances, Party A has the right to unilaterally rescind the contract:

 

(1) Delay paying the rent for more than 30 days after the agreed time limit.

 

(2) Engage in any illegal businesses or criminal and illegal activities.

 

2. In case Party A has met any of the following circumstances, Party B shall have the right to terminate this contract:

 

(1) Fail to deliver the House or delay delivering the House for more than 30 days.

 

(2) Party B can not use the House normally for more than 30 days because of defects or hidden safety hazards in the main structure of the House.

 

3. During the lease term, in case of any of the following circumstances, either party shall have the right to alter or terminate this contract:

 

(1) Both parties agree by negotiation on the alternation or termination of this contract.

 

(2) During the lease term, the House is acquired, expropriated or demolished (the compensation for demolition of the House shall be enjoyed by Party A, while relevant compensation for facilities and equipment added by Party B shall be enjoyed Party B).

 

(3) This contract can not be performed due to objective reasons such as earthquake, typhoon, flood, war, etc.

 

(4) Where this contract can not be further performed due to the circumstances specified in (2) and (3), unless otherwise agreed, Party A shall refund the residual balance to Party B (including but not limited to rent and guarantee deposit for the House paid by Party B), and the rent shall be calculated based on the actual use.

 

 

 

Clause 10 Dispute Settlement

 

If any dispute arises between both parties for the execution of this contract, it shall be settled by both parties through negotiation. If negotiation fails, either party shall have the right to file a lawsuit with the people's court of the place where this contract is signed.

 

Clause 11 Other Arrangements

 

1. Matters not covered in this contract may be separately agreed by both parties in form of supplemental agreement. The supplemental agreement shall be construed as an integral part of this contract, and shall have the same legal effect as this contract;

 

2. This contract shall come into force after being signed and sealed by both parties.

 

3. This contract is made in two copies, one for each party, both of which shall have equal legal effect.

 

Lessor: (signature or seal) Zhang Minwei Lessee: (signature or seal) Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.
Entrusted Agent: (signature)   Entrusted Agent: (signature)
Contact Number:   Contact Number: Xiong:
DATE: November 27, 2020 DATE: November 27, 2020

 

 

 

Certification

 

This is certify that the four-story workshop in frame structure located at (Fuxia Road next to National Highway 324, Yangleishan) No. 362, Junbian Village, Chengmen Town, Cangshan District, Fuzhou City is owned by villager Zhang Minwei.

 

  IN WITNESS WHEREOF
 
  Junbian Village Committee

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Exhibit 10.3

 

15th Floor, Zhonggeng

 

House Leasing Contract

 

Party A (Lessor): Lin Xuexin

Certificate No.: Exit-Entry Permit for Traveling to and from Hong Kong and Macao with No. H0120255601

Tel.:

Party B (Lessee): Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

Registered Address: Room 909, 910, 911 and 912, Xinya Building, No. 121, Dongjie Sub-district, Gulou District, Fuzhou

Legal representative: Zheng Weiping

 

Tel.:

 

According to the Contract Law of the People's Republic of China and relevant laws and regulations, in order to clarify the rights and obligations of both parties, both parties have entered into this contract by consensus on matters relating to the lease of the following house for mutual honor.

 

I. Basic information of Lessor's property right:

 

Party A leases the property located in Units 01 and 02, 15/F, Fujian International Youth Exchange Center, No. 83, Dongjie Sub-district, Gulou District, Fuzhou (hereafter referred to as "the House") (any copy of the property right certificate shall be deemed as appendices to this contract), with a building area of 353 square meters. Party A (Lessor) guarantees the complete ownership of the House during the lease term.

 

II. House type and facilities:

 

The two units of the House have been decorated in combination, and are ready for immediate office. The facilities in the House include: 4 executive desks, 1 conference table, 19 sofas and chairs, 14 office desks, 9 office chairs, 8 telephones, 9 Gree air conditioners and other hard decoration. Party B is willing to rent the House and its decoration and equipment attached and maintain and keep the integrity and normal use of such original decoration and equipment, otherwise Party A is entitled to require Party B to restore the House to its original status and pay compensation, except for normal loss of such decoration and equipment attached.

 

III. Lease term:

 

The term of Party B's renewal of the lease shall be one full year counted from August 17, 2021 to August 16, 2022.

 

IV. Rent:

 

(1) The rent shall be calculated from the starting date of the lease from August 17, 2021 to August 16, 2022, and the rent per month shall be ¥29,000 (in words: CNY TWENTY-NINE THOUSAND ONLY) .

 

(2) The rent excludes other costs such as taxes, water and electricity charges, property management fees and various utilities (including but not limited to water and electricity charges). The rent is only provided with receipt, instead of invoice.

 

(3) Payment of rent: the rent shall be paid monthly on the 12th day of each month. After receiving the rent, Party A shall issue a receipt to Party B.

 

The bank account for Party A's collection of the rent paid by Party A is as follows:

 

Account name: Lin Xuexin

Account No.:

Bank of Deposit: China Construction Bank Fuzhou Guangda Sub-branch

 

 

 

If the above account information is changed, Party A shall notify Party B in advance. Party A's collection of the rent paid by Party A shall be provided with a receipt. If an invoice is required by Party B, the invoicing fee and related tax shall be borne by Party B itself.

 

V. Guarantee Deposit and Its Payment:

 

(1) Party A will collect ¥87,000 (in words: CNY EIGHTY-SEVEN THOUSAND ONLY) from Party B as the guarantee deposit under this contract (the guarantee deposit collected in the previous year will be spontaneously taken as that for this contract). Unless otherwise agreed in this contract, after the lease term expires or this contract is terminated or canceled in advance and the House is inspected and accepted by Party A, Party B shall move out immediately. Within seven days after Party B has paid all expenses, Party A shall refund the guarantee deposit without interest to Party B in one time, but the guarantee deposit cannot be used to offset the rent midway.

 

(2) In the event that any losses are caused by the failure of either party to perform this contract due to force majeure, such party shall not be liable to the other party, and this contract shall be automatically terminated.

 

(3) Where this contract is terminated or canceled early due to Party A's breach of contract, within seven days from then on, Party A shall refund the rent prepaid by Party B but not actually incurred (if any) and the guarantee deposit to Party B.

 

(4) Party B shall inform Party A whether it will renew the lease one month before the lease term of this contract is over. In the event that this contract is terminated or canceled in advance due to Party B's breach of contract, the rent and guarantee deposit paid by Party B to Party A will not be refunded.

 

VI. Party A's Rights and Obligations During the Lease Term:

 

(1) Party A shall timely deliver the House and its attached facilities to Party B for use. The above House has a clear ownership. In case any dispute arises from any property rights or claims or debts in relation to Party A or arises from the lack of leasing conditions, Party A shall be fully responsible.

 

(2) If Party A intends to mortgage, sell or transfer the House in part or in whole, it shall inform Party B ahead of time, and then it may be deemed not to breach the contract. At the expiration of the lease term, under the same conditions, Party B shall enjoy the priority of renewing the lease or purchasing the House.

 

VII. Party B's Rights and Obligations During the Lease Term:

 

(1) During the lease term, Party B shall provide copies of valid identity documents and business licenses.

 

(2) Party B shall timely pay the rent and all other expenses payable according to this contract. If the payment date is a holiday, it shall be postponed correspondingly. Party B fails to pay the rent and other expenses payable in time, it shall pay liquidated damages to Party A at 0.5% of the amount unpaid for each overdue day. When Party B needs to decorate the House, it shall obtain the consent of Party A before implementation. If Party B damages the original decoration and facilities, it shall be liable for repairing immediately or compensating according to the cost.

 

(3) After Party A hands over the House to Party B, Party B's decoration and renovation shall have nothing to do with Party A. If Party B intends not to use the House, it shall not damage the decorated part and the house structure.

 

(4) During the lease term, Party B shall not sublet or transfer the House to any third party for use. Because the change of the business license is equivalent to the change of Lessee, the leasing contract shall be re-signed, while Party B shall have the priority of leasing under the same conditions.

 

(5) When this contract is terminated, Party B shall return the House to Party A immediately. In case Party A suffers any losses due to Party B's delay in returning the House, Party B shall pay double rent as compensation; if Party B needs to renew the lease of the House, it shall negotiate with Party A one month in advance, and then both parties shall re-sign the contract.

 

(6) Any economic and legal responsibilities arising from Party B's business activities and personal acts shall have nothing to do with Party A.

 

 

 

(7) Party B must not engage in any illegal activities in the House, otherwise it shall bear all legal responsibilities arising therefrom. VIII. Liability for Breach of Contract:

 

Where either party fails to perform any of the terms and conditions of this contract so that the purpose of this contract can not be achieved or violates relevant national decrees, the other party shall have the right to terminate this contract ahead of schedule, and all resulting losses and legal responsibilities shall be borne by the responsible party.

 

IX. Miscellaneous:

 

This contract shall take effect after being signed and sealed by both parties. The guarantee deposit previously paid shall remain valid under this contract.

 

X. In case of any dispute arising from the execution of this contract, both parties shall settle it through friendly negotiation. If negotiation fails, either party may file a lawsuit with the People's Court of Gulou District.

 

XI. Matters not covered in this contract may be separately agreed upon by both parties in form of supplemental agreement. The supplemental agreement shall have the same legal effect as this contract after being signed and sealed by both parties.

 

XII. This contract is made in duplicate, one for each party.

 

No text below.

 

   
Party A: [signature] Party B:
    Legal Representative:  
     

 

Signed at Units 01 and 02, 15/F, Fujian International Youth Exchange Center

 

Signed on July 18, 2021

 

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.4

 

[Important Notice] To protect your legitimate rights and interests, please make sure to carefully read and fully understand all terms of this Contract (especially those shown in bold). Please pay attention to the loan conditions stipulated in Article 2 of the Loan Contract before borrowing money. In the process of applying for and using this loan service, you can consult, complain and make suggestions to the Lender by calling 95384. By confirming the Contract on the operation page, you are deemed to have read and agreed to the Contract, which shall then become legally effective. If the loan becomes overdue, the Lender will take legal and compliant methods for collection. A breach of the contract may result in early maturity and recovery of the loan, payment of penalty interest, and the consequences affecting the credit records (please refer to Article 7 of the Contract for the specific liability for breach of contract).

 

Loan Contract WYQYJK202012

 

Contract Number: GHDJJ20210301024146

 

Following relevant laws and regulations, the Parties, through negotiation, hereby enter into this Contract regarding the matter that the Borrower applies for a loan with WeBank. This Contract is a single loan contract under the "Loan Limit Contract" (hereinafter referred to as the "Loan Limit Contract") numbered GHDED20200929015144, and the guarantee type under the Loan Limit Contract shall also apply to this Contract.

 

Article 1      Loan Essentials

 

Lender (Party A): WeBank Co., Ltd.

Borrower (Party B)

Name of the Borrower: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

Address of the Borrower: Room 909, 910 and 911, Xinya Building, No. 121, Dongjie Sub-district, Gulou District, Fuzhou

Email (Email for Service) of the Borrower: fzyukaico@126.com

Legal Representative/Or Operator/Or Person-in-Charge: Zheng Weiping

Email of Legal Representative/Or Operator/Or Person-in-Charge: 451121165@qq.com

Mobile Number (Mobile Number for Service) of Legal Representative/Or Operator/Or Person-in-Charge:

Loan Information

Amount of Total Limit: 1,800,000.00

Loan Amount: 300,000.00

Loan Term: 24 Installments

Annual loan interest rate: 1 to 3 installments: 11.52%; 4 to 24 installments: 11.52%; that is, the latest one-year loan prime rate (LPR) published by the National Interbank Funding Centre one working day before the signing of this Contract +7.67%.

Loan Disbursement Date: 2021/03/01

Maturity Date: 2023/02/28

Loan Purpose: Party B’s working capital turnover.

Payment Method

x Independent Payment ¨ Entrusted Payment

Beneficiary’s Information

Beneficiary’s Account Name: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

Beneficiary’s Account Number:

Beneficiary’s Bank: Bank of Communications

Repayment Information

Repayment Account Name: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. “Gonghuodai” Repayment

Account Number:

Repayment Date: 28th of Each Month

Arrangement for Principal and Interest Repayment: Subject to the repayment schedule displayed to Party B on the interactive page of the lending platform.

Handled by: Zheng Weiping

 

Page 1 of 10

 

 

Special Reminder: If the actual loan disbursement date in Party A’s system is inconsistent with the that on the loan essential list, the former shall prevail. The maturity date may vary due to the change in the loan disbursement date.

 

The loan interest rate shall be the latest one-year loan prime rate (LPR) published by the National Interbank Funding Centre one working day before the signing of this Contract plus/minus basis points. The fixed interest rate for the loan that has been disbursed shall remain unchanged and shall not be subject to the aforesaid adjustments. Daily Interest Rate = Annual Interest Rate/360.

 

Article 2      Loan Disbursement

 

2.1 Party A shall have the right to review the following matters before loan disbursement, and decide whether to disburse funds according to the review results:

 

(1) Whether Party B has completed the statutory procedures for a government license, approval, registration, and delivery related to the loan hereunder by relevant laws and regulations (if any);

 

(2) Whether the relevant guarantee contract (if any) has become effective;

 

(3) Whether Party B has paid off the fees related to this Contract (if any);

 

(4) Whether Party B meets the loan conditions agreed herein;

 

(5) Whether the operating and financial conditions of Party B and the guarantor (if any) have undergone unfavorable changes;

 

(6) Whether the repayment willingness of Party B and the guarantee willingness of the guarantor (if any) have changed;

 

(7)  Whether Party B violates this Contract.

 

2.2 The loan hereunder is a non-revolving loan.

 

2.3 Before the loan disbursement, if Party A fails to disburse the loan hereunder due to the changes in national macro-control policies, the requirements of Party A’s regulatory department on the credit scale control or credit orientation, Party A’s fund arrangement, or other reasons, Party A shall have the right to stop disbursing the loan or terminate the Contract, and Party B shall have no objection.

 

2.4 The loan amount shall not be used for the following purposes:

 

(1) Purchasing a house or repaying a housing mortgage loan;

 

(2) Purchasing stocks, bonds, futures, financial derivatives or asset management products, or making other investments;

 

(3) Making investments in fixed assets or equity;

 

(4) Other purposes prohibited by laws and regulations.

 

2.5 Loan disbursement and payment

 

(1) For the loan paid by independent payment, Party A shall, according to Party B’s drawdown application, disburse the loan amount to the corporate account provided by Party B to Party A, and Party B shall independently pay the loan to the counterparty that conforms to the agreed purpose.

 

(2) For the loan paid by entrusted payment, Party A shall, according to Party B’s drawdown application and payment entrustment, directly pay the loan amount to the designated account of the counterparty designated by Party B. Party B undertakes to provide business contracts and other supporting documents related to the payment application as required by Party A, and warrants that such supporting documents are authentic, legal, and valid.

 

2.6 Payment Management

 

After the loan is disbursed, Party A shall have the right to require Party B to provide such information as transaction object and payment amount, as well as the corresponding business contracts and other supporting documents through the interactive page of the lending platform or in other ways required by Party A, and periodically summarize and inform Party A of the payment of loan amount. Party A shall have the right to verify whether the payment of loan amount conforms to the agreed purpose through account analysis, voucher verification, an on-site investigation by Party A, or by appointing a third-party service agency, and Party B shall give cooperation.

 

2.7 If Party A makes repeated loan disbursement or disburses the loan which should not be disbursed due to problems with Party A’s system or disbursement channels, Party B irrevocably authorizes Party A to directly transfer back the excess amount that has been repeatedly disbursed or the amount which should not be disbursed from Party B’s repayment account or collection account.

 

Page 2 of 10

 

 

Article 3      Payment

 

3.1 Party B’s repayment amount and date in each installment shall be subject to the repayment schedule displayed to Party B by Party A through the interactive page of the lending platform (refers to the Internet operation page through which the Borrower may inquire about the application, contract signing and repayment of the loan, including but not limited to the mobile APP client, WeChat official account, HTML5 webpage and PC website operated or approved by Party A, same below). When the loan of each installment becomes due, Party B shall fulfill the debt on time, otherwise, it will be deemed that the loan has become overdue.

 

3.2 Party B shall proactively check the transaction details through the interactive page of the lending platform to confirm the transaction contents. The transaction records kept by Party A under this Contract shall be the true evidence of the loan use and shall be binding on Party B. Party B shall not disclaim the loan application or transaction amount on the grounds that it has not received the statement or seen the transaction details.

 

3.3  Repayment account refers to the bank account (including the special internal repayment account opened by Party A for Party B) that the Borrower applies for and uses the loan service and provides to the Lender for the deduction, which shall be subject to the provisions of Article 1 hereof.

 

Party B shall not change or cancel the repayment account before paying off all loan expenses, principal and interest.

 

3.4  In case of several outstanding loans, Party A shall have the right to decide the priority sequence of the loan to be settled by Party B and the lower limit of amount, subject to the final review result after Party A accepts Party B’s application for early repayment. Party A shall waive the liquidated damages for early repayment.

 

x Party B shall have the right to apply for early settlement, but it may not make early settlement on the loan date.

 

¨ Party B shall not make early repayment within calendar days of drawdown.

 

3.5   Party A shall have the right to require Party B to make a repayment by one of the following two repayment methods through the system:

 

(1) Positive repayment: Party B shall repay the loan principal and interest and relevant expenses to Party A on its own initiative.

 

(2) Automatic repayment (repayment by withholding method): Party B shall deposit, in full, the amount repayable into the repayment account one day before the agreed repayment date. Party B hereby irrevocably authorizes Party A to deduct the loan principal and interest and other related expenses under this Contract from the repayment account.

 

3.6  Party B hereby acknowledges and authorizes that Party A shall have the right to reduce the deduction amount and make multiple deductions in installments if the balance in the repayment account is insufficient. If the automatic deduction fails due to various reasons (including but not limited to insufficient balance in the repayment account), Party B hereby irrevocably authorizes Party A to deduct principal, interest, and expenses of the loan due or due earlier from any account held by Party B with Party A (including the special internal repayment account opened by Party A for Party B).

 

3.7  Party B shall repay the loan principal and interest hereunder in full and on time. If any installment of repayment is not repaid in full and on time, Party A shall have the right to require Party B to repay all the loans and charge penalty interest on all outstanding loans as overdue loans from the overdue date.

 

3.8  In case of any inconsistency between this Loan Contract and the Loan Limit Contract regarding the provisions of Article 3 "Repayment”, this Loan Contract shall prevail.

 

Article 4 Party B’s Representations and Warranties

 

4.1 Party B is a reputable enterprise duly incorporated and validly existing in the jurisdiction where it is located and has full rights to engage in the business it is currently engaged in with government license and approval.

 

4.2 Party B has completed all internal and external authorizations and approvals required for the signing of this Contract. The signing of this Contract is an expression of the true intention of Party B and will not result in any violation of Party B’s Articles of Association or any agreement or commitment signed by Party B with any third party. Party B does not violate any laws, regulations, and rules on environmental protection, energy saving, emission reduction, and pollution reduction at the time of signing this Contract, and undertakes to strictly abide by such laws, regulations, and rules after signing this Contract.

 

Page 3 of 10

 

 

4.3 Party B is not involved in any litigation, arbitration, enforcement, appeal, reconsideration, and other procedures or other events or circumstances that may have a material adverse effects on the performance of this Contract, except for those notified to Party A in writing by Party B before the signing of this Contract.

 

4.4 Party B shall, within the time limit required by Party A, provide explanations or supplementary information on its business condition, financial performance, or other matters that, in Party A’s opinion, may affect Party B’s loan risk. Party B shall cooperate to provide documents and materials promptly and guarantee that such documents and materials are true, complete, objective, and free from any misrepresentation, misleading statement, or major omission, and that the financial statements are prepared in strict accordance with Chinese Accounting Standards.

 

4.5 Party B undertakes to abide by relevant laws and regulations on the administration of tax collection, standardize tax returns filing and tax payment, timely submit and update financial statements and other tax-related information to taxation authority, promptly declare and pay taxes, and ensure the authenticity and accuracy of relevant information.

 

Article 5      Rights and Obligations of Party B

 

5.1 Party B shall open an account with Party A and give priority to Party A’s deposit and settlement services.

 

5.2 if Party B is a group client, it shall submit a written report to Party A within ten days of the occurrence of a related party transaction involving more than 10% of its net assets, which shall contain the affiliated relationship among the transaction parties, transaction items and nature, transaction amount or corresponding proportion, and pricing policies (including transactions with no or nominal amounts).

 

A group client shall mean an enterprise or public institution legal person with the following features:

 

(1) It directly or indirectly controls or is directly or indirectly controlled by another enterprise or public institution legal person in respect of stock right or management;

 

(2) It is, together with another enterprise or public institution legal person, controlled by a third party enterprise or public institution legal person;

 

(3) It is directly or indirectly controlled by the major investors in person, key managers and their close family members (including the linear relatives within three generations and collateral relatives within two generations) in a joint manner;

 

(4) There is another affiliated relationship through which the assets and profits might be transferred beyond the principle of fair price, which shall be deemed as a group client under loan management.

 

5.3 If Party B is under any one or more of the following circumstances, Party A shall have the right to decide whether to require Party B to provide an additional guarantee or directly recover all loans or adjust and cancel the limit depending on the specific circumstances:

 

(1) The operation and financial performance of Party B or the guarantor deteriorates, resulting in a significant decrease in income, significant financial loss or asset loss (including but not limited to asset loss caused by its external investment or external guarantee) or other financial crisis;

 

(2) Party B fails to timely declare or falsely declare tax-related information (including but not limited to the financial statements); or owes tax payable, violates tax laws and regulations, or is imposed administrative fines by taxation authority;

 

(3) Party B is subject to administrative penalties or criminal sanctions, or is involved in significant legal disputes due to its illegal business activities;

 

(4) Party B, its shareholders or actual controllers or guarantors are involved in important cases or their main assets are subject to compulsory measures such as property preservation or administrative penalties or criminal sanctions, or other events that make them impossible to perform their duties;

 

(5) Party B or the guarantor provides a guarantee to a third party, which would have material adverse effects on its financial performance or ability to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

(6) Party B, the enterprise invested by Party B, the guarantor or other enterprises invested by the guarantor confronts division, merger, material merge, acquisition and reorganization, material asset disposal, capital reduction, business discontinuance, business suspension for rectification, liquidation, reorganization, registration cancellation, dissolution, bankruptcy, or has been revoked of its business license;

 

(7) Other major events or default events that are sufficient to affect the business activities of Party B, the guarantor and the security of Party A’s loans.

 

Page 4 of 10

 

 

5.4 Party B shall ensure that its legal representative (applicable when Party B is a company, same below)/or operator (applicable when Party B is a sole proprietorship of industry and commerce, same below)/or person-in-charge (applicable when Party B is a non-corporate business organization, same below) shall act as the guarantor to undertake personal joint and several liability guarantee to Party A for all loans under the limit, which shall not be changed, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Party A. If Party B’s legal representative/or operator/or person-in-charge changes, Party A shall have the right to make a new risk judgment on Party B, and require Party B’s new legal representative/or operator/or person-in-charge to provide the joint and several liability guarantee or other additional guarantees. 5.5      In case of any change in the business address, mailing address, e-mail, telephone, business scope, legal representative/or operator/or person-in-charge of Party B, it shall notify Party A within seven working days from the date of such change. If Party B fails to perform the aforesaid notification obligation, the relevant notices and documents shall be deemed to have been served if delivered by Party A to the original address.

 

Article 6      Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

6.1 Party A shall have the right to evaluate the operating and financial conditions and the progress of specific projects of Party B and the guarantor (if any) according to the conditions for credit granting agreed in the contract when the limit becomes effective, and adjust the amount, term and interest rate of the loan according to the evaluation results.

 

6.2 Party A shall have the right to request Party B to provide the materials related to the limit, and enter or appoint a service agency to enter Party B’s place of business to investigate, review and inspect the use of the loan and Party B’s assets, financial conditions and operating conditions, and shall have the right to supervise Party B to use the loan for the purpose agreed herein, and Party B shall give cooperation.

 

6.3  Party A shall maintain the confidentiality of the materials provided by Party B, unless otherwise prescribed by laws and regulations or regulatory authorities or otherwise agreed by both parties, or the materials provided by Party B do not constitute confidential information.

 

6.4 Party A shall have the right to transfer its rights hereunder and its creditor’s rights to the loan granted to Party B hereunder, in whole or in part, to a third party through asset transfer, asset securitization or other means without the Party B’s consent. Party A shall have the right to notify Party B of the transfer of the creditor’s rights by telephone, SMS, email, WeChat, announcement, or by publishing announcements or news on the lending platform.

 

6.5 Without Party A’s prior written consent, Party B shall not transfer all or part of its rights and obligations hereunder and the corresponding loan debts owed to Party A under this Contract to any third party.

 

Article 7      Breach of Contract

 

7.1 Any of the following events shall constitute an event of Party B’s default referred to in this Article:

 

(1) The loan hereunder is in arrears of interest payment, becomes overdue, involves in advance payment, or is not used for the purpose agreed by both parties;

 

(2) Party B breaches any representations, warranties and undertakings made by it;

 

(3) Party B breaches any of its obligations hereunder;

 

(4) Party B conceals true and important information;

 

(5) Party B or the guarantor (if any) evades or invalidates its debts owed to banks or other financial institutions through related party transactions or other means;

 

(6) Party B or the guarantor (if any) is negligent in managing and recovering the matured creditor’s rights, or disposes of its main property for free or at an unreasonable low price or in other inappropriate ways to transfer property or has other acts of evading debts;

 

(7) Party B obtains fund or credit facility from Party A or other financial institutions by using false contracts and arrangements between Party B and any third party;

 

(8) Party B or the guarantor (if any) violates other contracts signed with Party A or other financial institutions (including but not limited to credit agreements, loan contracts and guarantee contracts) or any debt securities issued by it;

 

Page 5 of 10

 

 

(9) Party B’s guarantor (if any) is in violation of the provisions of the guarantee agreement (including but not limited to guarantee agreement, mortgage contract and pledge contract), commits any default under the guarantee agreement, or the guarantee agreement has not yet taken effect, become invalid or been canceled; the collateral is significantly reduced or lost in terms of its value, or there is a dispute over its ownership, or it is sealed up, seized, frozen, impounded, detained, auctioned, etc.;

 

(10) Party A cannot get in touch with Party B through the contact information provided by Party B, or can not get in touch with the guarantor (if any) through the contact information provided by the guarantor;

 

(11) Any of the events listed in Articles 5.2 and 5.3 actually occurs, which, in the opinion of Party A, will affect the security of its creditor’s rights;

 

(12) Party B’s business term expires within the term of the loan limit, and Party B fails to extend the business term upon expiration.

 

7.2 In the event of a breach of contract by Party B, Party A shall have the right to take the following measures:

 

(1) Adjust, cancel or terminate the loan limit hereunder, or adjust the term and amount of the limit;

 

(2) Declare accelerated maturity of all or part of the loan under the Loan Limit Contract and require Party B to immediately repay part or all of the principal, interest and expenses of the loan (such expenses shall include but are not limited to attorney’s fee, litigation costs, arbitration fees, travel expenses, notice fees, service expenses, execution fees, ownership transfer fees, commission fees for the third-party collection agency and all other expenses paid by Party A for the realization of its creditor’s rights), and to charge penalty interest on all the loan principal disbursed at the penalty interest rate from the date of occurrence of the default event until Party B settle all the loan principal in full.

 

(3) Require Party B to provide new guarantee measures approved by Party A;

 

(4) Directly make a deduction from the accounts of Party B and the guarantor to settle all debts of Party B under this Contract and other specific business contracts (including the debts to be settled in advance as required by Party A) without Party B’s prior consent;

 

(5) Exercise the guaranteed right, require the guarantor to perform the guarantee liability, or realize its creditor’s right by disposing of the collateral and/or the pledge;

 

(6) Party A shall have the right to claim subrogation right against Party B’s debtors according to law, request the court to cancel Party B’s waiver of its matured creditor’s rights or transfer of property for free or at an obviously unreasonable low price, and Party B shall provide all necessary cooperation and assistance as required by Party A. All expenses incurred by Party A shall be borne by Party B;

 

(7) Take other relief measures prescribed by laws, regulations and the Contract.

 

7.3 Party B agrees that when conducting pre-loan due diligence, in-loan information verification or post-loan inspection, debt collection and recovery, etc., Party A has the right to use Party B’s identity information, contact information and other information related to Party B’s credit, finance, credit facility and loan disbursement, and provide such information to a third party (including but not limited to, law firms, Party A’s loan service institutions, outsourcing institutions, collection agencies and co-operating agencies, third-party financial institutions, payment institutions, credit reporting agencies, the People’s Bank of China Basic Database of Financial Credit Information, the Ministry of Public Security Citizen Identity Information Database, and other data (database) institutions established in accordance with the law, telecom operators and their agency operators, the administrative organs, public institutions, judiciary authorities, arbitration bodies, regulatory authorities, the National Internet Finance Association of China and other industry self-regulatory organizations); Party A shall urge other third parties other than non-state organs and public institutions to properly keep, keep confidential and prudently use the aforesaid information and not to use it for the purposes other than those entrusted by Party A, and shall urge the collection agencies not to collect and recover debts in any illegal way.

 

7.4 If the loan is overdue for no more than 90 days (including 90 days), the loan principal and interest repayment sequence shall be: (1) expenses (if any); (2) interest (including penalty interest); (3) principal. If the loan is overdue for more than 90 days, the loan principal and interest repayment sequence shall be: (1) expenses; (2) principal; (3) interest (including penalty interest).

 

7.5 If Party B fails to repay the loan as agreed after the loan becomes matured or early matured, Party A shall have the right to charge penalty interest on the loan principal at the interest rate agreed in writing in Article 1 hereof plus 50% from the overdue date according to the actual number of days overdue. If Party B fails to use the loan for the agreed purpose, Party A shall have the right to charge penalty interest on the amount of the loan misappropriated at the interest rate agreed in writing in Article 1 hereof plus 100% from the date of using the loan in violation of the Contract.

 

Page 6 of 10

 

 

In case the loan becomes overdue and is misappropriated concurrently, the higher of the above two interest rates will apply.

 

Article 8      Supplementary Provisions

 

8.1 The loan voucher related to this Contract and other relevant documents and materials confirmed by both parties and the letter of commitment, declaration and other documents unilaterally issued by Party B to Party A shall be an integral part of this Contract and have the same legal effect as this Contract. The aforesaid documents have been fixed and preserved by a third-party evidence depository institution and can be used as evidence in dispute resolution.

 

8.2 Party B clearly understands that this Contract is signed online by affixing the electronic signature (digital certificate) of a third party hereto in accordance with the Electronic Signature Law of China. Party B recognizes the CFCA Digital Certificate Service Agreement, the Certification Practice Statement of CFCA Global-Trust System (hereinafter referred to as “CPS”) and their updated versions published on http://www.cfca.com.cn by China Financial Certification Authority (hereinafter referred to as “CFCA”). By applying for or using the electronic signature service, Party B agrees to accept and abide by all the terms and conditions of the CFCA Digital Certificate Service Agreement and CPS.

 

8.3 Interpretation of the Contract

 

Party A shall have the right to unilaterally revise the rights and obligations related to Party B under this Contract at any time without increasing Party B’s liability in terms of loan amount and interest (fee) rate. In the case that the terms of the Contract are changed, Party A shall announce the lending platform. Except as otherwise mandatorily stipulated in-laws and regulations or regulatory provisions, the revised content shall become effective immediately after it is announced. If Party B does not agree to revise this Contract, it shall stop applying for new loans from the date of such announcement, and shall repay the loan drawn under this Contract in full within ten days, failing which, Party B shall be deemed to have agreed and accepted the revised Contract.

 

8.4 Compulsory Execution Notarization

 

¨ Both parties agree to perform compulsory execution notarization for this Contract. If Party B fails to fulfill or does not fully fulfill the obligations agreed hereinafter the two parties apply for the contract notarization with the effectiveness of compulsory execution, Party A shall have the right to apply for an execution certificate with the original notary office and apply for execution with the people’s court having jurisdiction with the original notarial certificate and the execution certificate.

 

8.5. Dispute settlement

 

¨ Any disputes arising from the performance of this Contract shall be settled by the parties through negotiation. If such negotiation fails, the parties agree to submit the dispute to Guangzhou Arbitration Commission for arbitration and jointly entrust China Guangzhou Arbitration Commission to appoint an independent arbitrator, who shall conduct online arbitration in accordance with the Commission’s online arbitration rules in effect at the time of applying for arbitration and conduct a written hearing. The arbitration award shall be final, and will be binding on both Parties.

 

x In case of any dispute arising from the performance of this Contract, both parties agree that a lawsuit may be filed with the court having jurisdiction of the place where Party A conducts industrial and commercial registration

 

or the place where Party A conducts business, and agree that the court accepting the lawsuit may conduct the trial through the Internet. If the arrears of principal and interest are less than CNY 100,000 and the court accepting the lawsuit is a court under the pilot program of the reform of separation between complicated cases and simple ones, both parties agree that the court may try the case under the small claims procedure and decide in the first instance without further review.

 

8.6 Confirmation of Address for Service and Mode of Service

 

(1) Party B confirms that the E-mail address and mobile number provided by Party B to Party A shall be the addresses for service, and the business registration address of Party B (or the address on the valid Resident Identity Card in case of a natural person) shall be the valid mailing address and mode. Party B confirms and agrees that Party A, notary office, arbitration body and judiciary authority may serve business documents, notarial documents, arbitration documents and litigation documents by one or more of the aforesaid modes of service. Party A, notary office, arbitration body and judiciary authority serve documents to Party B by several modes of service, the time of service shall be the date when the documents are successfully delivered first by one of such modes as displayed in the system.

 

(2) Party B confirms that the aforesaid modes of service and address of service are applicable to service of litigation documents during the contract performance (including but not limited to the loan collection and recovery by Party A, etc.), contract notarization with the effectiveness of compulsory execution (including but not limited to the contract notarization with the effectiveness of compulsory execution, and default verification, etc.), arbitration, as well as the mediation, first instance, second instance, retrial, and rehearing after the dispute enters the litigation procedure, and execution procedure.

 

Page 7 of 10

 

 

(3) Party B shall notify Party A five working days in advance of any change in the aforesaid address of service and contact information. In case notarial, arbitration or litigation procedures have been initiated with respect to the aforesaid dispute, Party B shall inform the notary office, relevant arbitration body and judiciary authority in writing of the address of service and contact information so changed.

 

(4) If the notarial documents, arbitration documents and litigation documents fail to be actually received by the party concerned for any such reasons as that Party B fails to provide the address of service and contact information or the confirmed address of service and contact information are inaccurate, or Party B fails to notify Party A, notary office, relevant arbitration body and judiciary authority and the party concerned in accordance with relevant procedures after its address of service is changed, or its designated recipient refuses to sign for receipt, the aforesaid documents shall, in accordance with the above provisions, be deemed to have been served as follows: In the case of post, the return date as shown in the logistics information of the delivery platform shall be deemed as the date of service; in the case of direct service, the date on which the server makes a record in the proof of service on site shall be deemed as the date of service; for litigation documents served by electronic means, the date on which the electronic documents arrive at the specific system of the party concerned shall be deemed as the date of service.

 

(5) In case civil procedures are initiated for the dispute and Party B responds to the action and directly submits a letter of confirmation of address for service to the court, if the address so confirmed is inconsistent with the address for service confirmed before the action, the confirmed address for service submitted to the court shall take precedence.

 

8.7 Please make a choice by ticking a "√" inside a box for the confirmed in this Contract and its attachment. Any option not marked with a "√" indicates that the contents of the option are not agreed upon in this Contract.

 

8.8 The contents of the "IOU" agreed in the Loan Limit Contract have been included in Article 1 "Loan Essentials" of the Contract. The adjustment of data display position shall not affect the validity of relevant terms of the Loan Limit Contract.

 

8.9 This Contract shall be governed by the law of the People’s Republic of China.

 

Party B hereby represents that it fully understands the terms of this Contract and the terms of the guarantee contract (if any) related thereto and other relevant documents and that it has obtained independent legal advice in this regard (when necessary).

 

Page 8 of 10

 

 

Attachment 1:

 

Letter of Commitment on Employment Stabilization

 

The Borrower warrants that, according to the national, provincial and municipal requirements on stable employment, it will create conditions for promoting employment, stabilize employment, cut no jobs or fewer jobs, and use the loan granted by the Lender as the company’s working capital, including but not limited to the payment of employee salaries, social insurance contribution, job transfer training, skill upgrading training and other working capital needs of the Borrower.

 

In addition, the Borrower warrants that it will pay the unemployment insurance premium in full for its employees in accordance with the law, actively assume social responsibility and take effective measures not to cut jobs or make its layoff rate lower than the registered urban unemployment rate of the city.

 

The Borrower shall be held liable for any breach of the above commitments.

 

Page 9 of 10

 

 

(This page is used for affixing signatures and seals on the Loan Contract numbered GHDJJ20210301024146)

 



Party A (Seal)
 

 

Signed on: March 1, 2021

 



Party B (Seal)
 

 

Signed on: March 1, 2021

 

Page 10 of 10

 

 

 


 

Exhibit 10.5

 

[Important Notice] To protect your legitimate rights and interests, please make sure to carefully read and fully understand all terms of this Contract (especially those shown in bold). Please pay attention to the loan conditions stipulated in Article 2 of the Loan Contract before borrowing money. In the process of applying for and using this loan service, you can consult, complain and make suggestions to the Lender by calling 95384. By confirming the Contract on the operation page, you are deemed to have read and agreed to the Contract, which shall then become legally effective. If the loan becomes overdue, the Lender will take legal and compliant methods for collection. A breach of the contract may result in early maturity and recovery of the loan, payment of penalty interest, and the consequences affecting the credit records (please refer to Article 7 of the Contract for the specific liability for breach of contract).

 

Loan Contract WYQYJK202012

 

Contract Number: GHDJJ20210408020111

 

Following relevant laws and regulations, the Parties, through negotiation, hereby enter into this Contract regarding the matter that the Borrower applies for a loan with WeBank. This Contract is a single loan contract under the "Loan Limit Contract" (hereinafter referred to as the "Loan Limit Contract") numbered GHDED20200929015144, and the guarantee type under the Loan Limit Contract shall also apply to this Contract.

 

Article 1      Loan Essentials

 

Lender (Party A): WeBank Co., Ltd.

Borrower (Party B)

Name of the Borrower: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

Address of the Borrower: Room 909, 910 and 911, Xinya Building, No. 121, Dongjie Sub-district, Gulou District, Fuzhou

Email (Email for Service) of the Borrower: fzyukaico@126.com

Legal Representative/Or Operator/Or Person-in-Charge: Zheng Weiping

Email of Legal Representative/Or Operator/Or Person-in-Charge: 451121165@qq.com

Mobile Number (Mobile Number for Service) of Legal Representative/Or Operator/Or Person-in-Charge:

Loan Information

Amount of Total Limit:2,160,000.00

Loan Amount: 438,665.40

Loan Term: 24 Installments

Annual loan interest rate: 14.4%; that is, the latest one-year loan prime rate (LPR) published by the National Interbank Funding Centre one working day before the signing of this Contract +10.55%.

Loan Disbursement Date: 2021/04/08

Maturity Date: 2023/03/28

Loan Purpose: Party B’s working capital turnover.

Payment Method

x Independent Payment ¨ Entrusted Payment

Beneficiary’s Information

Beneficiary’s Account Name: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

Beneficiary’s Account Number:

Beneficiary’s Bank: Bank of Communications

Repayment Information

Repayment Account Name: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. “Gonghuodai” Repayment

Account Number:

Repayment Date: 28th of Each Month

Arrangement for Principal and Interest Repayment: Subject to the repayment schedule displayed to Party B on the interactive page of the lending platform.

Handled by: Zheng Weiping

 

Page 1 of 10

 

 

Special Reminder: If the actual loan disbursement date in Party A’s system is inconsistent with the that on the loan essential list, the former shall prevail. The maturity date may vary due to the change in the loan disbursement date.

 

The loan interest rate shall be the latest one-year loan prime rate (LPR) published by the National Interbank Funding Centre one working day before the signing of this Contract plus/minus basis points. The fixed interest rate for the loan that has been disbursed shall remain unchanged and shall not be subject to the aforesaid adjustments. Daily Interest Rate = Annual Interest Rate/360.

 

Article 2      Loan Disbursement

 

2.1 Party A shall have the right to review the following matters before loan disbursement, and decide whether to disburse funds according to the review results:

 

(1) Whether Party B has completed the statutory procedures for a government license, approval, registration, and delivery related to the loan hereunder by relevant laws and regulations (if any);

 

(2) Whether the relevant guarantee contract (if any) has become effective;

 

(3) Whether Party B has paid off the fees related to this Contract (if any);

 

(4) Whether Party B meets the loan conditions agreed herein;

 

(5) Whether the operating and financial conditions of Party B and the guarantor (if any) have undergone unfavorable changes;

 

(6) Whether the repayment willingness of Party B and the guarantee willingness of the guarantor (if any) have changed;

 

(7) Whether Party B violates this Contract.

 

2.2 The loan hereunder is a non-revolving loan.

 

2.3 Before the loan disbursement, if Party A fails to disburse the loan hereunder due to the changes in national macro-control policies, the requirements of Party A’s regulatory department on the credit scale control or credit orientation, Party A’s fund arrangement, or other reasons, Party A shall have the right to stop disbursing the loan or terminate the Contract, and Party B shall have no objection.

 

2.4 The loan amount shall not be used for the following purposes:

 

(1) Purchasing a house or repaying a housing mortgage loan;

 

(2) Purchasing stocks, bonds, futures, financial derivatives or asset management products, or making other investments;

 

(3) Making investments in fixed assets or equity;

 

(4) Other purposes prohibited by laws and regulations.

 

2.5 Loan disbursement and payment

 

(1) For the loan paid by independent payment, Party A shall, according to Party B’s drawdown application, disburse the loan amount to the corporate account provided by Party B to Party A, and Party B shall independently pay the loan to the counterparty that conforms to the agreed purpose.

 

(2) For the loan paid by entrusted payment, Party A shall, according to Party B’s drawdown application and payment entrustment, directly pay the loan amount to the designated account of the counterparty designated by Party B. Party B undertakes to provide business contracts and other supporting documents related to the payment application as required by Party A, and warrants that such supporting documents are authentic, legal, and valid.

 

2.6 Payment Management

 

After the loan is disbursed, Party A shall have the right to require Party B to provide such information as transaction object and payment amount, as well as the corresponding business contracts and other supporting documents through the interactive page of the lending platform or in other ways required by Party A, and periodically summarize and inform Party A of the payment of loan amount. Party A shall have the right to verify whether the payment of loan amount conforms to the agreed purpose through account analysis, voucher verification, an on-site investigation by Party A, or by appointing a third-party service agency, and Party B shall give cooperation.

 

2.7 If Party A makes repeated loan disbursement or disburses the loan which should not be disbursed due to problems with Party A’s system or disbursement channels, Party B irrevocably authorizes Party A to directly transfer back the excess amount that has been repeatedly disbursed or the amount which should not be disbursed from Party B’s repayment account or collection account.

 

Page 2 of 10

 

 

Article 3      Payment

 

3.1 Party B’s repayment amount and date in each installment shall be subject to the repayment schedule displayed to Party B by Party A through the interactive page of the lending platform (refers to the Internet operation page through which the Borrower may inquire about the application, contract signing and repayment of the loan, including but not limited to the mobile APP client, WeChat official account, HTML5 webpage and PC website operated or approved by Party A, same below). When the loan of each installment becomes due, Party B shall fulfill the debt on time, otherwise, it will be deemed that the loan has become overdue.

 

3.2 Party B shall proactively check the transaction details through the interactive page of the lending platform to confirm the transaction contents. The transaction records kept by Party A under this Contract shall be the true evidence of the loan use and shall be binding on Party B. Party B shall not disclaim the loan application or transaction amount on the grounds that it has not received the statement or seen the transaction details.

 

3.3  Repayment account refers to the bank account (including the special internal repayment account opened by Party A for Party B) that the Borrower applies for and uses the loan service and provides to the Lender for the deduction, which shall be subject to the provisions of Article 1 hereof.

 

Party B shall not change or cancel the repayment account before paying off all loan expenses, principal and interest.

 

3.4  In case of several outstanding loans, Party A shall have the right to decide the priority sequence of the loan to be settled by Party B and the lower limit of amount, subject to the final review result after Party A accepts Party B’s application for early repayment. Party A shall waive the liquidated damages for early repayment.

 

x Party B shall have the right to apply for early settlement, but it may not make early settlement on the loan date.

 

¨ Party B shall not make early repayment within calendar days of drawdown.

 

3.5 Party A shall have the right to require Party B to make a repayment by one of the following two repayment methods through the system:

 

(1) Positive repayment: Party B shall repay the loan principal and interest and relevant expenses to Party A on its own initiative.

 

(2) Automatic repayment (repayment by withholding method): Party B shall deposit, in full, the amount repayable into the repayment account one day before the agreed repayment date. Party B hereby irrevocably authorizes Party A to deduct the loan principal and interest and other related expenses under this Contract from the repayment account.

 

3.6 Party B hereby acknowledges and authorizes that Party A shall have the right to reduce the deduction amount and make multiple deductions in installments if the balance in the repayment account is insufficient. If the automatic deduction fails due to various reasons (including but not limited to insufficient balance in the repayment account), Party B hereby irrevocably authorizes Party A to deduct principal, interest, and expenses of the loan due or due earlier from any account held by Party B with Party A (including the special internal repayment account opened by Party A for Party B).

 

3.7 Party B shall repay the loan principal and interest hereunder in full and on time. If any installment of repayment is not repaid in full and on time, Party A shall have the right to require Party B to repay all the loans and charge penalty interest on all outstanding loans as overdue loans from the overdue date.

 

3.8 In case of any inconsistency between this Loan Contract and the Loan Limit Contract regarding the provisions of Article 3 "Repayment”, this Loan Contract shall prevail.

 

Article 4 Party B’s Representations and Warranties

 

4.1 Party B is a reputable enterprise duly incorporated and validly existing in the jurisdiction where it is located and has full rights to engage in the business it is currently engaged in with government license and approval.

 

4.2 Party B has completed all internal and external authorizations and approvals required for the signing of this Contract. The signing of this Contract is an expression of the true intention of Party B and will not result in any violation of Party B’s Articles of Association or any agreement or commitment signed by Party B with any third party. Party B does not violate any laws, regulations, and rules on environmental protection, energy saving, emission reduction, and pollution reduction at the time of signing this Contract, and undertakes to strictly abide by such laws, regulations, and rules after signing this Contract.

 

Page 3 of 10

 

 

4.3 Party B is not involved in any litigation, arbitration, enforcement, appeal, reconsideration, and other procedures or other events or circumstances that may have a material adverse effects on the performance of this Contract, except for those notified to Party A in writing by Party B before the signing of this Contract.

 

4.4 Party B shall, within the time limit required by Party A, provide explanations or supplementary information on its business condition, financial performance, or other matters that, in Party A’s opinion, may affect Party B’s loan risk. Party B shall cooperate to provide documents and materials promptly and guarantee that such documents and materials are true, complete, objective, and free from any misrepresentation, misleading statement, or major omission, and that the financial statements are prepared in strict accordance with Chinese Accounting Standards.

 

4.5 Party B undertakes to abide by relevant laws and regulations on the administration of tax collection, standardize tax returns filing and tax payment, timely submit and update financial statements and other tax-related information to taxation authority, promptly declare and pay taxes, and ensure the authenticity and accuracy of relevant information.

 

Article 5      Rights and Obligations of Party B

 

5.1 Party B shall open an account with Party A and give priority to Party A’s deposit and settlement services.

 

5.2 if Party B is a group client, it shall submit a written report to Party A within ten days of the occurrence of a related party transaction involving more than 10% of its net assets, which shall contain the affiliated relationship among the transaction parties, transaction items and nature, transaction amount or corresponding proportion, and pricing policies (including transactions with no or nominal amounts).

 

A group client shall mean an enterprise or public institution legal person with the following features:

 

(1) It directly or indirectly controls or is directly or indirectly controlled by another enterprise or public institution legal person in respect of stock right or management;

 

(2) It is, together with another enterprise or public institution legal person, controlled by a third party enterprise or public institution legal person;

 

(3) It is directly or indirectly controlled by the major investors in person, key managers and their close family members (including the linear relatives within three generations and collateral relatives within two generations) in a joint manner;

 

(4) There is another affiliated relationship through which the assets and profits might be transferred beyond the principle of fair price, which shall be deemed as a group client under loan management.

 

5.3 If Party B is under any one or more of the following circumstances, Party A shall have the right to decide whether to require Party B to provide an additional guarantee or directly recover all loans or adjust and cancel the limit depending on the specific circumstances:

 

(1) The operation and financial performance of Party B or the guarantor deteriorates, resulting in a significant decrease in income, significant financial loss or asset loss (including but not limited to asset loss caused by its external investment or external guarantee) or other financial crisis;

 

(2) Party B fails to timely declare or falsely declare tax-related information (including but not limited to the financial statements); or owes tax payable, violates tax laws and regulations, or is imposed administrative fines by taxation authority;

 

(3) Party B is subject to administrative penalties or criminal sanctions, or is involved in significant legal disputes due to its illegal business activities;

 

(4) Party B, its shareholders or actual controllers or guarantors are involved in important cases or their main assets are subject to compulsory measures such as property preservation or administrative penalties or criminal sanctions, or other events that make them impossible to perform their duties;

 

(5) Party B or the guarantor provides a guarantee to a third party, which would have material adverse effects on its financial performance or ability to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

(6) Party B, the enterprise invested by Party B, the guarantor or other enterprises invested by the guarantor confronts division, merger, material merge, acquisition and reorganization, material asset disposal, capital reduction, business discontinuance, business suspension for rectification, liquidation, reorganization, registration cancellation, dissolution, bankruptcy, or has been revoked of its business license;

 

(7) Other major events or default events that are sufficient to affect the business activities of Party B, the guarantor and the security of Party A’s loans.

 

Page 4 of 10

 

 

5.4 Party B shall ensure that its legal representative (applicable when Party B is a company, same below)/or operator (applicable when Party B is a sole proprietorship of industry and commerce, same below)/or person-in-charge (applicable when Party B is a non-corporate business organization, same below) shall act as the guarantor to undertake personal joint and several liability guarantee to Party A for all loans under the limit, which shall not be changed, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Party A. If Party B’s legal representative/or operator/or person-in-charge changes, Party A shall have the right to make a new risk judgment on Party B, and require Party B’s new legal representative/or operator/or person-in-charge to provide the joint and several liability guarantee or other additional guarantees. 5.5      In case of any change in the business address, mailing address, e-mail, telephone, business scope, legal representative/or operator/or person-in-charge of Party B, it shall notify Party A within seven working days from the date of such change. If Party B fails to perform the aforesaid notification obligation, the relevant notices and documents shall be deemed to have been served if delivered by Party A to the original address.

 

Article 6      Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

6.1 Party A shall have the right to evaluate the operating and financial conditions and the progress of specific projects of Party B and the guarantor (if any) according to the conditions for credit granting agreed in the contract when the limit becomes effective, and adjust the amount, term and interest rate of the loan according to the evaluation results.

 

6.2 Party A shall have the right to request Party B to provide the materials related to the limit, and enter or appoint a service agency to enter Party B’s place of business to investigate, review and inspect the use of the loan and Party B’s assets, financial conditions and operating conditions, and shall have the right to supervise Party B to use the loan for the purpose agreed herein, and Party B shall give cooperation.

 

6.3  Party A shall maintain the confidentiality of the materials provided by Party B, unless otherwise prescribed by laws and regulations or regulatory authorities or otherwise agreed by both parties, or the materials provided by Party B do not constitute confidential information.

 

6.4 Party A shall have the right to transfer its rights hereunder and its creditor’s rights to the loan granted to Party B hereunder, in whole or in part, to a third party through asset transfer, asset securitization or other means without the Party B’s consent. Party A shall have the right to notify Party B of the transfer of the creditor’s rights by telephone, SMS, email, WeChat, announcement, or by publishing announcements or news on the lending platform.

 

6.5 Without Party A’s prior written consent, Party B shall not transfer all or part of its rights and obligations hereunder and the corresponding loan debts owed to Party A under this Contract to any third party.

 

Article 7      Breach of Contract

 

7.1 Any of the following events shall constitute an event of Party B’s default referred to in this Article:

 

(1) The loan hereunder is in arrears of interest payment, becomes overdue, involves in advance payment, or is not used for the purpose agreed by both parties;

 

(2) Party B breaches any representations, warranties and undertakings made by it;

 

(3) Party B breaches any of its obligations hereunder;

 

(4) Party B conceals true and important information;

 

(5) Party B or the guarantor (if any) evades or invalidates its debts owed to banks or other financial institutions through related party transactions or other means;

 

(6) Party B or the guarantor (if any) is negligent in managing and recovering the matured creditor’s rights, or disposes of its main property for free or at an unreasonable low price or in other inappropriate ways to transfer property or has other acts of evading debts;

 

(7) Party B obtains fund or credit facility from Party A or other financial institutions by using false contracts and arrangements between Party B and any third party;

 

(8) Party B or the guarantor (if any) violates other contracts signed with Party A or other financial institutions (including but not limited to credit agreements, loan contracts and guarantee contracts) or any debt securities issued by it;

 

Page 5 of 10

 

 

(9) Party B’s guarantor (if any) is in violation of the provisions of the guarantee agreement (including but not limited to guarantee agreement, mortgage contract and pledge contract), commits any default under the guarantee agreement, or the guarantee agreement has not yet taken effect, become invalid or been canceled; the collateral is significantly reduced or lost in terms of its value, or there is a dispute over its ownership, or it is sealed up, seized, frozen, impounded, detained, auctioned, etc.;

 

(10) Party A cannot get in touch with Party B through the contact information provided by Party B, or can not get in touch with the guarantor (if any) through the contact information provided by the guarantor;

 

(11) Any of the events listed in Articles 5.2 and 5.3 actually occurs, which, in the opinion of Party A, will affect the security of its creditor’s rights;

 

(12) Party B’s business term expires within the term of the loan limit, and Party B fails to extend the business term upon expiration.

 

7.2 In the event of a breach of contract by Party B, Party A shall have the right to take the following measures:

 

(1) Adjust, cancel or terminate the loan limit hereunder, or adjust the term and amount of the limit;

 

(2) Declare accelerated maturity of all or part of the loan under the Loan Limit Contract and require Party B to immediately repay part or all of the principal, interest and expenses of the loan (such expenses shall include but are not limited to attorney’s fee, litigation costs, arbitration fees, travel expenses, notice fees, service expenses, execution fees, ownership transfer fees, commission fees for the third-party collection agency and all other expenses paid by Party A for the realization of its creditor’s rights), and to charge penalty interest on all the loan principal disbursed at the penalty interest rate from the date of occurrence of the default event until Party B settle all the loan principal in full.

 

(3) Require Party B to provide new guarantee measures approved by Party A;

 

(4) Directly make a deduction from the accounts of Party B and the guarantor to settle all debts of Party B under this Contract and other specific business contracts (including the debts to be settled in advance as required by Party A) without Party B’s prior consent;

 

(5) Exercise the guaranteed right, require the guarantor to perform the guarantee liability, or realize its creditor’s right by disposing of the collateral and/or the pledge;

 

(6) Party A shall have the right to claim subrogation right against Party B’s debtors according to law, request the court to cancel Party B’s waiver of its matured creditor’s rights or transfer of property for free or at an obviously unreasonable low price, and Party B shall provide all necessary cooperation and assistance as required by Party A. All expenses incurred by Party A shall be borne by Party B;

 

(7) Take other relief measures prescribed by laws, regulations and the Contract.

 

7.3 Party B agrees that when conducting pre-loan due diligence, in-loan information verification or post-loan inspection, debt collection and recovery, etc., Party A has the right to use Party B’s identity information, contact information and other information related to Party B’s credit, finance, credit facility and loan disbursement, and provide such information to a third party (including but not limited to, law firms, Party A’s loan service institutions, outsourcing institutions, collection agencies and co-operating agencies, third-party financial institutions, payment institutions, credit reporting agencies, the People’s Bank of China Basic Database of Financial Credit Information, the Ministry of Public Security Citizen Identity Information Database, and other data (database) institutions established in accordance with the law, telecom operators and their agency operators, the administrative organs, public institutions, judiciary authorities, arbitration bodies, regulatory authorities, the National Internet Finance Association of China and other industry self-regulatory organizations); Party A shall urge other third parties other than non-state organs and public institutions to properly keep, keep confidential and prudently use the aforesaid information and not to use it for the purposes other than those entrusted by Party A, and shall urge the collection agencies not to collect and recover debts in any illegal way.

 

7.4 If the loan is overdue for no more than 90 days (including 90 days), the loan principal and interest repayment sequence shall be: (1) expenses (if any); (2) interest (including penalty interest); (3) principal. If the loan is overdue for more than 90 days, the loan principal and interest repayment sequence shall be: (1) expenses; (2) principal; (3) interest (including penalty interest).

 

7.5 If Party B fails to repay the loan as agreed after the loan becomes matured or early matured, Party A shall have the right to charge penalty interest on the loan principal at the interest rate agreed in writing in Article 1 hereof plus 50% from the overdue date according to the actual number of days overdue. If Party B fails to use the loan for the agreed purpose, Party A shall have the right to charge penalty interest on the amount of the loan misappropriated at the interest rate agreed in writing in Article 1 hereof plus 100% from the date of using the loan in violation of the Contract.

 

Page 6 of 10

 

 

In case the loan becomes overdue and is misappropriated concurrently, the higher of the above two interest rates will apply.

 

Article 8      Supplementary Provisions

 

8.1 The loan voucher related to this Contract and other relevant documents and materials confirmed by both parties and the letter of commitment, declaration and other documents unilaterally issued by Party B to Party A shall be an integral part of this Contract and have the same legal effect as this Contract. The aforesaid documents have been fixed and preserved by a third-party evidence depository institution and can be used as evidence in dispute resolution.

 

8.2 Party B clearly understands that this Contract is signed online by affixing the electronic signature (digital certificate) of a third party hereto in accordance with the Electronic Signature Law of China. Party B recognizes the CFCA Digital Certificate Service Agreement, the Certification Practice Statement of CFCA Global-Trust System (hereinafter referred to as “CPS”) and their updated versions published on http://www.cfca.com.cn by China Financial Certification Authority (hereinafter referred to as “CFCA”). By applying for or using the electronic signature service, Party B agrees to accept and abide by all the terms and conditions of the CFCA Digital Certificate Service Agreement and CPS.

 

8.3 Interpretation of the Contract

 

Party A shall have the right to unilaterally revise the rights and obligations related to Party B under this Contract at any time without increasing Party B’s liability in terms of loan amount and interest (fee) rate. In the case that the terms of the Contract are changed, Party A shall announce the lending platform. Except as otherwise mandatorily stipulated in-laws and regulations or regulatory provisions, the revised content shall become effective immediately after it is announced. If Party B does not agree to revise this Contract, it shall stop applying for new loans from the date of such announcement, and shall repay the loan drawn under this Contract in full within ten days, failing which, Party B shall be deemed to have agreed and accepted the revised Contract.

 

8.4 Compulsory Execution Notarization

 

□ Both parties agree to perform compulsory execution notarization for this Contract. If Party B fails to fulfill or does not fully fulfill the obligations agreed hereinafter the two parties apply for the contract notarization with the effectiveness of compulsory execution, Party A shall have the right to apply for an execution certificate with the original notary office and apply for execution with the people’s court having jurisdiction with the original notarial certificate and the execution certificate.

 

8.5. Dispute settlement

 

¨ Any disputes arising from the performance of this Contract shall be settled by the parties through negotiation. If such negotiation fails, the parties agree to submit the dispute to Guangzhou Arbitration Commission for arbitration and jointly entrust China Guangzhou Arbitration Commission to appoint an independent arbitrator, who shall conduct online arbitration in accordance with the Commission’s online arbitration rules in effect at the time of applying for arbitration and conduct a written hearing. The arbitration award shall be final, and will be binding on both Parties.

 

x In case of any dispute arising from the performance of this Contract, both parties agree that a lawsuit may be filed with the court having jurisdiction of the place where Party A conducts industrial and commercial registration

 

or the place where Party A conducts business, and agree that the court accepting the lawsuit may conduct the trial through the Internet. If the arrears of principal and interest are less than CNY 100,000 and the court accepting the lawsuit is a court under the pilot program of the reform of separation between complicated cases and simple ones, both parties agree that the court may try the case under the small claims procedure and decide in the first instance without further review.

 

8.6 Confirmation of Address for Service and Mode of Service

 

(1) Party B confirms that the E-mail address and mobile number provided by Party B to Party A shall be the addresses for service, and the business registration address of Party B (or the address on the valid Resident Identity Card in case of a natural person) shall be the valid mailing address and mode. Party B confirms and agrees that Party A, notary office, arbitration body and judiciary authority may serve business documents, notarial documents, arbitration documents and litigation documents by one or more of the aforesaid modes of service. Party A, notary office, arbitration body and judiciary authority serve documents to Party B by several modes of service, the time of service shall be the date when the documents are successfully delivered first by one of such modes as displayed in the system.

 

(2) Party B confirms that the aforesaid modes of service and address of service are applicable to service of litigation documents during the contract performance (including but not limited to the loan collection and recovery by Party A, etc.), contract notarization with the effectiveness of compulsory execution (including but not limited to the contract notarization with the effectiveness of compulsory execution, and default verification, etc.), arbitration, as well as the mediation, first instance, second instance, retrial, and rehearing after the dispute enters the litigation procedure, and execution procedure.

 

Page 7 of 10

 

 

(3) Party B shall notify Party A five working days in advance of any change in the aforesaid address of service and contact information. In case notarial, arbitration or litigation procedures have been initiated with respect to the aforesaid dispute, Party B shall inform the notary office, relevant arbitration body and judiciary authority in writing of the address of service and contact information so changed.

 

(4) If the notarial documents, arbitration documents and litigation documents fail to be actually received by the party concerned for any such reasons as that Party B fails to provide the address of service and contact information or the confirmed address of service and contact information are inaccurate, or Party B fails to notify Party A, notary office, relevant arbitration body and judiciary authority and the party concerned in accordance with relevant procedures after its address of service is changed, or its designated recipient refuses to sign for receipt, the aforesaid documents shall, in accordance with the above provisions, be deemed to have been served as follows: In the case of post, the return date as shown in the logistics information of the delivery platform shall be deemed as the date of service; in the case of direct service, the date on which the server makes a record in the proof of service on site shall be deemed as the date of service; for litigation documents served by electronic means, the date on which the electronic documents arrive at the specific system of the party concerned shall be deemed as the date of service.

 

(5) In case civil procedures are initiated for the dispute and Party B responds to the action and directly submits a letter of confirmation of address for service to the court, if the address so confirmed is inconsistent with the address for service confirmed before the action, the confirmed address for service submitted to the court shall take precedence.

 

8.7  Please make a choice by ticking a "√" inside a box for the confirmed in this Contract and its attachment. Any option not marked with a "√" indicates that the contents of the option are not agreed upon in this Contract.

 

8.8  The contents of the "IOU" agreed in the Loan Limit Contract have been included in Article 1 "Loan Essentials" of the Contract. The adjustment of data display position shall not affect the validity of relevant terms of the Loan Limit Contract.

 

8.9  This Contract shall be governed by the law of the People’s Republic of China.

 

Party B hereby represents that it fully understands the terms of this Contract and the terms of the guarantee contract (if any) related thereto and other relevant documents and that it has obtained independent legal advice in this regard (when necessary).

 

Page 8 of 10

 

 

Attachment 1:

 

Letter of Commitment on Employment Stabilization

 

The Borrower warrants that, according to the national, provincial and municipal requirements on stable employment, it will create conditions for promoting employment, stabilize employment, cut no jobs or fewer jobs, and use the loan granted by the Lender as the company’s working capital, including but not limited to the payment of employee salaries, social insurance contribution, job transfer training, skill upgrading training and other working capital needs of the Borrower.

 

In addition, the Borrower warrants that it will pay the unemployment insurance premium in full for its employees in accordance with the law, actively assume social responsibility and take effective measures not to cut jobs or make its layoff rate lower than the registered urban unemployment rate of the city.

 

The Borrower shall be held liable for any breach of the above commitments.

 

Page 9 of 10

 

 

(This page is used for affixing signatures and seals on the Loan Contract numbered GHDJJ20210408020111)

 



Party A (Seal)
 

 

Signed on: April 8, 2021

 



Party B (Seal)
 

 

Signed on: April 8, 2021

 

Page 10 of 10

 


 

Exhibit 10.6

 

[Important Notice] To protect your legitimate rights and interests, please make sure to carefully read and fully understand all terms of this Contract (especially those shown in bold). Please pay attention to the loan conditions stipulated in Article 2 of the Loan Contract before borrowing money. In the process of applying for and using this loan service, you can consult, complain and make suggestions to the Lender by calling 95384. By confirming the Contract on the operation page, you are deemed to have read and agreed to the Contract, which shall then become legally effective. If the loan becomes overdue, the Lender will take legal and compliant methods for collection. A breach of the contract may result in early maturity and recovery of the loan, payment of penalty interest, and the consequences affecting the credit records (please refer to Article 7 of the Contract for the specific liability for breach of contract).

 

Loan Contract WYQYJK202104

 

Contract Number: GHDJJ20210527010854

 

Following relevant laws and regulations, the Parties, through negotiation, hereby enter into this Contract regarding the matter that the Borrower applies for a loan with WeBank. This Contract is a single loan contract under the "Loan Limit Contract" (hereinafter referred to as the "Loan Limit Contract") numbered GHDED20200929015144, and the guarantee type under the Loan Limit Contract shall also apply to this Contract.

 

Article 1      Loan Essentials

 

Lender (Party A): WeBank Co., Ltd.

Borrower (Party B)

Name of the Borrower: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

Address of the Borrower: Room 909, 910 and 911, Xinya Building, No. 121, Dongjie Sub-district, Gulou District, Fuzhou

Email (Email for Service) of the Borrower: fzyukaico@126.com

Legal Representative/Or Operator/Or Person-in-Charge: Zheng Weiping

Email of Legal Representative/Or Operator/Or Person-in-Charge: 451121165@qq.com

Mobile Number (Mobile Number for Service) of Legal Representative/Or Operator/Or Person-in-Charge:

Loan Information

Amount of Total Limit:2,160,000.00

Loan Amount: 93,000.00

Loan Term: 24 Installments

Annual loan interest rate: 14.4%; that is, the latest one-year loan prime rate (LPR) published by the National Interbank Funding Centre one working day before the signing of this Contract +10.55%.

Loan Disbursement Date: 2021/05/27

Maturity Date: 2023/05/28

Loan Purpose: Party B’s working capital turnover.

Payment Method

x Independent Payment ¨ Entrusted Payment

Beneficiary’s Information

Beneficiary’s Account Name: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

Beneficiary’s Account Number:

Beneficiary’s Bank: Bank of Communications

Repayment Information

Repayment Account Name: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. “Gonghuodai” Repayment

Account Number:

Repayment Date: 28th of Each Month

Arrangement for Principal and Interest Repayment: Subject to the repayment schedule displayed to Party B on the interactive page of the lending platform.

Handled by: Zheng Weiping

 

Page 1 of 10

 

 

Special Reminder: If the actual loan disbursement date in Party A’s system is inconsistent with the that on the loan essential list, the former shall prevail. The maturity date may vary due to the change in the loan disbursement date.

 

The loan interest rate shall be the latest one-year loan prime rate (LPR) published by the National Interbank Funding Centre one working day before the signing of this Contract plus/minus basis points. The fixed interest rate for the loan that has been disbursed shall remain unchanged and shall not be subject to the aforesaid adjustments. Daily Interest Rate = Annual Interest Rate/360.

 

Article 2      Loan Disbursement

 

2.1 Party A shall have the right to review the following matters before loan disbursement, and decide whether to disburse funds according to the review results:

 

(1) Whether Party B has completed the statutory procedures for a government license, approval, registration, and delivery related to the loan hereunder by relevant laws and regulations (if any);

 

(2) Whether the relevant guarantee contract (if any) has become effective;

 

(3) Whether Party B has paid off the fees related to this Contract (if any);

 

(4) Whether Party B meets the loan conditions agreed herein;

 

(5) Whether the operating and financial conditions of Party B and the guarantor (if any) have undergone unfavorable changes;

 

(6) Whether the repayment willingness of Party B and the guarantee willingness of the guarantor (if any) have changed;

 

(7) Whether Party B violates this Contract.

 

2.2 The loan hereunder is a non-revolving loan.

 

2.3 Before the loan disbursement, if Party A fails to disburse the loan hereunder due to the changes in national macro-control policies, the requirements of Party A’s regulatory department on the credit scale control or credit orientation, Party A’s fund arrangement, or other reasons, Party A shall have the right to stop disbursing the loan or terminate the Contract, and Party B shall have no objection.

 

2.4 The loan amount shall not be used for the following purposes:

 

(1) Purchasing a house or repaying a housing mortgage loan;

 

(2) Purchasing stocks, bonds, futures, financial derivatives or asset management products, or making other investments;

 

(3) Making investments in fixed assets or equity;

 

(4) Other purposes prohibited by laws and regulations.

 

2.5 Loan disbursement and payment

 

(1) For the loan paid by independent payment, Party A shall, according to Party B’s drawdown application, disburse the loan amount to the corporate account provided by Party B to Party A, and Party B shall independently pay the loan to the counterparty that conforms to the agreed purpose.

 

(2) For the loan paid by entrusted payment, Party A shall, according to Party B’s drawdown application and payment entrustment, directly pay the loan amount to the designated account of the counterparty designated by Party B. Party B undertakes to provide business contracts and other supporting documents related to the payment application as required by Party A, and warrants that such supporting documents are authentic, legal, and valid.

 

2.6 Payment Management

 

After the loan is disbursed, Party A shall have the right to require Party B to provide such information as transaction object and payment amount, as well as the corresponding business contracts and other supporting documents through the interactive page of the lending platform or in other ways required by Party A, and periodically summarize and inform Party A of the payment of loan amount. Party A shall have the right to verify whether the payment of loan amount conforms to the agreed purpose through account analysis, voucher verification, an on-site investigation by Party A, or by appointing a third-party service agency, and Party B shall give cooperation.

 

2.7 If Party A makes repeated loan disbursement or disburses the loan which should not be disbursed due to problems with Party A’s system or disbursement channels, Party B irrevocably authorizes Party A to directly transfer back the excess amount that has been repeatedly disbursed or the amount which should not be disbursed from Party B’s repayment account or collection account.

 

Page 2 of 10

 

 

Article 3      Payment

 

3.1 Party B’s repayment amount and date in each installment shall be subject to the repayment schedule displayed to Party B by Party A through the interactive page of the lending platform (refers to the Internet operation page through which the Borrower may inquire about the application, contract signing and repayment of the loan, including but not limited to the mobile APP client, WeChat official account, HTML5 webpage and PC website operated or approved by Party A, same below). When the loan of each installment becomes due, Party B shall fulfill the debt on time, otherwise, it will be deemed that the loan has become overdue.

 

3.2 Party B shall proactively check the transaction details through the interactive page of the lending platform to confirm the transaction contents. The transaction records kept by Party A under this Contract shall be the true evidence of the loan use and shall be binding on Party B. Party B shall not disclaim the loan application or transaction amount on the grounds that it has not received the statement or seen the transaction details.

 

3.3  Repayment account refers to the bank account (including the special internal repayment account opened by Party A for Party B) that the Borrower applies for and uses the loan service and provides to the Lender for the deduction, which shall be subject to the provisions of Article 1 hereof.

 

Party B shall not change or cancel the repayment account before paying off all loan expenses, principal and interest.

 

3.4  In case of several outstanding loans, Party A shall have the right to decide the priority sequence of the loan to be settled by Party B and the lower limit of amount, subject to the final review result after Party A accepts Party B’s application for early repayment. Party A shall waive the liquidated damages for early repayment.

 

x Party B shall have the right to apply for early settlement, but it may not make early settlement on the loan date.

 

¨ Party B shall not make early repayment within calendar days of drawdown.

 

3.5  Party A shall have the right to require Party B to make a repayment by one of the following two repayment methods through the system:

 

(1) Positive repayment: Party B shall repay the loan principal and interest and relevant expenses to Party A on its own initiative.

 

(2) Automatic repayment (repayment by withholding method): Party B shall deposit, in full, the amount repayable into the repayment account one day before the agreed repayment date. Party B hereby irrevocably authorizes Party A to deduct the loan principal and interest and other related expenses under this Contract from the repayment account.

 

3.6  Party B hereby acknowledges and authorizes that Party A shall have the right to reduce the deduction amount and make multiple deductions in installments if the balance in the repayment account is insufficient. If the automatic deduction fails due to various reasons (including but not limited to insufficient balance in the repayment account), Party B hereby irrevocably authorizes Party A to deduct principal, interest, and expenses of the loan due or due earlier from any account held by Party B with Party A (including the special internal repayment account opened by Party A for Party B).

 

3.7  Party B shall repay the loan principal and interest hereunder in full and on time. If any installment of repayment is not repaid in full and on time, Party A shall have the right to require Party B to repay all the loans and charge penalty interest on all outstanding loans as overdue loans from the overdue date.

 

3.8  In case of any inconsistency between this Loan Contract and the Loan Limit Contract regarding the provisions of Article 3 "Repayment”, this Loan Contract shall prevail.

 

Article 4 Party B’s Representations and Warranties

 

4.1 Party B is a reputable enterprise duly incorporated and validly existing in the jurisdiction where it is located and has full rights to engage in the business it is currently engaged in with government license and approval.

 

4.2 Party B has completed all internal and external authorizations and approvals required for the signing of this Contract. The signing of this Contract is an expression of the true intention of Party B and will not result in any violation of Party B’s Articles of Association or any agreement or commitment signed by Party B with any third party. Party B does not violate any laws, regulations, and rules on environmental protection, energy saving, emission reduction, and pollution reduction at the time of signing this Contract, and undertakes to strictly abide by such laws, regulations, and rules after signing this Contract.

 

Page 3 of 10

 

 

4.3 Party B is not involved in any litigation, arbitration, enforcement, appeal, reconsideration, and other procedures or other events or circumstances that may have a material adverse effects on the performance of this Contract, except for those notified to Party A in writing by Party B before the signing of this Contract.

 

4.4 Party B shall, within the time limit required by Party A, provide explanations or supplementary information on its business condition, financial performance, or other matters that, in Party A’s opinion, may affect Party B’s loan risk. Party B shall cooperate to provide documents and materials promptly and guarantee that such documents and materials are true, complete, objective, and free from any misrepresentation, misleading statement, or major omission, and that the financial statements are prepared in strict accordance with Chinese Accounting Standards.

 

4.5 Party B undertakes to abide by relevant laws and regulations on the administration of tax collection, standardize tax returns filing and tax payment, timely submit and update financial statements and other tax-related information to taxation authority, promptly declare and pay taxes, and ensure the authenticity and accuracy of relevant information.

 

Article 5      Rights and Obligations of Party B

 

5.1 Party B shall open an account with Party A and give priority to Party A’s deposit and settlement services.

 

5.2 if Party B is a group client, it shall submit a written report to Party A within ten days of the occurrence of a related party transaction involving more than 10% of its net assets, which shall contain the affiliated relationship among the transaction parties, transaction items and nature, transaction amount or corresponding proportion, and pricing policies (including transactions with no or nominal amounts).

 

A group client shall mean an enterprise or public institution legal person with the following features:

 

(1) It directly or indirectly controls or is directly or indirectly controlled by another enterprise or public institution legal person in respect of stock right or management;

 

(2) It is, together with another enterprise or public institution legal person, controlled by a third party enterprise or public institution legal person;

 

(3) It is directly or indirectly controlled by the major investors in person, key managers and their close family members (including the linear relatives within three generations and collateral relatives within two generations) in a joint manner;

 

(4) There is another affiliated relationship through which the assets and profits might be transferred beyond the principle of fair price, which shall be deemed as a group client under loan management.

 

5.3 If Party B is under any one or more of the following circumstances, Party A shall have the right to decide whether to require Party B to provide an additional guarantee or directly recover all loans or adjust and cancel the limit depending on the specific circumstances:

 

(1) The operation and financial performance of Party B or the guarantor deteriorates, resulting in a significant decrease in income, significant financial loss or asset loss (including but not limited to asset loss caused by its external investment or external guarantee) or other financial crisis;

 

(2) Party B fails to timely declare or falsely declare tax-related information (including but not limited to the financial statements); or owes tax payable, violates tax laws and regulations, or is imposed administrative fines by taxation authority;

 

(3) Party B is subject to administrative penalties or criminal sanctions, or is involved in significant legal disputes due to its illegal business activities;

 

(4) Party B, its shareholders or actual controllers or guarantors are involved in important cases or their main assets are subject to compulsory measures such as property preservation or administrative penalties or criminal sanctions, or other events that make them impossible to perform their duties;

 

(5) Party B or the guarantor provides a guarantee to a third party, which would have material adverse effects on its financial performance or ability to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

(6) Party B, the enterprise invested by Party B, the guarantor or other enterprises invested by the guarantor confronts division, merger, material merge, acquisition and reorganization, material asset disposal, capital reduction, business discontinuance, business suspension for rectification, liquidation, reorganization, registration cancellation, dissolution, bankruptcy, or has been revoked of its business license;

 

(7) Other major events or default events that are sufficient to affect the business activities of Party B, the guarantor and the security of Party A’s loans.

 

Page 4 of 10

 

 

5.4 Party B shall ensure that its legal representative (applicable when Party B is a company, same below)/or operator (applicable when Party B is a sole proprietorship of industry and commerce, same below)/or person-in-charge (applicable when Party B is a non-corporate business organization, same below) shall act as the guarantor to undertake personal joint and several liability guarantee to Party A for all loans under the limit, which shall not be changed, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Party A. If Party B’s legal representative/or operator/or person-in-charge changes, Party A shall have the right to make a new risk judgment on Party B, and require Party B’s new legal representative/or operator/or person-in-charge to provide the joint and several liability guarantee or other additional guarantees.

 

5.5 In case of any change in the business address, mailing address, e-mail, telephone, business scope, legal representative/or operator/or person-in-charge of Party B, it shall notify Party A within seven working days from the date of such change. If Party B fails to perform the aforesaid notification obligation, the relevant notices and documents shall be deemed to have been served if delivered by Party A to the original address.

 

Article 6      Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

6.1 Party A shall have the right to evaluate the operating and financial conditions and the progress of specific projects of Party B and the guarantor (if any) according to the conditions for credit granting agreed in the contract when the limit becomes effective, and adjust the amount, term and interest rate of the loan according to the evaluation results.

 

6.2 Party A shall have the right to request Party B to provide the materials related to the limit, and enter or appoint a service agency to enter Party B’s place of business to investigate, review and inspect the use of the loan and Party B’s assets, financial conditions and operating conditions, and shall have the right to supervise Party B to use the loan for the purpose agreed herein, and Party B shall give cooperation.

 

6.3  Party A shall maintain the confidentiality of the materials provided by Party B, unless otherwise prescribed by laws and regulations or regulatory authorities or otherwise agreed by both parties, or the materials provided by Party B do not constitute confidential information.

 

6.4 Party A shall have the right to transfer its rights hereunder and its creditor’s rights to the loan granted to Party B hereunder, in whole or in part, to a third party through asset transfer, asset securitization or other means without the Party B’s consent. Party A shall have the right to notify Party B of the transfer of the creditor’s rights by telephone, SMS, email, WeChat, announcement, or by publishing announcements or news on the lending platform.

 

6.5 Without Party A’s prior written consent, Party B shall not transfer all or part of its rights and obligations hereunder and the corresponding loan debts owed to Party A under this Contract to any third party.

 

Article 7      Breach of Contract

 

7.1 Any of the following events shall constitute an event of Party B’s default referred to in this Article:

 

(1) The loan hereunder is in arrears of interest payment, becomes overdue, involves in advance payment, or is not used for the purpose agreed by both parties;

 

(2) Party B breaches any representations, warranties and undertakings made by it;

 

(3) Party B breaches any of its obligations hereunder;

 

(4) Party B conceals true and important information;

 

(5) Party B or the guarantor (if any) evades or invalidates its debts owed to banks or other financial institutions through related party transactions or other means;

 

(6) Party B or the guarantor (if any) is negligent in managing and recovering the matured creditor’s rights, or disposes of its main property for free or at an unreasonable low price or in other inappropriate ways to transfer property or has other acts of evading debts;

 

(7) Party B obtains fund or credit facility from Party A or other financial institutions by using false contracts and arrangements between Party B and any third party;

 

(8) Party B or the guarantor (if any) violates other contracts signed with Party A or other financial institutions (including but not limited to credit agreements, loan contracts and guarantee contracts) or any debt securities issued by it;

 

Page 5 of 10

 

 

(9) Party B’s guarantor (if any) is in violation of the provisions of the guarantee agreement (including but not limited to guarantee agreement, mortgage contract and pledge contract), commits any default under the guarantee agreement, or the guarantee agreement has not yet taken effect, become invalid or been canceled; the collateral is significantly reduced or lost in terms of its value, or there is a dispute over its ownership, or it is sealed up, seized, frozen, impounded, detained, auctioned, etc.;

 

(10) Party A cannot get in touch with Party B through the contact information provided by Party B, or can not get in touch with the guarantor (if any) through the contact information provided by the guarantor;

 

(11) Any of the events listed in Articles 5.2 and 5.3 actually occurs, which, in the opinion of Party A, will affect the security of its creditor’s rights;

 

(12) Party B’s business term expires within the term of the loan limit, and Party B fails to extend the business term upon expiration.

 

7.2 In the event of a breach of contract by Party B, Party A shall have the right to take the following measures:

 

(1) Adjust, cancel or terminate the loan limit hereunder, or adjust the term and amount of the limit;

 

(2) Declare accelerated maturity of all or part of the loan under the Loan Limit Contract and require Party B to immediately repay part or all of the principal, interest and expenses of the loan (such expenses shall include but are not limited to attorney’s fee, litigation costs, arbitration fees, travel expenses, notice fees, service expenses, execution fees, ownership transfer fees, commission fees for the third-party collection agency and all other expenses paid by Party A for the realization of its creditor’s rights), and to charge penalty interest on all the loan principal disbursed at the penalty interest rate from the date of occurrence of the default event until Party B settle all the loan principal in full.

 

(3) Require Party B to provide new guarantee measures approved by Party A;

 

(4) Directly make a deduction from the accounts of Party B and the guarantor to settle all debts of Party B under this Contract and other specific business contracts (including the debts to be settled in advance as required by Party A) without Party B’s prior consent;

 

(5) Exercise the guaranteed right, require the guarantor to perform the guarantee liability, or realize its creditor’s right by disposing of the collateral and/or the pledge;

 

(6) Party A shall have the right to claim subrogation right against Party B’s debtors according to law, request the court to cancel Party B’s waiver of its matured creditor’s rights or transfer of property for free or at an obviously unreasonable low price, and Party B shall provide all necessary cooperation and assistance as required by Party A. All expenses incurred by Party A shall be borne by Party B;

 

(7) Take other relief measures prescribed by laws, regulations and the Contract.

 

7.3 Party B agrees that when conducting pre-loan due diligence, in-loan information verification or post-loan inspection, debt collection and recovery, etc., Party A has the right to use Party B’s identity information, contact information and other information related to Party B’s credit, finance, credit facility and loan disbursement, and provide such information to a third party (including but not limited to, law firms, Party A’s loan service institutions, outsourcing institutions, collection agencies and co-operating agencies, third-party financial institutions, payment institutions, credit reporting agencies, the People’s Bank of China Basic Database of Financial Credit Information, the Ministry of Public Security Citizen Identity Information Database, and other data (database) institutions established in accordance with the law, telecom operators and their agency operators, the administrative organs, public institutions, judiciary authorities, arbitration bodies, regulatory authorities, the National Internet Finance Association of China and other industry self-regulatory organizations); Party A shall urge other third parties other than non-state organs and public institutions to properly keep, keep confidential and prudently use the aforesaid information and not to use it for the purposes other than those entrusted by Party A, and shall urge the collection agencies not to collect and recover debts in any illegal way.

 

7.4 If the loan is overdue for no more than 90 days (including 90 days), the loan principal and interest repayment sequence shall be: (1) expenses (if any); (2) interest (including penalty interest); (3) principal. If the loan is overdue for more than 90 days, the loan principal and interest repayment sequence shall be: (1) expenses; (2) principal; (3) interest (including penalty interest).

 

7.5 If Party B fails to repay the loan as agreed after the loan becomes matured or early matured, Party A shall have the right to charge penalty interest on the loan principal at the interest rate agreed in writing in Article 1 hereof plus 50% from the overdue date according to the actual number of days overdue. If Party B fails to use the loan for the agreed purpose, Party A shall have the right to charge penalty interest on the amount of the loan misappropriated at the interest rate agreed in writing in Article 1 hereof plus 100% from the date of using the loan in violation of the Contract.

 

Page 6 of 10

 

 

In case the loan becomes overdue and is misappropriated concurrently, the higher of the above two interest rates will apply.

 

Article 8      Supplementary Provisions

 

8.1 The loan voucher related to this Contract and other relevant documents and materials confirmed by both parties and the letter of commitment, declaration and other documents unilaterally issued by Party B to Party A shall be an integral part of this Contract and have the same legal effect as this Contract. The aforesaid documents have been fixed and preserved by a third-party evidence depository institution and can be used as evidence in dispute resolution.

 

8.2 Party B clearly understands that this Contract is signed online by affixing the electronic signature (digital certificate) of a third party hereto in accordance with the Electronic Signature Law of China. Party B recognizes the CFCA Digital Certificate Service Agreement, the Certification Practice Statement of CFCA Global-Trust System (hereinafter referred to as “CPS”) and their updated versions published on http://www.cfca.com.cn by China Financial Certification Authority (hereinafter referred to as “CFCA”). By applying for or using the electronic signature service, Party B agrees to accept and abide by all the terms and conditions of the CFCA Digital Certificate Service Agreement and CPS.

 

8.3 Interpretation of the Contract

 

Party A shall have the right to unilaterally revise the rights and obligations related to Party B under this Contract at any time without increasing Party B’s liability in terms of loan amount and interest (fee) rate. In the case that the terms of the Contract are changed, Party A shall announce the lending platform. Except as otherwise mandatorily stipulated in-laws and regulations or regulatory provisions, the revised content shall become effective immediately after it is announced. If Party B does not agree to revise this Contract, it shall stop applying for new loans from the date of such announcement, and shall repay the loan drawn under this Contract in full within ten days, failing which, Party B shall be deemed to have agreed and accepted the revised Contract.

 

8.4 Compulsory Execution Notarization

 

¨ Both parties agree to perform compulsory execution notarization for this Contract. If Party B fails to fulfill or does not fully fulfill the obligations agreed hereinafter the two parties apply for the contract notarization with the effectiveness of compulsory execution, Party A shall have the right to apply for an execution certificate with the original notary office and apply for execution with the people’s court having jurisdiction with the original notarial certificate and the execution certificate.

 

8.5. Dispute settlement

 

¨ Any disputes arising from the performance of this Contract shall be settled by the parties through negotiation. If such negotiation fails, the parties agree to submit the dispute to Guangzhou Arbitration Commission for arbitration and jointly entrust China Guangzhou Arbitration Commission to appoint an independent arbitrator, who shall conduct online arbitration in accordance with the Commission’s online arbitration rules in effect at the time of applying for arbitration and conduct a written hearing. The arbitration award shall be final, and will be binding on both Parties.

 

x In case of any dispute arising from the performance of this Contract, both parties agree that a lawsuit may be filed with the court having jurisdiction of the place where Party A conducts industrial and commercial registration

 

or the place where Party A conducts business, and agree that the court accepting the lawsuit may conduct the trial through the Internet. If the arrears of principal and interest are less than CNY 100,000 and the court accepting the lawsuit is a court under the pilot program of the reform of separation between complicated cases and simple ones, both parties agree that the court may try the case under the small claims procedure and decide in the first instance without further review.

 

8.6 Confirmation of Address for Service and Mode of Service

 

(1) Party B confirms that the E-mail address and mobile number provided by Party B to Party A shall be the addresses for service, and the business registration address of Party B (or the address on the valid Resident Identity Card in case of a natural person) shall be the valid mailing address and mode. Party B confirms and agrees that Party A, notary office, arbitration body and judiciary authority may serve business documents, notarial documents, arbitration documents and litigation documents by one or more of the aforesaid modes of service. Party A, notary office, arbitration body and judiciary authority serve documents to Party B by several modes of service, the time of service shall be the date when the documents are successfully delivered first by one of such modes as displayed in the system.

 

(2) Party B confirms that the aforesaid modes of service and address of service are applicable to service of litigation documents during the contract performance (including but not limited to the loan collection and recovery by Party A, etc.), contract notarization with the effectiveness of compulsory execution (including but not limited to the contract notarization with the effectiveness of compulsory execution, and default verification, etc.), arbitration, as well as the mediation, first instance, second instance, retrial, and rehearing after the dispute enters the litigation procedure, and execution procedure.

 

Page 7 of 10

 

 

(3) Party B shall notify Party A five working days in advance of any change in the aforesaid address of service and contact information. In case notarial, arbitration or litigation procedures have been initiated with respect to the aforesaid dispute, Party B shall inform the notary office, relevant arbitration body and judiciary authority in writing of the address of service and contact information so changed.

 

(4) If the notarial documents, arbitration documents and litigation documents fail to be actually received by the party concerned for any such reasons as that Party B fails to provide the address of service and contact information or the confirmed address of service and contact information are inaccurate, or Party B fails to notify Party A, notary office, relevant arbitration body and judiciary authority and the party concerned in accordance with relevant procedures after its address of service is changed, or its designated recipient refuses to sign for receipt, the aforesaid documents shall, in accordance with the above provisions, be deemed to have been served as follows: In the case of post, the return date as shown in the logistics information of the delivery platform shall be deemed as the date of service; in the case of direct service, the date on which the server makes a record in the proof of service on site shall be deemed as the date of service; for litigation documents served by electronic means, the date on which the electronic documents arrive at the specific system of the party concerned shall be deemed as the date of service.

 

(5) In case civil procedures are initiated for the dispute and Party B responds to the action and directly submits a letter of confirmation of address for service to the court, if the address so confirmed is inconsistent with the address for service confirmed before the action, the confirmed address for service submitted to the court shall take precedence.

 

8.7 Please make a choice by ticking a "√" inside a box for the confirmed in this Contract and its attachment. Any option not marked with a "√" indicates that the contents of the option are not agreed upon in this Contract.

 

8.8 The contents of the "IOU" agreed in the Loan Limit Contract have been included in Article 1 "Loan Essentials" of the Contract. The adjustment of data display position shall not affect the validity of relevant terms of the Loan Limit Contract.

 

8.9 This Contract shall be governed by the law of the People’s Republic of China.

 

Party B hereby represents that it fully understands the terms of this Contract and the terms of the guarantee contract (if any) related thereto and other relevant documents and that it has obtained independent legal advice in this regard (when necessary).

 

Page 8 of 10

 

 

Attachment 1:

 

Letter of Commitment on Employment Stabilization

 

The Borrower warrants that, according to the national, provincial and municipal requirements on stable employment, it will create conditions for promoting employment, stabilize employment, cut no jobs or fewer jobs, and use the loan granted by the Lender as the company’s working capital, including but not limited to the payment of employee salaries, social insurance contribution, job transfer training, skill upgrading training and other working capital needs of the Borrower.

 

In addition, the Borrower warrants that it will pay the unemployment insurance premium in full for its employees in accordance with the law, actively assume social responsibility and take effective measures not to cut jobs or make its layoff rate lower than the registered urban unemployment rate of the city.

 

The Borrower shall be held liable for any breach of the above commitments.

 

Page 9 of 10

 

 

(This page is used for affixing signatures and seals on the Loan Contract numbered GHDJJ20210527010854)

 



Party A (Seal)
 

 

Signed on: May 27, 2021

 



Party B (Seal)
 

 

Signed on: May 27, 2021

 

Page 10 of 10

 

 


 

Exhibit 10.7

 

[Important Notice] To protect your legitimate rights and interests, please make sure to carefully read and fully understand all terms of this Contract (especially those shown in bold). Please pay attention to the loan conditions stipulated in Article 2 of the Loan Contract before borrowing money. In the process of applying for and using this loan service, you can consult, complain and make suggestions to the Lender by calling 95384. By confirming the Contract on the operation page, you are deemed to have read and agreed to the Contract, which shall then become legally effective. If the loan becomes overdue, the Lender will take legal and compliant methods for collection. A breach of the contract may result in early maturity and recovery of the loan, payment of penalty interest, and the consequences affecting the credit records (please refer to Article 7 of the Contract for the specific liability for breach of contract).

 

Loan Contract WYQYJK202104

 

Contract Number: GHDJJ20210630004919

 

Following relevant laws and regulations, the Parties, through negotiation, hereby enter into this Contract regarding the matter that the Borrower applies for a loan with WeBank. This Contract is a single loan contract under the "Loan Limit Contract" (hereinafter referred to as the "Loan Limit Contract") numbered GHDED20200929015144, and the guarantee type under the Loan Limit Contract shall also apply to this Contract.

 

Article 1      Loan Essentials

 

Lender (Party A): WeBank Co., Ltd.

Borrower (Party B)

Name of the Borrower: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

Address of the Borrower: Room 909, 910 and 911, Xinya Building, No. 121, Dongjie Sub-district, Gulou District, Fuzhou

Email (Email for Service) of the Borrower: fzyukaico@126.com

Legal Representative/Or Operator/Or Person-in-Charge: Zheng Weiping

Email of Legal Representative/Or Operator/Or Person-in-Charge: 451121165@qq.com

Mobile Number (Mobile Number for Service) of Legal Representative/Or Operator/Or Person-in-Charge:

Loan Information

Amount of Total Limit:2,160,000.00

Loan Amount: 200,000.00

Loan Term: 24 Installments

Annual loan interest rate: 14.4%; that is, the latest one-year loan prime rate (LPR) published by the National Interbank Funding Centre one working day before the signing of this Contract +10.55%.

Loan Disbursement Date: 2021/06/30

Maturity Date: 2023/06/28

Loan Purpose: Party B’s working capital turnover.

Payment Method

x Independent Payment ¨ Entrusted Payment

Beneficiary’s Information

Beneficiary’s Account Name: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

Beneficiary’s Account Number:

Beneficiary’s Bank: Bank of Communications

Repayment Information

Repayment Account Name: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. “Gonghuodai” Repayment

Account Number:

Repayment Date: 28th of Each Month

Arrangement for Principal and Interest Repayment: Subject to the repayment schedule displayed to Party B on the interactive page of the lending platform.

Handled by: Zheng Weiping

 

Page 1 of 10

 

 

Special Reminder: If the actual loan disbursement date in Party A’s system is inconsistent with the that on the loan essential list, the former shall prevail. The maturity date may vary due to the change in the loan disbursement date.

 

The loan interest rate shall be the latest one-year loan prime rate (LPR) published by the National Interbank Funding Centre one working day before the signing of this Contract plus/minus basis points. The fixed interest rate for the loan that has been disbursed shall remain unchanged and shall not be subject to the aforesaid adjustments. Daily Interest Rate = Annual Interest Rate/360.

 

Article 2      Loan Disbursement

 

2.1 Party A shall have the right to review the following matters before loan disbursement, and decide whether to disburse funds according to the review results:

 

(1) Whether Party B has completed the statutory procedures for a government license, approval, registration, and delivery related to the loan hereunder by relevant laws and regulations (if any);

 

(2) Whether the relevant guarantee contract (if any) has become effective;

 

(3) Whether Party B has paid off the fees related to this Contract (if any);

 

(4) Whether Party B meets the loan conditions agreed herein;

 

(5) Whether the operating and financial conditions of Party B and the guarantor (if any) have undergone unfavorable changes;

 

(6) Whether the repayment willingness of Party B and the guarantee willingness of the guarantor (if any) have changed;

 

(7) Whether Party B violates this Contract.

 

2.2 The loan hereunder is a non-revolving loan.

 

2.3 Before the loan disbursement, if Party A fails to disburse the loan hereunder due to the changes in national macro-control policies, the requirements of Party A’s regulatory department on the credit scale control or credit orientation, Party A’s fund arrangement, or other reasons, Party A shall have the right to stop disbursing the loan or terminate the Contract, and Party B shall have no objection.

 

2.4 The loan amount shall not be used for the following purposes:

 

(1) Purchasing a house or repaying a housing mortgage loan;

 

(2) Purchasing stocks, bonds, futures, financial derivatives or asset management products, or making other investments;

 

(3) Making investments in fixed assets or equity;

 

(4) Other purposes prohibited by laws and regulations.

 

2.5 Loan disbursement and payment

 

(1) For the loan paid by independent payment, Party A shall, according to Party B’s drawdown application, disburse the loan amount to the corporate account provided by Party B to Party A, and Party B shall independently pay the loan to the counterparty that conforms to the agreed purpose.

 

(2) For the loan paid by entrusted payment, Party A shall, according to Party B’s drawdown application and payment entrustment, directly pay the loan amount to the designated account of the counterparty designated by Party B. Party B undertakes to provide business contracts and other supporting documents related to the payment application as required by Party A, and warrants that such supporting documents are authentic, legal, and valid.

 

2.6 Payment Management

 

After the loan is disbursed, Party A shall have the right to require Party B to provide such information as transaction object and payment amount, as well as the corresponding business contracts and other supporting documents through the interactive page of the lending platform or in other ways required by Party A, and periodically summarize and inform Party A of the payment of loan amount. Party A shall have the right to verify whether the payment of loan amount conforms to the agreed purpose through account analysis, voucher verification, an on-site investigation by Party A, or by appointing a third-party service agency, and Party B shall give cooperation.

 

2.7 If Party A makes repeated loan disbursement or disburses the loan which should not be disbursed due to problems with Party A’s system or disbursement channels, Party B irrevocably authorizes Party A to directly transfer back the excess amount that has been repeatedly disbursed or the amount which should not be disbursed from Party B’s repayment account or collection account.

 

Page 2 of 10

 

 

Article 3      Payment

 

3.1 Party B’s repayment amount and date in each installment shall be subject to the repayment schedule displayed to Party B by Party A through the interactive page of the lending platform (refers to the Internet operation page through which the Borrower may inquire about the application, contract signing and repayment of the loan, including but not limited to the mobile APP client, WeChat official account, HTML5 webpage and PC website operated or approved by Party A, same below). When the loan of each installment becomes due, Party B shall fulfill the debt on time, otherwise, it will be deemed that the loan has become overdue.

 

3.2 Party B shall proactively check the transaction details through the interactive page of the lending platform to confirm the transaction contents. The transaction records kept by Party A under this Contract shall be the true evidence of the loan use and shall be binding on Party B. Party B shall not disclaim the loan application or transaction amount on the grounds that it has not received the statement or seen the transaction details.

 

3.3  Repayment account refers to the bank account (including the special internal repayment account opened by Party A for Party B) that the Borrower applies for and uses the loan service and provides to the Lender for the deduction, which shall be subject to the provisions of Article 1 hereof.

 

Party B shall not change or cancel the repayment account before paying off all loan expenses, principal and interest.

 

3.4  In case of several outstanding loans, Party A shall have the right to decide the priority sequence of the loan to be settled by Party B and the lower limit of amount, subject to the final review result after Party A accepts Party B’s application for early repayment. Party A shall waive the liquidated damages for early repayment.

 

x Party B shall have the right to apply for early settlement, but it may not make early settlement on the loan date.

 

¨ Party B shall not make early repayment within calendar days of drawdown.

 

3.5  Party A shall have the right to require Party B to make a repayment by one of the following two repayment methods through the system:

 

(1) Positive repayment: Party B shall repay the loan principal and interest and relevant expenses to Party A on its own initiative.

 

(2) Automatic repayment (repayment by withholding method): Party B shall deposit, in full, the amount repayable into the repayment account one day before the agreed repayment date. Party B hereby irrevocably authorizes Party A to deduct the loan principal and interest and other related expenses under this Contract from the repayment account.

 

3.6  Party B hereby acknowledges and authorizes that Party A shall have the right to reduce the deduction amount and make multiple deductions in installments if the balance in the repayment account is insufficient. If the automatic deduction fails due to various reasons (including but not limited to insufficient balance in the repayment account), Party B hereby irrevocably authorizes Party A to deduct principal, interest, and expenses of the loan due or due earlier from any account held by Party B with Party A (including the special internal repayment account opened by Party A for Party B).

 

3.7  Party B shall repay the loan principal and interest hereunder in full and on time. If any installment of repayment is not repaid in full and on time, Party A shall have the right to require Party B to repay all the loans and charge penalty interest on all outstanding loans as overdue loans from the overdue date.

 

3.8  In case of any inconsistency between this Loan Contract and the Loan Limit Contract regarding the provisions of Article 3 "Repayment”, this Loan Contract shall prevail.

 

Article 4 Party B’s Representations and Warranties

 

4.1 Party B is a reputable enterprise duly incorporated and validly existing in the jurisdiction where it is located and has full rights to engage in the business it is currently engaged in with government license and approval.

 

4.2 Party B has completed all internal and external authorizations and approvals required for the signing of this Contract. The signing of this Contract is an expression of the true intention of Party B and will not result in any violation of Party B’s Articles of Association or any agreement or commitment signed by Party B with any third party. Party B does not violate any laws, regulations, and rules on environmental protection, energy saving, emission reduction, and pollution reduction at the time of signing this Contract, and undertakes to strictly abide by such laws, regulations, and rules after signing this Contract.

 

Page 3 of 10

 

 

4.3 Party B is not involved in any litigation, arbitration, enforcement, appeal, reconsideration, and other procedures or other events or circumstances that may have a material adverse effects on the performance of this Contract, except for those notified to Party A in writing by Party B before the signing of this Contract.

 

4.4 Party B shall, within the time limit required by Party A, provide explanations or supplementary information on its business condition, financial performance, or other matters that, in Party A’s opinion, may affect Party B’s loan risk. Party B shall cooperate to provide documents and materials promptly and guarantee that such documents and materials are true, complete, objective, and free from any misrepresentation, misleading statement, or major omission, and that the financial statements are prepared in strict accordance with Chinese Accounting Standards.

 

4.5 Party B undertakes to abide by relevant laws and regulations on the administration of tax collection, standardize tax returns filing and tax payment, timely submit and update financial statements and other tax-related information to taxation authority, promptly declare and pay taxes, and ensure the authenticity and accuracy of relevant information.

 

Article 5      Rights and Obligations of Party B

 

5.1 Party B shall open an account with Party A and give priority to Party A’s deposit and settlement services.

 

5.2 if Party B is a group client, it shall submit a written report to Party A within ten days of the occurrence of a related party transaction involving more than 10% of its net assets, which shall contain the affiliated relationship among the transaction parties, transaction items and nature, transaction amount or corresponding proportion, and pricing policies (including transactions with no or nominal amounts).

 

A group client shall mean an enterprise or public institution legal person with the following features:

 

(1) It directly or indirectly controls or is directly or indirectly controlled by another enterprise or public institution legal person in respect of stock right or management;

 

(2) It is, together with another enterprise or public institution legal person, controlled by a third party enterprise or public institution legal person;

 

(3) It is directly or indirectly controlled by the major investors in person, key managers and their close family members (including the linear relatives within three generations and collateral relatives within two generations) in a joint manner;

 

(4) There is another affiliated relationship through which the assets and profits might be transferred beyond the principle of fair price, which shall be deemed as a group client under loan management.

 

5.3 If Party B is under any one or more of the following circumstances, Party A shall have the right to decide whether to require Party B to provide an additional guarantee or directly recover all loans or adjust and cancel the limit depending on the specific circumstances:

 

(1) The operation and financial performance of Party B or the guarantor deteriorates, resulting in a significant decrease in income, significant financial loss or asset loss (including but not limited to asset loss caused by its external investment or external guarantee) or other financial crisis;

 

(2) Party B fails to timely declare or falsely declare tax-related information (including but not limited to the financial statements); or owes tax payable, violates tax laws and regulations, or is imposed administrative fines by taxation authority;

 

(3) Party B is subject to administrative penalties or criminal sanctions, or is involved in significant legal disputes due to its illegal business activities;

 

(4) Party B, its shareholders or actual controllers or guarantors are involved in important cases or their main assets are subject to compulsory measures such as property preservation or administrative penalties or criminal sanctions, or other events that make them impossible to perform their duties;

 

(5) Party B or the guarantor provides a guarantee to a third party, which would have material adverse effects on its financial performance or ability to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

(6) Party B, the enterprise invested by Party B, the guarantor or other enterprises invested by the guarantor confronts division, merger, material merge, acquisition and reorganization, material asset disposal, capital reduction, business discontinuance, business suspension for rectification, liquidation, reorganization, registration cancellation, dissolution, bankruptcy, or has been revoked of its business license;

 

(7) Other major events or default events that are sufficient to affect the business activities of Party B, the guarantor and the security of Party A’s loans.

 

Page 4 of 10

 

 

5.4 Party B shall ensure that its legal representative (applicable when Party B is a company, same below)/or operator (applicable when Party B is a sole proprietorship of industry and commerce, same below)/or person-in-charge (applicable when Party B is a non-corporate business organization, same below) shall act as the guarantor to undertake personal joint and several liability guarantee to Party A for all loans under the limit, which shall not be changed, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Party A. If Party B’s legal representative/or operator/or person-in-charge changes, Party A shall have the right to make a new risk judgment on Party B, and require Party B’s new legal representative/or operator/or person-in-charge to provide the joint and several liability guarantee or other additional guarantees. 5.5      In case of any change in the business address, mailing address, e-mail, telephone, business scope, legal representative/or operator/or person-in-charge of Party B, it shall notify Party A within seven working days from the date of such change. If Party B fails to perform the aforesaid notification obligation, the relevant notices and documents shall be deemed to have been served if delivered by Party A to the original address.

 

Article 6      Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

6.1 Party A shall have the right to evaluate the operating and financial conditions and the progress of specific projects of Party B and the guarantor (if any) according to the conditions for credit granting agreed in the contract when the limit becomes effective, and adjust the amount, term and interest rate of the loan according to the evaluation results.

 

6.2 Party A shall have the right to request Party B to provide the materials related to the limit, and enter or appoint a service agency to enter Party B’s place of business to investigate, review and inspect the use of the loan and Party B’s assets, financial conditions and operating conditions, and shall have the right to supervise Party B to use the loan for the purpose agreed herein, and Party B shall give cooperation.

 

6.3  Party A shall maintain the confidentiality of the materials provided by Party B, unless otherwise prescribed by laws and regulations or regulatory authorities or otherwise agreed by both parties, or the materials provided by Party B do not constitute confidential information.

 

6.4 Party A shall have the right to transfer its rights hereunder and its creditor’s rights to the loan granted to Party B hereunder, in whole or in part, to a third party through asset transfer, asset securitization or other means without the Party B’s consent. Party A shall have the right to notify Party B of the transfer of the creditor’s rights by telephone, SMS, email, WeChat, announcement, or by publishing announcements or news on the lending platform.

 

6.5 Without Party A’s prior written consent, Party B shall not transfer all or part of its rights and obligations hereunder and the corresponding loan debts owed to Party A under this Contract to any third party.

 

Article 7      Breach of Contract

 

7.1 Any of the following events shall constitute an event of Party B’s default referred to in this Article:

 

(1) The loan hereunder is in arrears of interest payment, becomes overdue, involves in advance payment, or is not used for the purpose agreed by both parties;

 

(2) Party B breaches any representations, warranties and undertakings made by it;

 

(3) Party B breaches any of its obligations hereunder;

 

(4) Party B conceals true and important information;

 

(5) Party B or the guarantor (if any) evades or invalidates its debts owed to banks or other financial institutions through related party transactions or other means;

 

(6) Party B or the guarantor (if any) is negligent in managing and recovering the matured creditor’s rights, or disposes of its main property for free or at an unreasonable low price or in other inappropriate ways to transfer property or has other acts of evading debts;

 

(7) Party B obtains fund or credit facility from Party A or other financial institutions by using false contracts and arrangements between Party B and any third party;

 

(8) Party B or the guarantor (if any) violates other contracts signed with Party A or other financial institutions (including but not limited to credit agreements, loan contracts and guarantee contracts) or any debt securities issued by it;

 

Page 5 of 10

 

 

(9) Party B’s guarantor (if any) is in violation of the provisions of the guarantee agreement (including but not limited to guarantee agreement, mortgage contract and pledge contract), commits any default under the guarantee agreement, or the guarantee agreement has not yet taken effect, become invalid or been canceled; the collateral is significantly reduced or lost in terms of its value, or there is a dispute over its ownership, or it is sealed up, seized, frozen, impounded, detained, auctioned, etc.;

 

(10) Party A cannot get in touch with Party B through the contact information provided by Party B, or can not get in touch with the guarantor (if any) through the contact information provided by the guarantor;

 

(11) Any of the events listed in Articles 5.2 and 5.3 actually occurs, which, in the opinion of Party A, will affect the security of its creditor’s rights;

 

(12) Party B’s business term expires within the term of the loan limit, and Party B fails to extend the business term upon expiration.

 

7.2 In the event of a breach of contract by Party B, Party A shall have the right to take the following measures:

 

(1) Adjust, cancel or terminate the loan limit hereunder, or adjust the term and amount of the limit;

 

(2) Declare accelerated maturity of all or part of the loan under the Loan Limit Contract and require Party B to immediately repay part or all of the principal, interest and expenses of the loan (such expenses shall include but are not limited to attorney’s fee, litigation costs, arbitration fees, travel expenses, notice fees, service expenses, execution fees, ownership transfer fees, commission fees for the third-party collection agency and all other expenses paid by Party A for the realization of its creditor’s rights), and to charge penalty interest on all the loan principal disbursed at the penalty interest rate from the date of occurrence of the default event until Party B settle all the loan principal in full.

 

(3) Require Party B to provide new guarantee measures approved by Party A;

 

(4) Directly make a deduction from the accounts of Party B and the guarantor to settle all debts of Party B under this Contract and other specific business contracts (including the debts to be settled in advance as required by Party A) without Party B’s prior consent;

 

(5) Exercise the guaranteed right, require the guarantor to perform the guarantee liability, or realize its creditor’s right by disposing of the collateral and/or the pledge;

 

(6) Party A shall have the right to claim subrogation right against Party B’s debtors according to law, request the court to cancel Party B’s waiver of its matured creditor’s rights or transfer of property for free or at an obviously unreasonable low price, and Party B shall provide all necessary cooperation and assistance as required by Party A. All expenses incurred by Party A shall be borne by Party B;

 

(7) Take other relief measures prescribed by laws, regulations and the Contract.

 

7.3 Party B agrees that when conducting pre-loan due diligence, in-loan information verification or post-loan inspection, debt collection and recovery, etc., Party A has the right to use Party B’s identity information, contact information and other information related to Party B’s credit, finance, credit facility and loan disbursement, and provide such information to a third party (including but not limited to, law firms, Party A’s loan service institutions, outsourcing institutions, collection agencies and co-operating agencies, third-party financial institutions, payment institutions, credit reporting agencies, the People’s Bank of China Basic Database of Financial Credit Information, the Ministry of Public Security Citizen Identity Information Database, and other data (database) institutions established in accordance with the law, telecom operators and their agency operators, the administrative organs, public institutions, judiciary authorities, arbitration bodies, regulatory authorities, the National Internet Finance Association of China and other industry self-regulatory organizations); Party A shall urge other third parties other than non-state organs and public institutions to properly keep, keep confidential and prudently use the aforesaid information and not to use it for the purposes other than those entrusted by Party A, and shall urge the collection agencies not to collect and recover debts in any illegal way.

 

7.4 If the loan is overdue for no more than 90 days (including 90 days), the loan principal and interest repayment sequence shall be: (1) expenses (if any); (2) interest (including penalty interest); (3) principal. If the loan is overdue for more than 90 days, the loan principal and interest repayment sequence shall be: (1) expenses; (2) principal; (3) interest (including penalty interest).

 

7.5 If Party B fails to repay the loan as agreed after the loan becomes matured or early matured, Party A shall have the right to charge penalty interest on the loan principal at the interest rate agreed in writing in Article 1 hereof plus 50% from the overdue date according to the actual number of days overdue. If Party B fails to use the loan for the agreed purpose, Party A shall have the right to charge penalty interest on the amount of the loan misappropriated at the interest rate agreed in writing in Article 1 hereof plus 100% from the date of using the loan in violation of the Contract.

 

Page 6 of 10

 

 

In case the loan becomes overdue and is misappropriated concurrently, the higher of the above two interest rates will apply.

 

Article 8      Supplementary Provisions

 

8.1 The loan voucher related to this Contract and other relevant documents and materials confirmed by both parties and the letter of commitment, declaration and other documents unilaterally issued by Party B to Party A shall be an integral part of this Contract and have the same legal effect as this Contract. The aforesaid documents have been fixed and preserved by a third-party evidence depository institution and can be used as evidence in dispute resolution.

 

8.2 Party B clearly understands that this Contract is signed online by affixing the electronic signature (digital certificate) of a third party hereto in accordance with the Electronic Signature Law of China. Party B recognizes the CFCA Digital Certificate Service Agreement, the Certification Practice Statement of CFCA Global-Trust System (hereinafter referred to as “CPS”) and their updated versions published on http://www.cfca.com.cn by China Financial Certification Authority (hereinafter referred to as “CFCA”). By applying for or using the electronic signature service, Party B agrees to accept and abide by all the terms and conditions of the CFCA Digital Certificate Service Agreement and CPS.

 

8.3 Interpretation of the Contract

 

Party A shall have the right to unilaterally revise the rights and obligations related to Party B under this Contract at any time without increasing Party B’s liability in terms of loan amount and interest (fee) rate. In the case that the terms of the Contract are changed, Party A shall announce the lending platform. Except as otherwise mandatorily stipulated in-laws and regulations or regulatory provisions, the revised content shall become effective immediately after it is announced. If Party B does not agree to revise this Contract, it shall stop applying for new loans from the date of such announcement, and shall repay the loan drawn under this Contract in full within ten days, failing which, Party B shall be deemed to have agreed and accepted the revised Contract.

 

8.4 Compulsory Execution Notarization

 

□ Both parties agree to perform compulsory execution notarization for this Contract. If Party B fails to fulfill or does not fully fulfill the obligations agreed hereinafter the two parties apply for the contract notarization with the effectiveness of compulsory execution, Party A shall have the right to apply for an execution certificate with the original notary office and apply for execution with the people’s court having jurisdiction with the original notarial certificate and the execution certificate.

 

8.5. Dispute settlement

 

¨ Any disputes arising from the performance of this Contract shall be settled by the parties through negotiation. If such negotiation fails, the parties agree to submit the dispute to Guangzhou Arbitration Commission for arbitration and jointly entrust China Guangzhou Arbitration Commission to appoint an independent arbitrator, who shall conduct online arbitration in accordance with the Commission’s online arbitration rules in effect at the time of applying for arbitration and conduct a written hearing. The arbitration award shall be final, and will be binding on both Parties.

 

x In case of any dispute arising from the performance of this Contract, both parties agree that a lawsuit may be filed with the court having jurisdiction of the place where Party A conducts industrial and commercial registration

 

or the place where Party A conducts business, and agree that the court accepting the lawsuit may conduct the trial through the Internet. If the arrears of principal and interest are less than CNY 100,000 and the court accepting the lawsuit is a court under the pilot program of the reform of separation between complicated cases and simple ones, both parties agree that the court may try the case under the small claims procedure and decide in the first instance without further review.

 

8.6 Confirmation of Address for Service and Mode of Service

 

(1) Party B confirms that the E-mail address and mobile number provided by Party B to Party A shall be the addresses for service, and the business registration address of Party B (or the address on the valid Resident Identity Card in case of a natural person) shall be the valid mailing address and mode. Party B confirms and agrees that Party A, notary office, arbitration body and judiciary authority may serve business documents, notarial documents, arbitration documents and litigation documents by one or more of the aforesaid modes of service. Party A, notary office, arbitration body and judiciary authority serve documents to Party B by several modes of service, the time of service shall be the date when the documents are successfully delivered first by one of such modes as displayed in the system.

 

(2) Party B confirms that the aforesaid modes of service and address of service are applicable to service of litigation documents during the contract performance (including but not limited to the loan collection and recovery by Party A, etc.), contract notarization with the effectiveness of compulsory execution (including but not limited to the contract notarization with the effectiveness of compulsory execution, and default verification, etc.), arbitration, as well as the mediation, first instance, second instance, retrial, and rehearing after the dispute enters the litigation procedure, and execution procedure.

 

Page 7 of 10

 

 

(3) Party B shall notify Party A five working days in advance of any change in the aforesaid address of service and contact information. In case notarial, arbitration or litigation procedures have been initiated with respect to the aforesaid dispute, Party B shall inform the notary office, relevant arbitration body and judiciary authority in writing of the address of service and contact information so changed.

 

(4) If the notarial documents, arbitration documents and litigation documents fail to be actually received by the party concerned for any such reasons as that Party B fails to provide the address of service and contact information or the confirmed address of service and contact information are inaccurate, or Party B fails to notify Party A, notary office, relevant arbitration body and judiciary authority and the party concerned in accordance with relevant procedures after its address of service is changed, or its designated recipient refuses to sign for receipt, the aforesaid documents shall, in accordance with the above provisions, be deemed to have been served as follows: In the case of post, the return date as shown in the logistics information of the delivery platform shall be deemed as the date of service; in the case of direct service, the date on which the server makes a record in the proof of service on site shall be deemed as the date of service; for litigation documents served by electronic means, the date on which the electronic documents arrive at the specific system of the party concerned shall be deemed as the date of service.

 

(5) In case civil procedures are initiated for the dispute and Party B responds to the action and directly submits a letter of confirmation of address for service to the court, if the address so confirmed is inconsistent with the address for service confirmed before the action, the confirmed address for service submitted to the court shall take precedence.

 

8.7 Please make a choice by ticking a "√" inside a box for the confirmed in this Contract and its attachment. Any option not marked with a "√" indicates that the contents of the option are not agreed upon in this Contract.

 

8.8 The contents of the "IOU" agreed in the Loan Limit Contract have been included in Article 1 "Loan Essentials" of the Contract. The adjustment of data display position shall not affect the validity of relevant terms of the Loan Limit Contract.

 

8.9 This Contract shall be governed by the law of the People’s Republic of China.

 

Party B hereby represents that it fully understands the terms of this Contract and the terms of the guarantee contract (if any) related thereto and other relevant documents and that it has obtained independent legal advice in this regard (when necessary).

 

Page 8 of 10

 

 

Attachment 1:

 

Letter of Commitment on Employment Stabilization

 

The Borrower warrants that, according to the national, provincial and municipal requirements on stable employment, it will create conditions for promoting employment, stabilize employment, cut no jobs or fewer jobs, and use the loan granted by the Lender as the company’s working capital, including but not limited to the payment of employee salaries, social insurance contribution, job transfer training, skill upgrading training and other working capital needs of the Borrower.

 

In addition, the Borrower warrants that it will pay the unemployment insurance premium in full for its employees in accordance with the law, actively assume social responsibility and take effective measures not to cut jobs or make its layoff rate lower than the registered urban unemployment rate of the city.

 

The Borrower shall be held liable for any breach of the above commitments.

 

Page 9 of 10

 

 

(This page is used for affixing signatures and seals on the Loan Contract numbered GHDJJ20210630004919)

 



Party A (Seal)
 

 

Signed on: June 30, 2021

 



Party B (Seal)
 

 

Signed on: June 30, 2021

 

Page 10 of 10

 


Exhibit 10.8

 

[Important Notice] To protect your legitimate rights and interests, please make sure to carefully read and fully understand all terms of this Contract (especially those shown in bold). Please pay attention to the loan conditions stipulated in Article 2 of the Loan Contract before borrowing money. In the process of applying for and using this loan service, you can consult, complain and make suggestions to the Lender by calling 95384. By confirming the Contract on the operation page, you are deemed to have read and agreed to the Contract, which shall then become legally effective. If the loan becomes overdue, the Lender will take legal and compliant methods for collection. A breach of the contract may result in early maturity and recovery of the loan, payment of penalty interest, and the consequences affecting the credit records (please refer to Article 7 of the Contract for the specific liability for breach of contract).

 

Loan Contract WYQYJK202104

 

Contract Number: GHDJJ20210730026053

 

Following relevant laws and regulations, the Parties, through negotiation, hereby enter into this Contract regarding the matter that the Borrower applies for a loan with WeBank. This Contract is a single loan contract under the "Loan Limit Contract" (hereinafter referred to as the "Loan Limit Contract") numbered GHDED20200929015144, and the guarantee type under the Loan Limit Contract shall also apply to this Contract.

 

Article 1      Loan Essentials

 

Lender (Party A): WeBank Co., Ltd.

Borrower (Party B)

Name of the Borrower: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

Address of the Borrower: Room 909, 910 and 911, Xinya Building, No. 121, Dongjie Sub-district, Gulou District, Fuzhou

Email (Email for Service) of the Borrower: fzyukaico@126.com

Legal Representative/Or Operator/Or Person-in-Charge: Zheng Weiping

Email of Legal Representative/Or Operator/Or Person-in-Charge: 451121165@qq.com

Mobile Number (Mobile Number for Service) of Legal Representative/Or Operator/Or Person-in-Charge:

Loan Information

Amount of Total Limit:2,160,000.00

Loan Amount: 123,993.99

Loan Term: 24 Installments

Annual loan interest rate: 12.96%; that is, the latest one-year loan prime rate (LPR) published by the National Interbank Funding Centre one working day before the signing of this Contract +9.11%.

Loan Disbursement Date: 2021/07/30

Maturity Date: 2023/07/28

Loan Purpose: Party B’s working capital turnover.

Payment Method

x Independent Payment ¨ Entrusted Payment

Beneficiary’s Information

Beneficiary’s Account Name: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

Beneficiary’s Account Number:

Beneficiary’s Bank: Bank of Communications

Repayment Information

Repayment Account Name: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. “Gonghuodai” Repayment

Account Number:

Repayment Date: 28th of Each Month

Arrangement for Principal and Interest Repayment: Subject to the repayment schedule displayed to Party B on the interactive page of the lending platform.

Handled by: Zheng Weiping

 

Page 1 of 10

 

 

Special Reminder: If the actual loan disbursement date in Party A’s system is inconsistent with the that on the loan essential list, the former shall prevail. The maturity date may vary due to the change in the loan disbursement date.

 

The loan interest rate shall be the latest one-year loan prime rate (LPR) published by the National Interbank Funding Centre one working day before the signing of this Contract plus/minus basis points. The fixed interest rate for the loan that has been disbursed shall remain unchanged and shall not be subject to the aforesaid adjustments. Daily Interest Rate = Annual Interest Rate/360.

 

Article 2      Loan Disbursement

 

2.1 Party A shall have the right to review the following matters before loan disbursement, and decide whether to disburse funds according to the review results:

 

(1) Whether Party B has completed the statutory procedures for a government license, approval, registration, and delivery related to the loan hereunder by relevant laws and regulations (if any);

 

(2) Whether the relevant guarantee contract (if any) has become effective;

 

(3) Whether Party B has paid off the fees related to this Contract (if any);

 

(4) Whether Party B meets the loan conditions agreed herein;

 

(5) Whether the operating and financial conditions of Party B and the guarantor (if any) have undergone unfavorable changes;

 

(6) Whether the repayment willingness of Party B and the guarantee willingness of the guarantor (if any) have changed;

 

(7) Whether Party B violates this Contract.

 

2.2 The loan hereunder is a non-revolving loan.

 

2.3 Before the loan disbursement, if Party A fails to disburse the loan hereunder due to the changes in national macro-control policies, the requirements of Party A’s regulatory department on the credit scale control or credit orientation, Party A’s fund arrangement, or other reasons, Party A shall have the right to stop disbursing the loan or terminate the Contract, and Party B shall have no objection.

 

2.4 The loan amount shall not be used for the following purposes:

 

(1) Purchasing a house or repaying a housing mortgage loan;

 

(2) Purchasing stocks, bonds, futures, financial derivatives or asset management products, or making other investments;

 

(3) Making investments in fixed assets or equity;

 

(4) Other purposes prohibited by laws and regulations.

 

2.5 Loan disbursement and payment

 

(1) For the loan paid by independent payment, Party A shall, according to Party B’s drawdown application, disburse the loan amount to the corporate account provided by Party B to Party A, and Party B shall independently pay the loan to the counterparty that conforms to the agreed purpose.

 

(2) For the loan paid by entrusted payment, Party A shall, according to Party B’s drawdown application and payment entrustment, directly pay the loan amount to the designated account of the counterparty designated by Party B. Party B undertakes to provide business contracts and other supporting documents related to the payment application as required by Party A, and warrants that such supporting documents are authentic, legal, and valid.

 

2.6  Payment Management

 

After the loan is disbursed, Party A shall have the right to require Party B to provide such information as transaction object and payment amount, as well as the corresponding business contracts and other supporting documents through the interactive page of the lending platform or in other ways required by Party A, and periodically summarize and inform Party A of the payment of loan amount. Party A shall have the right to verify whether the payment of loan amount conforms to the agreed purpose through account analysis, voucher verification, an on-site investigation by Party A, or by appointing a third-party service agency, and Party B shall give cooperation.

 

2.7 If Party A makes repeated loan disbursement or disburses the loan which should not be disbursed due to problems with Party A’s system or disbursement channels, Party B irrevocably authorizes Party A to directly transfer back the excess amount that has been repeatedly disbursed or the amount which should not be disbursed from Party B’s repayment account or collection account.

 

Page 2 of 10

 

 

Article 3      Payment

 

3.1 Party B’s repayment amount and date in each installment shall be subject to the repayment schedule displayed to Party B by Party A through the interactive page of the lending platform (refers to the Internet operation page through which the Borrower may inquire about the application, contract signing and repayment of the loan, including but not limited to the mobile APP client, WeChat official account, HTML5 webpage and PC website operated or approved by Party A, same below). When the loan of each installment becomes due, Party B shall fulfill the debt on time, otherwise, it will be deemed that the loan has become overdue.

 

3.2 Party B shall proactively check the transaction details through the interactive page of the lending platform to confirm the transaction contents. The transaction records kept by Party A under this Contract shall be the true evidence of the loan use and shall be binding on Party B. Party B shall not disclaim the loan application or transaction amount on the grounds that it has not received the statement or seen the transaction details.

 

3.3  Repayment account refers to the bank account (including the special internal repayment account opened by Party A for Party B) that the Borrower applies for and uses the loan service and provides to the Lender for the deduction, which shall be subject to the provisions of Article 1 hereof.

 

Party B shall not change or cancel the repayment account before paying off all loan expenses, principal and interest.

 

3.4  In case of several outstanding loans, Party A shall have the right to decide the priority sequence of the loan to be settled by Party B and the lower limit of amount, subject to the final review result after Party A accepts Party B’s application for early repayment. Party A shall waive the liquidated damages for early repayment.

 

x Party B shall have the right to apply for early settlement, but it may not make early settlement on the loan date.

 

¨ Party B shall not make early repayment within calendar days of drawdown.

 

3.5  Party A shall have the right to require Party B to make a repayment by one of the following two repayment methods through the system:

 

(1) Positive repayment: Party B shall repay the loan principal and interest and relevant expenses to Party A on its own initiative.

 

(2) Automatic repayment (repayment by withholding method): Party B shall deposit, in full, the amount repayable into the repayment account one day before the agreed repayment date. Party B hereby irrevocably authorizes Party A to deduct the loan principal and interest and other related expenses under this Contract from the repayment account.

 

3.6  Party B hereby acknowledges and authorizes that Party A shall have the right to reduce the deduction amount and make multiple deductions in installments if the balance in the repayment account is insufficient. If the automatic deduction fails due to various reasons (including but not limited to insufficient balance in the repayment account), Party B hereby irrevocably authorizes Party A to deduct principal, interest, and expenses of the loan due or due earlier from any account held by Party B with Party A (including the special internal repayment account opened by Party A for Party B).

 

3.7  Party B shall repay the loan principal and interest hereunder in full and on time. If any installment of repayment is not repaid in full and on time, Party A shall have the right to require Party B to repay all the loans and charge penalty interest on all outstanding loans as overdue loans from the overdue date.

 

3.8  In case of any inconsistency between this Loan Contract and the Loan Limit Contract regarding the provisions of Article 3 "Repayment”, this Loan Contract shall prevail.

 

Article 4 Party B’s Representations and Warranties

 

4.1 Party B is a reputable enterprise duly incorporated and validly existing in the jurisdiction where it is located and has full rights to engage in the business it is currently engaged in with government license and approval.

 

4.2 Party B has completed all internal and external authorizations and approvals required for the signing of this Contract. The signing of this Contract is an expression of the true intention of Party B and will not result in any violation of Party B’s Articles of Association or any agreement or commitment signed by Party B with any third party. Party B does not violate any laws, regulations, and rules on environmental protection, energy saving, emission reduction, and pollution reduction at the time of signing this Contract, and undertakes to strictly abide by such laws, regulations, and rules after signing this Contract.

 

Page 3 of 10

 

 

4.3 Party B is not involved in any litigation, arbitration, enforcement, appeal, reconsideration, and other procedures or other events or circumstances that may have a material adverse effects on the performance of this Contract, except for those notified to Party A in writing by Party B before the signing of this Contract.

 

4.4 Party B shall, within the time limit required by Party A, provide explanations or supplementary information on its business condition, financial performance, or other matters that, in Party A’s opinion, may affect Party B’s loan risk. Party B shall cooperate to provide documents and materials promptly and guarantee that such documents and materials are true, complete, objective, and free from any misrepresentation, misleading statement, or major omission, and that the financial statements are prepared in strict accordance with Chinese Accounting Standards.

 

4.5 Party B undertakes to abide by relevant laws and regulations on the administration of tax collection, standardize tax returns filing and tax payment, timely submit and update financial statements and other tax-related information to taxation authority, promptly declare and pay taxes, and ensure the authenticity and accuracy of relevant information.

 

Article 5      Rights and Obligations of Party B

 

5.1 Party B shall open an account with Party A and give priority to Party A’s deposit and settlement services.

 

5.2 if Party B is a group client, it shall submit a written report to Party A within ten days of the occurrence of a related party transaction involving more than 10% of its net assets, which shall contain the affiliated relationship among the transaction parties, transaction items and nature, transaction amount or corresponding proportion, and pricing policies (including transactions with no or nominal amounts).

 

A group client shall mean an enterprise or public institution legal person with the following features:

 

(1) It directly or indirectly controls or is directly or indirectly controlled by another enterprise or public institution legal person in respect of stock right or management;

 

(2) It is, together with another enterprise or public institution legal person, controlled by a third party enterprise or public institution legal person;

 

(3) It is directly or indirectly controlled by the major investors in person, key managers and their close family members (including the linear relatives within three generations and collateral relatives within two generations) in a joint manner;

 

(4) There is another affiliated relationship through which the assets and profits might be transferred beyond the principle of fair price, which shall be deemed as a group client under loan management.

 

5.3 If Party B is under any one or more of the following circumstances, Party A shall have the right to decide whether to require Party B to provide an additional guarantee or directly recover all loans or adjust and cancel the limit depending on the specific circumstances:

 

(1) The operation and financial performance of Party B or the guarantor deteriorates, resulting in a significant decrease in income, significant financial loss or asset loss (including but not limited to asset loss caused by its external investment or external guarantee) or other financial crisis;

 

(2) Party B fails to timely declare or falsely declare tax-related information (including but not limited to the financial statements); or owes tax payable, violates tax laws and regulations, or is imposed administrative fines by taxation authority;

 

(3) Party B is subject to administrative penalties or criminal sanctions, or is involved in significant legal disputes due to its illegal business activities;

 

(4) Party B, its shareholders or actual controllers or guarantors are involved in important cases or their main assets are subject to compulsory measures such as property preservation or administrative penalties or criminal sanctions, or other events that make them impossible to perform their duties;

 

(5) Party B or the guarantor provides a guarantee to a third party, which would have material adverse effects on its financial performance or ability to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

(6) Party B, the enterprise invested by Party B, the guarantor or other enterprises invested by the guarantor confronts division, merger, material merge, acquisition and reorganization, material asset disposal, capital reduction, business discontinuance, business suspension for rectification, liquidation, reorganization, registration cancellation, dissolution, bankruptcy, or has been revoked of its business license;

 

(7) Other major events or default events that are sufficient to affect the business activities of Party B, the guarantor and the security of Party A’s loans.

 

Page 4 of 10

 

 

5.4 Party B shall ensure that its legal representative (applicable when Party B is a company, same below)/or operator (applicable when Party B is a sole proprietorship of industry and commerce, same below)/or person-in-charge (applicable when Party B is a non-corporate business organization, same below) shall act as the guarantor to undertake personal joint and several liability guarantee to Party A for all loans under the limit, which shall not be changed, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Party A. If Party B’s legal representative/or operator/or person-in-charge changes, Party A shall have the right to make a new risk judgment on Party B, and require Party B’s new legal representative/or operator/or person-in-charge to provide the joint and several liability guarantee or other additional guarantees. 5.5      In case of any change in the business address, mailing address, e-mail, telephone, business scope, legal representative/or operator/or person-in-charge of Party B, it shall notify Party A within seven working days from the date of such change. If Party B fails to perform the aforesaid notification obligation, the relevant notices and documents shall be deemed to have been served if delivered by Party A to the original address.

 

Article 6      Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

6.1 Party A shall have the right to evaluate the operating and financial conditions and the progress of specific projects of Party B and the guarantor (if any) according to the conditions for credit granting agreed in the contract when the limit becomes effective, and adjust the amount, term and interest rate of the loan according to the evaluation results.

 

6.2 Party A shall have the right to request Party B to provide the materials related to the limit, and enter or appoint a service agency to enter Party B’s place of business to investigate, review and inspect the use of the loan and Party B’s assets, financial conditions and operating conditions, and shall have the right to supervise Party B to use the loan for the purpose agreed herein, and Party B shall give cooperation.

 

6.3 Party A shall maintain the confidentiality of the materials provided by Party B, unless otherwise prescribed by laws and regulations or regulatory authorities or otherwise agreed by both parties, or the materials provided by Party B do not constitute confidential information.

 

6.4 Party A shall have the right to transfer its rights hereunder and its creditor’s rights to the loan granted to Party B hereunder, in whole or in part, to a third party through asset transfer, asset securitization or other means without the Party B’s consent. Party A shall have the right to notify Party B of the transfer of the creditor’s rights by telephone, SMS, email, WeChat, announcement, or by publishing announcements or news on the lending platform.

 

6.5 Without Party A’s prior written consent, Party B shall not transfer all or part of its rights and obligations hereunder and the corresponding loan debts owed to Party A under this Contract to any third party.

 

Article 7      Breach of Contract

 

7.1 Any of the following events shall constitute an event of Party B’s default referred to in this Article:

 

(1) The loan hereunder is in arrears of interest payment, becomes overdue, involves in advance payment, or is not used for the purpose agreed by both parties;

 

(2) Party B breaches any representations, warranties and undertakings made by it;

 

(3) Party B breaches any of its obligations hereunder;

 

(4) Party B conceals true and important information;

 

(5) Party B or the guarantor (if any) evades or invalidates its debts owed to banks or other financial institutions through related party transactions or other means;

 

(6) Party B or the guarantor (if any) is negligent in managing and recovering the matured creditor’s rights, or disposes of its main property for free or at an unreasonable low price or in other inappropriate ways to transfer property or has other acts of evading debts;

 

(7) Party B obtains fund or credit facility from Party A or other financial institutions by using false contracts and arrangements between Party B and any third party;

 

(8) Party B or the guarantor (if any) violates other contracts signed with Party A or other financial institutions (including but not limited to credit agreements, loan contracts and guarantee contracts) or any debt securities issued by it;

 

Page 5 of 10

 

 

(9) Party B’s guarantor (if any) is in violation of the provisions of the guarantee agreement (including but not limited to guarantee agreement, mortgage contract and pledge contract), commits any default under the guarantee agreement, or the guarantee agreement has not yet taken effect, become invalid or been canceled; the collateral is significantly reduced or lost in terms of its value, or there is a dispute over its ownership, or it is sealed up, seized, frozen, impounded, detained, auctioned, etc.;

 

(10) Party A cannot get in touch with Party B through the contact information provided by Party B, or can not get in touch with the guarantor (if any) through the contact information provided by the guarantor;

 

(11) Any of the events listed in Articles 5.2 and 5.3 actually occurs, which, in the opinion of Party A, will affect the security of its creditor’s rights;

 

(12) Party B’s business term expires within the term of the loan limit, and Party B fails to extend the business term upon expiration.

 

7.2 In the event of a breach of contract by Party B, Party A shall have the right to take the following measures:

 

(1) Adjust, cancel or terminate the loan limit hereunder, or adjust the term and amount of the limit;

 

(2) Declare accelerated maturity of all or part of the loan under the Loan Limit Contract and require Party B to immediately repay part or all of the principal, interest and expenses of the loan (such expenses shall include but are not limited to attorney’s fee, litigation costs, arbitration fees, travel expenses, notice fees, service expenses, execution fees, ownership transfer fees, commission fees for the third-party collection agency and all other expenses paid by Party A for the realization of its creditor’s rights), and to charge penalty interest on all the loan principal disbursed at the penalty interest rate from the date of occurrence of the default event until Party B settle all the loan principal in full.

 

(3) Require Party B to provide new guarantee measures approved by Party A;

 

(4) Directly make a deduction from the accounts of Party B and the guarantor to settle all debts of Party B under this Contract and other specific business contracts (including the debts to be settled in advance as required by Party A) without Party B’s prior consent;

 

(5) Exercise the guaranteed right, require the guarantor to perform the guarantee liability, or realize its creditor’s right by disposing of the collateral and/or the pledge;

 

(6) Party A shall have the right to claim subrogation right against Party B’s debtors according to law, request the court to cancel Party B’s waiver of its matured creditor’s rights or transfer of property for free or at an obviously unreasonable low price, and Party B shall provide all necessary cooperation and assistance as required by Party A. All expenses incurred by Party A shall be borne by Party B;

 

(7) Take other relief measures prescribed by laws, regulations and the Contract.

 

7.3 Party B agrees that when conducting pre-loan due diligence, in-loan information verification or post-loan inspection, debt collection and recovery, etc., Party A has the right to use Party B’s identity information, contact information and other information related to Party B’s credit, finance, credit facility and loan disbursement, and provide such information to a third party (including but not limited to, law firms, Party A’s loan service institutions, outsourcing institutions, collection agencies and co-operating agencies, third-party financial institutions, payment institutions, credit reporting agencies, the People’s Bank of China Basic Database of Financial Credit Information, the Ministry of Public Security Citizen Identity Information Database, and other data (database) institutions established in accordance with the law, telecom operators and their agency operators, the administrative organs, public institutions, judiciary authorities, arbitration bodies, regulatory authorities, the National Internet Finance Association of China and other industry self-regulatory organizations); Party A shall urge other third parties other than non-state organs and public institutions to properly keep, keep confidential and prudently use the aforesaid information and not to use it for the purposes other than those entrusted by Party A, and shall urge the collection agencies not to collect and recover debts in any illegal way.

 

7.4 If the loan is overdue for no more than 90 days (including 90 days), the loan principal and interest repayment sequence shall be: (1) expenses (if any); (2) interest (including penalty interest); (3) principal. If the loan is overdue for more than 90 days, the loan principal and interest repayment sequence shall be: (1) expenses; (2) principal; (3) interest (including penalty interest).

 

7.5 If Party B fails to repay the loan as agreed after the loan becomes matured or early matured, Party A shall have the right to charge penalty interest on the loan principal at the interest rate agreed in writing in Article 1 hereof plus 50% from the overdue date according to the actual number of days overdue. If Party B fails to use the loan for the agreed purpose, Party A shall have the right to charge penalty interest on the amount of the loan misappropriated at the interest rate agreed in writing in Article 1 hereof plus 100% from the date of using the loan in violation of the Contract.

 

Page 6 of 10

 

 

In case the loan becomes overdue and is misappropriated concurrently, the higher of the above two interest rates will apply.

 

Article 8      Supplementary Provisions

 

8.1 The loan voucher related to this Contract and other relevant documents and materials confirmed by both parties and the letter of commitment, declaration and other documents unilaterally issued by Party B to Party A shall be an integral part of this Contract and have the same legal effect as this Contract. The aforesaid documents have been fixed and preserved by a third-party evidence depository institution and can be used as evidence in dispute resolution.

 

8.2 Party B clearly understands that this Contract is signed online by affixing the electronic signature (digital certificate) of a third party hereto in accordance with the Electronic Signature Law of China. Party B recognizes the CFCA Digital Certificate Service Agreement, the Certification Practice Statement of CFCA Global-Trust System (hereinafter referred to as “CPS”) and their updated versions published on http://www.cfca.com.cn by China Financial Certification Authority (hereinafter referred to as “CFCA”). By applying for or using the electronic signature service, Party B agrees to accept and abide by all the terms and conditions of the CFCA Digital Certificate Service Agreement and CPS.

 

8.3 Interpretation of the Contract

 

Party A shall have the right to unilaterally revise the rights and obligations related to Party B under this Contract at any time without increasing Party B’s liability in terms of loan amount and interest (fee) rate. In the case that the terms of the Contract are changed, Party A shall announce the lending platform. Except as otherwise mandatorily stipulated in-laws and regulations or regulatory provisions, the revised content shall become effective immediately after it is announced. If Party B does not agree to revise this Contract, it shall stop applying for new loans from the date of such announcement, and shall repay the loan drawn under this Contract in full within ten days, failing which, Party B shall be deemed to have agreed and accepted the revised Contract.

 

8.4 Compulsory Execution Notarization

 

¨ Both parties agree to perform compulsory execution notarization for this Contract. If Party B fails to fulfill or does not fully fulfill the obligations agreed hereinafter the two parties apply for the contract notarization with the effectiveness of compulsory execution, Party A shall have the right to apply for an execution certificate with the original notary office and apply for execution with the people’s court having jurisdiction with the original notarial certificate and the execution certificate.

 

8.5. Dispute settlement

 

¨ Any disputes arising from the performance of this Contract shall be settled by the parties through negotiation. If such negotiation fails, the parties agree to submit the dispute to Guangzhou Arbitration Commission for arbitration and jointly entrust China Guangzhou Arbitration Commission to appoint an independent arbitrator, who shall conduct online arbitration in accordance with the Commission’s online arbitration rules in effect at the time of applying for arbitration and conduct a written hearing. The arbitration award shall be final, and will be binding on both Parties.

 

x In case of any dispute arising from the performance of this Contract, both parties agree that a lawsuit may be filed with the court having jurisdiction of the place where Party A conducts industrial and commercial registration

 

or the place where Party A conducts business, and agree that the court accepting the lawsuit may conduct the trial through the Internet. If the arrears of principal and interest are less than CNY 100,000 and the court accepting the lawsuit is a court under the pilot program of the reform of separation between complicated cases and simple ones, both parties agree that the court may try the case under the small claims procedure and decide in the first instance without further review.

 

8.6 Confirmation of Address for Service and Mode of Service

 

(1) Party B confirms that the E-mail address and mobile number provided by Party B to Party A shall be the addresses for service, and the business registration address of Party B (or the address on the valid Resident Identity Card in case of a natural person) shall be the valid mailing address and mode. Party B confirms and agrees that Party A, notary office, arbitration body and judiciary authority may serve business documents, notarial documents, arbitration documents and litigation documents by one or more of the aforesaid modes of service. Party A, notary office, arbitration body and judiciary authority serve documents to Party B by several modes of service, the time of service shall be the date when the documents are successfully delivered first by one of such modes as displayed in the system.

 

(2) Party B confirms that the aforesaid modes of service and address of service are applicable to service of litigation documents during the contract performance (including but not limited to the loan collection and recovery by Party A, etc.), contract notarization with the effectiveness of compulsory execution (including but not limited to the contract notarization with the effectiveness of compulsory execution, and default verification, etc.), arbitration, as well as the mediation, first instance, second instance, retrial, and rehearing after the dispute enters the litigation procedure, and execution procedure.

 

Page 7 of 10

 

 

(3) Party B shall notify Party A five working days in advance of any change in the aforesaid address of service and contact information. In case notarial, arbitration or litigation procedures have been initiated with respect to the aforesaid dispute, Party B shall inform the notary office, relevant arbitration body and judiciary authority in writing of the address of service and contact information so changed.

 

(4) If the notarial documents, arbitration documents and litigation documents fail to be actually received by the party concerned for any such reasons as that Party B fails to provide the address of service and contact information or the confirmed address of service and contact information are inaccurate, or Party B fails to notify Party A, notary office, relevant arbitration body and judiciary authority and the party concerned in accordance with relevant procedures after its address of service is changed, or its designated recipient refuses to sign for receipt, the aforesaid documents shall, in accordance with the above provisions, be deemed to have been served as follows: In the case of post, the return date as shown in the logistics information of the delivery platform shall be deemed as the date of service; in the case of direct service, the date on which the server makes a record in the proof of service on site shall be deemed as the date of service; for litigation documents served by electronic means, the date on which the electronic documents arrive at the specific system of the party concerned shall be deemed as the date of service.

 

(5) In case civil procedures are initiated for the dispute and Party B responds to the action and directly submits a letter of confirmation of address for service to the court, if the address so confirmed is inconsistent with the address for service confirmed before the action, the confirmed address for service submitted to the court shall take precedence.

 

8.7 Please make a choice by ticking a "√" inside a box for the confirmed in this Contract and its attachment. Any option not marked with a "√" indicates that the contents of the option are not agreed upon in this Contract.

 

8.8 The contents of the "IOU" agreed in the Loan Limit Contract have been included in Article 1 "Loan Essentials" of the Contract. The adjustment of data display position shall not affect the validity of relevant terms of the Loan Limit Contract.

 

8.9 This Contract shall be governed by the law of the People’s Republic of China.

 

Party B hereby represents that it fully understands the terms of this Contract and the terms of the guarantee contract (if any) related thereto and other relevant documents and that it has obtained independent legal advice in this regard (when necessary).

 

Page 8 of 10

 

 

Attachment 1:

 

Letter of Commitment on Employment Stabilization

 

The Borrower warrants that, according to the national, provincial and municipal requirements on stable employment, it will create conditions for promoting employment, stabilize employment, cut no jobs or fewer jobs, and use the loan granted by the Lender as the company’s working capital, including but not limited to the payment of employee salaries, social insurance contribution, job transfer training, skill upgrading training and other working capital needs of the Borrower.

 

In addition, the Borrower warrants that it will pay the unemployment insurance premium in full for its employees in accordance with the law, actively assume social responsibility and take effective measures not to cut jobs or make its layoff rate lower than the registered urban unemployment rate of the city.

 

The Borrower shall be held liable for any breach of the above commitments.

 

Page 9 of 10

 

 

(This page is used for affixing signatures and seals on the Loan Contract numbered GHDJJ20210730026053)

 



Party A (Seal)
 

 

Signed on: July 30, 2021

 



Party B (Seal)
 

 

Signed on: July 30, 2021

 

Page 10 of 10

 


 

Exhibit 10.9

 

[Important Notice] To protect your legitimate rights and interests, please make sure to carefully read and fully understand all terms of this Contract (especially those shown in bold). Please pay attention to the loan conditions stipulated in Article 2 of the Loan Contract before borrowing money. In the process of applying for and using this loan service, you can consult, complain and make suggestions to the Lender by calling 95384. By confirming the Contract on the operation page, you are deemed to have read and agreed to the Contract, which shall then become legally effective. If the loan becomes overdue, the Lender will take legal and compliant methods for collection. A breach of the contract may result in early maturity and recovery of the loan, payment of penalty interest, and the consequences affecting the credit records (please refer to Article 7 of the Contract for the specific liability for breach of contract).

 

Loan Contract WYQYJK202104

 

Contract Number: GHDJJ20210830012567

 

Following relevant laws and regulations, the Parties, through negotiation, hereby enter into this Contract regarding the matter that the Borrower applies for a loan with WeBank. This Contract is a single loan contract under the "Loan Limit Contract" (hereinafter referred to as the "Loan Limit Contract") numbered GHDED20200929015144, and the guarantee type under the Loan Limit Contract shall also apply to this Contract.

 

Article 1       Loan Essentials

 

Lender (Party A): WeBank Co., Ltd.

Borrower (Party B)

 

Name of the Borrower: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

 

Address of the Borrower: Room 909, 910 and 911, Xinya Building, No. 121, Dongjie Sub-district, Gulou District, Fuzhou

 

Email (Email for Service) of the Borrower: fzyukaico@126.com

 

Legal Representative/Or Operator/Or Person-in-Charge: Zheng Weiping

 

Email of Legal Representative/Or Operator/Or Person-in-Charge: 451121165@qq.com

 

Mobile Number (Mobile Number for Service) of Legal Representative/Or Operator/Or Person-in-Charge:

Loan Information

 

Amount of Total Limit:2,160,000.00

 

Loan Amount: 120,000.00

 

Loan Term: 24 Installments

 

Annual loan interest rate: 12.96%; that is, the latest one-year loan prime rate (LPR) published by the National Interbank Funding Centre one working day before the signing of this Contract +9.11%.

 

Loan Disbursement Date: 2021/08/30

 

Maturity Date: 2023/08/28

 

Loan Purpose: Party B’s working capital turnover.

Payment Method

 

x Independent Payment ¨ Entrusted Payment

Beneficiary’s Information

 

Beneficiary’s Account Name: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

 

Beneficiary’s Account Number:

 

Beneficiary’s Bank: Bank of Communications

Repayment Information

 

Repayment Account Name: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. “Gonghuodai” Repayment

 

Account Number:

 

Repayment Date: 28th of Each Month

 

Arrangement for Principal and Interest Repayment: Subject to the repayment schedule displayed to Party B on the interactive page of the lending platform.

Handled by: Zheng Weiping

 

Page 1 of 10  

 

 

Special Reminder: If the actual loan disbursement date in Party A’s system is inconsistent with the that on the loan essential list, the former shall prevail. The maturity date may vary due to the change in the loan disbursement date.

 

The loan interest rate shall be the latest one-year loan prime rate (LPR) published by the National Interbank Funding Centre one working day before the signing of this Contract plus/minus basis points. The fixed interest rate for the loan that has been disbursed shall remain unchanged and shall not be subject to the aforesaid adjustments. Daily Interest Rate = Annual Interest Rate/360.

 

Article 2       Loan Disbursement

 

2.1 Party A shall have the right to review the following matters before loan disbursement, and decide whether to disburse funds according to the review results:

 

(1) Whether Party B has completed the statutory procedures for a government license, approval, registration, and delivery related to the loan hereunder by relevant laws and regulations (if any);

 

(2) Whether the relevant guarantee contract (if any) has become effective;

 

(3) Whether Party B has paid off the fees related to this Contract (if any);

 

(4) Whether Party B meets the loan conditions agreed herein;

 

(5) Whether the operating and financial conditions of Party B and the guarantor (if any) have undergone unfavorable changes;

 

(6) Whether the repayment willingness of Party B and the guarantee willingness of the guarantor (if any) have changed;

 

(7) Whether Party B violates this Contract.

 

2.2 The loan hereunder is a non-revolving loan.

 

2.3 Before the loan disbursement, if Party A fails to disburse the loan hereunder due to the changes in national macro-control policies, the requirements of Party A’s regulatory department on the credit scale control or credit orientation, Party A’s fund arrangement, or other reasons, Party A shall have the right to stop disbursing the loan or terminate the Contract, and Party B shall have no objection.

 

2.4 The loan amount shall not be used for the following purposes:

 

(1) Purchasing a house or repaying a housing mortgage loan;

 

(2) Purchasing stocks, bonds, futures, financial derivatives or asset management products, or making other investments;

 

(3) Making investments in fixed assets or equity;

 

(4) Other purposes prohibited by laws and regulations.

 

2.5 Loan disbursement and payment

 

(1) For the loan paid by independent payment, Party A shall, according to Party B’s drawdown application, disburse the loan amount to the corporate account provided by Party B to Party A, and Party B shall independently pay the loan to the counterparty that conforms to the agreed purpose.

 

(2) For the loan paid by entrusted payment, Party A shall, according to Party B’s drawdown application and payment entrustment, directly pay the loan amount to the designated account of the counterparty designated by Party B. Party B undertakes to provide business contracts and other supporting documents related to the payment application as required by Party A, and warrants that such supporting documents are authentic, legal, and valid.

 

2.6 Payment Management

 

After the loan is disbursed, Party A shall have the right to require Party B to provide such information as transaction object and payment amount, as well as the corresponding business contracts and other supporting documents through the interactive page of the lending platform or in other ways required by Party A, and periodically summarize and inform Party A of the payment of loan amount. Party A shall have the right to verify whether the payment of loan amount conforms to the agreed purpose through account analysis, voucher verification, an on-site investigation by Party A, or by appointing a third-party service agency, and Party B shall give cooperation.

 

2.7 If Party A makes repeated loan disbursement or disburses the loan which should not be disbursed due to problems with Party A’s system or disbursement channels, Party B irrevocably authorizes Party A to directly transfer back the excess amount that has been repeatedly disbursed or the amount which should not be disbursed from Party B’s repayment account or collection account.

 

Page 2 of 10  

 

 

Article 3         Payment

 

3.1 Party B’s repayment amount and date in each installment shall be subject to the repayment schedule displayed to Party B by Party A through the interactive page of the lending platform (refers to the Internet operation page through which the Borrower may inquire about the application, contract signing and repayment of the loan, including but not limited to the mobile APP client, WeChat official account, HTML5 webpage and PC website operated or approved by Party A, same below). When the loan of each installment becomes due, Party B shall fulfill the debt on time, otherwise, it will be deemed that the loan has become overdue.

 

3.2 Party B shall proactively check the transaction details through the interactive page of the lending platform to confirm the transaction contents. The transaction records kept by Party A under this Contract shall be the true evidence of the loan use and shall be binding on Party B. Party B shall not disclaim the loan application or transaction amount on the grounds that it has not received the statement or seen the transaction details.

 

3.3 Repayment account refers to the bank account (including the special internal repayment account opened by Party A for Party B) that the Borrower applies for and uses the loan service and provides to the Lender for the deduction, which shall be subject to the provisions of Article 1 hereof.

 

Party B shall not change or cancel the repayment account before paying off all loan expenses, principal and interest.

 

3.4 In case of several outstanding loans, Party A shall have the right to decide the priority sequence of the loan to be settled by Party B and the lower limit of amount, subject to the final review result after Party A accepts Party B’s application for early repayment. Party A shall waive the liquidated damages for early repayment.

 

x Party B shall have the right to apply for early settlement, but it may not make early settlement on the loan date.

 

¨ Party B shall not make early repayment within calendar days of drawdown.

 

3.5 Party A shall have the right to require Party B to make a repayment by one of the following two repayment methods through the system:

 

(1) Positive repayment: Party B shall repay the loan principal and interest and relevant expenses to Party A on its own initiative.

 

(2) Automatic repayment (repayment by withholding method): Party B shall deposit, in full, the amount repayable into the repayment account one day before the agreed repayment date. Party B hereby irrevocably authorizes Party A to deduct the loan principal and interest and other related expenses under this Contract from the repayment account.

 

3.6 Party B hereby acknowledges and authorizes that Party A shall have the right to reduce the deduction amount and make multiple deductions in installments if the balance in the repayment account is insufficient. If the automatic deduction fails due to various reasons (including but not limited to insufficient balance in the repayment account), Party B hereby irrevocably authorizes Party A to deduct principal, interest, and expenses of the loan due or due earlier from any account held by Party B with Party A (including the special internal repayment account opened by Party A for Party B).

 

3.7 Party B shall repay the loan principal and interest hereunder in full and on time. If any installment of repayment is not repaid in full and on time, Party A shall have the right to require Party B to repay all the loans and charge penalty interest on all outstanding loans as overdue loans from the overdue date.

 

3.8 In case of any inconsistency between this Loan Contract and the Loan Limit Contract regarding the provisions of Article 3 "Repayment”, this Loan Contract shall prevail.

 

Article 4 Party B’s Representations and Warranties

 

4.1 Party B is a reputable enterprise duly incorporated and validly existing in the jurisdiction where it is located and has full rights to engage in the business it is currently engaged in with government license and approval.

 

4.2 Party B has completed all internal and external authorizations and approvals required for the signing of this Contract. The signing of this Contract is an expression of the true intention of Party B and will not result in any violation of Party B’s Articles of Association or any agreement or commitment signed by Party B with any third party. Party B does not violate any laws, regulations, and rules on environmental protection, energy saving, emission reduction, and pollution reduction at the time of signing this Contract, and undertakes to strictly abide by such laws, regulations, and rules after signing this Contract.

 

Page 3 of 10  

 

 

4.3 Party B is not involved in any litigation, arbitration, enforcement, appeal, reconsideration, and other procedures or other events or circumstances that may have a material adverse effects on the performance of this Contract, except for those notified to Party A in writing by Party B before the signing of this Contract.

 

4.4 Party B shall, within the time limit required by Party A, provide explanations or supplementary information on its business condition, financial performance, or other matters that, in Party A’s opinion, may affect Party B’s loan risk. Party B shall cooperate to provide documents and materials promptly and guarantee that such documents and materials are true, complete, objective, and free from any misrepresentation, misleading statement, or major omission, and that the financial statements are prepared in strict accordance with Chinese Accounting Standards.

 

4.5 Party B undertakes to abide by relevant laws and regulations on the administration of tax collection, standardize tax returns filing and tax payment, timely submit and update financial statements and other tax-related information to taxation authority, promptly declare and pay taxes, and ensure the authenticity and accuracy of relevant information.

 

Article 5     Rights and Obligations of Party B

 

5.1 Party B shall open an account with Party A and give priority to Party A’s deposit and settlement services.

 

5.2 if Party B is a group client, it shall submit a written report to Party A within ten days of the occurrence of a related party transaction involving more than 10% of its net assets, which shall contain the affiliated relationship among the transaction parties, transaction items and nature, transaction amount or corresponding proportion, and pricing policies (including transactions with no or nominal amounts).

 

A group client shall mean an enterprise or public institution legal person with the following features:

 

(1) It directly or indirectly controls or is directly or indirectly controlled by another enterprise or public institution legal person in respect of stock right or management;

 

(2) It is, together with another enterprise or public institution legal person, controlled by a third party enterprise or public institution legal person;

 

(3) It is directly or indirectly controlled by the major investors in person, key managers and their close family members (including the linear relatives within three generations and collateral relatives within two generations) in a joint manner;

 

(4) There is another affiliated relationship through which the assets and profits might be transferred beyond the principle of fair price, which shall be deemed as a group client under loan management.

 

5.3 If Party B is under any one or more of the following circumstances, Party A shall have the right to decide whether to require Party B to provide an additional guarantee or directly recover all loans or adjust and cancel the limit depending on the specific circumstances:

 

(1) The operation and financial performance of Party B or the guarantor deteriorates, resulting in a significant decrease in income, significant financial loss or asset loss (including but not limited to asset loss caused by its external investment or external guarantee) or other financial crisis;

 

(2) Party B fails to timely declare or falsely declare tax-related information (including but not limited to the financial statements); or owes tax payable, violates tax laws and regulations, or is imposed administrative fines by taxation authority;

 

(3) Party B is subject to administrative penalties or criminal sanctions, or is involved in significant legal disputes due to its illegal business activities;

 

(4) Party B, its shareholders or actual controllers or guarantors are involved in important cases or their main assets are subject to compulsory measures such as property preservation or administrative penalties or criminal sanctions, or other events that make them impossible to perform their duties;

 

(5) Party B or the guarantor provides a guarantee to a third party, which would have material adverse effects on its financial performance or ability to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

(6) Party B, the enterprise invested by Party B, the guarantor or other enterprises invested by the guarantor confronts division, merger, material merge, acquisition and reorganization, material asset disposal, capital reduction, business discontinuance, business suspension for rectification, liquidation, reorganization, registration cancellation, dissolution, bankruptcy, or has been revoked of its business license;

 

(7) Other major events or default events that are sufficient to affect the business activities of Party B, the guarantor and the security of Party A’s loans.

 

Page 4 of 10  

 

 

5.4 Party B shall ensure that its legal representative (applicable when Party B is a company, same below)/or operator (applicable when Party B is a sole proprietorship of industry and commerce, same below)/or person-in-charge (applicable when Party B is a non-corporate business organization, same below) shall act as the guarantor to undertake personal joint and several liability guarantee to Party A for all loans under the limit, which shall not be changed, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Party A. If Party B’s legal representative/or operator/or person-in-charge changes, Party A shall have the right to make a new risk judgment on Party B, and require Party B’s new legal representative/or operator/or person-in-charge to provide the joint and several liability guarantee or other additional guarantees. 5.5      In case of any change in the business address, mailing address, e-mail, telephone, business scope, legal representative/or operator/or person-in-charge of Party B, it shall notify Party A within seven working days from the date of such change. If Party B fails to perform the aforesaid notification obligation, the relevant notices and documents shall be deemed to have been served if delivered by Party A to the original address.

 

Article 6          Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

6.1 Party A shall have the right to evaluate the operating and financial conditions and the progress of specific projects of Party B and the guarantor (if any) according to the conditions for credit granting agreed in the contract when the limit becomes effective, and adjust the amount, term and interest rate of the loan according to the evaluation results.

 

6.2 Party A shall have the right to request Party B to provide the materials related to the limit, and enter or appoint a service agency to enter Party B’s place of business to investigate, review and inspect the use of the loan and Party B’s assets, financial conditions and operating conditions, and shall have the right to supervise Party B to use the loan for the purpose agreed herein, and Party B shall give cooperation.

 

6.3 Party A shall maintain the confidentiality of the materials provided by Party B, unless otherwise prescribed by laws and regulations or regulatory authorities or otherwise agreed by both parties, or the materials provided by Party B do not constitute confidential information.

 

6.4 Party A shall have the right to transfer its rights hereunder and its creditor’s rights to the loan granted to Party B hereunder, in whole or in part, to a third party through asset transfer, asset securitization or other means without the Party B’s consent. Party A shall have the right to notify Party B of the transfer of the creditor’s rights by telephone, SMS, email, WeChat, announcement, or by publishing announcements or news on the lending platform.

 

6.5 Without Party A’s prior written consent, Party B shall not transfer all or part of its rights and obligations hereunder and the corresponding loan debts owed to Party A under this Contract to any third party.

 

Article 7        Breach of Contract

 

7.1 Any of the following events shall constitute an event of Party B’s default referred to in this Article:

 

(1) The loan hereunder is in arrears of interest payment, becomes overdue, involves in advance payment, or is not used for the purpose agreed by both parties;

 

(2) Party B breaches any representations, warranties and undertakings made by it;

 

(3) Party B breaches any of its obligations hereunder;

 

(4) Party B conceals true and important information;

 

(5) Party B or the guarantor (if any) evades or invalidates its debts owed to banks or other financial institutions through related party transactions or other means;

 

(6) Party B or the guarantor (if any) is negligent in managing and recovering the matured creditor’s rights, or disposes of its main property for free or at an unreasonable low price or in other inappropriate ways to transfer property or has other acts of evading debts;

 

(7) Party B obtains fund or credit facility from Party A or other financial institutions by using false contracts and arrangements between Party B and any third party;

 

(8) Party B or the guarantor (if any) violates other contracts signed with Party A or other financial institutions (including but not limited to credit agreements, loan contracts and guarantee contracts) or any debt securities issued by it;

 

Page 5 of 10  

 

 

(9) Party B’s guarantor (if any) is in violation of the provisions of the guarantee agreement (including but not limited to guarantee agreement, mortgage contract and pledge contract), commits any default under the guarantee agreement, or the guarantee agreement has not yet taken effect, become invalid or been canceled; the collateral is significantly reduced or lost in terms of its value, or there is a dispute over its ownership, or it is sealed up, seized, frozen, impounded, detained, auctioned, etc.;

 

(10) Party A cannot get in touch with Party B through the contact information provided by Party B, or can not get in touch with the guarantor (if any) through the contact information provided by the guarantor;

 

(11) Any of the events listed in Articles 5.2 and 5.3 actually occurs, which, in the opinion of Party A, will affect the security of its creditor’s rights;

 

(12) Party B’s business term expires within the term of the loan limit, and Party B fails to extend the business term upon expiration.

 

7.2 In the event of a breach of contract by Party B, Party A shall have the right to take the following measures:

 

(1) Adjust, cancel or terminate the loan limit hereunder, or adjust the term and amount of the limit;

 

(2) Declare accelerated maturity of all or part of the loan under the Loan Limit Contract and require Party B to immediately repay part or all of the principal, interest and expenses of the loan (such expenses shall include but are not limited to attorney’s fee, litigation costs, arbitration fees, travel expenses, notice fees, service expenses, execution fees, ownership transfer fees, commission fees for the third-party collection agency and all other expenses paid by Party A for the realization of its creditor’s rights), and to charge penalty interest on all the loan principal disbursed at the penalty interest rate from the date of occurrence of the default event until Party B settle all the loan principal in full.

 

(3) Require Party B to provide new guarantee measures approved by Party A;

 

(4) Directly make a deduction from the accounts of Party B and the guarantor to settle all debts of Party B under this Contract and other specific business contracts (including the debts to be settled in advance as required by Party A) without Party B’s prior consent;

 

(5) Exercise the guaranteed right, require the guarantor to perform the guarantee liability, or realize its creditor’s right by disposing of the collateral and/or the pledge;

 

(6) Party A shall have the right to claim subrogation right against Party B’s debtors according to law, request the court to cancel Party B’s waiver of its matured creditor’s rights or transfer of property for free or at an obviously unreasonable low price, and Party B shall provide all necessary cooperation and assistance as required by Party A. All expenses incurred by Party A shall be borne by Party B;

 

(7) Take other relief measures prescribed by laws, regulations and the Contract.

 

7.3 Party B agrees that when conducting pre-loan due diligence, in-loan information verification or post-loan inspection, debt collection and recovery, etc., Party A has the right to use Party B’s identity information, contact information and other information related to Party B’s credit, finance, credit facility and loan disbursement, and provide such information to a third party (including but not limited to, law firms, Party A’s loan service institutions, outsourcing institutions, collection agencies and co-operating agencies, third-party financial institutions, payment institutions, credit reporting agencies, the People’s Bank of China Basic Database of Financial Credit Information, the Ministry of Public Security Citizen Identity Information Database, and other data (database) institutions established in accordance with the law, telecom operators and their agency operators, the administrative organs, public institutions, judiciary authorities, arbitration bodies, regulatory authorities, the National Internet Finance Association of China and other industry self-regulatory organizations); Party A shall urge other third parties other than non-state organs and public institutions to properly keep, keep confidential and prudently use the aforesaid information and not to use it for the purposes other than those entrusted by Party A, and shall urge the collection agencies not to collect and recover debts in any illegal way.

 

7.4 If the loan is overdue for no more than 90 days (including 90 days), the loan principal and interest repayment sequence shall be: (1) expenses (if any); (2) interest (including penalty interest); (3) principal. If the loan is overdue for more than 90 days, the loan principal and interest repayment sequence shall be: (1) expenses; (2) principal; (3) interest (including penalty interest).

 

7.5 If Party B fails to repay the loan as agreed after the loan becomes matured or early matured, Party A shall have the right to charge penalty interest on the loan principal at the interest rate agreed in writing in Article 1 hereof plus 50% from the overdue date according to the actual number of days overdue. If Party B fails to use the loan for the agreed purpose, Party A shall have the right to charge penalty interest on the amount of the loan misappropriated at the interest rate agreed in writing in Article 1 hereof plus 100% from the date of using the loan in violation of the Contract.

 

Page 6 of 10  

 

 

In case the loan becomes overdue and is misappropriated concurrently, the higher of the above two interest rates will apply.

 

Article 8      Supplementary Provisions

 

8.1 The loan voucher related to this Contract and other relevant documents and materials confirmed by both parties and the letter of commitment, declaration and other documents unilaterally issued by Party B to Party A shall be an integral part of this Contract and have the same legal effect as this Contract. The aforesaid documents have been fixed and preserved by a third-party evidence depository institution and can be used as evidence in dispute resolution.

 

8.2 Party B clearly understands that this Contract is signed online by affixing the electronic signature (digital certificate) of a third party hereto in accordance with the Electronic Signature Law of China. Party B recognizes the CFCA Digital Certificate Service Agreement, the Certification Practice Statement of CFCA Global-Trust System (hereinafter referred to as “CPS”) and their updated versions published on http://www.cfca.com.cn by China Financial Certification Authority (hereinafter referred to as “CFCA”). By applying for or using the electronic signature service, Party B agrees to accept and abide by all the terms and conditions of the CFCA Digital Certificate Service Agreement and CPS.

 

8.3 Interpretation of the Contract

 

Party A shall have the right to unilaterally revise the rights and obligations related to Party B under this Contract at any time without increasing Party B’s liability in terms of loan amount and interest (fee) rate. In the case that the terms of the Contract are changed, Party A shall announce the lending platform. Except as otherwise mandatorily stipulated in-laws and regulations or regulatory provisions, the revised content shall become effective immediately after it is announced. If Party B does not agree to revise this Contract, it shall stop applying for new loans from the date of such announcement, and shall repay the loan drawn under this Contract in full within ten days, failing which, Party B shall be deemed to have agreed and accepted the revised Contract.

 

8.4 Compulsory Execution Notarization

 

¨ Both parties agree to perform compulsory execution notarization for this Contract. If Party B fails to fulfill or does not fully fulfill the obligations agreed hereinafter the two parties apply for the contract notarization with the effectiveness of compulsory execution, Party A shall have the right to apply for an execution certificate with the original notary office and apply for execution with the people’s court having jurisdiction with the original notarial certificate and the execution certificate.

 

8.5. Dispute settlement

 

¨ Any disputes arising from the performance of this Contract shall be settled by the parties through negotiation. If such negotiation fails, the parties agree to submit the dispute to Guangzhou Arbitration Commission for arbitration and jointly entrust China Guangzhou Arbitration Commission to appoint an independent arbitrator, who shall conduct online arbitration in accordance with the Commission’s online arbitration rules in effect at the time of applying for arbitration and conduct a written hearing. The arbitration award shall be final, and will be binding on both Parties.

 

x In case of any dispute arising from the performance of this Contract, both parties agree that a lawsuit may be filed with the court having jurisdiction of the place where Party A conducts industrial and commercial registration

 

or the place where Party A conducts business, and agree that the court accepting the lawsuit may conduct the trial through the Internet. If the arrears of principal and interest are less than CNY 100,000 and the court accepting the lawsuit is a court under the pilot program of the reform of separation between complicated cases and simple ones, both parties agree that the court may try the case under the small claims procedure and decide in the first instance without further review.

 

8.6 Confirmation of Address for Service and Mode of Service

 

(1) Party B confirms that the E-mail address and mobile number provided by Party B to Party A shall be the addresses for service, and the business registration address of Party B (or the address on the valid Resident Identity Card in case of a natural person) shall be the valid mailing address and mode. Party B confirms and agrees that Party A, notary office, arbitration body and judiciary authority may serve business documents, notarial documents, arbitration documents and litigation documents by one or more of the aforesaid modes of service. Party A, notary office, arbitration body and judiciary authority serve documents to Party B by several modes of service, the time of service shall be the date when the documents are successfully delivered first by one of such modes as displayed in the system.

 

(2) Party B confirms that the aforesaid modes of service and address of service are applicable to service of litigation documents during the contract performance (including but not limited to the loan collection and recovery by Party A, etc.), contract notarization with the effectiveness of compulsory execution (including but not limited to the contract notarization with the effectiveness of compulsory execution, and default verification, etc.), arbitration, as well as the mediation, first instance, second instance, retrial, and rehearing after the dispute enters the litigation procedure, and execution procedure.

 

Page 7 of 10  

 

 

(3) Party B shall notify Party A five working days in advance of any change in the aforesaid address of service and contact information. In case notarial, arbitration or litigation procedures have been initiated with respect to the aforesaid dispute, Party B shall inform the notary office, relevant arbitration body and judiciary authority in writing of the address of service and contact information so changed.

 

(4) If the notarial documents, arbitration documents and litigation documents fail to be actually received by the party concerned for any such reasons as that Party B fails to provide the address of service and contact information or the confirmed address of service and contact information are inaccurate, or Party B fails to notify Party A, notary office, relevant arbitration body and judiciary authority and the party concerned in accordance with relevant procedures after its address of service is changed, or its designated recipient refuses to sign for receipt, the aforesaid documents shall, in accordance with the above provisions, be deemed to have been served as follows: In the case of post, the return date as shown in the logistics information of the delivery platform shall be deemed as the date of service; in the case of direct service, the date on which the server makes a record in the proof of service on site shall be deemed as the date of service; for litigation documents served by electronic means, the date on which the electronic documents arrive at the specific system of the party concerned shall be deemed as the date of service.

 

(5) In case civil procedures are initiated for the dispute and Party B responds to the action and directly submits a letter of confirmation of address for service to the court, if the address so confirmed is inconsistent with the address for service confirmed before the action, the confirmed address for service submitted to the court shall take precedence.

 

8.7 Please make a choice by ticking a "x" inside a box for the confirmed in this Contract and its attachment. Any option not marked with a "√" indicates that the contents of the option are not agreed upon in this Contract.

 

8.8 The contents of the "IOU" agreed in the Loan Limit Contract have been included in Article 1 "Loan Essentials" of the Contract. The adjustment of data display position shall not affect the validity of relevant terms of the Loan Limit Contract.

 

8.9 This Contract shall be governed by the law of the People’s Republic of China.

 

Party B hereby represents that it fully understands the terms of this Contract and the terms of the guarantee contract (if any) related thereto and other relevant documents and that it has obtained independent legal advice in this regard (when necessary).

 

Page 8 of 10  

 

 

Attachment 1:

 

Letter of Commitment on Employment Stabilization

 

The Borrower warrants that, according to the national, provincial and municipal requirements on stable employment, it will create conditions for promoting employment, stabilize employment, cut no jobs or fewer jobs, and use the loan granted by the Lender as the company’s working capital, including but not limited to the payment of employee salaries, social insurance contribution, job transfer training, skill upgrading training and other working capital needs of the Borrower.

 

In addition, the Borrower warrants that it will pay the unemployment insurance premium in full for its employees in accordance with the law, actively assume social responsibility and take effective measures not to cut jobs or make its layoff rate lower than the registered urban unemployment rate of the city.

 

The Borrower shall be held liable for any breach of the above commitments.

 

Page 9 of 10  

 

 

(This page is used for affixing signatures and seals on the Loan Contract numbered GHDJJ20210830012567)

 

 

Party A (Seal)

 

 

 

Signed on: August 30, 2021

 

Party B (Seal)  

 

Signed on: August 30, 2021

 

Page 10 of 10  

 


Exhibit 10.10

 

Contract No.: 0140200014-2022 (M.W.) Zi No. 00647

 

Contract for Operating Fast Loans

 

(Online Signing Edition for Legal Person in 2021)

 

Special Note: The Contract is made and concluded by lender and debtor through legal consultation on the basis of equality and voluntariness, and all the terms and conditions of the Contract are the true expression of the intention of the Parties. With a view to protect the legitimate rights and interests of the Borrower, the Lender hereby specially requests the Borrower to pay full attention to all clauses associated with the rights and obligations of the Parties, particularly those in bold.

 

Lender: Fuzhou Branch of Fujian Pilot Free Trade Zone of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited

 

Domicile (Address): _________________

 

Borrower: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

 

Legal Representative: Zhenyu Zheng

 

Domicile (Address): _______________

 

Postcode: _________ Fax: _________ Tel: _________

 

E-mail: _________ Contact: _________ Mobile: _________

 

Alipay Account: __________________ Alitalk Account: __________________

 

[The Borrower is requested to fill in the above information accurately and completely to ensure that subsequent notices and legal documents are delivered timely]

 

Part I     Basic Agreements

 

Article 1     Loan Purpose

 

The loan hereunder is used for the following purposes. Without the written consent of the Lender, the Borrower shall not misappropriate the loan for other purposes, and the Lender shall be entitled to supervise the use of the loan.

 

Loan purpose: Production and operation

 

Article 2     Amount and Term of Loan

 

2.1 The loan amount hereunder is RMB 2,000,000.00 (in words: RMB Two Million only) (in the case of any discrepancy, the amount in words shall prevail). The loan term hereunder counts from the date of withdrawal to April 14, 2023. The date of withdrawal shall be subject to the withdrawal instruction. The Borrower shall withdraw the loan at one time.

 

2.2 The term of loan under the Contract shall be valid from April 14, 2022 to April 14, 2023.

 

 

 

 

Article 3     Interest Rate, Interest and Expenses

 

3.1 [Determination Method of Interest Rates of RMB Loans]

 

The interest rate of loans hereunder is determined in the following way:

 

The interest rate of each loan is determined by the pricing benchmark plus floating points. If the loan term is within 60 months (inclusive), the pricing benchmark shall be the one-year loan prime rate (LPR) announced by the National Interbank Funding Center one working day prior to the date of withdrawal; if the loan term is within 12 months (inclusive), the number of floating points shall be zero (plus/minus) 0.000000 basis points (one basis point is 0.01%, similarly hereinafter); if the loan term is more than 12 months and less than 60 months (inclusive), the number of floating points shall be zero (plus/minus) 0.000000 basis points. If the loan term is more than 60 months, the pricing benchmark shall be the above-mentioned loan prime rate (LPR) of more than 5 years announced by the National Interbank Funding Center one working day prior to the date of withdrawal, and the number of floating points shall be zero (plus/minus) 0.000000 basis points. If there is no LPR issued by the National Interbank Funding Center on the working day before the rate determination day, the LPR issued by the National Interbank Funding Center on the working day before that working day shall count; and so on.

 

Upon issuance of each loan, the interest rate will be adjusted as per method A:

 

A. Assuming 12 (1/3/6/12) months is an interest period, the loan interest rate will be adjusted for each interest period, and the interests will accrue for each interest period. For the second or each following interest period, the rate determination day shall be the day when the prior interest period expires. On the rate determination day, the Lender will adjust the loan interest rate to the LPR issued by the National Interbank Funding Center on the working day before the rate determination day for the said period plus a margin. If there is no day in a month of the adjustment corresponding to the Utilization Date, the last day of the month shall count.

 

B. No adjustment will be made in the Loan Period.

 

3.2 The loan hereunder will accrue interest on a daily basis from the date of withdrawal, and the interest will be settled on a monthly basis. When the loan is due, the interest will be paid off along with the principal. Wherein, the daily interest rate = annual interest rate /360.

 

3.3 The overdue penalty interest rate hereunder is determined by adding 50.000000% to the original interest rate of loans, and the penalty interest rate for misappropriation of loans is determined by adding 50.000000% to the original interest rate of loans.

 

3.4 Annualized capital cost

 

The annualized capital cost of the Borrower includes the annualized interest rate of loans and the annualized capital cost of            /            as well as other expenditures. The receiver of the aforementioned            /            expenditures is not the Lender, and the concrete receiver is            /            .

 

The concrete interest rates and rates of the aforementioned expenditures are listed below (the following are for reference only, and the concrete interest rates and rates may be adjusted along with the clauses of the Contract, specifically subject to the relevant provisions of the Contract):

 

(1) The annualized interest rate of loans calculated in accordance with Article 3.1-3.3 of the Contract;

 

(2)                       /                       .

 

 

 

 

Article 4     Withdrawal

 

4.1 The Borrower shall withdraw the loan in one lump sum. Where the Borrower fails to withdraw the loan in one lump sum as agreed, the Lender shall be entitled to cancel all or part of the loan. After the Lender pays the loan funds to the Borrower’s withdrawal account specified herein, it will be deemed that the Lender has issued the loan to the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.

 

4.2 The Borrower may withdraw the loan hereunder in the following ways (2):

 

(1) Withdraw the loan directly from the business outlets named by the Lender;

 

(2) Withdraw the loan through the E-banking of ICBC by self-service.

 

Article 5     Payment Method

 

The Borrower shall repay the loan hereunder in the following (1) way:

 

(1) The loan will be repaid in one lump sum when it is due;

 

(2) Others: __________

 

Article 6     Accounts

 

The Borrower shall open an account or designate the following account with the Lender as the special account for withdrawal and repayment:

 

Withdrawal account: 1402026119601206047

 

Repayment account: 1402026119601206047

 

Article 7     Guarantee

 

The loan guarantee hereunder is __________, and the principal information of the corresponding guarantee contract is specifically as below:

 

Name of the guarantee contract: __________ (No.: _________)

 

Guarantor: ___________________

 

The guarantee contract shall be concluded separately by and between the Lender and the Guarantor. Please refer to the above-mentioned guarantee contract for details.

 

Article 8     Channels for Complaint/Consultation

 

The channels for complaint/consultation about these Party A’s financial services (products) are listed below:

 

8.1 Business outlets

 

Reflect problems to the customer service manager and the person in charge of business outlets of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China or leave some messages through the customer opinion book.

 

8.2 Customer service telephone

 

Call the customer service hotline at (95588), and contact the representative of customer service via manual service.

 

8.3 Online banking and mobile banking

 

Contact the online customer service of Industrial and Commercial of Bank by logging in to personal online banking through the portal website (http: //www.icbc.com.cn) or logging in to the mobile APP, i.e., “Corporate Mobile Banking of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China”.

 

 

 

 

8.4 Other channels            /            .

 

Article 9     Other Matters Agreed by the Parties.

 

Part II     Specific Clauses

 

Article 1     Interest Rate and Interest

 

1.1 If the floating interest rate is employed for the loan hereunder, after the loan is overdue, the original way will still apply to the rules for adjustment of interest rates.

 

1.2 If the loan interest is settled on a monthly basis, the date of interest settlement shall be the 20th of each month; if interest is settled on a quarterly basis, the date of interest settlement shall be the 20th of the last month of each quarter; if the interest is settled every half a year, the date of interest settlement shall be June 20th and December 20th of each year.

 

1.3 The first interest period is from the date of withdrawal of the Borrower to the first date of interest settlement; the last interest period is from the day after the end of the previous interest period to the final date of repayment; the remaining interest period is from the day after the end of the previous interest period to the next date of interest settlement.

 

1.4 Interests = Principal × Daily interest rate × Elapsed days. If the average principal & interest applies to the repayment, the capital & interest amount repayable shall be calculated in the following formula:

 

Gross principal and interest of each period = (loan principal× interest rate of the period × (1+interest rate of the period) number of repayment periods) / ((1+ interest rate of the period) number of repayment periods -1)

 

1.5 If the People’s Bank of China adjusts the method for determining the loan interest rate, the relevant regulations of the People’s Bank of China shall prevail without any further notice from the Lender to the Borrower.

 

1.6 If the interest rate of loans determined while making and entering into the Contract is executed after being reduced by a certain basis point as per the loan prime rate (LPR) announced by the National Interbank Funding Center, the Lender shall be entitled to re-evaluate the interest rate concessions granted to the Borrower every year, and decide to cancel all or part of the interest rate concessions granted to the Borrower at its own discretion in line with the national policies, the Borrower’s credit status and the changes of loan guarantee, and notify the Borrower in a prompt manner.

 

1.7 Unless otherwise specified, the interest rate of loans herein shall be the annualized interest rate calculated by means of simple interest method.

 

Article 2     Issuance and Payment of Loans

 

2.1 The Borrower must be in line with the following preconditions before withdrawing the loan, otherwise, the Lender is not obliged to make any payment to the Borrower, unless the Lender consents to issue the loan ahead of schedule:

 

(1) Except for the credit loan, the Borrower has provided the corresponding guarantee at the request of the Lender, and has gone through the relevant guarantee formalities, and the Guarantor has not violated the provisions of the guarantee contract;

 

 

 

 

(2) At the time of withdrawal, the representations and warranties made by the Borrower hereunder are still true, accurate and complete, and there is no breach of contract hereunder or under other contracts concluded by and between the Borrower and the Lender;

 

(3) The proof materials furnished for the purpose of the loan are tally with the agreed purpose;

 

(4) Submit other materials as required by Lender.

 

(5) If the Borrower withdraws the loan through the E-banking of ICBC, the Corporate Customer Service Agreement of the E-banking of ICBC concluded by and between the Borrower and the Lender will remain valid throughout the loan term.

 

2.2 If the Borrower withdraws the loan through the business outlets named by the Lender, it shall submit the notice of withdrawal to the Lender at least 5 banking days ahead of time. Once the notice of withdrawal is submitted, it cannot be revoked without the written consent of the Lender.

 

2.3 If the Borrower withdraws the loan through the E-banking of ICBC, the Borrower shall sign the Corporate Customer Service Agreement of the E-banking of ICBC with the Lender, and promise to observe the Articles of Association of the E-banking of ICBC as well as relevant trading rules and operate it in accordance with relevant trading rules. The withdrawal instruction submitted by the Borrower through the E-banking of ICBC and confirmed by the Lender shall be considered as the receipt.

 

2.4 After the Borrower satisfies the preconditions of withdrawal or the Lender consents to advance the loan, the Lender shall transfer the loan to the Borrower’s withdrawal account specified herein, and in that case, it shall be deemed that the Lender has granted the loan to the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.

 

2.5 In accordance with the relevant regulatory regulations and the management requirements of the Lender, if the loan is beyond a certain amount or conforms to other conditions, the Lender shall employ the entrusted payment method, and the Lender shall pay the loan to the payee who meets the purpose specified herein based on the Borrower’s withdrawal application and payment entrustment.

 

2.6 When handling the entrusted payment, the Borrower shall furnish the Lender with the account information of the payment object as well as the certification materials proving that the withdrawal meets the agreed purpose. The Borrower shall warrant that all information furnished to the Lender is true, complete and valid.

 

2.7 When handling the entrusted payment, the Lender only performs formal examination on the information of the payment object, the proof materials of the loan purpose as well as other materials furnished by the Borrower. Where the Lender fails to complete the entrusted payment in a prompt manner due to the untrue, inaccurate and incomplete information furnished by the Borrower, the Lender will not assume any liability.

 

2.8 The Lender shall be entitled to request the Borrower to supplement, replace, explain or re-submit the relevant materials if it finds any inconsistency or other defects in the relevant materials furnished by the Borrower through review. Before the Borrower submits the materials that conform to the management requirements of the Lender, the Lender shall be entitled to refuse the issuance and payment of the relevant funds.

 

2.9 Based on the loan purpose specified herein, the Lender shall be entitled to request the Borrower, independent intermediary agencies as well as other interested parties to issue a joint visa form as well as other relevant certification materials, and the Lender shall issue and pay the financing funds with these certification materials.

 

 

 

 

2.10 Upon the examination, if the Lender holds that the information furnished by the Borrower is tally with the agreed loan purpose and the withdrawal is in accordance with the Contract, it shall first transfer the loan to the Borrower’s withdrawal account specified herein, and then transfer the corresponding amount to the account of the payment object named by the Borrower based on the needs and the relevant business vouchers submitted by the Borrower.

 

2.11 Under any of the following circumstances, the Lender shall be entitled to re-determine the conditions for issuance and payment of the loan, or stop the issuance and payment of the loan:

 

(1) The Borrower presents false or invalid information to the Lender to obtain financing funds;

 

(2) The Borrower’s production and operation have undergone material adverse changes, the credit status has declined, or there is a breach of contract hereunder;

 

(3) The Borrower fails to withdraw and pay the financing funds in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, and the use of the financing funds is abnormal;

 

(4) The Borrower violates the Contract or relevant regulatory provisions, and evades the entrusted payment by breaking up the whole into parts;

 

(5) The withdrawal account or payment object’s account named by the Borrower is frozen or stopped by the competent authority from payment.

 

2.12 Where the Lender fails to complete the entrusted payment in a prompt manner as entrusted by the Borrower because the withdrawal account named by the Borrower or its payment object’s account is frozen or stopped by the competent authority from payment, the Lender will not assume any liability or influence the repayment obligations of the Borrower hereunder.

 

2.13 If the loan hereunder is paid by the Borrower independently, the Borrower promises to accept and actively cooperate with the Lender in the inspection and supervision of the use of financing funds, including the purpose, by means of account analysis, voucher inspection and on-site investigation, etc., and summarize and report the use of the loan on a regular basis at the request of the Lender.

 

2.14 If the information furnished by the Borrower to the Lender is untrue, incomplete or invalid, resulting in the loss of the Lender, the Borrower shall make compensation accordingly.

 

2.15 Where the Lender fails to issue and pay the loan in a prompt manner as specified herein, it shall assume the corresponding liability for breach of contract, unless otherwise provided herein.

 

2.16 Where the Lender fails to pay the corresponding amount on time due to unforeseeable, inevitable and insurmountable force majeure events such as war, natural disasters, or unexpected events such as system failure and communication failure of the Lender, the Lender will not assume any liability, but the Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower by telephone or in writing.

 

Article 3     Repayment

 

3.1 The Borrower shall repay the loan principal, interest as well as other payables in full and on time as specified herein. On the date of repayment and one bank working day prior to each date of interest settlement, the Borrower shall fully deposit the payable interest of current period, principal as well as other payables in the repayment account opened with the Lender, and the Lender shall be entitled to take the initiative to collect the amount on the date of repayment or date of interest settlement, or request the Borrower to cooperate with the relevant transfer formalities. Where the amount in the repayment account is insufficient to cover all due and payable amounts of the Borrower, the Lender shall be entitled to decide the order of repayment.

 

 

 

 

If the repayment account is reported as lost, frozen, stopped or canceled, or the Borrower needs to change the repayment account, the Borrower shall go through the formalities for changing the repayment account at the Lender. Before the change formalities come into effect, if the original repayment account cannot cover the full payment for transfer, the Borrower shall handle repayment at the Lender’s counter. Where the Borrower fails to go through the formalities for changing the repayment account or repay the loan at the Lender’s counter in a prompt manner, rendering it unable to pay off the principal and interest of the due loan as well as other expenses in full and on time, the Borrower shall be liable for breach of contract.

 

3.2 If the Borrower applies for prepayment of all or part of the loan, it shall submit a written application to the Lender, or submit the prepayment instruction to the Lender through the E-banking of ICBC.

 

3.3 If the Lender consents to repay the loan ahead of schedule, the Borrower shall pay off the loan principal, interest as well as other fees due and payable in accordance with the provisions of the Contract at the same time until the date of prepayment.

 

3.4 The Lender shall be entitled to recover the loan ahead of time based on the withdrawal of the Borrower’s funds. At the request of the Lender, the Borrower shall repay the loan in installments with reference to the repayment plan proposed by the Lender.

 

3.5 If the actual loan term is shortened due to the early repayment of the Borrower or the early recovery of the loan by the Lender in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, the corresponding grade of interest rate will not be adjusted, and the original interest rate of loans shall still apply.

 

Article 4     Guarantee

 

4.1 Except for credit loan, the Borrower shall furnish legal and effective guarantee recognized by the Lender for the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder.

 

4.2 In the event that the collateral hereunder is damaged, devalued, involved in property right disputes, sealed up or detained, or the Guarantor violates the provisions of the guarantee contract, or the financial condition of the Guarantor of warrandice is adversely changed, or the collateral and the Guarantor undergo other changes that are unfavorable to the creditor’s rights, the Borrower shall promptly notify the Lender and furnish other guarantees approved by the Lender separately.

 

4.3 The Lender shall have the right to re-value the security and to re-evaluate the guarantor’s guarantee, regularly or irregularly. If, in the opinion of the Lender, the security value decreases, the guarantor’s guarantee reduces, or the guarantor violates the guarantee contract, the Borrower shall provide additional guarantee to the extent of such decrease or reduce, or give other guarantee acceptable to the Lender.

 

4.4 If the loan hereunder provides pledge guarantee with accounts receivable, within the validity period of the Contract, the Lender shall be entitled to announce the early maturity of the loan, require the Borrower to repay part or all of the loan principal and interest forthwith, or add legal, effective and full guarantee recognized by the Lender:

 

(1) The bad debt rate of accounts receivable from the pledgor to the payer has increased for two consecutive months;

 

(2) The outstanding accounts receivable of the pledgor to the payer make up more than 5% of the balance of the accounts receivable to the payer;

 

(3) Trade disputes (including, without limitation, disputes on quality, technology and service) or debt disputes arise between the pledgor of accounts receivable and the payer or other third parties, resulting in accounts receivable that may not be paid on schedule.

 

 

 

 

Article 5     Representations and Warranties

 

The Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to the Lender, which are valid throughout the term of the Contract:

 

5.1 It is in possession of the Borrower’s subject qualifications, as well as the qualifications and capability to sign and fulfill the Contract in accordance with the law.

 

5.2 It has obtained all necessary authorizations or approvals for signing the Contract, and its signing and fulfillment of the Contract is not in violation of the provisions of the Articles of Association as well as relevant laws and regulations or in conflict with its obligations under other contracts.

 

5.3 It has paid other debts payable on schedule, and there is no malicious default on the principal and interest of bank loans.

 

5.4 It has a sound organizational structure and financial management system, and there is no material violations of laws and regulations during the production and operation in the last year; the current senior executives have no material bad records.

 

5.5 All documents and materials furnished by the Borrower to the Lender are true, accurate, complete and valid and free from any false records, material omissions or misleading statements.

 

5.6 The financial and accounting reports furnished by the Borrower to the Lender are prepared in line with Chinese accounting standards, which reflects the Borrower’s operating conditions and liabilities in a true, fair and complete manner, and there have been no material adverse changes in the financial condition of the Borrower since the date of the most recent financial and accounting statements.

 

5.7 The Borrower has not concealed the litigation, arbitration or claims involved from the Lender.

 

5.8 The Borrower has known and fully comprehended all the trading rules of the electronic banking system such as the online banking of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China associated with the Contract.

 

Article 6     The Borrower’s Commitments

 

6.1 The loan shall be withdrawn and used based on the term and purpose specified herein, and shall not flow into the securities market and futures market in any form or be used for the development of fixed assets, equity investment and real estate projects or for the purchase of stocks, bonds, wealth management products, investment account trading products, financial derivatives and asset management products, or for the purchase of houses and the repayment of housing mortgage loans, or loans, or other projects that are prohibited by laws and regulations of other countries.

 

6.2 The Borrower shall pay off the loan principal, interest as well as other payables in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.

 

6.3 The Borrower shall accept and actively cooperate with the Lender’s inspection and supervision over the use of the loan funds, including the purpose, by means of account analysis, voucher inspection and on-site investigation, and summarize and report the use of the loan funds on a regular basis at the request of the Lender.

 

6.4 The Borrower shall accept the Lender’s credit inspection, furnish true, accurate and complete financial information as well as other information reflecting the Borrower’s debt-paying capability in a timely manner at the Lender’s request, including all bank accounts, bank account numbers, deposit balances, and so on, and actively assist and cooperate with the Lender in investigating, understanding and supervising its production, operation and financial condition.

 

 

 

 

6.5 Where there are outstanding loan principal and interest as well as other payables due (including being announced to be due forthwith) hereunder, dividends and bonuses shall not be distributed in any form.

 

6.6 When there are merger, division, capital reduction, changes in equity, pledge of equity, transfer of material assets and creditor’s rights, material foreign investment, substantial increase in debt financing or other actions that may adversely influence the rights and interests of the Lender, the Borrower shall get the written consent of the Lender beforehand or make arrangements that conform to the management requirements of the Lender for the realization of the creditor’s rights.

 

6.7 Under any of the following circumstances, the Borrower will inform the Lender in a prompt manner:

 

(1) The Borrower changes its name, official seal, Articles of Association, domicile, legal representative or person in charge, mailing address as well as other matters;

 

(2) The Borrower goes out of business, is dissolved, liquidated, suspends business for rectification, has its business license revoked, is revoked or applies for (is applied for) bankruptcy;

 

(3) The Borrower is involved or may be involved in material economic disputes, litigation, arbitration, or its assets are sealed up, detained or enforced, or the judicial organs, taxation, industry and commerce and other authorities are entitled to file a case for investigation or take punishment measures in accordance with legal provisions;

 

(4) The Borrower’s shareholders, directors and current senior executives or partners and investors are suspected in material cases or economic disputes;

 

(5) There are merger, division, capital reduction, changes in equity, pledge of equity, joining or withdrawing from partnership, transfer of material assets and creditor’s rights, material foreign investment, substantial increase in debt financing as well as other matters that may adversely influence the rights and interests of the Lender.

 

6.8 The Borrower will disclose related party relationships and related transactions to the Lender in a timely, comprehensive and accurate manner.

 

6.9 The Borrower will timely sign for all sorts of notices sent by the Lender or served by other means.

 

6.10 The Borrower will not dispose of its own assets in a way that reduces its solvency and it will provide guarantee to a third party without prejudicing the rights and interests of the Lender.

 

6.11 If the loan hereunder is issued by credit, the Borrower will submit the information of external guarantee to the Lender in a complete, true and accurate way on a regular basis, and sign the account supervision agreement at the request of the Lender. If the provision of external guarantee may influence the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder, the Borrower will get the written consent of the Lender.

 

6.12 The order of repayment of the Borrower’s debts hereunder takes precedence over the Borrower’s debts to its shareholders, legal representatives or persons in charge, partners, principal investors or key managers, and it is at least equal to the similar debts of other creditors of the Borrower.

 

6.13 The Borrower has been aware of and fully comprehended all the trading rules of online banking of ICBC as well as other electronic banking systems associated with the Contract; it will keep the customer certificates and passwords in good custody. Any operation using the Borrower’s customer numbers (card numbers), passwords or customer certificates shall be considered as the Borrower’s own actions, and the resulting electronic information records shall serve as the evidence to prove and handle the debtor-creditor relationship hereunder.

 

 

 

 

6.14 Where the repayment funds of the Borrower (including, without limitation, the funds acquired by the Lender through deduction and disposal of collateral, etc.) are insufficient to pay off all debts of the Borrower to the Lender hereunder as well as under other contracts, the Lender shall be entitled to decide the order of payment.

 

6.15 Strengthen environmental and social risk management and undertakes to accept the supervision and inspection by the Lender. To submit the environmental and social risk report to the Lender if requested.

 

Article 7     The Lender’s Commitments

 

7.1 It will issue the loan to the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.

 

7.2 It will keep confidential the non-public data and information furnished by the Borrower, unless otherwise prescribed by laws and regulations, required by the competent authority or otherwise specified herein.

 

Article 8     Breach of Contract

 

8.1 Under any of the following circumstances occurs, it will constitute the Borrower’s breach of contract:

 

(1) The Borrower fails to repay the loan principal and interest as well as other payables hereunder as agreed, or fails to fulfill any other obligations hereunder, or violates the representations, warranties or commitments hereunder;

 

(2) The guarantee hereunder changes against the creditor’s rights of the Lender, or the Guarantor violates the provisions of the guarantee contract, and the Borrower fails to furnish other guarantees that conform to the management requirements of the Lender;

 

(3) There appear bad records in the Lender or other financial institutions;

 

(4) The Borrower fails to pay off any other debt after maturity (including being announced as early maturity), or fails to fulfill or violates its obligations under other agreements, which has influenced or may influence the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder;

 

(5) The financial indicators such as the Borrower’s profitability, debt paying capability, operating capability and cash flow are beyond the agreed standards, or the deterioration has influenced or may influence the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder;

 

(6) Significant adverse changes have taken place in the ownership structure, production and operation, foreign investment and other aspects of the Borrower, which has influenced or may influence the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder;

 

(7) The Borrower is involved in or may be involved in material economic disputes, litigation, arbitration, or its assets are sealed up, detained or enforced, or it is investigated and punished by judicial organs or administrative organs in accordance with the law, or it is exposed by the media for violating relevant national regulations or policies, which has influenced or may influence the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder;

 

(8) The Borrower’s principal investors and key managers are abnormally changed, disappeared or their personal freedom is investigated or restricted by judicial organs in accordance with the law, which has influenced or may influence the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder;

 

 

 

 

(9) The Borrower obtains funds or credit from the Lender by taking advantage of false contracts with related parties or transactions with no actual transaction background, or intentionally evades the creditor’s rights of the Lender through related party transactions;

 

(10) The Borrower has been or may be closed, dissolved, liquidated, closed for rectification, business license revoked, revoked or filed for bankruptcy;

 

(11) The Borrower causes liability accidents and material environmental and social risk events in violation of the provisions on food safety, production safety, environmental protection as well as other laws and regulations associated with environmental and social risk management, regulatory provisions or industry standards, which has influenced or may influence the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder;

 

(12) If the loan hereunder is issued by credit, the Borrower’s credit rating, profit level, asset-liability ratio, net cash flow from operating activities as well as other indicators are not in conformity to the Lender’s credit loan conditions; or the Borrower sets mortgage (pledge) guarantee to others or provides external guarantee with its effective operating assets without the written consent of the Lender, which has influenced or may influence the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder;

 

(13) Under other circumstances that may adversely influence the realization of the creditor’s rights of the Lender hereunder.

 

8.2 In the event that the Borrower breaches the Contract, the Lender shall be entitled to take one or more of the following measures:

 

(1) To require the Borrower to correct the breach of contract within a time limit;

 

(2) To stop issuing loans as well as other financing funds to the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of the Contract as well as other contracts between the Lender and the Borrower, and partially or completely cancel the unpaid loans as well as other financing funds of the Borrower;

 

(3) To announce that the outstanding loan as well as other financing funds hereunder as well as under other contracts between the Lender and the Borrower are due forthwith, and recover the outstanding funds immediately;

 

(4) To require the Borrower to compensate the losses suffered by the Lender due to its breach of contract, including, without limitation, the expenses incurred by the Lender in realizing the creditor’s rights hereunder, such as attorney fees, auction fees, and expenses incurred in applying for an execution certificate issued by a notary office;

 

(5) To take other remedies prescribed by law, regulations or agreed herein or deemed necessary by the Lender.

 

8.3 Where the Borrower fails to repay the loan when it is due (including being announced to be due forthwith), the Lender shall be entitled to charge a penalty interest at the rate of overdue penalty interest specified herein from the overdue date. For the interest (including penalty interest) charged because the Borrower fails to repay the loan on time, compound interest shall be calculated based on the overdue penalty interest rate. Penalty interest/compound interest shall apply to the interests accrued hereunder.

 

8.4 Where the Borrower fails to use the loan based on the purpose specified herein, the Lender shall be entitled to charge penalty interest on the misappropriated part based on the penalty interest rate of the misappropriated loan specified herein from the date when the loan is misappropriated, and the interest (including penalty interest) not paid on time during the misappropriated period shall be compounded based on the penalty interest rate of the misappropriated loan. Penalty interest/compound interest shall apply to the interests accrued hereunder.

 

 

 

 

8.5 In the event that the Borrower is under the above-mentioned circumstances in Articles 8.3 and 8.4 simultaneously, the penalty interest rate shall be the heavier one, and must not be concurrently imposed.

 

8.6 Where the Borrower fails to repay the loan principal, interest (including penalty interest and compound interest) or other payables on time, the Lender shall be entitled to make an announcement for through the media for collection.

 

8.7 If there is any change in the controlling or controlled relationship between the related party of the Borrower and the Borrower, or other circumstances other than Items (1) and (2) in Article 8.1 above happen to the related party of the Borrower, which has influenced or may influence the fulfillment of the obligations of the Borrower hereunder, the Lender shall be entitled to take various measures provided herein.

 

Article 9     Automatic Cancellation of Commitment

 

9.1 If the Borrower’s credit conditions deteriorate, the Lender may automatically cancel the non-utilized part of the commitment made to the Borrower without prior notice.

 

9.2 The Borrower’s credit conditions will deteriorate if any circumstance pursuant to Clauses 8.1 and 8.7 of Part II of this Contract occurs to the Borrower.

 

Article 10     Deduction

 

10.1 Where the Borrower fails to repay the debts due hereunder (including being announced to be due forthwith) as agreed, the Borrower consents that the Lender shall deduct the corresponding amount from all local and foreign currency accounts opened by the Borrower in Industrial and Commercial Bank of China to pay off the debts until all debts of the Borrower hereunder are paid off.

 

10.2 If the deduction amount is not tally with the currency of the Contract, it shall be converted at the exchange rate applicable to the Lender on the date of deduction. The interest as well as other expenses incurred from the date of deduction to the date of payment (the date when the Lender converts the deduction amount into the currency of the Contract and actually pays off the debts hereunder in compliance with the national policy for management of foreign exchanges), and the difference resulting from exchange rate fluctuations during this period shall be undertaken by the Borrower.

 

Article 11     Transfer of Rights and Obligations

 

11.1 The Lender shall be entitled to transfer part or all of its rights hereunder to a third party, and the Lender’s transfer behavior does not require the consent of the Borrower. The Borrower shall transfer any rights and obligations hereunder without the written consent of the Lender.

 

11.2 The Lender or Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited (“ICBC”) may authorize or entrust other branches of ICBC to fulfill the rights and obligations hereunder based on the needs of operation and management, or assign the loan creditor’s rights hereunder to other branches of ICBC to undertake and manage these rights and obligations, and the Borrower hereby expresses its recognition. The Lender does not have to get the consent of the Borrower for the above-mentioned actions. Other branches of ICBC, which undertake the rights and obligations of the Lender, shall enjoy the right to exercise all the rights hereunder and to file a lawsuit, submit to arbitration or apply for compulsory execution in the name of this institution for disputes hereunder.

 

 

 

 

Article 12     Effectiveness, Change and Rescission

 

12.1 The Contract shall come into force after conforming to the following conditions simultaneously and remain valid until the date when all obligations of the Borrower hereunder are fulfilled:

 

(1) The Contract is affixed with the electronic signature of the Borrower and confirmed by the Lender;

 

(2) The loan application submitted by the Borrower is in line with the management requirements of the Lender and is approved by the Lender upon examination.

 

The Lender may confirm the Contract by displaying the validity status of the Contract in the electronic banking system.

 

12.2 In the event that the contractual elements such as loan amount and term are displayed incorrectly in the electronic banking system of ICBC on account of system failure or force majeure, the Lender shall be entitled to make corrections and inform the Borrower in a prompt manner.

 

12.3 The Borrower has been aware of and fully comprehended all the trading rules of the online banking of ICBC as well as other electronic banking systems associated with the Contract; the Borrower shall properly keep the customer certificates and passwords, and any operation using the Borrower’s customer numbers (card numbers), passwords or customer certificates shall be deemed as the Borrower’s own actions, and the resulting electronic information records shall serve as certificates to prove and handle the financing relationship hereunder. The electronic signature affixed by the Borrower on the Contract with the online banking certificate through the E-banking of ICBC shall be considered as the signature of the Borrower itself or authorized by the Borrower.

 

12.4 Any changes to the Contract shall be made in written form (including electronic data form) by all Parties through amicable negotiation. The changed clauses or agreements constitute a part of the Contract and shall be equally authentic in respect of legal effect. Except for the changed part, the remaining clauses of the Contract shall still remain valid; the original clauses shall still valid before the changed part comes into effect.

 

12.5 The Parties shall discuss and amend relevant provisions promptly in the event that the provisions hereof do not conform to the laws, regulations or policies of the State in full or in part due to any change to the said laws, regulations or policies.

 

12.6 In the case that any clause herein is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the validity and enforceability of the remaining clauses shall not be affected, nor shall it affect the validity of the entire Contract.

 

12.7 The modification and termination of the Contract shall not affect the right of each contracting Party to claim compensation for their losses. The termination of the Contract shall not affect the validity of the dispute resolution provisions hereof.

 

Article 13     Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

The conclusion, effectiveness, interpretation, performance and dispute resolution of and in connection with the Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China. Any and all disputes arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Contract shall be settled via amicable negotiation by the Parties first. In the case that no settlement can be reached through such consultation, the dispute shall be submitted to the court where the Lender is located or where the Contract is signed for litigation.

 

Both Parties consent that when any dispute incurred hereunder is brought to court for litigation, the court may resort to audio-visual transmission technology, asynchronous trial as well as other means, and both Parties raise no objection in this regard.

 

 

 

 

Article 14     Confirmation of Address for Service of Judgment/Ruling Documents

 

14.1 The Borrower agrees that the address stated in the first page of the Contract will be its address for legal instruments in case of any dispute arising out of the Contract. The Borrower consents that the judicial authority may serve all legal documents electronically by use of the electronic contact information recorded on the front page of the Contract, such as fax, mobile number, e-mail, account number of WeChat, Alipay Account, Alitalk Account, etc. The above-mentioned legal documents include, without limitation, summons, notice of hearing, judgment, ruling, conciliation statement, notice of deadline for fulfillment, etc.

 

14.2 The Borrower agrees that the judicial organs may serve legal instruments in any one or more of the above ways. If more than one way is taken by the judicial organs to deliver legal instruments to the Borrower, the date of service shall be the date whichever happens the earliest.

 

14.3 The above-mentioned service-related agreements are applicable to all stages of litigation, arbitration as well as other judicial procedures, including, without limitation, the first trial, second trial, retrial, execution and supervision procedures.

 

14.4 The Borrower shall ensure that the address, fax, mobile, email and other information first above stated in the Contract is true and effective. In the case of any change to the same, the Borrower shall send prompt written notice to the Lender, or any notice delivered to the former address shall be deemed valid (including electronic delivery), and the Borrower shall be legally liable for all the consequences.

 

Article 15     Entire Contract

 

Part I (Basic Agreements) and Part II (Specific Clauses) of the Contract together constitute a complete Contract for Operating Fast Loans, and the same words in the two parts are provided with the same meaning. The Borrower’s loan is bound by the two parts mentioned above.

 

Article 16     Notices

 

16.1 The Borrower promises that the address as well as relevant electronic contact information reserved at the Lender are verified to be accurate. The Lender shall be deemed to have fulfilled the obligation of notification to the Borrower by sending relevant documents to the address reserved by the Borrower or the address notified by the Borrower in written form.

 

16.2 Except by letter, the Borrower consents to accept telephone, e-mail, SMS, WeChat as well as other electronic methods as the Lender’s notification and collection methods. Where there is any change in the address or relevant electronic contact information reserved by the Borrower at the Lender, the Borrower shall be obliged to inform the Lender in writing in a timely manner. If the notice and collection documents sent by the Lender at the original reserved address or related electronic contact information are still valid due to the borrower’s failure to notify the Lender in a timely manner, the Borrower shall undertake the legal consequences incurred thereby.

 

16.3 If the Lender sends relevant notice to the Borrower, the notice shall be deemed to have been served to all Borrowers when it is served to any Borrower.

 

 

 

 

Article 17     Special Provisions for VAT

 

17.1 Each of the interests and sums (subject to specific contract) paid by the Borrower to the Lender hereunder shall be tax-inclusive.

 

17.2 Where the Borrower requests the Lender to issue VAT invoices, it shall file to the Lender registration information, including the full name, taxpayer identity number or social credit code, address, phone, bank or account number of the Borrower. The Borrower shall ensure that the information provided to the Lender is true, accurate and complete and that relevant supporting materials are provided at the request of the Lender, from time to time as required in the bank notices or website announcements of the Lender.

 

17.3 If the Borrower receives VAT invoices, it shall provide the Lender with a power of attorney stamped with its seal, designate the recipient, and specify the ID number and other information of the recipient. The designated recipient shall receive VAT invoices by presenting the original ID card. If the designated recipient changes, the Borrower shall issue a power of attorney stamped with its seal to the Lender again. If the Borrower chooses to receive VAT invoices by mail, it shall also provide accurate and deliverable mail information. If the mailing information changes, the Lender shall be notified in writing in a timely manner.

 

17.4 If the Lender fails to issue VAT invoices in time due to Force Majeure such as natural disasters, government actions, social abnormal events or tax authorities’ reasons, the Lender shall have the right to delay the invoicing without any liability.

 

17.5 After the Borrower receives its copy of the VAT invoices, or if the Borrower cannot receive its copy of the VAT invoices or delays in receiving the same, causing the failure to seek for tax deduction, due to the loss, breakage or delay occurring after the Lender has delivered the same to a third-party delivery service provider for delivery, the Lender shall be not responsible for compensating the Borrower for related economic losses.

 

17.6 In accordance with applicable laws and regulations as well as relevant policies, if the VAT credit note needs to be issued for return after sales, suspension of the services which are taxable, incorrect invoicing, or the deduction or invoicing copy which is unauthenticated, and the Borrower is required to submit the Information Form for Issuing Special VAT Credit Note to the tax authority, the Borrower shall do the same; until the tax authority reviews it and send a notice the Lender, the Lender will issue the special VAT credit note.

 

17.7 When the Contract is performed, in case of any change to applicable tax rates, the Lender shall have the right to adjust the contract price according to the change to applicable tax rates.

 

Article 18     Miscellaneous

 

18.1 The Lender’s failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right hereunder will neither constitute a waiver or change of this right or other rights, nor influence its further exercise of this right or other rights.

 

18.2 In the case that any clause herein is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the validity and enforceability of the remaining clauses shall not be affected, nor shall it affect the validity of the entire Contract.

 

18.3 The appendixes hereto as well as any its supplementation, amendment, or modification shall constitute as the integral part of the Contract and have the same legal force and effect as the body of the Contract.

 

18.4 The terms “related party”, “related party relationship”, “related party transaction”, “individual principal investor” and “key managers” mentioned herein are provided with the same meanings as those in Accounting Standards for Business Enterprises No.36 - Related Party Disclosure (C.K. [2006] No.3) promulgated by the Ministry of Finance as well as subsequent revisions to these Standards.

 

 

 

 

18.5 The environmental and social risks mentioned herein refer to the hazards as well as related risks that the Borrower and its important related parties may cause to the environment and society in the construction, production and business activities, including environmental and social problems associated with energy consumption, pollution, land, health, safety, resettlement, ecological protection, climate change, etc.

 

18.6 The documents and vouchers on the loan hereunder prepared by the Lender in line with its business rules will constitute effective evidence to prove the creditor-debtor relationship between the Borrower and the Lender, and shall be binding upon the Borrower.

 

18.7 In the Contract, (1) all references to the Contract shall include revisions or supplements to the Contract; (2) the titles of clauses are for reference only; they will neither constitute any interpretation of the Contract, nor any restriction on the contents and scope under the titles; (3) where the date of withdrawal and date of repayment fall upon non-working days of the bank, these dates shall be postponed to the next working days of the bank.

 

Both Parties confirm that the Borrower and the Lender have conducted full negotiation about all the clauses of the Contract. The Lender has requested the Borrower to pay special attention to all the clauses associated with the rights and obligations of the Parties and get a comprehensive and accurate understanding of these clauses, and besides, it has explained the relevant clauses at the request of the Borrower. The Borrower has carefully read and fully comprehended all the clauses of the Contract (including the Part I (Basic Agreements) and Part II (Specific Clauses). Both the Borrower and the Lender have the same understanding of all clauses hereof and raise no objection to the contents in relation to the Contract.

 

Lender:

 

 

 

Borrower: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

 

Place of Signing: Fuzhou City, Fujian Province

 

Date of Signing: April 14, 2022

 

Media No.: 6915492174

 

Customer Authentication Type: Ukey

 

Authentication Timestamp: 20220414164747646996

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.11

 

Contract No.: 0140200014-2022 (M.W.) Zi No. 00649

 

Contract for Operating Fast Loans

 

(Online Signing Edition for Legal Person in 2021)

 

Special Note: The Contract is made and concluded by lender and debtor through legal consultation on the basis of equality and voluntariness, and all the terms and conditions of the Contract are the true expression of the intention of the Parties. With a view to protect the legitimate rights and interests of the Borrower, the Lender hereby specially requests the Borrower to pay full attention to all clauses associated with the rights and obligations of the Parties, particularly those in bold.

 

Lender: Fuzhou Branch of Fujian Pilot Free Trade Zone of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited

 

Domicile (Address): _________________

 

Borrower: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

Legal Representative: Zhenyu Zheng

Domicile (Address): _______________

Postcode: _________ Fax: _________ Tel: _________

E-mail: _________ Contact: _________ Mobile: _________

Alipay Account: __________________ Alitalk Account: __________________

 

[The Borrower is requested to fill in the above information accurately and completely to ensure that subsequent notices and legal documents are delivered timely]

 

Part I      Basic Agreements

 

Article 1      Loan Purpose

 

The loan hereunder is used for the following purposes. Without the written consent of the Lender, the Borrower shall not misappropriate the loan for other purposes, and the Lender shall be entitled to supervise the use of the loan.

 

Loan purpose: Production and operation

 

Article 2      Amount and Term of Loan

 

2.1 The loan amount hereunder is RMB 3,000,000.00 (in words: RMB Three Million only) (in the case of any discrepancy, the amount in words shall prevail). The loan term hereunder counts from the date of withdrawal to April 14, 2023. The date of withdrawal shall be subject to the withdrawal instruction. The Borrower shall withdraw the loan at one time.

 

2.2 The term of loan under the Contract shall be valid from April 14, 2022 to April 14, 2023.

 

 

 

 

Article 3      Interest Rate, Interest and Expenses

 

3.1 [Determination Method of Interest Rates of RMB Loans]

 

The interest rate of loans hereunder is determined in the following way:

 

The interest rate of each loan is determined by the pricing benchmark plus floating points. If the loan term is within 60 months (inclusive), the pricing benchmark shall be the one-year loan prime rate (LPR) announced by the National Interbank Funding Center one working day prior to the date of withdrawal; if the loan term is within 12 months (inclusive), the number of floating points shall be zero (plus/minus) 0.000000 basis points (one basis point is 0.01%, similarly hereinafter); if the loan term is more than 12 months and less than 60 months (inclusive), the number of floating points shall be zero (plus/minus) 0.000000 basis points. If the loan term is more than 60 months, the pricing benchmark shall be the above-mentioned loan prime rate (LPR) of more than 5 years announced by the National Interbank Funding Center one working day prior to the date of withdrawal, and the number of floating points shall be zero (plus/minus) 0.000000 basis points. If there is no LPR issued by the National Interbank Funding Center on the working day before the rate determination day, the LPR issued by the National Interbank Funding Center on the working day before that working day shall count; and so on.

 

Upon issuance of each loan, the interest rate will be adjusted as per method A:

 

A.  Assuming 12 (1/3/6/12) months is an interest period, the loan interest rate will be adjusted for each interest period, and the interests will accrue for each interest period. For the second or each following interest period, the rate determination day shall be the day when the prior interest period expires. On the rate determination day, the Lender will adjust the loan interest rate to the LPR issued by the National Interbank Funding Center on the working day before the rate determination day for the said period plus a margin. If there is no day in a month of the adjustment corresponding to the Utilization Date, the last day of the month shall count.

 

B.  No adjustment will be made in the Loan Period.

 

3.2 The loan hereunder will accrue interest on a daily basis from the date of withdrawal, and the interest will be settled on a monthly basis. When the loan is due, the interest will be paid off along with the principal. Wherein, the daily interest rate = annual interest rate /360.

 

3.3 The overdue penalty interest rate hereunder is determined by adding 50.000000% to the original interest rate of loans, and the penalty interest rate for misappropriation of loans is determined by adding 50.000000% to the original interest rate of loans.

 

3.4 Annualized capital cost

 

The annualized capital cost of the Borrower includes the annualized interest rate of loans and the annualized capital cost of        /       as well as other expenditures. The receiver of the aforementioned        /        expenditures is not the Lender, and the concrete receiver is        /        .

 

The concrete interest rates and rates of the aforementioned expenditures are listed below (the following are for reference only, and the concrete interest rates and rates may be adjusted along with the clauses of the Contract, specifically subject to the relevant provisions of the Contract):

 

(1) The annualized interest rate of loans calculated in accordance with Article 3.1-3.3 of the Contract;

 

(2)                 /                .

 

Article 4      Withdrawal

 

4.1 The Borrower shall withdraw the loan in one lump sum. Where the Borrower fails to withdraw the loan in one lump sum as agreed, the Lender shall be entitled to cancel all or part of the loan. After the Lender pays the loan funds to the Borrower’s withdrawal account specified herein, it will be deemed that the Lender has issued the loan to the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.

 

 

 

 

4.2 The Borrower may withdraw the loan hereunder in the following ways (2):

 

(1) Withdraw the loan directly from the business outlets named by the Lender;

 

(2) Withdraw the loan through the E-banking of ICBC by self-service.

 

Article 5      Payment Method

 

The Borrower shall repay the loan hereunder in the following (1) way:

 

(1) The loan will be repaid in one lump sum when it is due;

 

(2) Others: __________

 

Article 6      Accounts

 

The Borrower shall open an account or designate the following account with the Lender as the special account for withdrawal and repayment:

 

Withdrawal account: 1402026119601206047

 

Repayment account: 1402026119601206047

 

Article 7      Guarantee

 

The loan guarantee hereunder is __________, and the principal information of the corresponding guarantee contract is specifically as below:

 

Name of the guarantee contract: __________ (No.: _________)

 

Guarantor: ___________________

 

The guarantee contract shall be concluded separately by and between the Lender and the Guarantor. Please refer to the above-mentioned guarantee contract for details.

 

Article 8      Channels for Complaint/Consultation

 

The channels for complaint/consultation about these Party A’s financial services (products) are listed below:

 

8.1 Business outlets

 

Reflect problems to the customer service manager and the person in charge of business outlets of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China or leave some messages through the customer opinion book.

 

8.2 Customer service telephone

 

Call the customer service hotline at (95588), and contact the representative of customer service via manual service.

 

8.3 Online banking and mobile banking

 

Contact the online customer service of Industrial and Commercial of Bank by logging in to personal online banking through the portal website (http: //www.icbc.com.cn) or logging in to the mobile APP, i.e., “Corporate Mobile Banking of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China”.

 

8.4 Other channels                 /                  .

 

 

 

 

Article 9      Other Matters Agreed by the Parties.

 

Part II      Specific Clauses

 

Article 1      Interest Rate and Interest

 

1.1 If the floating interest rate is employed for the loan hereunder, after the loan is overdue, the original way will still apply to the rules for adjustment of interest rates.

 

1.2 If the loan interest is settled on a monthly basis, the date of interest settlement shall be the 20th of each month; if interest is settled on a quarterly basis, the date of interest settlement shall be the 20th of the last month of each quarter; if the interest is settled every half a year, the date of interest settlement shall be June 20th and December 20th of each year.

 

1.3 The first interest period is from the date of withdrawal of the Borrower to the first date of interest settlement; the last interest period is from the day after the end of the previous interest period to the final date of repayment; the remaining interest period is from the day after the end of the previous interest period to the next date of interest settlement.

 

1.4 Interests = Principal × Daily interest rate × Elapsed days. If the average principal & interest applies to the repayment, the capital & interest amount repayable shall be calculated in the following formula:

 

Gross principal and interest of each period = (loan principal× interest rate of the period × (1+interest rate of the period) number of repayment periods) / ((1+ interest rate of the period) number of repayment periods -1)

 

1.5 If the People’s Bank of China adjusts the method for determining the loan interest rate, the relevant regulations of the People’s Bank of China shall prevail without any further notice from the Lender to the Borrower.

 

1.6 If the interest rate of loans determined while making and entering into the Contract is executed after being reduced by a certain basis point as per the loan prime rate (LPR) announced by the National Interbank Funding Center, the Lender shall be entitled to re-evaluate the interest rate concessions granted to the Borrower every year, and decide to cancel all or part of the interest rate concessions granted to the Borrower at its own discretion in line with the national policies, the Borrower’s credit status and the changes of loan guarantee, and notify the Borrower in a prompt manner.

 

1.7 Unless otherwise specified, the interest rate of loans herein shall be the annualized interest rate calculated by means of simple interest method.

 

Article 2      Issuance and Payment of Loans

 

2.1 The Borrower must be in line with the following preconditions before withdrawing the loan, otherwise, the Lender is not obliged to make any payment to the Borrower, unless the Lender consents to issue the loan ahead of schedule:

 

(1) Except for the credit loan, the Borrower has provided the corresponding guarantee at the request of the Lender, and has gone through the relevant guarantee formalities, and the Guarantor has not violated the provisions of the guarantee contract;

 

 

 

 

(2) At the time of withdrawal, the representations and warranties made by the Borrower hereunder are still true, accurate and complete, and there is no breach of contract hereunder or under other contracts concluded by and between the Borrower and the Lender;

 

(3) The proof materials furnished for the purpose of the loan are tally with the agreed purpose;

 

(4) Submit other materials as required by Lender.

 

(5) If the Borrower withdraws the loan through the E-banking of ICBC, the Corporate Customer Service Agreement of the E-banking of ICBC concluded by and between the Borrower and the Lender will remain valid throughout the loan term.

 

2.2 If the Borrower withdraws the loan through the business outlets named by the Lender, it shall submit the notice of withdrawal to the Lender at least 5 banking days ahead of time. Once the notice of withdrawal is submitted, it cannot be revoked without the written consent of the Lender.

 

2.3 If the Borrower withdraws the loan through the E-banking of ICBC, the Borrower shall sign the Corporate Customer Service Agreement of the E-banking of ICBC with the Lender, and promise to observe the Articles of Association of the E-banking of ICBC as well as relevant trading rules and operate it in accordance with relevant trading rules. The withdrawal instruction submitted by the Borrower through the E-banking of ICBC and confirmed by the Lender shall be considered as the receipt.

 

2.4 After the Borrower satisfies the preconditions of withdrawal or the Lender consents to advance the loan, the Lender shall transfer the loan to the Borrower’s withdrawal account specified herein, and in that case, it shall be deemed that the Lender has granted the loan to the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.

 

2.5 In accordance with the relevant regulatory regulations and the management requirements of the Lender, if the loan is beyond a certain amount or conforms to other conditions, the Lender shall employ the entrusted payment method, and the Lender shall pay the loan to the payee who meets the purpose specified herein based on the Borrower’s withdrawal application and payment entrustment.

 

2.6 When handling the entrusted payment, the Borrower shall furnish the Lender with the account information of the payment object as well as the certification materials proving that the withdrawal meets the agreed purpose. The Borrower shall warrant that all information furnished to the Lender is true, complete and valid.

 

2.7 When handling the entrusted payment, the Lender only performs formal examination on the information of the payment object, the proof materials of the loan purpose as well as other materials furnished by the Borrower. Where the Lender fails to complete the entrusted payment in a prompt manner due to the untrue, inaccurate and incomplete information furnished by the Borrower, the Lender will not assume any liability.

 

2.8 The Lender shall be entitled to request the Borrower to supplement, replace, explain or re-submit the relevant materials if it finds any inconsistency or other defects in the relevant materials furnished by the Borrower through review. Before the Borrower submits the materials that conform to the management requirements of the Lender, the Lender shall be entitled to refuse the issuance and payment of the relevant funds.

 

2.9 Based on the loan purpose specified herein, the Lender shall be entitled to request the Borrower, independent intermediary agencies as well as other interested parties to issue a joint visa form as well as other relevant certification materials, and the Lender shall issue and pay the financing funds with these certification materials.

 

 

 

 

2.10 Upon the examination, if the Lender holds that the information furnished by the Borrower is tally with the agreed loan purpose and the withdrawal is in accordance with the Contract, it shall first transfer the loan to the Borrower’s withdrawal account specified herein, and then transfer the corresponding amount to the account of the payment object named by the Borrower based on the needs and the relevant business vouchers submitted by the Borrower.

 

2.11 Under any of the following circumstances, the Lender shall be entitled to re-determine the conditions for issuance and payment of the loan, or stop the issuance and payment of the loan:

 

(1) The Borrower presents false or invalid information to the Lender to obtain financing funds;

 

(2) The Borrower’s production and operation have undergone material adverse changes, the credit status has declined, or there is a breach of contract hereunder;

 

(3) The Borrower fails to withdraw and pay the financing funds in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, and the use of the financing funds is abnormal;

 

(4) The Borrower violates the Contract or relevant regulatory provisions, and evades the entrusted payment by breaking up the whole into parts;

 

(5) The withdrawal account or payment object’s account named by the Borrower is frozen or stopped by the competent authority from payment.

 

2.12 Where the Lender fails to complete the entrusted payment in a prompt manner as entrusted by the Borrower because the withdrawal account named by the Borrower or its payment object’s account is frozen or stopped by the competent authority from payment, the Lender will not assume any liability or influence the repayment obligations of the Borrower hereunder.

 

2.13 If the loan hereunder is paid by the Borrower independently, the Borrower promises to accept and actively cooperate with the Lender in the inspection and supervision of the use of financing funds, including the purpose, by means of account analysis, voucher inspection and on-site investigation, etc., and summarize and report the use of the loan on a regular basis at the request of the Lender.

 

2.14 If the information furnished by the Borrower to the Lender is untrue, incomplete or invalid, resulting in the loss of the Lender, the Borrower shall make compensation accordingly.

 

2.15 Where the Lender fails to issue and pay the loan in a prompt manner as specified herein, it shall assume the corresponding liability for breach of contract, unless otherwise provided herein.

 

2.16 Where the Lender fails to pay the corresponding amount on time due to unforeseeable, inevitable and insurmountable force majeure events such as war, natural disasters, or unexpected events such as system failure and communication failure of the Lender, the Lender will not assume any liability, but the Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower by telephone or in writing.

 

Article 3      Repayment

 

3.1 The Borrower shall repay the loan principal, interest as well as other payables in full and on time as specified herein. On the date of repayment and one bank working day prior to each date of interest settlement, the Borrower shall fully deposit the payable interest of current period, principal as well as other payables in the repayment account opened with the Lender, and the Lender shall be entitled to take the initiative to collect the amount on the date of repayment or date of interest settlement, or request the Borrower to cooperate with the relevant transfer formalities. Where the amount in the repayment account is insufficient to cover all due and payable amounts of the Borrower, the Lender shall be entitled to decide the order of repayment.

 

If the repayment account is reported as lost, frozen, stopped or canceled, or the Borrower needs to change the repayment account, the Borrower shall go through the formalities for changing the repayment account at the Lender. Before the change formalities come into effect, if the original repayment account cannot cover the full payment for transfer, the Borrower shall handle repayment at the Lender’s counter. Where the Borrower fails to go through the formalities for changing the repayment account or repay the loan at the Lender’s counter in a prompt manner, rendering it unable to pay off the principal and interest of the due loan as well as other expenses in full and on time, the Borrower shall be liable for breach of contract.

 

 

 

 

3.2 If the Borrower applies for prepayment of all or part of the loan, it shall submit a written application to the Lender, or submit the prepayment instruction to the Lender through the E-banking of ICBC.

 

3.3 If the Lender consents to repay the loan ahead of schedule, the Borrower shall pay off the loan principal, interest as well as other fees due and payable in accordance with the provisions of the Contract at the same time until the date of prepayment.

 

3.4 The Lender shall be entitled to recover the loan ahead of time based on the withdrawal of the Borrower’s funds. At the request of the Lender, the Borrower shall repay the loan in installments with reference to the repayment plan proposed by the Lender.

 

3.5 If the actual loan term is shortened due to the early repayment of the Borrower or the early recovery of the loan by the Lender in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, the corresponding grade of interest rate will not be adjusted, and the original interest rate of loans shall still apply.

 

Article 4      Guarantee

 

4.1 Except for credit loan, the Borrower shall furnish legal and effective guarantee recognized by the Lender for the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder.

 

4.2 In the event that the collateral hereunder is damaged, devalued, involved in property right disputes, sealed up or detained, or the Guarantor violates the provisions of the guarantee contract, or the financial condition of the Guarantor of warrandice is adversely changed, or the collateral and the Guarantor undergo other changes that are unfavorable to the creditor’s rights, the Borrower shall promptly notify the Lender and furnish other guarantees approved by the Lender separately.

 

4.3 The Lender shall have the right to re-value the security and to re-evaluate the guarantor’s guarantee, regularly or irregularly. If, in the opinion of the Lender, the security value decreases, the guarantor’s guarantee reduces, or the guarantor violates the guarantee contract, the Borrower shall provide additional guarantee to the extent of such decrease or reduce, or give other guarantee acceptable to the Lender.

 

4.4 If the loan hereunder provides pledge guarantee with accounts receivable, within the validity period of the Contract, the Lender shall be entitled to announce the early maturity of the loan, require the Borrower to repay part or all of the loan principal and interest forthwith, or add legal, effective and full guarantee recognized by the Lender:

 

(1) The bad debt rate of accounts receivable from the pledgor to the payer has increased for two consecutive months;

 

(2) The outstanding accounts receivable of the pledgor to the payer make up more than 5% of the balance of the accounts receivable to the payer;

 

(3) Trade disputes (including, without limitation, disputes on quality, technology and service) or debt disputes arise between the pledgor of accounts receivable and the payer or other third parties, resulting in accounts receivable that may not be paid on schedule.

 

 

 

 

Article 5      Representations and Warranties

 

The Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to the Lender, which are valid throughout the term of the Contract:

 

5.1 It is in possession of the Borrower’s subject qualifications, as well as the qualifications and capability to sign and fulfill the Contract in accordance with the law.

 

5.2 It has obtained all necessary authorizations or approvals for signing the Contract, and its signing and fulfillment of the Contract is not in violation of the provisions of the Articles of Association as well as relevant laws and regulations or in conflict with its obligations under other contracts.

 

5.3 It has paid other debts payable on schedule, and there is no malicious default on the principal and interest of bank loans.

 

5.4 It has a sound organizational structure and financial management system, and there is no material violations of laws and regulations during the production and operation in the last year; the current senior executives have no material bad records.

 

5.5 All documents and materials furnished by the Borrower to the Lender are true, accurate, complete and valid and free from any false records, material omissions or misleading statements.

 

5.6 The financial and accounting reports furnished by the Borrower to the Lender are prepared in line with Chinese accounting standards, which reflects the Borrower’s operating conditions and liabilities in a true, fair and complete manner, and there have been no material adverse changes in the financial condition of the Borrower since the date of the most recent financial and accounting statements.

 

5.7 The Borrower has not concealed the litigation, arbitration or claims involved from the Lender.

 

5.8 The Borrower has known and fully comprehended all the trading rules of the electronic banking system such as the online banking of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China associated with the Contract.

 

Article 6      The Borrower’s Commitments

 

6.1 The loan shall be withdrawn and used based on the term and purpose specified herein, and shall not flow into the securities market and futures market in any form or be used for the development of fixed assets, equity investment and real estate projects or for the purchase of stocks, bonds, wealth management products, investment account trading products, financial derivatives and asset management products, or for the purchase of houses and the repayment of housing mortgage loans, or loans, or other projects that are prohibited by laws and regulations of other countries.

 

6.2 The Borrower shall pay off the loan principal, interest as well as other payables in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.

 

6.3 The Borrower shall accept and actively cooperate with the Lender’s inspection and supervision over the use of the loan funds, including the purpose, by means of account analysis, voucher inspection and on-site investigation, and summarize and report the use of the loan funds on a regular basis at the request of the Lender.

 

6.4 The Borrower shall accept the Lender’s credit inspection, furnish true, accurate and complete financial information as well as other information reflecting the Borrower’s debt-paying capability in a timely manner at the Lender’s request, including all bank accounts, bank account numbers, deposit balances, and so on, and actively assist and cooperate with the Lender in investigating, understanding and supervising its production, operation and financial condition.

 

6.5 Where there are outstanding loan principal and interest as well as other payables due (including being announced to be due forthwith) hereunder, dividends and bonuses shall not be distributed in any form.

 

 

 

 

6.6 When there are merger, division, capital reduction, changes in equity, pledge of equity, transfer of material assets and creditor’s rights, material foreign investment, substantial increase in debt financing or other actions that may adversely influence the rights and interests of the Lender, the Borrower shall get the written consent of the Lender beforehand or make arrangements that conform to the management requirements of the Lender for the realization of the creditor’s rights.

 

6.7 Under any of the following circumstances, the Borrower will inform the Lender in a prompt manner:

 

(1) The Borrower changes its name, official seal, Articles of Association, domicile, legal representative or person in charge, mailing address as well as other matters;

 

(2) The Borrower goes out of business, is dissolved, liquidated, suspends business for rectification, has its business license revoked, is revoked or applies for (is applied for) bankruptcy;

 

(3) The Borrower is involved or may be involved in material economic disputes, litigation, arbitration, or its assets are sealed up, detained or enforced, or the judicial organs, taxation, industry and commerce and other authorities are entitled to file a case for investigation or take punishment measures in accordance with legal provisions;

 

(4) The Borrower’s shareholders, directors and current senior executives or partners and investors are suspected in material cases or economic disputes;

 

(5) There are merger, division, capital reduction, changes in equity, pledge of equity, joining or withdrawing from partnership, transfer of material assets and creditor’s rights, material foreign investment, substantial increase in debt financing as well as other matters that may adversely influence the rights and interests of the Lender.

 

6.8 The Borrower will disclose related party relationships and related transactions to the Lender in a timely, comprehensive and accurate manner.

 

6.9 The Borrower will timely sign for all sorts of notices sent by the Lender or served by other means.

 

6.10 The Borrower will not dispose of its own assets in a way that reduces its solvency and it will provide guarantee to a third party without prejudicing the rights and interests of the Lender.

 

6.11 If the loan hereunder is issued by credit, the Borrower will submit the information of external guarantee to the Lender in a complete, true and accurate way on a regular basis, and sign the account supervision agreement at the request of the Lender. If the provision of external guarantee may influence the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder, the Borrower will get the written consent of the Lender.

 

6.12 The order of repayment of the Borrower’s debts hereunder takes precedence over the Borrower’s debts to its shareholders, legal representatives or persons in charge, partners, principal investors or key managers, and it is at least equal to the similar debts of other creditors of the Borrower.

 

6.13 The Borrower has been aware of and fully comprehended all the trading rules of online banking of ICBC as well as other electronic banking systems associated with the Contract; it will keep the customer certificates and passwords in good custody. Any operation using the Borrower’s customer numbers (card numbers), passwords or customer certificates shall be considered as the Borrower’s own actions, and the resulting electronic information records shall serve as the evidence to prove and handle the debtor-creditor relationship hereunder.

 

6.14 Where the repayment funds of the Borrower (including, without limitation, the funds acquired by the Lender through deduction and disposal of collateral, etc.) are insufficient to pay off all debts of the Borrower to the Lender hereunder as well as under other contracts, the Lender shall be entitled to decide the order of payment.

 

 

 

 

6.15 Strengthen environmental and social risk management and undertakes to accept the supervision and inspection by the Lender. To submit the environmental and social risk report to the Lender if requested.

 

Article 7      The Lender’s Commitments

 

7.1 It will issue the loan to the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.

 

7.2 It will keep confidential the non-public data and information furnished by the Borrower, unless otherwise prescribed by laws and regulations, required by the competent authority or otherwise specified herein.

 

Article 8      Breach of Contract

 

8.1 Under any of the following circumstances occurs, it will constitute the Borrower’s breach of contract:

 

(1) The Borrower fails to repay the loan principal and interest as well as other payables hereunder as agreed, or fails to fulfill any other obligations hereunder, or violates the representations, warranties or commitments hereunder;

 

(2) The guarantee hereunder changes against the creditor’s rights of the Lender, or the Guarantor violates the provisions of the guarantee contract, and the Borrower fails to furnish other guarantees that conform to the management requirements of the Lender;

 

(3) There appear bad records in the Lender or other financial institutions;

 

(4) The Borrower fails to pay off any other debt after maturity (including being announced as early maturity), or fails to fulfill or violates its obligations under other agreements, which has influenced or may influence the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder;

 

(5) The financial indicators such as the Borrower’s profitability, debt paying capability, operating capability and cash flow are beyond the agreed standards, or the deterioration has influenced or may influence the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder;

 

(6) Significant adverse changes have taken place in the ownership structure, production and operation, foreign investment and other aspects of the Borrower, which has influenced or may influence the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder;

 

(7) The Borrower is involved in or may be involved in material economic disputes, litigation, arbitration, or its assets are sealed up, detained or enforced, or it is investigated and punished by judicial organs or administrative organs in accordance with the law, or it is exposed by the media for violating relevant national regulations or policies, which has influenced or may influence the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder;

 

(8) The Borrower’s principal investors and key managers are abnormally changed, disappeared or their personal freedom is investigated or restricted by judicial organs in accordance with the law, which has influenced or may influence the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder;

 

(9) The Borrower obtains funds or credit from the Lender by taking advantage of false contracts with related parties or transactions with no actual transaction background, or intentionally evades the creditor’s rights of the Lender through related party transactions;

 

(10) The Borrower has been or may be closed, dissolved, liquidated, closed for rectification, business license revoked, revoked or filed for bankruptcy;

 

(11) The Borrower causes liability accidents and material environmental and social risk events in violation of the provisions on food safety, production safety, environmental protection as well as other laws and regulations associated with environmental and social risk management, regulatory provisions or industry standards, which has influenced or may influence the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder;

 

 

 

 

(12) If the loan hereunder is issued by credit, the Borrower’s credit rating, profit level, asset-liability ratio, net cash flow from operating activities as well as other indicators are not in conformity to the Lender’s credit loan conditions; or the Borrower sets mortgage (pledge) guarantee to others or provides external guarantee with its effective operating assets without the written consent of the Lender, which has influenced or may influence the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder;

 

(13) Under other circumstances that may adversely influence the realization of the creditor’s rights of the Lender hereunder.

 

8.2 In the event that the Borrower breaches the Contract, the Lender shall be entitled to take one or more of the following measures:

 

(1) To require the Borrower to correct the breach of contract within a time limit;

 

(2) To stop issuing loans as well as other financing funds to the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of the Contract as well as other contracts between the Lender and the Borrower, and partially or completely cancel the unpaid loans as well as other financing funds of the Borrower;

 

(3) To announce that the outstanding loan as well as other financing funds hereunder as well as under other contracts between the Lender and the Borrower are due forthwith, and recover the outstanding funds immediately;

 

(4) To require the Borrower to compensate the losses suffered by the Lender due to its breach of contract, including, without limitation, the expenses incurred by the Lender in realizing the creditor’s rights hereunder, such as attorney fees, auction fees, and expenses incurred in applying for an execution certificate issued by a notary office;

 

(5) To take other remedies prescribed by law, regulations or agreed herein or deemed necessary by the Lender.

 

8.3 Where the Borrower fails to repay the loan when it is due (including being announced to be due forthwith), the Lender shall be entitled to charge a penalty interest at the rate of overdue penalty interest specified herein from the overdue date. For the interest (including penalty interest) charged because the Borrower fails to repay the loan on time, compound interest shall be calculated based on the overdue penalty interest rate. Penalty interest/compound interest shall apply to the interests accrued hereunder.

 

8.4 Where the Borrower fails to use the loan based on the purpose specified herein, the Lender shall be entitled to charge penalty interest on the misappropriated part based on the penalty interest rate of the misappropriated loan specified herein from the date when the loan is misappropriated, and the interest (including penalty interest) not paid on time during the misappropriated period shall be compounded based on the penalty interest rate of the misappropriated loan. Penalty interest/compound interest shall apply to the interests accrued hereunder.

 

8.5 In the event that the Borrower is under the above-mentioned circumstances in Articles 8.3 and 8.4 simultaneously, the penalty interest rate shall be the heavier one, and must not be concurrently imposed.

 

8.6 Where the Borrower fails to repay the loan principal, interest (including penalty interest and compound interest) or other payables on time, the Lender shall be entitled to make an announcement for through the media for collection.

 

8.7 If there is any change in the controlling or controlled relationship between the related party of the Borrower and the Borrower, or other circumstances other than Items (1) and (2) in Article 8.1 above happen to the related party of the Borrower, which has influenced or may influence the fulfillment of the obligations of the Borrower hereunder, the Lender shall be entitled to take various measures provided herein.

 

 

 

 

Article 9      Automatic Cancellation of Commitment

 

9.1 If the Borrower’s credit conditions deteriorate, the Lender may automatically cancel the non-utilized part of the commitment made to the Borrower without prior notice.

 

9.2 The Borrower’s credit conditions will deteriorate if any circumstance pursuant to Clauses 8.1 and 8.7 of Part II of this Contract occurs to the Borrower.

 

Article 10      Deduction

 

10.1 Where the Borrower fails to repay the debts due hereunder (including being announced to be due forthwith) as agreed, the Borrower consents that the Lender shall deduct the corresponding amount from all local and foreign currency accounts opened by the Borrower in Industrial and Commercial Bank of China to pay off the debts until all debts of the Borrower hereunder are paid off.

 

10.2 If the deduction amount is not tally with the currency of the Contract, it shall be converted at the exchange rate applicable to the Lender on the date of deduction. The interest as well as other expenses incurred from the date of deduction to the date of payment (the date when the Lender converts the deduction amount into the currency of the Contract and actually pays off the debts hereunder in compliance with the national policy for management of foreign exchanges), and the difference resulting from exchange rate fluctuations during this period shall be undertaken by the Borrower.

 

Article 11      Transfer of Rights and Obligations

 

11.1 The Lender shall be entitled to transfer part or all of its rights hereunder to a third party, and the Lender’s transfer behavior does not require the consent of the Borrower. The Borrower shall transfer any rights and obligations hereunder without the written consent of the Lender.

 

11.2 The Lender or Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited (“ICBC”) may authorize or entrust other branches of ICBC to fulfill the rights and obligations hereunder based on the needs of operation and management, or assign the loan creditor’s rights hereunder to other branches of ICBC to undertake and manage these rights and obligations, and the Borrower hereby expresses its recognition. The Lender does not have to get the consent of the Borrower for the above-mentioned actions. Other branches of ICBC, which undertake the rights and obligations of the Lender, shall enjoy the right to exercise all the rights hereunder and to file a lawsuit, submit to arbitration or apply for compulsory execution in the name of this institution for disputes hereunder.

 

Article 12      Effectiveness, Change and Rescission

 

12.1 The Contract shall come into force after conforming to the following conditions simultaneously and remain valid until the date when all obligations of the Borrower hereunder are fulfilled:

 

(1) The Contract is affixed with the electronic signature of the Borrower and confirmed by the Lender;

 

(2) The loan application submitted by the Borrower is in line with the management requirements of the Lender and is approved by the Lender upon examination.

 

 

 

 

The Lender may confirm the Contract by displaying the validity status of the Contract in the electronic banking system.

 

12.2 In the event that the contractual elements such as loan amount and term are displayed incorrectly in the electronic banking system of ICBC on account of system failure or force majeure, the Lender shall be entitled to make corrections and inform the Borrower in a prompt manner.

 

12.3 The Borrower has been aware of and fully comprehended all the trading rules of the online banking of ICBC as well as other electronic banking systems associated with the Contract; the Borrower shall properly keep the customer certificates and passwords, and any operation using the Borrower’s customer numbers (card numbers), passwords or customer certificates shall be deemed as the Borrower’s own actions, and the resulting electronic information records shall serve as certificates to prove and handle the financing relationship hereunder. The electronic signature affixed by the Borrower on the Contract with the online banking certificate through the E-banking of ICBC shall be considered as the signature of the Borrower itself or authorized by the Borrower.

 

12.4 Any changes to the Contract shall be made in written form (including electronic data form) by all Parties through amicable negotiation. The changed clauses or agreements constitute a part of the Contract and shall be equally authentic in respect of legal effect. Except for the changed part, the remaining clauses of the Contract shall still remain valid; the original clauses shall still valid before the changed part comes into effect.

 

12.5 The Parties shall discuss and amend relevant provisions promptly in the event that the provisions hereof do not conform to the laws, regulations or policies of the State in full or in part due to any change to the said laws, regulations or policies.

 

12.6 In the case that any clause herein is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the validity and enforceability of the remaining clauses shall not be affected, nor shall it affect the validity of the entire Contract.

 

12.7 The modification and termination of the Contract shall not affect the right of each contracting Party to claim compensation for their losses. The termination of the Contract shall not affect the validity of the dispute resolution provisions hereof.

 

Article 13      Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

The conclusion, effectiveness, interpretation, performance and dispute resolution of and in connection with the Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China. Any and all disputes arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Contract shall be settled via amicable negotiation by the Parties first. In the case that no settlement can be reached through such consultation, the dispute shall be submitted to the court where the Lender is located or where the Contract is signed for litigation.

 

Both Parties consent that when any dispute incurred hereunder is brought to court for litigation, the court may resort to audio-visual transmission technology, asynchronous trial as well as other means, and both Parties raise no objection in this regard.

 

Article 14      Confirmation of Address for Service of Judgment/Ruling Documents

 

14.1 The Borrower agrees that the address stated in the first page of the Contract will be its address for legal instruments in case of any dispute arising out of the Contract. The Borrower consents that the judicial authority may serve all legal documents electronically by use of the electronic contact information recorded on the front page of the Contract, such as fax, mobile number, e-mail, account number of WeChat, Alipay Account, Alitalk Account, etc. The above-mentioned legal documents include, without limitation, summons, notice of hearing, judgment, ruling, conciliation statement, notice of deadline for fulfillment, etc.

 

 

 

 

14.2 The Borrower agrees that the judicial organs may serve legal instruments in any one or more of the above ways. If more than one way is taken by the judicial organs to deliver legal instruments to the Borrower, the date of service shall be the date whichever happens the earliest.

 

14.3 The above-mentioned service-related agreements are applicable to all stages of litigation, arbitration as well as other judicial procedures, including, without limitation, the first trial, second trial, retrial, execution and supervision procedures.

 

14.4 The Borrower shall ensure that the address, fax, mobile, email and other information first above stated in the Contract is true and effective. In the case of any change to the same, the Borrower shall send prompt written notice to the Lender, or any notice delivered to the former address shall be deemed valid (including electronic delivery), and the Borrower shall be legally liable for all the consequences.

 

Article 15      Entire Contract

 

Part I (Basic Agreements) and Part II (Specific Clauses) of the Contract together constitute a complete Contract for Operating Fast Loans, and the same words in the two parts are provided with the same meaning. The Borrower’s loan is bound by the two parts mentioned above.

 

Article 16      Notices

 

16.1 The Borrower promises that the address as well as relevant electronic contact information reserved at the Lender are verified to be accurate. The Lender shall be deemed to have fulfilled the obligation of notification to the Borrower by sending relevant documents to the address reserved by the Borrower or the address notified by the Borrower in written form.

 

16.2 Except by letter, the Borrower consents to accept telephone, e-mail, SMS, WeChat as well as other electronic methods as the Lender’s notification and collection methods. Where there is any change in the address or relevant electronic contact information reserved by the Borrower at the Lender, the Borrower shall be obliged to inform the Lender in writing in a timely manner. If the notice and collection documents sent by the Lender at the original reserved address or related electronic contact information are still valid due to the borrower’s failure to notify the Lender in a timely manner, the Borrower shall undertake the legal consequences incurred thereby.

 

16.3 If the Lender sends relevant notice to the Borrower, the notice shall be deemed to have been served to all Borrowers when it is served to any Borrower.

 

Article 17      Special Provisions for VAT

 

17.1 Each of the interests and sums (subject to specific contract) paid by the Borrower to the Lender hereunder shall be tax-inclusive.

 

17.2 Where the Borrower requests the Lender to issue VAT invoices, it shall file to the Lender registration information, including the full name, taxpayer identity number or social credit code, address, phone, bank or account number of the Borrower. The Borrower shall ensure that the information provided to the Lender is true, accurate and complete and that relevant supporting materials are provided at the request of the Lender, from time to time as required in the bank notices or website announcements of the Lender.

 

 

 

 

17.3 If the Borrower receives VAT invoices, it shall provide the Lender with a power of attorney stamped with its seal, designate the recipient, and specify the ID number and other information of the recipient. The designated recipient shall receive VAT invoices by presenting the original ID card. If the designated recipient changes, the Borrower shall issue a power of attorney stamped with its seal to the Lender again. If the Borrower chooses to receive VAT invoices by mail, it shall also provide accurate and deliverable mail information. If the mailing information changes, the Lender shall be notified in writing in a timely manner.

 

17.4 If the Lender fails to issue VAT invoices in time due to Force Majeure such as natural disasters, government actions, social abnormal events or tax authorities’ reasons, the Lender shall have the right to delay the invoicing without any liability.

 

17.5 After the Borrower receives its copy of the VAT invoices, or if the Borrower cannot receive its copy of the VAT invoices or delays in receiving the same, causing the failure to seek for tax deduction, due to the loss, breakage or delay occurring after the Lender has delivered the same to a third-party delivery service provider for delivery, the Lender shall be not responsible for compensating the Borrower for related economic losses.

 

17.6 In accordance with applicable laws and regulations as well as relevant policies, if the VAT credit note needs to be issued for return after sales, suspension of the services which are taxable, incorrect invoicing, or the deduction or invoicing copy which is unauthenticated, and the Borrower is required to submit the Information Form for Issuing Special VAT Credit Note to the tax authority, the Borrower shall do the same; until the tax authority reviews it and send a notice the Lender, the Lender will issue the special VAT credit note.

 

17.7 When the Contract is performed, in case of any change to applicable tax rates, the Lender shall have the right to adjust the contract price according to the change to applicable tax rates.

 

Article 18      Miscellaneous

 

18.1 The Lender’s failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right hereunder will neither constitute a waiver or change of this right or other rights, nor influence its further exercise of this right or other rights.

 

18.2 In the case that any clause herein is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the validity and enforceability of the remaining clauses shall not be affected, nor shall it affect the validity of the entire Contract.

 

18.3 The appendixes hereto as well as any its supplementation, amendment, or modification shall constitute as the integral part of the Contract and have the same legal force and effect as the body of the Contract.

 

18.4 The terms “related party”, “related party relationship”, “related party transaction”, “individual principal investor” and “key managers” mentioned herein are provided with the same meanings as those in Accounting Standards for Business Enterprises No.36 - Related Party Disclosure (C.K. [2006] No.3) promulgated by the Ministry of Finance as well as subsequent revisions to these Standards.

 

18.5 The environmental and social risks mentioned herein refer to the hazards as well as related risks that the Borrower and its important related parties may cause to the environment and society in the construction, production and business activities, including environmental and social problems associated with energy consumption, pollution, land, health, safety, resettlement, ecological protection, climate change, etc.

 

18.6 The documents and vouchers on the loan hereunder prepared by the Lender in line with its business rules will constitute effective evidence to prove the creditor-debtor relationship between the Borrower and the Lender, and shall be binding upon the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

18.7 In the Contract, (1) all references to the Contract shall include revisions or supplements to the Contract; (2) the titles of clauses are for reference only; they will neither constitute any interpretation of the Contract, nor any restriction on the contents and scope under the titles; (3) where the date of withdrawal and date of repayment fall upon non-working days of the bank, these dates shall be postponed to the next working days of the bank.

 

Both Parties confirm that the Borrower and the Lender have conducted full negotiation about all the clauses of the Contract. The Lender has requested the Borrower to pay special attention to all the clauses associated with the rights and obligations of the Parties and get a comprehensive and accurate understanding of these clauses, and besides, it has explained the relevant clauses at the request of the Borrower. The Borrower has carefully read and fully comprehended all the clauses of the Contract (including the Part I (Basic Agreements) and Part II (Specific Clauses). Both the Borrower and the Lender have the same understanding of all clauses hereof and raise no objection to the contents in relation to the Contract.

 

Lender:

 

 

Borrower: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

 

Place of Signing: Fuzhou City, Fujian Province

 

Date of Signing: April 14, 2022

 

Media No.: 6915492174

 

Customer Authentication Type: Ukey

 

Authentication Timestamp: 20220414165755257261

 

 


Exhibit 10.12

20220303154425025373

Working Capital Loan Contract

No.: Liu ZY-2022025

Lender: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

Address: Zhongshan Building, No. 154, Hudong Road, Fuzhou

Legal Representative/Principal: Lv Jiajin

Borrower: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

Address: Room 909, Xinya Building, No. 121, Dong Street, Fuzhou

Legal Representative/Principal: Zheng Zhenyu

Place of Contract Signing: Gulou District/County, Fuzhou City

Page 1 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

Important Tips for Contract Signing

In order to protect your rights and interests, please carefully read, check and confirm the following matters before signing this contract:

I.            Your company and you have the right to sign this contract; if it is necessary to obtain consent of others in accordance with laws, your company and you have obtained full authorization; if personal information of others is involved, your company and you have obtained written documents of others allowing Industrial Bank to process personal information thereof;

II.            Your company and you have carefully read and fully understood contractual clauses, and paid special attention to content regarding assumption of liability, exemption from or relief of liability of Industrial Bank, personal information processing and the like in where you have significant interest, as well as the content in bold;

III.           Your company and you have fully understood the meanings of terms and conditions of the contract and the corresponding legal consequences, and are willing to accept these terms and conditions;

IV.           Your company and you have paid special attention to clauses which require your company and you to use credit fund for the purpose agreed in this contract and not to embezzle credit fund (including but not limited to using the credit fund to purchase and invest in real estate, etc.), and requirements based on which your company and you should issue a letter of commitment for use of credit fund to Industrial Bank, and your company and you have fully known and understood that Industrial Bank will take actions for your embezzlement of credit fund such as earlier loan collection, termination of release of loan/financing not released hereunder, termination of payment of loan/financing not paid hereunder and reduction or termination of credit granting, and pursue legal liabilities of your company and you;

V.           If you and relevant individual sign this contract, it means that you and the individual permit and authorize Industrial Bank to process personal information of you and the individual and keep the same based on period specified by Industrial Bank; you and relevant individual have understood that you and the individual enjoy rights to know, decide, withdraw consent, restrict or reject third-party processing and so on for personal information processing, and Industrial Bank has provided services such as informed decision for personal information processing through diversified methods (including but not limited to notifying on the site); if you and relevant individual plan to withdraw, restrict or reject authorization to process personal information for Industrial Bank, you and the individual may proceed in accordance with the contract or management procedures of Industrial Bank;

VI.           The contract text provided by Industrial Bank is only a template, relevant contractual clauses are followed by blank lines, and "supplementary clauses" are added at the end of the contract so that all parties may modify, add or delete relevant contractual content;

VII.          If your company and you have any question about the contract, or your company and you find that the contract and business charges hereunder are illegal or non-compliant, please timely call the line of Industrial Bank or directly complain to or consult relevant branch of Industrial Bank (contact no.: 95561).

Page 2 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

With application of the borrower, the lender reviews and agrees to grant the borrower working capital loan. To specify rights and obligations of both parties and keep faith, the contract is hereby made by and between and shall be binding on both contracting parties in accordance with relevant laws and regulations of the People's Republic of China and through equal consultation.

The lender and the borrower confirm that loan hereunder belongs to the situation agreed in Item III under Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof.

Article 1     Definitions & Interpretations

Unless otherwise agreed by both contracting parties in writing, the following words herein will be defined and interpreted as follows:

I.            "Working capital loan" refers to loan in local and foreign currencies that borrower applies for to lender and used for daily production and operation.

II.            "Creditor's right" or principal creditor's right refers to creditor's right (including principal, interest, default interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, expenses that creditor uses to realize the creditor's right, etc.) which is formed after borrower (debtor) applies to lender (creditor) and lender provides borrower with financing based on the contract with approval. Creditor's right that lender enjoys hereunder against borrower is consistent with the content of debt that borrower assumes hereunder.

"Expenses that creditor uses to realize the creditor's right" refers to litigation (arbitration) fees, attorney fees, travel costs, enforcement fees, preservation fees and other fees for realizing the creditor's right that are paid when the creditor's right is realized by means of litigation, arbitration, application to notary office for issuance of relevant enforcement certificate and so on.

III.            Words under Article 5 hereof shall have the following definitions and interpretations:

"Fixed interest rate" refers to interest rate that remains unchanged during life of a loan, and in case of release of loan in batches, interest rate that remains unchanged during the period from each actual release date to date of expiry of loan hereunder.

"Floating interest rate" refers to interest rates that changes based on cycles and ranges agreed on by borrower and lender during the life of loan.

"Floating cycle" refers to frequency of change of interest rate of loan agreed upon by borrower and lender. During a floating cycle, interest rate of loan is calculated and determined based on the pricing benchmark interest rate and the pricing method agreed herein, and interest rate of loan will remain unchanged during the floating cycle; when one floating cycle expires and the next floating cycle starts, interest rate of loan is calculated and determined based on the pricing benchmark interest rate of the new floating cycle and the pricing method agreed herein, and interest rate of loan will remain unchanged during the floating cycle.

"Pricing benchmark interest rate" refers to interest rate standards used to determine loan interest rate hereunder, including but not limited to loan prime rates released by China or relevant country, region or market, such as LPR, SHIBOR, SOFR, SOFR term interest rate, €STR, SONIA, TSRR, TONA, SARON.HIBOR, SIBOR and benchmark interest rate for deposit in RMB of the People's Bank of China.

"LPR" refers to loan prime rate calculated and released by National Interbank Funding Center with authorization of the People's Bank of China. According to the banking practices, both parties agree to define the pricing benchmark interest rate rule hereunder as Day T-1 LPR, among which, "T" refers to date of determination of loan interest rate and "T-1" means the working day immediately preceding date of determination.

"SHIBOR" refers to Shanghai Interbank Offered Rate that is released by National Interbank Funding Center and applicable on date of determination.

"SOFR" refers to Secured Overnight Funding Rate, of which currency is US dollar. According to the banking practices, both parties agree to define the pricing benchmark interest rate rule hereunder as Day T-5 SOFR, among which, "T" refers to date of determination of loan interest rate and "T-5" means the fifth working day immediately preceding date of determination.

Page 3 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

"SOFR term interest rate" refers to forward-looking mortgage financing interest rate of Chicago Mercantile Exchange, of which currency is US dollar. According to the banking practices, both parties agree to define the pricing benchmark interest rate rule hereunder as Day T-2 SOFR term interest rate, among which, "T" refers to date of determination of loan interest rate and "T-2" means the second working day immediately preceding date of determination.

"€STR" refers to Euro Short-Term Rate, of which currency is Euro. According to the banking practices, both parties agree to define the pricing benchmark interest rate rule hereunder as Day T-5 €STR, among which, "T" refers to date of determination of loan interest rate and "T-5" means the fifth working day immediately preceding date of determination.

"SONIA" refers to Sterling OverNight Index Average, of which currency is sterling. According to the banking practices, both parties agree to define the pricing benchmark interest rate rule hereunder as Day T-5 SONIA, among which, "T" refers to date of determination of loan interest rate and "T-5" means the fifth working day immediately preceding date of determination.

"TSRR" refers to term interest rate of SONIA, of which currency is sterling. According to the banking practices, both parties agree to define the pricing benchmark interest rate rule hereunder as Day T-2 TSRR term interest rate, among which, "T" refers to date of determination of loan interest rate and "T-2" means the second working day immediately preceding date of determination.

"TONA" refers to Tokyo OverNight Average Rate, of which currency is Japanese yen. According to the banking practices, both parties agree to define the pricing benchmark interest rate rule hereunder as Day T-5 TONA, among which, "T" refers to date of determination of loan interest rate and "T-5" means the fifth working day immediately preceding date of determination.

"SARON" refers to Swiss Average Rate OverNight, of which currency is Swiss franc. According to the banking practices, both parties agree to define the pricing benchmark interest rate rule hereunder as Day T-5 SARON, among which, "T" refers to date of determination of loan interest rate and "T-5" means the fifth working day immediately preceding date of determination.

"HIBOR" refers to Hong Kong Inter Bank Offer Rate. According to the banking practices, both parties agree to define the pricing benchmark interest rate rule hereunder as Day T-2 HIBOR, among which, "T" refers to date of determination of loan interest rate and "T-2" means the second working day immediately preceding date of determination.

"SIBOR" refers to Singapore Interbank Offered Rate, to which only Singapore dollar is applicable. According to the banking practices, both parties agree to define the pricing benchmark interest rate rule hereunder as Day T-2 SIBOR, among which, "T" refers to date of determination of loan interest rate and "T-2" means the second working day immediately preceding date of determination.

"Benchmark interest rate for deposit in RMB of the People's Bank of China" refers to benchmark interest rate for deposit in RMB that is released by the People's Bank of China and applicable on date of determination.

Among them, currencies and specific values of "LPR", "SHIBOR", "SOFR", "SOFR term interest rate", "€STR", "SONIA", "TSRR", "TONA", "SARON", "HIBOR", "SIBOR" and "benchmark interest rate for deposit in RMB of the People's Bank of China" defined based on applicable pricing benchmark interest rate rules hereunder shall be subject to the inquiry result on the core system of Industrial Bank. Date of determination of loan interest rate may be date of actual loan release, date of execution of contract or date of re-pricing.

"Loan interest rate" refers to interest rate for execution of the contract formed by fluctuations of the addition/subtraction points on the basis of pricing benchmark interest rate on date of determination of loan interest rate hereunder when both contracting parties follow the loan interest rate pricing formula hereunder with consensus.

Page 4 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

IV.            "Major transaction" agreed in Article 13 hereof refers to (including but not limited to): any confirmed or potential transactions which will have severe impact on corporate basic structure, corporate shareholder change, contingent liabilities, cash flow, profitability, corporate core trade secrets, corporate core competitiveness, corporate important assets, corporate major creditor's rights and debts, debt repayment ability and the ability to perform the contract of borrower, or other transactions which lender and/or borrower considers to constitute major transactions.

V.            "Major event" agreed in Article 13 hereof refers to (including but not limited to): any confirmed or potential events that will have severe impact on ability to perform duties of corporate senior management, employment and termination of contract of personnel engaged in corporate core businesses, corporate core trade secrets, corporate core competitiveness, corporate basic structure, corporate shareholder change, corporate contingent liabilities, existing of company, legality of corporate businesses, corporate stability, corporate development, corporate profitability, corporate debt repayment ability and corporate ability to perform the contract of borrower, and other events which lender and/or borrower considers to constitute major events.

VI.            "Working day" herein refers to any working day of China (excluding Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan) other than national legal holidays and weekends. "Business day" herein refers to any business day of bank of lender; during the performance of the contract, if some date of withdrawal or repayment is non business day, it will be postponed to the following business day.

Article 2     Amount of Loan

For currency and amount of loan that lender grants borrower, see Item IV in Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof.

Article 3     Purpose of Loan

For use of loan, see Item V in Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof; without written consent of the lender, the borrower may not use the loan for other purposes.

Article 4     Term of Loan

I.            For term of loan, see Item VI in Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof.

II.            In case of one-off loan release, date of release shall be subject to the actual release date indicated in relevant evidence or certificate of loan; if actual release date is later than the release date indicated in the previous clause, due date of loan shall be postponed accordingly.

III.            For split loan use plan, see Item VII in Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof.

Borrower shall submit an application to lender to process the withdrawal formalities three working days prior to date of withdrawal of each period or other time required by lender in writing.

If borrower fails to withdraw loan in light of split use periods and amount agreed above, lender is entitled to require borrower to pay liquidated damages in accordance with Item VII in Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof. If borrower belongs to a micro/small-size enterprise consistent with national systems or policies, this liquidated damages will not be collected.

IV.            On condition that prerequisites for withdrawal agreed in Article 6 hereof are met, lender will pay loan fund in accordance with Article 7 hereof.

V.            Lender is entitled to properly adjust the split loan use plan according to factors, such as whether loan meets relevant laws, regulations or policies and prerequisites for withdrawal agreed herein, loan fund payment conditions, execution of corresponding security contract hereof and security formality processing time, and other factors that lender considers necessary.

VI.            In case of split loan use, each date of release shall be subject to actual release date indicated in relevant evidence or certificate of loan; if the same due date is implemented, it means that loan of each period released separately uses due date of loan determined in the evidence or certificate of loan released for the first time as the due date.

VII.            If lender recovers loan in advance in light of conditions agreed herein, it will be considered that due date of loan is moved up accordingly.

Page 5 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

Article 5     Loan Interest Rate and Calculation and Collection of Interest

I.            Loan interest rate (refers to annualized interest rate calculated with simple interest method, the same below)

(I)            Pricing benchmark interest rate shall be implemented in line with Item VIII in Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof.

(II)            For loan interest rate pricing formula, see Item IX in Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof.

(III)            Loan interest rate shall be implemented in line with Item X in Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof.

(IV)            Corresponding pricing benchmark interest rate of loan hereunder shall use each actual loan release date (or re-pricing date, if any) as date of determination of pricing benchmark interest rate. During the loan term, unless otherwise agreed herein, the borrower will no longer be notified if loan interest rate is adjusted based on the contract.

(V)            For loan released hereunder, if China or relevant country/region cancels pricing benchmark interest rate hereunder, or relevant market no longer releases pricing benchmark interest rate or requirements of regulatory departments, the lender will be entitled to re-determine loan interest rate in light of interest policies of the same period of China or relevant country/region, principles of fairness and honesty and factors such as industrial practices and interest rate situation and then notify borrower. If the borrower has objections, the borrower shall consult the lender. If consultation fails within five working days upon issuance of notification from the lender, the lender is entitled to recover loan in advance, and the borrower shall immediately pay off the remaining principal and interest of loan. If the lender or relevant country or regulatory policy requires the borrower to sign a supplementary agreement for relevant matters on that occasion, the borrower shall cooperate.

II.            Method of Repayment of Interest of Loan

(I)            Calculation of Interest of Loan. For principal of loan in local and foreign currencies, interest thereof will be calculated from the date when the lender allocates the loan into borrower's account based on the contract. Daily accrued interest of loan = Balance of loan on the date × daily interest rate. Conversion of daily interest rate and annual interest rate shall be carried out in accordance with regulations of the People's Bank of China and international practices.

(II)            Mode of repayment of interest of loan shall be executed in accordance with Item XI in Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof.

III.            Default Interest and Compound Interest

(I) If borrower fails to use loan in light of purpose agreed herein, from date of embezzlement, lender is entitled to calculate and collect default interest of the embezzled loan, and for rate of default interest, see Item XII in Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof; if borrower fails to repay on schedule and also fails to reach an agreement with lender with regard to grace, that is, if loan is overdue, from the overdue date, lender is entitled to calculate and collect default interest for overdue loan, and for rate of default interest, see Item XIII in Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof; for interest that is not paid on schedule (including interest before and after loan is due, default interest for embezzlement or overdue default interest), lender is entitled to calculate and collect compound interest based on overdue default interest rate for loan agreed herein. If the same loan is not only overdue but also not used based on the purpose agreed herein, default interest rate shall be calculated according to the higher one.

(II)            If loan interest rate uses a fixed interest rate, default interest rate is also the fixed interest rate; if loan interest rate uses floating interest rate, default interest rate is also the floating interest rate, and floating cycle thereof is consistent with that of loan interest rate.

(III)            Method of calculation and collection of default interest and compound interest shall be subject to loan interest repayment method agreed herein.

Page 6 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

Article 6     Prerequisites for Withdrawal

I.            After the borrower meets the following various withdrawal prerequisites required by the lender, borrower may apply to lender to release loan hereunder:

(I)            The borrower has delivered the following documents to the lender, situations indicated in the documents remain unchanged and are continuously effective, or borrower has given explanations to the satisfaction of lender:

1.            Letter of application for loan, of which main content includes but is not limited to: loan project name, amount, purpose, term, repayment plan, repayment source, etc.;

2.            Legal and effective business license, Articles of Association, loan card and password/credit code, list and signature samples of legal representative and members of board of directors and main principals and CFO registered in relevant administration for industry and commerce, effective identity certifications of legal representative or authorized representative thereof, written documents of legal representative or authorized representative thereof and relevant natural person that allow lender to deal with their personal information, and other corporate document that lender considers necessary of borrower;

3.            Decisions of meetings of board of directors or general meetings held according to legal procedures by borrower that are approved by voting of a quorum of directors or shareholders, truthfully, legally and effectively allow borrower to apply to lender for loan hereunder and specify purpose of loan and accept various loan conditions required by lender, or other documents lender considers necessary;

4.            Annual reports for the past three years (with audit reports and notes) approved by lender, financial statements for the latest period and the same period of the previous year, and for borrowers established for less than three years, submit annual reports since establishment;

5.            Information of related enterprises;

6.            In case of application for a temporary working capital loan, it is necessary to provide relevant contracts, vouchers or materials such as procurement contracts, order contracts and debt certificates;

7.            In case of proposed mortgage/pledge guarantee, it is necessary to provide a certificate of ownership of the mortgage/pledge property and a value appraisal report, and the mortgage/pledge registration formalities that shall be completed in accordance with requirements of relevant laws and regulations have been properly dealt with, and originals such as relevant ownership certification documents and registration certification documents have been handed over to lender for storage as required by lender; if a third-party guarantee is proposed, relevant guarantee materials shall be provided in accordance with requirements of Items 2 to 4 above, and the guarantee contract has come into effect; the above-mentioned guarantee shall continue to be effective;

8.            If lender requires insurance for the mortgage/pledge property, relevant insurance formalities for regarding lender as the first beneficiary have been properly dealt with and original policy has been handed over to lender for storage; and the insurance continues to be effective; if borrower provides mortgage/pledge, borrower hereby transfers the insurance claim enjoyed due to occurrence of insured events to lender;

9.            Enterprise in special industries must provide production and operation license for special industry or enterprise qualification level certificate issued by relevant competent approval department;

10.            If any party hereto requires completion of notarization formalities and so on, relevant notarization formalities have been appropriately dealt with;

11.            The borrower has followed requirements of lender to open an account in lender and is willing to accept credit supervision and payment & settlement supervision from lender;

12.            If borrower applies for a foreign exchange project loan, borrower must provide a valid foreign exchange loan use certificate and approval documents from relevant departments, and comply with relevant foreign exchange management policies;

13.            VAT, business tax and income tax returns required by lender;

Page 7 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

14.            The borrower has issued a letter of commitment for use of credit loan fund based on requirements of lender;

15.            The borrower and relevant natural person have issued written documents allowing lender to process their personal information in line with requirements of lender;

16.            Other documents, statements, vouchers and the like required by lender.

(II)            The borrower is legally established, production and operation thereof is legal and compliant, borrower is able to continue the operation, and borrower has legal source of repayment;

(III)            Purpose of loan is specific, legal and compliant.

(IV)            Statement and commitment made by borrower in Article 11 hereof continue to be true and effective; no default event or potential default event occurs on or before date of application of release;

(V)            The borrower has appropriately completed relevant evidence or certificate of loan related to release of loan. Evidence or certificate of loan is a component of the contract and has the same legal effect as the contract. If amount, term, interest rate and the like of loan hereunder are inconsistent with evidence or certificate of loan, the evidence or certificate of loan shall prevail;

(VI)            The borrower has a good credit status and no major bad records; if borrower is a new legal person, its controlling shareholder shall have a good credit status (borrower shall provide a written document of its natural person controlling shareholder allowing lender to process its personal information), and no major bad records;

(VII)            Other prerequisites for withdrawal required by lender.

II.            Under the premise that prerequisites for withdrawal agreed in this clause are met, lender shall perform obligations hereunder. Lender is entitled to unilaterally decide to reduce or give up some prerequisites for withdrawal, and borrower or guarantor shall not use this condition as defense against lender.

III.            The lender is entitled to properly adjust the loan release according to factors, such as whether the financing project meets relevant laws, regulations or policies and prerequisites for withdrawal required by lender, execution of corresponding security contract hereof and security formality processing time.

IV.            The borrower hereby agrees that: after the contract is executed, if any withdrawal of borrower fails to meet prerequisites for withdrawal or loan fund payment conditions agreed herein, lender is entitled to stop release, stop paying the loan fund or terminate the loan contract, and liabilities or losses arising therefrom shall be independently assumed by borrower. If lender terminates the contract, lender shall notify borrower; there are five working days for borrower to raise objections, which shall be calculated from the date when notice of termination is served on borrower in a manner agreed herein. If borrower raises no objections, the contract will be automatically terminated after the objection period expires. If borrower raises objection but consultation between both parties still fails within five working days after the objection period expires, lender is entitled to recover loan in advance based on the contract.

V. If, with review of lender, prerequisites for withdrawal agreed herein are met by borrower, lender will pay loan fund in accordance with Article 7 hereof.

Article 7     Account Monitoring & Loan Fund Payment

I.            Account Monitoring

In accordance with relevant national laws and regulations and regulatory policies, borrower promises that it has met prerequisites for withdrawal agreed herein before it applies for release of loan, and will accept supervision from lender on use of the loan fund based on the purpose agreed. The lender is entitled to monitor basic deposit account, general deposit account and special deposit account opened by borrower, and supervise and control release, payment and repayment of loan fund based on the contract.

Page 8 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

For special fund withdrawal account designated by borrower, see Item XIV in Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof; borrower will timely provide information on inflow and outflow of fund of the account.

The lender may consult borrower to otherwise sign an account management agreement in light of credit status, financing situation and so on of borrower, and lay out specific agreements on management of inflow and outflow of fund withdrawn from circulation of the designated account. The lender is entitled to recover loan in advance in light of the fund withdrawal situation of borrower.

II.            Loan Fund Payment

(I)            The lender is entitled to manage and control payment of the loan fund through commissioned lender payment or independent borrower payment.

1.            "Commissioned lender payment" refers to borrower authorizing lender to pay the loan fund to borrower's counterpart consistent with purpose agreed herein.

If commissioned lender payment is adopted, before release of the loan fund, borrower shall provide relevant transaction materials consistent with purpose agreed herein, and with review and approval of lender, the loan fund will be timely paid to borrower's counterpart through borrower's account.

If commissioned lender payment is adopted, after the loan fund is paid to borrower's counterpart, lender is entitled to recover the returned loan fund in accordance with Article 12 hereof provided that the loan fund is returned due to revocation, termination, invalidity and the like of the underlying transaction contract.

2.            "Independent borrower payment" refers to borrower independently paying the loan fund to borrower's counterpart consistent with purpose agreed herein after lender releases the loan fund to borrower's account.

If independent borrower payment is adopted, borrower shall regularly summarize the loan fund payment information and report the same to lender, and lender is entitled to verify whether payment of loan is consistent with the agreed purpose through account analysis, voucher verification, site investigation and the like.

(II)            Commissioned Payment

For loan fund payment which is consistent with one of conditions agreed in Item XV in Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof, commissioned lender payment shall be adopted.

(III)            During the release and payment of loan, in case of the following conditions on the part of borrower, loan release and payment conditions shall be supplemented based on lender's requirements, and lender is entitled to adopt stricter loan release and payment conditions, and is allowed to stop release and payment of the loan fund and take corresponding measures as agreed in Item II under Article 14 hereof:

1.            Decline in credit status;

2.            Weak profitability of main business;

3.            Use of the loan fund is abnormal;

4.            Other conditions regarded by lender.

Article 8     Repayment of Principal and Interest of Loan

I.            Principal of loan hereunder shall be repaid as agreed in Item XVI under Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof.

II.            Borrower shall repay lender principal and interest of loan hereunder on time and in full on date of repayment and date of interest payment agreed herein.

III.            If date of repayment is non business day of lender, it will be postponed to the next business day of lender, and such non business day of lender will be calculated into actual number of loan occupancy days. When borrower is repaying principal of loan of the last period, interest shall be discharged together with principal and not be subject to date of interest payment agreed in Article 5 hereof.

Page 9 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

IV.            If borrower fails to repay the loan under the loan contract on schedule and needs a grace, borrower shall submit a written loan grace application to lender in advance in accordance with Item XVII in Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof. With review and approval of lender, both parties shall otherwise sign a Loan Grace Contract as a supplementary contract hereof.

V.            Earlier Repayment

Borrower shall repay principal and interest of loan based on dates agreed herein.

If borrower requires earlier repayment of principal and interest of loan in part or in whole, borrower shall notify lender in writing in advance and obtain written consent of lender in accordance with Item XVIII under Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof. With written consent of lender, after borrower repays a part of principal and interest of loan in advance, borrower shall determine subsequent number of repayment periods, time of repayment and amount of repayment with lender through consultation. For principal of loan repaid in advance, interest thereof shall be calculated and collected based on actual period of use and loan interest rate agreed herein. Lender will not adjust interest of loan calculated and collected before the earlier repayment.

If borrower requires earlier repayment, lender is entitled to require borrower to pay liquidated damages in accordance with Item XVIII under Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof. If borrower belongs to a micro/small-size enterprise consistent with national systems or policies, this liquidated damages will not be collected.

VI.            If borrower fails to perform obligations based on the contract, borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes lender to directly deduct and collect amount from any account opened by borrower in lender and all branches and subsidiaries of Industrial Bank without judicial procedures, including but not limited to principal and interest of loan (including principal, interest, default interest, compound interest), liquidated damages, damages and expenses that lender uses to realize creditor's right. The borrower agrees that lender is allowed to decide specific deduction and collection order; if currency of amount in an account is inconsistent with currency of loan, the lender is entitled to translate the amount into amount in currency of loan for deduction and collection based on middle rate released by lender on date of deduction and collection; if any account agreed in this clause involves such products as wealth management products or structural deposit, borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes lender to directly institute relevant product redemption application or take other necessary measures on the behalf, to ensure that lender can smoothly deduct and collect the said amount, and borrower shall provide all necessary cooperation.

Article 9     Guarantee

I.            For the security contract hereof, see Item XIX in Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof.

II.            Except the foregoing signed security contract, in case of exchange rate fluctuation or any other event that lender believes may occur and affect contract performance ability of borrower or guarantor, lender is entitled to require borrower to make up for deposit or provide new security, and sign relevant security contract, and borrower shall cooperate based on requirements of lender.

III.            Before the security contract hereunder is fully signed and relevant security formalities have been appropriately dealt with, lender is allowed not to perform various obligations including release of loan hereunder.

Article 10     Rights & Obligations of Both Parties

I.            Rights and Obligations of Lender

(I)           Rights of Lender:

1.            Require borrower to provide true materials, including personal information and so on;

2.            Require borrower to repay principal and interest of loan on schedule;

3.            Require borrower to provide various materials regarding loan;

4.            Learn about situation of production, operation and finance of borrower;

5.            Supervise borrower's use of loan based on purpose agreed herein;

Page 10 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

6.            Supervise use of loan and raise requirements;

7.            If borrower owes multiple debts of the same type to lender, and borrower's payment is insufficient or may be insufficient to repay all the debts, lender shall decide the specific repayment or deduction order at the time of repayment;

8.            Directly deduct and collect amount from any account opened by borrower in lender and all branches and subsidiaries of Industrial Bank without judicial procedures, including but not limited to principal and interest of loan (including principal, interest, default interest, compound interest), liquidated damages, damages and expenses that lender uses to realize creditor's right. Borrower agrees that lender is allowed to decide specific deduction and collection order; if currency of amount in an account is inconsistent with currency of loan, lender is entitled to translate the amount into amount in currency of loan for deduction and collection based on middle rate released by lender on date of deduction and collection; if any account agreed in this clause involves such products as wealth management products or structural deposit, borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes lender to directly institute relevant product redemption application or take other necessary measures on the behalf, to ensure that lender can smoothly deduct and collect the said amount;

9.            Transfer all or a part of creditor's rights and security interests hereunder to a third party at any time, without consent of borrower. If lender transfer loan and security interests hereunder, borrower still assumes all obligations hereunder;

10.            If borrower fails to repay principal and interest of loan based on the contract, or fails to implement repayment of principal and payment of interest, or violates any obligation agreed herein, lender is entitled to report and disclose default information of borrower to the People's Bank of China and established and approved credit service institutions and system thereof, or relevant banking association, banking regulatory institution or other administrative/judicial/regulatory departments and established or approved information management systems or news media thereof, and take legal measures such as liquidation, litigation, arbitration or application to relevant notarization institution for issuance for certificate of execution, and in the meantime lender may take or work with other banking and financial institutions to take joint default punishment and right protection measures such as reducing or stopping credit granting, stopping opening new settlement account and stopping processing new credit cards of legal representative of borrower/borrower;

11.            Unilaterally decide to recover loan in advance based on the fund withdrawal situation of borrower;

12.            In case of exchange rate fluctuation and other situations that creditor believes may affect safety of creditor's right, debtor is obliged to supplement pledge security such as deposit as required by creditor, or implement other risk mitigation measures approved by creditor;

13.            Enjoy other rights specified by laws, regulations and rules or the contract.

(II)            Obligations of Lender:

1.            Release and pay the loan fund based on the contract;

2.            Keep confidential information on debts, finance, production and operation of borrower, unless:

(1)            required by laws and regulations;

(2)            required by relevant regulatory institution;

(3)            it is disclosed to lender's partners.

II.            Rights and Obligations of Borrower

(I)            Borrower enjoys the following rights:

1.            Withdraw and use the whole loan based on the contract;

2.            Require lender to keep confidential materials it provides based on the contract.

(II)            Obligations of Borrower

1.            The borrower shall faithfully provide documents and materials required by lender, including information on all opening bank, accounts and balances of deposit and loan and relevant personal information, and cooperate with lender for investigation, review and inspection;

Page 11 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

2.            The borrower shall accept supervision or inspection on its use of loan fund and relevant production, operation and financial activities from lender, and timely take reasonable measures for advice or requirements of lender;

3.            The borrower shall use loan according to purpose agreed herein, not embezzle the same for other purposes, and guarantee that it may not be used for investment in fixed assets; will not use loan to invest in equity; not use the loan in the fields and for purposes prohibited by the state for production/operation; not use loan for speculation or investment in stocks, securities, futures, wealth management products and other financial products; not use loan to buy real estate or engage/invest in the real estate field, etc.; not use loan to engage in lending activities between enterprises or enterprise and individual; not use loan to seek illegal income; not obtain credit funds through illegal means, and not occupy or misappropriate loans in other ways; not use loan to engage in other illegal activities or other fields violating national laws and policies; and not use loan to engage in areas where bank credit funds are prohibited by relevant regulatory institution;

4.            In accordance with Article 7 hereof, borrower shall accept monitoring on borrower's account and loan fund payment management from lender;

5.            Borrower shall repay principal and interest of loan on time and in full based on the contract;

6.            Without written consent of lender, borrower may not transfer debts hereunder in whole or in part to any third party;

7.            The borrower shall not reduce registered capital in any manner; without written consent of lender, borrower may not extend period of subscription of registered capital;

8.            In case of merger, separation, equity transfer, external investment, material increase in debt financing and other significant matters on the part of borrower, borrower shall notify lender in writing at least 30 working days in advance and obtain written consent of lender, and actively implement guarantee measures for repayment of principal and interest of loan hereunder on schedule and in full based on lender's requirements. The foregoing significant matters include but are not limited to:

(1)            Applying for loans or liabilities from banks or other third parties, or providing loans to third parties, or providing guarantees for third-party debts, or other material increases in debt financing, which affects or may affect repayment of principal and interest of loan;

(2)            Making major changes in property rights or adjustments of business mode (including but not limited to signing joint venture or cooperation contracts with foreign investors or investors from Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan, being revoked or closed down, stopping production or transferring production, being divided or combined, merging or being merged, restructuring, forming or transforming into a joint-stock company, external investment, holding shares in or investing in joint-stock companies or investment companies with fixed assets such as houses and machine and equipment or intangible assets such as trademarks, patents, know-how and land use rights, or conducting transactions of property rights and management rights by leasing, contracting, joint venture, trusteeship, etc.);

(3)            Change of equity has reached the condition agreed in Item XX under Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof.

9.            Borrower shall notify lender in writing within 7 working days from date of occurrence or potential occurrence of the following conditions, and actively implement guarantee measures for repayment of principal and interest of loan hereunder on schedule and in full based on requirements of lender:

(1)            Significant financial loss, asset loss or other financial crisis occurs;

(2)            Business is stopped, business license is revoked or canceled, borrower applies for bankruptcy or an application for bankruptcy is submitted against borrower, borrower is dismissed, etc.;

(3)            Controlling shareholder and other related companies thereof suffer from major operation or financial crisis which affect its normal operation;

Page 12 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

(4)            Legal representative, directors or senior management of borrower change, which affects its normal operation;

(5)            Change of equity of guarantor has reached the condition specified in Item XXI under Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof;

(6)            There are significant related transactions between borrower and controlling shareholder and other related companies thereof, which may affect its normal operation;

(7)            There is any litigation, arbitration or criminal or administrative punishment which has significant adverse impact on its operation or properties;

(8)            There are other significant matters that may affect its solvency.

10.            At the request of lender (such request shall be reasonably notified to lender in advance, unless it is unable to notify in advance due to occurrence of default events or potential default events or special environment), lender's representatives are allowed to conduct the following activities during normal working hours:

(1)            Visit the premises where borrower conducts operation activities;

(2)            Inspect sites, facilities, factories and equipment of borrower;

(3)            Check book records and other records of borrower;

(4)            Inquire of employees, agents, contractors and subcontractors of borrower who know or may know relevant information needed by lender.

11.            The borrower guarantees to maintain current assets and net asset value, asset-liability ratio, asset current ratio and other financial conditions within the scope stipulated in Item XXII under Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof during the loan term.

12.            For letter of demand or demand document lender sends or otherwise delivers to borrower, borrower must sign for the same and submit the receipt to lender.

Article 11     Statements & Commitments of Borrower

The borrower is voluntary to make the following statements and commitments, and assume legal liabilities for truthfulness of content thereof:

I.            The borrower is a legal unit that was established and is existing in accordance with laws of the People's Republic of China, and has full capacity for civil conducts. The borrower guarantees that it will provide relevant certificates, licenses, credentials and other documents required by lender in light of lender's requirements.

II.            The borrower has sufficient ability to perform all obligations and responsibilities hereunder, and its discharge liability will not be mitigated or exempted due to any order, change of financial condition or any agreement signed with any unit.

III.            The borrower has full authorization and legal rights to sign the contract; borrower has obtained and fully performed all internal approvals and authorizations or other relevant formalities necessary for execution and performance of the contract, and has obtained and fully performed all necessary approvals, registrations, authorizations, consents, permissions or other relevant formalities of any governmental departments or other organs of power necessary for execution and performance of the contract, and all approvals, registrations, consents, permissions, authorizations and other relevant formalities necessary for execution of the contract are fully legal and effective.

IV.            The borrower's execution of the contract is completely consistent with relevant articles of association, internal decisions and resolutions of general meetings and meetings of board of directors of borrower, and borrower promises that such internal decisions and resolutions of general meetings and meetings of board of directors completely conform to national laws and regulations and articles of association and contain no content that is invalid, untenable or revocable. And the contract will not be in conflict with or in violation of any articles of association, internal decisions and resolutions of general meetings and meetings of board of directors and policies of borrower.

Page 13 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

V.            Execution and performance of the contract is based on true intention expression of borrower. The loan financing is consistent with laws and regulations, and execution and performance of the contract do not violate any laws, regulations, rules or contractual agreements binding on borrower. The contract is legal, effective and enforceable; if the contract is invalid due to defect in rights of execution and performance of the contract of borrower, borrower will immediately and unconditionally indemnify lender for all losses.

VI.            All documents, financial statements and other materials provided to lender by borrower under the contract are true, complete, accurate and effective, and various financial indicators required by lender will be continuously kept.

VII.            The borrower agrees that the loan business hereunder is subject to provisions, customary rules and practices of lender. The lender is entitled to recover loan in advance in light of the fund withdrawal situation of borrower.

VIII.            If borrower owes multiple debts of the same type to lender, and borrower's payment is insufficient or may be insufficient to repay all the debts, lender shall decide the specific repayment or deduction order.

IX.            If borrower fails to perform obligations based on the contract, borrower hereby authorizes lender to directly deduct and collect amount from any account opened by borrower in lender and all branches and subsidiaries of Industrial Bank without judicial procedures, including but not limited to principal and interest of loan (including principal, interest, default interest, compound interest), liquidated damages, damages and expenses that lender uses to realize creditor's right; borrower agrees that lender has the right to decide specific deduction and collection order. If currency of amount in an account is inconsistent with currency of loan, lender is entitled to translate the amount into amount in currency of loan for deduction and collection based on middle rate released by lender on date of deduction and collection; if any account agreed in this clause involves such products as wealth management products or structural deposit, borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes lender to directly institute relevant product redemption application or take other necessary measures on the behalf, to ensure that lender can smoothly deduct and collect the said amount, and borrower shall provide all necessary cooperation.

X.            Whether before or after the execution of this contract, if borrower submits any documents related to a specific transaction to lender for review, borrower guarantees the authenticity of all documents, and lender will only make a decision on the apparent authenticity of the transaction documents. Lender neither participates in nor knows substance of the specific transaction that borrower engages in, nor assumes any liability.

XI.            The borrower confirms that, except conditions that have been disclosed to lender in writing, borrower does not conceal any of the following events that have occurred or are about to occur and may lead lender to disagree with release of loan hereunder:

(I)            Debts or liabilities assumed by borrower, including but not limited to any hypothecation, pledge, lien and other encumbrances that are set on assets or incomes of borrower and not disclosed to lender;

(II)            Major violations of discipline or laws or claims involving borrower or borrower's main management personnel;

(III)            Events of default on the part of borrower under the creditor's right/debt contract between borrower and any other creditor;

(IV)            No litigation, arbitration or administrative punishment against borrower have occurred, is pending, or to the knowledge of borrower, may occur against borrower or properties thereof, and there are no liquidation or winding-up or other similar proceedings against borrower brought up spontaneously or by a third party;

(V)            Other conditions that may affect financial condition and solvency of borrower.

Page 14 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

XII.            The borrower promises to use the loan based on purpose agreed herein, and not to embezzle the loan for other purposes or any purpose contrary to the purpose of the contract. It will accept and cooperate with lender at any time in loan payment management, post-loan management and related inspections, and cooperate with lender in supervision, inspection and checking on borrower's use of loan funds and borrower's production and operation, financial activities, material inventory, assets and liabilities, bank deposits, cash inventory and so on or such other requirements as lender deems necessary or appropriate.

XIII.            Provide sufficient and valid security recognized by lender or other acceptable securities as deemed appropriate by lender. If security hereunder involves mortgage of a real estate, borrower shall timely notify lender when it is aware of information on demolition of the mortgaged house; if the mortgaged house is demolished, lender is entitled to require borrower to discharge the debt in advance or re-set the mortgage and sign a new mortgage agreement provided that property right exchange compensation mode is adopted, and after original mortgaged real estate is lost and before the new mortgage registration is finished, borrower shall offer a guarantor meeting guarantee conditions to guarantee; for the removed real estate for which the indemnity mode is adopted for compensation, borrower is liable to require mortgagor to continue to provide guarantee for main creditor's right by opening a special deposit account or certificate of deposit and the like for removal compensation amount.

XIV.            The borrower may not reduce registered capital in any manner. Without prior written consent of lender, borrower may not transfer debts hereunder in whole or in part to any third party. Before debts hereunder are fully discharged, without written consent of lender, borrower may not discharge any debt between borrower and other creditor (except other branches of Industrial Bank) in advance.

XV.            In case of significant adverse matters that will affect borrower's solvency, lender shall be notified without any delay; in case of merger, separation, equity transfer, external investment, material increase in debt financing and other significant matters, written consent of lender must be obtained.

XVI.            If litigation, arbitration or other dispute between lender and borrower or any third party related to borrower arises from performance of obligations hereunder, causing lender to be involved in dispute between borrower and any third party, litigation or arbitration costs, attorney fees and other expenses paid by lender accordingly shall be assumed by borrower.

XVII.            Due to the settlement business hereunder, borrower shall process such business in the settlement account opened in lender.

XVIII.            The borrower promises that information it publicizes on the national enterprise credit information publicity system is true, complete, legal and effective, and that it will continuously allow lender to make inquiries about information enterprise chooses to or not to publicize on the system. If lender requires capital verification, borrower agrees to conduct capital verification based on lender's requirements and provide a capital verification report issued by a professional institution.

XIX.            The borrower hereby declares and authorizes that: lender is allowed to carry out necessary investigation against credit situation of borrower in line with national laws and regulations and relevant policies, including inquiry about credit information of borrower in basic financial credit information database established by the state, and report relevant credit information to national basic financial credit information database based on need of work on enterprise construction and personal credit investigation of the People's Bank, and hereby allows relevant information to be legally inquired within the authorized scope.

XX.            The borrower hereby declares and authorizes that: lender is allowed to, in light of information management work need of relevant administrative/judicial/regulatory departments, banking regulatory institutions, banking associations and the like, report information related to the contract and other relevant information to the said departments, institutions and information management systems established or recognized by them, and hereby allows relevant information to be legally inquired.

Page 15 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

XXI.            If borrower violates the contract, or conditions that may hinder lender from realizing its creditor's right occur, lender is entitled to require the contribution subscription obligation of shareholders of borrower to be accelerated, and borrower promises that shareholders thereof shall timely subscribe capital in time based on requirements of lender. Lender is entitled to require borrower and shareholders thereof not to distribute dividend.

XXII.            The borrower promises that the transaction background of this loan business is true and legal, and the loan is not used for illegal purposes such as money laundering.

XXIII.            The borrower hereby irrevocably promises that, in case of violation of any obligation agreed herein, the lender may report and disclose default information of borrower to the People's Bank of China and established or approved credit service institutions and systems thereof, or banking associations, banking regulatory institutions or other administrative/judicial/regulatory departments and information management systems or news media established or recognized by them.

Meanwhile, the borrower irrevocably authorizes relevant banking association to share default information of borrower among banking institutions and even publicize the same to the society in an appropriate manner.

The borrower is aware that the lender is entitled to take various measures based on the contract, and that lender is entitled to take or banking financial institutions including lender are entitled to jointly take joint default punishment and right protection measures such as reducing or stopping credit granting, stopping opening new settlement account and stopping processing new credit cards of borrower's legal representative/borrower.

XXIV.            For other matters declared and promised by borrower, see Item XXIII in Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof.

Article 12     Earlier Loan Recovery

I.            During the loan term, in case of one of the following conditions on the part of borrower or surety (including guarantor, mortgagor or pledgor, the same below), lender is entitled to unilaterally decide to stop payment of the loan borrower has not used, and recover principal and interest of loan in whole or in part in advance; for loan which will be repaid in installments, if lender recovers the loan of a period in advance based on the contract, other loans that have not matured will be deemed to be due in advance:

(I)            Provide false materials or conceal important operation or financial facts, and any certificates and documents submitted to lender and any item among statements and commitments in Article 11 hereof is proved to be untrue, inaccurate, incomplete or intentionally misleading;

(II)            Without written consent of lender, borrower arbitrarily changes original purpose of loan, embezzles the loan or uses the loan for illegal and non-compliant transactions;

(III)            Use false contracts with related parties, to discount or pledge creditor's rights such as bills receivable and accounts receivable without actual trade background to the lender to arbitrage lender's funds or credit;

(IV)            Refuse to accept supervision and inspection on its credit fund use and relevant operation and financial activities from lender;

(V)            Merger, separation, acquisition, restructuring, equity transfer, external investment, material increase in debt financing and other significant matters occur, which lender believes may affect safety of loan;

(VI)            Intentionally evade creditor's right of lender through related transactions;

(VII)            Credit status deteriorates, and solvency (including contingent liabilities) apparently weakens;

(VIII)            Cross defaults agreed in Article 15 hereof happen to borrower or related enterprises thereof and guarantor or related enterprises thereof;

(IX)            The borrower fails to repay principal and interest of loan hereunder on schedule;

(X)            The borrower ceases to repay its debts, or is unable or indicates that it is unable to repay its debts as they fall due;

Page 16 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

(XI)            The borrower ceases to do business, goes out of business, is declared bankrupt, is dissolved, and has its business license revoked or withdrawn, and its financial situation deteriorates;

(XII)            The borrower fails to perform obligations agreed in Articles 10 & 13 hereof and other obligations agreed herein, or guarantor fails to perform obligations agreed in the security contract;

(XIII)            Value of mortgage or pledge property for security has dropped or may significantly drop, or rights of pledge must be honored before loan expires;

(XIV)            Legal representative, major individual investors, directors, supervisors or senior managers of borrower or guarantor abnormally change, disappear, or have been legally investigated or personal freedom thereof has been restricted by judicial authorities, which has affected or may affect performance of obligations under this contract;

(XV)            The borrower/guarantor or controlling shareholders, actual controllers or related persons of borrower/guarantor are involved in significant litigation, arbitration or other disputes, or significant assets thereof are sealed up, frozen, deducted or enforced or other measures with similar effect have been taken, which may endanger or damage interests of lender;

(XVI)            Events otherwise agreed in the contract, or based on the fund withdrawal situation of borrower, other events that endanger or damage or may endanger or damage interests of lender.

II.            In case of the foregoing conditions for earlier loan recovery, lender may unilaterally decide whether to give borrower a certain grace according to production and operation situation, financial condition, fund withdrawal and the like of borrower. If lender gives borrower a certain grace, but borrower still fails to take remedies within the grace or remedies adopted are in conflict with requirements of lender, lender is entitled to unilaterally decide to recover loan in advance; lender may choose not to give borrower grace and directly decide to recover loan in advance.

III.            In case of earlier loan recovery, lender is entitled to take corresponding measures based on Paragraph II in Article 14 hereof.

Article 13     Obligations of Borrower to Disclose Significant Transactions and Events to Lender

I.            Borrower shall promptly report significant transactions and events of borrower to lender in writing.

II.            If borrower is a group customer, borrower shall timely report related transactions accounting for more than 10% of net assets of borrower to lender in accordance with relevant regulations, including but not limited to:

(I)            Relationship of all parties to the transaction;

(II)            Item and nature of transaction;

(III)            Amount or corresponding proportion of transaction;

(IV)            Pricing policies (including transactions with no amount or only nominal amount).

III.            Where underlying conditions of the contract suffer from significant changes which are unforeseeable at the time of execution of contract and do not belong to commercial risk, and thus re-negotiation is required, borrower shall notify lender promptly within three working days after such changes occur.

Article 14     Liabilities for Breach of Contract

I.            After the contract takes effect, borrower and lender shall perform obligations agreed herein, and if any party refuses to perform or fully perform obligations agreed herein, the party shall assume corresponding liabilities for breach of contract.

Page 17 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

II.            If borrower fails to use loan based on the purpose agreed herein, pay the loan fund in the agreed manner or comply with statements and commitments, information in loan application documents is false, financial indicators break through the agreements, significant cross default events occur and any clause in the contract is not performed, lender is entitled to take one or several measures below:

(I)            Require correction of breach within a period;

(II)            Cease to release unreleased loan hereunder, and cease to pay unpaid loan fund hereunder;

(III)            Require borrower to supplement loan release and payment conditions consistent lender's requirements or cancel use of loan by means of "independent payment" of borrower;

(IV)            Unilaterally decide that all or a part of debts shall mature earlier;

(V)            Unilaterally terminate or relieve the contract, require borrower to discharge principal and interest of loan that are due or not due, and pay or indemnify for relevant losses;

(VI)            If loan is overdue, require borrower to pay overdue default interest; if borrower embezzles loan, require borrower to pay default interest for embezzlement; require borrower to pay unpaid interest (including interest before and after the loan matures, default interest for embezzlement and overdue default interest) and compound interest;

(VII)            Require borrower to add or replace guarantor, mortgage, pledge/pledge right;

(VIII)            Exercise or realize rights under any security related to the loan;

(IX)            Directly deduct and collect amount from any account opened by borrower in lender and all branches and subsidiaries of Industrial Bank without judicial procedures, or entrust the opening bank of borrower's account to deduct and collect amount from its account, including but not limited to principal and interest of loan (including principal, interest, default interest, compound interest), liquidated damages, damages and expenses that lender uses to realize creditor's right; borrower agrees that lender is allowed to decide specific deduction and collection order; if currency of amount in an account is inconsistent with currency of loan, lender is entitled to translate the amount into amount in currency of loan for deduction and collection based on middle rate released by lender on date of deduction and collection; if any account agreed in this clause involves such products as wealth management products or structural deposit, lender is allowed to directly institute relevant product redemption application or take other necessary measures on the behalf, to ensure that lender can smoothly deduct and collect the said amount;

(X)            Initiate a lawsuit or arbitration or apply to a notary office for issuance of certificate of execution, require borrower to pay off principal and interest of loan, and expenses that creditor undertakes to realize the creditor's right shall be borne by borrower;

(XI)            Lender is entitled to seize or detain any movable properties or real estates or tangible or intangible properties of borrower controlled and occupied by lender or take other measures as appropriate deemed by lender;

(XII)            Lender is entitled to report and disclose default information of borrower to the People's Bank of China and established and approved credit service institutions and system thereof, or relevant banking association, banking regulatory institution or other administrative/judicial/regulatory departments and established or approved information management systems or news media thereof, and in the meantime may take or work with other banking and financial institutions to take joint default punishment and right protection measures such as reducing or stopping credit granting, stopping opening new settlement account and stopping processing new credit cards of legal representative of borrower/borrower;

(XIII)            Other measures stipulated by laws and regulations or agreed in the contract or as appropriate deemed by lender.

III.            Where prerequisites for withdrawal and loan fund payment conditions agreed herein are met, if lender fails to provide loan based on agreed date and amount, causing borrower to suffer from loss, lender shall indemnify borrower for direct economic losses arising accordingly. However, in no case will lender indemnify borrower for any foreseeable or unforeseeable indirect losses arising therefrom.

IV.            During the performance of the contract, if commissioned lender payment fails, payment is not timely, borrower violates the contract and processes independent payment or other losses occur because materials provided by borrower are false, inaccurate or incomplete or contain other defects, lender will not be responsible.

Page 18 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

V.            If release and payment dispute or other losses occur because the loan release account or payment object account agreed herein is frozen or due to other reasons, lender will not be responsible.

VI.            In case of the following conditions on the part of surety hereunder (i.e., guarantor, mortgagor and pledgor), lender is entitled to take measures in accordance Paragraph II in this clause:

(I)            The guarantor fails to perform agreements in relevant guarantee contract, or credit condition deteriorates, or other events that weaken the guarantee capability occur;

(II)            The mortgagor fails to perform agreements in relevant mortgage contract, or damages the mortgage on purpose, or value of mortgage may drop or has dropped notably, or there are other events that are detrimental to the mortgage right of lender;

(III)            The pledgor fails to perform agreement in relevant pledge contract, or value of pledge has dropped or may drop notably, or the pledge right must be honored before loan is discharged, or there are other events that are detrimental to the pledge right of lender.

Article 15     Cross Breach of Contract

In case of any condition below on the part of borrower or related enterprises thereof and guarantor or related enterprises thereof, it will be deemed that borrower violates the contract at the same time, and lender is entitled to recover loan in advance in accordance with Article 12 hereof and require borrower to assume liabilities for breach of contract in accordance with Article 14 hereof:

(I)            Any loan, financing or debt suffers or may suffers from default or is declared to be due earlier;

(II)            Any security or similar obligation is not performed, or there is a chance for failure to perform;

(III)            Fail to perform or violate legal documents or contracts regarding debt guarantee and other similar obligations, or there is a chance for failure to perform or violation;

(IV)            Insolvency in due debts or due loan/financing occurs or is about to occur;

(V)            Be declared or about to be declared bankrupt by legal proceedings;

(VI)            Transfer assets or properties thereof to other creditors;

(VII)            Other conditions that endanger safety of principal and interest of loan hereunder.

Article 16     Continuity of Obligations

All obligations of borrower hereunder are continuous, and have full and equal binding force on successor, agent, receiver, assignee and subject after merger, reorganization, name change and the like thereof.

Article 17     Clause on Accelerated Maturity of Principal and Interest

Borrower agrees that, once borrower fails to perform statements and commitments in Article 11 hereof, or borrower fails to perform any obligation hereunder, lender is entitled to decide that any other obligation to lender of borrower, including the repayment obligation of all mature and immature principals and interests of loan hereunder (including default interest and compound interest), will mature immediately.

Article 18     Right of Subrogation

Borrower hereby specifically declares that, whether creditor's right of lender is mature or not, if, for creditor's right of borrower and collateral rights related to such creditor's right, limitation of action is about to expire or credit in bankruptcy is not declared in time, borrower violates the contract or is unable to repay mature advances of lender (including principal, interest and expenses) or other conditions that may affect realization of creditor's right of lender occur, with regard to any creditor's right against third party, accounts receivable and other property interests and collateral rights related to the said rights owned by borrower, lender is entitled to exercise right of subrogation, including but not limited to subrogating borrower to request borrower's counterpart to perform obligations to borrower, declaring or conducting other necessary activities to trustee in bankruptcy, or borrower giving up all defenses.

Page 19 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

Article 19     Application of Laws, Jurisdiction & Settlement of Dispute

I.            Execution, effect, performance, termination, interpretation, dispute settlement and the like of the contract shall be governed by laws of the People's Republic of China (For the purpose of the contract, laws of Hong Kong SAR, Macao SAR and Taiwan Region are excluded).

II.            Any dispute arising from the contract shall be settled through friendly consultation between borrower and lender; if friendly consultation fails, both parties agree to settle the same in accordance with Item XXIV in Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof.

III.            During the dispute period, the provisions of this contract that are not involved in the dispute shall still be performed.

Article 20     Correspondence, Communication & Notices

I.            The borrower agrees and confirms that the address agreed in Item XXV under Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof is the address of service for notifications hereunder and legal instruments of relevant litigation (arbitration), notarization and the like at the time of occurrence of dispute (including but not limited to various notices and documents of all contracting parties; complaints (or letters of application for arbitration) and evidences, summons, notice of responding to action, notice to produce evidences, notice of court session, payment order, judgment (award), written ruling, mediation paper, notice of execution, notice of performance within a period and other legal instruments for trials of litigation or arbitration, proceedings for realizing security interest and the enforcement stage; various notices and legal instruments served by notary offices), and further agrees that lender, judicial authorities such as notary offices or courts and other servers of various notices and legal instruments are entitled to choose the paper or electronic mode for service, among them, electronic service modes include but are not limited to email, China Judicial Process Information Online, national uniform service platform, local or special online court service platforms and electronic platforms and APPs of servers.

II.            Period of application of the service address agreed in Paragraph I of this clause includes the non-litigation stage and all stages including the first instance, the second instance, retrial, enforcement, proceedings for realizing security interests, proceedings for supervising and urging the clearance of debt and the enforcement notarization stage after dispute enters procedures of arbitration and litigation. If the said service address is changed, borrower shall notify lender in writing in advance (during the litigation or arbitration period, relevant arbitration tribunal or court shall be notified in writing in advance, and if the enforcement notarization is processed, original notarization institution shall also be notified in writing) to re-determine address of service and obtain receipt. If they are not notified in advance, it will be considered that the address is not changed, corresponding legal consequences shall be assumed by borrower on its own, and address of service agreed in Paragraph I of this clause shall still be regarded as effective address of service.

III.            As long as any document, communication, notice and legal instrument is delivered to any address agreed in Paragraph I of this clause, it will be deemed to be served on the following date (in case of service on a designated receiving agent, it shall be deemed to be service on principal):

(I)            In case of post (including express mail, ordinary mail and registered mail), the fifth working day following the date of post will be regarded as date of service;

(II)            In case of fax, email, phone text, WeChat, QQ or other electronic communication address, date of sending will be regarded as date of service;

(III)            In case of personal delivery, date when recipient signs for it will be regarded as date of service. If recipient rejects the mail, server may record the service process by photography or video recording, and leave relevant instruments, which is also regarded as service.

Page 20 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

IV.            If instruments are unable to be actually served because address provided or confirmed by borrower is inaccurate or untrue or borrower fails to timely notify the counterpart and relevant arbitration institution, people's court or notarization institution after address of service is changed, borrower shall independently assume corresponding legal consequences, and such instruments will be deemed to have been effectively served:

(I)            In case of post, date of return of instrument will be regarded as date of service;

(II)            In case of personal delivery, date when server indicates relevant situation in the proof of service on the site will be regarded as date of service;

(III)            In case of electronic delivery, date of sending will be regarded as date of service.

V.            Lender uses address indicated in the contract as address of service. If lender sends notices by releasing announcements on its website, online banking or phone banking or in its outlets, date of release of announcement will be regarded as date of service. In no case, lender needs to be responsible for any transmission failure, omission or delay of post, fax, call or any other communication system.

VI.            All parties agree that, corporate official seals, office seals, special financial seals, special contract seals and sending and receiving seals of all parties, special credit business seal of lender and so on are effective seals for notification or contact , service of legal instrument and correspondence of all parties. All personnel of the unit of borrower have the right to sign for correspondence, communication and notices.

VII.            This clause is an independent clause in the contract and will not be subject to effect of the contract and other clauses thereof.

Article 21     Effect of Contract and Other Matters

I.            The contract will take effect as of the date when both contracting parties sign or seal or put their fingerprints.

II.            During the effective term of the contract, any forbearance, grace or delay granted by lender to borrower in exercising interests or rights in the contract will not damage, affect or restrict all interests and rights that lender shall enjoy in accordance with laws and regulations and the contract, shall not be deemed to be lender's waiver of rights or interests hereunder, and will not affect any obligation of borrower hereunder either.

III.            If performance of lender of the loan release obligation based on the contract is inconsistent with laws and regulations or regulatory requirements due to changes of national laws and regulations or regulatory policies, lender is entitled to unilaterally terminate the contract and declare that all released loans are mature in advance, and borrower shall immediately pay off such loans in line with lender's requirements. If lender is unable to perform or perform based on the contract due to such reasons, lender will not assume any legal liabilities.

IV.            If loan is not released or payment is not processed on time due to force majeure, communication or network failure, fault of lender's system and the like, lender will not be responsible but shall notify borrower without any delay.

V.            Lender is allowed to, based on operation and management need, authorize or entrust other branch of Industrial Bank to perform rights and obligations hereunder (including but not limited to authorizing or entrusting other branch of Industrial Bank to sign relevant contract), or enable other branch of Industrial Bank to undertake and manage the loan hereunder, borrower approves the said content, and it is unnecessary to otherwise obtain consent of borrower for the said activities of lender.

VI.            Borrower agrees that lender is entitled to unilaterally reduce or cancel loan amount hereunder that has not been used in light of production and operation condition, repayment situation, credit granting of other financial institution and other factors of borrower. If lender decides to reduce or cancel the amount, lender shall notify borrower five working days in advance without consent of borrower.

VII.            In the event that any provision of this contract is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect at any time, the legality, validity or enforceability of other provisions of this contract shall not be affected or impaired in any way.

Page 21 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

VIII.            Lender has requested borrower to pay special attention to "Important Tips for Contract Signing" in the contract, borrower has carefully read and fully, sufficiently and accurately understood all clauses regarding rights and obligations of both contracting parties and "Important Tips for Contract Signing", lender has given sufficient explanations for relevant clauses and personal information processing rules at the request of applicant, and both parties have completely consistent understanding of all clauses in the contract and have no objections to content hereof.

IX.            The subheadings of this contract are only added for convenience of reading and shall not be used for the interpretation of this contract or any other purpose.

X.            Attachments hereto constitute an integral part of the contract and have the same legal effect as body of the contract.

XI.            For total number of copies of the contract and number of copy held by each party, see Item XXVI in Article 23 Special Agreement Clause hereof, and each copy has the same legal effect.

Article 22     Notarization and Voluntary Acceptance of Enforcement

I.            If any party hereto brings up a notarization requirement, the other party agrees to process notarization in a notary office approved by the state in line with requirements of the other party.

II.            Contract that has been notarized for enforcement is enforceable; where borrower fails to perform or inappropriately perform debts or there are conditions for realization of creditor's right of lender specified by laws and regulations and agreed in the contract, borrower agrees that lender may apply to relevant notary office for issuance of a certificate of enforcement with enforcement effect, and borrower is voluntary to accept the enforcement that lender directly applies for to relevant competent people's court with this certificate of enforcement, aware of corresponding legal consequences and promises not to raise any objection or defense.

III.            All parties agree that: before issuance of certificate of enforcement, the notary office has the right to use any or several methods such as post, phonecall, fax, email, mobile phone message, WeChat, QQ, personal delivery and interview to verify borrower's relevant breaches such as refusal to perform or inappropriate performance based on "Correspondence, Communication and Notices" agreed herein. If phone call or interview is adopted for verification, it will be deemed to have been served immediately after the interview or call ends; if post, fax, email, mobile phone message, WeChat, QQ, personal delivery or the like is used for verification, agreements in "Correspondence, Communication and Notices" of the contract shall be executed for date of service.

IV.            If borrower disagrees with breaches verified in the preceding clause, borrower shall, within five working days from date of service, produce evidences to relevant notary office in writing and present sufficient evidence. If borrower fails to produce evidences on schedule or relevant notary office believes that evidences are insufficient to support its claim, it will be considered that borrower confirms relevant breaches such as refusal to perform debts or inappropriate debt performance and agrees that the notary office may issue a certificate of enforcement based on application of lender. If the notary office has other provisions on method of verification and period of producing evidences, they shall be executed in line with provisions of the notary office.

Article 23     Special Agreement Clause

I.            Description of Contracting Parties

Lender: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

Address: Zhongshan Building, No. 154, Hudong Road, Fuzhou

Legal Representative/Principal: Lv Jiajin

Borrower: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

Address: Room 909, Xinya Building, No. 121, Dong Street, Fuzhou

Legal Representative/Principal: Zheng Zhenyu

II.            If you discover that there are illegal or non-compliant conditions in the contract and business charge matters hereunder, you may call the complaint line of Industrial Bank to complain of illegal and non-compliant charges, and the charge complaint line is: 95561.

Page 22 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

III.            Lender and borrower confirm that loan hereunder belongs to the first condition below:

(First) The contract is a subcontract of Credit Line Contract (i.e, the master contract) between lender and borrower executed on March 3, 2022 (No.: Shou ZY-2022024). Amount of this loan is calculated into credit line under Credit Line Contract. Inside, loan in foreign currency will be translated into amount in RMB based on the middle rate released by lender on date of execution of the contract and calculated into credit line.

(Second) The contract is a legal instrument signed by lender and borrower separately.

IV.            Lender agrees to grant borrower a loan of (currency) RMB (amount in words) Three Million Two Hundred Thousand Only.

V.            The loan is used to pay for goods; without written consent of lender, borrower may not use the loan for other purposes.

VI.            Term of loan is one year, i.e., March 22, 2022 - March 22, 2023.

VII.            Split loan use plan is:

MM-DD-YYYY, RMB (ten thousand); MM-DD-YYYY, RMB (ten thousand);

MM-DD-YYYY, RMB (ten thousand); MM-DD-YYYY, RMB (ten thousand);

MM-DD-YYYY, RMB (ten thousand); MM-DD-YYYY, RMB (ten thousand);

MM-DD-YYYY, RMB (ten thousand); MM-DD-YYYY, RMB (ten thousand);

MM-DD-YYYY, RMB (ten thousand); MM-DD-YYYY, RMB (ten thousand);

Borrower shall submit an application to lender to process the withdrawal formalities three working days prior to date of withdrawal of each period or other time required by lender in writing.

If borrower fails to withdraw loan in light of split use periods and amount agreed above, lender is entitled to require borrower to pay liquidated damages that is equal to in ten thousand of amount of loan that shall be withdrawn during the current period. If borrower belongs to a micro/small-size enterprise consistent with national systems or policies, this liquidated damages will not be collected.

VIII.            Pricing benchmark interest rate shall be executed based on the first agreement below:

(First) One-year term grade of LPR.

(Second)     /     term grade of SHIBOR.

(Third) SOFR.

(Fourth)     /     term grade of SOFR term interest rate.

(Fifth) €STR.

(Sixth) SONIA.

(Seventh)     /     term grade of TSRR.

(Eighth)     TONA.

(Ninth)     SARON.

(Tenth)     /     term grade of HIBOR.

(Eleventh)     /     term grade of SIBOR.

(Twelfth)     /     term grade of benchmark interest rate of deposit in RMB of the People's Bank of China.

Among them, LPR shall be selected as pricing benchmark interest rate for loan in RMB with a fixed interest rate. Pricing benchmark interest rate shall be used in line with scope of currency restricted for pricing benchmark interest rate in Article 1 "Definitions & Interpretations".

IX.            Pricing formula of loan interest rate: loan interest rate = pricing benchmark interest rate +     /    % or - 0.5%.

X.            Loan interest rate shall be executed based on the second agreement below:

(First) Fixed interest rate. Interest rate is determined based on Method / below:

A.            Determine loan interest rate based on pricing benchmark interest rate of actual date of release and the pricing formula, and the interest rate remains unchanged during the period from each actual date of release to due date of loan hereunder.

B.            Based on pricing benchmark interest rate on date of execution of contract and the pricing formula, agree that fixed interest rate of loan shall be an annualized interest rate, i.e.,    /      %; if pricing benchmark interest rate is adjusted on actual date of release, the addition/subtraction points in the pricing formula shall be accordingly adjusted, and the said annualized interest rate agreed herein remains unchanged.

Page 23 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

(Second) Floating interest rate. Determine loan interest rate based on pricing benchmark interest rates on actual date of release and date of re-pricing and the pricing formula, and calculate interest by stage. Date of re-pricing shall be executed based on Method A below:

A.            Floating cycle is quarter (month/quarter/half a year/year); corresponding date of each full cycle from actual date of loan release is a date of re-pricing of contract; if there is no corresponding date in current month, the last day of the month is corresponding date.

B.            If SOFR, €STR, SONIA, TONA or SARON is used as pricing benchmark interest rate, each date of interest calculation of the interest period (i.e., each natural date of the loan term) is a date of re-pricing of contract.

(Third) Other interest rate method:

___________________/________________________________

__________________________________________/_____________________________

__________________________________________/____________________________。

XI.            Repayment of loan interest shall be executed based on the first method below:

(First) It is agreed that the 21st day of each month (month/the last month of a quarter/the last month of half a year/the last month of a year) is date of interest payment for loan hereunder; borrower shall pay lender loan interest of current period on date of interest payment, and settle the remaining principal and interest when loan is due.

(Second) Corresponding date of each full / (month/quarter/half a year/year) from actual loan release date (if there is no corresponding date in current month, the last day of the month is corresponding date) is date of interest payment of each period, and borrower shall pay lender loan interest of current period on date of interest payment and settle the remaining principal and interest when loan is due.

(Third) Initial interest payment date is MM-DD-YYYY; corresponding date of each full     /     (month/quarter/half a year/year) from initial interest payment date (if there is no corresponding date in current month, the last day of the month is corresponding date) is date of interest payment of each period, and borrower shall pay lender loan interest of current period on date of interest payment and settle the remaining principal and interest when loan is due.

(Fourth) Other repayment method:

________________________/________________________

__________________________________________/_____________________________

__________________________________________/____________________________。

XII.            If borrower fails to use loan based on the purpose agreed herein, from date of embezzlement, lender is entitled to calculate and collect default interest of embezzled loan, and default interest rate is 100% above the loan interest rate.

XIII.            If borrower fails to repay on schedule and reach an agreement with lender with regard to the grace, that is, loan is overdue, from the overdue date, lender is entitled to calculate and collect default interest for overdue loan, and default interest rate is 50% above the loan interest rate.

XIV.            In accordance with relevant national laws and regulations and regulatory policies, borrower promises that it has met prerequisites for withdrawal agreed herein before it applies for release of loan, and will accept supervision from lender on use of the loan fund based on the purpose agreed. The lender is entitled to monitor basic deposit account, general deposit account and special deposit account opened by borrower, and supervise and control release, payment and repayment of loan fund based on the contract.

Page 24 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

Borrower designates the following account as special fund withdrawal account, and will timely provide information on inflow and outflow of fund of the account:

Account Name: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

Account No.:

Opening Bank: Business Department of Head Office of Industrial Bank

The lender may consult borrower to otherwise sign an account management agreement in light of credit status, financing situation and so on of borrower, and lay out specific agreements on management of inflow and outflow of fund withdrawn from circulation of the designated account. The lender is entitled to recover loan in advance in light of the fund withdrawal situation of borrower.

XV.            In case of one of the following condition for loan fund payment, commissioned lender payment shall be adopted:

1.            Borrower establishes a new credit business relationship with lender and internal rating level of borrower in lender is below Level B3 (inclusive); "new credit business relationship" refers to initial credit business relationship between lender and borrower or no credit business relationship within 2 years between them;

2.            Working capital loan for replacement;

3.            Payment object is specific or a single payment amount exceeds RMB Ten Million (inclusive) (in case of loan in foreign currency, translate based on middle rate released by lender on date of payment);

4.            Others: ____________________________/_______________________________

___________________________________/___________________________________。

XVI.            Principal of loan hereunder shall be repaid based on the second method below:

(First) Repay principal of loan in installments, amount and dates of principal repayment are as follows:

MM-DD-YYYY, repay RMB (ten thousand); MM-DD-YYYY, repay RMB (ten thousand);

MM-DD-YYYY, repay RMB (ten thousand); MM-DD-YYYY, repay RMB (ten thousand);

MM-DD-YYYY, repay RMB (ten thousand); MM-DD-YYYY, repay RMB (ten thousand);

MM-DD-YYYY, repay RMB (ten thousand); MM-DD-YYYY, repay RMB (ten thousand);

___________________________________________________________________。

If lender adjusts the split loan use plan, dates and amount of loan repayment in installments agreed in this clause remain unchanged, and borrower shall repay principal of loan on schedule.

(Second) Repay full principal of loan in a lump sum on due date of loan.

(Third) Other methods for repayment of loan principal: _________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________。

XVII.            If borrower fails to repay loan hereunder on schedule and needs a grace, borrower shall submit a written loan grace application to lender thirty working days prior to due date of the loan. With review and approval of lender, both parties shall otherwise sign a Loan Grace Contract as a supplementary contract hereof.

XVIII.            The borrower shall repay principal and interest of loan based on dates agreed herein.

If borrower requires earlier repayment of principal and interest of loan in part or in whole, borrower shall notify lender in writing thirty working days in advance and obtain written consent of lender. With written consent of lender, after borrower repays a part of principal and interest of loan in advance, borrower shall determine subsequent number of repayment periods, time of repayment and amount of repayment with lender through consultation. For principal of loan repaid in advance, interest thereof shall be calculated and collected based on actual period of use and loan interest rate agreed herein. Lender will not adjust interest of loan calculated and collected before the earlier repayment.

Page 25 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

If borrower requires earlier repayment, lender is entitled to require borrower to pay liquidated damages based on % of amount repaid in advance. If borrower belongs to a micro/small-size enterprise consistent with national systems or policies, this liquidated damages will not be collected.

XIX.            Security contract hereof includes but is not limited to the following contracts:

(I)            Maximum Mortgage Contract (name of contract) (No.: Shou ZY-2022024-DB1), guarantors: Zhang Binhua & Zheng Zhenyu, mode of security: mortgage;

(II)            Maximum Guarantee Contract (name of contract) (No.: Shou ZY-2022024-DB2), guarantor: Zheng Zhenyu, mode of security: guarantee;

(III)            Maximum Guarantee Contract (name of contract) (No.: Shou ZY-2022024-DB3), guarantor: Zhang Binhua, mode of security: guarantee;

(IV)            _____________________________(name of contract)

(No.:________________________), guarantor:

__________________________________________________, mode of security:

____________________;

(V)            _____________________________(name of contract)

(No.:________________________), guarantor:

__________________________________________________, mode of security:

____________________;

(VI)            _____________________________(name of contract)

(No.:________________________), guarantor:

__________________________________________________, mode of security:

____________________;

XX.            Before equity change of borrower reaches % (including but not limited to transfer, trusteeship, escrow and pledge of equity), borrower shall notify lender in writing at least 30 working days in advance and obtain written consent of lender, and actively implement guarantee measures for timely and full repayment of principal and interest of loan hereunder in line with requirements of lender.

XXI.            Borrower shall notify lender in writing within 7 working days from the date when equity change of guarantor reaches % (including but limited to transfer, trusteeship, escrow and pledge of equity) or such potential date, and actively implement guarantee measures for repayment of principal and interest of loan hereunder on schedule and in full based on requirements of lender.

XXII.            Borrower guarantees to maintain current assets and net asset value, asset-liability ratio, asset current ratio and other financial conditions within the following scope required by lender during the loan term: __________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________。

XXIII.            Other matters declared and promised by borrower: __________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________。

XXIV.            Any dispute arising from the contract shall be settled through friendly consultation between borrower and lender; if friendly consultation fails, both parties agree to settle the same based on the third method below:

(First) Bring a lawsuit to relevant people's court of domicile of lender.

(Second) Submit an arbitration application to ________________ Arbitration Commission, and apply arbitration rules effective at the time of arbitration of the arbitration commission to settle the dispute. To the extent permitted by arbitration rules, both parties agree to select summary procedure for trial. The arbitration award is final and binding on both parties. Venue of arbitration tribunal shall be ______________.

Page 26 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

(Third) Other methods: Bring a lawsuit to relevant people's court of place of contract signing.

XXV.     The borrower agrees and confirms that the following address is the     effective address of service for notifications hereunder and legal instruments of relevant litigation (arbitration), notarization and the like at the time of occurrence of dispute (including but not limited to various notices and documents of all contracting parties; complaints (or letters of application for arbitration) and evidences, summons, notice of responding to action, notice to produce evidences, notice of court session, payment order, judgment (award), written ruling, mediation paper, notice of execution, notice of performance within a period and other legal instruments for trials of litigation or arbitration, proceedings for realizing security interest and the enforcement stage; various notices and legal instruments served by notary offices), and further agrees that lender, judicial authorities such as notary offices or courts and other servers of various notices and legal instruments are entitled to choose the paper or electronic mode for service, among them, electronic service modes include but are not limited to email, China Judicial Process Information Online, national uniform service platform, local or special online court service platforms and electronic platforms and APPs of servers:

(I)            Address of Borrower:

1.            Name of Borrower: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.;

Address of Borrower: Room 909, Xinya Building, No. 121, Dong Street, Fuzhou;

Post Code: 350000; Contact No.: ;

Contact Person: Ni Liping.

2.            Designated Receiving Agent (if any): _____________;

Address of Receiving Agent: ____________________;

Post Code: ___________; Contact No.: ___________.

(II)            Borrower agrees and confirms that any electronic communication address below is also an effective address of service:

1.            Fax, number: _____________________;

2.            Email, address: _____________________;

3.            Mobile phone message, receiving number: _____________________;

4.            WeChat, WeChat account no.: _____________________;

5.            QQ, number: _____________________;

6.            Other electronic communication address: _____________________.

XXVI.            The contract is made in triplicate, the lender holds two copies, and the borrower holds one copy, / holds / copy (copies), and each copy has the same legal effect.

XXVII.            Supplementary Clauses

Page 27 of 28 

 

20220303154425025373

Lender (Corporate Seal):

Principal/Authorized Representative (Signature/Seal):

March 22, 2022

Borrower (Official Seal):

Legal or Authorized Representative (Signature/Seal/Fingerprint):

March 22, 2022

Date of Contract Signing: March 22, 2022

Place of Contract Signing: Gulou District/County, Fuzhou City

Page 28 of 28 


 

Exhibit 10.13

 

Factoring Contract for Government Purchase

 

(Factoring with Recourse)

 

 

 

 

(Contract No.: LJSZBL202220)

 

 

 

 

Transferee of Accounts Receivable: Lvjin (Shenzhen) Commercial Factoring Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as Party A)

 

Legal Representative: Yongzhi Zhang

 

Unified Social Credit Code: 91440300MA5F7KNT61

 

Correspondence Address: F/3, Financial Building, No.106, Guangda Road, Fuzhou City

 

Transferor of Accounts Receivable: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as Party B)

 

Legal Representative: Zhenyu Zheng

 

Unified Social Credit Code:

 

Correspondence Address: Room 909, 910 and 911, Xinya Building, No. 121, Dongjie Sub-district, Gulou District, Fuzhou

 

Information elements of accounts receivable for commercial contracts:

 

I. Project No.: [350100] ZXFZ [GK] 2020001

 

II. Project Name: Management of Fixed Assets of Medical Devices

 

III. Subject of the Contract

 

Buyer: Fuzhou Second Hospital

 

Address: No.47, Shangteng Road, Cangshan District, Fuzhou City

 

Tel:

 

Supplier: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

 

Address: Room 909, 910 and 911, Xinya Building, No. 121, Dongjie Sub-district, Gulou District, Fuzhou

 

Mobile:

 

Total contract price: 38,934,000.00

 

Based upon business needs, Party B intends to transfer its creditor’s rights of accounts receivable under the government procurement contract of fixed assets management (project No.: [350100] ZXFZ [GK] 2020001) of medical devices in business contract to Party A, and Party A shall pay the financing amount agreed with Party B to accept the creditor’s rights. The Contract has been reached and concluded by and between Party A and Party B through consultation for mutual compliance.

 

 

 

 

Article 1         Definitions

 

For the purpose of the Contract, unless otherwise expressly specified herein, the following terms shall have the meaning ascribed below:

 

(I) Transferee of accounts receivable: The transferee of creditor’s rights of accounts receivable.

 

(II) Transferor of accounts receivable: The seller/supplier/service provider of commercial contract and the transferor of creditor’s rights of accounts receivable.

 

(III) Buyer: The Party who purchases Party B’s goods, services or uses Party B’s facilities in the commercial contract relationship with Party B and assumes the obligation to pay the price.

 

(IV) Business contract: refers to the transaction contract signed between Party B as the Seller/Service Provider and the Purchaser for the purpose of commodity and/or service transaction with the settlement method of selling on credit.

 

(V) Creditor’s rights of accounts receivable (referred to as “accounts receivable” for short): The right of Party B to demand payment from the buyer because of the provision of goods, services or facilities, including the existing and future monetary creditor’s rights as well as the income incurred therefrom, including, without limitation, the principal (principal creditor’s rights), interest, liquidated damages and damages of accounts receivable, as well as security rights, insurance rights and other subordinate claims of all principal claims as well as other rights and interests associated with the principal claims, including payment claims incurred by bills or other securities.

 

(VI) Transfer of accounts receivable: The act of Party B transferring accounts receivable to Party A in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. In any case, the transfer of accounts receivable shall not be interpreted as Party A’s undertaking of any obligations or responsibilities under the commercial contract by and between Party B and the buyer.

 

(VII) Factoring business: A comprehensive financial service that integrates financing of accounts receivable, management of accounts receivable and collection of accounts receivable on the premise that Party B transfers its accounts receivable. The “factoring business” mentioned herein refers to the single factoring business of domestic hidden sellers with recourse.

 

 

 

 

(VIII) Factoring with recourse: It means that when the accounts receivable cannot be recovered from the buyer due, Party A requires Party B to repurchase the accounts receivable and return the factoring financing. Factoring with recourse is also called “repurchase factoring”.

 

(IX) Dispute: “Dispute” herein refers to that accounts receivable are defective, including, without limitation, the following: the buyer refuses to accept goods/services or invoices for any reason; or the buyer raises a defense, counter-recourse or offset against the accounts receivable for any reason; or the buyer fails to pay the accounts receivable in full and on time for any reason; or the third party lodges any claim to the accounts receivable.

 

Article 2       Transfer of Creditor’s Rights of Accounts Receivable

 

(I) The amount of creditor’s rights of accounts receivable transferred by Party B to Party A is RMB (in words) Four Million Eight Hundred and Fifty Thousand only (in figures: RMB 4,850,000.00).

 

(II) Party B shall pay the amount for use of factoring financing to Party A’s account. The interest annual rate of factoring financing is 7%, and the financing period is 12 months, counting from April 1, 2022 to March 31, 2023.

 

(III) Repayment method: Party B shall pay the amount for use of financing, i.e., interest, to the interest-bearing account specified by Party A prior to the 20th of each month during the financing period. When making repayment, the interest owed shall be settled first before returning the principal. After the returned payment of the government purchase contract, Party B shall transfer the returned payment to the account specified by Party A to repay the principal owed. In the event that the deduction is delayed due to the system of the cooperative bank, the expenses incurred thereby shall be for the account of Party B.

 

(IV) Party B shall open a special corporate account as a special factoring account in the cooperative bank specified by Party A, and fully go through relevant formalities in line with the requirements of the bank.

 

 

 

 

Party A’s account information:

 

Account Name: Lvjin (Shenzhen) Commercial Factoring Co., Ltd.

 

Account No.:

 

Opening Bank: Fuzhou Chengdong Sub-branch of China Construction Bank Corporation

 

Party B’s Account information:

 

Account Name: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

 

Beneficiary Account No.:

 

Repayment Account No.:

 

Opening Bank: Fuzhou Liuyi Sub-branch of China Construction Bank Corporation

 

Party A shall pay the factoring financing funds to Party B through the collection account, and Party B shall make payment to Party A through the repayment account.

 

Article 3       Price of Equity Transfer

 

After the Contract is signed, Party B provides Party A with the materials (copies of the contract for debtor-creditor relationship, etc.) to prove the creditor’s rights of accounts receivable and Party A pays the transferred amount mentioned above, it will be deemed that the creditor’s rights of accounts receivable have been transferred.

 

Before transferring the accounts receivable to Party A, Party B shall furnish Party B with the full performance capability of the commercial contract and submit the certificate in compliance with the requirements of Party A. To prove that Party B is the eligible winning bidder.

 

Article 4       Right of Recourse

 

Under the Contract, where the debtor (buyer/payer/government party) of accounts receivable of the commercial contract fails to make payment as agreed, Party B shall assist and cooperate with Party A in claiming rights and undertake corresponding responsibilities in accordance with the law; Party A shall also be entitled to directly exercise the right of recourse to Party B.

 

 

 

 

Article 5      Undertakings and Warranties

 

The Parties jointly acknowledge that, in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China, Party A and Party B are both legal civil subjects, and are capable for civil rights and civil conduct to sign and fulfill the Contract.

 

With a view to guarantee the full fulfillment of the Contract, the Parties hereby make the following commitments and warranties:

 

(I) The transfer of accounts receivable hereunder to Party A has been authorized by the board of shareholders and is not in violation of the provisions of the Articles of Association.

 

(II) The information disclosed to Party A as well as all documents, bills and materials furnished are complete, true, legal and valid.

 

(III) Accounts receivable are under a real trade background, and Party B does not sell goods to the buyer by trial sale, proxy sale, consignment or other similar methods. In the future, Party B shall fulfill its principal obligations such as delivery in accordance with the provisions of the commercial contract, and submit the certificate meeting the requirements of Party A.

 

(IV) Party B undertakes that the transferred accounts receivable are true, legal and effective, free of any defects or restrictions on the exercise of rights by Party A; Party B has not mortgaged, pledged, sealed up, frozen or set any other preferential rights and interest to the accounts receivable, and has not transferred the accounts to others.

 

(V) Party B undertakes that the transferred accounts receivable have not been offset, counterclaimed, compensated for damages, retained or written off with the buyer, and the transfer to a third party is prohibited or restricted; after the accounts receivable are transferred, without the written consent of Party A, no other agreement shall be made on the amount, payer, payment term, payment path or other matters that directly influence Party A’s right to collect the accounts.

 

(VI) Party B promises to pay back the returned payment of the financing project to the specified supervision account strictly in accordance with the Contract. Where the buyer fails to remit the project fund to the specified account, Party B shall voluntarily return it to Party A within 5 working days.

 

 

 

 

(VII) There are no outstanding disputes and debtor-creditor disputes between Party B and the buyer.

 

(VIII) After Party B promises, warrants and agrees to the transfer of the accounts receivable, Party A enjoys full rights to the accounts receivable, including, without limitation, rights and interests of the interest, liquidated damages, damages, security, the right to re-transfer and the ownership of the property returned by the buyer.

 

(IX) If it is found that the buyer cancels the cooperation with Party B for any reason, or the financial situation deteriorates, or the merger, division, reorganization, or seizure of property occurs, which will seriously influence the returned collection of accounts receivable, Party B shall notify Party A in written form within five working days from the date of cancellation of the project announced by Fujian Provincial Government Purchase Network, and return all the amount within 20 working days.

 

(X) Party B warrants to give full cooperation to Party A when Party A takes payment measures.

 

(XI) If there is any change in any of the above commitments and warranties, Party B shall be obliged to inform Party A of the above changes in the shortest time.

 

(XII) Party A shall pay the factoring financing amount to Party B on time and in full as provided herein.

 

(XIII) Party A shall be entitled to register the future accounts receivable between Party B and the buyer in the unified registration and publicity system for financing of movable property of the People’s Bank of China.

 

(XIV) Party B promises to actively cooperate with Party A’s post-investment inspection after the factoring financing funds are released, and present corresponding vouchers for Party A to verify relevant information.

 

 

 

 

Article 6      Confidentiality Provisions

 

Without the consent of the other Party, Party A and Party B shall not disclose to any third party the trade secrets of the other Party acquired from the other Party during or for the fulfillment of the Contract. Unless required by the lawyers, accountants, auditors and appraisers hired by the Parties or in accordance with the laws, regulations and rules as well as the requirements of competent departments.

 

Article 7         Liability for Breach of the Contract

 

Any of the following events shall constitute or be deemed as Party B’s breach of contract:

 

(I) Party B violates any item in Article 5 “Commitments and Warranties”.

 

(II) Party B fails to fulfill its repayment obligations in a prompt manner as prescribed herein.

 

(III) Party B colludes with the buyer maliciously, which prejudices the legitimate rights and interests of Party A.

 

(IV) Party B commits fraud or other acts in violation of the principles of good faith, equality and mutual benefit, which prejudices the legitimate rights and interests of Party A.

 

(V) If the project fund is not paid back to the specified supervision account and Party B fails to return the amount to Party A within the specified time, it will be deemed as Party B’s breach of contract.

 

(VI) Where Party B fails to repay all the amount to Party A within 20 working days due to the cancellation of the project, it will be deemed as Party B’s breach of contract.

 

(VII) In the event that Party B breaches the Contract or fails to make any payment hereunder, Party B shall pay liquidated damages to Party A at 0.5 ‰/day for each day of breach/delay.

 

Article 8         Breach of the Contract

 

After Party B breaches the Contract, Party A shall be entitled to take any one or more of the following measures depending on the seriousness of Party B’s breach of contract:

 

(I) Party A may require Party B to correct the aforesaid breach within a time limit.

 

(II) Party A may request Party B to compensate Party A for the losses incurred by Party B's breach of contract.

 

 

 

 

(III) Losses due to breach of contract include, without limitation, late payment fees, liquidated damages, damages, fees for protecting the rights of the transferee (including, without limitation, litigation fees, execution fees, attorney fees, travel expenses, transfer taxes and fees to be paid to the court in accordance with the law, as well as all fees advanced by the transferee due to identification, announcement, inspection, translation, evaluation, auction, sale, storage, etc.), as well as the losses and all other expenses caused to the transferee due to the breach of contract by the transferer or the invalidation, cancellation or alteration of the master contract.

 

Article 9         Dispute

 

In the case of any dispute arising from the performance of the Contract between Party A and Party B, the Parties shall solve it through consultation. If no agreement can be reached, either Party shall be entitled to file a lawsuit with a people’s court at the place where Party A is situated.

 

The Contract shall take effect as of the date of signature and seal by the Parties hereto. The Contract is made in duplicate, with each Party holding one copy and each copy being equally authentic.

 

Article 10      Notice

 

(I) Either Party A or Party B’s notice of the Contract to the other Party can be served to the other Party in written form (including, without limitation, faxes, letters as well as other written documents) based on the address and agent stated herein. If it is a fax, it will be deemed served when it reaches the other Party; if it is a letter, it will be served on the third day from the posting date.

 

(II) The notice sent by Party A to Party B can also be served by means of telephone, SMS and email.

 

(III) If the domicile and telephone number recorded herein are changed during the fulfillment of the Contract, the changing Party shall notify the other Party in a timely manner.

 

 

 

 

Article 11      Special factoring account for managing the transfer of account funds and reserved seal

 

At the request of Party A’s company on the supervision of Party B’s factoring account, Party B shall go through the formalities of products associated with the supervision of the contracted account at the bank specified by Party A within seven days after the signing of the factoring contract (for details of products, please refer to the attached list of products specified by bank supervision of China Construction Bank Corporation).

 

The Contract is executed on this _____ day of _____, ____.

 

(The following is the signature and seal page of Factoring Contract for Government Purchase without text)

 

 

Party A: (official seal)   Party B: (official seal)
     

Authorized Signatory (signature and seal):

 

 

 

  Authorized Signatory (signature and seal): Zhenyu Zheng

 

 

Date of Signing: April 1, 2022

 

Place of Signing: F/3, No.106, Guangda Road, Taijiang District, Fuzhou City

 

 

 

 

Appendix

 

List of Products Regulated by Bank Supervision of China Construction Bank Corporation

 

No. Process Attribution Customer Company Contracting Products Business Functions Formalities Materials Required
1 Pre-lending Open an account, sign a contract for Yihutong products, sign the Power of Attorney of Consent to Supervision, and sign the Power of Attorney of Consent to Agent Collection Yihutong Open a master account (-0001) for receiving loan principal and paying interest; open a sub-account (-0002) for receiving government funds and repaying principal It is suggested to sign a contract for Yihutong products as well as the Power of Attorney for agent collection and supervision when opening an account for government purchase customers, so that the banking formalities for government purchase customers can be completed in one step (special note: the above formalities only need to be completed independently by government purchase customers, and the relevant vouchers shall be submitted to the factoring company upon the completion). 1. Application form for comprehensive public services (version furnished by the bank); 2. Basic information such as business license; 3. Power of Attorney of Consent to Supervision (version furnished by the bank); 4. Power of Attorney of Consent to Agent Collection (version furnished by the bank).
2 Mid-lending Collection Yihutong Receive the principal from the master account (-0001 account) by signing a contract for the Yihutong account. / /
Interest payment Sign the Power of Attorney of Consent to Agent Collection Customers do not have to pay interest manually on the basis of agent collection with authorization. It is required to prepare sufficient funds in the master account (-0001) before the date of interest payment.

/

3 Post-lending Under supervision Sign the Power of Attorney of Consent to Supervision Customers lose control and operation right of funds on the basis of supervision with authorization.

 

/

 

Receive government returned payments Sign the Power of Attorney of Consent to Agent Collection Customers do not have to repay the principal manually on the basis of agent collection with authorization.

 

/

 

 

The actual operation of China Construction Bank shall prevail.

 

 

 

 

Guarantee Contract

 

Party A (Guarantor): Binhua Zhang

 

Contact Address: Room 1602, Xiyang Apartment, No.163, Xiyang Road, Taijiang District, Fuzhou City, Fujian Province

 

ID Card No.:

 

Mobile:

 

Party B (Guarantee): Lvjin (Shenzhen) Commercial Factoring Co., Ltd.

 
Place of Signing: F/3, No.106, Guangda Road, Taijiang District, Fuzhou City
 
Legal Representative: Yongzhi Zhang
 
Business License Code:

 

With a view to guarantee that the Factoring Contract for Government Purchase signed by and between Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. and the factor Lvjin (Shenxun) Commercial Factoring Co., Ltd. with the contract number LJSZBL202220 can be effectively fulfilled, Party A is willing to provide guarantee for the debt performance of Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. in the Factoring Contract for Government Purchase. In accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of the State, the Parties concerned have reached a consensus through amicable negotiation and shall hereby make and enter into the Contract.

 

Article 1         Principal Creditor’s Rights under Guarantee

 

(I) The principal creditor’s right guaranteed by Party A is the creditor’s right of Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. enjoyed by Party B in accordance with the Factoring Contract for Government Purchase (Contract No.: LJSZBL202220) signed by and between Party B and Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. on April 1, 2022.

 

(II) The purview of guarantee made by Party A shall cover loan principal under the Master Contract as well as interest, liquidated damages, compensation and expenses incurred by Party B in realizing creditor’s rights (including, without limitation, legal fees, arbitration fees, attorney fees, property preservation fees, travel expenses, execution fees, evaluation fees, auction fees, etc.).

 

 

 

 

Article 2         Guarantee Mode

 

The guarantee under the Contract shall be in the form of a joint and several liability guarantee. Where the debtor fails to repay the loan and interest at the expiration of the loan term, Party A shall assume the guarantee liability with all the property as prescribed herein. If there are multiple guarantors hereunder, all guarantors will jointly assume joint and several liability to the creditors until all debts are fully paid off.

 

Party A acknowledges that, where the Debtor fails or is unable to fulfill its debts as specified in the Master Contract, no matter whether Party B owns other guarantees for the creditor’s rights under the Master Contract (including, without limitation, any guarantee methods such as guarantee, mortgage, pledge, etc.), Party B shall be entitled to directly request Party A to assume the liability to guarantee within the scope of guarantee.

 

Article 3         Term of Lease

 

The guarantee of the Contract lasts for two years from the day upon the expiration of the loan term under the master contract; where there is any event specified by laws, regulations or the master contract, causing Party B to announce the early maturity of the loan, the guarantee period shall be two years from the day after the early maturity date of the loan.

 

Article 4         Obligation of Party A

 

(I) If Party A wishes to provide guarantee for the debts of others beyond the affiliated enterprises, it shall notify Party B in writing ahead of time and get the consent of Party B.

 

(II) Party A shall furnish complete and true documents associated with the economic status of the enterprise.

 

(III) Party A shall accept Party B’s investigation on its execution status and offer necessary assistance and cooperation.

 

(IV) Party A shall, in written form, inform Party B of its change of address within 5 working days from the date of change.

 

 

 

 

Article 5         Rights & Obligations of Party B

 

Party B shall be entitled to request Party A to present materials and documents reflecting the economic conditions and credit standing of its enterprise at any time, and Party B shall keep all information furnished by Party A strictly confidential.

 

Article 6         Changes to the Master Contract Guaranteed

 

Where Party B and the Debtor agree to change the terms of the Main Contract, if the debt burden of the debtor is not added or the terms have obtained the prior consent of Party A, Party A’s guarantee liability shall not be relieved accordingly.

 

Article 7         Independent Contract Validity

 

The validity of the Contract is independent of the Master Contract, and the invalidity of the Master Contract does not affect the validity hereof. If the Master Contract is confirmed to be invalid, Party A shall, in addition to the debts of the Master Contract, assume the joint and several liability guarantee for the debts incurred by the Debtor due to compensation for losses after the invalidity of the Master Contract.

 

Article 8         Contractual Dispute Resolution

 

In the case of any dispute arising from the performance of the Contract, it shall be settled by the Parties through consultation or settled through litigation filed with the people’s court at the place where the Contract is signed. During the consultation or litigation, the undisputed provisions of the Contract shall still be performed by the Parties.

 

Article 9         Tips

 

Party B has reminded Party A to get a comprehensive and accurate understanding of the terms and conditions specified herein, and it has given corresponding explanation of terms and conditions at Party A’s request. The contracting Parties hereto have the same understanding of the terms of the Contract.

 

Article 10      Notice

 

Any notice given by the Parties to the Contract to the other Party shall be served to the other Party in written form (including, without limitation, telegrams, letters as well as other written documents) based on the address and contact person recorded herein. If it is sent by telegram, it shall be deemed to have been served to the other Party on the second day from the sending date; if it is a postal letter (including EMS), it will be deemed to have been served to the other Party on the third day from the posting date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

If Party A and Party B change the address, contact person, telephone number, etc. recorded herein during the fulfillment of the Contract, they shall notify the other Party in written form in a timely manner. Otherwise, the provisions of Paragraph 1 of this Article shall apply to the written notice sent by either Party to the other Party based on the domicile and contact person prior to the change.

 

In the event of any litigation dispute, the domicile address and contact person recorded herein shall be the legal address for service of litigation documents and other materials (including all legal documents and document materials that need to be served in the course of trial of first instance, trial of second instance, retrial and execution, such as copies of indictment, evidential materials, responding materials, summonses, judgments, rulings and appeals).

 

Article 11      Effectiveness of the Contract

 

The Contract shall come into force as of the date of signature and seal by the Parties.

 

The Contract is made in duplicate, with each Party holding one copy and each copy being equally authentic.

 

Party A (signature):  

 

Party B (official seal and corporate seal):

 

Date of Signing: April 1, 2022
  
 Place of Signing: F/3, No.106, Guangda Road, Taijiang District, Fuzhou City

 

 

 

 

Guarantee Contract

 

Party A (Guarantor): Zhenyu Zheng

 

Contact Address: No.88, Jiaotong Road, Taijiang District, Fuzhou City, Fujian Province

 

ID Card No.:

 

Mobile:

 

Party B (Guarantee): Lvjin (Shenzhen) Commercial Factoring Co., Ltd.

 

Address:         F/3, Financial Building, No.106, Guangda Road, Fuzhou City

 

Legal Representative: Yongzhi Zhang

 

Business License Code:

 

With a view to guarantee that the Factoring Contract for Government Purchase signed by and between Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. and the factor Lvjin (Shenxun) Commercial Factoring Co., Ltd. with the contract number LJSZBL202220 can be effectively fulfilled, Party A is willing to provide guarantee for the debt performance of Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. in the Factoring Contract for Government Purchase. In accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of the State, the Parties concerned have reached a consensus through amicable negotiation and shall hereby make and enter into the Contract.

 

Article 1         Principal Creditor’s Rights under Guarantee

 

(I) The principal creditor’s right guaranteed by Party A is the creditor’s right of Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. enjoyed by Party B in accordance with the Factoring Contract for Government Purchase (Contract No.: LJSZBL202220) signed by and between Party B and Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. on April 1, 2022.

 

(II) The purview of guarantee made by Party A shall cover loan principal under the Master Contract as well as interest, liquidated damages, compensation and expenses incurred by Party B in realizing creditor’s rights (including, without limitation, legal fees, arbitration fees, attorney fees, property preservation fees, travel expenses, execution fees, evaluation fees, auction fees, etc.).

 

 

 

 

 

 

Article 2         Guarantee Mode

 

The guarantee under the Contract shall be in the form of a joint and several liability guarantee. Where the debtor fails to repay the loan and interest at the expiration of the loan term, Party A shall assume the guarantee liability with all the property as prescribed herein. If there are multiple guarantors hereunder, all guarantors will jointly assume joint and several liability to the creditors until all debts are fully paid off.

 

Party A acknowledges that, where the Debtor fails or is unable to fulfill its debts as specified in the Master Contract, no matter whether Party B owns other guarantees for the creditor’s rights under the Master Contract (including, without limitation, any guarantee methods such as guarantee, mortgage, pledge, etc.), Party B shall be entitled to directly request Party A to assume the liability to guarantee within the scope of guarantee.

 

Article 3         Term of Lease

 

The guarantee of the Contract lasts for two years from the day upon the expiration of the loan term under the master contract; where there is any event specified by laws, regulations or the master contract, causing Party B to announce the early maturity of the loan, the guarantee period shall be two years from the day after the early maturity date of the loan.

 

Article 4         Obligation of Party A

 

(I) If Party A wishes to provide guarantee for the debts of others beyond the affiliated enterprises, it shall notify Party B in writing ahead of time and get the consent of Party B.

 

(II) Party A shall furnish complete and true documents associated with the economic status of the enterprise.

 

(III) Party A shall accept Party B’s investigation on its execution status and offer necessary assistance and cooperation.

 

(IV) Party A shall, in written form, inform Party B of its change of address within 5 working days from the date of change.

 

 

 

 

Article 5         Rights & Obligations of Party B

 

Party B shall be entitled to request Party A to present materials and documents reflecting the economic conditions and credit standing of its enterprise at any time, and Party B shall keep all information furnished by Party A strictly confidential.

 

Article 6         Changes to the Master Contract Guaranteed

 

Where Party B and the Debtor agree to change the terms of the Main Contract, if the debt burden of the debtor is not added or the terms have obtained the prior consent of Party A, Party A’s guarantee liability shall not be relieved accordingly.

 

Article 7         Independent Contract Validity

 

The validity of the Contract is independent of the Master Contract, and the invalidity of the Master Contract does not affect the validity hereof. If the Master Contract is confirmed to be invalid, Party A shall, in addition to the debts of the Master Contract, assume the joint and several liability guarantee for the debts incurred by the Debtor due to compensation for losses after the invalidity of the Master Contract.

 

Article 8         Contractual Dispute Resolution

 

In the case of any dispute arising from the performance of the Contract, it shall be settled by the Parties through consultation or settled through litigation filed with the people’s court at the place where the Contract is signed. During the consultation or litigation, the undisputed provisions of the Contract shall still be performed by the Parties.

 

Article 9         Tips

 

Party B has reminded Party A to get a comprehensive and accurate understanding of the terms and conditions specified herein, and it has given corresponding explanation of terms and conditions at Party A’s request. The contracting Parties hereto have the same understanding of the terms of the Contract.

 

Article 10      Notice

 

Any notice given by the Parties to the Contract to the other Party shall be served to the other Party in written form (including, without limitation, telegrams, letters as well as other written documents) based on the address and contact person recorded herein. If it is sent by telegram, it shall be deemed to have been served to the other Party on the second day from the sending date; if it is a postal letter (including EMS), it will be deemed to have been served to the other Party on the third day from the posting date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

If Party A and Party B change the address, contact person, telephone number, etc. recorded herein during the fulfillment of the Contract, they shall notify the other Party in written form in a timely manner. Otherwise, the provisions of Paragraph 1 of this Article shall apply to the written notice sent by either Party to the other Party based on the domicile and contact person prior to the change.

 

In the event of any litigation dispute, the domicile address and contact person recorded herein shall be the legal address for service of litigation documents and other materials (including all legal documents and document materials that need to be served in the course of trial of first instance, trial of second instance, retrial and execution, such as copies of indictment, evidential materials, responding materials, summonses, judgments, rulings and appeals).

 

Article 11      Effectiveness of the Contract

 

The Contract shall come into force as of the date of signature and seal by the Parties.

 

The Contract is made in duplicate, with each Party holding one copy and each copy being equally authentic.

 

Party A (signature): Zhenyu Zheng   

 

Party B (official seal and corporate seal):  

 

Date of Signing: April 1, 2022

 

Place of Signing: F/3, No.106, Guangda Road, Taijiang District, Fuzhou City

 

 

 


 

Exhibit 10.14 

 

 

XIAMEN C&D HITEK CO.,LTD.
 [bilingual text] 

 

Service Contract

 

  Contract No.: VB200814E-1
   
  Signed at Siming District, Xiamen City
   
  Signed on September 01, 2020

 

Party A: XIAMEN C&D HITEK CO., LTD.

 

Address: 18/F, C & D International Building, No. 1699, Huandao East Road, Siming District, Xiamen

 

Party B: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

 

Contact receiving address: Room 907, Xinya Building, No. 121, Dongjie Sub-district, Gulou District, Fuzhou

 

Contact person: Ni Liping                     Tel.:                           E-mail:

 

Account Name: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

 

Bank of Deposit: Business Department of Head Office of Industrial Bank

 

Account No.:

 

This account serves as the only receiving account. If Party B changes this account, it shall send a written notice affixed with its official seal to Party A

 

End user: Mengchao Hepatobiliary Hospital of Fujian Medical University

 

In order to clarify the rights and obligations of both parties, based on the principles of equality, mutual benefit and voluntary consensus, according to the Contract Law of the People's Republic of China, both parties have concluded this contract through friendly negotiation on the specific matters relating to the purchase and sales of products.

 

1. Names, Models, Quantity and Amount of Products

 

Currency: CNY

 

Package
No.
Item
No.
Item
Code
Item Name Product
Name
Quantity Unit
of
Measurement
Type of
Place of
Origin
Unit
Price
Amount Brand Model,
Specifications,
 etc.
Product
Nature
1 1-1 C0505 Medical Equipment Repair & Maintenance Services Technical Services 1 Year Domestic ¥7,470,000.00 ¥7,470,000.00 / / None
Total: ¥7,470,000.00

 

 Page 1 of 3 

 

 

XIAMEN C&D HITEK CO., LTD. Page 2

 

II. Service Content

 

The content, location, method, term, acceptance standard and method and objection raising period of the service shall be subject to the Fuzhou Municipal Government Procurement Contract signed based on the bidding results of the three-party maintenance project among Party A, Party B and the end user (refer to Appendix I). If Party A is pursued by the end user because of Party B's failure to perform the contract, Party B shall be liable to Party A.

 

III. Place, Mode and Term of Service

 

1. Service term: 1 years counted from September 4, 2020 to September 3, 2021.

 

2. Place of service: Mengchao Hepatobiliary Hospital of Fujian Medical University .

 

IV. Settlement Method and Term

 

Payment
Stage
Amount Paid (yuan) Note to Payment Stage
1 5,200,000 Pay within the first month after signing of the contract
2 1,500,000 Pay in the early third quarter after signing of the contract
3 770,000 Pay based on the assessment result after the assessment made at the end

 

VI. Liability for Breach of Contract

 

1. Where either party breaches this contract, in addition to bearing the liability for breach of contract, it shall also bear all costs incurred by the observant party for realization of its creditor's rights, including but not limited to lawyer fee, litigation cost, traveling expense and correspondence charge.

 

2. From the date when the breaching party violates the provisions and statutory obligations under this contract, any money payable by the breaching party shall be paid in the following order: (1) all costs incurred by the observant party for realization of its creditor's rights; (2) interest or liquidated damages, damages; (3) principal of service costs.

 

VII. Settlement of Contract Disputes:

 

In case any dispute arises from the performance of this contract, it shall be settled by both parties through negotiation. If the negotiation fails, both parties agree that it shall be subject to the litigation with the People's Court of the place where this contract is signed.

 

VIII. Other Arrangements

 

1. Party B shall guarantee that the products provided by itself do not infringe the intellectual property right of others, otherwise it shall undertake all economic and legal liabilities resulting therefrom.

 

2. Party B shall concurrently perform in accordance with the contents and terms of the contract signed between Party A and the end user.

 

3. The total contract price is a lump-sum price for the project, which shall not be changed due to rising raw material cost or other factors during the performance of the contract. Any fax copy of the contract shall be deemed as an original, both of which shall have an equal effect.

 

 Page 2 of 3 

 

 

XIAMEN C&D HITEK CO., LTD. Page 3

 

4. This contract is made in two copies, one for each party, and shall take effect upon its signing. Where any matters not covered need to be supplemented or modified, they shall be put forward in writing and come into force after being signed and sealed by both parties.

 

Party A: XIAMEN C&D HITEK CO., LTD. Party B: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.
Legal / authorized representative: (signature) Legal / authorized representative: (signature)

Contact Number:

 

 

Contact Number:

 

 

 

 Page 3 of 3 

 

 

 


 

Exhibit 10.15 

 

  XIAMEN C&D HITEK CO.,LTD.  
  [bilingual text]  

 

Service Contract

 

  Contract No.: VB200814E-1
   
  Signed at Siming District, Xiamen City
   
  Signed on October 19, 2020

 

Party A: XIAMEN C&D HITEK CO., LTD.

 

Address: 18/F, C & D International Building, No. 1699, Huandao East Road, Siming District, Xiamen

 

Party B: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

 

Contact receiving address: Room 907, Xinya Building, No. 121, Dongjie Sub-district, Gulou District, Fuzhou

 

Contact person: Ni Liping Tel.: E-mail:

 

Account Name: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

 

Bank of Deposit: Business Department of Head Office of Industrial Bank

 

Account No.:

 

This account serves as the only receiving account. If Party B changes this account, it shall send a written notice affixed with its official seal to Party A

 

End user: Fuding Hospital

 

In order to clarify the rights and obligations of both parties, based on the principles of equality, mutual benefit and voluntary consensus, according to the Contract Law of the People's Republic of China, both parties have concluded this contract through friendly negotiation on the specific matters relating to the purchase and sales of products.

 

1. Names, Models, Quantity and Amount of Products

 

Currency: CNY

 

Package
No.
Item
No.
Item
Code
Item Name Product
Name
Quantity Unit
of
Measurement
Type of
Place of
Origin
Unit
Price
Amount Brand Model,
Specifications,
etc.
Product
Nature
1 1-1 C0505 Medical Equipment Repair & Maintenance Services Medical Equipment Asset Management Service 3 Year Domestic ¥2,680,000.00 ¥8,040,000.00 / / None
Total: ¥8,040,000.00

 

 Page 1 of 4 

 

 

XIAMEN C&D HITEK CO., LTD. Page 2

 

II. Service Content

 

Appendix 1

 

III. Place, Mode and Term of Service

 

1. Service term: 3 years counted from October 23, 2020 to October 22, 2023.

 

If Party B fails to carry out operations maintenance in time and causes losses to Party A, it shall pay liquidated damages incurred therefor;

 

2. Mode of service:     Party B shall provide the operation and maintenance service for monitoring points

 

3. Place of service: place designated by Fuding Hospital, Fuding City, Ningde City, Fujian Province.

 

IV. Acceptance Standard and Method and Time Limit for Objection Raising

 

Acceptance shall be made according to the bidding parameter requirements and other standard operation and maintenance contents not referred to (project name: Procurement Project for Maintenance of Medical Equipment of Fuding Hospital, with bidding No. [350982]FZ[GK]12020008, end user: Fuding Hospital), and the service content shall meet the requirements of Appendix I;

 

V. Settlement Method and Term

 

Payment
Stage
Amount Paid (yuan) Note to Payment Stage
1 1,800,000 Pay within the first month after signing of the contract
2 500,000 Pay in the early third quarter of the first year after signing of the contract
3 200,000 Pay based on the assessment result after the assessment made at the end of the first year
4 1,800,000 Pay within the 13th month after signing of the contract
5 500,000 Pay in the early third quarter of the second year after signing of the contract
6 200,000 Pay based on the assessment result after the assessment made at the end of the second year
7 1,800,000 Pay within the 25th month after signing of the contract
8 500,000 Pay in the early third quarter of the third year after signing of the contract
9 740,000 Pay based on the assessment result after the assessment made at the end of the third year

 

 Page 2 of 4 

 

 

XIAMEN C&D HITEK CO., LTD. Page 3

 

VI. Liability for Breach of Contract

 

1. Where either party breaches this contract, in addition to bearing the liability for breach of contract, it shall also bear all costs incurred by the observant party for realization of its creditor's rights, including but not limited to lawyer fee, litigation cost, traveling expense and correspondence charge.

 

2. From the date when the breaching party violates the provisions and statutory obligations under this contract, any money payable by the breaching party shall be paid in the following order: (1) all costs incurred by the observant party for realization of its creditor's rights; (2) interest or liquidated damages, damages; (3) principal of service costs.

 

VII. Settlement of Contract Disputes:

 

In case any dispute arises from the performance of this contract, it shall be settled by both parties through negotiation. If the negotiation fails, both parties agree that it shall be subject to the litigation with the People's Court of the place where this contract is signed.

 

VIII. Other Arrangements

 

1. Party B shall guarantee that the products provided by itself do not infringe the intellectual property right of others, otherwise it shall undertake all economic and legal liabilities resulting therefrom.

 

2. Party B shall concurrently perform in accordance with the contents and terms of the contract signed between Party A and the end user.

 

3. The total contract price is a lump-sum price for the project, which shall not be changed due to rising raw material cost or other factors during the performance of the contract. Any fax copy of the contract shall be deemed as an original, both of which shall have an equal effect.

 

4. This contract is made in two copies, one for each party, and shall take effect upon its signing. Where any matters not covered need to be supplemented or modified, they shall be put forward in writing and come into force after being signed and sealed by both parties.

 

 Page 3 of 4 

 

 

XIAMEN C&D HITEK CO., LTD. Page 4

 

(This page has no text and is used for signature)

 

Party A: XIAMEN C&D HITEK CO., LTD. Party B: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.
Legal / authorized representative: (signature) Legal / authorized representative: (signature)

Contact Number:

 

 

Contact Number:

 

 

 

 Page 4 of 4 

 

 

 


 

Exhibit 10.16 

 

XIAMEN C&D HITEK CO.,LTD.  
  [bilingual text]  

 

Service Contract  

 

  Contract No.: VB200749E-1
   
  Signed at Siming District, Xiamen City
   
  Signed on September 17, 2020

 

Party A: XIAMEN C&D HITEK CO., LTD.

 

Address: 18/F, C & D International Building, No. 1699, Huandao East Road, Siming District, Xiamen

 

Party B: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

 

Contact receiving address: Room 907, Xinya Building, No. 121, Dongjie Sub-district, Gulou District, Fuzhou

 

Contact person: Ni Liping                     Tel.:                           E-mail:

 

Account Name: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

 

Bank of Deposit: Business Department of Head Office of Industrial Bank

 

Account No.:

 

This account serves as the only receiving account. If Party B changes this account, it shall send a written notice affixed with its official seal to Party A

 

End user: The Third Hospital of Xiamen

 

In order to clarify the rights and obligations of both parties, based on the principles of equality, mutual benefit and voluntary consensus, according to the Contract Law of the People's Republic of China, both parties have concluded this contract through friendly negotiation on the specific matters relating to the purchase and sales of products.

 

1. Names, Models, Quantity and Amount of Products

 

Currency: CNY

 

Package
No.
Item
No.
Item
Code
Item Name Product
Name
Quantity Unit
of
Measurement
Type of
Place of
Origin
Unit
Price
Amount Brand Model,
Specifications,
etc.
Product
Nature
1 1-1 C0505 Medical Equipment Repair & Maintenance Services Medical Equipment Asset Management Service 3 Year Domestic ¥11,026,666.67 ¥33,080,000.00 / / None
Total: (in words) CNY THIRTY-THREE MILLION AND EIGHTY THOUSAND ONLY (in figures: RMB¥33,080,000.00)

 

 Page 1 of 3 

 

 

XIAMEN C&D HITEK CO., LTD. Page 2

 

II. Service Content

 

Appendix 1

 

III. Place, Mode and Term of Service

 

1. Service term: 3 years counted from September 28, 2020 to September 27, 2023.

 

If Party B fails to carry out operations maintenance in time and causes losses to Party A, it shall pay liquidated damages incurred therefor;

 

2. Mode of service:     Party B shall provide the operation and maintenance service for monitoring points

 

3. Place of service: No.2, Yangzhai 2nd Road, Xiangping Sub-district, Tong’an District, Xiamen City, Fujian Province.

 

IV. Acceptance Standard and Method and Time Limit for Objection Raising

 

Acceptance shall be made according to the bidding parameter requirements and other standard operation and maintenance contents not referred to (project name: Procurement Project for Maintenance of Medical Equipment of Whole Hospital, with bidding No. [350212]XHT[GK]12020001, end user: The Third Hospital of Xiamen), and the service content shall meet the requirements of Appendix I;

 

V. Settlement Method and Term

 

Party A and Party B form a consortium to jointly participate in the bidding of the above maintenance project. Party A, as the leading party, uniformly collects the payments under Xiamen Municipal Government Procurement Contract, Party B provides the service to the end user, and Party A pays for the service agreed in this contract. The service term of this project is 3 years. Party A shall pay for the service under this contract by installment to Party B in the following ways:

 

1. In the first year after Party B has entered the site and begins to provide the service normally in the year, Party A shall pay Party B CNY10,950,000.00 (in words: CNY TEN MILLION NINE HUNDRED AND FIFTY THOUSAND ONLY)

 

2. In the second year after Party B begins to provide the service normally in the year, Party A shall pay Party B CNY10,950,000.00 (in words: CNY TEN MILLION NINE HUNDRED AND FIFTY THOUSAND ONLY)

 

3. In the third year after Party B begins to provide the service normally in the year, Party A shall pay Party B CNY2,180,000.00 (in words: CNY TWO MILLION ONE HUNDRED AND EIGHTY THOUSAND ONLY)

 

4. At the expiration of the service term, if Party B's service meets the requirements of the Bidding Document and the end user without breach of contract, Party A shall pay Party B CNY9,000,000.00 (in words: CNY NINE MILLION ONLY)

 

VI. Liability for Breach of Contract

 

1. Where either party breaches this contract, in addition to bearing the liability for breach of contract, it shall also bear all costs incurred by the observant party for realization of its creditor's rights, including but not limited to lawyer fee, litigation cost, traveling expense and correspondence charge.

 

2. From the date when the breaching party violates the provisions and statutory obligations under this contract, any money payable by the breaching party shall be paid in the following order: (1) all costs incurred by the observant party for realization of its creditor's rights; (2) interest or liquidated damages, damages; (3) principal of service costs.

 

 Page 2 of 3 

 

 

XIAMEN C&D HITEK CO., LTD. Page 3

 

VII. Settlement of Contract Disputes:

 

In case any dispute arises from the performance of this contract, it shall be settled by both parties through negotiation. If the negotiation fails, both parties agree that it shall be subject to the litigation with the People's Court of the place where this contract is signed.

 

VIII. Other Arrangements

 

1. Party B shall guarantee that the products provided by itself do not infringe the intellectual property right of others, otherwise it shall undertake all economic and legal liabilities resulting therefrom.

 

2. Party B shall concurrently perform in accordance with the contents and terms of the contract signed between Party A and the end user.

 

3. The total contract price is a lump-sum price for the project, which shall not be changed due to rising raw material cost or other factors during the performance of the contract. Any fax copy of the contract shall be deemed as an original, both of which shall have an equal effect.

 

4. This contract is made in two copies, one for each party, and shall take effect upon its signing. Where any matters not covered need to be supplemented or modified, they shall be put forward in writing and come into force after being signed and sealed by both parties.

 

Party A: XIAMEN C&D HITEK CO., LTD. Party B: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.
Legal / authorized representative: (signature) Legal / authorized representative: (signature)

Contact Number:

 

 

Contact Number:

 

 

 

 Page 3 of 3 

 


 

Exhibit 10.17

 

Fuzhou Municipal Government Procurement Contract

 

Preparation Description

 

1. The contract shall be signed in accordance with the Government Procurement Law of the People's Republic of China and the Contract Law of the People's Republic of China.

 

2. When signing the contract, both Purchaser and Winning Bidder shall fill in the corresponding contents in the light of the requirements of Chapter V of the Bidding Document. Where relevant requirements are given in Chapter V of the Bidding Document, neither party shall change or adjust such requirements; where no relevant requirements are given in Chapter V of the Bidding Document, both parties can agree on them through friendly negotiation.

 

Party A: Fuzhou Second Hospital

 
Party B: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

 

Based on the bidding result of the Medical Equipment Fixed Assets Management Project numbered [350100]ZXFZ[GK]2020001(hereinafter referred to as "the Project"), the winning bidder of the Project is Party B. Now, both parties have concluded this contract through friendly consultation on the following matters:

 

1. The following documents shall be deemed to be construed as an integral part of this contract:

 

1.1 Contract terms;

 

1.2 Bidding Document and Party B's Tending Document;

 

1.3 Other documents or materials: x none.

 

2. Subject matter of the contract

 

Package
No.
Item
No.
Item
Code
Item Name Product Name Quantity Unit of
Measurement
Type of
Place of
Origin
Unit Price Amount Brand Model,
Specifications, etc.
Product
Nature
1 1-1 C0505 Medical Equipment Repair & Maintenance Services Medical Equipment Repair & Maintenance Services 3 Year Domestic ¥12,978,000. 00 ¥38,934,000. 00 / / None
Total: ¥38,934,000. 00

 

3. Total contract amount

 

3.1 The total contract amount in word is CNY THIRTY-EIGHT MILLION NINE HUNDRED AND THIRTY-FOUR THOUSAND ONLY (¥38,934,000.00).

 

4. Time, place and conditions of delivery of the subject matter of this contract

 

4.1 Delivery time: the service term is three years counted from the signing of this contract. The contract is signed once a year in the mode of 1+1+1. Based on Winning Bidder's service performance in Purchaser, if there is no major violation or satisfaction meets the level required by Purchaser, the contract will be postponed year by year until the end of the three-year service term; if there is no major violation or satisfaction fails to meet the level required by Purchaser, Purchaser will have the right to terminate the contract for the next year. In the event of policy adjustment or financial budget cutoff, Purchaser will have the right to terminate the contract without bearing any liability for compensation.

 

4.2 Place of delivery: No. 47, Shangteng Road, Cangshan District, Fuzhou City, Fujian Province;

 

4.3 Delivery conditions: the Project is accepted.

 

5. The subject matter of the contract shall comply with the provisions or agreements of the following Bidding Document and Party B's Tending Document:

 

Subject to Bidding Document with bidding No. [350100]ZXFZ[GK]2020001 and relevant documents.

 

6. Acceptance

 

6.1. The acceptance shall be carried out according to the provisions or agreements of the following Bidding Document and Party B's Tending Document:

 

Subject to Bidding Document with bidding No. [350100]ZXFZ[GK]2020001 and relevant documents.

 

6.2 Whether any other bidders are invited to participate in the acceptance of the Project?

 

No

 

7. The payments under this contract shall comply with the requirements of Bidding Document, and details are as follows:

 

Payment Stage Payment Proportion
(%)
Note to Payment Stage
1 100 Payment by quarter (in equal amount according to the actual result of assessment)

 

Page 1 

 

 

8. Performance bond

 

None.

 

9. Contract term: the service term is 3 years. The contract is signed in the mode of 1+1+1 once a year.

 

The contract is valid for one year, which is counted from May 12, 2021 to May 11, 2022.

 

10. Liability for breach of contract

 

10.1 If this contract cannot be signed on time for Party B's reason, it shall be deemed as Party B's breach of contract. In case such breach of contract causes losses to Party A, Party B shall pay corresponding compensation separately.

 

10.2 After signing this contract, if Party B requests to terminate the contract, it shall be deemed as Party B's breach of contract, and if any losses are caused to Party A thereby, Party B shall pay corresponding compensation.

 

10.3 In case any major quality accident is caused due to Party B, in addition to Party B's liability for compensation under the contract, relevant quality management measures shall also be taken. Meanwhile, Party A may reserve the right to replace Party B and report to relevant administrative departments for punishment.

 

10.4 In the event of a fatal safety accident, in addition that relevant national safety management regulations and Party A's relevant safety management measures shall be implemented, it shall also be reported to relevant competent administrative departments for punishment; in the event of a major safety accident or an extraordinarily serious safety accident, in addition that relevant national safety management regulations and Party A's relevant safety management measures shall be implemented, Party A shall have the right to terminate the contract, while Party B shall bear the liability for compensation for all losses caused to Party A thereby.

 

10.5 After the liability for breach of contract is made clear, Party B shall pay liquidated damages and compensation within seven days after receiving the written notice.

 

11. Intellectual property rights

 

11.1 The subject matter of this contract provided by Party B shall be in line with the provisions of national intellectual property laws and regulations and shall not be a counterfeit or shoddy product; besides, Party B shall ensure that Party A will not be accused by a third party of infringing intellectual property rights related to patents, trademarks or industrial design. If any third party initiates such an accusation, it shall have nothing to do with Party A, and Party B shall negotiate with such third party and bear all possible legal liabilities, costs and consequences; in case Party A suffers losses as a result, Party B shall compensate for such losses.

 

11.2 If the subject matter of this contract provided by Party B does not comply with the provisions of national intellectual property laws and regulations or is recognized as a counterfeit or shoddy product by relevant competent authorities, Party B's bid winning qualification will be canceled, and Party A will also deal with it in accordance with relevant laws, regulations and rules, specifically, Bidding Document with bidding No. [350100]ZXFZ[GK]2020001 and relevant documents.

 

12. Dispute resolution

 

12.1 Both parties shall settle any dispute through negotiation.

 

12.2 If negotiation fails, either party may settle it through one of the following ways:

 

¨  Submit to the Arbitration Commission for Arbitration, specifically, the Arbitration Commission of the place where Party A is located for arbitration.

 

x  Bring a lawsuit to the people's court, specifically, the people's court with jurisdiction at the place where Party A is located.

 

13. Force majeure

 

13.1 In case of breach of contract due to force majeure, the party suffering from such force majeure event shall timely notify the other party of the reason why it can not perform or fully perform the contract, and shall provide the other party with sufficient evidence proving the occurrence and duration of such event within 15 days after obtaining certification from relevant competent authorities. Based on the above behaviors, the party suffering from the force majeure event is allowed to delay performing, partially perform or be free of performing the contract, and may be exempted from the liability for breach of contract in part or in whole as appropriate.

 

13.2 Force majeure alleged in this contract refers to unforeseeable, unavoidable and insurmountable objective conditions, including but not limited to natural disasters such as earthquake, typhoon, flood and fire, government actions, legal provisions or changes in their application, or any other unforeseeable, unavoidable or uncontrollable events.

 

14. Contract terms

 

I. Project overview

 

1. The service project under this contract is the asset management service for existing medical equipment of Fuzhou Second Hospital (excluding equipment maintenance promised by manufacturers within the warranty period) and new medical equipment (of which new equipment with a unit price of more than 2 million yuan will be provided with a supplemental agreement concluded between both parties through friendly negotiation after the end of manufacturer's warranty period to be included into Party B's service as new items) and some non-medical equipment (oxygen supply system, call system and laminar flow system) of Fuzhou Second Hospital during the performance of the contract.

 

Page 2 

 

 

2. Scope of service: all outsourced equipment (which can operate normally after testing) will be provided with complete machine warranty service including maintenance of various parts (including vulnerable parts), such as magnets and coils of nuclear magnetic resonance equipment, detectors of CT equipment, flat panel detectors or image intensifiers of DRs or c-arm-x-ray machines or DSA devices, ECT-included crystals and detectors of nuclear medicine equipment, probes, batteries and sleeves of ultrasonic equipment, bulb tubes and testing bulbs of imaging devices, etc., regular replacement of primary, medium and high-efficiency filter screens of laminar flow systems, provision of corresponding qualifications for equipment quality control, measurement and inspections of call system, negative pressure system, oxygen supply center, assistance in providing standby machines for various meeting support tasks undertaken by Party A and completing other relevant work assigned by Party A's equipment department, etc.

 

3. Contract time: within three months after the formal signing of the contract after the announcement of bid winning, if Party B is found unable to perform the contract, Party A may terminate the contract. In case any losses are caused to Party A thereby, Party B shall also bear corresponding liability for compensation.

 

4. Where the state and relevant departments introduce new policies or make new requirements for equipment management during the execution of the contract, the service provider shall cooperate with Party A in improving relevant equipment management.

 

5. Party B shall not subcontract the service under this contract to others. In case of subcontracting, Party A shall have the right to terminate the contract and investigate corresponding legal liabilities.

 

II. Technology and Services

 

1. Preparation of systems

 

Prepare practical and feasible maintenance procedures, and establish the maintenance system, inspection system and quality control system for medical equipment, post responsibility system at all levels, emergency response plan, etc. Prepare relevant procedures including type of equipment maintained, equipment maintenance cycle, maintenance items, specific operation measures, matters needing attention and so on. Draw up corresponding plans, implement them strictly and keep relevant records.

 

2. Organization of the list of all medical equipment

 

After making an inventory of and checking Party A's assets, Party B shall prepare the list of medical equipment of the whole hospital and the classified list of medical equipment of each department, enter them into the independent medical asset management software system provided by Party B, and conduct asset clearance and capital verification through the medical asset management software system once a year.

 

3. Regular inspection of all medical equipment as required by Party A

 

3.1 Inspection requirements: Party B's equipment maintenance personnel shall make an all-round inspection of in-use medical equipment of the whole hospital and keep corresponding records for future reference on a monthly basis. For first aid and life equipment of key departments (emergency department, ICU, RICU, operating room, delivery room), inspection one by one shall be conducted every 15 days. Once any hidden danger is found, it shall be solved in time, and at the same time the time of medical equipment of the whole hospital shall be calibrated.

 

3.2 Inspection and maintenance cycle: Party B's equipment maintenance personnel shall comprehensively supervise and inspect the equipment of the whole hospital quarterly, including inspecting running environment (prevention from static electricity, dust, moisture corrosion, mildew, etc.) and water, electrical and gas circuits of all medical equipment and checking and verifying equipment operations and wear, maintain the equipment, find potential problems in time, put forward improvement and maintenance measures, and make targeted preparations before maintenance, so as to improve the repair quality and shorten the repair time.

 

3.3 The keepers or operators of medical equipment of the hospital shall inspect the basic condition of medical equipment every day. If any problem is found, Party B's maintenance personnel shall respond immediately and conduct a key inspection of the reflected problem for solution in time.

 

4. Preparation of a preventive maintenance plan as required by Party A

 

Make clear specific contents and cycles of preventive maintenance for medical equipment of the whole hospital, establish relevant scheduling and processes, implement preventive maintenance according to the plan and keep corresponding records, and after a period of time, evaluate and analyze the current PM system timely, and adjust and modify it when necessary.

 

5. Implementation of classified maintenance

 

5.1 Routine maintenance: in order to ensure the normal use of instruments and equipment, Party B shall dedust and clean them based on their performance requirements and the Classified Maintenance Cycle Requirements for Medical Equipment, conduct performance testing, timely check and replace vulnerable parts, and check the voltage stabilization and grounding conditions of the equipment. Detailed contents of preventive maintenance shall include:

 

① Appearance inspection: first check whether all buttons, switches, connectors and sockets of instruments are loose or misplaced, whether the contacts between plugs and sockets are oxidized, rusted or poor, whether power cables are aging, whether heat dissipation and exhaust functions are normal, and whether various kinds of grounding and pipes are well-connected.

 

Page 3 

 

 

② Cleaning and maintenance: cleaning of surface and internal electrical and mechanical parts of instruments, including washing of filter screens and relevant pipes, sterilization and cleaning of relevant plugs and sockets to avoid poor contacts, and lubrication of necessary mechanical parts.

 

③ Replacement of vulnerable parts: timely replace the parts that are not qualified because of the expiration of their service life or performance degradation or the parts that should be regularly replaced as required in their operation manuals, so as to eliminate obvious and potential faults of the equipment and prevent possible expansion of faults or failure of complete machines.

 

④ Functional checks: check whether indicator lights and indicators are normal at bootup. Enter function settings by adjusting and setting each switch button in order to check whether basic functions of the equipment are normal. Check whether all alarm functions of the equipment are normal through simulation test.

 

⑤ Performance test and calibration: test the voltage stabilizing value of each DC power supply and the voltage values or waveforms of main test points in the circuit, and carry out necessary calibration and adjustment as required in the manual, so as to ensure that all technical indicators of the instrument meet standards and the quality of the instrument in medical diagnosis and treatment is good.

 

⑥ Safety inspection:

 

Electrical safety inspection: check whether various leads, plugs and connectors are damaged, whether ground leads are firm, and whether ground resistance and leakage current are within the allowable limits.

 

Mechanical inspection: check whether frames are firm, whether mechanical operations are normal, and whether connecting parts are loose, falling off or broken.

 

5.2 Level I maintenance shall be implemented by Party B's instrument maintenance personnel according to the Classified Maintenance Cycle Requirements for Medical Equipment, mainly including internal cleaning, checking of abnormalities in sound, humidity, indicator lights, etc., local inspection and adjustment, interior machine dedusting, cleaning of potentiometers relating to oxide layers of circuit board feet and dedusting of light paths of optical medical equipment.

 

5.3 Level II maintenance is preventive repair, which shall be carried out jointly by equipment maintenance and repair personnel, including inspection of main parts or main components of the equipment, accuracy adjustment, replacement of mechanical vulnerable parts that have reached the limits of wear if necessary, and sampling inspection of some electronic components in performance deterioration (including potentiometers, capacitors, resistors, etc.) for advance replacement.

 

5.4 All equipment of key departments must be subject to measures for level II maintenance (preventive repair, including inspection of main parts or main components of the equipment, accuracy adjustment, and replacement of vulnerable parts if necessary). First aid equipment must be subject to the plug-in test to ensure that such equipment is in normal operation. Different equipment must be maintained according to the Classified Maintenance Cycle Requirements for Medical Equipment. On the premise of not affecting the normal work of departments, the maintenance of the equipment of operating rooms is mainly carried out during non working hours, and that of ICU and emergency department is carried out in turn when the equipment is idle, and is kept on record.

 

5.5 Level III maintenance is preventive maintenance (PM). Party B's engineers with relevant qualifications shall carry out preventive maintenance of the equipment based on the risk assessment results of medical equipment. The equipment included in the list of all medical equipment shall be subject to PM, which is defined as follows.

 

5.5.1 Level III equipment: equipment with a risk assessment value of more than 13 points (high-end imaging equipment, equipment of operating rooms or key departments, etc.)

 

① Maintenance interval: once a quarter.

 

② Personnel qualifications: manufacturers' engineers or engineers authorized with manufacturers' qualifications.

 

③ Report issuance: the written reports of Party B's maintenance records shall be submitted to the equipment management department of the hospital (signed by qualified engineers).

 

④ PM label: pasted on the equipment (specifying inspection time, inspector, next inspection time).

 

⑤ PM content: follow the SOP for preventive maintenance.

 

⑥ Enter PM reports into the equipment asset management system and fill in the paper files of equipment maintenance.

 

5.5.2 Level II equipment: equipment with a risk assessment value of 12-13 points (middle and low-end imaging equipment, inspection and detection equipment, etc.)

 

① Maintenance interval: once every half a year, which can be adjusted at any time according to the actual situation.

 

② Personnel qualifications: maintenance technicians who have graduated from medical equipment-related majors and have got more than 3 years of work experience in medical equipment maintenance.

 

③ Report issuance: the written reports of Party B's maintenance records shall be submitted to the equipment management department of the hospital (signed by qualified engineers).

 

④ PM label: pasted on the equipment (specifying inspection time, inspector, next inspection time).

 

⑤ PM content: follow the SOP for preventive maintenance.

 

⑥ Enter PM reports into the equipment asset management system and fill in the paper files of equipment maintenance.

 

Page 4 

 

 

5.5.3 Level I equipment: equipment with a risk assessment value of 7-11 points (including non-medical contact equipment, etc.)

 

① Maintenance interval: once a year.

 

② Personnel qualifications: maintenance technicians who have graduated from medical equipment-related majors and have got more than 3 years of work experience in medical equipment maintenance.

 

③ The written reports of Party B's maintenance records shall be submitted to the equipment management department of the hospital (signed by qualified engineers).

 

④ PM label: pasted on the equipment (specifying inspection time, inspector, next inspection time).

 

⑤ PM content: follow the SOP for preventive maintenance.

 

⑥ Enter PM reports into the equipment asset management system and fill in the paper files of equipment maintenance.

 

The inspection results shall be transformed into reports and then submitted to the equipment department of the hospital. When necessary, the process of bidder's maintenance may be supervised.

 

6. Provide the equipment department of the hospital with the Summary List of Conditions of All Equipment in the Hospital (including equipment operating status, preventive maintenance, quality control, maintenance and repair conditions, cost of repair parts, acceptance of new equipment, etc. of each department of the hospital).

 

7. Requirements for maintenance:

 

7.1 All medical equipment included in the scope of warranty shall be provided with complete machine warranty service including high-value consumables such as equipment parts.

 

7.2 The labor and spare parts involved in all medical equipment included in the scope of warranty within the warranty period shall be borne by Party B by providing maintenance services without limit of times and replacing the spare parts that need to be replaced without limit of quantity.

 

7.3 The hospital shall set up a permanent repair hotline for 24-hour answering service.

 

7.4 Party B shall set up a permanent 400/800 repair hotline to ensure smooth requests for repair.

 

7.5 All medical equipment included in the scope of warranty shall be labeled with the QR code of mobile App, specifying basic information about the equipment, responsible engineer, engineer's mobile phone number, repair hotline, supervision call and other information.

 

7.6 Repair response

 

7.6.1 For each piece of equipment to be guaranteed by its original manufacturer, after receiving the request for repair, Party B shall notify the original manufacturer within 30 minutes and timely feedback the fact to the equipment management department of the hospital. Party B and the equipment management department shall jointly supervise and urge the technicians of the original manufacturer to arrive at the site within the time required by the original manufacturer's warranty contract.

 

7.6.2 For each piece of equipment not to be guaranteed by its original manufacturer, Party B shall respond on site within 1 working hour or 2 non-working hours after receiving the request for repair. In case of rescue or emergency, Party B shall arrive at the site immediately and solve the problem in time.

 

7.7 The service center residing in the hospital shall prepare the inventory of common spare parts and common wearing parts.

 

7.8 The service center residing in the hospital shall establish a maintenance platform keeping professional service kids (one set for each engineer) and welding tools. Professional ground power lead detection equipment shall also be available

 

7.9 On-site service engineers shall dress uniformly and behave professionally and politely, without adversely affecting on the daily medical activities of the hospital.

 

7.10 Operation rate guarantee:

 

Each piece of equipment to be guaranteed by its original manufacturer shall be subject to the original manufacturer's contract. In addition to the original manufacturer's equipment maintenance, assessments shall also be carried out. Operation rate = operation days of the equipment in a year or 365 days. The operation rate of first aid equipment or the only equipment facing the whole hospital shall be ≥ 96% (based on 365 days and the equipment with a service cycle of less than 8 years). The operation rate of each of several similar replaceable devices in the hospital shall be 95%. Operation rate shall be included in equipment management evaluation items.

 

7.11 Equipment repair rate: monthly assessment, which is calculated based on one month from the time of request for repair.

 

Equipment with a service cycle of 5 years or below 100%
Equipment with a service cycle of 6-10 years 95%
Equipment with a service cycle of above 10 years 90%

 

Page 5 

 

 

Note: if the imaging equipment with a service cycle of above 10 years or any other equipment with a service cycle of above 8 years can not be repaired due to the production suspension and irreplaceability of original manufacturer's parts, once confirmed by Party A, such equipment may not be included in the evaluation standard.

 

7.12 The overall failure repair time of the equipment shall be less than 3 days, and evaluation is based on a natural year.

 

7.13 The repair rate of the equipment with the same failure shall be less than 10%, and evaluation is based on a natural year.

 

7.14 Spare parts guarantee:

 

7.14.1 All replacing spare parts meet the operation standards of the complete machine, which are subject to their original manufacturers' quality requirements;

 

7.14.2 All replacing spare parts that may affect or change the performance of the equipment must come from their original manufacturers. All of them shall be traceably sourced, and must be purchased from qualified suppliers with complete certificates, without harm to the equipment;

 

7.14.3 All replacing spare parts from importing channel shall be legally imported and meet the requirements of laws and regulations;

 

7.14.4 The arrival time of spare parts of high-value consumables shall not exceed 7 days. The damage of high-value consumables shall be reported to the equipment management department of the hospital for filing within 24 hours, with detailed goods preparation and logistics attached;

 

7.14.5 All medical equipment included in the scope of warranty shall be measured and tested by Fujian Metrology Institute or units qualified for measurement and testing, and the intact rate of first aid equipment shall be 100%. The qualification rate of other equipment shall be above 95% each time, and unqualified equipment shall be provided with a detailed maintenance plan.

 

7.15 Service satisfaction:

 

Satisfaction is evaluated according to the weighted sum of 70% of the satisfaction value of the clinical use department and 30% of that of the equipment department;

 

7.15.1 Punishment measures:

 

7.15.1.1 In the evaluation of each piece of equipment to be guaranteed by its original manufacturer, Party B and the equipment management department shall jointly formulate a punishment plan for such manufacturer's service according to the original manufacturer's warranty contract. However, Party B is obliged to urge the maintenance progress of the original manufacturer at the moment. The equipment management department shall record the degree of cooperation in the satisfaction evaluation.

 

7.15.1.2 For each piece of equipment not to be guaranteed by its original manufacturer, the evaluation is carried out based on two levels of parts replacement service and technical service, either of which accounts for 50% of the service fee excluding the original manufacturer's maintenance fee.

 

7.15.1.2.1 Where the parts replacement service does not meet the requirements of Bidding Document, the punishment shall be twice the purchase price of such parts.

 

7.15.1.2.2 Technical service shall be evaluated by the head nurse of the department and the equipment management department, and the punishment measures are as follows:

 

In case of 85% ≤ satisfaction < 90%, deduct 10% of the service fee excluding the original manufacturer's maintenance fee and parts repair fee in the current quarter; in case of 75% ≤ satisfaction < 85%, deduct 20% of the service fee excluding the original manufacturer's maintenance fee and parts repair fee in the current quarter; in case of 65% ≤ satisfaction < 75%, deduct 30% of the service fee excluding the original manufacturer's maintenance fee and parts repair fee in the current quarter; in case of satisfaction < 65%, deduct all of the service fee excluding the original manufacturer's maintenance fee and parts repair fee in the current quarter, and at the same time Party A has the right to unilaterally terminate the contract.

 

7.15.2 The specific evaluation contents shall be formulated by the hospital and Party B according to the actual situation.

 

7.16 Equipment safety: safety shall be regarded as the top priority. Any possible use safety problems involving medical staff and patients in the service process must be reported to the equipment management department in writing and by telephone within 24 hours.

 

7.17 Quality control management:

 

Provide quality control testing instruments, establish the quality control system of emergency life support equipment and high-danger equipment (at least including monitor, defibrillator, ventilator, anesthesia machine, electrotome, infusion pump and syringe pump), and complete quality control testing as planned

 

7.17.1 Keep complete paper and informationized maintenance spare parts records;

 

Page 6 

 

 

7.17.2 Keep complete paper and informationized maintenance records;

 

7.17.3 Provide professional quality control, and conduct testing of relevant parameters in a planned way.

 

8. Establish the special person responsibility system for maintenance and management of large-scale medical equipment

 

Party B shall specially assign two professional engineers to be responsible for large-scale equipment.

 

8.1 Job responsibilities and maintenance

 

(1) Assist in the installation, testing and acceptance of newly purchased equipment.

 

(2) Carry out fault maintenance.

 

(3) Formulate and implement regular maintenance plans.

 

(4) Analyze the reasons for abnormal response and failure in equipment use.

 

(5) Apply, supervise and accept entrusted external repairs.

 

(6) Clean and maintain the equipment.

 

(7) Establish various equipment files.

 

(8) Make suggestions on restoration or scrapping of idle equipment.

 

(9) The equipment maintenance personnel shall accompany measurement and testing, equipment maintenance point or follow-up personnel to carry out equipment maintenance and parameter correction regularly, and fill in the Level III Maintenance Records of Equipment.

 

8.2 Equipment maintenance management

 

8.2.1 The equipment maintenance personnel shall timely and carefully do the following jobs for equipment: equipment unpacking and acceptance registration, photographing and recording, equipment claim registration, warranty period registration, summary of equipment conditions before the expiration of the warranty period, equipment maintenance registration, source records of key spare parts and equipment cleaning and sterilization methods.

 

8.2.2 In case of particularly complex faults or difficulties in purchasing spare parts during maintenance, the equipment maintenance personnel shall timely notify the equipment use department in order to take emergency measures in time.

 

8.2.3 In case any problem is difficult to judge or cannot be solved for a time during maintenance, Party B's equipment maintenance personnel will report it to the equipment department and cooperate with the manufacturer for maintenance in time.

 

8.2.4 The equipment maintenance personnel will also report the medical equipment with high repair rate to the equipment department in time.

 

8.2.5 Equipment file archives shall be kept by the maintenance personnel. The instrument maintenance personnel shall regularly sort out and inspect equipment file archives to ensure the integrity of the equipment.

 

8.2.6 Maintenance circuit diagrams shall be managed in a centralized manner.

 

8.2.7 The maintenance personnel shall often communicate with equipment users on operation and maintenance and actively listen to their feedback on the equipment used, so as to judge the using status of the equipment.

 

8.3 Implementation and supervision of repair and maintenance

 

8.3.1 Party B shall be responsible for formulating focuses and procedures of maintenance work for various types of equipment and adjusting equipment PM cycles according to equipment repairs.

 

8.3.2 The instrument maintenance personnel shall conduct in-depth checks of the operations of the equipment in each department every month. Carefully fill in the Inspection Record and submit it to the person in charge of the department using the equipment for signature. Quarterly supervise and inspect the equipment of each department, summarize the equipment status, and focus on finding out the loopholes in the repair and maintenance work and correcting them.

 

8.3.3 The instrument maintenance personnel shall irregularly inspect all large-scale medical equipment and fully listen to the opinions and suggestions of the departments using the equipment.

 

8.3.4 At the end of the repair and maintenance work, the instrument maintenance personnel shall fill in the Instrument Maintenance Registration Form specifying the work process and conclusion, and submit it to the person in charge of the department using the equipment for signature confirmation.

 

8.3.5 The timeliness of equipment maintenance, work inspection records and integrity of relevant forms and files are taken as the standards for assessment of maintenance personnel's work, and are directly linked to the service fee payable to the underwriting company.

 

9. The monitoring of clinical use safety of medical equipment and instruments shall be subject to the special person responsibility system

 

9.1 Implement laws, regulations and rules related to the quality management of medical devices, and provide education and training on quality awareness and work. Implement the quality management system strictly.

 

9.2 Assist the person in charge of each department in daily management of medical equipment and materials in the department, and know the quantity and operation status of all types of medical equipment for treatment, diagnosis and first aid in the department.

 

Page 7 

 

 

9.3 Assist the person in charge of each department in pre-job training and retraining for the operators of all types of medical equipment in the department, and organize the operators for regular assessment according to the regulations.

 

9.4 For newly installed medical equipment in each department, organize pre-job training for operators, and formulate operation specifications and processes for medical equipment.

 

9.5 Inform all emergency management plans of the hospital, and cooperate with relevant functional departments in respectively organizing their personnel to participate in regular emergency drills.

 

9.6 Monitor and report the clinical use safety of medical equipment of life support, first aid, implantation, radiation and sterilization types, and large-scale medical equipment in each department.

 

9.7 Monitor and manage the clinical use safety of measuring instruments in the department.

 

9.8 Carry out emergency allocation management for medical equipment used for first aid and life support systems in the department.

 

9.9 Organize the implementation and supervision of all rectification notices related to the department proposed by the Management Committee of Clinical Use Safety of Medical Equipment of the hospital.

 

10. Cooperate with clinical use departments of medical equipment and instruments

 

10.1 Daily equipment management:

 

10.1.1 The list of medical equipment in each department shall be respectively established in the asset management system.

 

10.10.2 The management of medical equipment shall be carried out by specially-assigned personnel. Such personnel shall be responsible for the daily maintenance of and the self-inspection of potential safety hazards of the equipment.

 

10.3 Each instrument or device shall be hung with a status card specifying corresponding standard operating procedures (SOP) and precautions.

 

10.1.4 Management of equipment status cards

 

(1) Each piece of equipment must be attached with an equipment status card. Confirm and maintain the equipment status stated in the equipment status card at ordinary times.

 

(2) The equipment shall be numbered uniformly. Arrange regular serial numbers for the same types of equipment, so that the using site of corresponding equipment can be found through these serial numbers at any time.

 

10.1.5 Establish maintenance records and use record books for equipment with a unit price of above 50,000 yuan. Among them, use records shall be registered every day, and maintenance records shall be recorded at any time. Carry out maintenance once a month and register it in the medical equipment maintenance record book.

 

10.1.6 Management of first aid and life support equipment:

 

(1) For first aid and life support equipment, including monitors, ventilators, defibrillators and so on, each department shall have a detailed equipment list. Equipment users shall test the intactness of the equipment. When testing, they must start the equipment to ensure its intactness of the equipment, and make records in the record book.

 

(2) The keepers of first aid and life support equipment shall use special detectors to test all equipment included in the equipment list every three months and make detailed records, and shall find problems and solve them in time.

 

10.2 Training and evaluation management

 

10.2.1 For newly installed medical equipment and new post holders in each department, organize pre-job training for operators, and formulate operation specifications and processes for medical equipment.

 

10.2.2 Assist each department to provide regular training for users. Each department shall formulate training plans and contents according to its actual situation. The training contents mainly include standard operating procedures and precautions for the equipment, and learning notes are available.

 

10.2.3 Assist the person in charge of each department using the equipment in organizing retraining and assessment on medical equipment operations for the operators in the department regularly (at least once a quarter), and carefully fill in corresponding records.

 

10.3 Clinical use safety management

 

For adverse events and safety incidents of medical devices, in line with the principle of reporting on suspect, carefully fill in the Report of Suspicious Adverse Events of Medical Devices, submit it in time and keep the original records for future reference.

 

11. Informationized equipment management system

 

11.1 Realization of functions and main technical parameters of the system

 

Page 8 

 

 

Module Realization of Specific Functions
Basic Settings 1. Adopt BS and CS software architecture, and support clinical web page access.
2. Classification and code maintenance of medical devices: the system automatically defaults to initialized standard classification and codes of medical devices, which fully conform to the latest Standard Classification of Medical Devices (including 68 classification codes) promulgated by the Ministry of Health.
3. Warehouse and department settings: the basic information of warehouses and departments, as well as their corresponding relationships, can be flexibly set according to the actual situation of the hospital.
4. Basic data import: the existing department information, equipment data and user information of the hospital can be imported into the software system through Excel to avoid repeated entry and reduce the workload of the system administrator.
5. Work permission setting: in the maintenance of account login information and permissions for relevant staff of the operating system, the role permission group setting is supported, and the function permissions under the role permission group can be directly copied for a new account.
6. Equipment application approval process setting: the approval process of purchase, maintenance, retirement, transfer or external invocation of the equipment can be completely customized according to the situation of the hospital.
7. Basic file management of medical equipment: the system automatically defaults to initialized codes, names and some special representations of common medical equipment in the hospital, as well as measuring instrument types, cycles, quality control marks, first-aid equipment marks, special equipment marks, whether they belong to fixed assets, etc.
8. Electronic signature setting: the system saves users' personal signatures in the form of picture, including BMP, JPEG and other formats, so as to refer such signatures to the reports printed for approval and other operations.
9. Basic information maintenance: the system maintains the basic information of brand, place of origin, country and bidding.
10. Operation log records: the key operations (including operation type, operator, operation time, operating IP and other key information) in the system can be recorded.
Equipment Procurement Management 1. Supplier management and agreement (or contract) management: such contents as supplier classification, subject matter of contract and so on can be classified and recorded.
2. Purchase acceptance: purchase acceptance certificate, acceptance by department or warehouse is supported, and purchase acceptance related information can be automatically generated. During acceptance, the random acceptance related data can be recorded, and the acceptance certificate can be automatically generated and printed.
3. Department receiving: after the purchased equipment enters the warehouse, the system cooperates with the recipient to transfer out the equipment to the department, and may automatically print the receiving form.

 

Medical Equipment Asset Management 1. Addition of equipment assets: the system can add assets directly to each department, which is applied to medical equipment not needing purchase acceptance. It can directly select the basic equipment codes and names, automatically generate the unique barcodes of the equipment according to the standard codes of medical devices (including 68 codes) and the basic attributes of the equipment, so as to generate the fixed assets cards; it can record the accessories of large-scale equipment, upload technical documents and operation manuals, support uploading and display of equipment pictures, and support the user-defined copying function for a large number of devices to achieve rapid batch entry.
2. Asset barcodes and cards: one-dimensional and two-dimensional bar code labels can be automatically generated, and their contents and formats can be customized. The barcodes are generated from asset codes, and can be generated according to the rules required by the hospital. Combined with barcode printing machines, these barcodes can be automatically transferred into asset cards for the asset management office of the hospital to reflect the basic information of assets.
3. Electronic account management of fixed assets: used for query of all information of fixed assets, including purchase application data, technical data, basic data, pictures, repair data, maintenance records, transfer records, contract records, parts records, scrapping records, etc., and realization of synchronous connection between medical equipment files and asset cards, and supporting the export of Excel electronic forms.
4. Asset transfer management: used for the process of equipment transfer from the original department to a new department. The operation is to apply for transfer first, and then the system can automatically generate a transfer application form. After approval, the equipment can be transferred to the new department.
5. Asset scrapping management: used for the process of asset scrapping in the hospital. After the equipment reaches its service life or has irreparable faults, the using department or relevant management personnel may apply for scrapping. The scrapping application form can be automatically generated and printed, and multi-level approval is supported. After approval, the asset scrapping disposal form can be generated in batch, and then these scrapped assets automatically disappear from the asset list of the department.
6. Asset outward transfer management: used for the process of outward transfer of assets in the hospital. At first, an outward transfer application can be filed, recording the information related to outward transfer. After approval, the outward transfer form can be downloaded, and then the assets automatically disappear from the asset list of the department.

7. Asset inventory management: used for asset inventory based on departments and equipment types in the hospital and assistance with the hospital in doing inventory summary.

8. Integrated asset query: used for query of assets by different key words and query of all fixed assets in the hospital by department, equipment type, equipment name (fuzzy search), amount range, purchase source, usage status, etc., and supporting the import of Excel forms.
9. Asset distribution query: used for query of distribution of the equipment in the hospital by equipment amount, equipment variety and single item, and supporting the import of Excel forms.
10. Emergency equipment management: sharing platform management function. Through the sharing platform, clinical departments can consult relevant equipment of the hospital and call idle equipment of other departments at any time, so as to achieve resource sharing by borrowing and keep borrowing records.

 

Page 9 

 

 

Equipment maintenance management 1. Formulation of equipment PM plan: regular (monthly or quarterly) daily maintenance plans can be formulated for the equipment needing maintenance set by the hospital, including equipment with a unit price of more than 10,000 yuan or emergency equipment. It is possible to set the maintenance level (such as level I, level II or level III maintenance) according to the technical performance of the equipment and prepare maintenance contents and standardized operation records.
2. It has the function of reminder of maintenance on maturity with a voice. It can automatically call up maintenance reminders for the past 1 month or 7 days to remind for the jobs within 7 days.
3. Maintenance inspection: dealing with equipment abnormalities during maintenance, transferring the equipment for repairs, scrapping and adverse events, and supporting the export of Excel forms.
4. Maintenance data statistics: generating workload statistics reports and maintenance expense statistics tables for implemented maintenance plans.

 

Equipment maintenance management 1. Maintenance of common problems with medical equipment: the maintenance personnel can establish descriptions of common faults with medical equipment according to the classification of medical equipment. A clinical department selects the equipment, and then the system automatically loads the fault problem set corresponding to the class of the equipment, which facilitates a clinical department to select when initiating maintenance and avoids the workload of manually entering the fault descriptions.
2. Department's repair application: each department can initiate an application for repair through the software system or WeChat. It is required to add repair application records according to the detailed equipment list of the department. The application for equipment repair may be ledgered or not, and can be automatically reflected to the work platform of the repair engineer to get response, and the repair order can be printed.
3. Department equipment repair progress query: each department can query the status of the equipment requested for repair, and can query and monitor the repair progress of such equipment according to the repair order number, which effectively reduces the losses caused by maintenance shelving to the hospital. It is possible to provide the function of satisfaction survey and suggestion and print detailed repair reports and classified statistics reports
4. Repair approval: it has the budget or quotation approval module, which generates budget approval tables from the quotations of the equipment and their repair manufacturers. After approval by leaders, repairs can be started. Multi-level approval is supported.
5. Equipment maintenance record management: it keeps detailed records on special equipment and first aid and life support equipment repaired according to different types and departments. Each maintenance is recorded with detailed process steps and relevant information during equipment maintenance, including maintenance personnel, maintenance hours, total cost, whether relevant parts have been replaced, etc., and each maintenance record can be automatically classified into the records of corresponding equipment.
6. Maintenance acceptance management: the repaired equipment shall be submitted to corresponding departments for acceptance. During the acceptance, the conditions of maintenance of the equipment shall be reflected, including cost, maintenance engineer, fault status, feedback and acceptance evaluation.
7. Equipment parts management: it can associate parts with equipment to facilitate query management, and can also carry out in-and-out-of-storage management of each equipment part. It has in-and-out-of-storage approval process and inventory query function.
8. Engineer's workload statistics: the system can make statistics and analysis of the engineer's maintenance workload, and can support graphic display and comparison.
9. Statistics and analysis of maintenance cost: the system can calculate and analyze the total maintenance cost of each department or each piece of equipment in the hospital according to user-defined conditions, and can display and compare data synchronization graphs.
10. Statistics and analysis of equipment failure rate: the system can analyze and make statistics of the equipment failure rate according to different departments, specially explain and handle the equipment with high failure rate and record adverse events. It has the function of analysis of single equipment failure rate ranking, which can automatically analyze the basic information of equipment with highest failure rates within a specified period of time.
11. Maintenance cost comparison chart: the system can make statistics of the total maintenance cost of each department by date and generate a column comparison chart to provide data support for equipment evaluation and procurement of the hospital.
12. Reminder of repair work: the repair progress management reminder platform can display by classification according to the repair processing status, such as being requested for repair, being repaired (in hospital or out of hospital), and repaired and to be accepted, and can also display by listing according to repair on the current day and repair in the following 7 days, and each reminder is given with a voice.
13. LED screen display of the equipment to be repaired: the system can support LED external screen display.
14. It supports repair engineer dispatch, multiple repair processes, and multiple engineers and assistant engineers in the repair process, and also supports reports of comparative analysis of fault time series, repair reports, and year-on-year maintenance cost reports.

 

Page 10 

 

 

Cooperate with Equipment Benefit Analysis and Provide Basic Data 1. Filing of single equipment needing benefit analysis: the equipment needing benefit analysis can be set, which is automatically reflected in the filing of equipment needing benefit analysis.
2. Import of single equipment data in Excel format: the staff can import data into the system at one time after entering data in batch into Excel according to the format of benefit analysis data report.
3. Generation or entry of single equipment data: the revenue and expenditure data of single equipment can be automatically generated or manually entered to form a complete benefit analysis data report.
4. It is possible to carry out benefit analysis by department and equipment, provide display of statistical charts of benefit analysis data of equipment by revenue and expenditure and query by equipment amount, department or equipment name.
5. Provide comparative analysis of monthly and quarterly benefits of equipment, and reflect consolidated statements by month, quarter and year.
6. Benefit analysis and evaluation table: the system automatically calculates the payback periods of large-scale equipment according to the revenue data of such equipment.
7. Interface with a third-party system: The existing HIS system of the hospital is connected to realize automatic summary of data. The data of expenditure costs of depreciation, labor, repair and maintenance, water and electricity, etc. can be automatically extracted from the system, and the rest can be set with fixed default values.
Equipment measurement management 1. Measuring equipment file management: the system can provide settings of classification of measuring instruments, including discipline classification, management requirement classification, etc., and can identify the equipment requiring mandatory inspection and set the mandatory inspection cycles.
2. Mandatory inspection records of measuring instruments: after the mandatory inspection, the system can generate detailed records on the inspection process, including inspection department, cost, qualification mark, etc., and can support multiple pieces of measurement information for each type of equipment (the measurement is base on equipment parts).
3. Measuring equipment file management: the system can classify and manage the equipment according to the relevant measurement standards issued by the Measurement Supervision Bureau. After the measuring equipment is warehoused, it is automatically generated and judged. Various departments and types of measuring equipment can be consulted.
4. Measurement record query: the records of verified equipment can be queried according to various conditions.
5. Reporting of adverse events: the system can record adverse events of medical devices according to the standards of the Ministry of Health, generate adverse event reports according to relevant formats and report them to relevant leaders.

 

Page 11 

 

 

License Management 1. Supplier license records: provide the supplier's directory of supply, including registration certificate of product, validity periods of manufacturer's certificates, and supplier's certificate information.
2. Reminder and replacement of certificates and licenses: the system can remind of all kinds of certificates and licenses about to expire, and then notifies the supplier to replace these certificates. If the certificates for new products cannot be provided and the supply must continue, the reasons can be explained by notes.
3. Maintenance and management of supplier basic data: the system can record supplier related data (including code, name, region, contact person, contact number, etc.) in detail, manage suppliers by classification, record and manage various types of certificates and licenses of suppliers, including Letter of Authorization and automatically remind their timeliness.
4. Supplier supply relationship management: the management of equipment and supplier relationships realizes the association and matching between suppliers and equipment.
5. Contract management: the system can store contract-related information. It records the information of subject matter of contract, including product supplied, equipment name, brand, price and date, upload attachments or scanned copies of contracts, and provides relevant reminders for expired contracts.
Management of Adverse Events Reporting of adverse events for equipment and consumables: the system provides safety monitoring and adverse event handling and reporting functions. It can record adverse events of medical devices according to the standards of the Ministry of Health, generate adverse event reports according to relevant formats, conduct retrospective analysis, form records for adverse events and realize reporting in the light of the requirements of the hospital.
   

12. Non-medical Equipment

 

12.1 Quality control and measurement management

 

12.1.1 Cooperate with the measurement and testing departments designated by the government in measurement and testing, and all directories of equipment required to be tested by the government must participate in measurement and testing.

 

12.1.2 Paste relevant files and certificates of measurement and testing to corresponding equipment.

 

12.1.3 Manage the oxygen supply center, and repair, maintain and watch the oxygen supply system and pipelines regularly.

 

12.1.4 Repair and maintain oxygen outlets of all departments in the hospital.

 

12.1.5 Maintain calling systems and negative pressure systems of the hospital.

 

12.1.6 Repair and maintain laminar flow systems in the hospital, regularly clean and replace filter screens according to national regulations, and cooperate in the corresponding testing.

 

12.1.7 Carry out quality control of equipment and keep relevant record files.

 

13. Staffing:

 

13.1 Party B shall allocate engineers in Fujian Province to facilitate dispatch in case of emergency. Engineers shall have the relevant educational background or participate in manufacturers' technical training to obtain maintenance qualifications. When bidding, they must provide the social security certificates and the training certificates of original manufacturers or the professional training certificates of other third parties such as Society of Medical Engineering. Engineers residing in Party A must include those with qualification certificates for special equipment corresponding to Party A.

 

13.2 Arrange 15 maintenance technicians residing on site for a long term (including 3-5 certified engineers), and conduct relatively regular group or department responsibility management for them. When bidding, Party B shall provide the materials proving Party B's payment of social insurance for the above dispatched maintenance technicians residing on site for 6 consecutive months before the bid deadline (excluding the month to which the bid deadline belongs), and such materials shall be sealed by the tax authority or the social security department (originals for future reference).

 

13.3 Party B shall pay all wages and benefits of its employees on its own; in case of any work-related injury, disease or even death, Party B shall be fully responsible for all responsibilities and expenses; Party B shall strictly abide by relevant national laws, regulations and industry standards.

 

13.4 The labor contracts for resident service personnel shall be implemented in strict accordance with the Labor Law of the People's Republic of China.

 

13.5 Party B shall purchase public liability insurance and employee accident insurance for resident employees. All accidents suffered by Party B's employees in the service process shall be borne by Party B.

 

14. Standby machines:

 

14.1 Party B shall make available some removable equipment (including moving C arm, mobile DR, color Doppler ultrasound, ventilator, anesthesia machine, monitor, defibrillator, portable color Doppler ultrasound, blue light, etc.), and all of these standby machines must have legal sources, complete data, good performance and clear identifications. When bidding, Party B shall provide copies of formal invoices, product serial numbers, specifications and models, and all equipment must be purchased by Party B. If any information is found to be untrue, Party B's bid shall be deemed invalid; in case of emergency, the above standby machines must be able to be quickly transferred to the hospital, and the response time shall be less than 4 hours;

 

14.2 The standby machines provided shall be equivalent to the equipment to be repaired in the hospital;

 

Page 12 

 

 

15. Quality Control Testing Equipment

 

15.1 Party B shall provide life support quality control testing equipment (including vital signs simulator, infusion equipment analyzer, airflow analyzer, defibrillation and pacemaking analyzer, high-frequency electrotome analyzer, hemodialysis quality control equipment, etc.), all of which must have legal sources, complete data, good performance and clear identifications. When bidding, Party B shall provide copies of formal invoices, product serial numbers, specifications and models, and all equipment must be purchased by Party B. If any information is found to be untrue, Party B's bid shall be deemed invalid; quality control test on life support equipment shall be conducted regularly.

 

15.2 Any quality control testing equipment must be sent to National Institute of Metrology (NIM) for verification and calibration according to the requirements of measurement laws and regulations every year, and must also obtain the calibration certificate or test report of National Institute of Metrology to ensure that the quality control testing equipment is in good condition. Meanwhile, a copy shall be submitted as quality control file.

 

15.3 Carry out quality control inspections regularly and provide analysis reports.

 

16. The repair and maintenance of large-scale imaging equipment (including CT, MR, DSA, ECT, C arm machine, mobile DR, etc.) can only be served by their original manufacturers or other third-party companies authorized by their original manufacturers. All parts must be provided by their original manufacturers or other third-party companies authorized by their original manufacturers. The main parts of other medical equipment must come from their original manufacturers. Other parts shall comply with the quality requirements made by their original manufacturers, and can be traceable.

 

15. Other Arrangements

 

15.1 The contract documents shall have equal legal effect as this contract.

 

15.2 Matters not covered in this contract may be supplemented by both parties separately.

 

15.3 This contract shall take into effect upon its signing.

 

15.4 The printed text of this contract is made in octuplicate. The electronic text of this contract is automatically filed through the public information system on the government procurement website. The printed text of this contract shall be consistent with the filed electronic test, the latter of which shall prevail and both of which shall have equal effect.

 

15.5 Others: Party B shall cooperate with Party A in various inspections and reviews and provide necessary printed and electronic materials.

 

Page 13 

 

 

Party A:

Fuzhou Second Hospital

Party B:

Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

Domicile: No. 47, Shangteng Road, Cangshan District, Fuzhou Domicile: Room 909-911, Xinya Building, No. 121, Dongjie Sub-district, Gulou District, Fuzhou
Principal: Lin Fengfei Principal:

Zheng Weiping

 

Entrusted Agent:

[signature]

Entrusted Agent: Ye Baitao [signature]
Contact information:   Contact information:  
Bank of Deposit:   Bank of Deposit: Business Department of Head Office of Industrial Bank
Account No.:   Account No.:  

 

Signed at Fuzhou Second Hospital

Signed on May 13, 2021

 

Page 14 

 

 


 

Exhibit 10.18

 

Fuzhou Municipal Government Procurement Contract

 

Preparation Description

 

1. The contract shall be signed in accordance with the Government Procurement Law of the People's Republic of China and the Contract Law of the People's Republic of China.

 

2. When signing the contract, both Purchaser and Winning Bidder shall fill in the corresponding contents in the light of the requirements of Chapter V of the Bidding Document. Where relevant requirements are given in Chapter V of the Bidding Document, neither party shall change or adjust such requirements; where no relevant requirements are given in Chapter V of the Bidding Document, both parties can agree on them through friendly negotiation.

 

Party A: Fuzhou Second Hospital

 

Party B: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

 

Based on the bidding result of the Medical Equipment Fixed Assets Management Project numbered [350100]ZXFZ[GK]2020001(hereinafter referred to as "the Project"), the winning bidder of the Project is Party B. Now, both parties have concluded this contract through friendly consultation on the following matters:

 

1. The following documents shall be deemed to be construed as an integral part of this contract:

 

1.1 Contract terms;

 

1.2 Bidding Document and Party B's Tending Document;

 

1.3 Other documents or materials:x none.

 

2. Subject matter of the contract

 

Package
No.
Item
No.
Item
Code
Item Name Product Name Quantity Unit of
Measurement
Type of
Place of
Origin
Unit Price Amount Brand Model,
Specifications,
etc.
Product
Nature
1 1-1 C0505 Medical Equipment Repair & Maintenance Services Medical Equipment Repair & Maintenance Services 3 Year Domestic ¥12,978,000. 00 ¥38,934,000. 00 / / None
Total: ¥38,934,000. 00

 

3. Total contract amount

 

3.1 The total contract amount in word is CNY THIRTY-EIGHT MILLION NINE HUNDRED AND THIRTY-FOUR THOUSAND ONLY (¥38,934,000.00).

 

4. Time, place and conditions of delivery of the subject matter of this contract

 

4.1 Delivery time: the service term is three years counted from the signing of this contract. The contract is signed once a year in the mode of 1+1+1. Based on Winning Bidder's service performance in Purchaser, if there is no major violation or satisfaction meets the level required by Purchaser, the contract will be postponed year by year until the end of the three-year service term; if there is no major violation or satisfaction fails to meet the level required by Purchaser, Purchaser will have the right to terminate the contract for the next year. In the event of policy adjustment or financial budget cutoff, Purchaser will have the right to terminate the contract without bearing any liability for compensation.

 

4.2 Place of delivery: No. 47, Shangteng Road, Cangshan District, Fuzhou City, Fujian Province;

 

4.3 Delivery conditions: the Project is accepted.

 

5. The subject matter of the contract shall comply with the provisions or agreements of the following Bidding Document and Party B's Tending Document:

 

Subject to Bidding Document with bidding No. [350100]ZXFZ[GK]2020001 and relevant documents.

 

6. Acceptance

 

6.1. The acceptance shall be carried out according to the provisions or agreements of the following Bidding Document and Party B's Tending Document:

 

Subject to Bidding Document with bidding No. [350100]ZXFZ[GK]2020001 and relevant documents.

 

6.2 Whether any other bidders are invited to participate in the acceptance of the Project?

 

No

 

7. The payments under this contract shall comply with the requirements of Bidding Document, and details are as follows:

 

Payment Stage Payment Proportion (%) Note to Payment Stage
1 100 Payment by quarter (in equal amount according to the actual result of assessment)

 

Page 1 

 

 

8. Performance bond

 

None.

 

9. Contract term: the service term is 3 years. The contract is signed in the mode of 1+1+1 once a year.

 

The contract is valid for one year, which is counted from May 12, 2022 to May 11, 2023.

 

10. Liability for breach of contract

 

10.1 If this contract cannot be signed on time for Party B's reason, it shall be deemed as Party B's breach of contract. In case such breach of contract causes losses to Party A, Party B shall pay corresponding compensation separately.

 

10.2 After signing this contract, if Party B requests to terminate the contract, it shall be deemed as Party B's breach of contract, and if any losses are caused to Party A thereby, Party B shall pay corresponding compensation.

 

10.3 In case any major quality accident is caused due to Party B, in addition to Party B's liability for compensation under the contract, relevant quality management measures shall also be taken. Meanwhile, Party A may reserve the right to replace Party B and report to relevant administrative departments for punishment.

 

10.4 In the event of a fatal safety accident, in addition that relevant national safety management regulations and Party A's relevant safety management measures shall be implemented, it shall also be reported to relevant competent administrative departments for punishment; in the event of a major safety accident or an extraordinarily serious safety accident, in addition that relevant national safety management regulations and Party A's relevant safety management measures shall be implemented, Party A shall have the right to terminate the contract, while Party B shall bear the liability for compensation for all losses caused to Party A thereby.

 

10.5 After the liability for breach of contract is made clear, Party B shall pay liquidated damages and compensation within seven days after receiving the written notice.

 

11. Intellectual property rights

 

11.1 The subject matter of this contract provided by Party B shall be in line with the provisions of national intellectual property laws and regulations and shall not be a counterfeit or shoddy product; besides, Party B shall ensure that Party A will not be accused by a third party of infringing intellectual property rights related to patents, trademarks or industrial design. If any third party initiates such an accusation, it shall have nothing to do with Party A, and Party B shall negotiate with such third party and bear all possible legal liabilities, costs and consequences; in case Party A suffers losses as a result, Party B shall compensate for such losses.

 

11.2 If the subject matter of this contract provided by Party B does not comply with the provisions of national intellectual property laws and regulations or is recognized as a counterfeit or shoddy product by relevant competent authorities, Party B's bid winning qualification will be canceled, and Party A will also deal with it in accordance with relevant laws, regulations and rules, specifically, Bidding Document with bidding No. [350100]ZXFZ[GK]2020001 and relevant documents.

 

12. Dispute resolution

 

12.1 Both parties shall settle any dispute through negotiation.

 

12.2 If negotiation fails, either party may settle it through one of the following ways:

 

¨     Submit to the Arbitration Commission for Arbitration, specifically, the Arbitration Commission of the place where Party A is located for arbitration.

 

x    Bring a lawsuit to the people's court, specifically, the people's court with jurisdiction at the place where Party A is located.

 

13. Force majeure

 

13.1 In case of breach of contract due to force majeure, the party suffering from such force majeure event shall timely notify the other party of the reason why it can not perform or fully perform the contract, and shall provide the other party with sufficient evidence proving the occurrence and duration of such event within 15 days after obtaining certification from relevant competent authorities. Based on the above behaviors, the party suffering from the force majeure event is allowed to delay performing, partially perform or be free of performing the contract, and may be exempted from the liability for breach of contract in part or in whole as appropriate.

 

13.2 Force majeure alleged in this contract refers to unforeseeable, unavoidable and insurmountable objective conditions, including but not limited to natural disasters such as earthquake, typhoon, flood and fire, government actions, legal provisions or changes in their application, or any other unforeseeable, unavoidable or uncontrollable events.

 

14. Contract terms

 

I. Project overview

 

1. The service project under this contract is the asset management service for existing medical equipment of Fuzhou Second Hospital (excluding equipment maintenance promised by manufacturers within the warranty period) and new medical equipment (of which new equipment with a unit price of more than 2 million yuan will be provided with a supplemental agreement concluded between both parties through friendly negotiation after the end of manufacturer's warranty period to be included into Party B's service as new items) and some non-medical equipment (oxygen supply system, call system and laminar flow system) of Fuzhou Second Hospital during the performance of the contract.

 

Page 2 

 

 

2. Scope of service: all outsourced equipment (which can operate normally after testing) will be provided with complete machine warranty service including maintenance of various parts (including vulnerable parts), such as magnets and coils of nuclear magnetic resonance equipment, detectors of CT equipment, flat panel detectors or image intensifiers of DRs or c-arm-x-ray machines or DSA devices, ECT-included crystals and detectors of nuclear medicine equipment, probes, batteries and sleeves of ultrasonic equipment, bulb tubes and testing bulbs of imaging devices, etc., regular replacement of primary, medium and high-efficiency filter screens of laminar flow systems, provision of corresponding qualifications for equipment quality control, measurement and inspections of call system, negative pressure system, oxygen supply center, assistance in providing standby machines for various meeting support tasks undertaken by Party A and completing other relevant work assigned by Party A's equipment department, etc.

 

3. Contract time: within three months after the formal signing of the contract after the announcement of bid winning, if Party B is found unable to perform the contract, Party A may terminate the contract. In case any losses are caused to Party A thereby, Party B shall also bear corresponding liability for compensation.

 

4. Where the state and relevant departments introduce new policies or make new requirements for equipment management during the execution of the contract, the service provider shall cooperate with Party A in improving relevant equipment management.

 

5. Party B shall not subcontract the service under this contract to others. In case of subcontracting, Party A shall have the right to terminate the contract and investigate corresponding legal liabilities.

 

II. Technology and Services

 

1. Preparation of systems

 

Prepare practical and feasible maintenance procedures, and establish the maintenance system, inspection system and quality control system for medical equipment, post responsibility system at all levels, emergency response plan, etc. Prepare relevant procedures including type of equipment maintained, equipment maintenance cycle, maintenance items, specific operation measures, matters needing attention and so on. Draw up corresponding plans, implement them strictly and keep relevant records.

 

2. Organization of the list of all medical equipment

 

After making an inventory of and checking Party A's assets, Party B shall prepare the list of medical equipment of the whole hospital and the classified list of medical equipment of each department, enter them into the independent medical asset management software system provided by Party B, and conduct asset clearance and capital verification through the medical asset management software system once a year.

 

3. Regular inspection of all medical equipment as required by Party A

 

3.1 Inspection requirements: Party B's equipment maintenance personnel shall make an all-round inspection of in-use medical equipment of the whole hospital and keep corresponding records for future reference on a monthly basis. For first aid and life equipment of key departments (emergency department, ICU, RICU, operating room, delivery room), inspection one by one shall be conducted every 15 days. Once any hidden danger is found, it shall be solved in time, and at the same time the time of medical equipment of the whole hospital shall be calibrated.

 

3.2 Inspection and maintenance cycle: Party B's equipment maintenance personnel shall comprehensively supervise and inspect the equipment of the whole hospital quarterly, including inspecting running environment (prevention from static electricity, dust, moisture corrosion, mildew, etc.) and water, electrical and gas circuits of all medical equipment and checking and verifying equipment operations and wear, maintain the equipment, find potential problems in time, put forward improvement and maintenance measures, and make targeted preparations before maintenance, so as to improve the repair quality and shorten the repair time.

 

3.3 The keepers or operators of medical equipment of the hospital shall inspect the basic condition of medical equipment every day. If any problem is found, Party B's maintenance personnel shall respond immediately and conduct a key inspection of the reflected problem for solution in time.

 

4. Preparation of a preventive maintenance plan as required by Party A

 

Make clear specific contents and cycles of preventive maintenance for medical equipment of the whole hospital, establish relevant scheduling and processes, implement preventive maintenance according to the plan and keep corresponding records, and after a period of time, evaluate and analyze the current PM system timely, and adjust and modify it when necessary.

 

5. Implementation of classified maintenance

 

5.1 Routine maintenance: in order to ensure the normal use of instruments and equipment, Party B shall dedust and clean them based on their performance requirements and the Classified Maintenance Cycle Requirements for Medical Equipment, conduct performance testing, timely check and replace vulnerable parts, and check the voltage stabilization and grounding conditions of the equipment. Detailed contents of preventive maintenance shall include:

 

① Appearance inspection: first check whether all buttons, switches, connectors and sockets of instruments are loose or misplaced, whether the contacts between plugs and sockets are oxidized, rusted or poor, whether power cables are aging, whether heat dissipation and exhaust functions are normal, and whether various kinds of grounding and pipes are well-connected.

 

Page 3 

 

 

② Cleaning and maintenance: cleaning of surface and internal electrical and mechanical parts of instruments, including washing of filter screens and relevant pipes, sterilization and cleaning of relevant plugs and sockets to avoid poor contacts, and lubrication of necessary mechanical parts.

 

③ Replacement of vulnerable parts: timely replace the parts that are not qualified because of the expiration of their service life or performance degradation or the parts that should be regularly replaced as required in their operation manuals, so as to eliminate obvious and potential faults of the equipment and prevent possible expansion of faults or failure of complete machines.

 

④ Functional checks: check whether indicator lights and indicators are normal at bootup. Enter function settings by adjusting and setting each switch button in order to check whether basic functions of the equipment are normal. Check whether all alarm functions of the equipment are normal through simulation test.

 

⑤ Performance test and calibration: test the voltage stabilizing value of each DC power supply and the voltage values or waveforms of main test points in the circuit, and carry out necessary calibration and adjustment as required in the manual, so as to ensure that all technical indicators of the instrument meet standards and the quality of the instrument in medical diagnosis and treatment is good.

 

⑥ Safety inspection:

 

Electrical safety inspection: check whether various leads, plugs and connectors are damaged, whether ground leads are firm, and whether ground resistance and leakage current are within the allowable limits.

 

Mechanical inspection: check whether frames are firm, whether mechanical operations are normal, and whether connecting parts are loose, falling off or broken.

 

5.2 Level I maintenance shall be implemented by Party B's instrument maintenance personnel according to the Classified Maintenance Cycle Requirements for Medical Equipment, mainly including internal cleaning, checking of abnormalities in sound, humidity, indicator lights, etc., local inspection and adjustment, interior machine dedusting, cleaning of potentiometers relating to oxide layers of circuit board feet and dedusting of light paths of optical medical equipment.

 

5.3 Level II maintenance is preventive repair, which shall be carried out jointly by equipment maintenance and repair personnel, including inspection of main parts or main components of the equipment, accuracy adjustment, replacement of mechanical vulnerable parts that have reached the limits of wear if necessary, and sampling inspection of some electronic components in performance deterioration (including potentiometers, capacitors, resistors, etc.) for advance replacement.

 

5.4 All equipment of key departments must be subject to measures for level II maintenance (preventive repair, including inspection of main parts or main components of the equipment, accuracy adjustment, and replacement of vulnerable parts if necessary). First aid equipment must be subject to the plug-in test to ensure that such equipment is in normal operation. Different equipment must be maintained according to the Classified Maintenance Cycle Requirements for Medical Equipment. On the premise of not affecting the normal work of departments, the maintenance of the equipment of operating rooms is mainly carried out during non working hours, and that of ICU and emergency department is carried out in turn when the equipment is idle, and is kept on record.

 

5.5 Level III maintenance is preventive maintenance (PM). Party B's engineers with relevant qualifications shall carry out preventive maintenance of the equipment based on the risk assessment results of medical equipment. The equipment included in the list of all medical equipment shall be subject to PM, which is defined as follows.

 

5.5.1 Level III equipment: equipment with a risk assessment value of more than 13 points (high-end imaging equipment, equipment of operating rooms or key departments, etc.)

 

① Maintenance interval: once a quarter.

 

② Personnel qualifications: manufacturers' engineers or engineers authorized with manufacturers' qualifications.

 

③ Report issuance: the written reports of Party B's maintenance records shall be submitted to the equipment management department of the hospital (signed by qualified engineers).

 

④ PM label: pasted on the equipment (specifying inspection time, inspector, next inspection time).

 

⑤ PM content: follow the SOP for preventive maintenance.

 

⑥ Enter PM reports into the equipment asset management system and fill in the paper files of equipment maintenance.

 

5.5.2 Level II equipment: equipment with a risk assessment value of 12-13 points (middle and low-end imaging equipment, inspection and detection equipment, etc.)

 

① Maintenance interval: once every half a year, which can be adjusted at any time according to the actual situation.

 

② Personnel qualifications: maintenance technicians who have graduated from medical equipment-related majors and have got more than 3 years of work experience in medical equipment maintenance.

 

③ Report issuance: the written reports of Party B's maintenance records shall be submitted to the equipment management department of the hospital (signed by qualified engineers).

 

④ PM label: pasted on the equipment (specifying inspection time, inspector, next inspection time).

 

⑤ PM content: follow the SOP for preventive maintenance.

 

⑥ Enter PM reports into the equipment asset management system and fill in the paper files of equipment maintenance.

 

Page 4 

 

 

5.5.3 Level I equipment: equipment with a risk assessment value of 7-11 points (including non-medical contact equipment, etc.)

 

① Maintenance interval: once a year.

 

② Personnel qualifications: maintenance technicians who have graduated from medical equipment-related majors and have got more than 3 years of work experience in medical equipment maintenance.

 

③ The written reports of Party B's maintenance records shall be submitted to the equipment management department of the hospital (signed by qualified engineers).

 

④ PM label: pasted on the equipment (specifying inspection time, inspector, next inspection time).

 

⑤ PM content: follow the SOP for preventive maintenance.

 

⑥ Enter PM reports into the equipment asset management system and fill in the paper files of equipment maintenance.

 

The inspection results shall be transformed into reports and then submitted to the equipment department of the hospital. When necessary, the process of bidder's maintenance may be supervised.

 

6. Provide the equipment department of the hospital with the Summary List of Conditions of All Equipment in the Hospital (including equipment operating status, preventive maintenance, quality control, maintenance and repair conditions, cost of repair parts, acceptance of new equipment, etc. of each department of the hospital).

 

7. Requirements for maintenance:

 

7.1 All medical equipment included in the scope of warranty shall be provided with complete machine warranty service including high-value consumables such as equipment parts.

 

7.2 The labor and spare parts involved in all medical equipment included in the scope of warranty within the warranty period shall be borne by Party B by providing maintenance services without limit of times and replacing the spare parts that need to be replaced without limit of quantity.

 

7.3 The hospital shall set up a permanent repair hotline for 24-hour answering service.

 

7.4 Party B shall set up a permanent 400/800 repair hotline to ensure smooth requests for repair.

 

7.5 All medical equipment included in the scope of warranty shall be labeled with the QR code of mobile App, specifying basic information about the equipment, responsible engineer, engineer's mobile phone number, repair hotline, supervision call and other information.

 

7.6 Repair response

 

7.6.1 For each piece of equipment to be guaranteed by its original manufacturer, after receiving the request for repair, Party B shall notify the original manufacturer within 30 minutes and timely feedback the fact to the equipment management department of the hospital. Party B and the equipment management department shall jointly supervise and urge the technicians of the original manufacturer to arrive at the site within the time required by the original manufacturer's warranty contract.

 

7.6.2 For each piece of equipment not to be guaranteed by its original manufacturer, Party B shall respond on site within 1 working hour or 2 non-working hours after receiving the request for repair. In case of rescue or emergency, Party B shall arrive at the site immediately and solve the problem in time.

 

7.7 The service center residing in the hospital shall prepare the inventory of common spare parts and common wearing parts.

 

7.8 The service center residing in the hospital shall establish a maintenance platform keeping professional service kids (one set for each engineer) and welding tools. Professional ground power lead detection equipment shall also be available

 

7.9 On-site service engineers shall dress uniformly and behave professionally and politely, without adversely affecting on the daily medical activities of the hospital.

 

7.10 Operation rate guarantee:

 

Each piece of equipment to be guaranteed by its original manufacturer shall be subject to the original manufacturer's contract. In addition to the original manufacturer's equipment maintenance, assessments shall also be carried out. Operation rate = operation days of the equipment in a year or 365 days. The operation rate of first aid equipment or the only equipment facing the whole hospital shall be ≥ 96% (based on 365 days and the equipment with a service cycle of less than 8 years). The operation rate of each of several similar replaceable devices in the hospital shall be 95%. Operation rate shall be included in equipment management evaluation items.

 

7.11 Equipment repair rate: monthly assessment, which is calculated based on one month from the time of request for repair.

 

Equipment with a service cycle of 5 years or below 100%
Equipment with a service cycle of 6-10 years 95%
Equipment with a service cycle of above 10 years 90%

 

Page 5 

 

 

Note: if the imaging equipment with a service cycle of above 10 years or any other equipment with a service cycle of above 8 years can not be repaired due to the production suspension and irreplaceability of original manufacturer's parts, once confirmed by Party A, such equipment may not be included in the evaluation standard.

 

7.12 The overall failure repair time of the equipment shall be less than 3 days, and evaluation is based on a natural year.

 

7.13 The repair rate of the equipment with the same failure shall be less than 10%, and evaluation is based on a natural year.

 

7.14 Spare parts guarantee:

 

7.14.1 All replacing spare parts meet the operation standards of the complete machine, which are subject to their original manufacturers' quality requirements;

 

7.14.2 All replacing spare parts that may affect or change the performance of the equipment must come from their original manufacturers. All of them shall be traceably sourced, and must be purchased from qualified suppliers with complete certificates, without harm to the equipment;

 

7.14.3 All replacing spare parts from importing channel shall be legally imported and meet the requirements of laws and regulations;

 

7.14.4 The arrival time of spare parts of high-value consumables shall not exceed 7 days. The damage of high-value consumables shall be reported to the equipment management department of the hospital for filing within 24 hours, with detailed goods preparation and logistics attached;

 

7.14.5 All medical equipment included in the scope of warranty shall be measured and tested by Fujian Metrology Institute or units qualified for measurement and testing, and the intact rate of first aid equipment shall be 100%. The qualification rate of other equipment shall be above 95% each time, and unqualified equipment shall be provided with a detailed maintenance plan.

 

7.15 Service satisfaction:

 

Satisfaction is evaluated according to the weighted sum of 70% of the satisfaction value of the clinical use department and 30% of that of the equipment department;

 

7.15.1 Punishment measures:

 

7.15.1.1 In the evaluation of each piece of equipment to be guaranteed by its original manufacturer, Party B and the equipment management department shall jointly formulate a punishment plan for such manufacturer's service according to the original manufacturer's warranty contract. However, Party B is obliged to urge the maintenance progress of the original manufacturer at the moment. The equipment management department shall record the degree of cooperation in the satisfaction evaluation.

 

7.15.1.2 For each piece of equipment not to be guaranteed by its original manufacturer, the evaluation is carried out based on two levels of parts replacement service and technical service, either of which accounts for 50% of the service fee excluding the original manufacturer's maintenance fee.

 

7.15.1.2.1 Where the parts replacement service does not meet the requirements of Bidding Document, the punishment shall be twice the purchase price of such parts.

 

7.15.1.2.2 Technical service shall be evaluated by the head nurse of the department and the equipment management department, and the punishment measures are as follows:

 

In case of 85% ≤ satisfaction < 90%, deduct 10% of the service fee excluding the original manufacturer's maintenance fee and parts repair fee in the current quarter; in case of 75% ≤ satisfaction < 85%, deduct 20% of the service fee excluding the original manufacturer's maintenance fee and parts repair fee in the current quarter; in case of 65% ≤ satisfaction < 75%, deduct 30% of the service fee excluding the original manufacturer's maintenance fee and parts repair fee in the current quarter; in case of satisfaction < 65%, deduct all of the service fee excluding the original manufacturer's maintenance fee and parts repair fee in the current quarter, and at the same time Party A has the right to unilaterally terminate the contract.

 

7.15.2 The specific evaluation contents shall be formulated by the hospital and Party B according to the actual situation.

 

7.16 Equipment safety: safety shall be regarded as the top priority. Any possible use safety problems involving medical staff and patients in the service process must be reported to the equipment management department in writing and by telephone within 24 hours.

 

7.17 Quality control management:

 

Provide quality control testing instruments, establish the quality control system of emergency life support equipment and high-danger equipment (at least including monitor, defibrillator, ventilator, anesthesia machine, electrotome, infusion pump and syringe pump), and complete quality control testing as planned

 

7.17.1 Keep complete paper and informationized maintenance spare parts records;

 

Page 6 

 

 

7.17.2 Keep complete paper and informationized maintenance records;

 

7.17.3 Provide professional quality control, and conduct testing of relevant parameters in a planned way.

 

8. Establish the special person responsibility system for maintenance and management of large-scale medical equipment

 

Party B shall specially assign two professional engineers to be responsible for large-scale equipment.

 

8.1 Job responsibilities and maintenance

 

(1) Assist in the installation, testing and acceptance of newly purchased equipment.

 

(2) Carry out fault maintenance.

 

(3) Formulate and implement regular maintenance plans.

 

(4) Analyze the reasons for abnormal response and failure in equipment use.

 

(5) Apply, supervise and accept entrusted external repairs.

 

(6) Clean and maintain the equipment.

 

(7) Establish various equipment files.

 

(8) Make suggestions on restoration or scrapping of idle equipment.

 

(9) The equipment maintenance personnel shall accompany measurement and testing, equipment maintenance point or follow-up personnel to carry out equipment maintenance and parameter correction regularly, and fill in the Level III Maintenance Records of Equipment.

 

8.2 Equipment maintenance management

 

8.2.1 The equipment maintenance personnel shall timely and carefully do the following jobs for equipment: equipment unpacking and acceptance registration, photographing and recording, equipment claim registration, warranty period registration, summary of equipment conditions before the expiration of the warranty period, equipment maintenance registration, source records of key spare parts and equipment cleaning and sterilization methods.

 

8.2.2 In case of particularly complex faults or difficulties in purchasing spare parts during maintenance, the equipment maintenance personnel shall timely notify the equipment use department in order to take emergency measures in time.

 

8.2.3 In case any problem is difficult to judge or cannot be solved for a time during maintenance, Party B's equipment maintenance personnel will report it to the equipment department and cooperate with the manufacturer for maintenance in time.

 

8.2.4 The equipment maintenance personnel will also report the medical equipment with high repair rate to the equipment department in time.

 

8.2.5 Equipment file archives shall be kept by the maintenance personnel. The instrument maintenance personnel shall regularly sort out and inspect equipment file archives to ensure the integrity of the equipment.

 

8.2.6 Maintenance circuit diagrams shall be managed in a centralized manner.

 

8.2.7 The maintenance personnel shall often communicate with equipment users on operation and maintenance and actively listen to their feedback on the equipment used, so as to judge the using status of the equipment.

 

8.3 Implementation and supervision of repair and maintenance

 

8.3.1 Party B shall be responsible for formulating focuses and procedures of maintenance work for various types of equipment and adjusting equipment PM cycles according to equipment repairs.

 

8.3.2 The instrument maintenance personnel shall conduct in-depth checks of the operations of the equipment in each department every month. Carefully fill in the Inspection Record and submit it to the person in charge of the department using the equipment for signature. Quarterly supervise and inspect the equipment of each department, summarize the equipment status, and focus on finding out the loopholes in the repair and maintenance work and correcting them.

 

8.3.3 The instrument maintenance personnel shall irregularly inspect all large-scale medical equipment and fully listen to the opinions and suggestions of the departments using the equipment.

 

8.3.4 At the end of the repair and maintenance work, the instrument maintenance personnel shall fill in the Instrument Maintenance Registration Form specifying the work process and conclusion, and submit it to the person in charge of the department using the equipment for signature confirmation.

 

8.3.5 The timeliness of equipment maintenance, work inspection records and integrity of relevant forms and files are taken as the standards for assessment of maintenance personnel's work, and are directly linked to the service fee payable to the underwriting company.

 

9. The monitoring of clinical use safety of medical equipment and instruments shall be subject to the special person responsibility system

 

9.1 Implement laws, regulations and rules related to the quality management of medical devices, and provide education and training on quality awareness and work. Implement the quality management system strictly.

 

9.2 Assist the person in charge of each department in daily management of medical equipment and materials in the department, and know the quantity and operation status of all types of medical equipment for treatment, diagnosis and first aid in the department.

 

Page 7 

 

 

9.3 Assist the person in charge of each department in pre-job training and retraining for the operators of all types of medical equipment in the department, and organize the operators for regular assessment according to the regulations.

 

9.4 For newly installed medical equipment in each department, organize pre-job training for operators, and formulate operation specifications and processes for medical equipment.

 

9.5 Inform all emergency management plans of the hospital, and cooperate with relevant functional departments in respectively organizing their personnel to participate in regular emergency drills.

 

9.6 Monitor and report the clinical use safety of medical equipment of life support, first aid, implantation, radiation and sterilization types, and large-scale medical equipment in each department.

 

9.7 Monitor and manage the clinical use safety of measuring instruments in the department.

 

9.8 Carry out emergency allocation management for medical equipment used for first aid and life support systems in the department.

 

9.9 Organize the implementation and supervision of all rectification notices related to the department proposed by the Management Committee of Clinical Use Safety of Medical Equipment of the hospital.

 

10. Cooperate with clinical use departments of medical equipment and instruments

 

10.1 Daily equipment management:

 

10.1.1 The list of medical equipment in each department shall be respectively established in the asset management system.

 

10.10.2 The management of medical equipment shall be carried out by specially-assigned personnel. Such personnel shall be responsible for the daily maintenance of and the self-inspection of potential safety hazards of the equipment.

 

10.3 Each instrument or device shall be hung with a status card specifying corresponding standard operating procedures (SOP) and precautions.

 

10.1.4 Management of equipment status cards

 

(1) Each piece of equipment must be attached with an equipment status card. Confirm and maintain the equipment status stated in the equipment status card at ordinary times.

 

(2) The equipment shall be numbered uniformly. Arrange regular serial numbers for the same types of equipment, so that the using site of corresponding equipment can be found through these serial numbers at any time.

 

10.1.5 Establish maintenance records and use record books for equipment with a unit price of above 50,000 yuan. Among them, use records shall be registered every day, and maintenance records shall be recorded at any time. Carry out maintenance once a month and register it in the medical equipment maintenance record book.

 

10.1.6 Management of first aid and life support equipment:

 

(1) For first aid and life support equipment, including monitors, ventilators, defibrillators and so on, each department shall have a detailed equipment list. Equipment users shall test the intactness of the equipment. When testing, they must start the equipment to ensure its intactness of the equipment, and make records in the record book.

 

(2) The keepers of first aid and life support equipment shall use special detectors to test all equipment included in the equipment list every three months and make detailed records, and shall find problems and solve them in time.

 

10.2 Training and evaluation management

 

10.2.1 For newly installed medical equipment and new post holders in each department, organize pre-job training for operators, and formulate operation specifications and processes for medical equipment.

 

10.2.2 Assist each department to provide regular training for users. Each department shall formulate training plans and contents according to its actual situation. The training contents mainly include standard operating procedures and precautions for the equipment, and learning notes are available.

 

10.2.3 Assist the person in charge of each department using the equipment in organizing retraining and assessment on medical equipment operations for the operators in the department regularly (at least once a quarter), and carefully fill in corresponding records.

 

10.3 Clinical use safety management

 

For adverse events and safety incidents of medical devices, in line with the principle of reporting on suspect, carefully fill in the Report of Suspicious Adverse Events of Medical Devices, submit it in time and keep the original records for future reference.

 

11. Informationized equipment management system

 

11.1 Realization of functions and main technical parameters of the system

 

Page 8 

 

 

Module Realization of Specific Functions
Basic Settings 1. Adopt BS and CS software architecture, and support clinical web page access.
2. Classification and code maintenance of medical devices: the system automatically defaults to initialized standard classification and codes of medical devices, which fully conform to the latest Standard Classification of Medical Devices (including 68 classification codes) promulgated by the Ministry of Health.
3. Warehouse and department settings: the basic information of warehouses and departments, as well as their corresponding relationships, can be flexibly set according to the actual situation of the hospital.
4. Basic data import: the existing department information, equipment data and user information of the hospital can be imported into the software system through Excel to avoid repeated entry and reduce the workload of the system administrator.
5. Work permission setting: in the maintenance of account login information and permissions for relevant staff of the operating system, the role permission group setting is supported, and the function permissions under the role permission group can be directly copied for a new account.
6. Equipment application approval process setting: the approval process of purchase, maintenance, retirement, transfer or external invocation of the equipment can be completely customized according to the situation of the hospital.
7. Basic file management of medical equipment: the system automatically defaults to initialized codes, names and some special representations of common medical equipment in the hospital, as well as measuring instrument types, cycles, quality control marks, first-aid equipment marks, special equipment marks, whether they belong to fixed assets, etc.
8. Electronic signature setting: the system saves users' personal signatures in the form of picture, including BMP, JPEG and other formats, so as to refer such signatures to the reports printed for approval and other operations.
9. Basic information maintenance: the system maintains the basic information of brand, place of origin, country and bidding.
10. Operation log records: the key operations (including operation type, operator, operation time, operating IP and other key information) in the system can be recorded.
Equipment Procurement Management 1. Supplier management and agreement (or contract) management: such contents as supplier classification, subject matter of contract and so on can be classified and recorded.
2. Purchase acceptance: purchase acceptance certificate, acceptance by department or warehouse is supported, and purchase acceptance related information can be automatically generated. During acceptance, the random acceptance related data can be recorded, and the acceptance certificate can be automatically generated and printed.
3. Department receiving: after the purchased equipment enters the warehouse, the system cooperates with the recipient to transfer out the equipment to the department, and may automatically print the receiving form.

 

Medical Equipment Asset Management 1. Addition of equipment assets: the system can add assets directly to each department, which is applied to medical equipment not needing purchase acceptance. It can directly select the basic equipment codes and names, automatically generate the unique barcodes of the equipment according to the standard codes of medical devices (including 68 codes) and the basic attributes of the equipment, so as to generate the fixed assets cards; it can record the accessories of large-scale equipment, upload technical documents and operation manuals, support uploading and display of equipment pictures, and support the user-defined copying function for a large number of devices to achieve rapid batch entry.
2. Asset barcodes and cards: one-dimensional and two-dimensional bar code labels can be automatically generated, and their contents and formats can be customized. The barcodes are generated from asset codes, and can be generated according to the rules required by the hospital. Combined with barcode printing machines, these barcodes can be automatically transferred into asset cards for the asset management office of the hospital to reflect the basic information of assets.
3. Electronic account management of fixed assets: used for query of all information of fixed assets, including purchase application data, technical data, basic data, pictures, repair data, maintenance records, transfer records, contract records, parts records, scrapping records, etc., and realization of synchronous connection between medical equipment files and asset cards, and supporting the export of Excel electronic forms.
4. Asset transfer management: used for the process of equipment transfer from the original department to a new department. The operation is to apply for transfer first, and then the system can automatically generate a transfer application form. After approval, the equipment can be transferred to the new department.
5. Asset scrapping management: used for the process of asset scrapping in the hospital. After the equipment reaches its service life or has irreparable faults, the using department or relevant management personnel may apply for scrapping. The scrapping application form can be automatically generated and printed, and multi-level approval is supported. After approval, the asset scrapping disposal form can be generated in batch, and then these scrapped assets automatically disappear from the asset list of the department.
6. Asset outward transfer management: used for the process of outward transfer of assets in the hospital. At first, an outward transfer application can be filed, recording the information related to outward transfer. After approval, the outward transfer form can be downloaded, and then the assets automatically disappear from the asset list of the department.
7. Asset inventory management: used for asset inventory based on departments and equipment types in the hospital and assistance with the hospital in doing inventory summary.
8. Integrated asset query: used for query of assets by different key words and query of all fixed assets in the hospital by department, equipment type, equipment name (fuzzy search), amount range, purchase source, usage status, etc., and supporting the import of Excel forms.
9. Asset distribution query: used for query of distribution of the equipment in the hospital by equipment amount, equipment variety and single item, and supporting the import of Excel forms.
10. Emergency equipment management: sharing platform management function. Through the sharing platform, clinical departments can consult relevant equipment of the hospital and call idle equipment of other departments at any time, so as to achieve resource sharing by borrowing and keep borrowing records.

 

Page 9 

 

 

Equipment maintenance management 1. Formulation of equipment PM plan: regular (monthly or quarterly) daily maintenance plans can be formulated for the equipment needing maintenance set by the hospital, including equipment with a unit price of more than 10,000 yuan or emergency equipment. It is possible to set the maintenance level (such as level I, level II or level III maintenance) according to the technical performance of the equipment and prepare maintenance contents and standardized operation records.
2. It has the function of reminder of maintenance on maturity with a voice. It can automatically call up maintenance reminders for the past 1 month or 7 days to remind for the jobs within 7 days.
3. Maintenance inspection: dealing with equipment abnormalities during maintenance, transferring the equipment for repairs, scrapping and adverse events, and supporting the export of Excel forms.
4. Maintenance data statistics: generating workload statistics reports and maintenance expense statistics tables for implemented maintenance plans.

 

Equipment maintenance management 1. Maintenance of common problems with medical equipment: the maintenance personnel can establish descriptions of common faults with medical equipment according to the classification of medical equipment. A clinical department selects the equipment, and then the system automatically loads the fault problem set corresponding to the class of the equipment, which facilitates a clinical department to select when initiating maintenance and avoids the workload of manually entering the fault descriptions.
2. Department's repair application: each department can initiate an application for repair through the software system or WeChat. It is required to add repair application records according to the detailed equipment list of the department. The application for equipment repair may be ledgered or not, and can be automatically reflected to the work platform of the repair engineer to get response, and the repair order can be printed.
3. Department equipment repair progress query: each department can query the status of the equipment requested for repair, and can query and monitor the repair progress of such equipment according to the repair order number, which effectively reduces the losses caused by maintenance shelving to the hospital. It is possible to provide the function of satisfaction survey and suggestion and print detailed repair reports and classified statistics reports
4. Repair approval: it has the budget or quotation approval module, which generates budget approval tables from the quotations of the equipment and their repair manufacturers. After approval by leaders, repairs can be started. Multi-level approval is supported.
5. Equipment maintenance record management: it keeps detailed records on special equipment and first aid and life support equipment repaired according to different types and departments. Each maintenance is recorded with detailed process steps and relevant information during equipment maintenance, including maintenance personnel, maintenance hours, total cost, whether relevant parts have been replaced, etc., and each maintenance record can be automatically classified into the records of corresponding equipment.
6. Maintenance acceptance management: the repaired equipment shall be submitted to corresponding departments for acceptance. During the acceptance, the conditions of maintenance of the equipment shall be reflected, including cost, maintenance engineer, fault status, feedback and acceptance evaluation.
7. Equipment parts management: it can associate parts with equipment to facilitate query management, and can also carry out in-and-out-of-storage management of each equipment part. It has in-and-out-of-storage approval process and inventory query function.
8. Engineer's workload statistics: the system can make statistics and analysis of the engineer's maintenance workload, and can support graphic display and comparison.
9. Statistics and analysis of maintenance cost: the system can calculate and analyze the total maintenance cost of each department or each piece of equipment in the hospital according to user-defined conditions, and can display and compare data synchronization graphs.
10. Statistics and analysis of equipment failure rate: the system can analyze and make statistics of the equipment failure rate according to different departments, specially explain and handle the equipment with high failure rate and record adverse events. It has the function of analysis of single equipment failure rate ranking, which can automatically analyze the basic information of equipment with highest failure rates within a specified period of time.
11. Maintenance cost comparison chart: the system can make statistics of the total maintenance cost of each department by date and generate a column comparison chart to provide data support for equipment evaluation and procurement of the hospital.
12. Reminder of repair work: the repair progress management reminder platform can display by classification according to the repair processing status, such as being requested for repair, being repaired (in hospital or out of hospital), and repaired and to be accepted, and can also display by listing according to repair on the current day and repair in the following 7 days, and each reminder is given with a voice.
13. LED screen display of the equipment to be repaired: the system can support LED external screen display.
14. It supports repair engineer dispatch, multiple repair processes, and multiple engineers and assistant engineers in the repair process, and also supports reports of comparative analysis of fault time series, repair reports, and year-on-year maintenance cost reports.

 

Page 10 

 

 

Cooperate with Equipment Benefit Analysis and Provide Basic Data 1. Filing of single equipment needing benefit analysis: the equipment needing benefit analysis can be set, which is automatically reflected in the filing of equipment needing benefit analysis.
2. Import of single equipment data in Excel format: the staff can import data into the system at one time after entering data in batch into Excel according to the format of benefit analysis data report.
3. Generation or entry of single equipment data: the revenue and expenditure data of single equipment can be automatically generated or manually entered to form a complete benefit analysis data report.
4. It is possible to carry out benefit analysis by department and equipment, provide display of statistical charts of benefit analysis data of equipment by revenue and expenditure and query by equipment amount, department or equipment name.
5. Provide comparative analysis of monthly and quarterly benefits of equipment, and reflect consolidated statements by month, quarter and year.
6. Benefit analysis and evaluation table: the system automatically calculates the payback periods of large-scale equipment according to the revenue data of such equipment.
7. Interface with a third-party system: The existing HIS system of the hospital is connected to realize automatic summary of data. The data of expenditure costs of depreciation, labor, repair and maintenance, water and electricity, etc. can be automatically extracted from the system, and the rest can be set with fixed default values.
Equipment measurement management 1. Measuring equipment file management: the system can provide settings of classification of measuring instruments, including discipline classification, management requirement classification, etc., and can identify the equipment requiring mandatory inspection and set the mandatory inspection cycles.
2. Mandatory inspection records of measuring instruments: after the mandatory inspection, the system can generate detailed records on the inspection process, including inspection department, cost, qualification mark, etc., and can support multiple pieces of measurement information for each type of equipment (the measurement is base on equipment parts).
3. Measuring equipment file management: the system can classify and manage the equipment according to the relevant measurement standards issued by the Measurement Supervision Bureau. After the measuring equipment is warehoused, it is automatically generated and judged. Various departments and types of measuring equipment can be consulted.
4. Measurement record query: the records of verified equipment can be queried according to various conditions.
5. Reporting of adverse events: the system can record adverse events of medical devices according to the standards of the Ministry of Health, generate adverse event reports according to relevant formats and report them to relevant leaders.
License Management 1. Supplier license records: provide the supplier's directory of supply, including registration certificate of product, validity periods of manufacturer's certificates, and supplier's certificate information.
2. Reminder and replacement of certificates and licenses: the system can remind of all kinds of certificates and licenses about to expire, and then notifies the supplier to replace these certificates. If the certificates for new products cannot be provided and the supply must continue, the reasons can be explained by notes.
3. Maintenance and management of supplier basic data: the system can record supplier related data (including code, name, region, contact person, contact number, etc.) in detail, manage suppliers by classification, record and manage various types of certificates and licenses of suppliers, including Letter of Authorization and automatically remind their timeliness.
4. Supplier supply relationship management: the management of equipment and supplier relationships realizes the association and matching between suppliers and equipment.
5. Contract management: the system can store contract-related information. It records the information of subject matter of contract, including product supplied, equipment name, brand, price and date, upload attachments or scanned copies of contracts, and provides relevant reminders for expired contracts.
Management of Adverse Events Reporting of adverse events for equipment and consumables: the system provides safety monitoring and adverse event handling and reporting functions. It can record adverse events of medical devices according to the standards of the Ministry of Health, generate adverse event reports according to relevant formats, conduct retrospective analysis, form records for adverse events and realize reporting in the light of the requirements of the hospital.

 

Page 11 

 

 

12. Non-medical Equipment

 

12.1 Quality control and measurement management

 

12.1.1 Cooperate with the measurement and testing departments designated by the government in measurement and testing, and all directories of equipment required to be tested by the government must participate in measurement and testing.

 

12.1.2 Paste relevant files and certificates of measurement and testing to corresponding equipment.

 

12.1.3 Manage the oxygen supply center, and repair, maintain and watch the oxygen supply system and pipelines regularly.

 

12.1.4 Repair and maintain oxygen outlets of all departments in the hospital.

 

12.1.5 Maintain calling systems and negative pressure systems of the hospital.

 

12.1.6 Repair and maintain laminar flow systems in the hospital, regularly clean and replace filter screens according to national regulations, and cooperate in the corresponding testing.

 

12.1.7 Carry out quality control of equipment and keep relevant record files.

 

13. Staffing:

 

13.1 Party B shall allocate engineers in Fujian Province to facilitate dispatch in case of emergency. Engineers shall have the relevant educational background or participate in manufacturers' technical training to obtain maintenance qualifications. When bidding, they must provide the social security certificates and the training certificates of original manufacturers or the professional training certificates of other third parties such as Society of Medical Engineering. Engineers residing in Party A must include those with qualification certificates for special equipment corresponding to Party A.

 

13.2 Arrange 15 maintenance technicians residing on site for a long term (including 3-5 certified engineers), and conduct relatively regular group or department responsibility management for them. When bidding, Party B shall provide the materials proving Party B's payment of social insurance for the above dispatched maintenance technicians residing on site for 6 consecutive months before the bid deadline (excluding the month to which the bid deadline belongs), and such materials shall be sealed by the tax authority or the social security department (originals for future reference).

 

13.3 Party B shall pay all wages and benefits of its employees on its own; in case of any work-related injury, disease or even death, Party B shall be fully responsible for all responsibilities and expenses; Party B shall strictly abide by relevant national laws, regulations and industry standards.

 

13.4 The labor contracts for resident service personnel shall be implemented in strict accordance with the Labor Law of the People's Republic of China.

 

13.5 Party B shall purchase public liability insurance and employee accident insurance for resident employees. All accidents suffered by Party B's employees in the service process shall be borne by Party B.

 

14. Standby machines:

 

14.1 Party B shall make available some removable equipment (including moving C arm, mobile DR, color Doppler ultrasound, ventilator, anesthesia machine, monitor, defibrillator, portable color Doppler ultrasound, blue light, etc.), and all of these standby machines must have legal sources, complete data, good performance and clear identifications. When bidding, Party B shall provide copies of formal invoices, product serial numbers, specifications and models, and all equipment must be purchased by Party B. If any information is found to be untrue, Party B's bid shall be deemed invalid; in case of emergency, the above standby machines must be able to be quickly transferred to the hospital, and the response time shall be less than 4 hours;

 

14.2 The standby machines provided shall be equivalent to the equipment to be repaired in the hospital;

 

15. Quality Control Testing Equipment

 

Page 12 

 

 

15.1 Party B shall provide life support quality control testing equipment (including vital signs simulator, infusion equipment analyzer, airflow analyzer, defibrillation and pacemaking analyzer, high-frequency electrotome analyzer, hemodialysis quality control equipment, etc.), all of which must have legal sources, complete data, good performance and clear identifications. When bidding, Party B shall provide copies of formal invoices, product serial numbers, specifications and models, and all equipment must be purchased by Party B. If any information is found to be untrue, Party B's bid shall be deemed invalid; quality control test on life support equipment shall be conducted regularly.

 

15.2 Any quality control testing equipment must be sent to National Institute of Metrology (NIM) for verification and calibration according to the requirements of measurement laws and regulations every year, and must also obtain the calibration certificate or test report of National Institute of Metrology to ensure that the quality control testing equipment is in good condition. Meanwhile, a copy shall be submitted as quality control file.

 

15.3 Carry out quality control inspections regularly and provide analysis reports.

 

16. The repair and maintenance of large-scale imaging equipment (including CT, MR, DSA, ECT, C arm machine, mobile DR, etc.) can only be served by their original manufacturers or other third-party companies authorized by their original manufacturers. All parts must be provided by their original manufacturers or other third-party companies authorized by their original manufacturers. The main parts of other medical equipment must come from their original manufacturers. Other parts shall comply with the quality requirements made by their original manufacturers, and can be traceable.

 

15. Other Arrangements

 

15.1 The contract documents shall have equal legal effect as this contract.

 

15.2 Matters not covered in this contract may be supplemented by both parties separately.

 

15.3 This contract shall take into effect upon its signing.

 

15.4 The printed text of this contract is made in octuplicate. The electronic text of this contract is automatically filed through the public information system on the government procurement website. The printed text of this contract shall be consistent with the filed electronic test, the latter of which shall prevail and both of which shall have equal effect.

 

15.5 Others: Party B shall cooperate with Party A in various inspections and reviews and provide necessary printed and electronic materials.

 

Page 13 

 

 

Party A:

Fuzhou Second Hospital

 

 

 

Party B:

Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

 

 

Domicile: No. 47, Shangteng Road, Cangshan District, Fuzhou Domicile: Room 909-911, Xinya Building, No. 121, Dongjie Sub-district, Gulou District, Fuzhou
Principal: Lin Fengfei Principal:

Zheng Zhenyu

 

 

 

 

 

 

Entrusted Agent:   Entrusted Agent: Ye Baitao [signature]
Contact information:   Contact information:  
Bank of Deposit:   Bank of Deposit: Fuzhou Rongcheng Sub-branch of China CITIC Bank Corporation Co., Ltd.
Account No.:   Account No.:  

 

Signed at Fuzhou Second Hospital

 

Signed Date:

 

Page 14 

 


 

Exhibit 10.19

 

Equipment Maintenance Service Contract

 

Party A (Supplier): Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. Contract No.: HRFZQX20190827

Party B (Demander): China Resources (Fuzhou) Medical Devices Co., Ltd.

Signed on November 13, 2019

Signed in Fuzhou

 

According to the Contract Law of the People's Republic of China and other laws and regulations, both parties have entered into this contract by consensus.

 

Clause 1 Description, Quantity & Unit Price:

 

Package
No.
Item No. Item Name Product Name Quantity Unit of
Measurement
Type of
Place of
Origin
Unit Price Amount Brand Model & Specifications Nature
1 1-1 Medical Equipment Repair & Maintenance Services Medical Equipment Repair & Maintenance Services 2 Year Domestic 5,879,921.50 11,759,843.00 / / None
Total: (in words) CNY ELEVEN MILLION SEVEN HUNDRED AND FIFTY-NINE THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED AND FORTY-THREE ONLY (in figures: RMB¥11,759,843.00)

 

Service Term: from November 13, 2019 to November 12, 2021

 

Clause 2 Payment Method: [T/T]

 

2.1 Within 5 working days after this contract is signed, Party B shall pay (in words) CNY FIVE MILLION ONE HUNDRED FIFTY-ONE THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED ONLY (in figures: RMB¥5,151,200.00) to Party A.

 

2.2 Within 6 months after Party A provides the on-site service, Party B shall pay (in words) CNY SIX HUNDRED AND FOUR THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED AND EIGHTY-THREE ONLY (in figures: RMB¥604,983.00) to Party A.

 

2.3 Within 12 months after Party A provides the on-site service, Party B shall pay (in words) CNY ONE MILLION SIX HUNDRED AND NINE THOUSAND SEVEN HUNDRED AND FIFTY ONLY (in figures: RMB¥1,609,750.00) to Party A.

 

2.4 Within 18 months after Party A provides the on-site service, Party B shall pay (in words) CNY ONE MILLION ONE HUNDRED AND SEVENTY-FOUR THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED AND TEN ONLY (in figures: RMB¥1,174,410.00) to Party A.

 

2.5 Within 24 months after Party A provides the on-site service, Party B shall pay (in words) CNY THREE MILLION TWO HUNDRED AND NINETEEN THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED ONLY (in figures: RMB¥3,219,500,00) to Party A.

 

Clause 3 Responsibilities and Obligations:

 

3.1 Party A shall take charge of all technical services (including but not limited to all service matters arising from maintenance) proposed in the Bidding Document and strictly perform the requirements proposed in the Bidding Document and the downstream (Fuqing No.1 Hospital) contract.

 

-1-  

 

 

3.2 Either party shall truthfully report all matters relating to the conclusion of the contract to the other party. Where either party deliberately conceals important facts relating to the conclusion of the contract or provides false information so as to do harm to the other party's interests, the other party shall have the right to refuse cooperation with such party and require such party to compensate for all resulting losses.

 

3.3 Either party shall undertake the obligation of confidentiality for the other party's relevant trade secrets, various information provided, conclusion and performance of the purchase and sales contract, etc., known during business development.

 

3.4 Neither Party A must receive any payment from any consumer on behalf of its downstream (Fuqing First Hospital), nor must it pay any party any fee in the capacity of the other party without authorization.

 

3.5 Both parties sign a negotiated contract, under which Party A shall fully bear all costs of repair and maintenance services, accessories, etc., of hospital equipment in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Document, while Party B shall not bear any hospital costs.

 

Clause 4 Other Arrangements:

 

Where Party A fails to meet the agreed goal of hospital management service quality, Party B shall be entitled to require Party A to make corrections within a time limit. In case Party B fails to make corrections within the time limit so that the project is terminated, Party A shall compensate for all resulting losses.

 

Clause 5 Dispute resolution: in case of any dispute arising from the execution of this contract, both party shall settle it through friendly negotiation. If negotiation fails, either party may file a lawsuit with the people's court of the place where Party B is located.

 

Clause 6 This contract is made in duplicate, one for each party, both of which shall take effect after being signed and sealed by both parties.

 

Clause 7 Other Covenants: [None].

 

Party A: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

Authorized Representative:

Bank of Deposit:

Account No.:

 

 

 

Party B: China Resources (Fuzhou) Medical Devices Co., Ltd.

Authorized Representative:

Bank of Deposit:

Account No.:

 

 

 

-2-  

 

 


 

Exhibit 10.20

 

Equipment Maintenance Service Contract

 

Party A (Supplier): Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. Contract No.: HRFZQX20190313

Party B (Demander): China Resources (Fuzhou) Medical Devices Co., Ltd.

Signed on March 13, 2019

Signed in Fuzhou

 

According to the Contract Law of the People's Republic of China and other laws and regulations, both parties have entered into this contract by consensus.

 

Clause 1 Description, Quantity & Unit Price:

 

Package
No.
Item
No.
Item Name Product Name Quantity Unit of
Measurement
Type of
Place of
Origin
Unit Price Amount Brand Model & Specifications Nature
1 1-1 Medical Equipment Repair & Maintenance Services Medical Equipment Repair & Maintenance Services 3 Year Domestic 4,198,040 12,594,120 / / None
Total: (in words) CNY TWELVE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED AND NINETY-FOUR THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED AND TWENTY ONLY (in figures: RMB¥12,594,120.00)

 

Service Term: from March 13, 2019 to March 12, 2022

 

Clause 2 Payment Method: [T/T] pay in 3 years.

 

Payment
Batch
Payment Amount (Yuan) Payment Time
1 (in words) CNY THREE MILLION SEVEN HUNDRED AND SEVENTY-EIGHT THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED AND THIRTY-SIX ONLY (in figures: RMB3,778,236.00) Pay within 5 working days after the contract is signed and Party A's service is commenced
2 (in words) CNY TWO MILLION TWO HUNDRED AND THIRTY-THREE THOUSAND ONLY (in figures: RMB2,233,000.00) Pay within 5 working days after the contract is signed and Party A's service is commenced
3 (in words) CNY ONE MILLION THREE HUNDRED AND THIRTY-NINE THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED ONLY (in figures: RMB¥1,339,800.00) Pay within the 3rd quarter after the contract is signed and Party A's service is commenced
4 (in words) CNY SIX HUNDRED AND TWENTY-FIVE THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED AND FORTY ONLY (in figures: RMB625,240.00) Pay within the 4th quarter after the contract is signed and Party A's service is commenced
5 (in words) CNY ONE MILLION ONE HUNDRED AND SIXTEEN THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED ONLY (in figures: RMB¥1,116,500.00) Pay within the 6th quarter after the contract is signed and Party A's service is commenced
6 (in words) CNY SIX HUNDRED AND SIXTY-NINE THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED ONLY (in figures: RMB669,900.00) Pay within the 8th quarter after the contract is signed and Party A's service is commenced
7 (in words) CNY FOUR HUNDRED AND FOURTY-SIX THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED ONLY (in figures: RMB446,600.00) Pay within the 9th quarter after the contract is signed and Party A's service is commenced
8 (in words) CNY ONE MILLION ONE HUNDRED AND SIXTEEN THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED ONLY (in figures: RMB¥1,116,500.00) Pay within the 10th quarter after the contract is signed and Party A's service is commenced
9 (in words) CNY SIX HUNDRED AND SIXTY-NINE THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED ONLY (in figures: RMB669,900.00) Pay within the 11th quarter after the contract is signed and Party A's service is commenced
10 (in words) CNY FIVE HUNDRED AND NINETY-EIGHT THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED AND FOURTY-FOUR ONLY (in figures: RMB598,444.00) Pay within the 12th quarter after the contract is signed and Party A's service is commenced

 

Clause 3 Responsibilities and Obligations:

 

3.1 Party A shall take charge of all technical services (including but not limited to all service matters arising from maintenance) proposed in the Bidding Document and strictly perform the requirements proposed in the Bidding Document and the downstream (The Second Hospital of Longyan ) contract.

 

-1-  

 

 

3.2 Either party shall truthfully report all matters relating to the conclusion of the contract to the other party. Where either party deliberately conceals important facts relating to the conclusion of the contract or provides false information so as to do harm to the other party's interests, the other party shall have the right to refuse cooperation with such party and require such party to compensate for all resulting losses.

 

3.3 Either party shall undertake the obligation of confidentiality for the other party's relevant trade secrets, various information provided, conclusion and performance of the purchase and sales contract, etc., known during business development.

 

3.4 Neither Party A must receive any payment from any consumer on behalf of its downstream (The Second Hospital of Longyan ), nor must it pay any party any fee in the capacity of the other party without authorization.

 

3.5 Both parties sign a negotiated contract, under which Party A shall fully bear all costs of repair and maintenance services, accessories, etc., of hospital equipment in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Document, while Party B shall not bear any hospital costs.

 

Clause 4 Other Arrangements:

 

Where Party A fails to meet the agreed goal of hospital management service quality, Party B shall be entitled to require Party A to make corrections within a time limit. In case Party B fails to make corrections within the time limit so that the project is terminated, Party A shall compensate for all resulting losses.

 

Clause 5 Dispute resolution: in case of any dispute arising from the execution of this contract, both party shall settle it through friendly negotiation. If negotiation fails, either party may file a lawsuit with the people's court of the place where Party B is located.

 

Clause 6 This contract is made in duplicate, one for each party, both of which shall take effect after being signed and sealed by both parties.

 

Clause 7 Other Covenants: [None].

 

Party A: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

Authorized Representative:

Bank of Deposit:

Account No.:

 

 

Party B: China Resources (Fuzhou) Medical Devices Co., Ltd.

Authorized Representative:

Bank of Deposit:

Account No.:

 

 

 

 

-2-  

 


 

Exhibit 10.21

 

Fujian Provincial Government Procurement Contract

 

Preparation Description

 

1. The contract shall be signed in accordance with the Government Procurement Law of the People's Republic of China and the Contract Law of the People's Republic of China.

 

2. When signing the contract, both Purchaser and Winning Bidder shall fill in the corresponding contents in the light of the requirements of Chapter V of the Bidding Document. Where relevant requirements are given in Chapter V of the Bidding Document, neither party shall change or adjust such requirements; where no relevant requirements are given in Chapter V of the Bidding Document, both parties can agree on them through friendly negotiation.

 

Party A: The Fifth Hospital of Xiamen

 

Party B: Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

 

Based on the bidding result of the Medical Equipment Repair and Maintenance project of The Fifth Hospital of Xiamen Project numbered [350213]XH[GK]2019021-1(hereinafter referred to as "the Project"), the winning bidder of the Project is Party B. Now, both parties have concluded this contract through friendly consultation on the following matters:

 

1. The following documents shall be deemed to be construed as an integral part of this contract:

 

1.1 Contract terms;

 

1.2 Bidding Document and Party B's Tending Document;

 

1.3 Other documents or materials: none.

 

2. Subject matter of the contract

 

Package No. Item No. Item Code Item Name Product Name Quantity Unit of Measurement Type of Place of Origin Unit Price Amount Brand Model, Specifications, etc. Product Nature
1 1-1 C190199 Other Medical and Health  Services Other Medical and Health Services 1 Item Domestic ¥2,620,000 ¥2,620,000 / / None
Total: ¥2,620,000. 00

 

3. Total contract amount

 

3.1 The total contract amount in word is CNY TWO MILLION SIX HUNDRED AND TWENTY THOUSAND ONLY (¥2,620,000.00).

 

4. Time, place and conditions of delivery of the subject matter of this contract

 

4.1 Delivery time: Delivery within 30 days after the contract is signed.

 

4.2 Place of delivery: No. 101, Min’an Road, Maxiang Town, Xiang’an District, Xiamen City, Fujian Province;

 

4.3 Delivery conditions: Execute according to the contract.

 

5. The subject matter of the contract shall comply with the provisions or agreements of the following Bidding Document and Party B's Tending Document:

 

Subject to Bidding Document with bidding No. [350213] XH[GK]2019021-1 and relevant documents.

 

6. Acceptance

 

6.1. The acceptance shall be carried out according to the provisions or agreements of the following Bidding Document and Party B's Tending Document:

 

Subject to Bidding Document with bidding No. [350213] XH[GK]2019021-1 and relevant documents.

 

6.2 Whether any other bidders are invited to participate in the acceptance of the Project?

 

No

 

7. The payments under this contract shall comply with the requirements of Bidding Document, and details are as follows:

 

Payment Stage Payment Proportion (%) Note to Payment Stage
1 50 Payment by annual, within one month after contract is started, pay 50% of the annual payment.
2 40 In the 12th month of the contract execution, pay 40% of the annual payment, deducting the salaries and benefits of the two engineers of the hospital, and the hospital’s advance payment for accessories and related expenses.
3 10 After the execution of the contract, pay 10% of the quality bond according to the assessment results.

 

Page 1  

 

 

8. Performance bond

 

None.

 

9. Contract term: from January 16, 2020 to February 15, 2022

 

10. Liability for breach of contract

 

Subject to Bidding Document with bidding No. [350213] XH[GK]2019021-1 and relevant documents.

 

11. Intellectual property rights

 

11.1 The subject matter of this contract provided by Party B shall be in line with the provisions of national intellectual property laws and regulations and shall not be a counterfeit or shoddy product; besides, Party B shall ensure that Party A will not be accused by a third party of infringing intellectual property rights related to patents, trademarks or industrial design. If any third party initiates such an accusation, it shall have nothing to do with Party A, and Party B shall negotiate with such third party and bear all possible legal liabilities, costs and consequences; in case Party A suffers losses as a result, Party B shall compensate for such losses.

 

11.2 If the subject matter of this contract provided by Party B does not comply with the provisions of national intellectual property laws and regulations or is recognized as a counterfeit or shoddy product by relevant competent authorities, Party B's bid winning qualification will be canceled, and Party A will also deal with it in accordance with relevant laws, regulations and rules, specifically, Bidding Document with bidding No. [350213] XH[GK]2019021-1 and relevant documents.

 

12. Dispute resolution

 

12.1 Both parties shall settle any dispute through negotiation.

 

12.2 If negotiation fails, either party may settle it through one of the following ways:

 

x Submit to the Arbitration Commission for Arbitration, specifically, the Arbitration Commission of the place where Party A is located for arbitration.

 

x Bring a lawsuit to the people's court, specifically, the people's court with jurisdiction at the place where Party A is located.

 

13. Force majeure

 

13.1 In case of breach of contract due to force majeure, the party suffering from such force majeure event shall timely notify the other party of the reason why it can not perform or fully perform the contract, and shall provide the other party with sufficient evidence proving the occurrence and duration of such event within 15 days after obtaining certification from relevant competent authorities. Based on the above behaviors, the party suffering from the force majeure event is allowed to delay performing, partially perform or be free of performing the contract, and may be exempted from the liability for breach of contract in part or in whole as appropriate.

 

13.2 Force majeure alleged in this contract refers to unforeseeable, unavoidable and insurmountable objective conditions, including but not limited to natural disasters such as earthquake, typhoon, flood and fire, government actions, legal provisions or changes in their application, or any other unforeseeable, unavoidable or uncontrollable events.

 

14. Contract terms

 

(I) General service requirements

 

1.1 All included equipments provide maintenance service for the whole machine, including maintenance and accessories, excluding disposable consumables and UPS batteries.

 

1.2 Party B shall be responsible for the labor and spare parts of the serviced equipment during the service period, provide maintenance services for an unlimited number of times, and replace unlimited spare parts required for maintenance. Maintenance cost for man-made damages shall be borne by the hospital.

 

1.3 14 experienced maintenance staff appointed by Party B will be responsible for the daily operation inspection and sudden failure handling of medical equipment, and the basic wages of these staff (excluding social insurance, medical insurance, welfare and overtime wages) shall not be lower than the minimum living wage standard stipulated by Xiamen. The hospital may recruit 2 engineers by itself, and they belong to the hospital. Their salaries and benefits will be paid by the hospital, but the expenses shall be deducted from the maintenance expenses of Party B.

 

1.4 Party B must pay social insurance for more than 6 months for appointed staff and provide proof to ensure the stability of the staff.

 

1.5 Repair calls shall be answered 24 hours a day. 400 service and supervision hotline shall be set up.

 

1.6 All serviced equipment shall be affixed with service and maintenance labels, and the label content shall include: responsible engineer, repair call, service and supervision hotline, maintenance time validity and other information.

 

Page 2  

 

 

1.7 Resident service engineers shall have the same working hours as hospital staff, dress the same, be professional and polite, and not have any adverse effects on the daily medical activities of the hospital; engineers who need to ask for leave or time off in lieu shall explain the situation in advance. Resident service engineers shall be responsible for the corresponding departments and equipment maintenance according to their own technical characteristics, and the responsibility shall be assigned to individuals. For special projects in hospital, special personnel shall be assigned, such as gas system, measurement quality control, equipment acceptance, etc.

 

1.8 Party B shall establish a maintenance center in the hospital equipped with regular maintenance tools and common maintenance spare parts, and set up a spare parts warehouse containing common parts such as blood oxygen probe, ECG cable, monitor battery, bulbs for shadowless light, etc.

 

1.9 The average equipment repair time shall be no more than 7 days. During the maintenance, if there are problems that are difficult to judge or cannot be solved in a short time, service engineers of Party B shall report to the equipment department in time, and cooperate with other related personnel to carry out maintenance in a timely manner. The equipment department may take the lead when necessary. If the equipment is not repaired for more than 7 days, the hospital may repair and purchase related parts by itself, and Party B shall bear the relevant expenses.

 

1.10 Resident engineers shall communicate with equipment users frequently on operation and maintenance services, actively listen to the feedback on the equipment used from users, and improve the quality of maintenance services positively. Engineers shall count the maintenance times, the replacement volume of parts and the time validity of equipment maintenance every month. After engineers repair the equipment, they shall track the equipment usage in time and write maintenance record sheets.

 

1.11 Spare parts replaced in the maintenance shall be in line with the operation standards of the whole machine, and high-value parts shall be provided with certificates such as product registration certificate or qualification certificate.

 

1.12 Arrival time of high-value spare parts shall not exceed 7 days, and the damage of high-value spare parts shall be reported to the equipment management department for record within 24 hours.

 

1.13 It shall be guaranteed that the qualified rate of equipment measure inspection is >90%, and maintenance plans shall be provided for unqualified equipment.

 

1.14 Equipment safety: safety shall be a top priority. Any possible safety problems involving medical staff and patients during the service process must be reported to the equipment management department in writing and by telephone within 24 hours.

 

(2). Maintenance service requirements

 

2.1 Regular maintenance: in order to ensure the normal use of instruments and equipment, Party B shall dedust and clean them based on the risk level of the equipment and the performance requirements the Instruments and Equipment, conduct performance testing, timely check and replace vulnerable parts, and check the voltage stabilization and grounding conditions of the equipment. Detailed contents of preventive maintenance shall include:

 

① Appearance inspection: first check whether all buttons, switches, connectors and sockets of instruments are loose or misplaced, whether the contacts between plugs and sockets are oxidized, rusted or poor, whether power cables are aging, whether heat dissipation and exhaust functions are normal, and whether various kinds of grounding and pipes are well-connected.

 

② Cleaning and maintenance: cleaning of surface and internal electrical and mechanical parts of instruments, including washing of filter screens and relevant pipes, sterilization and cleaning of relevant plugs and sockets to avoid poor contacts, and lubrication of necessary mechanical parts.

 

③ Replacement of vulnerable parts: timely replace the parts that are not qualified because of the expiration of their service life or performance degradation or the parts that should be regularly replaced as required in their operation manuals, so as to eliminate obvious and potential faults of the equipment and prevent possible expansion of faults or failure of complete machines.

 

6.4 Due to the strong openness and adaptability of the system, all query reports must support functions like EXCELL exporting, multi-field combined filtering and sorting, and can customize whether to display and print.

 

6.5 The system must have excellent flow, operability and ease of use, and shall support the full-process navigation mode and function list mode. After staff set permissions, operators can only see their own operation functions when they enter the system, and the system can automatically set the operator's common functions according to his/her frequency of use.

 

6.6 The management system shall include but not be limited to the following functions: equipment purchase management, asset management, maintenance management, measuring instrument/special equipment management, benefit analysis, and adverse events reporting management.

 

6.7 After the contract ends, the copyright and use right of the equipment management system belong to the hospital.

 

Page 3  

 

 

(7) Evaluation and punishment methods:

 

7.1 When the satisfaction degree of the department is less than 90%, 10% of the quality deposit will be deducted; when less than 80%, 30% of the deposit will be deducted; when less than 70%, 40% of the deposit will be deducted; and when less than 60%, 100% of the deposit will be deducted. If the degree is less than 60% for two consecutive years, the purchaser has the right to terminate the contract unilaterally.

 

7.2 Department satisfaction includes two parts: satisfaction of equipment departments and satisfaction of clinical use departments, each with a score weight of 50%. The score scale of department satisfaction is shown in the appendix.

 

7.3 The specific assessment contents shall be formulated by the hospital according to the actual situation.

 

15. Other agreements

 

15.1 The text of this contract has the same legal effect as this contract.

 

15.2 Matters not covered in the contract may be supplemented by both parties.

 

15.3 This agreement will take effect since being signed

 

15.4 The paper documents of this contract are in quadruplicate. The electronic text of the contract is automatically filed through the online public information system on Government Procurement. The paper copy of the contract must be consistent with the filed electronic copy, and the latter shall prevail and have the same effect.

 

Party A:

The Fifth Hospital of Xiamen

 

 

 

Party B:

Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

Domicile: No. 101, Min’an Road, Maxiang Town, Xiang’an District, Xiamen City, Fujian Province Domicile: Room 909-911, Xinya Building, No. 121, Dongjie Sub-district, Gulou District, Fuzhou
Principal:   Principal:

Zheng Weiping

 

 

 

Entrusted Agent:   Entrusted Agent:  
Contact information:   Contact information:  
Bank of Deposit:   Bank of Deposit: Fuzhou Liuyi Sub-branch of China Construction Bank
Account No.:   Account No.:  

 

Signed at The Fifth Hospital of Xiamen

 

Signed on February 21, 2020

 

Page 4  

 

 

Purchase and Sale Integrity Contract of Pharmaceutical Products in Medical and Health Institutions

 

Party A (medical and health institutions): The Fifth Hospital of Xiamen

 

Party B (pharmaceutical production and operation enterprises and their agents): Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

 

In order to further strengthen the construction of medical and health practices, regulate the purchase and sale of medicines in medical and health institutions, effectively prevent commercial bribery, and create a fair, honest and trustworthy purchase and sale environment, both parties agree to sign this contract after negotiation, and jointly abide by:

 

I. Both parties shall purchase and sell pharmaceutical products such as medicines, medical equipment, and medical consumables in accordance with the Contract Law and the Purchase and Sale Contract of Pharmaceutical Products.

 

II. Party A shall strictly implement the acceptance and storage system of the Purchase and Sale Contract of Pharmaceutical Products, inspect the purchased pharmaceutical products and invoices, and shall not violate the relevant regulations to make purchase outside the contract, against the price, or from non-specified channels.

 

III. Party A shall be strictly prohibited from accepting rebates given by Party B in any name or form, and shall not link the acceptance of donations with purchase. The staff of Party A shall not participate in the entertainment activities of the commercial entertainment places arranged and paid by Party B, and shall not ask Party B for cash, negotiable securities, payment documents and valuable gifts in any form. Money and goods forced to be accepted by Party B shall be refunded. If it cannot be refunded, the staff of Party A have the responsibility to report the situation to the relevant discipline inspection and supervision department truthfully.

 

IV. It shall be strictly forbidden for the staff of Party A to collect information about the dosage of medical products of individual physicians and clinical departments for Party B through any means and methods, or to provide convenience for Party B's statistics.

 

V. Party B shall not affect the choice of Party A's staff to purchase or use pharmaceutical products by means of rebates, banquets and others, and shall not provide travel or pay for board and lodging beyond the standard during academic activities.

 

VI. Party B appoints Ye Botao as the sales representative to negotiate business. The sales representative must make contact at the place designated by Party A for negotiation during working hours, and shall not sell pharmaceutical products in the inpatient department, outpatient department, medical technology department, etc. It shall not be allowed to visit Party A's relevant leaders, department heads and relevant staff's homes for interviews and offer any benefits.

 

VII. If Party B's violation of the contract is discovered, Party A has the right to terminate the contract and report to the relevant health and family planning administrative departments. If Party B is listed as having adverse records of commercial bribery, it shall be handled in strict accordance with the relevant regulations of "Notice Issued by the National Health Commission on Printing and Distributing (Regulations on Establishing Adverse Records of Commercial Bribery in the Field of Pharmaceutical Purchase and Sales)" (National Health Commission (2013) No. 50) and "Notice Issued by Fujian Health Commission on Printing and Distributing (Implementation Measures for Commercial Bribery Adverse Records in the Field of Pharmaceutical Purchase and Sales in Fujian) (Fujian Health Commission (2014) No. 45).

 

VIII. As an important part of the Purchase and Sale Contract for Pharmaceutical Products, this contract shall be executed together with the Purchase and Sale Contract, and have the same legal effect.

 

Page 5  

 

 

IX. The contract is made in quadruplicate, with each party holding one copy, Party A's discipline inspection and supervision department (primary medical and health institutions report to higher-level health administrative department) holding one copy, and the bidding agency holding one copy for the record, and the contract will take effect from the date of signing.

 

Party A: (Stamp)

The Fifth Hospital of Xiamen

 

 

 

Party B:

Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd.

 

 

Legal representative (Principal):

 

Legal representative (Principal):

Zheng Weiping

 

 

 

 

 

Entrusted Agent:   Entrusted Agent: Ye Baitao [signature]
       
Signed on February 21, 2020 Signed on February 21, 2020

 

Page 6  

 

 


Exhibit 10.22

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), is entered into as of June 29,2022, by and between YUKAI Health Group Limited, a limited liability company organized and existing in the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), and Zhenyu Zheng, an individual (the “Executive”). The term “Company” as used herein with respect to all obligations of the Executive hereunder shall be deemed to include the Company and all of its direct or indirect parent companies, subsidiaries, affiliates, or subsidiaries or affiliates of its parent companies (collectively, the “Group”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Company desires to employ the Executive and to assure itself of the services of the Executive during the term of Employment (as defined below).

 

The Executive desires to be employed by the Company during the term of Employment and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The parties hereto agree as follows:

 

  1. POSITION

 

The Executive hereby accepts a position of Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “Employment”).

 

  2. TERM

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the initial term of the Employment shall be three years, commencing on June 29, 2022 (the “Effective Date”), unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Upon expiration of the 3-year term, the Employment shall be automatically extended for successive three-year terms unless either party gives the other party hereto a 1-month prior written notice to terminate the Employment prior to the expiration of such 3-year term or unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

  3. PROBATION

 

There is no probationary period.

 

  4. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

The Executive’s duties at the Company will include all jobs assigned by the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”).

 

The Executive shall devote all of his/her working time, attention and skills to the performance of his/her duties at the Company and shall faithfully and diligently serve the Company in accordance with this Agreement, the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company as may be updated from time to time (the “Articles of Association”), and the guidelines, policies and procedures of the Company approved from time to time by the Board.

 

  5. NO BREACH OF CONTRACT

 

The Executive shall use his/her best efforts to perform his/her duties hereunder. The Executive shall not, without prior consent of the Board, become an employee of any entity other than the Company and any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, and shall not be concerned or interested in any business or entity that directly or indirectly competes with the Group (any such business or entity, a “Competitor”), provided that nothing in this clause shall preclude the Executive from holding shares or other securities of any Competitor that is listed on any securities exchange or recognized securities market anywhere, provided however, that the Executive shall notify the Company in writing prior to his/her obtaining a proposed interest in such shares or securities in a timely manner and with such details and particulars as the Company may reasonably require. The Company shall have the right to require the Executive to resign from any board or similar body which he/she may then serve if the Board reasonably determines in writing that the Executive’s service on such board or body interferes with the effective discharge of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the Company or that any business related to such service is then in competition with any business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

 

 

 

The Executive hereby represents to the Company that: (i) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Executive and the performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder shall not constitute a breach of, or otherwise contravene, the terms of any other agreement or policy to which the Executive is a party or otherwise bound, except for agreements that are required to be entered into by and between the Executive and any member of the Group pursuant to applicable law of the jurisdiction where the Executive is based, if any; (ii) the Executive has no information (including, without limitation, confidential information and trade secrets) relating to any other person or entity which would prevent, or be violated by, the Executive entering into this Agreement or carrying out his/her duties hereunder; and (iii) the Executive is not bound by any confidentiality, trade secret or similar agreement (other than this) with any other person or entity except for other member(s) of the Group, as the case may be.

 

  6. LOCATION

 

The Executive will be based in Fuzhou, the People’s Republic of China, until both parties hereto agree to otherwise change. The Executive acknowledges that he/she may be required to travel from time to time in the course of performing his/her duties for the Company.

 

  7. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

  (a) Compensation. The Executive’s cash compensation (inclusive of the statutory welfare reserves that the Company is required to set aside for the Executive under applicable law) shall be provided by the Company in a separate schedule attached hereto (“Schedule A”) or as specified in a separate agreement between the Executive and the Company’s designated subsidiary or affiliated entity, subject to annual review and adjustment by the Company or the compensation committee of the Board. The cash compensation may be paid by the Company, a subsidiary or affiliated entity of the Company, or a combination thereof, as designated by the Company from time to time.

 

  (b) Equity Incentives. To the extent the Company adopts and maintains a share incentive plan, the Executive will be eligible to participate in such plan pursuant to the terms thereof.

 

  (c) Benefits. The Executive is eligible for participation in any standard employee benefit plan of the Company that currently exists or may be adopted by the Company in the future, including, but not limited to, any retirement plan, life insurance plan, health insurance plan and travel/holiday plan.

 

  8. TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT

 

  (a) By the Company. The Company may terminate the Employment for cause, at any time, without notice or remuneration, if the Executive (1) commits any serious or persistent breach or non-observance of the terms and conditions of the Employment; (2) is convicted of a criminal offence other than one which, in the opinion of the Board, does not affect the Executive’s position as an employee of the Company, bearing in mind the nature of the Executive’s duties and the capacity in which the Executive is employed; (3) willfully disobeys a lawful and reasonable order; (4) misconducts himself/herself and such conduct is inconsistent with the due and faithful discharge of the Executive’s material duties hereunder; (5) is guilty of fraud or dishonesty; or (6) is habitually neglectful in his/her duties. The Company may terminate the Employment without cause at any time with a 1-month prior written notice to the Executive or by payment of 1 month’s salary in lieu of notice.

 

 

 

 

  (b) By the Executive. The Executive may terminate the Employment at any time with a 1-month prior written notice to the Company or by payment of 1 month’s salary in lieu of notice. In addition, the Executive may resign prior to the expiration of the Agreement if such resignation or an alternative arrangement with respect to the Employment is approved by the Board.

 

  (c) Notice of Termination. Any termination of the Executive’s Employment under this Agreement shall be communicated by written notice of termination from the terminating party to the other party in accordance with the provisions of Section 20 below. The notice of termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of this Agreement relied upon in effecting the termination.

 

  9. CONFIDENTIALITY AND NONDISCLOSURE

 

  (a) Confidentiality and Non-disclosure. The Executive hereby agrees at all times during the term of his/her Employment and after termination of the Executive’s Employment under this Agreement, to hold in the strictest confidence, and not to use, except for the benefit of the Group, or to disclose to any person, corporation or other entity without written consent of the Company, any Confidential Information. The Executive understands that “Confidential Information” means any proprietary or confidential information of the Group, its affiliates, their clients, customers or partners, and the Group’s licensors, including, without limitation, technical data, trade secrets, research and development information, product plans, services, customer lists and customers (including, but not limited to, customers of the Group on whom the Executive called or with whom the Executive became acquainted during the term of his/her Employment), supplier lists and suppliers, software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, personnel information, marketing, finances, information about the suppliers, joint ventures, licensors, licensees, distributors, and other persons with whom the Group does business, information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of the Group or other business information disclosed to the Executive by or obtained by the Executive from the Group, its affiliates, or their clients, customers, or partners, either directly or indirectly, in writing, orally or by drawings or observation of parts or equipment, if specifically indicated to be confidential or reasonably expected to be confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include information that is generally available and known to the public through no fault of the Executive.

 

  (b) Company Property. The Executive understands that all documents (including computer records, facsimile and e-mail) and materials created, received or transmitted in connection with his/her work or using the facilities of the Group are property of the Group and subject to inspection by the Group, at any time. Upon termination of the Executive’s Employment with the Company (or at any other time when requested by the Company), the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all documents and materials of any nature pertaining to his/her work with the Company and will provide prompt written certification of his compliance with this Agreement. Under no circumstances will the Executive have, following his/her termination, in his/her possession any property of the Group, or any documents or materials or copies thereof containing any Confidential Information.

 

  (c) Former Employer Information. The Executive agrees that he/she has not and will not, during the term of his/her employment, (i) improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other person or entity with which the Executive has an agreement or duty to keep in confidence, or (ii) bring into the premises of the Group any document or confidential or proprietary information belonging to such former employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such former employer, person or entity. The Executive will indemnify the Group and hold it harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of suit, arising out of or in connection with any violation of the foregoing.

 

  (d) Third Party Information. The Executive recognizes that the Group may have received, and in the future may receive, from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Group’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Executive agrees that the Executive owes the Group and such third parties, during the Executive’s Employment by the Company and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person or firm and to use it in a manner consistent with, and for the limited purposes permitted by, the Group’s agreement with such third party.

 

 

 

 

This Section 9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 9, the Company shall have right to seek remedies permissible under applicable law.

 

  10. WITHHOLDING TAXES

 

Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, the Company may withhold (or cause there to be withheld, as the case may be) from any amounts otherwise due or payable under or pursuant to this Agreement such national, provincial, local or any other income, employment, or other taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

  11. NOTIFICATION OF NEW EMPLOYER

 

In the event that the Executive leaves the employ of the Company, the Executive hereby grants consent to notification by the Company to his/her new employer about his/her rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

  12. ASSIGNMENT

 

This Agreement is personal in its nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided, however, that (i) the Company may assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any member of the Group without such consent, and (ii) in the event of a merger, consolidation, or transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company with or to any other individual(s) or entity, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Company hereunder.

 

  13. SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof is held invalid, the invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid provisions or applications and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are declared to be severable.

 

  14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Executive and the Company regarding the terms of the Employment and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements concerning such subject matter, other than any such agreement under any employment agreement entered into with a subsidiary of the Company at the request of the Company to the extent such agreement does not conflict with any of the provisions herein. The Executive acknowledges that he/she has not entered into this Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not set forth in this Agreement.

 

  15. REPRESENTATIONS

 

The Executive hereby agrees to execute any proper oath or verify any proper document required to carry out the terms of this Agreement. The Executive hereby represents that the Executive’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by the Executive in confidence or in trust prior to his/her Employment by the Company. The Executive has not entered into, and hereby agrees that he/she will not enter into, any oral or written agreement in conflict with this Section 15. The Executive represents that the Executive will consult his/her own consultants for tax advice and is not relying on the Company for any tax advice with respect to this Agreement or any provisions hereunder.

 

 

 

 

  16. GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

 

  17. ARBITRATION

 

Any dispute arising out of, in connection with, or relating to, this Agreement shall be submitted to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration, which shall be conducted in accordance with the CIETAC's arbitration rules in effect at the time of applying for arbitration. The arbitral award shall be final and binding upon both parties. Each party to this agreement agrees that it will not challenge the jurisdiction or venue provisions as provided in this Section 17.

 

  18. AMENDMENT

 

This Agreement may not be amended, modified or changed (in whole or in part), except by a formal, definitive written agreement expressly referring to this Agreement, which agreement is executed by both of the parties hereto.

 

  19. WAIVER

 

Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of a party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

 

  20. NOTICES

 

All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if (i) sent by facsimile or email (provided confirmation of transmission is mechanically or electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party), (ii) delivered by hand, (iii) otherwise delivered against receipt therefor, or (iv) sent by a recognized courier with next-day or second-day delivery to the last known address of the other party.

 

  21. COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories. Photographic copies of such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose.

 

 

 

 

  22. NO INTERPRETATION AGAINST DRAFTER

 

Each party recognizes that this Agreement is a legally binding contract and acknowledges that such party has had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of choice. In any construction of the terms of this Agreement, the same shall not be construed against either party on the basis of that party being the drafter of such terms. The Executive agrees and acknowledges that he/she has read and understands this Agreement, is entering into it freely and voluntarily, and has been advised to seek counsel prior to entering into this Agreement and has had ample opportunity to do so.

 

[Remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

YUKAI Health Group Limited    
     
By: /s/ Zhenyu Zheng    
Name: Zhenyu Zheng    
Title: Director    

 

Executive

 

Signature: /s/ Zhenyu Zheng  
Name: Zhenyu Zheng    

 

 

[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Schedule A

 

Annual compensation is RMB 85,000.

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.23

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), is entered into as of June 29, 2022, by and between YUKAI Health Group Limited, a limited liability company organized and existing in the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), and Liping Ni, an individual (the “Executive”). The term “Company” as used herein with respect to all obligations of the Executive hereunder shall be deemed to include the Company and all of its direct or indirect parent companies, subsidiaries, affiliates, or subsidiaries or affiliates of its parent companies (collectively, the “Group”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Company desires to employ the Executive and to assure itself of the services of the Executive during the term of Employment (as defined below).

 

The Executive desires to be employed by the Company during the term of Employment and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The parties hereto agree as follows:

 

  1. POSITION

 

The Executive hereby accepts a position of Chief Financial Officer of the Company (the “Employment”).

 

  2. TERM

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the initial term of the Employment shall be three years, commencing on June 29, 2022 (the “Effective Date”), unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Upon expiration of the 3-year term, the Employment shall be automatically extended for successive three-year terms unless either party gives the other party hereto a 1-month prior written notice to terminate the Employment prior to the expiration of such 3-year term or unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

  3. PROBATION

 

There is no probationary period.

 

  4. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

The Executive’s duties at the Company will include all jobs assigned by the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”).

 

The Executive shall devote all of his/her working time, attention and skills to the performance of his/her duties at the Company and shall faithfully and diligently serve the Company in accordance with this Agreement, the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company as may be updated from time to time (the “Articles of Association”), and the guidelines, policies and procedures of the Company approved from time to time by the Board.

 

  5. NO BREACH OF CONTRACT

 

The Executive shall use his/her best efforts to perform his/her duties hereunder. The Executive shall not, without prior consent of the Board, become an employee of any entity other than the Company and any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, and shall not be concerned or interested in any business or entity that directly or indirectly competes with the Group (any such business or entity, a “Competitor”), provided that nothing in this clause shall preclude the Executive from holding shares or other securities of any Competitor that is listed on any securities exchange or recognized securities market anywhere, provided however, that the Executive shall notify the Company in writing prior to his/her obtaining a proposed interest in such shares or securities in a timely manner and with such details and particulars as the Company may reasonably require. The Company shall have the right to require the Executive to resign from any board or similar body which he/she may then serve if the Board reasonably determines in writing that the Executive’s service on such board or body interferes with the effective discharge of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the Company or that any business related to such service is then in competition with any business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

 

 

The Executive hereby represents to the Company that: (i) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Executive and the performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder shall not constitute a breach of, or otherwise contravene, the terms of any other agreement or policy to which the Executive is a party or otherwise bound, except for agreements that are required to be entered into by and between the Executive and any member of the Group pursuant to applicable law of the jurisdiction where the Executive is based, if any; (ii) the Executive has no information (including, without limitation, confidential information and trade secrets) relating to any other person or entity which would prevent, or be violated by, the Executive entering into this Agreement or carrying out his/her duties hereunder; and (iii) the Executive is not bound by any confidentiality, trade secret or similar agreement (other than this) with any other person or entity except for other member(s) of the Group, as the case may be.

 

  6. LOCATION

 

The Executive will be based in Fuzhou, the People’s Republic of China, until both parties hereto agree to otherwise change. The Executive acknowledges that he/she may be required to travel from time to time in the course of performing his/her duties for the Company.

 

  7. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

  (a) Compensation. The Executive’s cash compensation (inclusive of the statutory welfare reserves that the Company is required to set aside for the Executive under applicable law) shall be provided by the Company in a separate schedule attached hereto (“Schedule A”) or as specified in a separate agreement between the Executive and the Company’s designated subsidiary or affiliated entity, subject to annual review and adjustment by the Company or the compensation committee of the Board. The cash compensation may be paid by the Company, a subsidiary or affiliated entity of the Company, or a combination thereof, as designated by the Company from time to time.

 

  (b) Equity Incentives. To the extent the Company adopts and maintains a share incentive plan, the Executive will be eligible to participate in such plan pursuant to the terms thereof.

 

  (c) Benefits. The Executive is eligible for participation in any standard employee benefit plan of the Company that currently exists or may be adopted by the Company in the future, including, but not limited to, any retirement plan, life insurance plan, health insurance plan and travel/holiday plan.

 

  8. TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT

 

  (a) By the Company. The Company may terminate the Employment for cause, at any time, without notice or remuneration, if the Executive (1) commits any serious or persistent breach or non-observance of the terms and conditions of the Employment; (2) is convicted of a criminal offence other than one which, in the opinion of the Board, does not affect the Executive’s position as an employee of the Company, bearing in mind the nature of the Executive’s duties and the capacity in which the Executive is employed; (3) willfully disobeys a lawful and reasonable order; (4) misconducts himself/herself and such conduct is inconsistent with the due and faithful discharge of the Executive’s material duties hereunder; (5) is guilty of fraud or dishonesty; or (6) is habitually neglectful in his/her duties. The Company may terminate the Employment without cause at any time with a 1-month prior written notice to the Executive or by payment of 1 month’s salary in lieu of notice.

 

 

 

  (b) By the Executive. The Executive may terminate the Employment at any time with a 1-month prior written notice to the Company or by payment of 1 month’s salary in lieu of notice. In addition, the Executive may resign prior to the expiration of the Agreement if such resignation or an alternative arrangement with respect to the Employment is approved by the Board.

 

  (c) Notice of Termination. Any termination of the Executive’s Employment under this Agreement shall be communicated by written notice of termination from the terminating party to the other party in accordance with the provisions of Section 20 below. The notice of termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of this Agreement relied upon in effecting the termination.

 

  9. CONFIDENTIALITY AND NONDISCLOSURE

 

  (a) Confidentiality and Non-disclosure. The Executive hereby agrees at all times during the term of his/her Employment and after termination of the Executive’s Employment under this Agreement, to hold in the strictest confidence, and not to use, except for the benefit of the Group, or to disclose to any person, corporation or other entity without written consent of the Company, any Confidential Information. The Executive understands that “Confidential Information” means any proprietary or confidential information of the Group, its affiliates, their clients, customers or partners, and the Group’s licensors, including, without limitation, technical data, trade secrets, research and development information, product plans, services, customer lists and customers (including, but not limited to, customers of the Group on whom the Executive called or with whom the Executive became acquainted during the term of his/her Employment), supplier lists and suppliers, software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, personnel information, marketing, finances, information about the suppliers, joint ventures, licensors, licensees, distributors, and other persons with whom the Group does business, information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of the Group or other business information disclosed to the Executive by or obtained by the Executive from the Group, its affiliates, or their clients, customers, or partners, either directly or indirectly, in writing, orally or by drawings or observation of parts or equipment, if specifically indicated to be confidential or reasonably expected to be confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include information that is generally available and known to the public through no fault of the Executive.

 

  (b) Company Property. The Executive understands that all documents (including computer records, facsimile and e-mail) and materials created, received or transmitted in connection with his/her work or using the facilities of the Group are property of the Group and subject to inspection by the Group, at any time. Upon termination of the Executive’s Employment with the Company (or at any other time when requested by the Company), the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all documents and materials of any nature pertaining to his/her work with the Company and will provide prompt written certification of his compliance with this Agreement. Under no circumstances will the Executive have, following his/her termination, in his/her possession any property of the Group, or any documents or materials or copies thereof containing any Confidential Information.

 

  (c) Former Employer Information. The Executive agrees that he/she has not and will not, during the term of his/her employment, (i) improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other person or entity with which the Executive has an agreement or duty to keep in confidence, or (ii) bring into the premises of the Group any document or confidential or proprietary information belonging to such former employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such former employer, person or entity. The Executive will indemnify the Group and hold it harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of suit, arising out of or in connection with any violation of the foregoing.

 

  (d) Third Party Information. The Executive recognizes that the Group may have received, and in the future may receive, from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Group’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Executive agrees that the Executive owes the Group and such third parties, during the Executive’s Employment by the Company and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person or firm and to use it in a manner consistent with, and for the limited purposes permitted by, the Group’s agreement with such third party.

 

 

 

This Section 9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 9, the Company shall have right to seek remedies permissible under applicable law.

 

  10. WITHHOLDING TAXES

 

Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, the Company may withhold (or cause there to be withheld, as the case may be) from any amounts otherwise due or payable under or pursuant to this Agreement such national, provincial, local or any other income, employment, or other taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

  11. NOTIFICATION OF NEW EMPLOYER

 

In the event that the Executive leaves the employ of the Company, the Executive hereby grants consent to notification by the Company to his/her new employer about his/her rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

  12. ASSIGNMENT

 

This Agreement is personal in its nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided, however, that (i) the Company may assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any member of the Group without such consent, and (ii) in the event of a merger, consolidation, or transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company with or to any other individual(s) or entity, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Company hereunder.

 

  13. SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof is held invalid, the invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid provisions or applications and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are declared to be severable.

 

  14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Executive and the Company regarding the terms of the Employment and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements concerning such subject matter, other than any such agreement under any employment agreement entered into with a subsidiary of the Company at the request of the Company to the extent such agreement does not conflict with any of the provisions herein. The Executive acknowledges that he/she has not entered into this Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not set forth in this Agreement.

 

  15. REPRESENTATIONS

 

The Executive hereby agrees to execute any proper oath or verify any proper document required to carry out the terms of this Agreement. The Executive hereby represents that the Executive’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by the Executive in confidence or in trust prior to his/her Employment by the Company. The Executive has not entered into, and hereby agrees that he/she will not enter into, any oral or written agreement in conflict with this Section 15. The Executive represents that the Executive will consult his/her own consultants for tax advice and is not relying on the Company for any tax advice with respect to this Agreement or any provisions hereunder.

 

 

 

  16. GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

 

  17. ARBITRATION

 

Any dispute arising out of, in connection with, or relating to, this Agreement shall be submitted to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration, which shall be conducted in accordance with the CIETAC's arbitration rules in effect at the time of applying for arbitration. The arbitral award shall be final and binding upon both parties. Each party to this agreement agrees that it will not challenge the jurisdiction or venue provisions as provided in this Section 17.

 

  18. AMENDMENT

 

This Agreement may not be amended, modified or changed (in whole or in part), except by a formal, definitive written agreement expressly referring to this Agreement, which agreement is executed by both of the parties hereto.

 

  19. WAIVER

 

Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of a party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

 

  20. NOTICES

 

All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if (i) sent by facsimile or email (provided confirmation of transmission is mechanically or electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party), (ii) delivered by hand, (iii) otherwise delivered against receipt therefor, or (iv) sent by a recognized courier with next-day or second-day delivery to the last known address of the other party.

 

  21. COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories. Photographic copies of such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose.

 

 

 

  22. NO INTERPRETATION AGAINST DRAFTER

 

Each party recognizes that this Agreement is a legally binding contract and acknowledges that such party has had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of choice. In any construction of the terms of this Agreement, the same shall not be construed against either party on the basis of that party being the drafter of such terms. The Executive agrees and acknowledges that he/she has read and understands this Agreement, is entering into it freely and voluntarily, and has been advised to seek counsel prior to entering into this Agreement and has had ample opportunity to do so.

 

[Remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

YUKAI Health Group Limited  
     
By: /s/ Zhenyu Zheng  
Name: Zhenyu Zheng  
Title: Director  

 

Executive

 

Signature: /s/ Liping Ni  
Name: Liping Ni  

 

[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]

 

 

 

Schedule A

 

Annual compensation is RMB 90,000.

 

 


Exhibit 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF YUKAI HEALTH GROUP LIMITED

 

As of July 1, 2022

 

Name of Subsidiary Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
Fujian Yukai Health Technology Co., Ltd. People’s Republic of China
   
Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd. People’s Republic of China

 

 

 


 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated July 1, 2022, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Yukai Health Group Limited, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Yukai Health Group Limited and the related Prospectus of Yukai Health Group Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 

TPS Thayer LLC

 

Sugar Land, Texas

 

July 1, 2022

 

 

 


Exhibit 23.4

 

June 29, 2022

 

YUKAI Health Group Limited

Xinya Building 909, 910, and 911

121 Dongjie Road

Gulou District, Fuzhou

Fujian Province, China 350001

 

Re: Consent of Haiqiao Zhiku (Xiamen) Cultural Development Co., Ltd.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen,

 

We understand that YUKAI Health Group Limited (the “Company”) has filed a draft registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in connection with its proposed initial public offering (the “Proposed IPO”).

 

We hereby consent to the references to our name and the inclusion of information, data and statements from our research reports and amendments thereto, including but not limited to the industry research report titled “Analysis of After-sales Service Market of Medical Devices in China” (the “Report”), and any subsequent amendments to the Report, as well as the citation of our research report and amendments thereto, (i) in the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto, (ii) in any written correspondences with the SEC, (iii) in any other future filings with the SEC by the Company, including, without limitation, filings on Form 20-F, Form 6-K or other SEC filings (collectively, the “SEC Filings”), (iv) on the websites of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, (v) in institutional and retail road shows and other activities in connection with the Proposed IPO, and (vi) in other publicity materials in connection with the Proposed IPO.

 

We further hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and as an exhibit to any other SEC Filings. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

 

Yours faithfully

For and on behalf of

Haiqiao Zhiku (Xiamen) Cultural Development Co., Ltd.

 

 

/s/ Xiaoyan Liu  
Name: Xiaoyan Liu  
Title: Chief Executive Officer  

 

 

 


Exhibit 99.1

 

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

OF

YUKAI HEALTH GROUP LIMITED

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Purpose

 

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics contains general guidelines for conducting the business of YUKAI Health Group Limited, a Cayman Islands company (the “Company”), consistent with the highest standards of business ethics. To the extent this Code requires a higher standard than required by commercial practice or applicable laws, rules or regulations, we adhere to these higher standards.

 

This Code applies to all of the directors, officers, and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries (which, unless the context otherwise requires, are collectively referred to as the “Company” in this Code). We refer to all persons covered by this Code as “Company employees” or simply “employees.” We also refer to our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer as our “principal financial officers.”

 

Seeking Help and Information

 

This Code is not intended to be a comprehensive rulebook and cannot address every situation that you may face. If you feel uncomfortable about a situation or have any doubts about whether it is consistent with the Company’s ethical standards, seek help. We encourage you to contact your supervisor for help first. If your supervisor cannot answer your question or if you do not feel comfortable contacting your supervisor, contact the Compliance Officer of the Company, who shall be a person appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company. Upon the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 for the Company’s initial public offering, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall be appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company as the Compliance Officer for the Company. The Company will notify you if the Board of Directors appoints a different Compliance Officer. You may remain anonymous and will not be required to reveal your identity in your communication to the Company.

 

Reporting Violations of the Code

 

All employees have a duty to report any known or suspected violation of this Code, including any violation of the laws, rules, regulations or policies that apply to the Company. If you know of or suspect a violation of this Code, immediately report the conduct to your supervisor. Your supervisor will contact the Compliance Officer, who will work with you and your supervisor to investigate the matter. If you do not feel comfortable reporting the matter to your supervisor or you do not get a satisfactory response, you may contact the Compliance Officer directly. Employees making a report need not leave their name or other personal information and reasonable efforts will be used to conduct the investigation that follows from the report in a manner that protects the confidentiality and anonymity of the employee submitting the report. All reports of known or suspected violations of the law or this Code will be handled sensitively and with discretion. Your supervisor, the Compliance Officer and the Company will protect your confidentiality to the extent possible, consistent with law and the Company’s need to investigate your report.

 

It is the Company policy that any employee who violates this Code will be subject to appropriate discipline, which may include termination of employment. This determination will be based upon the facts and circumstances of each particular situation. An employee accused of violating this Code will be given an opportunity to present his or her version of the events at issue prior to any determination of appropriate discipline. Employees who violate the law or this Code may expose themselves to substantial civil damages, criminal fines and prison terms. The Company may also face substantial fines and penalties and many incur damage to its reputation and standing in the community. Your conduct as a representative of the Company, if it does not comply with the law or with this Code, can result in serious consequences for both you and the Company.

 

 

 

 

Policy Against Retaliation

 

The Company prohibits retaliation against an employee who, in good faith, seeks help or reports known or suspected violations. Any reprisal or retaliation against an employee because the employee, in good faith, sought help or filed a report will be subject to disciplinary action, including potential termination of employment.

 

Waivers of the Code

 

Waivers of this Code for employees may be made only by an executive officer of the Company. Any waiver of this Code for our directors, executive officers or other principal financial officers may be made only by our Board of Directors or the appropriate committee of our Board of Directors and will be disclosed to the public as required by law or the rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market.

 

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

Identifying Potential Conflicts of Interest

 

A conflict of interest can occur when an employee’s private interest interferes, or appears to interfere, with the interests of the Company as a whole. You should avoid any private interest that influences your ability to act in the interests of the Company or that makes it difficult to perform your work objectively and effectively.

 

Identifying potential conflicts of interest may not always be clear-cut. The following situations are examples of conflicts of interest:

 

    Outside Employment. No employee should be employed by, serve as a director of, or provide any services not in his or her capacity as a Company employee to a company that is a material customer, supplier, or competitor of the Company.

 

    Improper Personal Benefits. No employee should obtain any material (as to him or her) personal benefits or favors because of his or her position with the Company. Please see “Gifts and Entertainment” below for additional guidelines in this area.

 

    Financial Interests. No employee should have a significant financial interest (ownership or otherwise) in any company that is a material customer, supplier or competitor of the Company. A “significant financial interest” means (i) ownership of greater than 1% of the equity of a material customer, supplier or competitor or (ii) an investment in a material customer, supplier or competitor that represents more than 5% of the total assets of the employee.

 

    Loans or Other Financial Transactions. No employee should obtain loans or guarantees of personal obligations from, or enter into any other personal financial transaction with, any company that is a material customer, supplier or competitor of the Company. This guideline does not prohibit arms-length transactions with banks, brokerage firms or other financial institutions.

 

    Service on Boards and Committees. No employee should serve on a board of directors or trustees or on a committee of any entity (whether profit or not-for-profit) whose interests reasonably would be expected to conflict with those of the Company.

 

    Actions of Family Members. The actions of family members outside the workplace may also give rise to the conflicts of interest described above because they may influence an employee’s objectivity in making decisions on behalf of the Company. For purposes of this Code, “family members” include your spouse or life-partner, brothers, sisters and parents, in-laws and children whether such relationships are by blood or adoption.

 

For purposes of this Code, a company is a “material” customer if that company has made payments to the Company in the past year in excess of US$100,000 or 10% of the customer’s gross revenues, whichever is greater. A company is a “material” supplier if that company has received payments from the Company in the past year in excess of US$100,000 or 10% of the supplier’s gross revenues, whichever is greater. A company is a “material” competitor if that company competes in the Company’s line of business and has annual gross revenues from such line of business in excess of US$500,000. If you are uncertain whether a particular company is a material customer, supplier or competitor, please contact the Compliance Officer for assistance.

 

 

 

 

Disclosure of Conflicts of Interest

 

The Company requires that employees disclose any situations that reasonably would be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest. If you suspect that you have a conflict of interest, or something that others could reasonably perceive as a conflict of interest, you must report it to your supervisor or the Compliance Officer. Your supervisor and the Compliance Officer will work with you to determine whether you have a conflict of interest and, if so, how best to address it. Although conflicts of interest are not automatically prohibited, they are not desirable and may only be waived as described in “Waivers of the Code” above.

 

CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

 

As an employee of the Company, you have an obligation to advance the Company’s interests when the opportunity to do so arises. If you discover or are presented with a business opportunity through the use of corporate property, information, or because of your position with the Company, you should first present the business opportunity to the Company before pursuing the opportunity in your individual capacity. No employee may use corporate property, information, or his or her position with the Company for personal gain or should compete with the Company.

 

You should disclose to your supervisor the terms and conditions of each business opportunity covered by this Code that you wish to pursue. Your supervisor will contact the Compliance Officer and the appropriate management personnel to determine whether the Company wishes to pursue the business opportunity. If the Company waives its right to pursue the business opportunity, you may pursue the business opportunity on the same terms and conditions as originally proposed and consistent with the other ethical guidelines set forth in this Code.

 

Confidential Information and Company Property

 

Employees have access to a variety of confidential information while employed at the Company. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or, if disclosed, harmful to the Company or its customers. Every employee has a duty to respect and safeguard the confidentiality of the Company’s information and the information of our suppliers and customers, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated. In addition, you must refrain from using any confidential information from any previous employment if, in doing so, you could reasonably be expected to breach your duty of confidentiality to your former employers. An employee’s obligation to protect confidential information continues after he or she leaves the Company. Unauthorized disclosure of confidential information could cause competitive harm to the Company or its customers and could result in legal liability to you and the Company.

 

Employees also have a duty to protect the Company’s intellectual property and other business assets. The intellectual property, business systems and the security of the Company property are critical to the Company.

 

Any questions or concerns regarding whether disclosure of Company information is legally mandated should be promptly referred to the Compliance Officer.

 

Safeguarding Confidential Information and Company Property

 

Care must be taken to safeguard and protect confidential information and Company property. Accordingly, the following measures should be adhered to:

 

    The Company’s employees should conduct their business and social activities so as not to risk inadvertent disclosure of confidential information. For example, when not in use, confidential information should be secretly stored. Also, review of confidential documents or discussion of confidential subjects in public places (e.g., airplanes, trains, taxis, buses, etc.) should be conducted so as to prevent overhearing or other access by unauthorized persons.

 

 

 

 

    Within the Company’s offices, confidential matters should not be discussed within hearing range of visitors or others not working on such matters.

 

    Confidential matters should not be discussed with other employees not working on such matters or with friends or relatives including those living in the same household as a Company employee.

 

    The Company’s employees are only to access, use, and disclose confidential information that is necessary for them to have in the course of performing their duties. They are not to disclose confidential information to other employees or contractors at the Company unless it is necessary for those employees or contractors to have such confidential information in the course of their duties.

 

    The Company’s files, personal computers, networks, software, internet access, internet browser programs, emails, voice mails, and other business equipment (e.g. desks and cabinets) and resources are provided for business use and they are the exclusive property of the Company. Misuse of such Company property is not tolerated.

 

COMPETITION AND FAIR DEALING

 

All employees are obligated to deal fairly with fellow employees and with the Company’s customers, suppliers and competitors. Employees should not take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other unfair-dealing practice.

 

Relationships with Customers

 

Our business success depends upon our ability to foster lasting customer relationships. The Company is committed to dealing with customers fairly, honestly, and with integrity. Specifically, you should keep the following guidelines in mind when dealing with customers:

 

    Information we supply to customers should be accurate and complete to the best of our knowledge. Employees should not deliberately misrepresent information to customers.

 

    Employees should not refuse to sell, service, or maintain products the Company has produced simply because a customer is buying products from another supplier.

 

    Customer entertainment should not exceed reasonable and customary business practice. Employees should not provide entertainment or other benefits that could be viewed as an inducement to or a reward for customer purchase decisions. Please see “Gifts and Entertainment” below for additional guidelines in this area.

 

Relationships with Suppliers

 

The Company deals fairly and honestly with its suppliers. This means that our relationships with suppliers are based on price, quality, service, and reputation, among other factors. Employees dealing with suppliers should carefully guard their objectivity. Specifically, no employee should accept or solicit any personal benefit from a supplier or potential supplier that might compromise, or appear to compromise, their objective assessment of the supplier’s products and prices. Employees can give or accept promotional items of nominal value or moderately scaled entertainment within the limits of responsible and customary business practice. Please see “Gifts and Entertainment” below for additional guidelines in this area.

 

Relationships with Competitors

 

The Company is committed to free and open competition in the marketplace. Employees should avoid actions that would be contrary to laws governing competitive practices in the marketplace, including antitrust laws. Such actions include misappropriation and/or misuse of a competitor’s confidential information or making false statements about the competitor’s business and business practices.

 

 

 

 

PROTECTION AND USE OF COMPANY ASSETS

 

Employees should protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use for legitimate business purposes only. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability. The use of Company funds or assets, whether or not for personal gain, for any unlawful or improper purpose is prohibited.

 

To ensure the protection and proper use of the Company’s assets, each employee should:

 

    exercise reasonable care to prevent theft, damage or misuse of Company property;

 

    report the actual or suspected theft, damage or misuse of Company property to a supervisor;

 

    use the Company’s telephone system, other electronic communication services, written materials and other property primarily for business-related purposes;

 

    safeguard all electronic programs, data, communications and written materials from inadvertent access by others; and

 

    use Company property only for legitimate business purposes, as authorized in connection with your job responsibilities.

 

Employees should be aware that Company property includes all data and communications transmitted or received to or by, or contained in, the Company’s electronic or telephonic systems. Company property also includes all written communications. Employees and other users of Company property should have no expectation of privacy with respect to these communications and data. To the extent permitted by law, the Company has the ability, and reserves the right, to monitor all electronic and telephonic communication. These communications may also be subject to disclosure to law enforcement or government officials.

 

GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT

 

The giving and receiving of gifts is a common business practice. Appropriate business gifts and entertainment are welcome courtesies designed to build relationships and understanding among business partners. However, gifts and entertainment should not compromise, or appear to compromise, your ability to make objective and fair business decisions.

 

It is your responsibility to use good judgment in this area. As a general rule, you may give or receive gifts or entertainment to or from customers or suppliers only if the gift or entertainment would not be viewed as an inducement to or reward for any particular business decision. All gifts and entertainment expenses should be properly accounted for on expense reports. The following specific examples may be helpful:

 

    Meals and Entertainment. You may occasionally accept or give meals, refreshments or other entertainment if:

 

    The items are of reasonable value;

 

    The purpose of the meeting or attendance at the event is business related; and

 

    The expenses would be paid by the Company as a reasonable business expense if not paid for by another party.

 

Entertainment of reasonable value may include food and tickets for sporting and cultural events if they are generally offered to other customers, suppliers or vendors.

 

    Advertising and Promotional Materials. You may occasionally accept or give advertising or promotional materials of nominal value.

 

    Personal Gifts. You may accept or give personal gifts of reasonable value that are related to recognized special occasions such as a graduation, promotion, new job, wedding, retirement or a holiday. A gift is also acceptable if it is based on a family or personal relationship and unrelated to the business involved between the individuals.

 

    Gifts Rewarding Service or Accomplishment. You may accept a gift from a civic, charitable or religious organization specifically related to your service or accomplishment.

 

 

 

 

You must be particularly careful that gifts and entertainment are not construed as bribes, kickbacks, or other improper payments. See “The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act” below for a more detailed discussion of our policies regarding giving or receiving gifts related to business transactions.

 

You should make every effort to refuse or return a gift that is beyond these permissible guidelines. If it would be inappropriate to refuse a gift or you are unable to return a gift, you should promptly report the gift to your supervisor. Your supervisor will bring the gift to the attention of the Compliance Officer, who may require you to donate the gift to an appropriate community organization. If you have any questions about whether it is permissible to accept a gift or something else of value, contact your supervisor or the Compliance Officer for additional guidance.

 

COMPANY RECORDS

 

Accurate and reliable records are crucial to our business. Our records are the basis of our earnings statements, financial reports and other disclosures to the public and guide our business decision-making and strategic planning. Company records include booking information, payroll, timecards, travel and expense reports, e-mails, accounting and financial data, measurement and performance records, electronic data files and all other records maintained in the ordinary course of our business.

 

All Company records must be complete, accurate and reliable in all material respects. Undisclosed or unrecorded funds, payments or receipts are inconsistent with our business practices and are prohibited. You are responsible for understanding and complying with our record keeping policy. Ask your supervisor if you have any questions.

 

ACCURACY OF FINANCIAL REPORTS AND OTHER PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS

 

As a public company we are subject to various securities laws, regulations and reporting obligations. These laws, regulations and obligations and our policies require the disclosure of accurate and complete information regarding the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Inaccurate, incomplete or untimely reporting will not be tolerated and can severely damage the Company and result in legal liability.

 

It is essential that the Company’s financial records, including all filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) be accurate and timely. Accordingly, in addition to adhering to the conflict of interest policy and other policies and guidelines in this Code, the principal financial officers and other senior financial officers must take special care to exhibit integrity at all times and to instill this value within their organizations. In particular, these senior officers must ensure their conduct is honest and ethical that they abide by all public disclosure requirements by providing full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosures, and that they comply with all other applicable laws and regulations. These financial officers must also understand and strictly comply with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. and all standards, laws and regulations for accounting and financial reporting of transactions, estimates and forecasts.

 

In addition, U.S. federal securities law requires the Company to maintain proper internal books and records and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls. The SEC has supplemented the statutory requirements by adopting rules that prohibit (1) any person from falsifying records or accounts subject to the above requirements and (2) officers or directors from making any materially false, misleading, or incomplete statement to an accountant in connection with an audit or any filing with the SEC. These provisions reflect the SEC’s intent to discourage officers, directors, and other persons with access to the Company’s books and records from taking action that might result in the communication of materially misleading financial information to the investing public.

 

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS

 

Each employee has an obligation to comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Company’s operations. These include, without limitation, laws covering bribery and kickbacks, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, information privacy, insider trading, illegal political contributions, antitrust prohibitions, foreign corrupt practices, offering or receiving gratuities, environmental hazards, employment discrimination or harassment, occupational health and safety, false or misleading financial information or misuse of corporate assets. You are expected to understand and comply with all laws, rules and regulations that apply to your job position. If any doubt exists about whether a course of action is lawful, you should seek advice from your supervisor or the Compliance Officer.

 

 

 

 

COMPLIANCE WITH INSIDER TRADING LAWS

 

The Company has an insider trading policy, which may be obtained from the Compliance Officer. The following is a summary of some of the general principles relevant to insider trading, and should be read in conjunction with the aforementioned specific policy.

 

Company employees are prohibited from trading in shares or other securities of the Company while in possession of material, nonpublic information about the Company. In addition, Company employees are prohibited from recommending, “tipping” or suggesting that anyone else buy or sell shares or other securities of the Company on the basis of material, nonpublic information. Company employees who obtain material nonpublic information about another company in the course of their employment are prohibited from trading in shares or securities of the other company while in possession of such information or “tipping” others to trade on the basis of such information. Violation of insider trading laws can result in severe fines and criminal penalties, as well as disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including termination of employment.

 

Information is “non-public” if it has not been made generally available to the public by means of a press release or other means of widespread distribution. Information is “material” if a reasonable investor would consider it important in a decision to buy, hold or sell stock or other securities. As a rule of thumb, any information that would affect the value of stock or other securities should be considered material. Examples of information that is generally considered “material” include:

 

    Financial results or forecasts, or any information that indicates the Company’s financial results may exceed or fall short of forecasts or expectations;

 

    Important new products or services;

 

    Pending or contemplated acquisitions or dispositions, including mergers, tender offers or joint venture proposals;

 

    Possible management changes or changes of control;

 

    Pending or contemplated public or private sales of debt or equity securities;

 

    Acquisition or loss of a significant customer or contract;

 

    Significant write-offs;

 

    Initiation or settlement of significant litigation; and

 

    Changes in the Company’s auditors or a notification from its auditors that the Company may no longer rely on the auditor’s report.

 

The laws against insider trading are specific and complex. Any questions about information you may possess or about any dealings you have had in the Company’s securities should be promptly brought to the attention of the Compliance Officer.

 

PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS AND PREVENTION OF SELECTIVE DISCLOSURE

 

Public Communications Generally

 

The Company places a high value on its credibility and reputation in the community. What is written or said about the Company in the news media and investment community directly impacts our reputation, positively or negatively. Our policy is to provide timely, accurate and complete information in response to public requests (media, analysts, etc.), consistent with our obligations to maintain the confidentiality of competitive and proprietary information and to prevent selective disclosure of market-sensitive financial data. To ensure compliance with this policy, all news media or other public requests for information regarding the Company should be directed to the Company’s Investor Relations Department. The Investor Relations Department will work with you and the appropriate personnel to evaluate and coordinate a response to the request.

 

 

 

 

Prevention of Selective Disclosure

 

Preventing selective disclosure is necessary to comply with United States securities laws and to preserve the reputation and integrity of the Company as well as that of all persons affiliated with it. “Selective disclosure” occurs when any person provides potentially market-moving information to selected persons before the news is available to the investing public generally. Selective disclosure is a crime under United States law and the penalties for violating the law are severe.

 

The following guidelines have been established to avoid improper selective disclosure. Every employee is required to follow these procedures:

 

    All contact by the Company with investment analysts, the press and/or members of the media shall be made through the chief executive officer, chief financial officer or persons designated by them (collectively, the “Media Contacts”).

 

    Other than the Media Contacts, no officer, director or employee shall provide any information regarding the Company or its business to any investment analyst or member of the press or media.

 

    All inquiries from third parties, such as industry analysts or members of the media, about the Company or its business should be directed to a Media Contact. All presentations to the investment community regarding the Company will be made by us under the direction of a Media Contact.

 

    Other than the Media Contacts, any employee who is asked a question regarding the Company or its business by a member of the press or media shall respond with “No comment” and forward the inquiry to a Media Contact.

 

These procedures do not apply to the routine process of making previously released information regarding the Company available upon inquiries made by investors, investment analysts and members of the media.

 

Please contact the Compliance Officer if you have any questions about the scope or application of the Company’s policies regarding selective disclosure.

 

THE FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT

 

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

 

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) prohibits the Company and its employees and agents from offering or giving money or any other item of value to win or retain business or to influence any act or decision of any governmental official, political party, candidate for political office or official of a public international organization. Stated more concisely, the FCPA prohibits the payment of bribes, kickbacks or other inducements to foreign officials. This prohibition also extends to payments to a sales representative or agent if there is reason to believe that the payment will be used indirectly for a prohibited payment to foreign officials. Violation of the FCPA is a crime that can result in severe fines and criminal penalties, as well as disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including termination of employment.

 

Certain small facilitation payments to foreign officials may be permissible under the FCPA if customary in the country or locality and intended to secure routine governmental action. Governmental action is “routine” if it is ordinarily and commonly performed by a foreign official and does not involve the exercise of discretion. For instance, “routine” functions would include setting up a telephone line or expediting a shipment through customs. To ensure legal compliance, all facilitation payments must receive prior written approval from the Compliance Officer and must be clearly and accurately reported as a business expense.

 

ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH AND SAFETY

 

The Company is committed to providing a safe and healthy working environment for its employees and to avoiding adverse impact and injury to the environment and the communities in which we do business. Company employees must comply with all applicable environmental, health and safety laws, regulations and Company standards. It is your responsibility to understand and comply with the laws, regulations and policies that are relevant to your job. Failure to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations can result in civil and criminal liability against you and the Company, as well as disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including termination of employment. You should contact the Compliance Officer if you have any questions about the laws, regulations and policies that apply to you.

 

 

 

 

Environment

 

All Company employees should strive to conserve resources and reduce waste and emissions through recycling and other energy conservation measures. You have a responsibility to promptly report any known or suspected violations of environmental laws or any events that may result in a discharge or emission of hazardous materials. Employees whose jobs involve manufacturing have a special responsibility to safeguard the environment. Such employees should be particularly alert to the storage, disposal and transportation of waste, and handling of toxic materials and emissions into the land, water or air.

 

Health and Safety

 

The Company is committed not only to complying with all relevant health and safety laws, but also to conducting business in a manner that protects the safety of its employees. All employees are required to comply with all applicable health and safety laws, regulations and policies relevant to their jobs. If you have a concern about unsafe conditions or tasks that present a risk of injury to you, please report these concerns immediately to your supervisor or the Human Resources Department.

 

EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES

 

The Company pursues fair employment practices in every aspect of its business. The following is intended to be a summary of our employment policies and procedures. Copies of our detailed policies are available from the Human Resources Department. Company employees must comply with all applicable labor and employment laws, including anti-discrimination laws and laws related to freedom of association, privacy and collective bargaining. It is your responsibility to understand and comply with the laws, regulations and policies that are relevant to your job. Failure to comply with labor and employment laws can result in civil and criminal liability against you and the Company, as well as disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including termination of employment. You should contact the Compliance Officer or the Human Resources Department if you have any questions about the laws, regulations and policies that apply to you.

 

Harassment and Discrimination

 

The Company is committed to providing equal opportunity and fair treatment to all individuals on the basis of merit, without discrimination because of race, color, religion, national origin, gender (including pregnancy), sexual orientation, age, disability, veteran status or other characteristic protected by law. The Company prohibits harassment in any form, whether physical or verbal and whether committed by supervisors, non-supervisory personnel or non-employees. Harassment may include, but is not limited to, offensive sexual flirtations, unwanted sexual advances or propositions, verbal abuse, sexually or racially degrading words, or the display in the workplace of sexually suggestive objects or pictures.

 

If you have any complaints about discrimination or harassment, report such conduct to your supervisor or the Human Resources Department. All complaints will be treated with sensitivity and discretion. Your supervisor, the Human Resources Department and the Company will protect your confidentiality to the extent possible, consistent with law and the Company’s need to investigate your concern. Where our investigation uncovers harassment or discrimination, we will take prompt corrective action, which may include disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including, termination of employment. The Company strictly prohibits retaliation against an employee who, in good faith, files a compliant.

 

 

 

 

Any member of management who has reason to believe that an employee has been the victim of harassment or discrimination or who receives a report of alleged harassment or discrimination is required to report it to the Human Resources Department immediately.

 

CONCLUSION

 

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics contains general guidelines for conducting the business of the Company consistent with the highest standards of business ethics. If you have any questions about these guidelines, please contact your supervisor or the Compliance Officer. We expect all Company employees to adhere to these standards.

 

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, as applied to the Company’s principal financial officers, shall be the Company’s “code of ethics” within the meaning of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder.

 

This Code and the matters contained herein are neither a contract of employment nor a guarantee of continuing Company policy. We reserve the right to amend, supplement or discontinue this Code and the matters addressed herein, without prior notice, at any time.

 

 

 


 

Exhibit 99.2

 

 

福建省福州市台江区望龙二路1号国际金融中心(IFC37层(350005

电话:+86-591-87850803         传真:+86-591-87816904

37/F, IFC, No.1, Wanglong 2nd Avenue, Taijiang District, Fuzhou, Fujian 350005 P. R. China

Tel: +86-591-87850803 Fax: +86-591-87816904

www.allbrightlaw.com

 

TO:Yukai Health Group Limited
Second Floor, Century Yard, Cricket Square
P. O. Box 902, Grand Cayman, KY1-1103
Cayman Islands

 

July 1, 2022

 

Re: PRC Legal Opinion for Certain Legal Matters of the Initial Public Offering of YUKAI Health Group Limited

 

We are acting as the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC,” which for the purpose of this legal opinion, does not include Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan) legal adviser to YUKAI Health Group Limited (the “Company”), in connection with the Company’s initial public offering and sale of a certain number of ordinary shares with a par value of US$0.0005 per share (the “Ordinary Shares”) pursuant to the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments and supplements thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Offering”).

 

We are licensed lawyers in the PRC and are authorized by the Ministry of Justice of the PRC to issue legal opinions in relation to the above matters in accordance with the published and publicly available PRC laws, regulations, rules and judicial interpretations announced by the PRC Supreme People’s Court (collectively the “PRC Laws”), such licenses and authorization of which have not been revoked, suspended, restricted, or limited in any manner whatsoever.

 

A.Documents Examined, Definition and Information Provided

 

In connection with this opinion letter, we have examined copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of documents provided by the Company, the Registration Statement, corporate records, certificates, Approvals (as defined below), and such other documents and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purpose of rendering this opinion, including, without limitation, originals or copies of the certificates issued by the PRC Government Authorities (as defined below) and certificates issued by officers of the Company. All of these documents are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Documents."

 

Unless the context of this opinion otherwise provides, the following terms in this opinion shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Government Authorizations” means all government authorizations, consents, waivers, sanctions, certificates, authorizations, filings, registrations, exemptions, permissions, endorsements, annual inspections, qualifications, and licenses required by applicable PRC Laws.

 

1

 

“Fujian Yukai” or “WFOE” means Fujian Yukai Health Technology Co., Ltd., a limited liability company formed in the PRC;

 

“Fuzhou Yukai” means Fuzhou Yukai Trading Co., Ltd., Fujian Yukai’s wholly-owned subsidiary, a limited liability company formed in the PRC;

 

PRC Subsidiaries” means Fujian Yukai and Fuzhou Yukai; and

 

Prospectus” means the prospectus, including all amendments and supplements thereto, that forms part of the Registration Statement.

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Registration Statement.

 

B.Assumptions

 

In our examination of the aforesaid Documents, we have assumed, without independent investigation and inquiry that:

 

1.all signatures, seals and chops are genuine and were made or affixed by representatives duly authorized by the respective parties, all natural persons have the necessary legal capacity, all Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic, and all Documents submitted to us as certified or photo static copies conform to the originals;

 

2.no amendments, revisions, modifications or other changes have been made with respect to any of the Documents after they were submitted to us for the purposes of this opinion; and

 

3.each of the parties to the Documents (except that we do not make such assumptions about the PRC Subsidiaries) is duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and/or incorporation, and has been duly approved and authorized where applicable by the competent governmental authorities of the relevant jurisdiction to carry on its business and to perform its obligations under the Documents to which it is a party.

 

In expressing the opinions set forth herein, we have relied upon the factual matters contained in the representations and warranties set forth in the Documents.

 

C.Opinion

 

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

 

1.With respect to the M&A Rules

 

On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, namely, the Ministry of Commerce (“MOC”), the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Administration for Taxation, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, the State Administration for Foreign Exchange, and the China Securities Regulatory Commission (“CSRC”), jointly adopted the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, which became effective on September 8, 2006 and were amended on June 22, 2009. M&A Rules require, (i) the merger and acquisition of a domestic enterprise with or by a domestic enterprise or individual, that has related party relationship with the target company, in the name of an overseas company legitimately incorporated or controlled by the domestic enterprise or individual, shall be subject to examination and approval by MOC; (ii) offshore special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, formed for the purpose of acquiring PRC domestic companies and controlled by PRC companies or individuals, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange.

 

2

 

Fujian Yukai was originally established by the Company as a foreign-invested enterprise. Fuzhou Yukai became a sino-foreign equity joint venture, instead of a domestic enterprise, before the acquisition of Fuzhou Yukai by Fujian Yukai (the "Acquisition"). Therefore, the M&A Rules do not apply to the Company, no approval from the MOC is required for the Acquisition, and the Company is not required to obtain the prior approval from CSRC for the listing and trading of the Company's Ordinary Shares on an overseas stock exchange either.

 

2.Taxation

 

The statements set forth under the caption “Taxation” in the Prospectus, insofar as they constitute statements of PRC tax law, are accurate in all material respects and that such statements constitute our opinion, and insofar as related to PRC Laws nothing has been omitted from such statements which would make the same misleading in all material respects.

 

3.Enforceability of Civil Procedures

 

The recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are subject to compliance with the PRC Civil Procedures Law and relevant civil procedure requirements in the PRC. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other forms of reciprocity with the United States or the Cayman Islands that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in China will not enforce a foreign judgment against the Company or its directors and officers, if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC law or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States or in the Cayman Islands.

 

4.Statements in the Prospectus

 

The statements in the Prospectus under the captions “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business,” “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Regulations,” “Management,” “Taxation,” “Dividend Policy,” and “Legal Matters,” insofar as such statements constitute summaries of the PRC legal matters, documents or proceedings referred to therein, in each case to the extent, and only to the extent, governed by PRC Laws, fairly present the information and summarize in all material respects the matters referred to therein; and such statements are true and accurate in all material aspects, and correctly set forth therein, and nothing has been omitted from such statements which would make the same misleading in any material respect.

 

D.Consent

 

We hereby consent to the use of our name under the captions “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities,” “Taxation,” “Legal Matters,” and elsewhere in the Registration Statement.

 

3

 

This opinion letter relates only to PRC Laws and we express no opinion as to any laws other than PRC Laws. PRC Laws referred to herein are laws currently in force as of the date of this opinion letter and there is no guarantee that any of such PRC Laws, or the interpretation thereof or enforcement therefor, will not be changed, amended or revoked in the immediate future or in the longer term with or without retroactive effect.

 

We hereby consent to the use of this opinion letter in, and the filing hereof as an exhibit to, the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we fall within the category of the person whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ ALLBRIGHT LAW OFFICES (FUZHOU)

ALLBRIGHT LAW OFFICES (FUZHOU)  

 

4

 


Exhibit 99.3

CONSENT OF GEORGE XU

 

YUKAI Health Group Limited intends to file a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”), registering securities for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a Director Nominee.

 

June 29, 2022 /s/ George Xu
  George Xu

 

 

 


Exhibit 99.4

 

CONSENT OF YUAN YUAN

 

YUKAI Health Group Limited intends to file a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”), registering securities for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a Director Nominee.

 

June 28, 2022 /s/ Yuan Yuan
  Yuan Yuan

 

 

 


Exhibit 99.5

 

CONSENT OF SHENGHAO ZENG

 

YUKAI Health Group Limited intends to file a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”), registering securities for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a Director Nominee.

 

July 1, 2022 /s/ Shenghao Zeng  
  Shenghao Zeng

 

 

 


Exhibit 99.6

 

AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER

OF

YUKAI HEALTH GROUP LIMITED

 

This Audit Committee Charter (the “Charter”) was adopted by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of YUKAI Health Group Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), on [*], 2022, and shall become effective immediately.

 

I.              Purpose

 

The purpose of the Audit Committee (the “Committee”) is to oversee the accounting and financial reporting processes of the Company and the audits of the financial statements of the Company. The Committee assists the Board with its oversight responsibilities regarding: (i) the integrity of the Company’s financial statements; (ii) the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (iii) the independent auditor’s qualifications and independence; and (iv) the performance of the Company’s internal audit function and independent auditor. The Committee shall prepare the report required by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) to be included in the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F.

 

In addition to the powers and responsibilities expressly delegated to the Committee in this Charter, the Committee may exercise any other powers and carry out any other responsibilities delegated to it by the Board from time to time consistent with the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended from time to time (the “Articles”). The powers and responsibilities delegated by the Board to the Committee in this Charter or otherwise shall be exercised and carried out by the Committee as it deems appropriate without requirement of Board approval, and any decision made by the Committee (including any decision to exercise or refrain from exercising any of the powers delegated to the Committee hereunder) shall be at the Committee’s sole discretion. While acting within the scope of the powers and responsibilities delegated to it, the Committee shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Committee shall have the power to determine which matters are within the scope of the powers and responsibilities delegated to it.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee’s responsibilities are limited to oversight. Although the Committee has the responsibilities set forth in this Charter, it is not the responsibility of the Committee to plan or conduct audits or to determine that the Company’s financial statements and disclosure are complete and accurate and are in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and applicable laws, rules and regulations. These are the responsibilities of the Company’s management (“Management”) and the independent auditor.

 

Furthermore, auditing literature, particularly Statement of Accounting Standards No. 71, defines the term “review” to include a particular set of required procedures to be undertaken by independent auditors. The members of the Committee are not independent auditors, and the term “review” as used in this Charter is not intended to have that meaning and should not be interpreted to suggest that the Committee members can or should follow the procedures required of auditors performing reviews of financial statements.

 

II.            Membership

 

The Committee shall consist of at least three members of the Board, as determined by the Board. Each Committee member shall be financially literate as determined by the Board in its business judgment or must become financially literate within a reasonable period of time after his or her appointment to the Committee. Members of the Committee must (i) not have participated in the preparation of the financial statements of the Company or any current subsidiary of the Company at any time during the past three years; and (ii) be able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a company's balance sheet, income statement, and cash flow statement. Members of the Committee are not required to be engaged in the accounting and auditing profession and, consequently, some members may not be expert in financial matters, or in matters involving auditing or accounting. However, at least one member of the Committee must have accounting or related financial management expertise, as determined by the Board in its business judgment. In addition, at least one member of the Committee shall be an “audit committee financial expert” within the definition adopted by the SEC or shall possess financial sophistication within the meaning of the Nasdaq Listing Rules, or the Company shall disclose in its annual report on Form 20-F required pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the reasons why at least one member of the Committee is not an “audit committee financial expert.”

 

 

 

 

At least a majority of the members of the Committee shall be independent within the meaning of Section 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules and will satisfy the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act within the 90-day period after the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 relating to the Company’s initial public offering (the “Effective Time”). All Committee members must satisfy the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act beginning from the first anniversary of the Effective Time. No Committee member may simultaneously serve on the audit committee of more than two other public companies, unless the Board determines that such simultaneous service would not impair the ability of such member to effectively serve on the Committee and such determination is disclosed in the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F.

 

The members of the Committee, including the chairperson (the “Chair”) of the Committee, shall be appointed by the Board. Committee members may be removed from the Committee, with or without cause, by the Board.

 

III.           Meetings and Procedures

 

The Chair (or in his or her absence, a member designated by the Chair) shall preside at each meeting of the Committee and set the agendas for Committee meetings. The Committee shall have the authority to establish its own rules and procedures for notice and conduct of its meetings so long as they are not inconsistent with any provisions of the Articles that are applicable to the Committee.

 

The Committee shall meet at least once during each fiscal quarter and more frequently as the Committee deems desirable. Except as required by law, all matters shall be approved by a simple majority of all the Committee members.

 

The Committee shall meet separately and periodically with Management, with the internal auditor, and with the independent auditor. Any meeting of the Committee may be conducted in person or via telephone conference or similar communications equipment where every meeting participant can hear each other.

 

All non-Management directors that are not members of the Committee may attend and observe meetings of the Committee, but shall not participate in any discussion or deliberation unless invited to do so by the Committee, and in any event shall not be entitled to vote. The Committee may, at its discretion, include in its meetings members of the Company’s Management, representatives of the independent auditor, the internal auditor, and any other financial personnel employed or retained by the Company or any other persons whose presence the Committee believes to be necessary or appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may also exclude from its meetings any persons it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, any non-Management director that is not a member of the Committee.

 

The Committee may retain any independent counsel, experts, or advisors (accounting, financial, or otherwise) that the Committee believes to be necessary or appropriate. The Committee may also utilize the services of the Company’s regular legal counsel or other advisors to the Company. The Company shall provide for appropriate funding, as determined by the Committee, for payment of compensation to the independent auditor for the purpose of rendering or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review, or attestation services, for payment of compensation to any counsel, experts, or advisors employed by the Committee and for ordinary administrative expenses of the Committee that are necessary or appropriate in carrying out its duties.

 

The Committee may conduct or authorize investigations into any matters within the scope of the powers and responsibilities delegated to the Committee.

 

IV.           Powers and Responsibilities

 

1.             Appointment and Oversight. The Committee shall be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention, removal and oversight of the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of any disagreements between Management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work or performing other audit, review, or attestation services for the Company, and the independent auditor shall report directly to the Committee.

 

2.             Pre-Approval of Services. Before the independent auditor is engaged by the Company or its subsidiaries to render audit or non-audit services, the Committee shall pre-approve the engagement. Committee pre-approval of audit and non-audit services will not be required if the engagement for the services is entered into pursuant to pre-approval policies and procedures established by the Committee regarding the Company’s engagement of the independent auditor, provided that the policies and procedures are detailed as to the particular service, the Committee is informed of each service provided and such policies and procedures do not include delegation of the Committee’s responsibilities under the Exchange Act to the Management. The Committee may delegate to one or more designated members of the Committee the authority to grant pre-approvals, provided that such pre-approvals are presented to the Committee at a subsequent meeting. If the Committee elects to establish pre-approval policies and procedures regarding non-audit services, the Committee must be informed of each non-audit service provided by the independent auditor. Committee pre-approval of non-audit services (other than review and attestation services) also will not be required if such services fall within available exceptions established by the SEC.

 

2 

 

 

3.             Independence of Independent Auditor. The Committee shall, at least annually, review the independence and quality control procedures of the independent auditor and the experience and qualifications of the independent auditor’s senior personnel that are providing audit services to the Company. In conducting its review:

 

(i)            The Committee shall obtain and review a report prepared by the independent auditor describing (a) the auditing firm’s internal quality-control procedures and (b) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the auditing firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years, respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the auditing firm, and any steps taken to deal with any such issues;

 

(ii)           The Committee shall ensure that the independent auditor prepare and deliver, at least annually, a written statement delineating all relationships between the independent auditor and the Company. The Committee shall actively engage in a dialogue with the independent auditor with respect to any disclosed relationships or services that, in the view of the Committee, may impact the objectivity and independence of the independent auditor. If the Committee determines that further inquiry is advisable, the Committee shall take appropriate action in response to the independent auditor’s report to satisfy itself of the auditor’s independence;

 

(iii)          The Committee shall confirm with the independent auditor that the independent auditor is in compliance with the partner rotation requirements established by the SEC; and

 

(iv)          The Committee shall, if applicable, consider whether the independent auditor’s provision of any permitted information technology service or other non-audit service to the Company is compatible with maintaining the independence of the independent auditor.

 

4.             Meetings with Management, the Independent Auditor and the Internal Auditor.

 

(i)            The Committee shall meet with Management, the independent auditor, and the internal auditor in connection with each annual audit to discuss the scope of the audit, the procedures to be followed, and the staffing of the audit.

 

(ii)           The Committee shall review and discuss with Management and the independent auditor any material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including contingent obligations), and other relationships of the Company with unconsolidated entities of which the Committee is made aware that do not appear on the financial statements of the Company and that may have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources, or significant components of revenues or expenses.

 

(iii)          The Committee shall review and discuss the annual audited financial statements with Management and the independent auditor, including the Company’s disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F.

 

5.             Separate Meetings with the Independent Auditor.

 

(i)            The Committee shall review with the independent auditor any problems or difficulties the independent auditor may have encountered during the course of the audit work, including any restrictions on the scope of activities or access to required information or any significant disagreements with Management and Management’s responses to such matters.

 

3 

 

 

(ii)           The Committee shall discuss with the independent auditor the report that such auditor is required to make to the Committee regarding: (a) all critical accounting policies and practices to be used; (b) all alternative treatments within U.S. GAAP for policies and practices related to material items that have been discussed among Management and the independent auditor, including the ramifications of the use of such alternative disclosures and treatments, and the treatment preferred by the independent auditor; and (c) all other material written communications between the independent auditor and Management, such as any Management letter, Management representation letter, reports on observations and recommendations on internal controls, independent auditor’s engagement letter, independent auditor’s independence letter, schedule of unadjusted audit differences and a listing of adjustments and reclassifications not recorded, if any.

 

(iii)          The Committee shall discuss with the independent auditor the matters required to be discussed by Statement on Auditing Standards No. 61, “Communication with Audit Committees,” as then in effect.

 

6.             Recommendation to Include Financial Statements in Annual Report. The Committee shall, based on the review and discussions in paragraphs 4(iii) and 5(iii) above, and based on the disclosures received from the independent auditor regarding its independence and discussions with the auditor regarding such independence pursuant to subparagraph 3(ii) above, determine whether to recommend to the Board that the audited financial statements be included in the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year subject to the audit.

 

7.             The Committee shall discuss with Management and the independent auditor the Company’s earnings press releases (with particular focus on any “pro forma” or “adjusted” non-GAAP information), as well as financial information and earnings guidance provided to analysts and rating agencies. The Committee’s discussion in this regard may be general in nature (i.e., discussion of the types of information to be disclosed and the type of presentation to be made) and need not take place in advance of each earnings release or each instance in which the Company may provide earnings guidance.

 

8.             The Committee shall review all related party transactions by the Company (including any of its subsidiaries and consolidated affiliates) on an ongoing basis and all such transactions must be approved by the Committee in advance. All related party transactions should be disclosed in accordance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. The Committee recognizes that there are situations where the Company may have to obtain products or services of a nature, quantity or quality, or on other terms, that are not readily available from alternative sources or when the Company provides products or services to related persons on an arm's length basis on terms comparable to those provided to unrelated third parties.

 

a. The Committee shall consider all of the relevant facts and circumstances available to the Committee, including (if applicable), but not limited to:

 

•               The benefits to the Company;

 

•               The impact on a director's independence in the event the related person is a director, an immediate family member of a director or an entity in which a director is a principal, member, partner, shareholder or executive officer;

 

•               The availability of other sources for comparable products or services;

 

•               The terms of the transaction; and

 

•               The terms available to unrelated third parties and employees generally.

 

b. No member of the Committee shall participate in any review, consideration or approval of any related party transactions with respect to which such member or any of his or her immediate family members is the related person. The Board shall approve only those related party transactions that are in, or are not inconsistent with, the best interests of the Company and its shareholders, as the Committee determines in good faith.

 

9.             The Committee shall discuss with Management and the independent auditor any correspondence from or with regulators or governmental agencies, any employee complaints or any published reports that raise material issues regarding the Company’s financial statements, financial reporting process, accounting policies, or internal audit function.

 

4 

 

 

10.           The Committee shall discuss with the Company’s internal or outside counsel any legal matters brought to the Committee’s attention that could reasonably be expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

 

11.           The Committee shall request assurances from Management, the independent auditor, and the Company’s internal auditors that the Company’s subsidiaries and affiliated entities, if any, are operated in conformity with applicable legal requirements, including disclosure of related party transactions.

 

12.           The Committee shall discuss with Management the Company’s policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management. The Committee shall discuss with Management the Company’s significant financial risk exposures and the actions Management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures.

 

13.           The Committee shall monitor the compliance with the Company’s code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s procedures to ensure proper compliance.

 

14.           The Committee shall review the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s accounting and internal control policies and procedures and any steps taken to monitor and control major financial risk exposures.

 

15.           The Committee shall review and concur with Management on the need for an internal audit department and on the appointment, replacement, reassignment, or dismissal of an internal audit department senior manager or director. The Committee shall also review any internal reports to Management (or summaries thereof) prepared by the internal audit department, as well as Management’s response.

 

16.           The Committee shall set clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the

 

Company’s independent auditor.

 

17.           The Committee shall establish procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters. The Committee shall also establish procedures for the confidential and anonymous submission by employees regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

 

18.           The Committee shall provide the Company with the report of the Committee with respect to the audited financial statements required by Item 306 of Reg. S-K, for inclusion in each of the Company’s annual reports filed on Form 20-F.

 

19.           The Committee, through its Chair, shall report regularly to, and review with, the Board any issues that arise with respect to the quality or integrity of the Company’s financial statements, the Company’s compliance with legal or regulatory requirements, the performance and independence of the Company’s independent auditor, the performance of the Company’s internal audit function or any other matter the Committee determines is necessary or advisable to report to the Board.

 

20.           The Committee shall at least annually perform an evaluation of the performance of the

 

Committee and its members, including a review of the Committee’s compliance with this Charter.

 

21.           The Committee shall at least annually review and reassess this Charter and submit any recommended changes to the Board for its consideration.

 

V.            Delegation of Duties

 

In fulfilling its responsibilities, the Committee shall be entitled to delegate any or all of its responsibilities to a subcommittee of the Committee to the extent permitted by, or consistent with provisions of, the Articles and applicable laws and regulations and rules of the markets in which the Company’s securities then trade.

 

5 

 


Exhibit 99.7

 

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE CHARTER

OF

YUKAI HEALTH GROUP LIMITED

 

This Compensation Committee Charter (the “Charter”) was adopted by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of YUKAI Health Group Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), on [ ], 2022, and shall become effective immediately.

 

I.Purpose

 

The purpose of the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) is (i) to assist the Board in discharging the Board’s responsibilities relating to compensation of the Company’s executives, including reviewing and evaluating and, if necessary, revising the compensation plans, policies, and programs of the Company adopted by management, and (ii) to review and approve the disclosure of executive compensation for inclusion in the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) in accordance with applicable rules and regulations. The Committee shall ensure that compensation programs are designed to encourage high performance, promote accountability, and assure that employee interests are aligned with the interests of the Company’s shareholders.

 

In addition to the powers and responsibilities expressly delegated to the Committee in this Charter, the Committee may exercise any other powers and carry out any other responsibilities delegated to it by the Board from time to time consistent with the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended from time to time (the “Articles”). The powers and responsibilities delegated by the Board to the Committee in this Charter or otherwise shall be exercised and carried out by the Committee as it deems appropriate without the requirement of Board approval, and any decision made by the Committee (including any decision to exercise or refrain from exercising any of the powers and responsibilities delegated to the Committee hereunder) shall be at the Committee’s sole discretion. While acting within the scope of the powers and responsibilities delegated to it, the Committee shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Committee shall have the power to determine which matters are within the scope of the powers and responsibilities delegated to it.

 

II.Membership

 

The Committee shall be composed of three or more directors, as determined by the Board, none of whom shall be an employee of the Company and each of whom (i) shall satisfy the “independence” requirements of Section 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules and Rule 10C-1 under the Securities Exchange Act, (ii) shall be a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (iii) shall be an “outside director” under the regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and (iv) shall have experience, in the business judgment of the Board, that would be helpful in addressing the matters delegated to the Committee, and shall not accept directly or indirectly any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fees (the “Compensatory Fees”) from the Company or any subsidiary thereof. For the purpose of this paragraph, the Compensatory Fees do not include: (i) fees received as a member of the Committee, the Board, or any other Board committee; or (ii) the receipt of fixed amounts of compensation under a retirement plan (including deferred compensation) for prior service with the Company (provided that such compensation is not contingent in any way on continued service).

 

In determining whether a director is eligible to serve on the Committee, the Board shall consider all factors specifically relevant to determining whether a director has a relationship to the Company which is material to such director’s ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a Committee member, including but not limited to, whether the director is affiliated with the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any affiliate of a subsidiary of the Company.

 

At least a majority of the members of the Committee shall satisfy the independence requirements of the Nasdaq Listing Rules within the 90-day period after the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 relating to the Company’s initial public offering (the “Effective Time”), and all of the members of the Committee shall satisfy the independence requirements of the Nasdaq Listing Rules beginning from the first anniversary of the Effective Time.

 

 

 

 

The members of the Committee, including the chairperson of the Committee (the “Chair”), shall be appointed by the Board on the recommendation of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. Committee members may be removed from the Committee, with or without cause, by the Board. If one Committee member ceases to be independent in accordance with the requirements of Rule 10C-1 due to circumstances beyond the member’s reasonable control, that person, with notice by the Company to Nasdaq or the applicable national security association, may remain a compensation committee member of the Company until the earlier of its next annual shareholders meeting or one year from the occurrence of the event that caused the member to be no longer independent.

 

III.Meetings and Procedures

 

The Chair (or in his or her absence, a member designated by the Chair) shall preside at each meeting of the Committee and set the agendas for Committee meetings. The Committee shall have the authority to establish its own rules and procedures for notice and conduct of its meetings so long as they are not inconsistent with any provisions of the Articles that are applicable to the Committee.

 

The Committee shall meet on a regularly scheduled basis at least once per year and more frequently as and when the Committee deems necessary or desirable. A meeting of the Committee may be conducted in person or via telephone conference where every meeting participant can hear each other. Except as required by law, all matters shall be approved by a simple majority of all the Committee members.

 

All non-management directors who are not members of the Committee may attend and observe meetings of the Committee, but shall not participate in any discussion or deliberation unless invited to do so by the Committee, and in any event shall not be entitled to vote. The Committee may, at its discretion, include in its meetings members of the Company’s management or any other person whose presence the Committee believes to be necessary or appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chief executive officer may not be present during voting or deliberations concerning his or her compensation, and the Committee may exclude from its meetings any persons it deems appropriate, including but not limited to any non-management director who is not a member of the Committee.

 

The Chair shall report to the Board regarding the activities of the Committee at appropriate times and as otherwise requested by the Chairman of the Board.

 

IV.Duties and Responsibilities

 

1.            The Committee shall, at least annually, review and approve the compensation of the chief executive officer. In determining the long-term incentive component of the chief executive officer’s compensation, the Committee shall consider the Company’s performance, the value of similar incentive awards to chief executive officers at comparable companies, and the awards given to the chief executive officer in past years. The Committee shall have sole authority to determine the chief executive officer’s compensation.

 

2.            The Committee shall, with respect to executive officers other than the chief executive officer, make recommendations to the Board concerning compensation, incentive compensation plans, and equity-based plans.

 

3.            The Committee shall annually review all annual bonuses, long-term incentive compensation, stock options, employee pension, and welfare benefit plans (including employee stock purchase plans, long-term incentive plans, management incentive plans and others), and with respect to each plan shall have responsibility for:

 

(i)            setting performance targets under all annual bonuses and long-term incentive compensation plans as appropriate;

 

(ii)           certifying that any and all performance targets used for any performance-based equity compensation plans have been met before payment of any executive bonus or compensation or exercise of any executive award granted under any such plan(s);

 

(iii)          approving all amendments to, and terminations of, all compensation plans and any awards under such plans;

 

 2

 

 

(iv)          granting any awards under any performance-based annual bonus, long-term incentive compensation and equity compensation plans to executive officers or current employees with the potential to become the chief executive officer or an executive officer, including stock options and other equity rights (e.g., restricted stock, stock purchase rights);

 

(v)           approving which executive officers are entitled to awards under the Company’s stock option plan(s);

 

(vi)          repurchasing securities from terminated employees; and

 

(vii)         conducting an annual review of all compensation plans, including reviewing each plan’s administrative costs, reviewing current plan features relative to any proposed new features, and assessing the performance of the plan’s internal and external administrators if any duties have been delegated.

 

4.            The Committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or receive the advice from the Company’s regular legal counsel, other independent counsel, compensation and benefits consultants, and other experts or advisors (the “Compensation Advisors”) that the Committee believes to be desirable or appropriate. The Committee is not bound by the advice or recommendations of the Compensation Advisors and shall exercise its own judgment in fulfilling its responsibilities.

 

5.            The Committee shall be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, and oversight of the work of the Compensation Advisors.

 

6.            The Company shall provide for appropriate funding, as determined by the Committee, for payment of compensation to the Compensation Advisors.

 

7.            The Committee shall select, or receive advice from the Compensation Advisors, other than in-house legal counsel, after taking into consideration the following factors:

 

(i)            the provision of other services to the Company by the person that employs the Compensation Advisors;

 

(ii)           the amount of fees received from the Company by the person that employs the Compensation Advisors, as a percentage of the total revenue of the person that employs such Compensation Advisors;

 

(iii)          the policies and procedures of the person that employs the Compensation Advisors that are designed to prevent conflicts of interest;

 

(iv)          any business or personal relationship of the Compensation Advisors with a member of the Committee;

 

(v)           any stock of the Company owned by the Compensation Advisors; and

 

(vi)          any business or personal relationship of the Compensation Advisor or the person employing the Compensation Advisors with an executive officer of the Company.

 

8.            The Committee shall conduct the independence assessment outlined in this Charter with respect to any Compensation Advisors, other than in-house legal counsel. Nevertheless, the Committee may select, or receive advice from, any Compensation Advisors, including ones that are not independent, after considering factors 7(i) through 7(vi) outlined above.

 

9.            For purposes of this Charter, the Committee is not required to conduct an independence assessment for any Compensation Advisors that act in a role limited to the following activities for which no public disclosure is required: (a) consulting on any broad-based plan that does not discriminate in scope, terms, or operation, in favor of any executive officers or directors of the Company, and that is available generally to all salaried employees; or (b) providing information that either is not customized for a particular issuer or that is customized based on parameters that are not developed by such Compensation Advisors, and about which such Compensation Advisors does not provide advice.

 

 3

 

 

10.          The Committee shall establish and periodically review policies concerning prerequisite benefits.

 

11.          The Committee shall periodically review the Company’s policies with respect to change of control or “parachute” payments, if any.

 

12.          The Committee shall manage and review executive officer and director indemnification and insurance matters.

 

13.          The Committee shall manage and review any employee loans in an amount equal to or greater than US$60,000.

 

14.          The Committee shall prepare and approve the disclosure of executive compensation for inclusion in the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F.

 

15.          The Committee shall on an annual basis evaluate its own performance, including its compliance with this Charter, and provide any written material with respect to such evaluation to the Board, including any recommendations for changes in procedures or policies governing the Committee. The Committee shall conduct such evaluation and review in such manner as it deems appropriate.

 

16.          The Committee shall periodically report to the Board its findings and actions.

 

17.          The Committee shall review and reassess this Charter at least annually and submit any recommended changes to the Board for its consideration.

 

V.Delegation of Duties

 

In fulfilling its responsibilities, the Committee shall be entitled to delegate any or all of its responsibilities to a subcommittee of the Committee, to the extent consistent with the Articles and applicable law and rules of the markets in which the Company’s securities then trade.

 

 4

 


Exhibit 99.8

 

NOMINATING AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE CHARTER

OF

YUKAI HEALTH GROUP LIMITED

 

This Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter (the “Charter”) was adopted by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of YUKAI Health Group Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), on [ ], 2022, and shall become effective immediately.

 

I.              Purpose

 

The purpose of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (the “Committee”) is to assist the Board in discharging the Board’s responsibilities regarding:

 

1.             identification and recommendation of qualified director nominees to be elected at the next annual meeting of shareholders (or special meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected);

 

2.             identification and recommendation of qualified candidates to fill any vacancies on the Board;

 

3.             annual review of the composition of the Board in light of the characteristics of independence, qualification, experience and availability of the Board members;

 

4.             oversight of the evaluation of the Board; and

 

5.             monitoring of compliance with the Company’s code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s internal rules and procedures to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

 

In addition to the powers and responsibilities expressly delegated to the Committee in this Charter, the Committee may exercise any other powers and carry out any other responsibilities delegated to it by the Board from time to time consistent with the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended from time to time (the “Articles”). The powers and responsibilities delegated by the Board to the Committee in this Charter or otherwise may be exercised and carried out by the Committee as it deems appropriate without Board approval, and any decision made by the Committee (including any decision to exercise or refrain from exercising any of the powers delegated to the Committee hereunder) shall be at the Committee’s sole discretion. While acting within the scope of the powers and responsibilities delegated to it, the Committee has and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Committee shall have the power to determine which matters are within the scope of the powers and responsibilities delegated to it.

 

II.            Membership

 

The Committee shall be comprised of three or more members of the Board, as determined by the Board, each of whom has experience, in the business judgment of the Board, that would be helpful in addressing the matters delegated to the Committee. In addition, at least a majority of the members of the Committee shall satisfy the independence requirements of Section 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules within the 90-day period after the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 relating to the Company’s initial public offering (the “Effective Time”), and all of the members of the Committee shall satisfy the independence requirements of Section 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules beginning from the first anniversary of the Effective Time.

 

The members of the Committee, including the chairperson of the Committee (the “Chair”), shall be appointed by the Board. Committee members may be removed from the Committee, with or without cause, by the Board. Any action duly taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not the members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied the requirements for membership provided herein.

 

III.           Meetings and Procedures

 

The Chair (or in his or her absence, a member designated by the Chair) shall preside at each meeting of the Committee and set the agendas for Committee meetings. The Committee shall have the authority to establish its own rules and procedures for notice and conduct of its meetings so long as they are not inconsistent with any provisions of the Articles that are applicable to the Committee.

 

 

 

 

The Committee shall meet on a regularly scheduled basis, at least twice per year and more frequently as and when the Committee deems necessary or desirable. A meeting of the Committee may be conducted in person or via telephone conference where every meeting participant can hear each other. Except as required by law, all matters shall be approved by a simple majority of all the Committee members.

 

All non-management directors who are not members of the Committee may attend and observe meetings of the Committee, but shall not participate in any discussion or deliberation unless invited to do so by the Committee, and in any event shall not be entitled to vote. The Committee may, at its discretion, include in its meetings members of the Company’s management, or any other person whose presence the Committee believes to be desirable and appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may exclude from its meetings any persons, including any non-management director, who is not a member of the Committee.

 

The Committee may retain any independent counsel, experts or advisors that the Committee believes to be desirable and appropriate. The Committee may also use the services of the Company’s regular legal counsel or other advisors to the Company. The Company shall provide for appropriate funding, as determined by the Committee, for payment of compensation to any such persons employed by the Committee and for ordinary administrative expenses of the Committee that are necessary or appropriate in carrying out its duties. The Committee shall have sole authority to retain and terminate any search firm to be used to identify director candidates, including sole authority to approve such search firm’s fees and other retention terms.

 

The Chair shall report to the Board regarding the activities of the Committee at appropriate times and as otherwise requested by the Chairman of the Board.

 

IV.           Duties and Responsibilities

 

1.             (a)   At an appropriate time prior to each annual meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected or reelected, the Committee shall recommend to the Board for nomination by the Board such candidates as the Committee, in the exercise of its judgment, has found to be well qualified and willing and available to serve.

 

(b)   At an appropriate time after a vacancy arises on the Board or a director advises the Board of his or her intention to resign, the Committee shall recommend to the Board for appointment by the Board to fill such vacancy, such candidate as the Committee, in the exercise of its judgment, has found to be well qualified and willing and available to serve.

 

2.             The Committee shall annually review the performance of each incumbent director and shall consider the results of such evaluation when determining whether or not to recommend the nomination of such director for an additional term.

 

3.             The Committee shall oversee the Board in the Board’s annual review of its own performance and the performance of management, and will make appropriate recommendations to improve performance.

 

4.             The Committee shall consider, prepare and recommend to the Board such policies and procedures with respect to corporate governance matters as may be required or required to be disclosed pursuant to any rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission or otherwise considered to be desirable and appropriate in the discretion of the Committee.

 

5.             The Committee shall evaluate its own performance on an annual basis, including its compliance with this Charter, and provide the Board with any recommendations for changes in procedures or policies governing the Committee. The Committee shall conduct such evaluation and review in such manner as it deems appropriate.

 

6.             The Committee shall periodically report to the Board on its findings and actions.

 

7.             The Committee shall review and reassess this Charter at least annually and submit any recommended changes to the Board for its consideration.

 

V.            Delegation of Duties

 

In fulfilling its responsibilities, the Committee shall be entitled to delegate any or all of its responsibilities to a subcommittee of the Committee, to the extent consistent with the Articles and applicable law and rules of the markets in which the Company’s securities then trade.

 

 

 


Exhibit 107

 

Calculation of Filing Fee Tables

 

           F-1         

 

(Form Type)

 

YUKAI Health Group Limited

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

Table 1: Newly Registered Securities

 

    Security   Security   Fee   Amount     Proposed     Proposed     Fee Rate     Amount of  
    Type   Class   Calculation   Registered     Maximum     Maximum           Registration  
        Title   or Carry         Offering     Aggregate           Fee  
            Forward         Price Per     Offering              
            Rule         Unit     Price(1)              
Fees to Be Paid   Equity   Ordinary shares, par value $0.0005 per share (2)   Rule 457(a)     4,600,000      $ 6.00     $ 27,600,000       0.0000927     $ 2,558.52  
  Equity   Representative’s warrants(3)   Rule 457(g)                              
  Equity   Ordinary shares underlying the representative warrants   Rule 457(a)     200,000     $ 6.60     $ 1,320,000       0.0000927     $ 122.364  
    Total Offering Amounts             $ 28,920,000             $ 2,680.884  
    Total Fees Previously Paid                             $ 0  
    Total Fee Offset                             $ 0  
    Net Fee Due                             $ 2,680.884  

 

 

  (1) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Includes ordinary shares that may be purchased by the underwriters pursuant to their option to purchase additional ordinary shares to cover over-allotment, if any.
     
  (2) In accordance with Rule 416 (a), the Registrant is also registering an indeterminate number of additional ordinary shares that shall be issuable after the date hereof as a result of share splits, share dividends, or similar transactions.
     
  (3)

The Registrant will issue to the representative of the underwriters warrants to purchase a number of ordinary shares equal to an aggregate of 5% of the total number of shares sold in the offering, excluding any ordinary shares issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The exercise price of the representative’s warrants is equal to 110% of the offering price of the ordinary shares offered hereby. The representative’s warrants are exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, beginning from six months after the date of issuance and expiring on the fifth-year anniversary of the commencement of sales of ordinary shares in the offering.

 

In accordance with Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act, because the Registrant’s ordinary shares underlying the representative’s warrants are registered hereby, no separate registration fee is required with respect to the warrants registered hereby.